diff --git a/.docs.version b/.docs.version index 0ac70c5370..18cef08d96 100644 --- a/.docs.version +++ b/.docs.version @@ -1 +1 @@ -66b7511f59401ec2374398c60cfe4f31e35bb6e6 +318b29ecbc1b8ffa59ebb3fab681febec2caa7ae diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-appconfig-deployment.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-appconfig-deployment.json index 50cca9f23e..ab9590c5f7 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-appconfig-deployment.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-appconfig-deployment.json @@ -1,78 +1,128 @@ { + "tagging" : { + "permissions" : [ "appconfig:TagResource", "appconfig:UntagResource", "appconfig:ListTagsForResource" ], + "taggable" : true, + "tagOnCreate" : true, + "tagUpdatable" : false, + "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags", + "cloudFormationSystemTags" : true + }, "typeName" : "AWS::AppConfig::Deployment", + "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/DeploymentNumber" ], "description" : "Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment", + "createOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/ApplicationId", "/properties/ConfigurationProfileId", "/properties/DeploymentStrategyId", "/properties/EnvironmentId", "/properties/Description", "/properties/ConfigurationVersion", "/properties/KmsKeyIdentifier", "/properties/DynamicExtensionParameters", "/properties/Tags" ], + "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/ApplicationId", "/properties/EnvironmentId", "/properties/DeploymentNumber" ], + "required" : [ "ApplicationId", "ConfigurationProfileId", "DeploymentStrategyId", "EnvironmentId", "ConfigurationVersion" ], + "sourceUrl" : "https://github.com/aws-cloudformation/aws-cloudformation-rpdk.git", + "handlers" : { + "read" : { + "permissions" : [ "appconfig:GetDeployment", "appconfig:ListTagsForResource" ] + }, + "create" : { + "permissions" : [ "appconfig:StartDeployment", "appconfig:GetDeployment", "appconfig:TagResource", "appconfig:ListTagsForResource", "kms:GenerateDataKey" ], + "timeoutInMinutes" : 1445 + }, + "list" : { + "permissions" : [ "appconfig:ListDeployments" ], + "handlerSchema" : { + "properties" : { + "EnvironmentId" : { + "$ref" : "resource-schema.json#/properties/EnvironmentId" + }, + "ApplicationId" : { + "$ref" : "resource-schema.json#/properties/ApplicationId" + } + }, + "required" : [ "ApplicationId", "EnvironmentId" ] + } + }, + "delete" : { + "permissions" : [ "appconfig:StopDeployment" ] + } + }, + "writeOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/DynamicExtensionParameters" ], "additionalProperties" : false, + "definitions" : { + "Tag" : { + "description" : "Metadata to assign to the deployment. Tags help organize and categorize your AWS AppConfig resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.", + "additionalProperties" : false, + "type" : "object", + "properties" : { + "Value" : { + "description" : "The tag value can be up to 256 characters.", + "type" : "string" + }, + "Key" : { + "description" : "The key-value string map. The valid character set is [a-zA-Z1-9+-=._:/]. The tag key can be up to 128 characters and must not start with aws:.", + "type" : "string" + } + } + }, + "DynamicExtensionParameters" : { + "additionalProperties" : false, + "type" : "object", + "properties" : { + "ParameterValue" : { + "type" : "string" + }, + "ExtensionReference" : { + "type" : "string" + }, + "ParameterName" : { + "type" : "string" + } + } + } + }, "properties" : { "DeploymentStrategyId" : { + "description" : "The deployment strategy ID.", "type" : "string" }, "ConfigurationProfileId" : { + "description" : "The configuration profile ID.", "type" : "string" }, "EnvironmentId" : { + "description" : "The environment ID.", "type" : "string" }, "KmsKeyIdentifier" : { + "pattern" : "^[\\da-f]{8}-[\\da-f]{4}-[\\da-f]{4}-[\\da-f]{4}-[\\da-f]{12}|alias/[a-zA-Z0-9/_-]{1,250}|arn:aws[a-zA-Z-]*:kms:[a-z]{2}(-gov|-iso(b?))?-[a-z]+-\\d{1}:\\d{12}:(key/[0-9a-f-]{36}|alias/[a-zA-Z0-9/_-]{1,250})$", + "description" : "The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated.", "type" : "string" }, "Description" : { + "description" : "A description of the deployment.", "type" : "string" }, "ConfigurationVersion" : { + "description" : "The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number.", "type" : "string" }, - "Id" : { + "DeploymentNumber" : { + "description" : "The sequence number of the deployment.", "type" : "string" }, "ApplicationId" : { + "description" : "The application ID.", "type" : "string" }, "DynamicExtensionParameters" : { - "type" : "array", "uniqueItems" : false, + "type" : "array", "items" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/DynamicExtensionParameters" } }, "Tags" : { + "uniqueItems" : true, + "description" : "An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource.", + "insertionOrder" : false, "type" : "array", - "uniqueItems" : false, "items" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Tags" - } - } - }, - "definitions" : { - "DynamicExtensionParameters" : { - "type" : "object", - "additionalProperties" : false, - "properties" : { - "ExtensionReference" : { - "type" : "string" - }, - "ParameterName" : { - "type" : "string" - }, - "ParameterValue" : { - "type" : "string" - } - } - }, - "Tags" : { - "type" : "object", - "additionalProperties" : false, - "properties" : { - "Value" : { - "type" : "string" - }, - "Key" : { - "type" : "string" - } + "$ref" : "#/definitions/Tag" } } - }, - "required" : [ "DeploymentStrategyId", "ConfigurationProfileId", "EnvironmentId", "ConfigurationVersion", "ApplicationId" ], - "createOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/KmsKeyIdentifier", "/properties/DeploymentStrategyId", "/properties/ConfigurationVersion", "/properties/ApplicationId", "/properties/ConfigurationProfileId", "/properties/Tags", "/properties/EnvironmentId", "/properties/Description", "/properties/DynamicExtensionParameters" ], - "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/Id" ], - "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/Id" ] + } } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-bedrock-datasource.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-bedrock-datasource.json index 5151c6c753..dea2e72018 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-bedrock-datasource.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-bedrock-datasource.json @@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ }, "ParsingPrompt" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/ParsingPrompt" + }, + "ParsingModality" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/ParsingModality" } }, "required" : [ "ModelArn" ], @@ -91,17 +94,6 @@ } }, "required" : [ "Type" ], - "oneOf" : [ { - "required" : [ "S3Configuration" ] - }, { - "required" : [ "ConfluenceConfiguration" ] - }, { - "required" : [ "SalesforceConfiguration" ] - }, { - "required" : [ "SharePointConfiguration" ] - }, { - "required" : [ "WebConfiguration" ] - } ], "additionalProperties" : false }, "DataSourceStatus" : { @@ -112,7 +104,7 @@ "DataSourceType" : { "type" : "string", "description" : "The type of the data source location.", - "enum" : [ "S3", "CONFLUENCE", "SALESFORCE", "SHAREPOINT", "WEB" ] + "enum" : [ "S3", "CONFLUENCE", "SALESFORCE", "SHAREPOINT", "WEB", "CUSTOM" ] }, "DataDeletionPolicy" : { "type" : "string", @@ -195,11 +187,29 @@ }, "BedrockFoundationModelConfiguration" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/BedrockFoundationModelConfiguration" + }, + "BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration" } }, "required" : [ "ParsingStrategy" ], "additionalProperties" : false }, + "ParsingModality" : { + "type" : "string", + "description" : "Determine how will parsed content be stored.", + "enum" : [ "MULTIMODAL" ] + }, + "BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration" : { + "type" : "object", + "description" : "Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source.", + "properties" : { + "ParsingModality" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/ParsingModality" + } + }, + "additionalProperties" : false + }, "ParsingPrompt" : { "type" : "object", "description" : "Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document.", @@ -217,7 +227,7 @@ "ParsingStrategy" : { "type" : "string", "description" : "The parsing strategy for the data source.", - "enum" : [ "BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL" ] + "enum" : [ "BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL", "BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION" ] }, "S3DataSourceConfiguration" : { "type" : "object", diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-bedrock-knowledgebase.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-bedrock-knowledgebase.json index 23d4c47ae4..94420ff243 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-bedrock-knowledgebase.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-bedrock-knowledgebase.json @@ -11,9 +11,12 @@ }, "VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration" + }, + "KendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/KendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration" } }, - "required" : [ "Type", "VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration" ], + "required" : [ "Type" ], "additionalProperties" : false }, "KnowledgeBaseStatus" : { @@ -29,7 +32,7 @@ "KnowledgeBaseType" : { "type" : "string", "description" : "The type of a knowledge base.", - "enum" : [ "VECTOR" ] + "enum" : [ "VECTOR", "KENDRA" ] }, "OpenSearchServerlessConfiguration" : { "type" : "object", @@ -401,10 +404,84 @@ }, "EmbeddingModelConfiguration" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/EmbeddingModelConfiguration" + }, + "SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration" } }, "required" : [ "EmbeddingModelArn" ], "additionalProperties" : false + }, + "S3Location" : { + "type" : "object", + "description" : "An Amazon S3 location.", + "properties" : { + "URI" : { + "type" : "string", + "maxLength" : 2048, + "minLength" : 1, + "pattern" : "^s3://.{1,128}$", + "description" : "The location's URI" + } + }, + "required" : [ "URI" ], + "additionalProperties" : false + }, + "SupplementalDataStorageLocationType" : { + "type" : "string", + "description" : "Supplemental data storage location type.", + "enum" : [ "S3" ] + }, + "SupplementalDataStorageLocation" : { + "type" : "object", + "description" : "Supplemental data storage location.", + "properties" : { + "SupplementalDataStorageLocationType" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/SupplementalDataStorageLocationType" + }, + "S3Location" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/S3Location" + } + }, + "required" : [ "SupplementalDataStorageLocationType" ], + "additionalProperties" : false + }, + "SupplementalDataStorageLocations" : { + "type" : "array", + "items" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/SupplementalDataStorageLocation" + }, + "maxItems" : 1, + "minItems" : 1, + "description" : "List of supplemental data storage locations.", + "insertionOrder" : false + }, + "SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration" : { + "type" : "object", + "description" : "Configurations for supplemental data storage.", + "properties" : { + "SupplementalDataStorageLocations" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/SupplementalDataStorageLocations" + } + }, + "required" : [ "SupplementalDataStorageLocations" ], + "additionalProperties" : false + }, + "KendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration" : { + "type" : "object", + "description" : "Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base", + "properties" : { + "KendraIndexArn" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/KendraIndexArn" + } + }, + "required" : [ "KendraIndexArn" ], + "additionalProperties" : false + }, + "KendraIndexArn" : { + "type" : "string", + "description" : "Arn of a Kendra index", + "pattern" : "^arn:aws(|-cn|-us-gov):kendra:[a-z0-9-]{1,20}:([0-9]{12}|):index/([a-zA-Z0-9][a-zA-Z0-9-]{35}|[a-zA-Z0-9][a-zA-Z0-9-]{35}-[a-zA-Z0-9][a-zA-Z0-9-]{35})$" } }, "properties" : { @@ -469,7 +546,7 @@ "$ref" : "#/definitions/TagsMap" } }, - "required" : [ "KnowledgeBaseConfiguration", "Name", "RoleArn", "StorageConfiguration" ], + "required" : [ "KnowledgeBaseConfiguration", "Name", "RoleArn" ], "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/KnowledgeBaseId", "/properties/KnowledgeBaseArn", "/properties/CreatedAt", "/properties/UpdatedAt", "/properties/FailureReasons", "/properties/Status" ], "createOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/StorageConfiguration", "/properties/KnowledgeBaseConfiguration" ], "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/KnowledgeBaseId" ], diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-cloudfront-anycastiplist.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-cloudfront-anycastiplist.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15c044389c --- /dev/null +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-cloudfront-anycastiplist.json @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +{ + "additionalProperties" : false, + "createOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/IpCount", "/properties/Name", "/properties/Tags" ], + "definitions" : { + "AnycastIpList" : { + "additionalProperties" : false, + "properties" : { + "AnycastIps" : { + "items" : { + "type" : "string" + }, + "type" : "array" + }, + "Arn" : { + "type" : "string" + }, + "Id" : { + "type" : "string" + }, + "IpCount" : { + "type" : "integer" + }, + "LastModifiedTime" : { + "format" : "date-time", + "type" : "string" + }, + "Name" : { + "maxLength" : 64, + "minLength" : 1, + "pattern" : "^[a-zA-Z0-9-_]{1,64}$", + "type" : "string" + }, + "Status" : { + "type" : "string" + } + }, + "required" : [ "AnycastIps", "Arn", "Id", "IpCount", "LastModifiedTime", "Name", "Status" ], + "type" : "object" + }, + "Tag" : { + "additionalProperties" : false, + "properties" : { + "Key" : { + "maxLength" : 128, + "minLength" : 1, + "pattern" : "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-@]*)$", + "type" : "string" + }, + "Value" : { + "maxLength" : 256, + "minLength" : 0, + "pattern" : "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-@]*)$", + "type" : "string" + } + }, + "required" : [ "Key" ], + "type" : "object" + }, + "Tags" : { + "additionalProperties" : false, + "properties" : { + "Items" : { + "items" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/Tag" + }, + "type" : "array" + } + }, + "type" : "object" + } + }, + "description" : "Definition of AWS::CloudFront::AnycastIpList Resource Type", + "handlers" : { + "create" : { + "permissions" : [ "cloudfront:CreateAnycastIpList", "cloudfront:TagResource" ] + }, + "delete" : { + "permissions" : [ "cloudfront:DeleteAnycastIpList", "cloudfront:GetAnycastIpList" ] + }, + "list" : { + "permissions" : [ "cloudfront:ListAnycastIpLists" ] + }, + "read" : { + "permissions" : [ "cloudfront:GetAnycastIpList", "cloudfront:ListTagsForResource" ] + } + }, + "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/Id" ], + "properties" : { + "AnycastIpList" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/AnycastIpList" + }, + "ETag" : { + "type" : "string" + }, + "Id" : { + "type" : "string" + }, + "IpCount" : { + "type" : "integer" + }, + "Name" : { + "maxLength" : 64, + "minLength" : 1, + "pattern" : "^[a-zA-Z0-9-_]{1,64}$", + "type" : "string" + }, + "Tags" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/Tags" + } + }, + "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/AnycastIpList", "/properties/ETag", "/properties/Id" ], + "required" : [ "IpCount", "Name" ], + "tagging" : { + "cloudFormationSystemTags" : false, + "permissions" : [ "cloudfront:TagResource", "cloudfront:ListTagsForResource" ], + "tagOnCreate" : true, + "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags", + "tagUpdatable" : false, + "taggable" : true + }, + "typeName" : "AWS::CloudFront::AnycastIpList" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-cloudfront-distribution.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-cloudfront-distribution.json index 95f0d1987b..11126481ff 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-cloudfront-distribution.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-cloudfront-distribution.json @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ }, "GrpcConfig" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/GrpcConfig", - "description" : "" + "description" : "The gRPC configuration for your cache behavior." }, "LambdaFunctionAssociations" : { "items" : { @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ "OriginKeepaliveTimeout" : { "default" : 5, "type" : "integer", - "description" : "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds.\n For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." + "description" : "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds.\n For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." }, "OriginProtocolPolicy" : { "type" : "string", @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ "OriginReadTimeout" : { "default" : 30, "type" : "integer", - "description" : "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds.\n For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." + "description" : "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds.\n For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." }, "OriginSSLProtocols" : { "default" : [ "TLSv1", "SSLv3" ], @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ }, "GrpcConfig" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/GrpcConfig", - "description" : "" + "description" : "The gRPC configuration for your cache behavior." }, "LambdaFunctionAssociations" : { "items" : { @@ -346,6 +346,10 @@ "uniqueItems" : false, "description" : "A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this distribution." }, + "AnycastIpListId" : { + "type" : "string", + "description" : "" + }, "CNAMEs" : { "items" : { "type" : "string" @@ -390,7 +394,7 @@ "DefaultRootObject" : { "default" : "", "type" : "string", - "description" : "The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution.\n Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name.\n If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object.\n For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." + "description" : "When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution.\n You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object.\n If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object.\n For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." }, "Enabled" : { "type" : "boolean", @@ -535,12 +539,13 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "properties" : { "Enabled" : { - "type" : "boolean" + "type" : "boolean", + "description" : "Enables your CloudFront distribution to receive gRPC requests and to proxy them directly to your origins." } }, "required" : [ "Enabled" ], "type" : "object", - "description" : "" + "description" : "Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications.\n To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``.\n For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." }, "LambdaFunctionAssociation" : { "additionalProperties" : false, @@ -617,7 +622,7 @@ "properties" : { "Bucket" : { "type" : "string", - "description" : "The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``." + "description" : "The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``." }, "IncludeCookies" : { "default" : false, @@ -631,7 +636,7 @@ } }, "type" : "object", - "description" : "A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution." + "description" : "A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution.\n If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." }, "Origin" : { "additionalProperties" : false, @@ -719,12 +724,12 @@ }, "SelectionCriteria" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/OriginGroupSelectionCriteria", - "description" : "" + "description" : "The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." } }, "required" : [ "Id", "FailoverCriteria", "Members" ], "type" : "object", - "description" : "An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen." + "description" : "An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen.\n Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests." }, "OriginGroupFailoverCriteria" : { "additionalProperties" : false, diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-connect-queue.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-connect-queue.json index 63e34875a4..8bce93fa0b 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-connect-queue.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-connect-queue.json @@ -135,7 +135,6 @@ "description" : "The quick connects available to agents who are working the queue.", "type" : "array", "minItems" : 1, - "maxItems" : 50, "insertionOrder" : false, "items" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/QuickConnectArn" diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-datazone-datasource.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-datazone-datasource.json index 4669185362..f217df192a 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-datazone-datasource.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-datazone-datasource.json @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "pattern" : "^arn:aws[^:]*:iam::\\d{12}:(role|role/service-role)/[\\w+=,.@-]{1,128}$" }, "DataSourceConfigurationInput" : { - "description" : "Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration.", + "description" : "Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration.", "oneOf" : [ { "type" : "object", "title" : "GlueRunConfiguration", @@ -34,6 +34,15 @@ } }, "additionalProperties" : false + }, { + "type" : "object", + "title" : "SageMakerRunConfiguration", + "properties" : { + "SageMakerRunConfiguration" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/SageMakerRunConfigurationInput" + } + }, + "additionalProperties" : false } ] }, "DataSourceStatus" : { @@ -271,6 +280,18 @@ }, "insertionOrder" : false }, + "SageMakerRunConfigurationInput" : { + "type" : "object", + "description" : "The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source.", + "properties" : { + "TrackingAssets" : { + "description" : "The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run.", + "$ref" : "#/definitions/TrackingAssets" + } + }, + "required" : [ "TrackingAssets" ], + "additionalProperties" : false + }, "ScheduleConfiguration" : { "type" : "object", "description" : "The schedule of the data source runs.", @@ -292,6 +313,23 @@ "Timezone" : { "type" : "string" }, + "TrackingAssets" : { + "type" : "object", + "description" : "The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run.", + "patternProperties" : { + "^.{1,64}$" : { + "type" : "array", + "items" : { + "type" : "string", + "pattern" : "^arn:aws[^:]*:sagemaker:[a-z]{2}-?(iso|gov)?-{1}[a-z]*-{1}[0-9]:\\d{12}:[\\w+=,.@-]{1,128}/[\\w+=,.@-]{1,256}$" + }, + "minItems" : 0, + "maxItems" : 500 + } + }, + "maxProperties" : 1, + "additionalProperties" : false + }, "TypeRevision" : { "type" : "string", "description" : "The revision of the metadata form type.", diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-launchtemplate.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-launchtemplate.json index 7a639721fb..ea7351b79a 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-launchtemplate.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-launchtemplate.json @@ -45,15 +45,14 @@ }, "TagSpecifications" : { "uniqueItems" : false, - "description" : "The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch.\n To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html).\n To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications).", + "description" : "The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch.\n To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications).", "type" : "array", "items" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/TagSpecification" } }, "NetworkPerformanceOptions" : { - "description" : "", - "$ref" : "#/definitions/NetworkPerformanceOptions" + "description" : "" }, "UserData" : { "description" : "The user data to make available to the instance. You must provide base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. For more information, see [Run commands on your Amazon EC2 instance at launch](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.\n If you are creating the launch template for use with BATCH, the user data must be provided in the [MIME multi-part archive format](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https://cloudinit.readthedocs.io/en/latest/topics/format.html#mime-multi-part-archive). For more information, see [Amazon EC2 user data in launch templates](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html) in the *User Guide*.", @@ -93,7 +92,7 @@ }, "ElasticInferenceAccelerators" : { "uniqueItems" : false, - "description" : "An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads.\n You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request.\n Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service.", + "description" : "Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available.\n An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads.\n You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request.\n Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service.", "type" : "array", "items" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAccelerator" @@ -180,7 +179,7 @@ "$ref" : "#/definitions/InstanceMarketOptions" }, "InstanceRequirements" : { - "description" : "The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes.\n You must specify ``VCpuCount`` and ``MemoryMiB``. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default.\n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values.\n To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the same request:\n + ``AllowedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes.\n + ``ExcludedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if they match your specified attributes.\n \n If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``.\n Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``.\n For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.", + "description" : "The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes.\n You must specify ``VCpuCount`` and ``MemoryMiB``. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default.\n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values.\n To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the same request:\n + ``AllowedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes.\n + ``ExcludedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if they match your specified attributes.\n \n If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``.\n Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``.\n For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.", "$ref" : "#/definitions/InstanceRequirements" }, "RamDiskId" : { @@ -242,11 +241,12 @@ } }, "Cpu" : { - "description" : "", + "description" : "Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference.", "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { "References" : { + "description" : "The instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes are compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences.", "$ref" : "#/definitions/References" } } @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ "type" : "string" }, "KmsKeyId" : { - "description" : "The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption.", + "description" : "Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption.", "type" : "string" }, "Encrypted" : { @@ -518,12 +518,12 @@ } }, "Reference" : { - "description" : "", + "description" : "Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance.", "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { "InstanceFamily" : { - "description" : "The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not.", + "description" : "The instance family to use as a baseline reference.\n Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*.\n The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection:\n + ``c1`` \n + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` \n + ``hpc7g`` \n + ``m1`` | ``m2`` \n + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` \n + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` \n + ``t1`` \n + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` \n \n If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families.", "type" : "string" } } @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ "type" : "integer" }, "InterfaceType" : { - "description" : "The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.\n If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter.\n Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa``", + "description" : "The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.\n If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter.\n If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses.\n Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only``", "type" : "string" }, "AssociateCarrierIpAddress" : { @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ } }, "LaunchTemplateTagSpecification" : { - "description" : "Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation.\n ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html).", + "description" : "Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation.\n To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html).\n ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html).", "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ } }, "TagSpecification" : { - "description" : "Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template.\n ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html).", + "description" : "Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch.\n ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html).", "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { @@ -839,11 +839,12 @@ } }, "BaselinePerformanceFactors" : { - "description" : "", + "description" : "The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application.\n Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference.", "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { "Cpu" : { + "description" : "The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference.", "$ref" : "#/definitions/Cpu" } } @@ -879,7 +880,7 @@ } }, "InstanceRequirements" : { - "description" : "The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes.\n You must specify ``VCpuCount`` and ``MemoryMiB``. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default.\n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values.\n To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the same request:\n + ``AllowedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes.\n + ``ExcludedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if they match your specified attributes.\n \n If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``.\n Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``.\n For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.", + "description" : "The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes.\n You must specify ``VCpuCount`` and ``MemoryMiB``. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default.\n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values.\n To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the same request:\n + ``AllowedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes.\n + ``ExcludedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if they match your specified attributes.\n \n If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``.\n Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``.\n For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.", "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { @@ -897,7 +898,7 @@ }, "AcceleratorTypes" : { "uniqueItems" : false, - "description" : "The accelerator types that must be on the instance type.\n + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``.\n + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``.\n + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``.\n \n Default: Any accelerator type", + "description" : "The accelerator types that must be on the instance type.\n + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``.\n + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``.\n \n Default: Any accelerator type", "type" : "array", "items" : { "type" : "string" @@ -921,7 +922,7 @@ }, "CpuManufacturers" : { "uniqueItems" : false, - "description" : "The CPU manufacturers to include.\n + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``.\n + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``.\n + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``.\n \n Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template.\n Default: Any manufacturer", + "description" : "The CPU manufacturers to include.\n + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``.\n + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``.\n + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``.\n + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``.\n \n Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template.\n Default: Any manufacturer", "type" : "array", "items" : { "type" : "string" @@ -985,7 +986,7 @@ "$ref" : "#/definitions/NetworkBandwidthGbps" }, "BaselinePerformanceFactors" : { - "description" : "", + "description" : "The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.", "$ref" : "#/definitions/BaselinePerformanceFactors" }, "SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice" : { @@ -1070,7 +1071,7 @@ "type" : "object", "properties" : { "CapacityReservationPreference" : { - "description" : "Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include:\n + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone).\n + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity.", + "description" : "Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include:\n + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch.\n + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy).\n + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity.", "type" : "string" }, "CapacityReservationTarget" : { @@ -1141,7 +1142,7 @@ }, "TagSpecifications" : { "uniqueItems" : false, - "description" : "The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``.\n To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications).", + "description" : "The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``.\n To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications).", "type" : "array", "items" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/LaunchTemplateTagSpecification" diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-volume.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-volume.json index cdfe2aea7a..c7aafaee38 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-volume.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-volume.json @@ -1,113 +1,113 @@ { + "sourceUrl" : "https://github.com/aws-cloudformation/aws-cloudformation-resource-providers-ec2.git", + "tagging" : { + "permissions" : [ "ec2:CreateTags", "ec2:DeleteTags", "ec2:DescribeTags" ], + "taggable" : true, + "tagOnCreate" : true, + "tagUpdatable" : true, + "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags", + "cloudFormationSystemTags" : false + }, + "handlers" : { + "read" : { + "permissions" : [ "ec2:DescribeVolumes", "ec2:DescribeVolumeAttribute", "ec2:DescribeTags" ] + }, + "create" : { + "permissions" : [ "ec2:CreateVolume", "ec2:DescribeVolumes", "ec2:DescribeVolumeAttribute", "ec2:ModifyVolumeAttribute", "ec2:CreateTags", "kms:GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext", "kms:CreateGrant" ], + "timeoutInMinutes" : 725 + }, + "update" : { + "permissions" : [ "ec2:ModifyVolume", "ec2:ModifyVolumeAttribute", "ec2:DescribeVolumeAttribute", "ec2:DescribeVolumesModifications", "ec2:DescribeVolumes", "ec2:CreateTags", "ec2:DeleteTags" ], + "timeoutInMinutes" : 2160 + }, + "list" : { + "permissions" : [ "ec2:DescribeVolumes", "ec2:DescribeTags", "ec2:DescribeVolumeAttribute" ] + }, + "delete" : { + "permissions" : [ "ec2:DeleteVolume", "ec2:CreateSnapshot", "ec2:DescribeSnapshots", "ec2:DeleteTags", "ec2:DescribeVolumes" ] + } + }, "typeName" : "AWS::EC2::Volume", + "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/VolumeId" ], "description" : "Specifies an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume.\n When you use CFNlong to update an Amazon EBS volume that modifies ``Iops``, ``Size``, or ``VolumeType``, there is a cooldown period before another operation can occur. This can cause your stack to report being in ``UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS`` or ``UPDATE_ROLLBACK_IN_PROGRESS`` for long periods of time.\n Amazon EBS does not support sizing down an Amazon EBS volume. CFNlong does not attempt to modify an Amazon EBS volume to a smaller size on rollback.\n Some common scenarios when you might encounter a cooldown period for Amazon EBS include:\n + You successfully update an Amazon EBS volume and the update succeeds. When you attempt another update within the cooldown window, that update will be subject to a cooldown period.\n + You successfully update an Amazon EBS volume and the update succeeds but another change in your ``update-stack`` call fails. The rollback will be subject to a cooldown period.\n \n For more information, see [Requirements for EBS volume modifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/modify-volume-requirements.html).\n *DeletionPolicy attribute* \n To control how CFNlong handles the volume when the stack is deleted, set a deletion policy for your volume. You can choose to retain the volume, to delete the volume, or to create a snapshot of the volume. For more information, see [DeletionPolicy attribute](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-attribute-deletionpolicy.html).\n If you set a deletion policy that creates a snapshot, all tags on the volume are included in the snapshot.", - "sourceUrl" : "https://github.com/aws-cloudformation/aws-cloudformation-resource-providers-ec2.git", "additionalProperties" : false, + "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/VolumeId" ], + "definitions" : { + "Tag" : { + "description" : "Specifies a tag. For more information, see [Resource tags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-resource-tags.html).", + "additionalProperties" : false, + "type" : "object", + "properties" : { + "Value" : { + "description" : "The tag value.", + "type" : "string" + }, + "Key" : { + "description" : "The tag key.", + "type" : "string" + } + }, + "required" : [ "Value", "Key" ] + } + }, "properties" : { "MultiAttachEnabled" : { - "type" : "boolean", - "description" : "Indicates whether Amazon EBS Multi-Attach is enabled.\n CFNlong does not currently support updating a single-attach volume to be multi-attach enabled, updating a multi-attach enabled volume to be single-attach, or updating the size or number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) of a multi-attach enabled volume." + "description" : "Indicates whether Amazon EBS Multi-Attach is enabled.\n CFNlong does not currently support updating a single-attach volume to be multi-attach enabled, updating a multi-attach enabled volume to be single-attach, or updating the size or number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) of a multi-attach enabled volume.", + "type" : "boolean" }, "KmsKeyId" : { - "type" : "string", - "description" : "The identifier of the kms-key-long to use for Amazon EBS encryption. If ``KmsKeyId`` is specified, the encrypted state must be ``true``.\n If you omit this property and your account is enabled for encryption by default, or *Encrypted* is set to ``true``, then the volume is encrypted using the default key specified for your account. If your account does not have a default key, then the volume is encrypted using the aws-managed-key.\n Alternatively, if you want to specify a different key, you can specify one of the following:\n + Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.\n + Key alias. Specify the alias for the key, prefixed with ``alias/``. For example, for a key with the alias ``my_cmk``, use ``alias/my_cmk``. Or to specify the aws-managed-key, use ``alias/aws/ebs``.\n + Key ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.\n + Alias ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias." + "description" : "The identifier of the kms-key-long to use for Amazon EBS encryption. If ``KmsKeyId`` is specified, the encrypted state must be ``true``.\n If you omit this property and your account is enabled for encryption by default, or *Encrypted* is set to ``true``, then the volume is encrypted using the default key specified for your account. If your account does not have a default key, then the volume is encrypted using the aws-managed-key.\n Alternatively, if you want to specify a different key, you can specify one of the following:\n + Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.\n + Key alias. Specify the alias for the key, prefixed with ``alias/``. For example, for a key with the alias ``my_cmk``, use ``alias/my_cmk``. Or to specify the aws-managed-key, use ``alias/aws/ebs``.\n + Key ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.\n + Alias ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.", + "type" : "string" }, "Encrypted" : { - "type" : "boolean", - "description" : "Indicates whether the volume should be encrypted. The effect of setting the encryption state to ``true`` depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), starting encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is enabled. For more information, see [Encryption by default](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/work-with-ebs-encr.html#encryption-by-default) in the *Amazon EBS User Guide*.\n Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see [Supported instance types](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption-requirements.html#ebs-encryption_supported_instances)." + "description" : "Indicates whether the volume should be encrypted. The effect of setting the encryption state to ``true`` depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), starting encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is enabled. For more information, see [Encryption by default](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/work-with-ebs-encr.html#encryption-by-default) in the *Amazon EBS User Guide*.\n Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see [Supported instance types](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption-requirements.html#ebs-encryption_supported_instances).", + "type" : "boolean" }, "Size" : { - "type" : "integer", - "description" : "The size of the volume, in GiBs. You must specify either a snapshot ID or a volume size. If you specify a snapshot, the default is the snapshot size. You can specify a volume size that is equal to or larger than the snapshot size.\n The following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type:\n + ``gp2`` and ``gp3``: 1 - 16,384 GiB\n + ``io1``: 4 - 16,384 GiB\n + ``io2``: 4 - 65,536 GiB\n + ``st1`` and ``sc1``: 125 - 16,384 GiB\n + ``standard``: 1 - 1024 GiB" + "description" : "The size of the volume, in GiBs. You must specify either a snapshot ID or a volume size. If you specify a snapshot, the default is the snapshot size. You can specify a volume size that is equal to or larger than the snapshot size.\n The following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type:\n + ``gp2`` and ``gp3``: 1 - 16,384 GiB\n + ``io1``: 4 - 16,384 GiB\n + ``io2``: 4 - 65,536 GiB\n + ``st1`` and ``sc1``: 125 - 16,384 GiB\n + ``standard``: 1 - 1024 GiB", + "type" : "integer" }, "AutoEnableIO" : { - "type" : "boolean", - "description" : "Indicates whether the volume is auto-enabled for I/O operations. By default, Amazon EBS disables I/O to the volume from attached EC2 instances when it determines that a volume's data is potentially inconsistent. If the consistency of the volume is not a concern, and you prefer that the volume be made available immediately if it's impaired, you can configure the volume to automatically enable I/O." + "description" : "Indicates whether the volume is auto-enabled for I/O operations. By default, Amazon EBS disables I/O to the volume from attached EC2 instances when it determines that a volume's data is potentially inconsistent. If the consistency of the volume is not a concern, and you prefer that the volume be made available immediately if it's impaired, you can configure the volume to automatically enable I/O.", + "type" : "boolean" }, "OutpostArn" : { - "type" : "string", - "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost." + "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost.", + "type" : "string" }, "AvailabilityZone" : { - "type" : "string", - "description" : "The ID of the Availability Zone in which to create the volume. For example, ``us-east-1a``." + "description" : "The ID of the Availability Zone in which to create the volume. For example, ``us-east-1a``.", + "type" : "string" }, "Throughput" : { - "type" : "integer", - "description" : "The throughput to provision for a volume, with a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s.\n This parameter is valid only for ``gp3`` volumes. The default value is 125.\n Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000." + "description" : "The throughput to provision for a volume, with a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s.\n This parameter is valid only for ``gp3`` volumes. The default value is 125.\n Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000.", + "type" : "integer" }, "Iops" : { - "type" : "integer", - "description" : "The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For ``gp3``, ``io1``, and ``io2`` volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For ``gp2`` volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting.\n The following are the supported values for each volume type:\n + ``gp3``: 3,000 - 16,000 IOPS\n + ``io1``: 100 - 64,000 IOPS\n + ``io2``: 100 - 256,000 IOPS\n \n For ``io2`` volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on [instances built on the Nitro System](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/ec2-nitro-instances.html). On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS.\n This parameter is required for ``io1`` and ``io2`` volumes. The default for ``gp3`` volumes is 3,000 IOPS. This parameter is not supported for ``gp2``, ``st1``, ``sc1``, or ``standard`` volumes." + "description" : "The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For ``gp3``, ``io1``, and ``io2`` volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For ``gp2`` volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting.\n The following are the supported values for each volume type:\n + ``gp3``: 3,000 - 16,000 IOPS\n + ``io1``: 100 - 64,000 IOPS\n + ``io2``: 100 - 256,000 IOPS\n \n For ``io2`` volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on [instances built on the Nitro System](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/ec2-nitro-instances.html). On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS.\n This parameter is required for ``io1`` and ``io2`` volumes. The default for ``gp3`` volumes is 3,000 IOPS. This parameter is not supported for ``gp2``, ``st1``, ``sc1``, or ``standard`` volumes.", + "type" : "integer" }, "SnapshotId" : { - "type" : "string", - "description" : "The snapshot from which to create the volume. You must specify either a snapshot ID or a volume size." - }, - "VolumeType" : { - "type" : "string", - "description" : "The volume type. This parameter can be one of the following values:\n + General Purpose SSD: ``gp2`` | ``gp3`` \n + Provisioned IOPS SSD: ``io1`` | ``io2`` \n + Throughput Optimized HDD: ``st1`` \n + Cold HDD: ``sc1`` \n + Magnetic: ``standard`` \n \n For more information, see [Amazon EBS volume types](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html).\n Default: ``gp2``" + "description" : "The snapshot from which to create the volume. You must specify either a snapshot ID or a volume size.", + "type" : "string" }, "VolumeId" : { - "type" : "string", - "description" : "" + "description" : "", + "type" : "string" + }, + "VolumeType" : { + "description" : "The volume type. This parameter can be one of the following values:\n + General Purpose SSD: ``gp2`` | ``gp3`` \n + Provisioned IOPS SSD: ``io1`` | ``io2`` \n + Throughput Optimized HDD: ``st1`` \n + Cold HDD: ``sc1`` \n + Magnetic: ``standard`` \n \n For more information, see [Amazon EBS volume types](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html).\n Default: ``gp2``", + "type" : "string" }, "Tags" : { - "type" : "array", "uniqueItems" : false, "description" : "The tags to apply to the volume during creation.", "insertionOrder" : false, + "type" : "array", "items" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/Tag" } } }, - "definitions" : { - "Tag" : { - "type" : "object", - "additionalProperties" : false, - "properties" : { - "Key" : { - "description" : "The tag key.", - "type" : "string" - }, - "Value" : { - "description" : "The tag value.", - "type" : "string" - } - }, - "required" : [ "Value", "Key" ], - "description" : "Specifies a tag. For more information, see [Resource tags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-resource-tags.html)." - } - }, - "tagging" : { - "taggable" : true, - "tagOnCreate" : true, - "tagUpdatable" : true, - "cloudFormationSystemTags" : false, - "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags", - "permissions" : [ "ec2:CreateTags", "ec2:DeleteTags", "ec2:DescribeTags" ] - }, - "handlers" : { - "create" : { - "permissions" : [ "ec2:CreateVolume", "ec2:DescribeVolumes", "ec2:DescribeVolumeAttribute", "ec2:ModifyVolumeAttribute", "ec2:CreateTags", "kms:GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext", "kms:CreateGrant" ], - "timeoutInMinutes" : 725 - }, - "read" : { - "permissions" : [ "ec2:DescribeVolumes", "ec2:DescribeVolumeAttribute", "ec2:DescribeTags" ] - }, - "update" : { - "permissions" : [ "ec2:ModifyVolume", "ec2:ModifyVolumeAttribute", "ec2:DescribeVolumeAttribute", "ec2:DescribeVolumesModifications", "ec2:DescribeVolumes", "ec2:CreateTags", "ec2:DeleteTags" ], - "timeoutInMinutes" : 2160 - }, - "delete" : { - "permissions" : [ "ec2:DeleteVolume", "ec2:CreateSnapshot", "ec2:DescribeSnapshots", "ec2:DeleteTags", "ec2:DescribeVolumes" ] - }, - "list" : { - "permissions" : [ "ec2:DescribeVolumes", "ec2:DescribeTags", "ec2:DescribeVolumeAttribute" ] - } - }, - "required" : [ "AvailabilityZone" ], - "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/VolumeId" ], - "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/VolumeId" ] + "required" : [ "AvailabilityZone" ] } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-vpccidrblock.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-vpccidrblock.json index 3d4485360e..f26ede2329 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-vpccidrblock.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-vpccidrblock.json @@ -50,13 +50,17 @@ "IpSource" : { "type" : "string", "description" : "The IP Source of an IPv6 VPC CIDR Block." + }, + "Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup" : { + "type" : "string", + "description" : "The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block." } }, "tagging" : { "taggable" : false }, "required" : [ "VpcId" ], - "createOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/Ipv6Pool", "/properties/VpcId", "/properties/AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock", "/properties/Ipv6CidrBlock", "/properties/CidrBlock", "/properties/Ipv4IpamPoolId", "/properties/Ipv4NetmaskLength", "/properties/Ipv6IpamPoolId", "/properties/Ipv6NetmaskLength" ], + "createOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/Ipv6Pool", "/properties/VpcId", "/properties/AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock", "/properties/Ipv6CidrBlock", "/properties/CidrBlock", "/properties/Ipv4IpamPoolId", "/properties/Ipv4NetmaskLength", "/properties/Ipv6IpamPoolId", "/properties/Ipv6NetmaskLength", "/properties/Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup" ], "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/Id", "/properties/VpcId" ], "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/Id", "/properties/Ipv6AddressAttribute", "/properties/IpSource" ], "writeOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/Ipv4IpamPoolId", "/properties/Ipv4NetmaskLength", "/properties/Ipv6IpamPoolId", "/properties/Ipv6NetmaskLength" ], diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-vpcendpointservice.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-vpcendpointservice.json index 6936b7ae1d..958745fa8f 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-vpcendpointservice.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ec2-vpcendpointservice.json @@ -2,6 +2,21 @@ "typeName" : "AWS::EC2::VPCEndpointService", "description" : "Resource Type definition for AWS::EC2::VPCEndpointService", "additionalProperties" : false, + "definitions" : { + "Tag" : { + "type" : "object", + "additionalProperties" : false, + "properties" : { + "Value" : { + "type" : "string" + }, + "Key" : { + "type" : "string" + } + }, + "required" : [ "Value", "Key" ] + } + }, "properties" : { "NetworkLoadBalancerArns" : { "type" : "array", @@ -32,29 +47,40 @@ "items" : { "type" : "string" } + }, + "Tags" : { + "type" : "array", + "description" : "The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service.", + "uniqueItems" : false, + "insertionOrder" : false, + "items" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/Tag" + } } }, "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/ServiceId" ], "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/ServiceId" ], "writeOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/ContributorInsightsEnabled" ], "tagging" : { - "taggable" : false, - "tagOnCreate" : false, - "tagUpdatable" : false, - "cloudFormationSystemTags" : false + "taggable" : true, + "tagOnCreate" : true, + "tagUpdatable" : true, + "cloudFormationSystemTags" : false, + "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags", + "permissions" : [ "ec2:CreateTags", "ec2:DeleteTags" ] }, "handlers" : { "create" : { - "permissions" : [ "ec2:CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration", "ec2:ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration", "ec2:ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibility", "cloudwatch:ListManagedInsightRules", "cloudwatch:DeleteInsightRules", "cloudwatch:PutManagedInsightRules", "ec2:DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations" ] + "permissions" : [ "ec2:CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration", "ec2:ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibility", "cloudwatch:ListManagedInsightRules", "cloudwatch:DeleteInsightRules", "cloudwatch:PutManagedInsightRules", "ec2:DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations", "ec2:CreateTags" ] }, "update" : { - "permissions" : [ "ec2:ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration", "ec2:DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations", "ec2:DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations", "ec2:ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibility", "cloudwatch:ListManagedInsightRules", "cloudwatch:DeleteInsightRules", "cloudwatch:PutManagedInsightRules" ] + "permissions" : [ "ec2:ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration", "ec2:DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations", "ec2:ModifyVpcEndpointServicePayerResponsibility", "cloudwatch:ListManagedInsightRules", "cloudwatch:DeleteInsightRules", "cloudwatch:PutManagedInsightRules", "ec2:CreateTags", "ec2:DeleteTags" ] }, "read" : { "permissions" : [ "ec2:DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations", "cloudwatch:ListManagedInsightRules" ] }, "delete" : { - "permissions" : [ "ec2:DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations", "ec2:DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations", "cloudwatch:ListManagedInsightRules", "cloudwatch:DeleteInsightRules" ] + "permissions" : [ "ec2:DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations", "ec2:DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations", "cloudwatch:ListManagedInsightRules", "cloudwatch:DeleteInsightRules", "ec2:DeleteTags" ] }, "list" : { "permissions" : [ "ec2:DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations", "cloudwatch:ListManagedInsightRules" ] diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ecs-service.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ecs-service.json index ada20e6146..243d2d19b7 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ecs-service.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ecs-service.json @@ -476,11 +476,11 @@ "$ref" : "#/definitions/DeploymentCircuitBreaker" }, "MaximumPercent" : { - "description" : "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service.", + "description" : "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%.\n The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html).\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service.", "type" : "integer" }, "MinimumHealthyPercent" : { - "description" : "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. \n For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks.\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has one or more essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the task to reach a healthy status before counting it towards the minimum healthy percent total. A task is considered healthy when all essential containers within the task have passed their health checks. The amount of time the service scheduler can wait for is determined by the container health check settings. \n \n For services that *do* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has an essential container with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for both the task to reach a healthy status and the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n \n The default value for a replica service for ``minimumHealthyPercent`` is 100%. The default ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service using the ``DAEMON`` service schedule is 0% for the CLI, the AWS SDKs, and the APIs and 50% for the AWS Management Console.\n The minimum number of healthy tasks during a deployment is the ``desiredCount`` multiplied by the ``minimumHealthyPercent``/100, rounded up to the nearest integer value.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the EC2 launch type, the *minimum healthy percent* value is set to the default value. The *minimum healthy percent* value is used to define the lower limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the Fargate launch type, the minimum healthy percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service.", + "description" : "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. \n If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . \n For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks.\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has one or more essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the task to reach a healthy status before counting it towards the minimum healthy percent total. A task is considered healthy when all essential containers within the task have passed their health checks. The amount of time the service scheduler can wait for is determined by the container health check settings. \n \n For services that *do* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has an essential container with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for both the task to reach a healthy status and the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n \n The default value for a replica service for ``minimumHealthyPercent`` is 100%. The default ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service using the ``DAEMON`` service schedule is 0% for the CLI, the AWS SDKs, and the APIs and 50% for the AWS Management Console.\n The minimum number of healthy tasks during a deployment is the ``desiredCount`` multiplied by the ``minimumHealthyPercent``/100, rounded up to the nearest integer value.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the EC2 launch type, the *minimum healthy percent* value is set to the default value. The *minimum healthy percent* value is used to define the lower limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the Fargate launch type, the minimum healthy percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service.", "type" : "integer" } } @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ } }, "CapacityProviderStrategy" : { - "description" : "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers.", + "description" : "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers.", "type" : "array", "items" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/CapacityProviderStrategyItem" diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-location.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-location.json index a5ecb59b0c..f630eaf18f 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-location.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-location.json @@ -6,7 +6,10 @@ "tagging" : { "taggable" : true, "cloudFormationSystemTags" : false, - "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags" + "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags", + "tagOnCreate" : true, + "tagUpdatable" : true, + "permissions" : [ "gamelift:ListTagsForResource", "gamelift:TagResource", "gamelift:UntagResource" ] }, "definitions" : { "Tag" : { diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-matchmakingconfiguration.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-matchmakingconfiguration.json index 61cdb8be6f..0f1bffe21c 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-matchmakingconfiguration.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-matchmakingconfiguration.json @@ -6,7 +6,10 @@ "tagging" : { "taggable" : true, "cloudFormationSystemTags" : false, - "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags" + "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags", + "tagOnCreate" : true, + "tagUpdatable" : true, + "permissions" : [ "gamelift:ListTagsForResource", "gamelift:TagResource", "gamelift:UntagResource" ] }, "definitions" : { "GameProperty" : { diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-matchmakingruleset.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-matchmakingruleset.json index 64d1abea3f..364e453b92 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-matchmakingruleset.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-gamelift-matchmakingruleset.json @@ -6,7 +6,10 @@ "tagging" : { "taggable" : true, "cloudFormationSystemTags" : false, - "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags" + "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags", + "tagOnCreate" : true, + "tagUpdatable" : true, + "permissions" : [ "gamelift:ListTagsForResource", "gamelift:TagResource", "gamelift:UntagResource" ] }, "definitions" : { "Tag" : { diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-imagebuilder-image.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-imagebuilder-image.json index 03aa8f91c3..0a1f6e2911 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-imagebuilder-image.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-imagebuilder-image.json @@ -1,97 +1,49 @@ { - "typeName" : "AWS::ImageBuilder::Image", - "description" : "Resource schema for AWS::ImageBuilder::Image", "sourceUrl" : "https://github.com/aws-cloudformation/aws-cloudformation-resource-providers-imagebuilder", - "properties" : { - "Arn" : { - "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image.", - "type" : "string" - }, - "Name" : { - "description" : "The name of the image.", - "type" : "string" - }, - "ImageTestsConfiguration" : { - "description" : "The image tests configuration used when creating this image.", - "$ref" : "#/definitions/ImageTestsConfiguration" - }, - "ImageRecipeArn" : { - "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that defines how images are configured, tested, and assessed.", - "type" : "string" - }, - "ContainerRecipeArn" : { - "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe that defines how images are configured and tested.", - "type" : "string" - }, - "DistributionConfigurationArn" : { - "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration.", - "type" : "string" + "tagging" : { + "taggable" : false + }, + "oneOf" : [ { + "required" : [ "ContainerRecipeArn", "InfrastructureConfigurationArn" ] + }, { + "required" : [ "ImageRecipeArn", "InfrastructureConfigurationArn" ] + }, { + "required" : [ "ImportDiskImageSettings" ] + } ], + "handlers" : { + "read" : { + "permissions" : [ "imagebuilder:GetImage" ] }, - "InfrastructureConfigurationArn" : { - "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration.", - "type" : "string" + "create" : { + "permissions" : [ "ecr:BatchGetRepositoryScanningConfiguration", "iam:GetRole", "iam:PassRole", "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole", "imagebuilder:GetImageRecipe", "imagebuilder:GetInfrastructureConfiguration", "imagebuilder:GetDistributionConfiguration", "imagebuilder:GetWorkflow", "imagebuilder:GetImage", "imagebuilder:CreateImage", "imagebuilder:TagResource", "inspector2:BatchGetAccountStatus" ], + "timeoutInMinutes" : 720 }, - "Workflows" : { - "description" : "Workflows to define the image build process", - "type" : "array", - "insertionOrder" : true, - "items" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/WorkflowConfiguration" + "list" : { + "permissions" : [ "imagebuilder:ListImages", "imagebuilder:ListImageBuildVersions" ], + "handlerSchema" : { + "properties" : { + "Arn" : { + "$ref" : "resource-schema.json#/properties/Arn" + } + }, + "required" : [ "Arn" ] } }, - "ImageId" : { - "description" : "The AMI ID of the EC2 AMI in current region.", - "type" : "string" - }, - "ImageUri" : { - "description" : "URI for containers created in current Region with default ECR image tag", - "type" : "string" - }, - "EnhancedImageMetadataEnabled" : { - "description" : "Collects additional information about the image being created, including the operating system (OS) version and package list.", - "type" : "boolean" - }, - "ImageScanningConfiguration" : { - "description" : "Contains settings for vulnerability scans.", - "$ref" : "#/definitions/ImageScanningConfiguration" - }, - "ExecutionRole" : { - "description" : "The execution role name/ARN for the image build, if provided", - "type" : "string" - }, - "Tags" : { - "description" : "The tags associated with the image.", - "type" : "object", - "additionalProperties" : false, - "patternProperties" : { - ".{1,}" : { - "type" : "string" - } - } + "delete" : { + "permissions" : [ "imagebuilder:GetImage", "imagebuilder:DeleteImage", "imagebuilder:UnTagResource", "imagebuilder:CancelImageCreation" ] } }, + "typeName" : "AWS::ImageBuilder::Image", + "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/Arn", "/properties/Name", "/properties/ImageId", "/properties/ImageUri" ], + "description" : "Resource schema for AWS::ImageBuilder::Image", + "createOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/ImageRecipeArn", "/properties/ContainerRecipeArn", "/properties/InfrastructureConfigurationArn", "/properties/Workflows", "/properties/DistributionConfigurationArn", "/properties/ImageTestsConfiguration", "/properties/ImageScanningConfiguration", "/properties/EnhancedImageMetadataEnabled", "/properties/Tags" ], + "additionalProperties" : false, + "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/Arn" ], "definitions" : { - "ImageTestsConfiguration" : { - "description" : "The image tests configuration used when creating this image.", - "type" : "object", - "additionalProperties" : false, - "properties" : { - "ImageTestsEnabled" : { - "description" : "ImageTestsEnabled", - "type" : "boolean" - }, - "TimeoutMinutes" : { - "description" : "TimeoutMinutes", - "type" : "integer", - "minimum" : 60, - "maximum" : 1440 - } - } - }, "ImageScanningConfiguration" : { "description" : "Contains settings for Image Builder image resource and container image scans.", - "type" : "object", "additionalProperties" : false, + "type" : "object", "properties" : { "EcrConfiguration" : { "description" : "Contains ECR settings for vulnerability scans.", @@ -103,15 +55,43 @@ } } }, + "WorkflowConfiguration" : { + "description" : "The workflow configuration of the image", + "additionalProperties" : false, + "type" : "object", + "properties" : { + "ParallelGroup" : { + "description" : "The parallel group name", + "type" : "string" + }, + "Parameters" : { + "description" : "The parameters associated with the workflow", + "insertionOrder" : false, + "type" : "array", + "items" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/WorkflowParameter" + } + }, + "WorkflowArn" : { + "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the workflow", + "type" : "string" + }, + "OnFailure" : { + "description" : "Define execution decision in case of workflow failure", + "type" : "string", + "enum" : [ "CONTINUE", "ABORT" ] + } + } + }, "EcrConfiguration" : { "description" : "Settings for Image Builder to configure the ECR repository and output container images that are scanned.", - "type" : "object", "additionalProperties" : false, + "type" : "object", "properties" : { "ContainerTags" : { "description" : "Tags for Image Builder to apply the output container image that is scanned. Tags can help you identify and manage your scanned images.", - "type" : "array", "insertionOrder" : true, + "type" : "array", "items" : { "type" : "string" } @@ -122,89 +102,111 @@ } } }, - "WorkflowConfiguration" : { - "description" : "The workflow configuration of the image", - "type" : "object", + "WorkflowParameterValue" : { + "description" : "The value associated with the workflow parameter", + "type" : "string" + }, + "ImageTestsConfiguration" : { + "description" : "The image tests configuration used when creating this image.", "additionalProperties" : false, + "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "WorkflowArn" : { - "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the workflow", - "type" : "string" - }, - "Parameters" : { - "description" : "The parameters associated with the workflow", - "type" : "array", - "insertionOrder" : false, - "items" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/WorkflowParameter" - } - }, - "ParallelGroup" : { - "description" : "The parallel group name", - "type" : "string" + "TimeoutMinutes" : { + "description" : "TimeoutMinutes", + "maximum" : 1440, + "type" : "integer", + "minimum" : 60 }, - "OnFailure" : { - "description" : "Define execution decision in case of workflow failure", - "type" : "string", - "enum" : [ "CONTINUE", "ABORT" ] + "ImageTestsEnabled" : { + "description" : "ImageTestsEnabled", + "type" : "boolean" } } }, "WorkflowParameter" : { "description" : "A parameter associated with the workflow", - "type" : "object", "additionalProperties" : false, + "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Name" : { - "type" : "string" - }, "Value" : { - "type" : "array", "insertionOrder" : true, + "type" : "array", "items" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/WorkflowParameterValue" } + }, + "Name" : { + "type" : "string" } } - }, - "WorkflowParameterValue" : { - "description" : "The value associated with the workflow parameter", - "type" : "string" } }, - "additionalProperties" : false, - "oneOf" : [ { - "required" : [ "ContainerRecipeArn", "InfrastructureConfigurationArn" ] - }, { - "required" : [ "ImageRecipeArn", "InfrastructureConfigurationArn" ] - } ], - "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/Arn" ], - "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/Arn", "/properties/Name", "/properties/ImageId", "/properties/ImageUri" ], - "createOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/ImageRecipeArn", "/properties/ContainerRecipeArn", "/properties/InfrastructureConfigurationArn", "/properties/Workflows", "/properties/DistributionConfigurationArn", "/properties/ImageTestsConfiguration", "/properties/ImageScanningConfiguration", "/properties/EnhancedImageMetadataEnabled", "/properties/Tags" ], - "tagging" : { - "taggable" : false - }, - "handlers" : { - "create" : { - "permissions" : [ "ecr:BatchGetRepositoryScanningConfiguration", "iam:GetRole", "iam:PassRole", "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole", "imagebuilder:GetImageRecipe", "imagebuilder:GetInfrastructureConfiguration", "imagebuilder:GetDistributionConfiguration", "imagebuilder:GetWorkflow", "imagebuilder:GetImage", "imagebuilder:CreateImage", "imagebuilder:TagResource", "inspector2:BatchGetAccountStatus" ], - "timeoutInMinutes" : 720 - }, - "read" : { - "permissions" : [ "imagebuilder:GetImage" ] + "properties" : { + "ImageScanningConfiguration" : { + "description" : "Contains settings for vulnerability scans.", + "$ref" : "#/definitions/ImageScanningConfiguration" }, - "delete" : { - "permissions" : [ "imagebuilder:GetImage", "imagebuilder:DeleteImage", "imagebuilder:UnTagResource", "imagebuilder:CancelImageCreation" ] + "ContainerRecipeArn" : { + "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe that defines how images are configured and tested.", + "type" : "string" }, - "list" : { - "permissions" : [ "imagebuilder:ListImages", "imagebuilder:ListImageBuildVersions" ], - "handlerSchema" : { - "properties" : { - "Arn" : { - "$ref" : "resource-schema.json#/properties/Arn" - } - }, - "required" : [ "Arn" ] + "Workflows" : { + "description" : "Workflows to define the image build process", + "insertionOrder" : true, + "type" : "array", + "items" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/WorkflowConfiguration" } + }, + "ImageUri" : { + "description" : "URI for containers created in current Region with default ECR image tag", + "type" : "string" + }, + "Name" : { + "description" : "The name of the image.", + "type" : "string" + }, + "InfrastructureConfigurationArn" : { + "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration.", + "type" : "string" + }, + "ImageRecipeArn" : { + "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that defines how images are configured, tested, and assessed.", + "type" : "string" + }, + "DistributionConfigurationArn" : { + "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration.", + "type" : "string" + }, + "ImageId" : { + "description" : "The AMI ID of the EC2 AMI in current region.", + "type" : "string" + }, + "ImageTestsConfiguration" : { + "description" : "The image tests configuration used when creating this image.", + "$ref" : "#/definitions/ImageTestsConfiguration" + }, + "Arn" : { + "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image.", + "type" : "string" + }, + "EnhancedImageMetadataEnabled" : { + "description" : "Collects additional information about the image being created, including the operating system (OS) version and package list.", + "type" : "boolean" + }, + "ExecutionRole" : { + "description" : "The execution role name/ARN for the image build, if provided", + "type" : "string" + }, + "Tags" : { + "patternProperties" : { + ".{1,}" : { + "type" : "string" + } + }, + "description" : "The tags associated with the image.", + "additionalProperties" : false, + "type" : "object" } } } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-allowlist.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-allowlist.json index c0bce1223b..73af2606fb 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-allowlist.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-allowlist.json @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ "tagOnCreate" : true, "tagUpdatable" : true, "cloudFormationSystemTags" : true, - "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags" + "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags", + "permissions" : [ "macie2:TagResource", "macie2:UntagResource" ] }, "definitions" : { "Regex" : { diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-customdataidentifier.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-customdataidentifier.json index 9df5ee750d..0709fa1402 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-customdataidentifier.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-customdataidentifier.json @@ -73,7 +73,8 @@ "tagOnCreate" : true, "tagUpdatable" : true, "cloudFormationSystemTags" : true, - "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags" + "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags", + "permissions" : [ "macie2:TagResource", "macie2:UntagResource" ] }, "required" : [ "Name", "Regex" ], "additionalProperties" : false, @@ -95,7 +96,7 @@ "permissions" : [ "macie2:ListCustomDataIdentifiers" ] }, "update" : { - "permissions" : [ "macie2:TagResource", "macie2:UntagResource" ] + "permissions" : [ "macie2:TagResource", "macie2:UntagResource", "macie2:GetCustomDataIdentifier" ] } } } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-findingsfilter.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-findingsfilter.json index d962bfd3be..367d7f9382 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-findingsfilter.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-macie-findingsfilter.json @@ -132,7 +132,8 @@ "tagOnCreate" : true, "tagUpdatable" : true, "cloudFormationSystemTags" : true, - "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags" + "tagProperty" : "/properties/Tags", + "permissions" : [ "macie2:TagResource", "macie2:UntagResource" ] }, "required" : [ "Name", "FindingCriteria" ], "additionalProperties" : false, diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-mediaconnect-bridge.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-mediaconnect-bridge.json index f2d77dd0a4..34ee66ead1 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-mediaconnect-bridge.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-mediaconnect-bridge.json @@ -147,6 +147,10 @@ "description" : "The network source multicast IP.", "type" : "string" }, + "MulticastSourceSettings" : { + "description" : "The settings related to the multicast source.", + "$ref" : "#/definitions/MulticastSourceSettings" + }, "Port" : { "description" : "The network source port.", "type" : "integer" @@ -159,6 +163,17 @@ "required" : [ "Name", "Protocol", "MulticastIp", "Port", "NetworkName" ], "additionalProperties" : false }, + "MulticastSourceSettings" : { + "type" : "object", + "description" : "The settings related to the multicast source.", + "properties" : { + "MulticastSourceIp" : { + "description" : "The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM).", + "type" : "string" + } + }, + "additionalProperties" : false + }, "ProtocolEnum" : { "type" : "string", "enum" : [ "rtp-fec", "rtp", "udp" ] diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-mediaconnect-bridgesource.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-mediaconnect-bridgesource.json index 1b506d2364..370ff5ccdd 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-mediaconnect-bridgesource.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-mediaconnect-bridgesource.json @@ -42,6 +42,10 @@ "description" : "The network source multicast IP.", "type" : "string" }, + "MulticastSourceSettings" : { + "description" : "The settings related to the multicast source.", + "$ref" : "#/definitions/MulticastSourceSettings" + }, "Port" : { "description" : "The network source port.", "type" : "integer" @@ -54,6 +58,17 @@ "required" : [ "Protocol", "MulticastIp", "Port", "NetworkName" ], "additionalProperties" : false }, + "MulticastSourceSettings" : { + "type" : "object", + "description" : "The settings related to the multicast source.", + "properties" : { + "MulticastSourceIp" : { + "description" : "The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM).", + "type" : "string" + } + }, + "additionalProperties" : false + }, "ProtocolEnum" : { "type" : "string", "enum" : [ "rtp-fec", "rtp", "udp" ] diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-pcs-cluster.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-pcs-cluster.json index 5c1a06cf9a..2831f12358 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-pcs-cluster.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-pcs-cluster.json @@ -225,7 +225,8 @@ "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/Arn", "/properties/Endpoints", "/properties/ErrorInfo", "/properties/Id", "/properties/Status" ], "handlers" : { "create" : { - "permissions" : [ "ec2:CreateNetworkInterface", "ec2:DescribeVpcs", "ec2:DescribeSubnets", "ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups", "ec2:GetSecurityGroupsForVpc", "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole", "secretsmanager:CreateSecret", "secretsmanager:TagResource", "pcs:CreateCluster", "pcs:GetCluster", "pcs:ListTagsForResource", "pcs:TagResource" ] + "permissions" : [ "ec2:CreateNetworkInterface", "ec2:DescribeVpcs", "ec2:DescribeSubnets", "ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups", "ec2:GetSecurityGroupsForVpc", "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole", "secretsmanager:CreateSecret", "secretsmanager:TagResource", "pcs:CreateCluster", "pcs:GetCluster", "pcs:ListTagsForResource", "pcs:TagResource" ], + "timeoutInMinutes" : 60 }, "read" : { "permissions" : [ "pcs:GetCluster", "pcs:ListTagsForResource" ] @@ -235,7 +236,8 @@ "timeoutInMinutes" : 60 }, "delete" : { - "permissions" : [ "pcs:DeleteCluster", "pcs:GetCluster" ] + "permissions" : [ "pcs:DeleteCluster", "pcs:GetCluster" ], + "timeoutInMinutes" : 60 }, "list" : { "permissions" : [ "pcs:ListClusters" ] diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-qbusiness-dataaccessor.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-qbusiness-dataaccessor.json index b2bfdcb15e..0aef0818ef 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-qbusiness-dataaccessor.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-qbusiness-dataaccessor.json @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ }, "DisplayName" : { "type" : "string", - "maxLength" : 1000, + "maxLength" : 100, "minLength" : 1, "pattern" : "^[a-zA-Z0-9][a-zA-Z0-9_-]*$" }, @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ "type" : "string", "maxLength" : 1284, "minLength" : 1, - "pattern" : "^arn:aws:iam::[0-9]{12}:role/.+" + "pattern" : "^arn:aws:iam::[0-9]{12}:role/[a-zA-Z0-9_/+=,.@-]+$" }, "Tags" : { "type" : "array", @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ "format" : "date-time" } }, - "required" : [ "ActionConfigurations", "DisplayName", "Principal" ], + "required" : [ "ApplicationId", "ActionConfigurations", "DisplayName", "Principal" ], "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/CreatedAt", "/properties/DataAccessorArn", "/properties/DataAccessorId", "/properties/IdcApplicationArn", "/properties/UpdatedAt" ], "createOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/ApplicationId", "/properties/Principal" ], "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/ApplicationId", "/properties/DataAccessorId" ], diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-qbusiness-permission.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-qbusiness-permission.json index 42a767651f..113231c05f 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-qbusiness-permission.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-qbusiness-permission.json @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ "type" : "string", "maxLength" : 1284, "minLength" : 1, - "pattern" : "^arn:aws:iam::[0-9]{12}:role/.+" + "pattern" : "^arn:aws:iam::[0-9]{12}:role/[a-zA-Z0-9_/+=,.@-]+$" } }, "required" : [ "ApplicationId", "StatementId", "Actions", "Principal" ], diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-analysis.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-analysis.json index 76201c987f..68f181fb71 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-analysis.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-analysis.json @@ -135,9 +135,7 @@ "Tooltip" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/TooltipOptions" }, - "Interactions" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/VisualInteractionOptions" - }, + "Interactions" : { }, "WindowOptions" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/GeospatialWindowOptions" }, @@ -4477,9 +4475,7 @@ "MapStyle" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/GeospatialMapStyle" }, - "Interactions" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/VisualInteractionOptions" - }, + "Interactions" : { }, "MapLayers" : { "type" : "array", "items" : { @@ -5547,9 +5543,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "AvailabilityStatus" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/DashboardBehavior" - } + "AvailabilityStatus" : { } } }, "CategoryDrillDownFilter" : { diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-dashboard.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-dashboard.json index c2d0fd9bb4..87d83147dd 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-dashboard.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-dashboard.json @@ -111,9 +111,7 @@ "Tooltip" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/TooltipOptions" }, - "Interactions" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/VisualInteractionOptions" - }, + "Interactions" : { }, "WindowOptions" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/GeospatialWindowOptions" }, @@ -2252,9 +2250,7 @@ "VisualPublishOptions" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/DashboardVisualPublishOptions" }, - "VisualMenuOption" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/VisualMenuOption" - }, + "VisualMenuOption" : { }, "DataPointTooltipOption" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/DataPointTooltipOption" }, @@ -4600,9 +4596,7 @@ "MapStyle" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/GeospatialMapStyle" }, - "Interactions" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/VisualInteractionOptions" - }, + "Interactions" : { }, "MapLayers" : { "type" : "array", "items" : { diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-dataset.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-dataset.json index 0ad5e01d9b..bee0e36034 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-dataset.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-dataset.json @@ -537,9 +537,7 @@ "$ref" : "#/definitions/InputColumn" } }, - "UploadSettings" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/UploadSettings" - } + "UploadSettings" : { } }, "required" : [ "DataSourceArn", "InputColumns" ] }, diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-template.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-template.json index 749eb8ad47..7e339da72c 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-template.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-quicksight-template.json @@ -60,9 +60,7 @@ "TotalCellStyle" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/TableCellStyle" }, - "TotalsVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "TotalsVisibility" : { }, "MetricHeaderCellStyle" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/TableCellStyle" } @@ -129,9 +127,7 @@ "Symbol" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/NumericSeparatorSymbol" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "PredefinedHierarchy" : { @@ -284,9 +280,7 @@ "LineStyle" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/LineChartLineStyle" }, - "LineVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "LineVisibility" : { }, "LineWidth" : { "description" : "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px", "type" : "string" @@ -429,9 +423,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "MissingDateVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "MissingDateVisibility" : { } } }, "KPIActualValueConditionalFormatting" : { @@ -517,12 +509,8 @@ "description" : "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px", "type" : "string" }, - "AxisLineVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, - "GridLineVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "AxisLineVisibility" : { }, + "GridLineVisibility" : { }, "ScrollbarOptions" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/ScrollBarOptions" } @@ -537,9 +525,7 @@ "type" : "string", "maxLength" : 512 }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, "FieldValue" : { "minLength" : 0, "type" : "string", @@ -811,9 +797,7 @@ "type" : "string", "maxLength" : 512 }, - "ChartConfiguration" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/GeospatialLayerMapConfiguration" - }, + "ChartConfiguration" : { }, "DataSetIdentifier" : { "minLength" : 1, "type" : "string", @@ -1217,9 +1201,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "TooltipTarget" : { @@ -1414,9 +1396,7 @@ "type" : "string", "maxLength" : 1024 }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "WordCloudOptions" : { @@ -1501,9 +1481,7 @@ "type" : "string", "maxLength" : 512 }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, "Width" : { "description" : "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px", "type" : "string" @@ -1567,9 +1545,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, "FormatText" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/LongFormatText" } @@ -2115,27 +2091,19 @@ "$ref" : "#/definitions/DataLabelType" } }, - "MeasureLabelVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "MeasureLabelVisibility" : { }, "Position" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/DataLabelPosition" }, "LabelContent" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/DataLabelContent" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, - "TotalsVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, + "TotalsVisibility" : { }, "Overlap" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/DataLabelOverlap" }, - "CategoryLabelVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "CategoryLabelVisibility" : { }, "LabelColor" : { "pattern" : "^#[A-F0-9]{6}$", "type" : "string" @@ -2248,9 +2216,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, "TooltipText" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/SheetImageTooltipText" } @@ -2321,12 +2287,8 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, - "VerticalOverflowVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility" : { }, + "VerticalOverflowVisibility" : { } } }, "EmptyVisual" : { @@ -2366,12 +2328,8 @@ "pattern" : "^#[A-F0-9]{6}$", "type" : "string" }, - "TooltipVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "TooltipVisibility" : { }, + "Visibility" : { } }, "required" : [ "Type" ] }, @@ -2486,9 +2444,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "AxisDisplayDataDrivenRange" : { @@ -2618,9 +2574,7 @@ "VisibleRange" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/VisibleRangeOptions" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "ConditionalFormattingCustomIconOptions" : { @@ -3167,9 +3121,7 @@ "description" : "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px", "type" : "string" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, "RenderingRules" : { "minItems" : 0, "maxItems" : 10000, @@ -3512,9 +3464,7 @@ "pattern" : "^#[A-F0-9]{6}(?:[A-F0-9]{2})?$", "type" : "string" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "SheetImageScalingType" : { @@ -3549,9 +3499,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "ValidationStrategy" : { @@ -3603,9 +3551,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, "FontConfiguration" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/FontConfiguration" }, @@ -3714,9 +3660,7 @@ "pattern" : "^#[A-F0-9]{6}(?:[A-F0-9]{2})?$", "type" : "string" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "CategoryFilter" : { @@ -4291,9 +4235,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "CircleSymbolStyle" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/GeospatialCircleSymbolStyle" - } + "CircleSymbolStyle" : { } } }, "HorizontalTextAlignment" : { @@ -4403,18 +4345,14 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "DonutCenterOptions" : { "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "LabelVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "LabelVisibility" : { } } }, "BodySectionContent" : { @@ -4896,9 +4834,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "NumericFilterSelectAllOptions" : { @@ -4913,9 +4849,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "SheetControlLayoutConfiguration" : { @@ -4981,9 +4915,7 @@ "TotalCellStyle" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/TableCellStyle" }, - "TotalsVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "TotalsVisibility" : { }, "FieldLevel" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/PivotTableSubtotalLevel" }, @@ -5004,12 +4936,8 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, - "VerticalOverflowVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility" : { }, + "VerticalOverflowVisibility" : { } } }, "TableOrientation" : { @@ -5414,9 +5342,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "AvailabilityStatus" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/DashboardBehavior" - } + "AvailabilityStatus" : { } } }, "CategoryDrillDownFilter" : { @@ -5707,18 +5633,12 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "MeasureLabelVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "MeasureLabelVisibility" : { }, "Position" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/DataLabelPosition" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, - "CategoryLabelVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, + "CategoryLabelVisibility" : { }, "LabelColor" : { "pattern" : "^#[A-F0-9]{6}$", "type" : "string" @@ -5739,9 +5659,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "HeaderFooterSectionConfiguration" : { @@ -6050,12 +5968,8 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, - "SortIconVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, + "SortIconVisibility" : { }, "AxisLabelOptions" : { "minItems" : 0, "maxItems" : 100, @@ -6362,9 +6276,7 @@ "RowHeaderStyle" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/TableCellStyle" }, - "CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility" : { }, "RowsLayout" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/PivotTableRowsLayout" }, @@ -6375,21 +6287,15 @@ "description" : "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px", "type" : "string" }, - "ColumnNamesVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "ColumnNamesVisibility" : { }, "RowsLabelOptions" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/PivotTableRowsLabelOptions" }, - "SingleMetricVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "SingleMetricVisibility" : { }, "ColumnHeaderStyle" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/TableCellStyle" }, - "ToggleButtonsVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "ToggleButtonsVisibility" : { }, "CellStyle" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/TableCellStyle" }, @@ -6576,9 +6482,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, "InfoIconText" : { "minLength" : 1, "type" : "string", @@ -7061,9 +6965,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "CategoryFilterConfiguration" : { @@ -7086,9 +6988,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "State" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/GeospatialColorState" - }, + "State" : { }, "Color" : { "pattern" : "^#[A-F0-9]{6}(?:[A-F0-9]{2})?$", "type" : "string" @@ -7217,9 +7117,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "LegendOptions" : { @@ -7235,9 +7133,7 @@ "Title" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/LabelOptions" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, "Height" : { "description" : "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px", "type" : "string" @@ -7479,9 +7375,7 @@ "VerticalTextAlignment" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/VerticalTextAlignment" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, "Height" : { "maximum" : 500, "type" : "number", @@ -7600,9 +7494,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "TotalOptions" : { @@ -7629,9 +7521,7 @@ "TotalCellStyle" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/TableCellStyle" }, - "TotalsVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "TotalsVisibility" : { } } }, "ForecastScenario" : { @@ -7696,9 +7586,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "DonutOptions" : { @@ -8346,9 +8234,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "UniqueValuesComputation" : { @@ -8393,9 +8279,7 @@ "CustomLabel" : { "type" : "string" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, "FontConfiguration" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/FontConfiguration" } @@ -8498,9 +8382,7 @@ "Label" : { "type" : "string" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } }, "required" : [ "FieldId" ] }, @@ -8539,9 +8421,7 @@ "description" : "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px", "type" : "string" }, - "MarkerVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "MarkerVisibility" : { }, "MarkerColor" : { "pattern" : "^#[A-F0-9]{6}$", "type" : "string" @@ -9132,9 +9012,7 @@ "type" : "string", "maxLength" : 512 }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } } }, "SpatialStaticFile" : { @@ -9245,9 +9123,7 @@ "type" : "string", "maxLength" : 512 }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } }, "required" : [ "FieldId" ] }, @@ -9646,9 +9522,7 @@ "Label" : { "type" : "string" }, - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "Visibility" : { } }, "required" : [ "Column" ] }, @@ -9922,9 +9796,7 @@ "SelectedTooltipType" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/SelectedTooltipType" }, - "TooltipVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "TooltipVisibility" : { }, "FieldBasedTooltip" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/FieldBasedTooltip" } @@ -9942,9 +9814,7 @@ "$ref" : "#/definitions/TooltipItem" } }, - "AggregationVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "AggregationVisibility" : { }, "TooltipTitleType" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/TooltipTitleType" } @@ -10324,15 +10194,9 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "FillColor" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/GeospatialColor" - }, - "StrokeWidth" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/GeospatialLineWidth" - }, - "StrokeColor" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/GeospatialColor" - } + "FillColor" : { }, + "StrokeWidth" : { }, + "StrokeColor" : { } } }, "DataSetConfiguration" : { @@ -10517,9 +10381,7 @@ "VisualPalette" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/VisualPalette" }, - "AlternateBandColorsVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "AlternateBandColorsVisibility" : { }, "StartAngle" : { "maximum" : 360, "type" : "number", @@ -10548,9 +10410,7 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "type" : "object", "properties" : { - "Visibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "Visibility" : { }, "FormatText" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/ShortFormatText" } @@ -10881,12 +10741,8 @@ "description" : "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px", "type" : "string" }, - "BackgroundVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, - "BorderVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "BackgroundVisibility" : { }, + "BorderVisibility" : { }, "BorderColor" : { "pattern" : "^#[A-F0-9]{6}(?:[A-F0-9]{2})?$", "type" : "string" @@ -10894,9 +10750,7 @@ "Title" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/PanelTitleOptions" }, - "GutterVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, + "GutterVisibility" : { }, "BackgroundColor" : { "pattern" : "^#[A-F0-9]{6}(?:[A-F0-9]{2})?$", "type" : "string" @@ -11028,12 +10882,8 @@ "StyleOptions" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/BoxPlotStyleOptions" }, - "OutlierVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - }, - "AllDataPointsVisibility" : { - "$ref" : "#/definitions/Visibility" - } + "OutlierVisibility" : { }, + "AllDataPointsVisibility" : { } } }, "KPIPrimaryValueConditionalFormatting" : { diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-rds-dbcluster.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-rds-dbcluster.json index 3ecaa00031..682fa6df87 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-rds-dbcluster.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-rds-dbcluster.json @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ } }, "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" : { - "description" : "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only", + "description" : "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster", "type" : "boolean" }, "BacktrackWindow" : { @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ }, "ClusterScalabilityType" : { "type" : "string", - "description" : "" + "description" : "Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation." }, "CopyTagsToSnapshot" : { "description" : "A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.\n Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters", @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ "type" : "string" }, "EngineLifecycleSupport" : { - "description" : "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``", + "description" : "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``", "type" : "string" }, "EngineMode" : { @@ -176,14 +176,14 @@ }, "MasterUserSecret" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/MasterUserSecret", - "description" : "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" + "description" : "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" }, "MonitoringInterval" : { - "description" : "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``", + "description" : "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``", "type" : "integer" }, "MonitoringRoleArn" : { - "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only", + "description" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters", "type" : "string" }, "NetworkType" : { @@ -191,15 +191,15 @@ "type" : "string" }, "PerformanceInsightsEnabled" : { - "description" : "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only", + "description" : "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters", "type" : "boolean" }, "PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId" : { - "description" : "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only", + "description" : "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters", "type" : "string" }, "PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod" : { - "description" : "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error.", + "description" : "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error.", "type" : "integer" }, "Port" : { @@ -334,12 +334,16 @@ "additionalProperties" : false, "properties" : { "MinCapacity" : { - "description" : "The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5.", + "description" : "The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5.", "type" : "number" }, "MaxCapacity" : { "description" : "The maximum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 40, 40.5, 41, and so on. The largest value that you can use is 128.\n The maximum capacity must be higher than 0.5 ACUs. For more information, see [Choosing the maximum Aurora Serverless v2 capacity setting for a cluster](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.setting-capacity.html#aurora-serverless-v2.max_capacity_considerations) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*.\n Aurora automatically sets certain parameters for Aurora Serverless V2 DB instances to values that depend on the maximum ACU value in the capacity range. When you update the maximum capacity value, the ``ParameterApplyStatus`` value for the DB instance changes to ``pending-reboot``. You can update the parameter values by rebooting the DB instance after changing the capacity range.", "type" : "number" + }, + "SecondsUntilAutoPause" : { + "type" : "integer", + "description" : "" } } }, diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-rds-dbinstance.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-rds-dbinstance.json index ad18fff746..a828e21aea 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-rds-dbinstance.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-rds-dbinstance.json @@ -477,6 +477,7 @@ "/properties/DBParameterGroupName" : "$lowercase(DBParameterGroupName)", "/properties/DBSnapshotIdentifier" : "$lowercase(DBSnapshotIdentifier)", "/properties/DBSubnetGroupName" : "$lowercase(DBSubnetGroupName)", + "/properties/DBSystemId" : "$uppercase(DBSystemId)", "/properties/Engine" : "$lowercase(Engine)", "/properties/EngineVersion" : "$join([$string(EngineVersion), \".*\"])", "/properties/KmsKeyId" : "$join([\"arn:.+?:kms:.+?:.+?:key\\/\", KmsKeyId])", @@ -489,11 +490,11 @@ "/properties/SourceDBInstanceIdentifier" : "$lowercase(SourceDBInstanceIdentifier)", "/properties/StorageType" : "$lowercase(StorageType)" }, - "createOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/CharacterSetName", "/properties/CustomIAMInstanceProfile", "/properties/DBClusterIdentifier", "/properties/DBInstanceIdentifier", "/properties/DBName", "/properties/DBSubnetGroupName", "/properties/KmsKeyId", "/properties/MasterUsername", "/properties/NcharCharacterSetName", "/properties/SourceRegion", "/properties/StorageEncrypted", "/properties/Timezone" ], + "createOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/CharacterSetName", "/properties/CustomIAMInstanceProfile", "/properties/DBClusterIdentifier", "/properties/DBInstanceIdentifier", "/properties/DBName", "/properties/DBSubnetGroupName", "/properties/DBSystemId", "/properties/KmsKeyId", "/properties/MasterUsername", "/properties/NcharCharacterSetName", "/properties/SourceRegion", "/properties/StorageEncrypted", "/properties/Timezone" ], "conditionalCreateOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/AutoMinorVersionUpgrade", "/properties/AvailabilityZone", "/properties/BackupRetentionPeriod", "/properties/DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier", "/properties/DBParameterGroupName", "/properties/DBSnapshotIdentifier", "/properties/Engine", "/properties/MultiAZ", "/properties/PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId", "/properties/PreferredMaintenanceWindow", "/properties/RestoreTime", "/properties/SourceDBClusterIdentifier", "/properties/SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn", "/properties/SourceDBInstanceIdentifier", "/properties/SourceDbiResourceId", "/properties/StorageType", "/properties/UseLatestRestorableTime" ], "deprecatedProperties" : [ "/properties/TdeCredentialArn", "/properties/TdeCredentialPassword" ], "writeOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/AllowMajorVersionUpgrade", "/properties/AutomaticBackupReplicationKmsKeyId", "/properties/CertificateRotationRestart", "/properties/DBSnapshotIdentifier", "/properties/DeleteAutomatedBackups", "/properties/MasterUserPassword", "/properties/RestoreTime", "/properties/SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn", "/properties/SourceDBInstanceIdentifier", "/properties/SourceDbiResourceId", "/properties/SourceRegion", "/properties/TdeCredentialPassword", "/properties/UseDefaultProcessorFeatures", "/properties/UseLatestRestorableTime" ], - "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/Endpoint/Address", "/properties/Endpoint/Port", "/properties/Endpoint/HostedZoneId", "/properties/DbiResourceId", "/properties/DBInstanceArn", "/properties/DBSystemId", "/properties/MasterUserSecret/SecretArn", "/properties/CertificateDetails/CAIdentifier", "/properties/CertificateDetails/ValidTill" ], + "readOnlyProperties" : [ "/properties/Endpoint/Address", "/properties/Endpoint/Port", "/properties/Endpoint/HostedZoneId", "/properties/DbiResourceId", "/properties/DBInstanceArn", "/properties/MasterUserSecret/SecretArn", "/properties/CertificateDetails/CAIdentifier", "/properties/CertificateDetails/ValidTill" ], "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/DBInstanceIdentifier" ], "handlers" : { "create" : { diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-redshift-integration.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-redshift-integration.json index 55792a35f5..350ec5ea8e 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-redshift-integration.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-redshift-integration.json @@ -37,18 +37,7 @@ }, "KMSKeyId" : { "type" : "string", - "description" : "An KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the integration. If you don't specify an encryption key, the default AWS owned KMS key is used.", - "anyOf" : [ { - "relationshipRef" : { - "typeName" : "AWS::KMS::Key", - "propertyPath" : "/properties/Arn" - } - }, { - "relationshipRef" : { - "typeName" : "AWS::KMS::Key", - "propertyPath" : "/properties/KeyId" - } - } ] + "description" : "An KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the integration. If you don't specify an encryption key, the default AWS owned KMS key is used." }, "AdditionalEncryptionContext" : { "$ref" : "#/definitions/EncryptionContextMap" @@ -107,13 +96,13 @@ "primaryIdentifier" : [ "/properties/IntegrationArn" ], "handlers" : { "create" : { - "permissions" : [ "redshift:CreateIntegration", "redshift:DescribeIntegrations", "redshift:CreateTags", "redshift:DescribeTags", "redshift:DescribeClusters", "kms:CreateGrant", "kms:DescribeKey", "redshift:CreateInboundIntegration" ] + "permissions" : [ "redshift:CreateIntegration", "redshift:DescribeIntegrations", "redshift:CreateTags", "redshift:DescribeTags", "redshift:DescribeClusters", "redshift:CreateInboundIntegration", "redshift-serverless:ListNamespaces", "kms:CreateGrant", "kms:DescribeKey" ] }, "read" : { "permissions" : [ "redshift:DescribeIntegrations", "redshift:DescribeTags" ] }, "update" : { - "permissions" : [ "redshift:DescribeIntegrations", "redshift:ModifyIntegration", "redshift:CreateTags", "redshift:DeleteTags", "redshift:DescribeClusters", "redshift:DescribeTags" ] + "permissions" : [ "redshift:DescribeIntegrations", "redshift:ModifyIntegration", "redshift:CreateTags", "redshift:DeleteTags", "redshift:DescribeClusters", "redshift:DescribeTags", "redshift-serverless:ListNamespaces" ] }, "delete" : { "permissions" : [ "redshift:DeleteTags", "redshift:DeleteIntegration", "redshift:DescribeIntegrations" ] diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-securityhub-configurationpolicy.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-securityhub-configurationpolicy.json index 7f9479e8f9..ad449f6f9e 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-securityhub-configurationpolicy.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-securityhub-configurationpolicy.json @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ "type" : "object", "additionalProperties" : false, "patternProperties" : { - "^[a-zA-Z0-9]{1,128}$" : { + "^(?!aws:)[a-zA-Z+-=._:/]{1,128}$" : { "type" : "string", "description" : "The value for the tag. You can specify a value that is 0 to 256 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with aws:. You can use any of the following characters: the set of Unicode letters, digits, whitespace, _, ., /, =, +, and -.", "minLength" : 0, diff --git a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ses-mailmanagerruleset.json b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ses-mailmanagerruleset.json index 94dc55af26..7e1976cb88 100644 --- a/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ses-mailmanagerruleset.json +++ b/aws-cloudformation-schema/aws-ses-mailmanagerruleset.json @@ -80,6 +80,34 @@ "required" : [ "MailboxArn", "RoleArn" ], "additionalProperties" : false }, + "DeliverToQBusinessAction" : { + "type" : "object", + "properties" : { + "ActionFailurePolicy" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/ActionFailurePolicy" + }, + "ApplicationId" : { + "type" : "string", + "maxLength" : 36, + "minLength" : 36, + "pattern" : "^[a-z0-9-]+$" + }, + "IndexId" : { + "type" : "string", + "maxLength" : 36, + "minLength" : 36, + "pattern" : "^[a-z0-9-]+$" + }, + "RoleArn" : { + "type" : "string", + "maxLength" : 2048, + "minLength" : 20, + "pattern" : "^[a-zA-Z0-9:_/+=,@.#-]+$" + } + }, + "required" : [ "ApplicationId", "IndexId", "RoleArn" ], + "additionalProperties" : false + }, "DropAction" : { "type" : "object", "additionalProperties" : false @@ -243,6 +271,16 @@ }, "required" : [ "DeliverToMailbox" ], "additionalProperties" : false + }, { + "type" : "object", + "title" : "DeliverToQBusiness", + "properties" : { + "DeliverToQBusiness" : { + "$ref" : "#/definitions/DeliverToQBusinessAction" + } + }, + "required" : [ "DeliverToQBusiness" ], + "additionalProperties" : false } ] }, "RuleBooleanEmailAttribute" : { diff --git a/meta/.botocore.version b/meta/.botocore.version index 5f33290f95..a9493b445c 100644 --- a/meta/.botocore.version +++ b/meta/.botocore.version @@ -1 +1 @@ -1.35.84 +1.35.88 diff --git a/provider/cmd/pulumi-gen-aws-native/excluded_types.go b/provider/cmd/pulumi-gen-aws-native/excluded_types.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f2aa6d39e --- /dev/null +++ b/provider/cmd/pulumi-gen-aws-native/excluded_types.go @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +// Copyright 2016-2021, Pulumi Corporation. + +package main + +func excludedTypes() []string { + return []string{ + // TODO[pulumi/pulumi-aws-native#1946] AnycastIpList is not supported yet + "AWS::CloudFront::AnycastIpList", + } +} diff --git a/provider/cmd/pulumi-gen-aws-native/main.go b/provider/cmd/pulumi-gen-aws-native/main.go index d13799f7a3..99b26e76c4 100644 --- a/provider/cmd/pulumi-gen-aws-native/main.go +++ b/provider/cmd/pulumi-gen-aws-native/main.go @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ func readSupportedResourceTypes(outDir string) []string { if err != nil { panic(err) } - return strings.Split(string(bytes), "\n") + return strings.Split(strings.Trim(string(bytes), "\n"), "\n") } func readAutonamingOverlay(file string) (map[string]AutoNamingOverlay, error) { @@ -331,6 +331,10 @@ func writeSupportedResourceTypes(outDir string) error { } } + for _, t := range excludedTypes() { + supported.Delete(t) + } + // Load existing supported resources, check which are no longer supported, // but don't remove support automatically - maintain previously supported list. previouslySupported := codegen.NewStringSet(readSupportedResourceTypes(outDir)...) @@ -342,7 +346,7 @@ func writeSupportedResourceTypes(outDir string) error { } stillSupported := supported.Union(previouslySupported) - supportedContent := strings.Join(stillSupported.SortedValues(), "\n") + supportedContent := strings.Join(stillSupported.SortedValues(), "\n") + "\n" return emitFile(outDir, supportedResourcesFile, []byte(supportedContent)) } diff --git a/provider/cmd/pulumi-gen-aws-native/supported-types.txt b/provider/cmd/pulumi-gen-aws-native/supported-types.txt index e5221f7e71..5538a806f6 100644 --- a/provider/cmd/pulumi-gen-aws-native/supported-types.txt +++ b/provider/cmd/pulumi-gen-aws-native/supported-types.txt @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ AWS::ApiGatewayV2::RouteResponse AWS::ApiGatewayV2::VpcLink AWS::AppConfig::Application AWS::AppConfig::ConfigurationProfile +AWS::AppConfig::Deployment AWS::AppConfig::DeploymentStrategy AWS::AppConfig::Environment AWS::AppConfig::Extension @@ -1298,4 +1299,4 @@ TF::Google::StorageBucket TF::PagerDuty::Service TF::Random::String TF::Random::Uuid -TrendMicro::CloudOneContainer::Helm \ No newline at end of file +TrendMicro::CloudOneContainer::Helm diff --git a/provider/cmd/pulumi-resource-aws-native/metadata.json b/provider/cmd/pulumi-resource-aws-native/metadata.json index 800c8a9001..26f468acb0 100644 --- a/provider/cmd/pulumi-resource-aws-native/metadata.json +++ b/provider/cmd/pulumi-resource-aws-native/metadata.json @@ -4794,6 +4794,141 @@ "configurationProfileId" ] }, + "aws-native:appconfig:Deployment": { + "cf": "AWS::AppConfig::Deployment", + "inputs": { + "applicationId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The application ID." + }, + "configurationProfileId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The configuration profile ID." + }, + "configurationVersion": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number." + }, + "deploymentStrategyId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The deployment strategy ID." + }, + "description": { + "type": "string", + "description": "A description of the deployment." + }, + "dynamicExtensionParameters": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters" + }, + "description": "A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions." + }, + "environmentId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The environment ID." + }, + "kmsKeyIdentifier": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated." + }, + "tags": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:CreateOnlyTag" + }, + "description": "An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource." + } + }, + "outputs": { + "applicationId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The application ID.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "configurationProfileId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The configuration profile ID.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "configurationVersion": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "deploymentNumber": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The sequence number of the deployment." + }, + "deploymentStrategyId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The deployment strategy ID.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "description": { + "type": "string", + "description": "A description of the deployment.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "dynamicExtensionParameters": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters" + }, + "description": "A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "environmentId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The environment ID.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "kmsKeyIdentifier": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "tags": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:CreateOnlyTag" + }, + "description": "An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + } + }, + "required": [ + "applicationId", + "configurationProfileId", + "configurationVersion", + "deploymentStrategyId", + "environmentId" + ], + "createOnly": [ + "applicationId", + "configurationProfileId", + "configurationVersion", + "deploymentStrategyId", + "description", + "dynamicExtensionParameters", + "environmentId", + "kmsKeyIdentifier", + "tags" + ], + "readOnly": [ + "deploymentNumber" + ], + "writeOnly": [ + "dynamicExtensionParameters" + ], + "tagsProperty": "tags", + "tagsStyle": "keyValueArrayCreateOnly", + "primaryIdentifier": [ + "applicationId", + "environmentId", + "deploymentNumber" + ] + }, "aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentStrategy": { "cf": "AWS::AppConfig::DeploymentStrategy", "inputs": { @@ -13614,8 +13749,7 @@ }, "required": [ "knowledgeBaseConfiguration", - "roleArn", - "storageConfiguration" + "roleArn" ], "createOnly": [ "knowledgeBaseConfiguration", @@ -16951,7 +17085,7 @@ }, "templateUrl": { "type": "string", - "description": "Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket.\n\nWhether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced." + "description": "The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` .\n\nWhether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced." }, "timeoutInMinutes": { "type": "integer", @@ -17061,7 +17195,7 @@ }, "templateUrl": { "type": "string", - "description": "Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket.\n\nWhether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced." + "description": "The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` .\n\nWhether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced." }, "timeoutInMinutes": { "type": "integer", @@ -28843,6 +28977,9 @@ }, { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties" + }, + { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties" } ], "description": "Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration." @@ -28907,6 +29044,9 @@ }, { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties" + }, + { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties" } ], "description": "Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration." @@ -35764,7 +35904,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateTagSpecification" }, - "description": "The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``.\n To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications)." + "description": "The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``.\n To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications)." }, "versionDescription": { "type": "string", @@ -35798,7 +35938,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateTagSpecification" }, - "description": "The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``.\n To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications)." + "description": "The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``.\n To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications)." }, "versionDescription": { "type": "string", @@ -40364,6 +40504,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool." }, + "ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block." + }, "ipv6IpamPoolId": { "type": "string", "description": "The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC." @@ -40419,6 +40563,11 @@ "description": "An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, + "ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, "ipv6IpamPoolId": { "type": "string", "description": "The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC.", @@ -40449,6 +40598,7 @@ "ipv4IpamPoolId", "ipv4NetmaskLength", "ipv6CidrBlock", + "ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup", "ipv6IpamPoolId", "ipv6NetmaskLength", "ipv6Pool", @@ -40480,10 +40630,12 @@ "cf": "AWS::EC2::VPCEndpoint", "inputs": { "dnsOptions": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification", + "description": "Describes the DNS options for an endpoint." }, "ipAddressType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType", + "description": "The supported IP address types." }, "policyDocument": { "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", @@ -40494,7 +40646,8 @@ "description": "Indicate whether to associate a private hosted zone with the specified VPC. The private hosted zone contains a record set for the default public DNS name for the service for the Region (for example, ``kinesis.us-east-1.amazonaws.com``), which resolves to the private IP addresses of the endpoint network interfaces in the VPC. This enables you to make requests to the default public DNS name for the service instead of the public DNS names that are automatically generated by the VPC endpoint service.\n To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to ``true``: ``enableDnsHostnames`` and ``enableDnsSupport``.\n This property is supported only for interface endpoints.\n Default: ``false``" }, "resourceConfigurationArn": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration." }, "routeTableIds": { "type": "array", @@ -40515,7 +40668,8 @@ "description": "The name of the endpoint service." }, "serviceNetworkArn": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network." }, "subnetIds": { "type": "array", @@ -40556,10 +40710,12 @@ "description": "(Interface endpoints) The DNS entries for the endpoint. Each entry is a combination of the hosted zone ID and the DNS name. The entries are ordered as follows: regional public DNS, zonal public DNS, private DNS, and wildcard DNS. This order is not enforced for AWS Marketplace services.\n\nThe following is an example. In the first entry, the hosted zone ID is Z1HUB23UULQXV and the DNS name is vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com.\n\n[\"Z1HUB23UULQXV:vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com\", \"Z1HUB23UULQXV:vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3-us-east-1a.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com\", \"Z1C12344VYDITB0:ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com\"]\n\nIf you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the DNS entries in the list will change." }, "dnsOptions": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification", + "description": "Describes the DNS options for an endpoint." }, "ipAddressType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType", + "description": "The supported IP address types." }, "networkInterfaceIds": { "type": "array", @@ -40578,6 +40734,7 @@ }, "resourceConfigurationArn": { "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "routeTableIds": { @@ -40601,6 +40758,7 @@ }, "serviceNetworkArn": { "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "subnetIds": { @@ -40755,6 +40913,13 @@ "payerResponsibility": { "type": "string", "description": "The entity that is responsible for the endpoint costs. The default is the endpoint owner. If you set the payer responsibility to the service owner, you cannot set it back to the endpoint owner." + }, + "tags": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:Tag" + }, + "description": "The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service." } }, "outputs": { @@ -40787,6 +40952,13 @@ "serviceId": { "type": "string", "description": "The ID of the endpoint service." + }, + "tags": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:Tag" + }, + "description": "The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service." } }, "readOnly": [ @@ -40795,6 +40967,8 @@ "writeOnly": [ "contributorInsightsEnabled" ], + "tagsProperty": "tags", + "tagsStyle": "keyValueArray", "primaryIdentifier": [ "serviceId" ] @@ -41952,7 +42126,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ecs:ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItem" }, - "description": "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers." + "description": "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers." }, "cluster": { "type": "string", @@ -42078,7 +42252,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ecs:ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItem" }, - "description": "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers." + "description": "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers." }, "cluster": { "type": "string", @@ -42255,7 +42429,8 @@ "description": "The number of ``cpu`` units used by the task. If you use the EC2 launch type, this field is optional. Any value can be used. If you use the Fargate launch type, this field is required. You must use one of the following values. The value that you choose determines your range of valid values for the ``memory`` parameter.\n If you use the EC2 launch type, this field is optional. Supported values are between ``128`` CPU units (``0.125`` vCPUs) and ``10240`` CPU units (``10`` vCPUs).\n The CPU units cannot be less than 1 vCPU when you use Windows containers on Fargate.\n + 256 (.25 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 512 (0.5 GB), 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB)\n + 512 (.5 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB)\n + 1024 (1 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB), 5120 (5 GB), 6144 (6 GB), 7168 (7 GB), 8192 (8 GB)\n + 2048 (2 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 4096 (4 GB) and 16384 (16 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB)\n + 4096 (4 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 8192 (8 GB) and 30720 (30 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB)\n + 8192 (8 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 16 GB and 60 GB in 4 GB increments\n This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later.\n + 16384 (16vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments\n This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later." }, "enableFaultInjection": { - "type": "boolean" + "type": "boolean", + "description": "Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` ." }, "ephemeralStorage": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ecs:TaskDefinitionEphemeralStorage", @@ -42349,6 +42524,7 @@ }, "enableFaultInjection": { "type": "boolean", + "description": "Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` .", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "ephemeralStorage": { @@ -43220,7 +43396,7 @@ }, "computeConfig": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterComputeConfig", - "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide." + "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* ." }, "encryptionConfig": { "type": "array", @@ -43259,7 +43435,7 @@ }, "storageConfig": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterStorageConfig", - "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide." + "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* ." }, "tags": { "type": "array", @@ -43270,7 +43446,7 @@ }, "upgradePolicy": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterUpgradePolicy", - "description": "This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster.\n\n[Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html)" + "description": "This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster.\n\n[Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html)" }, "version": { "type": "string", @@ -43309,7 +43485,7 @@ }, "computeConfig": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterComputeConfig", - "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide." + "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* ." }, "encryptionConfig": { "type": "array", @@ -43366,7 +43542,7 @@ }, "storageConfig": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterStorageConfig", - "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide." + "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* ." }, "tags": { "type": "array", @@ -43377,7 +43553,7 @@ }, "upgradePolicy": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterUpgradePolicy", - "description": "This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster.\n\n[Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html)" + "description": "This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster.\n\n[Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html)" }, "version": { "type": "string", @@ -63893,7 +64069,7 @@ }, "edition": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:kendra:IndexEdition", - "description": "Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` ." + "description": "Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index." }, "name": { "type": "string", @@ -63952,7 +64128,7 @@ }, "edition": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:kendra:IndexEdition", - "description": "Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` .", + "description": "Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "name": { @@ -69669,7 +69845,8 @@ "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any" - } + }, + "description": "Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) .\n\nYou can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) .\n\nCurrently, this array supports only one field index policy object." }, "kmsKeyId": { "type": "string", @@ -69708,7 +69885,8 @@ "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any" - } + }, + "description": "Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) .\n\nYou can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) .\n\nCurrently, this array supports only one field index policy object." }, "kmsKeyId": { "type": "string", @@ -70500,7 +70678,8 @@ "description": "The name of the environment." }, "networkType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:m2:EnvironmentNetworkType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:m2:EnvironmentNetworkType", + "description": "The network type supported by the runtime environment." }, "preferredMaintenanceWindow": { "type": "string", @@ -70582,6 +70761,7 @@ }, "networkType": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:m2:EnvironmentNetworkType", + "description": "The network type supported by the runtime environment.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "preferredMaintenanceWindow": { @@ -84125,6 +84305,7 @@ }, "required": [ "actionConfigurations", + "applicationId", "displayName", "principal" ], @@ -85220,41 +85401,50 @@ "cf": "AWS::QuickSight::CustomPermissions", "inputs": { "awsAccountId": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update." }, "capabilities": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilities" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilities", + "description": "A set of actions in the custom permissions profile." }, "customPermissionsName": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the custom permissions profile." }, "tags": { "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:Tag" - } + }, + "description": "The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile." } }, "outputs": { "arn": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile." }, "awsAccountId": { "type": "string", + "description": "The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "capabilities": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilities" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilities", + "description": "A set of actions in the custom permissions profile." }, "customPermissionsName": { "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the custom permissions profile.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "tags": { "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:Tag" - } + }, + "description": "The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile." } }, "autoNamingSpec": { @@ -85558,7 +85748,8 @@ "description": "\u003cp\u003eThe display name for the dataset.\u003c/p\u003e" }, "performanceConfiguration": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetPerformanceConfiguration" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetPerformanceConfiguration", + "description": "The performance optimization configuration of a dataset." }, "permissions": { "type": "array", @@ -85687,7 +85878,8 @@ "description": "\u003cp\u003eThe list of columns after all transforms. These columns are available in templates,\n analyses, and dashboards.\u003c/p\u003e" }, "performanceConfiguration": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetPerformanceConfiguration" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetPerformanceConfiguration", + "description": "The performance optimization configuration of a dataset." }, "permissions": { "type": "array", @@ -87124,7 +87316,7 @@ }, "autoMinorVersionUpgrade": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster" }, "availabilityZones": { "type": "array", @@ -87143,7 +87335,7 @@ }, "clusterScalabilityType": { "type": "string", - "description": "Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation." + "description": "Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation." }, "copyTagsToSnapshot": { "type": "boolean", @@ -87218,7 +87410,7 @@ }, "engineLifecycleSupport": { "type": "string", - "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" + "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" }, "engineMode": { "type": "string", @@ -87250,7 +87442,7 @@ }, "masterUserSecret": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:rds:DbClusterMasterUserSecret", - "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" + "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" }, "masterUsername": { "type": "string", @@ -87258,11 +87450,11 @@ }, "monitoringInterval": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" + "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" }, "monitoringRoleArn": { "type": "string", - "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "networkType": { "type": "string", @@ -87270,15 +87462,15 @@ }, "performanceInsightsEnabled": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsKmsKeyId": { "type": "string", - "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsRetentionPeriod": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." + "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." }, "port": { "type": "integer", @@ -87373,7 +87565,7 @@ }, "autoMinorVersionUpgrade": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster" }, "availabilityZones": { "type": "array", @@ -87393,7 +87585,7 @@ }, "clusterScalabilityType": { "type": "string", - "description": "Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation.", + "description": "Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "copyTagsToSnapshot": { @@ -87484,7 +87676,7 @@ }, "engineLifecycleSupport": { "type": "string", - "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" + "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" }, "engineMode": { "type": "string", @@ -87518,7 +87710,7 @@ }, "masterUserSecret": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:rds:DbClusterMasterUserSecret", - "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" + "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" }, "masterUsername": { "type": "string", @@ -87526,11 +87718,11 @@ }, "monitoringInterval": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" + "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" }, "monitoringRoleArn": { "type": "string", - "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "networkType": { "type": "string", @@ -87538,15 +87730,15 @@ }, "performanceInsightsEnabled": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsKmsKeyId": { "type": "string", - "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsRetentionPeriod": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." + "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." }, "port": { "type": "integer", @@ -87879,6 +88071,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "A DB subnet group to associate with the DB instance. If you update this value, the new subnet group must be a subnet group in a new VPC. \n If there's no DB subnet group, then the DB instance isn't a VPC DB instance.\n For more information about using Amazon RDS in a VPC, see [Amazon VPC and Amazon RDS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. \n This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The DB subnet group is managed by the DB cluster. If specified, the setting must match the DB cluster setting." }, + "dbSystemId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term \"Oracle database instance\" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB." + }, "dedicatedLogVolume": { "type": "boolean", "description": "Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled." @@ -88224,7 +88420,8 @@ }, "dbSystemId": { "type": "string", - "description": "The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term \"Oracle database instance\" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB." + "description": "The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term \"Oracle database instance\" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB.", + "replaceOnChanges": true }, "dbiResourceId": { "type": "string", @@ -88477,6 +88674,7 @@ "dbInstanceIdentifier", "dbName", "dbSubnetGroupName", + "dbSystemId", "kmsKeyId", "masterUsername", "ncharCharacterSetName", @@ -88488,7 +88686,6 @@ "certificateDetails/caIdentifier", "certificateDetails/validTill", "dbInstanceArn", - "dbSystemId", "dbiResourceId", "endpoint/address", "endpoint/hostedZoneId", @@ -115789,6 +115986,23 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "extensionReference": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter." + }, + "parameterName": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The parameter name." + }, + "parameterValue": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The parameter value." + } + } + }, "aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentStrategyGrowthType": { "type": "string" }, @@ -115808,6 +116022,19 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentTag": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "key": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The key-value string map. The valid character set is [a-zA-Z1-9+-=._:/]. The tag key can be up to 128 characters and must not start with aws:." + }, + "value": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The tag value can be up to 256 characters." + } + } + }, "aws-native:appconfig:EnvironmentDeletionProtectionCheck": { "type": "string" }, @@ -124337,7 +124564,8 @@ "description": "The parameters that the agent elicits from the user to fulfill the function." }, "requireConfirmation": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:AgentRequireConfirmation" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:AgentRequireConfirmation", + "description": "Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function." } } }, @@ -124554,6 +124782,15 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "parsingModality": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingModality", + "description": "Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images." + } + } + }, "aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration": { "type": "object", "properties": { @@ -124561,6 +124798,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "The model's ARN." }, + "parsingModality": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingModality", + "description": "Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images." + }, "parsingPrompt": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingPrompt", "description": "Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document." @@ -124761,6 +125002,10 @@ "aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingConfiguration": { "type": "object", "properties": { + "bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration", + "description": "If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser." + }, "bedrockFoundationModelConfiguration": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration", "description": "If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents." @@ -124771,6 +125016,9 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingModality": { + "type": "string" + }, "aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingPrompt": { "type": "object", "properties": { @@ -126611,6 +126859,10 @@ "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseConfiguration": { "type": "object", "properties": { + "kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration", + "description": "Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base." + }, "type": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseType", "description": "The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base." @@ -126630,6 +126882,15 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "kendraIndexArn": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index." + } + } + }, "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfiguration": { "type": "object", "properties": { @@ -126794,6 +127055,18 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseS3Location": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "uri": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The location's URI" + } + }, + "irreversibleNames": { + "uri": "URI" + } + }, "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseStatus": { "type": "string" }, @@ -126825,6 +127098,34 @@ "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseStorageType": { "type": "string" }, + "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "supplementalDataStorageLocations": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation" + } + } + } + }, + "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "s3Location": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseS3Location" + }, + "supplementalDataStorageLocationType": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType" + } + }, + "irreversibleNames": { + "s3Location": "S3Location" + } + }, + "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType": { + "type": "string" + }, "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseType": { "type": "string" }, @@ -126838,6 +127139,10 @@ "embeddingModelConfiguration": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration", "description": "The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base." + }, + "supplementalDataStorageConfiguration": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration", + "description": "If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) ." } } }, @@ -127171,7 +127476,8 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "genAiResource": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:PromptGenAiResourceProperties" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:PromptGenAiResourceProperties", + "description": "Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt." }, "inferenceConfiguration": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:PromptInferenceConfigurationProperties", @@ -127658,10 +127964,12 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "fieldName": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the field." }, "fieldType": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type." } } }, @@ -129578,6 +129886,10 @@ }, "description": "A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this distribution." }, + "anycastIpListId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution." + }, "cacheBehaviors": { "type": "array", "items": { @@ -129617,7 +129929,7 @@ }, "defaultRootObject": { "type": "string", - "description": "The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution.\n Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name.\n If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object.\n For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." + "description": "When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution.\n You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object.\n If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object.\n For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." }, "enabled": { "type": "boolean", @@ -129731,7 +130043,7 @@ }, "originKeepaliveTimeout": { "type": "integer", - "description": "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds.\n For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." + "description": "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds.\n For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." }, "originProtocolPolicy": { "type": "string", @@ -129739,7 +130051,7 @@ }, "originReadTimeout": { "type": "integer", - "description": "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds.\n For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." + "description": "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds.\n For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." }, "originSslProtocols": { "type": "array", @@ -130006,7 +130318,7 @@ "properties": { "bucket": { "type": "string", - "description": "The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``." + "description": "The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``." }, "includeCookies": { "type": "boolean", @@ -130099,7 +130411,7 @@ }, "selectionCriteria": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:cloudfront:DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria", - "description": "The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* ." + "description": "The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." } } }, @@ -137105,7 +137417,8 @@ "description": "The Amazon S3 bucket name." }, "bucketOwner": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The AWS account ID of the bucket owner." }, "key": { "type": "string", @@ -138944,6 +139257,14 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "sageMakerRunConfiguration": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput" + } + } + }, "aws-native:datazone:DataSourceEnableSetting": { "type": "string" }, @@ -139104,6 +139425,18 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:datazone:DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "trackingAssets": { + "type": "object", + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any" + }, + "description": "The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run." + } + } + }, "aws-native:datazone:DataSourceScheduleConfiguration": { "type": "object", "properties": { @@ -141263,7 +141596,8 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "cpu": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest", + "description": "The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference." } } }, @@ -141302,7 +141636,8 @@ "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest" - } + }, + "description": "Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences.\n\n\u003e Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list." } } }, @@ -141427,7 +141762,8 @@ "description": "The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* .\n\nDefault: No minimum or maximum limits" }, "baselinePerformanceFactors": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest", + "description": "The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* ." }, "burstablePerformance": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestBurstablePerformance", @@ -141631,7 +141967,8 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "instanceFamily": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The instance family to use as a baseline reference.\n\n\u003e Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . \n\nThe following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection:\n\n- `c1`\n- `g3` | `g3s`\n- `hpc7g`\n- `m1` | `m2`\n- `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro`\n- `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5`\n- `t1`\n- `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb`\n\nIf you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families.\n\nIf you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) ." } } }, @@ -142400,7 +142737,7 @@ "properties": { "capacityReservationPreference": { "type": "string", - "description": "Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include:\n + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone).\n + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity." + "description": "Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include:\n + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch.\n + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy).\n + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity." }, "capacityReservationTarget": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationTarget", @@ -142525,7 +142862,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAccelerator" }, - "description": "An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads.\n You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request.\n Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service." + "description": "Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available.\n An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads.\n You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request.\n Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service." }, "enclaveOptions": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateEnclaveOptions", @@ -142553,7 +142890,7 @@ }, "instanceRequirements": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements", - "description": "The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes.\n You must specify ``VCpuCount`` and ``MemoryMiB``. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default.\n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values.\n To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the same request:\n + ``AllowedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes.\n + ``ExcludedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if they match your specified attributes.\n \n If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``.\n Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``.\n For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*." + "description": "The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes.\n You must specify ``VCpuCount`` and ``MemoryMiB``. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default.\n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values.\n To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the same request:\n + ``AllowedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes.\n + ``ExcludedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if they match your specified attributes.\n \n If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``.\n Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``.\n For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*." }, "instanceType": { "type": "string", @@ -142627,7 +142964,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:TagSpecification" }, - "description": "The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch.\n To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html).\n To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications)." + "description": "The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch.\n To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications)." }, "userData": { "type": "string", @@ -142652,7 +142989,7 @@ }, "kmsKeyId": { "type": "string", - "description": "The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption." + "description": "Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption." }, "snapshotId": { "type": "string", @@ -142790,7 +143127,7 @@ "items": { "type": "string" }, - "description": "The accelerator types that must be on the instance type.\n + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``.\n + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``.\n + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``.\n \n Default: Any accelerator type" + "description": "The accelerator types that must be on the instance type.\n + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``.\n + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``.\n \n Default: Any accelerator type" }, "allowedInstanceTypes": { "type": "array", @@ -142809,7 +143146,7 @@ }, "baselinePerformanceFactors": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors", - "description": "The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* ." + "description": "The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*." }, "burstablePerformance": { "type": "string", @@ -142820,7 +143157,7 @@ "items": { "type": "string" }, - "description": "The CPU manufacturers to include.\n + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``.\n + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``.\n + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``.\n \n Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template.\n Default: Any manufacturer" + "description": "The CPU manufacturers to include.\n + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``.\n + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``.\n + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``.\n + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``.\n \n Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template.\n Default: Any manufacturer" }, "excludedInstanceTypes": { "type": "array", @@ -143050,7 +143387,7 @@ }, "interfaceType": { "type": "string", - "description": "The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.\n If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter.\n Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa``" + "description": "The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.\n If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter.\n If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses.\n Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only``" }, "ipv4PrefixCount": { "type": "integer", @@ -143210,7 +143547,7 @@ "properties": { "instanceFamily": { "type": "string", - "description": "The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not." + "description": "The instance family to use as a baseline reference.\n Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*.\n The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection:\n + ``c1`` \n + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` \n + ``hpc7g`` \n + ``m1`` | ``m2`` \n + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` \n + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` \n + ``t1`` \n + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` \n \n If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families." } } }, @@ -144483,7 +144820,8 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "cpu": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest", + "description": "The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference." } } }, @@ -144536,7 +144874,8 @@ "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest" - } + }, + "description": "Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences.\n\n\u003e Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list." } } }, @@ -144722,7 +145061,8 @@ "description": "The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* .\n\nDefault: No minimum or maximum limits" }, "baselinePerformanceFactors": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest", + "description": "The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* ." }, "burstablePerformance": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestBurstablePerformance", @@ -145048,7 +145388,8 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "instanceFamily": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The instance family to use as a baseline reference.\n\n\u003e Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . \n\nThe following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection:\n\n- `c1`\n- `g3` | `g3s`\n- `hpc7g`\n- `m1` | `m2`\n- `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro`\n- `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5`\n- `t1`\n- `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb`\n\nIf you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families.\n\nIf you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) ." } } }, @@ -145787,10 +146128,12 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "dnsRecordIpType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType", + "description": "The DNS records created for the endpoint." }, "privateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint", + "description": "Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint." } } }, @@ -145803,14 +146146,29 @@ "aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType": { "type": "string" }, + "aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointServiceTag": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "key": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The key of the tag.\n\nConstraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 127 Unicode characters. May not begin with `aws:` ." + }, + "value": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The value of the tag.\n\nConstraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 256 Unicode characters." + } + } + }, "aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointTag": { "type": "object", "properties": { "key": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The key of the tag.\n\nConstraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 127 Unicode characters. May not begin with `aws:` ." }, "value": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The value of the tag.\n\nConstraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 256 Unicode characters." } } }, @@ -146654,11 +147012,11 @@ }, "maximumPercent": { "type": "integer", - "description": "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service." + "description": "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%.\n The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html).\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service." }, "minimumHealthyPercent": { "type": "integer", - "description": "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. \n For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks.\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has one or more essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the task to reach a healthy status before counting it towards the minimum healthy percent total. A task is considered healthy when all essential containers within the task have passed their health checks. The amount of time the service scheduler can wait for is determined by the container health check settings. \n \n For services that *do* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has an essential container with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for both the task to reach a healthy status and the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n \n The default value for a replica service for ``minimumHealthyPercent`` is 100%. The default ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service using the ``DAEMON`` service schedule is 0% for the CLI, the AWS SDKs, and the APIs and 50% for the AWS Management Console.\n The minimum number of healthy tasks during a deployment is the ``desiredCount`` multiplied by the ``minimumHealthyPercent``/100, rounded up to the nearest integer value.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the EC2 launch type, the *minimum healthy percent* value is set to the default value. The *minimum healthy percent* value is used to define the lower limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the Fargate launch type, the minimum healthy percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service." + "description": "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. \n If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . \n For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks.\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has one or more essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the task to reach a healthy status before counting it towards the minimum healthy percent total. A task is considered healthy when all essential containers within the task have passed their health checks. The amount of time the service scheduler can wait for is determined by the container health check settings. \n \n For services that *do* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has an essential container with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for both the task to reach a healthy status and the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n \n The default value for a replica service for ``minimumHealthyPercent`` is 100%. The default ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service using the ``DAEMON`` service schedule is 0% for the CLI, the AWS SDKs, and the APIs and 50% for the AWS Management Console.\n The minimum number of healthy tasks during a deployment is the ``desiredCount`` multiplied by the ``minimumHealthyPercent``/100, rounded up to the nearest integer value.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the EC2 launch type, the *minimum healthy percent* value is set to the default value. The *minimum healthy percent* value is used to define the lower limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the Fargate launch type, the minimum healthy percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service." } } }, @@ -171148,7 +171506,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "value": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The value of this key-value pair." } } }, @@ -172279,6 +172638,15 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeMulticastSourceSettings": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "multicastSourceIp": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM)." + } + } + }, "aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeNetworkOutput": { "type": "object", "properties": { @@ -172315,6 +172683,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "The network source multicast IP." }, + "multicastSourceSettings": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeMulticastSourceSettings", + "description": "The settings related to the multicast source." + }, "name": { "type": "string", "description": "The name of the network source." @@ -172406,6 +172778,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "The network source multicast IP." }, + "multicastSourceSettings": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings", + "description": "The settings related to the multicast source." + }, "networkName": { "type": "string", "description": "The network source's gateway network name." @@ -172420,6 +172796,15 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "multicastSourceIp": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM)." + } + } + }, "aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeSourcePriority": { "type": "object", "properties": { @@ -178069,7 +178454,8 @@ "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeOption" - } + }, + "description": "List of node options for the domain." }, "warmCount": { "type": "integer", @@ -178295,13 +178681,16 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "count": { - "type": "integer" + "type": "integer", + "description": "The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster." }, "enabled": { - "type": "boolean" + "type": "boolean", + "description": "A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not." }, "type": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster." } } }, @@ -178309,10 +178698,12 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "nodeConfig": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeConfig" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeConfig", + "description": "Container for specifying configuration of any node type." }, "nodeType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeOptionNodeType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeOptionNodeType", + "description": "Container for node type like coordinating." } } }, @@ -193239,55 +193630,72 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "addOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to add or run anomaly detection." }, "createAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create and update email reports." }, "createAndUpdateDataSources": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create and update data sources." }, "createAndUpdateDatasets": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create and update datasets." }, "createAndUpdateThemes": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to export to Create and Update themes." }, "createAndUpdateThresholdAlerts": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create and update threshold alerts." }, "createSharedFolders": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create shared folders." }, "createSpiceDataset": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create a SPICE dataset." }, "exportToCsv": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to export to CSV files." }, "exportToExcel": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to export to Excel files." }, "renameSharedFolders": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to rename shared folders." }, "shareAnalyses": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to share analyses." }, "shareDashboards": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to share dashboards." }, "shareDataSources": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to share data sources." }, "shareDatasets": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to share datasets." }, "subscribeDashboardEmailReports": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to subscribe to email reports." }, "viewAccountSpiceCapacity": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to view account SPICE capacity." } }, "irreversibleNames": { @@ -200934,7 +201342,7 @@ "description": "The axis sort options of a dashboard." }, "visualMenuOption": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DashboardVisualMenuOption", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The menu options of a visual in a dashboard." }, "visualPublishOptions": { @@ -203934,15 +204342,6 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:DashboardVisualCustomActionTrigger": { "type": "string" }, - "aws-native:quicksight:DashboardVisualMenuOption": { - "type": "object", - "properties": { - "availabilityStatus": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DashboardBehavior", - "description": "The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options." - } - } - }, "aws-native:quicksight:DashboardVisualPalette": { "type": "object", "properties": { @@ -204599,9 +204998,6 @@ } } }, - "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetFileFormat": { - "type": "string" - }, "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetFilterOperation": { "type": "object", "properties": { @@ -205095,7 +205491,7 @@ "description": "\u003cp\u003eA physical table type for an S3 data source.\u003c/p\u003e\n \u003cnote\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eFor files that aren't JSON, only \u003ccode\u003eSTRING\u003c/code\u003e data types are supported in input columns.\u003c/p\u003e\n \u003c/note\u003e" }, "uploadSettings": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetUploadSettings", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Information about the format for the S3 source file or files." } } @@ -205165,9 +205561,6 @@ } } }, - "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetTextQualifier": { - "type": "string" - }, "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetTimeGranularity": { "type": "string" }, @@ -205234,31 +205627,6 @@ } } }, - "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetUploadSettings": { - "type": "object", - "properties": { - "containsHeader": { - "type": "boolean", - "description": "\u003cp\u003eWhether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.\u003c/p\u003e" - }, - "delimiter": { - "type": "string", - "description": "\u003cp\u003eThe delimiter between values in the file.\u003c/p\u003e" - }, - "format": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetFileFormat", - "description": "File format." - }, - "startFromRow": { - "type": "number", - "description": "\u003cp\u003eA row number to start reading data from.\u003c/p\u003e" - }, - "textQualifier": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetTextQualifier", - "description": "Text qualifier." - } - } - }, "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetUsageConfiguration": { "type": "object", "properties": { @@ -206172,7 +206540,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "axisLineVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the axis line is visible." }, "axisOffset": { @@ -206184,7 +206552,7 @@ "description": "The data options for an axis." }, "gridLineVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the grid line is visible." }, "scrollbarOptions": { @@ -206628,11 +206996,11 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "allDataPointsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot." }, "outlierVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot." }, "styleOptions": { @@ -206889,11 +207257,11 @@ "description": "The label options for a chart axis." }, "sortIconVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options:\n\n- `VISIBLE` : Shows the axis.\n- `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis." } } @@ -207083,7 +207451,7 @@ "description": "Determines the target of the column tooltip item in a combo chart visual." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the tooltip item." } } @@ -207804,7 +208172,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "categoryLabelVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the category field labels." }, "dataLabelTypes": { @@ -207827,7 +208195,7 @@ "description": "Determines the font configuration of the data labels." }, "measureLabelVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the measure field labels." }, "overlap": { @@ -207839,11 +208207,11 @@ "description": "Determines the position of the data labels." }, "totalsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the total." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the data labels." } } @@ -207908,7 +208276,7 @@ "description": "The actual value of the field that is labeled." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the data label." } } @@ -208007,7 +208375,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "missingDateVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed." } } @@ -208509,7 +208877,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "labelVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` ." } } @@ -208674,7 +209042,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "aggregationVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of `Show aggregations` ." }, "tooltipFields": { @@ -208698,7 +209066,7 @@ "description": "Indicates the field that is targeted by the field label." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the field label." } } @@ -208762,7 +209130,7 @@ "description": "Determines the target of the field tooltip item in a combo chart visual." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the tooltip item." } } @@ -209535,7 +209903,7 @@ "description": "The border style configuration of a free-form layout element. This border style is used when the element is selected." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of an element within a free-form layout." }, "width": { @@ -209560,7 +209928,7 @@ "description": "The background color of a free-form layout element." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The background visibility of a free-form layout element." } } @@ -209573,7 +209941,7 @@ "description": "The border color of a free-form layout element." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The border visibility of a free-form layout element." } } @@ -209655,7 +210023,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "categoryLabelVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the category labels within the data labels." }, "labelColor": { @@ -209671,7 +210039,7 @@ "description": "Determines the style of the metric labels." }, "measureLabelVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels." }, "position": { @@ -209679,7 +210047,7 @@ "description": "Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed." } } @@ -210881,7 +211249,7 @@ "description": "The color of the sparkline." }, "tooltipVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The tooltip visibility of the sparkline." }, "type": { @@ -210889,7 +211257,7 @@ "description": "The type of the sparkline." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the sparkline." } } @@ -210972,7 +211340,7 @@ "description": "The font configuration of the label." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the label is visible." } } @@ -211025,7 +211393,7 @@ "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateFontConfiguration" }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the legend is visible." }, "width": { @@ -211207,7 +211575,7 @@ "description": "Line style for line series.\n\n- `SOLID` : Show as a solid line.\n- `DOTTED` : Show as a dotted line.\n- `DASHED` : Show as a dashed line." }, "lineVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series." }, "lineWidth": { @@ -211235,7 +211603,7 @@ "description": "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px" }, "markerVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series." } } @@ -211369,7 +211737,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control." } } @@ -211378,7 +211746,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control." } } @@ -211387,7 +211755,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` ." } } @@ -211434,7 +211802,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the maximum label." } } @@ -211517,7 +211885,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the minimum label." } } @@ -211867,7 +212235,7 @@ "description": "Sets the background color for each panel." }, "backgroundVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered." }, "borderColor": { @@ -211883,7 +212251,7 @@ "description": "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px" }, "borderVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not each panel displays a border." }, "gutterSpacing": { @@ -211891,7 +212259,7 @@ "description": "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px" }, "gutterVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered." }, "title": { @@ -211911,7 +212279,7 @@ "description": "Sets the horizontal text alignment of the title within each panel." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed." } } @@ -212598,7 +212966,7 @@ "description": "The field ID of the pivot table field." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the pivot table field." } } @@ -212658,7 +213026,7 @@ "description": "The table cell style of cells." }, "collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` ." }, "columnHeaderStyle": { @@ -212666,7 +213034,7 @@ "description": "The table cell style of the column header." }, "columnNamesVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the column names." }, "defaultCellWidth": { @@ -212698,11 +213066,11 @@ "description": "The layout for the row dimension headers of a pivot table. Choose one of the following options.\n\n- `TABULAR` : (Default) Each row field is displayed in a separate column.\n- `HIERARCHY` : All row fields are displayed in a single column. Indentation is used to differentiate row headers of different fields." }, "singleMetricVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the single metric options." }, "toggleButtonsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the pivot table." } } @@ -212711,11 +213079,11 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "overflowColumnHeaderVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page." }, "verticalOverflowVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages." } } @@ -212728,7 +213096,7 @@ "description": "The custom label string for the rows label." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the rows label." } } @@ -212855,7 +213223,7 @@ "description": "The cell styling options for the total cells." }, "totalsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration for the total cells." }, "valueCellStyle": { @@ -213015,7 +213383,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the progress bar." } } @@ -213062,7 +213430,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility settings of a radar chart." } } @@ -213074,7 +213442,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "alternateBandColorsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart." }, "alternateBandEvenColor": { @@ -213225,7 +213593,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the range ends label." } } @@ -213799,7 +214167,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar." }, "visibleRange": { @@ -213812,7 +214180,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the secondary value." } } @@ -214004,7 +214372,7 @@ "description": "The text content of info icon." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of info icon label options." } } @@ -214110,7 +214478,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the overrides are visible. Choose one of the following options:\n\n- `VISIBLE`\n- `HIDDEN`" } } @@ -214191,7 +214559,7 @@ "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateSheetImageTooltipText" }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility" + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any" } } }, @@ -214507,7 +214875,7 @@ "description": "The cell styling options for the subtotal cells." }, "totalsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells." }, "valueCellStyle": { @@ -214612,7 +214980,7 @@ "description": "The vertical text alignment (top, middle, bottom) for the table cells." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the table cells." } } @@ -214754,7 +215122,7 @@ "description": "The URL configuration for a table field." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of a table field." }, "width": { @@ -214852,11 +215220,11 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "overflowColumnHeaderVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of repeating header rows on each page." }, "verticalOverflowVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of printing table overflow across pages." } } @@ -215047,7 +215415,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control." } } @@ -215080,7 +215448,7 @@ "description": "Determines the thousands separator symbol." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the thousands separator." } } @@ -215258,7 +215626,7 @@ "description": "The selected type for the tooltip. Choose one of the following options:\n\n- `BASIC` : A basic tooltip.\n- `DETAILED` : A detailed tooltip." }, "tooltipVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible." } } @@ -215443,7 +215811,7 @@ "description": "Cell styling options for the total cells." }, "totalsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration for the total cells." } } @@ -215582,7 +215950,7 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the trend arrows." } } @@ -215749,9 +216117,6 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVerticalTextAlignment": { "type": "string" }, - "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility": { - "type": "string" - }, "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibleRangeOptions": { "type": "object", "properties": { @@ -215943,7 +216308,7 @@ "description": "The long text format of the subtitle label, such as plain text or rich text." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the subtitle label." } } @@ -215956,7 +216321,7 @@ "description": "The short text format of the title label, such as plain text or rich text." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the title label." } } @@ -217604,7 +217969,11 @@ }, "minCapacity": { "type": "number", - "description": "The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5." + "description": "The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5." + }, + "secondsUntilAutoPause": { + "type": "integer", + "description": "Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it.\n\nSpecify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds." } } }, @@ -222878,7 +223247,8 @@ "description": "The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system." }, "fSxLustreFileSystemConfig": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig", + "description": "The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system." } }, "irreversibleNames": { @@ -223016,10 +223386,12 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "fileSystemId": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre." }, "fileSystemPath": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below." } } }, @@ -226908,10 +227280,12 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "key": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The tag key. Tag keys must be unique per resource." }, "value": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The tag value." } } }, @@ -227234,7 +227608,7 @@ "properties": { "appType": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:SpaceAppType", - "description": "The type of app created within the space." + "description": "The type of app created within the space.\n\nIf using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field." }, "codeEditorAppSettings": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:SpaceCodeEditorAppSettings", @@ -227371,7 +227745,8 @@ "description": "The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system." }, "fSxLustreFileSystemConfig": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig", + "description": "The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system." } }, "irreversibleNames": { @@ -227447,10 +227822,12 @@ "type": "object", "properties": { "fileSystemId": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre." }, "fileSystemPath": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below." } } }, @@ -229554,11 +229931,11 @@ }, "end": { "type": "string", - "description": "A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter.\n\nThis field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `(\"+\" / \"-\") time-hour [\":\" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub:\n\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` )\n\nIf a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` ." + "description": "A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter.\n\nFor more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) ." }, "start": { "type": "string", - "description": "A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter.\n\nThis field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `(\"+\" / \"-\") time-hour [\":\" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub:\n\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` )\n\nIf a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` ." + "description": "A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter.\n\nFor more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) ." } } }, @@ -230483,6 +230860,23 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "actionFailurePolicy": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy" + }, + "applicationId": { + "type": "string" + }, + "indexId": { + "type": "string" + }, + "roleArn": { + "type": "string" + } + } + }, "aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetDropAction": { "type": "object" }, @@ -230544,6 +230938,9 @@ }, { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7Properties" + }, + { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties" } ] }, @@ -230674,6 +231071,14 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties": { + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "deliverToQBusiness": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction" + } + } + }, "aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanEmailAttribute": { "type": "string" }, @@ -235291,7 +235696,7 @@ }, "limit": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement.\n\nExamples:\n\n- If you aggregate on just the IP address, this is the limit on requests from any single IP address.\n- If you aggregate on the HTTP method and the query argument name \"city\", then this is the limit on requests for any single method, city pair." + "description": "The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement.\n\nExamples:\n\n- If you aggregate on just the IP address, this is the limit on requests from any single IP address.\n- If you aggregate on the HTTP method and the query argument name \"city\", then this is the limit on requests for any single method, city pair." }, "scopeDownStatement": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:wafv2:RuleGroupStatement", @@ -236463,7 +236868,7 @@ }, "limit": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement.\n\nExamples:\n\n- If you aggregate on just the IP address, this is the limit on requests from any single IP address.\n- If you aggregate on the HTTP method and the query argument name \"city\", then this is the limit on requests for any single method, city pair." + "description": "The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement.\n\nExamples:\n\n- If you aggregate on just the IP address, this is the limit on requests from any single IP address.\n- If you aggregate on the HTTP method and the query argument name \"city\", then this is the limit on requests for any single method, city pair." }, "scopeDownStatement": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:wafv2:WebAclStatement", @@ -239243,6 +239648,14 @@ "configurationProfileId" ] }, + "aws-native:appconfig:getDeployment": { + "cf": "AWS::AppConfig::Deployment", + "ids": [ + "applicationId", + "environmentId", + "deploymentNumber" + ] + }, "aws-native:appconfig:getDeploymentStrategy": { "cf": "AWS::AppConfig::DeploymentStrategy", "ids": [ diff --git a/provider/cmd/pulumi-resource-aws-native/schema.json b/provider/cmd/pulumi-resource-aws-native/schema.json index 692862cbaf..538aeed430 100644 --- a/provider/cmd/pulumi-resource-aws-native/schema.json +++ b/provider/cmd/pulumi-resource-aws-native/schema.json @@ -3740,6 +3740,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters": { + "properties": { + "extensionReference": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter." + }, + "parameterName": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The parameter name." + }, + "parameterValue": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The parameter value." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentStrategyGrowthType": { "description": "The algorithm used to define how percentage grows over time. AWS AppConfig supports the following growth types:\n\nLinear: For this type, AWS AppConfig processes the deployment by dividing the total number of targets by the value specified for Step percentage. For example, a linear deployment that uses a Step percentage of 10 deploys the configuration to 10 percent of the hosts. After those deployments are complete, the system deploys the configuration to the next 10 percent. This continues until 100% of the targets have successfully received the configuration.\n\nExponential: For this type, AWS AppConfig processes the deployment exponentially using the following formula: G*(2^N). In this formula, G is the growth factor specified by the user and N is the number of steps until the configuration is deployed to all targets. For example, if you specify a growth factor of 2, then the system rolls out the configuration as follows:\n\n2*(2^0)\n\n2*(2^1)\n\n2*(2^2)\n\nExpressed numerically, the deployment rolls out as follows: 2% of the targets, 4% of the targets, 8% of the targets, and continues until the configuration has been deployed to all targets.", "type": "string", @@ -3782,6 +3799,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentTag": { + "description": "Metadata to assign to the deployment. Tags help organize and categorize your AWS AppConfig resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.", + "properties": { + "key": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The key-value string map. The valid character set is [a-zA-Z1-9+-=._:/]. The tag key can be up to 128 characters and must not start with aws:." + }, + "value": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The tag value can be up to 256 characters." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "aws-native:appconfig:EnvironmentDeletionProtectionCheck": { "description": "On resource deletion this controls whether the Deletion Protection check should be applied, bypassed, or (the default) whether the behavior should be controlled by the account-level Deletion Protection setting. See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/appconfig/latest/userguide/deletion-protection.html", "type": "string", @@ -18518,7 +18549,8 @@ "description": "The parameters that the agent elicits from the user to fulfill the function." }, "requireConfirmation": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:AgentRequireConfirmation" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:AgentRequireConfirmation", + "description": "Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function." } }, "type": "object", @@ -18898,6 +18930,16 @@ "value" ] }, + "aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration": { + "description": "Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source.", + "properties": { + "parsingModality": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingModality", + "description": "Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration": { "description": "Settings for a foundation model used to parse documents for a data source.", "properties": { @@ -18905,6 +18947,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "The model's ARN." }, + "parsingModality": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingModality", + "description": "Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images." + }, "parsingPrompt": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingPrompt", "description": "Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document." @@ -19205,6 +19251,10 @@ "aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingConfiguration": { "description": "Settings for parsing document contents", "properties": { + "bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration", + "description": "If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser." + }, "bedrockFoundationModelConfiguration": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration", "description": "If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents." @@ -19219,6 +19269,16 @@ "parsingStrategy" ] }, + "aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingModality": { + "description": "Determine how will parsed content be stored.", + "type": "string", + "enum": [ + { + "name": "Multimodal", + "value": "MULTIMODAL" + } + ] + }, "aws-native:bedrock:DataSourceParsingPrompt": { "description": "Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document.", "properties": { @@ -19239,6 +19299,10 @@ { "name": "BedrockFoundationModel", "value": "BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL" + }, + { + "name": "BedrockDataAutomation", + "value": "BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION" } ] }, @@ -19608,6 +19672,10 @@ { "name": "Web", "value": "WEB" + }, + { + "name": "Custom", + "value": "CUSTOM" } ] }, @@ -22089,6 +22157,10 @@ "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseConfiguration": { "description": "Contains details about the embeddings model used for the knowledge base.", "properties": { + "kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration", + "description": "Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base." + }, "type": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseType", "description": "The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base." @@ -22100,8 +22172,7 @@ }, "type": "object", "required": [ - "type", - "vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration" + "type" ] }, "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration": { @@ -22114,6 +22185,19 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration": { + "description": "Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base", + "properties": { + "kendraIndexArn": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index." + } + }, + "type": "object", + "required": [ + "kendraIndexArn" + ] + }, "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfiguration": { "description": "Contains the storage configuration of the knowledge base in MongoDb Atlas Cloud.", "properties": { @@ -22331,6 +22415,19 @@ "vectorField" ] }, + "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseS3Location": { + "description": "An Amazon S3 location.", + "properties": { + "uri": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The location's URI" + } + }, + "type": "object", + "required": [ + "uri" + ] + }, "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseStatus": { "description": "The status of a knowledge base.", "type": "string", @@ -22412,6 +22509,46 @@ } ] }, + "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration": { + "description": "Configurations for supplemental data storage.", + "properties": { + "supplementalDataStorageLocations": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation" + } + } + }, + "type": "object", + "required": [ + "supplementalDataStorageLocations" + ] + }, + "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation": { + "description": "Supplemental data storage location.", + "properties": { + "s3Location": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseS3Location" + }, + "supplementalDataStorageLocationType": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType" + } + }, + "type": "object", + "required": [ + "supplementalDataStorageLocationType" + ] + }, + "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType": { + "description": "Supplemental data storage location type.", + "type": "string", + "enum": [ + { + "name": "S3", + "value": "S3" + } + ] + }, "aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseType": { "description": "The type of a knowledge base.", "type": "string", @@ -22419,6 +22556,10 @@ { "name": "Vector", "value": "VECTOR" + }, + { + "name": "Kendra", + "value": "KENDRA" } ] }, @@ -22432,6 +22573,10 @@ "embeddingModelConfiguration": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration", "description": "The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base." + }, + "supplementalDataStorageConfiguration": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration", + "description": "If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) ." } }, "type": "object", @@ -22892,7 +23037,8 @@ "description": "Prompt variant", "properties": { "genAiResource": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:PromptGenAiResourceProperties" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:PromptGenAiResourceProperties", + "description": "Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt." }, "inferenceConfiguration": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:bedrock:PromptInferenceConfigurationProperties", @@ -23662,10 +23808,12 @@ "aws-native:cassandra:TypeField": { "properties": { "fieldName": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the field." }, "fieldType": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type." } }, "type": "object", @@ -26909,6 +27057,10 @@ }, "description": "A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this distribution." }, + "anycastIpListId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution." + }, "cacheBehaviors": { "type": "array", "items": { @@ -26948,7 +27100,7 @@ }, "defaultRootObject": { "type": "string", - "description": "The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution.\n Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name.\n If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object.\n For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." + "description": "When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution.\n You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object.\n If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element.\n To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object.\n For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." }, "enabled": { "type": "boolean", @@ -27066,7 +27218,7 @@ }, "originKeepaliveTimeout": { "type": "integer", - "description": "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds.\n For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." + "description": "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds.\n For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." }, "originProtocolPolicy": { "type": "string", @@ -27074,7 +27226,7 @@ }, "originReadTimeout": { "type": "integer", - "description": "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds.\n For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." + "description": "Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds.\n For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." }, "originSslProtocols": { "type": "array", @@ -27263,6 +27415,7 @@ ] }, "aws-native:cloudfront:DistributionGrpcConfig": { + "description": "Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications.\n To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``.\n For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*.", "properties": { "enabled": { "type": "boolean", @@ -27344,11 +27497,11 @@ ] }, "aws-native:cloudfront:DistributionLogging": { - "description": "A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution.", + "description": "A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution.\n If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*.", "properties": { "bucket": { "type": "string", - "description": "The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``." + "description": "The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``." }, "includeCookies": { "type": "boolean", @@ -27433,7 +27586,7 @@ ] }, "aws-native:cloudfront:DistributionOriginGroup": { - "description": "An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen.", + "description": "An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen.\n Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests.", "properties": { "failoverCriteria": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:cloudfront:DistributionOriginGroupFailoverCriteria", @@ -27449,7 +27602,7 @@ }, "selectionCriteria": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:cloudfront:DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria", - "description": "The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* ." + "description": "The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*." } }, "type": "object", @@ -38233,7 +38386,8 @@ "description": "The Amazon S3 bucket name." }, "bucketOwner": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The AWS account ID of the bucket owner." }, "key": { "type": "string", @@ -41092,7 +41246,7 @@ ] }, "aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput0Properties": { - "description": "Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration.", + "description": "Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration.", "properties": { "glueRunConfiguration": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceGlueRunConfigurationInput" @@ -41101,7 +41255,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties": { - "description": "Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration.", + "description": "Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration.", "properties": { "redshiftRunConfiguration": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceRedshiftRunConfigurationInput" @@ -41109,6 +41263,15 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties": { + "description": "Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration.", + "properties": { + "sageMakerRunConfiguration": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "aws-native:datazone:DataSourceEnableSetting": { "description": "Specifies whether the data source is enabled.", "type": "string", @@ -41334,6 +41497,22 @@ "databaseName" ] }, + "aws-native:datazone:DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput": { + "description": "The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source.", + "properties": { + "trackingAssets": { + "type": "object", + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any" + }, + "description": "The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run." + } + }, + "type": "object", + "required": [ + "trackingAssets" + ] + }, "aws-native:datazone:DataSourceScheduleConfiguration": { "description": "The schedule of the data source runs.", "properties": { @@ -44496,7 +44675,8 @@ "aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest": { "properties": { "cpu": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest", + "description": "The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference." } }, "type": "object" @@ -44553,7 +44733,8 @@ "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest" - } + }, + "description": "Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences.\n\n\u003e Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list." } }, "type": "object" @@ -44692,7 +44873,8 @@ "description": "The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* .\n\nDefault: No minimum or maximum limits" }, "baselinePerformanceFactors": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest", + "description": "The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* ." }, "burstablePerformance": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestBurstablePerformance", @@ -45062,7 +45244,8 @@ "aws-native:ec2:Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest": { "properties": { "instanceFamily": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The instance family to use as a baseline reference.\n\n\u003e Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . \n\nThe following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection:\n\n- `c1`\n- `g3` | `g3s`\n- `hpc7g`\n- `m1` | `m2`\n- `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro`\n- `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5`\n- `t1`\n- `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb`\n\nIf you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families.\n\nIf you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) ." } }, "type": "object" @@ -46369,6 +46552,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors": { + "description": "The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application.\n Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference.", "properties": { "cpu": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateCpu", @@ -46404,7 +46588,7 @@ "properties": { "capacityReservationPreference": { "type": "string", - "description": "Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include:\n + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone).\n + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity." + "description": "Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include:\n + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch.\n + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy).\n + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity." }, "capacityReservationTarget": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationTarget", @@ -46446,6 +46630,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateCpu": { + "description": "Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference.", "properties": { "references": { "type": "array", @@ -46545,7 +46730,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAccelerator" }, - "description": "An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads.\n You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request.\n Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service." + "description": "Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available.\n An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads.\n You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request.\n Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service." }, "enclaveOptions": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateEnclaveOptions", @@ -46573,7 +46758,7 @@ }, "instanceRequirements": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements", - "description": "The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes.\n You must specify ``VCpuCount`` and ``MemoryMiB``. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default.\n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values.\n To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the same request:\n + ``AllowedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes.\n + ``ExcludedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if they match your specified attributes.\n \n If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``.\n Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``.\n For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*." + "description": "The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes.\n You must specify ``VCpuCount`` and ``MemoryMiB``. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default.\n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values.\n To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the same request:\n + ``AllowedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes.\n + ``ExcludedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if they match your specified attributes.\n \n If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``.\n Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``.\n For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*." }, "instanceType": { "type": "string", @@ -46647,7 +46832,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:TagSpecification" }, - "description": "The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch.\n To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html).\n To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications)." + "description": "The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch.\n To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications)." }, "userData": { "type": "string", @@ -46673,7 +46858,7 @@ }, "kmsKeyId": { "type": "string", - "description": "The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption." + "description": "Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption." }, "snapshotId": { "type": "string", @@ -46791,7 +46976,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements": { - "description": "The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes.\n You must specify ``VCpuCount`` and ``MemoryMiB``. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default.\n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values.\n To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the same request:\n + ``AllowedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes.\n + ``ExcludedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if they match your specified attributes.\n \n If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``.\n Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``.\n For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.", + "description": "The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes.\n You must specify ``VCpuCount`` and ``MemoryMiB``. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default.\n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values.\n To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the same request:\n + ``AllowedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes.\n + ``ExcludedInstanceTypes`` - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if they match your specified attributes.\n \n If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``.\n Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``.\n For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.", "properties": { "acceleratorCount": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateAcceleratorCount", @@ -46820,7 +47005,7 @@ "items": { "type": "string" }, - "description": "The accelerator types that must be on the instance type.\n + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``.\n + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``.\n + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``.\n \n Default: Any accelerator type" + "description": "The accelerator types that must be on the instance type.\n + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``.\n + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``.\n \n Default: Any accelerator type" }, "allowedInstanceTypes": { "type": "array", @@ -46839,7 +47024,7 @@ }, "baselinePerformanceFactors": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors", - "description": "The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* ." + "description": "The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*." }, "burstablePerformance": { "type": "string", @@ -46850,7 +47035,7 @@ "items": { "type": "string" }, - "description": "The CPU manufacturers to include.\n + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``.\n + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``.\n + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``.\n \n Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template.\n Default: Any manufacturer" + "description": "The CPU manufacturers to include.\n + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``.\n + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``.\n + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``.\n + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``.\n \n Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template.\n Default: Any manufacturer" }, "excludedInstanceTypes": { "type": "array", @@ -47088,7 +47273,7 @@ }, "interfaceType": { "type": "string", - "description": "The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.\n If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter.\n Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa``" + "description": "The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*.\n If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter.\n If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses.\n Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only``" }, "ipv4PrefixCount": { "type": "integer", @@ -47246,10 +47431,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateReference": { + "description": "Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance.", "properties": { "instanceFamily": { "type": "string", - "description": "The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not." + "description": "The instance family to use as a baseline reference.\n Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*.\n The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection:\n + ``c1`` \n + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` \n + ``hpc7g`` \n + ``m1`` | ``m2`` \n + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` \n + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` \n + ``t1`` \n + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` \n \n If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families." } }, "type": "object" @@ -47299,7 +47485,7 @@ ] }, "aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateTagSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation.\n ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html).", + "description": "Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation.\n To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html).\n ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html).", "properties": { "resourceType": { "type": "string", @@ -48710,7 +48896,8 @@ "aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest": { "properties": { "cpu": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest", + "description": "The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference." } }, "type": "object" @@ -48772,7 +48959,8 @@ "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest" - } + }, + "description": "Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences.\n\n\u003e Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list." } }, "type": "object" @@ -48998,7 +49186,8 @@ "description": "The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* .\n\nDefault: No minimum or maximum limits" }, "baselinePerformanceFactors": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest", + "description": "The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* ." }, "burstablePerformance": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestBurstablePerformance", @@ -49493,7 +49682,8 @@ "aws-native:ec2:SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest": { "properties": { "instanceFamily": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The instance family to use as a baseline reference.\n\n\u003e Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . \n\nThe following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection:\n\n- `c1`\n- `g3` | `g3s`\n- `hpc7g`\n- `m1` | `m2`\n- `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro`\n- `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5`\n- `t1`\n- `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb`\n\nIf you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families.\n\nIf you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) ." } }, "type": "object" @@ -50117,7 +50307,7 @@ ] }, "aws-native:ec2:TagSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template.\n ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html).", + "description": "Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch.\n ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html).", "properties": { "resourceType": { "type": "string", @@ -50624,15 +50814,18 @@ "aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification": { "properties": { "dnsRecordIpType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType", + "description": "The DNS records created for the endpoint." }, "privateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint", + "description": "Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint." } }, "type": "object" }, "aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType": { + "description": "The DNS records created for the endpoint.", "type": "string", "enum": [ { @@ -50658,6 +50851,7 @@ ] }, "aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint": { + "description": "Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint.", "type": "string", "enum": [ { @@ -50675,6 +50869,7 @@ ] }, "aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType": { + "description": "The supported IP address types.", "type": "string", "enum": [ { @@ -50695,13 +50890,32 @@ } ] }, + "aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointServiceTag": { + "properties": { + "key": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The key of the tag.\n\nConstraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 127 Unicode characters. May not begin with `aws:` ." + }, + "value": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The value of the tag.\n\nConstraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 256 Unicode characters." + } + }, + "type": "object", + "required": [ + "key", + "value" + ] + }, "aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointTag": { "properties": { "key": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The key of the tag.\n\nConstraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 127 Unicode characters. May not begin with `aws:` ." }, "value": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The value of the tag.\n\nConstraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 256 Unicode characters." } }, "type": "object", @@ -51945,11 +52159,11 @@ }, "maximumPercent": { "type": "integer", - "description": "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service." + "description": "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%.\n The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html).\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service." }, "minimumHealthyPercent": { "type": "integer", - "description": "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. \n For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks.\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has one or more essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the task to reach a healthy status before counting it towards the minimum healthy percent total. A task is considered healthy when all essential containers within the task have passed their health checks. The amount of time the service scheduler can wait for is determined by the container health check settings. \n \n For services that *do* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has an essential container with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for both the task to reach a healthy status and the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n \n The default value for a replica service for ``minimumHealthyPercent`` is 100%. The default ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service using the ``DAEMON`` service schedule is 0% for the CLI, the AWS SDKs, and the APIs and 50% for the AWS Management Console.\n The minimum number of healthy tasks during a deployment is the ``desiredCount`` multiplied by the ``minimumHealthyPercent``/100, rounded up to the nearest integer value.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the EC2 launch type, the *minimum healthy percent* value is set to the default value. The *minimum healthy percent* value is used to define the lower limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the Fargate launch type, the minimum healthy percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service." + "description": "If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. \n If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . \n For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks.\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has one or more essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the task to reach a healthy status before counting it towards the minimum healthy percent total. A task is considered healthy when all essential containers within the task have passed their health checks. The amount of time the service scheduler can wait for is determined by the container health check settings. \n \n For services that *do* use a load balancer, the following should be noted:\n + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n + If a task has an essential container with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for both the task to reach a healthy status and the load balancer target group health check to return a healthy status before counting the task towards the minimum healthy percent total.\n \n The default value for a replica service for ``minimumHealthyPercent`` is 100%. The default ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service using the ``DAEMON`` service schedule is 0% for the CLI, the AWS SDKs, and the APIs and 50% for the AWS Management Console.\n The minimum number of healthy tasks during a deployment is the ``desiredCount`` multiplied by the ``minimumHealthyPercent``/100, rounded up to the nearest integer value.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the EC2 launch type, the *minimum healthy percent* value is set to the default value. The *minimum healthy percent* value is used to define the lower limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state.\n You can't specify a custom ``minimumHealthyPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type.\n If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and is running tasks that use the Fargate launch type, the minimum healthy percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service." } }, "type": "object" @@ -86143,7 +86357,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "value": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The value of this key-value pair." } }, "type": "object", @@ -87818,6 +88033,16 @@ "maxOutputs" ] }, + "aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeMulticastSourceSettings": { + "description": "The settings related to the multicast source.", + "properties": { + "multicastSourceIp": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM)." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeNetworkOutput": { "description": "The output of the bridge. A network output is delivered to your premises.", "properties": { @@ -87863,6 +88088,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "The network source multicast IP." }, + "multicastSourceSettings": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeMulticastSourceSettings", + "description": "The settings related to the multicast source." + }, "name": { "type": "string", "description": "The name of the network source." @@ -88005,6 +88234,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "The network source multicast IP." }, + "multicastSourceSettings": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings", + "description": "The settings related to the multicast source." + }, "networkName": { "type": "string", "description": "The network source's gateway network name." @@ -88026,6 +88259,16 @@ "protocol" ] }, + "aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings": { + "description": "The settings related to the multicast source.", + "properties": { + "multicastSourceIp": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM)." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "aws-native:mediaconnect:BridgeSourcePriority": { "description": "The priority you want to assign to a source. You can have a primary stream and a backup stream or two equally prioritized streams.", "properties": { @@ -97038,7 +97281,8 @@ "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeOption" - } + }, + "description": "List of node options for the domain." }, "warmCount": { "type": "integer", @@ -97251,13 +97495,16 @@ "aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeConfig": { "properties": { "count": { - "type": "integer" + "type": "integer", + "description": "The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster." }, "enabled": { - "type": "boolean" + "type": "boolean", + "description": "A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not." }, "type": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster." } }, "type": "object" @@ -97265,15 +97512,18 @@ "aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeOption": { "properties": { "nodeConfig": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeConfig" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeConfig", + "description": "Container for specifying configuration of any node type." }, "nodeType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeOptionNodeType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeOptionNodeType", + "description": "Container for node type like coordinating." } }, "type": "object" }, "aws-native:opensearchservice:DomainNodeOptionNodeType": { + "description": "Container for node type like coordinating.", "type": "string", "enum": [ { @@ -117040,55 +117290,72 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilities": { "properties": { "addOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to add or run anomaly detection." }, "createAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create and update email reports." }, "createAndUpdateDataSources": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create and update data sources." }, "createAndUpdateDatasets": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create and update datasets." }, "createAndUpdateThemes": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to export to Create and Update themes." }, "createAndUpdateThresholdAlerts": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create and update threshold alerts." }, "createSharedFolders": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create shared folders." }, "createSpiceDataset": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to create a SPICE dataset." }, "exportToCsv": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to export to CSV files." }, "exportToExcel": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to export to Excel files." }, "renameSharedFolders": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to rename shared folders." }, "shareAnalyses": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to share analyses." }, "shareDashboards": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to share dashboards." }, "shareDataSources": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to share data sources." }, "shareDatasets": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to share datasets." }, "subscribeDashboardEmailReports": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to subscribe to email reports." }, "viewAccountSpiceCapacity": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilityState", + "description": "The ability to view account SPICE capacity." } }, "type": "object" @@ -126423,7 +126690,7 @@ "description": "The axis sort options of a dashboard." }, "visualMenuOption": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DashboardVisualMenuOption", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The menu options of a visual in a dashboard." }, "visualPublishOptions": { @@ -130241,15 +130508,6 @@ } ] }, - "aws-native:quicksight:DashboardVisualMenuOption": { - "properties": { - "availabilityStatus": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DashboardBehavior", - "description": "The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, "aws-native:quicksight:DashboardVisualPalette": { "properties": { "chartColor": { @@ -131082,35 +131340,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetFileFormat": { - "type": "string", - "enum": [ - { - "name": "Csv", - "value": "CSV" - }, - { - "name": "Tsv", - "value": "TSV" - }, - { - "name": "Clf", - "value": "CLF" - }, - { - "name": "Elf", - "value": "ELF" - }, - { - "name": "Xlsx", - "value": "XLSX" - }, - { - "name": "Json", - "value": "JSON" - } - ] - }, "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetFilterOperation": { "description": "\u003cp\u003eA transform operation that filters rows based on a condition.\u003c/p\u003e", "properties": { @@ -131835,7 +132064,7 @@ "description": "\u003cp\u003eA physical table type for an S3 data source.\u003c/p\u003e\n \u003cnote\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eFor files that aren't JSON, only \u003ccode\u003eSTRING\u003c/code\u003e data types are supported in input columns.\u003c/p\u003e\n \u003c/note\u003e" }, "uploadSettings": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetUploadSettings", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Information about the format for the S3 source file or files." } }, @@ -131937,19 +132166,6 @@ "tags" ] }, - "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetTextQualifier": { - "type": "string", - "enum": [ - { - "name": "DoubleQuote", - "value": "DOUBLE_QUOTE" - }, - { - "name": "SingleQuote", - "value": "SINGLE_QUOTE" - } - ] - }, "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetTimeGranularity": { "type": "string", "enum": [ @@ -132063,32 +132279,6 @@ "tagNames" ] }, - "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetUploadSettings": { - "description": "\u003cp\u003eInformation about the format for a source file or files.\u003c/p\u003e", - "properties": { - "containsHeader": { - "type": "boolean", - "description": "\u003cp\u003eWhether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.\u003c/p\u003e" - }, - "delimiter": { - "type": "string", - "description": "\u003cp\u003eThe delimiter between values in the file.\u003c/p\u003e" - }, - "format": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetFileFormat", - "description": "File format." - }, - "startFromRow": { - "type": "number", - "description": "\u003cp\u003eA row number to start reading data from.\u003c/p\u003e" - }, - "textQualifier": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetTextQualifier", - "description": "Text qualifier." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, "aws-native:quicksight:DataSetUsageConfiguration": { "description": "\u003cp\u003eThe usage configuration to apply to child datasets that reference this dataset as a source.\u003c/p\u003e", "properties": { @@ -133553,7 +133743,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateAxisDisplayOptions": { "properties": { "axisLineVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the axis line is visible." }, "axisOffset": { @@ -133565,7 +133755,7 @@ "description": "The data options for an axis." }, "gridLineVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the grid line is visible." }, "scrollbarOptions": { @@ -134072,11 +134262,11 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateBoxPlotOptions": { "properties": { "allDataPointsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot." }, "outlierVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot." }, "styleOptions": { @@ -134408,11 +134598,11 @@ "description": "The label options for a chart axis." }, "sortIconVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options:\n\n- `VISIBLE` : Shows the axis.\n- `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis." } }, @@ -134640,7 +134830,7 @@ "description": "Determines the target of the column tooltip item in a combo chart visual." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the tooltip item." } }, @@ -135548,7 +135738,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateDataLabelOptions": { "properties": { "categoryLabelVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the category field labels." }, "dataLabelTypes": { @@ -135571,7 +135761,7 @@ "description": "Determines the font configuration of the data labels." }, "measureLabelVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the measure field labels." }, "overlap": { @@ -135583,11 +135773,11 @@ "description": "Determines the position of the data labels." }, "totalsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the total." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the data labels." } }, @@ -135692,7 +135882,7 @@ "description": "The actual value of the field that is labeled." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the data label." } }, @@ -135820,7 +136010,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateDateAxisOptions": { "properties": { "missingDateVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed." } }, @@ -136391,7 +136581,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateDonutCenterOptions": { "properties": { "labelVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` ." } }, @@ -136590,7 +136780,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateFieldBasedTooltip": { "properties": { "aggregationVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of `Show aggregations` ." }, "tooltipFields": { @@ -136614,7 +136804,7 @@ "description": "Indicates the field that is targeted by the field label." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the field label." } }, @@ -136686,7 +136876,7 @@ "description": "Determines the target of the field tooltip item in a combo chart visual." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the tooltip item." } }, @@ -137595,7 +137785,7 @@ "description": "The border style configuration of a free-form layout element. This border style is used when the element is selected." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of an element within a free-form layout." }, "width": { @@ -137628,7 +137818,7 @@ "description": "The background color of a free-form layout element." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The background visibility of a free-form layout element." } }, @@ -137641,7 +137831,7 @@ "description": "The border color of a free-form layout element." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The border visibility of a free-form layout element." } }, @@ -137729,7 +137919,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions": { "properties": { "categoryLabelVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the category labels within the data labels." }, "labelColor": { @@ -137745,7 +137935,7 @@ "description": "Determines the style of the metric labels." }, "measureLabelVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels." }, "position": { @@ -137753,7 +137943,7 @@ "description": "Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed." } }, @@ -139189,7 +139379,7 @@ "description": "The color of the sparkline." }, "tooltipVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The tooltip visibility of the sparkline." }, "type": { @@ -139197,7 +139387,7 @@ "description": "The type of the sparkline." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the sparkline." } }, @@ -139309,7 +139499,7 @@ "description": "The font configuration of the label." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the label is visible." } }, @@ -139387,7 +139577,7 @@ "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateFontConfiguration" }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the legend is visible." }, "width": { @@ -139601,7 +139791,7 @@ "description": "Line style for line series.\n\n- `SOLID` : Show as a solid line.\n- `DOTTED` : Show as a dotted line.\n- `DASHED` : Show as a dashed line." }, "lineVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series." }, "lineWidth": { @@ -139651,7 +139841,7 @@ "description": "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px" }, "markerVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series." } }, @@ -139816,7 +140006,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateListControlSearchOptions": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control." } }, @@ -139825,7 +140015,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control." } }, @@ -139834,7 +140024,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateLoadingAnimation": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` ." } }, @@ -139898,7 +140088,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateMaximumLabelType": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the maximum label." } }, @@ -139998,7 +140188,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateMinimumLabelType": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the minimum label." } }, @@ -140491,7 +140681,7 @@ "description": "Sets the background color for each panel." }, "backgroundVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered." }, "borderColor": { @@ -140507,7 +140697,7 @@ "description": "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px" }, "borderVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not each panel displays a border." }, "gutterSpacing": { @@ -140515,7 +140705,7 @@ "description": "String based length that is composed of value and unit in px" }, "gutterVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered." }, "title": { @@ -140535,7 +140725,7 @@ "description": "Sets the horizontal text alignment of the title within each panel." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed." } }, @@ -141385,7 +141575,7 @@ "description": "The field ID of the pivot table field." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the pivot table field." } }, @@ -141458,7 +141648,7 @@ "description": "The table cell style of cells." }, "collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` ." }, "columnHeaderStyle": { @@ -141466,7 +141656,7 @@ "description": "The table cell style of the column header." }, "columnNamesVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the column names." }, "defaultCellWidth": { @@ -141498,11 +141688,11 @@ "description": "The layout for the row dimension headers of a pivot table. Choose one of the following options.\n\n- `TABULAR` : (Default) Each row field is displayed in a separate column.\n- `HIERARCHY` : All row fields are displayed in a single column. Indentation is used to differentiate row headers of different fields." }, "singleMetricVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the single metric options." }, "toggleButtonsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the pivot table." } }, @@ -141511,11 +141701,11 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions": { "properties": { "overflowColumnHeaderVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page." }, "verticalOverflowVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages." } }, @@ -141528,7 +141718,7 @@ "description": "The custom label string for the rows label." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the rows label." } }, @@ -141682,7 +141872,7 @@ "description": "The cell styling options for the total cells." }, "totalsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration for the total cells." }, "valueCellStyle": { @@ -141874,7 +142064,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateProgressBarOptions": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the progress bar." } }, @@ -141931,7 +142121,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility settings of a radar chart." } }, @@ -141957,7 +142147,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateRadarChartConfiguration": { "properties": { "alternateBandColorsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart." }, "alternateBandEvenColor": { @@ -142121,7 +142311,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateRangeEndsLabelType": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the range ends label." } }, @@ -142872,7 +143062,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateScrollBarOptions": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar." }, "visibleRange": { @@ -142885,7 +143075,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateSecondaryValueOptions": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the secondary value." } }, @@ -143146,7 +143336,7 @@ "description": "The text content of info icon." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of info icon label options." } }, @@ -143278,7 +143468,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the overrides are visible. Choose one of the following options:\n\n- `VISIBLE`\n- `HIDDEN`" } }, @@ -143388,7 +143578,7 @@ "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateSheetImageTooltipText" }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility" + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any" } }, "type": "object" @@ -143867,7 +144057,7 @@ "description": "The cell styling options for the subtotal cells." }, "totalsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells." }, "valueCellStyle": { @@ -143999,7 +144189,7 @@ "description": "The vertical text alignment (top, middle, bottom) for the table cells." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the table cells." } }, @@ -144154,7 +144344,7 @@ "description": "The URL configuration for a table field." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of a table field." }, "width": { @@ -144262,11 +144452,11 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions": { "properties": { "overflowColumnHeaderVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of repeating header rows on each page." }, "verticalOverflowVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of printing table overflow across pages." } }, @@ -144498,7 +144688,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control." } }, @@ -144541,7 +144731,7 @@ "description": "Determines the thousands separator symbol." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines the visibility of the thousands separator." } }, @@ -144772,7 +144962,7 @@ "description": "The selected type for the tooltip. Choose one of the following options:\n\n- `BASIC` : A basic tooltip.\n- `DETAILED` : A detailed tooltip." }, "tooltipVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible." } }, @@ -145021,7 +145211,7 @@ "description": "Cell styling options for the total cells." }, "totalsVisibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility configuration for the total cells." } }, @@ -145163,7 +145353,7 @@ "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateTrendArrowOptions": { "properties": { "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the trend arrows." } }, @@ -145398,19 +145588,6 @@ } ] }, - "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility": { - "type": "string", - "enum": [ - { - "name": "Hidden", - "value": "HIDDEN" - }, - { - "name": "Visible", - "value": "VISIBLE" - } - ] - }, "aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibleRangeOptions": { "properties": { "percentRange": { @@ -145611,7 +145788,7 @@ "description": "The long text format of the subtitle label, such as plain text or rich text." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the subtitle label." } }, @@ -145624,7 +145801,7 @@ "description": "The short text format of the title label, such as plain text or rich text." }, "visibility": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:TemplateVisibility", + "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", "description": "The visibility of the title label." } }, @@ -148084,7 +148261,11 @@ }, "minCapacity": { "type": "number", - "description": "The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5." + "description": "The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5." + }, + "secondsUntilAutoPause": { + "type": "integer", + "description": "Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it.\n\nSpecify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds." } }, "type": "object" @@ -156403,7 +156584,8 @@ "description": "The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system." }, "fSxLustreFileSystemConfig": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig", + "description": "The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system." } }, "type": "object" @@ -156572,10 +156754,12 @@ "aws-native:sagemaker:DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig": { "properties": { "fileSystemId": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre." }, "fileSystemPath": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below." } }, "type": "object", @@ -162247,10 +162431,12 @@ "aws-native:sagemaker:PartnerAppTag": { "properties": { "key": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The tag key. Tag keys must be unique per resource." }, "value": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The tag value." } }, "type": "object", @@ -162963,7 +163149,7 @@ "properties": { "appType": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:SpaceAppType", - "description": "The type of app created within the space." + "description": "The type of app created within the space.\n\nIf using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field." }, "codeEditorAppSettings": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:SpaceCodeEditorAppSettings", @@ -163175,7 +163361,8 @@ "description": "The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system." }, "fSxLustreFileSystemConfig": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:sagemaker:UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig", + "description": "The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system." } }, "type": "object" @@ -163266,10 +163453,12 @@ "aws-native:sagemaker:UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig": { "properties": { "fileSystemId": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre." }, "fileSystemPath": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below." } }, "type": "object", @@ -166134,11 +166323,11 @@ }, "end": { "type": "string", - "description": "A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter.\n\nThis field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `(\"+\" / \"-\") time-hour [\":\" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub:\n\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` )\n\nIf a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` ." + "description": "A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter.\n\nFor more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) ." }, "start": { "type": "string", - "description": "A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter.\n\nThis field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `(\"+\" / \"-\") time-hour [\":\" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub:\n\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` )\n- `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` )\n\nIf a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` ." + "description": "A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter.\n\nFor more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) ." } }, "type": "object" @@ -167568,6 +167757,28 @@ "roleArn" ] }, + "aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction": { + "properties": { + "actionFailurePolicy": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy" + }, + "applicationId": { + "type": "string" + }, + "indexId": { + "type": "string" + }, + "roleArn": { + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object", + "required": [ + "applicationId", + "indexId", + "roleArn" + ] + }, "aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetDropAction": { "type": "object" }, @@ -167641,6 +167852,9 @@ }, { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7Properties" + }, + { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties" } ] }, @@ -167796,6 +168010,17 @@ "deliverToMailbox" ] }, + "aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties": { + "properties": { + "deliverToQBusiness": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction" + } + }, + "type": "object", + "required": [ + "deliverToQBusiness" + ] + }, "aws-native:ses:MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanEmailAttribute": { "type": "string", "enum": [ @@ -175477,7 +175702,7 @@ }, "limit": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement.\n\nExamples:\n\n- If you aggregate on just the IP address, this is the limit on requests from any single IP address.\n- If you aggregate on the HTTP method and the query argument name \"city\", then this is the limit on requests for any single method, city pair." + "description": "The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement.\n\nExamples:\n\n- If you aggregate on just the IP address, this is the limit on requests from any single IP address.\n- If you aggregate on the HTTP method and the query argument name \"city\", then this is the limit on requests for any single method, city pair." }, "scopeDownStatement": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:wafv2:RuleGroupStatement", @@ -177159,7 +177384,7 @@ }, "limit": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement.\n\nExamples:\n\n- If you aggregate on just the IP address, this is the limit on requests from any single IP address.\n- If you aggregate on the HTTP method and the query argument name \"city\", then this is the limit on requests for any single method, city pair." + "description": "The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement.\n\nExamples:\n\n- If you aggregate on just the IP address, this is the limit on requests from any single IP address.\n- If you aggregate on the HTTP method and the query argument name \"city\", then this is the limit on requests for any single method, city pair." }, "scopeDownStatement": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:wafv2:WebAclStatement", @@ -185266,6 +185491,126 @@ "locationUri" ] }, + "aws-native:appconfig:Deployment": { + "description": "Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment", + "properties": { + "applicationId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The application ID.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "configurationProfileId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The configuration profile ID.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "configurationVersion": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "deploymentNumber": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The sequence number of the deployment." + }, + "deploymentStrategyId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The deployment strategy ID.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "description": { + "type": "string", + "description": "A description of the deployment.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "dynamicExtensionParameters": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters" + }, + "description": "A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "environmentId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The environment ID.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "kmsKeyIdentifier": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, + "tags": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:CreateOnlyTag" + }, + "description": "An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + } + }, + "type": "object", + "required": [ + "applicationId", + "configurationProfileId", + "configurationVersion", + "deploymentNumber", + "deploymentStrategyId", + "environmentId" + ], + "inputProperties": { + "applicationId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The application ID." + }, + "configurationProfileId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The configuration profile ID." + }, + "configurationVersion": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number." + }, + "deploymentStrategyId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The deployment strategy ID." + }, + "description": { + "type": "string", + "description": "A description of the deployment." + }, + "dynamicExtensionParameters": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters" + }, + "description": "A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions." + }, + "environmentId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The environment ID." + }, + "kmsKeyIdentifier": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated." + }, + "tags": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:CreateOnlyTag" + }, + "description": "An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource." + } + }, + "requiredInputs": [ + "applicationId", + "configurationProfileId", + "configurationVersion", + "deploymentStrategyId", + "environmentId" + ] + }, "aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentStrategy": { "description": "Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::DeploymentStrategy\n\n{{% examples %}}\n## Example Usage\n{{% example %}}\n### Example\n```csharp\nusing System.Collections.Generic;\nusing System.Linq;\nusing Pulumi;\nusing AwsNative = Pulumi.AwsNative;\n\nreturn await Deployment.RunAsync(() =\u003e \n{\n var basicDeploymentStrategy = new AwsNative.AppConfig.DeploymentStrategy(\"basicDeploymentStrategy\", new()\n {\n Name = \"MyTestDeploymentStrategy\",\n Description = \"A sample test deployment strategy.\",\n DeploymentDurationInMinutes = 3,\n FinalBakeTimeInMinutes = 4,\n GrowthFactor = 10,\n GrowthType = AwsNative.AppConfig.DeploymentStrategyGrowthType.Linear,\n ReplicateTo = AwsNative.AppConfig.DeploymentStrategyReplicateTo.None,\n Tags = new[]\n {\n new AwsNative.Inputs.TagArgs\n {\n Key = \"Env\",\n Value = \"test\",\n },\n },\n });\n\n});\n\n\n```\n\n```go\npackage main\n\nimport (\n\tawsnative \"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-aws-native/sdk/go/aws\"\n\t\"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-aws-native/sdk/go/aws/appconfig\"\n\t\"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi\"\n)\n\nfunc main() {\n\tpulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {\n\t\t_, err := appconfig.NewDeploymentStrategy(ctx, \"basicDeploymentStrategy\", \u0026appconfig.DeploymentStrategyArgs{\n\t\t\tName: pulumi.String(\"MyTestDeploymentStrategy\"),\n\t\t\tDescription: pulumi.String(\"A sample test deployment strategy.\"),\n\t\t\tDeploymentDurationInMinutes: pulumi.Float64(3),\n\t\t\tFinalBakeTimeInMinutes: pulumi.Float64(4),\n\t\t\tGrowthFactor: pulumi.Float64(10),\n\t\t\tGrowthType: appconfig.DeploymentStrategyGrowthTypeLinear,\n\t\t\tReplicateTo: appconfig.DeploymentStrategyReplicateToNone,\n\t\t\tTags: aws.TagArray{\n\t\t\t\t\u0026aws.TagArgs{\n\t\t\t\t\tKey: pulumi.String(\"Env\"),\n\t\t\t\t\tValue: pulumi.String(\"test\"),\n\t\t\t\t},\n\t\t\t},\n\t\t})\n\t\tif err != nil {\n\t\t\treturn err\n\t\t}\n\t\treturn nil\n\t})\n}\n\n```\n\n```typescript\nimport * as pulumi from \"@pulumi/pulumi\";\nimport * as aws_native from \"@pulumi/aws-native\";\n\nconst basicDeploymentStrategy = new aws_native.appconfig.DeploymentStrategy(\"basicDeploymentStrategy\", {\n name: \"MyTestDeploymentStrategy\",\n description: \"A sample test deployment strategy.\",\n deploymentDurationInMinutes: 3,\n finalBakeTimeInMinutes: 4,\n growthFactor: 10,\n growthType: aws_native.appconfig.DeploymentStrategyGrowthType.Linear,\n replicateTo: aws_native.appconfig.DeploymentStrategyReplicateTo.None,\n tags: [{\n key: \"Env\",\n value: \"test\",\n }],\n});\n\n```\n\n```python\nimport pulumi\nimport pulumi_aws_native as aws_native\n\nbasic_deployment_strategy = aws_native.appconfig.DeploymentStrategy(\"basicDeploymentStrategy\",\n name=\"MyTestDeploymentStrategy\",\n description=\"A sample test deployment strategy.\",\n deployment_duration_in_minutes=3,\n final_bake_time_in_minutes=4,\n growth_factor=10,\n growth_type=aws_native.appconfig.DeploymentStrategyGrowthType.LINEAR,\n replicate_to=aws_native.appconfig.DeploymentStrategyReplicateTo.NONE,\n tags=[{\n \"key\": \"Env\",\n \"value\": \"test\",\n }])\n\n```\n\n{{% /example %}}\n{{% /examples %}}\n", "properties": { @@ -193106,7 +193451,6 @@ "name", "roleArn", "status", - "storageConfiguration", "updatedAt" ], "inputProperties": { @@ -193140,8 +193484,7 @@ }, "requiredInputs": [ "knowledgeBaseConfiguration", - "roleArn", - "storageConfiguration" + "roleArn" ] }, "aws-native:bedrock:Prompt": { @@ -196265,7 +196608,7 @@ }, "templateUrl": { "type": "string", - "description": "Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket.\n\nWhether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced." + "description": "The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` .\n\nWhether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced." }, "timeoutInMinutes": { "type": "integer", @@ -196351,7 +196694,7 @@ }, "templateUrl": { "type": "string", - "description": "Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket.\n\nWhether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced." + "description": "The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` .\n\nWhether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced." }, "timeoutInMinutes": { "type": "integer", @@ -206830,6 +207173,9 @@ }, { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties" + }, + { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties" } ], "description": "Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration." @@ -206948,6 +207294,9 @@ }, { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties" + }, + { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:datazone:DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties" } ], "description": "Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration." @@ -213063,7 +213412,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateTagSpecification" }, - "description": "The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``.\n To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications)." + "description": "The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``.\n To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications)." }, "versionDescription": { "type": "string", @@ -213091,7 +213440,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:LaunchTemplateTagSpecification" }, - "description": "The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``.\n To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications)." + "description": "The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``.\n To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications)." }, "versionDescription": { "type": "string", @@ -217157,6 +217506,11 @@ "description": "An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, + "ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block.", + "replaceOnChanges": true + }, "ipv6IpamPoolId": { "type": "string", "description": "The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC.", @@ -217206,6 +217560,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool." }, + "ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block." + }, "ipv6IpamPoolId": { "type": "string", "description": "The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC." @@ -217246,10 +217604,12 @@ "description": "(Interface endpoints) The DNS entries for the endpoint. Each entry is a combination of the hosted zone ID and the DNS name. The entries are ordered as follows: regional public DNS, zonal public DNS, private DNS, and wildcard DNS. This order is not enforced for AWS Marketplace services.\n\nThe following is an example. In the first entry, the hosted zone ID is Z1HUB23UULQXV and the DNS name is vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com.\n\n[\"Z1HUB23UULQXV:vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com\", \"Z1HUB23UULQXV:vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3-us-east-1a.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com\", \"Z1C12344VYDITB0:ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com\"]\n\nIf you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the DNS entries in the list will change." }, "dnsOptions": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification", + "description": "Describes the DNS options for an endpoint." }, "ipAddressType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType", + "description": "The supported IP address types." }, "networkInterfaceIds": { "type": "array", @@ -217268,6 +217628,7 @@ }, "resourceConfigurationArn": { "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "routeTableIds": { @@ -217291,6 +217652,7 @@ }, "serviceNetworkArn": { "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "subnetIds": { @@ -217327,10 +217689,12 @@ ], "inputProperties": { "dnsOptions": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification", + "description": "Describes the DNS options for an endpoint." }, "ipAddressType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType", + "description": "The supported IP address types." }, "policyDocument": { "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", @@ -217341,7 +217705,8 @@ "description": "Indicate whether to associate a private hosted zone with the specified VPC. The private hosted zone contains a record set for the default public DNS name for the service for the Region (for example, ``kinesis.us-east-1.amazonaws.com``), which resolves to the private IP addresses of the endpoint network interfaces in the VPC. This enables you to make requests to the default public DNS name for the service instead of the public DNS names that are automatically generated by the VPC endpoint service.\n To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to ``true``: ``enableDnsHostnames`` and ``enableDnsSupport``.\n This property is supported only for interface endpoints.\n Default: ``false``" }, "resourceConfigurationArn": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration." }, "routeTableIds": { "type": "array", @@ -217362,7 +217727,8 @@ "description": "The name of the endpoint service." }, "serviceNetworkArn": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network." }, "subnetIds": { "type": "array", @@ -217483,6 +217849,13 @@ "serviceId": { "type": "string", "description": "The ID of the endpoint service." + }, + "tags": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:Tag" + }, + "description": "The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service." } }, "type": "object", @@ -217515,6 +217888,13 @@ "payerResponsibility": { "type": "string", "description": "The entity that is responsible for the endpoint costs. The default is the endpoint owner. If you set the payer responsibility to the service owner, you cannot set it back to the endpoint owner." + }, + "tags": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:Tag" + }, + "description": "The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service." } } }, @@ -218536,7 +218916,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ecs:ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItem" }, - "description": "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers." + "description": "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers." }, "cluster": { "type": "string", @@ -218681,7 +219061,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ecs:ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItem" }, - "description": "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers." + "description": "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers." }, "cluster": { "type": "string", @@ -218816,6 +219196,7 @@ }, "enableFaultInjection": { "type": "boolean", + "description": "Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` .", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "ephemeralStorage": { @@ -218929,7 +219310,8 @@ "description": "The number of ``cpu`` units used by the task. If you use the EC2 launch type, this field is optional. Any value can be used. If you use the Fargate launch type, this field is required. You must use one of the following values. The value that you choose determines your range of valid values for the ``memory`` parameter.\n If you use the EC2 launch type, this field is optional. Supported values are between ``128`` CPU units (``0.125`` vCPUs) and ``10240`` CPU units (``10`` vCPUs).\n The CPU units cannot be less than 1 vCPU when you use Windows containers on Fargate.\n + 256 (.25 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 512 (0.5 GB), 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB)\n + 512 (.5 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB)\n + 1024 (1 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB), 5120 (5 GB), 6144 (6 GB), 7168 (7 GB), 8192 (8 GB)\n + 2048 (2 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 4096 (4 GB) and 16384 (16 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB)\n + 4096 (4 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 8192 (8 GB) and 30720 (30 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB)\n + 8192 (8 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 16 GB and 60 GB in 4 GB increments\n This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later.\n + 16384 (16vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments\n This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later." }, "enableFaultInjection": { - "type": "boolean" + "type": "boolean", + "description": "Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` ." }, "ephemeralStorage": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ecs:TaskDefinitionEphemeralStorage", @@ -219673,7 +220055,7 @@ }, "computeConfig": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterComputeConfig", - "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide." + "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* ." }, "encryptionConfig": { "type": "array", @@ -219730,7 +220112,7 @@ }, "storageConfig": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterStorageConfig", - "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide." + "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* ." }, "tags": { "type": "array", @@ -219741,7 +220123,7 @@ }, "upgradePolicy": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterUpgradePolicy", - "description": "This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster.\n\n[Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html)" + "description": "This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster.\n\n[Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html)" }, "version": { "type": "string", @@ -219775,7 +220157,7 @@ }, "computeConfig": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterComputeConfig", - "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide." + "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* ." }, "encryptionConfig": { "type": "array", @@ -219814,7 +220196,7 @@ }, "storageConfig": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterStorageConfig", - "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide." + "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* ." }, "tags": { "type": "array", @@ -219825,7 +220207,7 @@ }, "upgradePolicy": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterUpgradePolicy", - "description": "This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster.\n\n[Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html)" + "description": "This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster.\n\n[Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html)" }, "version": { "type": "string", @@ -237877,7 +238259,7 @@ }, "edition": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:kendra:IndexEdition", - "description": "Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` .", + "description": "Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "name": { @@ -237938,7 +238320,7 @@ }, "edition": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:kendra:IndexEdition", - "description": "Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` ." + "description": "Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index." }, "name": { "type": "string", @@ -243035,7 +243417,8 @@ "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any" - } + }, + "description": "Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) .\n\nYou can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) .\n\nCurrently, this array supports only one field index policy object." }, "kmsKeyId": { "type": "string", @@ -243075,7 +243458,8 @@ "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any" - } + }, + "description": "Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) .\n\nYou can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) .\n\nCurrently, this array supports only one field index policy object." }, "kmsKeyId": { "type": "string", @@ -243770,6 +244154,7 @@ }, "networkType": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:m2:EnvironmentNetworkType", + "description": "The network type supported by the runtime environment.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "preferredMaintenanceWindow": { @@ -243851,7 +244236,8 @@ "description": "The name of the environment." }, "networkType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:m2:EnvironmentNetworkType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:m2:EnvironmentNetworkType", + "description": "The network type supported by the runtime environment." }, "preferredMaintenanceWindow": { "type": "string", @@ -255836,6 +256222,7 @@ "type": "object", "required": [ "actionConfigurations", + "applicationId", "createdAt", "dataAccessorArn", "dataAccessorId", @@ -255874,6 +256261,7 @@ }, "requiredInputs": [ "actionConfigurations", + "applicationId", "displayName", "principal" ] @@ -256885,24 +257273,29 @@ "description": "Definition of the AWS::QuickSight::CustomPermissions Resource Type.", "properties": { "arn": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile." }, "awsAccountId": { "type": "string", + "description": "The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "capabilities": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilities" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilities", + "description": "A set of actions in the custom permissions profile." }, "customPermissionsName": { "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the custom permissions profile.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "tags": { "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:Tag" - } + }, + "description": "The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile." } }, "type": "object", @@ -256913,19 +257306,23 @@ ], "inputProperties": { "awsAccountId": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update." }, "capabilities": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilities" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilities", + "description": "A set of actions in the custom permissions profile." }, "customPermissionsName": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the custom permissions profile." }, "tags": { "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:Tag" - } + }, + "description": "The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile." } }, "requiredInputs": [ @@ -257214,7 +257611,8 @@ "description": "\u003cp\u003eThe list of columns after all transforms. These columns are available in templates,\n analyses, and dashboards.\u003c/p\u003e" }, "performanceConfiguration": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetPerformanceConfiguration" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetPerformanceConfiguration", + "description": "The performance optimization configuration of a dataset." }, "permissions": { "type": "array", @@ -257326,7 +257724,8 @@ "description": "\u003cp\u003eThe display name for the dataset.\u003c/p\u003e" }, "performanceConfiguration": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetPerformanceConfiguration" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetPerformanceConfiguration", + "description": "The performance optimization configuration of a dataset." }, "permissions": { "type": "array", @@ -258566,7 +258965,7 @@ }, "autoMinorVersionUpgrade": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster" }, "availabilityZones": { "type": "array", @@ -258586,7 +258985,7 @@ }, "clusterScalabilityType": { "type": "string", - "description": "Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation.", + "description": "Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation.", "replaceOnChanges": true }, "copyTagsToSnapshot": { @@ -258677,7 +259076,7 @@ }, "engineLifecycleSupport": { "type": "string", - "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" + "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" }, "engineMode": { "type": "string", @@ -258711,7 +259110,7 @@ }, "masterUserSecret": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:rds:DbClusterMasterUserSecret", - "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" + "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" }, "masterUsername": { "type": "string", @@ -258719,11 +259118,11 @@ }, "monitoringInterval": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" + "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" }, "monitoringRoleArn": { "type": "string", - "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "networkType": { "type": "string", @@ -258731,15 +259130,15 @@ }, "performanceInsightsEnabled": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsKmsKeyId": { "type": "string", - "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsRetentionPeriod": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." + "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." }, "port": { "type": "integer", @@ -258853,7 +259252,7 @@ }, "autoMinorVersionUpgrade": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster" }, "availabilityZones": { "type": "array", @@ -258872,7 +259271,7 @@ }, "clusterScalabilityType": { "type": "string", - "description": "Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation." + "description": "Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation." }, "copyTagsToSnapshot": { "type": "boolean", @@ -258947,7 +259346,7 @@ }, "engineLifecycleSupport": { "type": "string", - "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" + "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" }, "engineMode": { "type": "string", @@ -258979,7 +259378,7 @@ }, "masterUserSecret": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:rds:DbClusterMasterUserSecret", - "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" + "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" }, "masterUsername": { "type": "string", @@ -258987,11 +259386,11 @@ }, "monitoringInterval": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" + "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" }, "monitoringRoleArn": { "type": "string", - "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "networkType": { "type": "string", @@ -258999,15 +259398,15 @@ }, "performanceInsightsEnabled": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsKmsKeyId": { "type": "string", - "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsRetentionPeriod": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." + "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." }, "port": { "type": "integer", @@ -259269,7 +259668,8 @@ }, "dbSystemId": { "type": "string", - "description": "The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term \"Oracle database instance\" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB." + "description": "The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term \"Oracle database instance\" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB.", + "replaceOnChanges": true }, "dbiResourceId": { "type": "string", @@ -259518,7 +259918,6 @@ "type": "object", "required": [ "dbInstanceArn", - "dbSystemId", "dbiResourceId" ], "inputProperties": { @@ -259620,6 +260019,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "A DB subnet group to associate with the DB instance. If you update this value, the new subnet group must be a subnet group in a new VPC. \n If there's no DB subnet group, then the DB instance isn't a VPC DB instance.\n For more information about using Amazon RDS in a VPC, see [Amazon VPC and Amazon RDS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. \n This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The DB subnet group is managed by the DB cluster. If specified, the setting must match the DB cluster setting." }, + "dbSystemId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term \"Oracle database instance\" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB." + }, "dedicatedLogVolume": { "type": "boolean", "description": "Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled." @@ -283583,6 +283986,38 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:appconfig:getDeployment": { + "description": "Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment", + "inputs": { + "properties": { + "applicationId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The application ID." + }, + "deploymentNumber": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The sequence number of the deployment." + }, + "environmentId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The environment ID." + } + }, + "required": [ + "applicationId", + "environmentId", + "deploymentNumber" + ] + }, + "outputs": { + "properties": { + "deploymentNumber": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The sequence number of the deployment." + } + } + } + }, "aws-native:appconfig:getDeploymentStrategy": { "description": "Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::DeploymentStrategy", "inputs": { @@ -300215,14 +300650,16 @@ "description": "(Interface endpoints) The DNS entries for the endpoint. Each entry is a combination of the hosted zone ID and the DNS name. The entries are ordered as follows: regional public DNS, zonal public DNS, private DNS, and wildcard DNS. This order is not enforced for AWS Marketplace services.\n\nThe following is an example. In the first entry, the hosted zone ID is Z1HUB23UULQXV and the DNS name is vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com.\n\n[\"Z1HUB23UULQXV:vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com\", \"Z1HUB23UULQXV:vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3-us-east-1a.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com\", \"Z1C12344VYDITB0:ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com\"]\n\nIf you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the DNS entries in the list will change." }, "dnsOptions": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification", + "description": "Describes the DNS options for an endpoint." }, "id": { "type": "string", "description": "The ID of the VPC endpoint." }, "ipAddressType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType", + "description": "The supported IP address types." }, "networkInterfaceIds": { "type": "array", @@ -300342,6 +300779,13 @@ "serviceId": { "type": "string", "description": "The ID of the endpoint service." + }, + "tags": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:Tag" + }, + "description": "The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service." } } } @@ -300841,7 +301285,7 @@ "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ecs:ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItem" }, - "description": "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers." + "description": "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.\n If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used.\n A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers." }, "deploymentConfiguration": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ecs:ServiceDeploymentConfiguration", @@ -301261,7 +301705,7 @@ }, "computeConfig": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterComputeConfig", - "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide." + "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* ." }, "encryptionConfigKeyArn": { "type": "string", @@ -301289,7 +301733,7 @@ }, "storageConfig": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterStorageConfig", - "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide." + "description": "Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* ." }, "tags": { "type": "array", @@ -301300,7 +301744,7 @@ }, "upgradePolicy": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:eks:ClusterUpgradePolicy", - "description": "This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster.\n\n[Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html)" + "description": "This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster.\n\n[Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html)" }, "version": { "type": "string", @@ -313790,7 +314234,8 @@ "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any" - } + }, + "description": "Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) .\n\nYou can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) .\n\nCurrently, this array supports only one field index policy object." }, "kmsKeyId": { "type": "string", @@ -320999,10 +321444,12 @@ "inputs": { "properties": { "awsAccountId": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update." }, "customPermissionsName": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the custom permissions profile." } }, "required": [ @@ -321013,16 +321460,19 @@ "outputs": { "properties": { "arn": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile." }, "capabilities": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilities" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissionsCapabilities", + "description": "A set of actions in the custom permissions profile." }, "tags": { "type": "array", "items": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:Tag" - } + }, + "description": "The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile." } } } @@ -321182,7 +321632,8 @@ "description": "\u003cp\u003eThe list of columns after all transforms. These columns are available in templates,\n analyses, and dashboards.\u003c/p\u003e" }, "performanceConfiguration": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetPerformanceConfiguration" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:quicksight:DataSetPerformanceConfiguration", + "description": "The performance optimization configuration of a dataset." }, "permissions": { "type": "array", @@ -321805,7 +322256,7 @@ }, "autoMinorVersionUpgrade": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster" }, "backtrackWindow": { "type": "integer", @@ -321879,7 +322330,7 @@ }, "engineLifecycleSupport": { "type": "string", - "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" + "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" }, "engineVersion": { "type": "string", @@ -321899,7 +322350,7 @@ }, "masterUserSecret": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:rds:DbClusterMasterUserSecret", - "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" + "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" }, "masterUsername": { "type": "string", @@ -321907,11 +322358,11 @@ }, "monitoringInterval": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" + "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" }, "monitoringRoleArn": { "type": "string", - "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "networkType": { "type": "string", @@ -321919,15 +322370,15 @@ }, "performanceInsightsEnabled": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsKmsKeyId": { "type": "string", - "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsRetentionPeriod": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." + "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." }, "port": { "type": "integer", @@ -322088,10 +322539,6 @@ }, "description": "A list of the DB security groups to assign to the DB instance. The list can include both the name of existing DB security groups or references to AWS::RDS::DBSecurityGroup resources created in the template.\n If you set DBSecurityGroups, you must not set VPCSecurityGroups, and vice versa. Also, note that the DBSecurityGroups property exists only for backwards compatibility with older regions and is no longer recommended for providing security information to an RDS DB instance. Instead, use VPCSecurityGroups.\n If you specify this property, AWS CloudFormation sends only the following properties (if specified) to Amazon RDS during create operations:\n + ``AllocatedStorage`` \n + ``AutoMinorVersionUpgrade`` \n + ``AvailabilityZone`` \n + ``BackupRetentionPeriod`` \n + ``CharacterSetName`` \n + ``DBInstanceClass`` \n + ``DBName`` \n + ``DBParameterGroupName`` \n + ``DBSecurityGroups`` \n + ``DBSubnetGroupName`` \n + ``Engine`` \n + ``EngineVersion`` \n + ``Iops`` \n + ``LicenseModel`` \n + ``MasterUsername`` \n + ``MasterUserPassword`` \n + ``MultiAZ`` \n + ``OptionGroupName`` \n + ``PreferredBackupWindow`` \n + ``PreferredMaintenanceWindow`` \n \n All other properties are ignored. Specify a virtual private cloud (VPC) security group if you want to submit other properties, such as ``StorageType``, ``StorageEncrypted``, or ``KmsKeyId``. If you're already using the ``DBSecurityGroups`` property, you can't use these other properties by updating your DB instance to use a VPC security group. You must recreate the DB instance." }, - "dbSystemId": { - "type": "string", - "description": "The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term \"Oracle database instance\" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB." - }, "dbiResourceId": { "type": "string", "description": "The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed." diff --git a/reports/missedAutonaming.json b/reports/missedAutonaming.json index 8bd3aeba51..8d8d645e2a 100644 --- a/reports/missedAutonaming.json +++ b/reports/missedAutonaming.json @@ -774,6 +774,53 @@ } } }, + "aws-native:appconfig:Deployment": { + "cfTypeName": "AWS::AppConfig::Deployment", + "properties": { + "applicationId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The application ID." + }, + "configurationProfileId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The configuration profile ID." + }, + "configurationVersion": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number." + }, + "deploymentStrategyId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The deployment strategy ID." + }, + "description": { + "type": "string", + "description": "A description of the deployment." + }, + "dynamicExtensionParameters": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters" + }, + "description": "A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions." + }, + "environmentId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The environment ID." + }, + "kmsKeyIdentifier": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated." + }, + "tags": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:CreateOnlyTag" + }, + "description": "An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource." + } + } + }, "aws-native:appconfig:ExtensionAssociation": { "cfTypeName": "AWS::AppConfig::ExtensionAssociation", "properties": { @@ -5975,6 +6022,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool." }, + "ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block." + }, "ipv6IpamPoolId": { "type": "string", "description": "The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC." @@ -5997,10 +6048,12 @@ "cfTypeName": "AWS::EC2::VPCEndpoint", "properties": { "dnsOptions": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification", + "description": "Describes the DNS options for an endpoint." }, "ipAddressType": { - "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType" + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointIpAddressType", + "description": "The supported IP address types." }, "policyDocument": { "$ref": "pulumi.json#/Any", @@ -6011,7 +6064,8 @@ "description": "Indicate whether to associate a private hosted zone with the specified VPC. The private hosted zone contains a record set for the default public DNS name for the service for the Region (for example, ``kinesis.us-east-1.amazonaws.com``), which resolves to the private IP addresses of the endpoint network interfaces in the VPC. This enables you to make requests to the default public DNS name for the service instead of the public DNS names that are automatically generated by the VPC endpoint service.\n To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to ``true``: ``enableDnsHostnames`` and ``enableDnsSupport``.\n This property is supported only for interface endpoints.\n Default: ``false``" }, "resourceConfigurationArn": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration." }, "routeTableIds": { "type": "array", @@ -6032,7 +6086,8 @@ "description": "The name of the endpoint service." }, "serviceNetworkArn": { - "type": "string" + "type": "string", + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network." }, "subnetIds": { "type": "array", @@ -6109,6 +6164,13 @@ "payerResponsibility": { "type": "string", "description": "The entity that is responsible for the endpoint costs. The default is the endpoint owner. If you set the payer responsibility to the service owner, you cannot set it back to the endpoint owner." + }, + "tags": { + "type": "array", + "items": { + "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:index:Tag" + }, + "description": "The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service." } } }, @@ -6447,7 +6509,8 @@ "description": "The number of ``cpu`` units used by the task. If you use the EC2 launch type, this field is optional. Any value can be used. If you use the Fargate launch type, this field is required. You must use one of the following values. The value that you choose determines your range of valid values for the ``memory`` parameter.\n If you use the EC2 launch type, this field is optional. Supported values are between ``128`` CPU units (``0.125`` vCPUs) and ``10240`` CPU units (``10`` vCPUs).\n The CPU units cannot be less than 1 vCPU when you use Windows containers on Fargate.\n + 256 (.25 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 512 (0.5 GB), 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB)\n + 512 (.5 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB)\n + 1024 (1 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB), 5120 (5 GB), 6144 (6 GB), 7168 (7 GB), 8192 (8 GB)\n + 2048 (2 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 4096 (4 GB) and 16384 (16 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB)\n + 4096 (4 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 8192 (8 GB) and 30720 (30 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB)\n + 8192 (8 vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 16 GB and 60 GB in 4 GB increments\n This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later.\n + 16384 (16vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments\n This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later." }, "enableFaultInjection": { - "type": "boolean" + "type": "boolean", + "description": "Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` ." }, "ephemeralStorage": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:ecs:TaskDefinitionEphemeralStorage", @@ -10824,7 +10887,7 @@ }, "autoMinorVersionUpgrade": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster" }, "availabilityZones": { "type": "array", @@ -10843,7 +10906,7 @@ }, "clusterScalabilityType": { "type": "string", - "description": "Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation." + "description": "Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation." }, "copyTagsToSnapshot": { "type": "boolean", @@ -10918,7 +10981,7 @@ }, "engineLifecycleSupport": { "type": "string", - "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" + "description": "The life cycle type for this DB cluster.\n By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date.\n You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections:\n + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* \n + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* \n \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``open-source-rds-extended-support | open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled`` \n Default: ``open-source-rds-extended-support``" }, "engineMode": { "type": "string", @@ -10950,7 +11013,7 @@ }, "masterUserSecret": { "$ref": "#/types/aws-native:rds:DbClusterMasterUserSecret", - "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" + "description": "The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password.\n When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret.\n For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.*" }, "masterUsername": { "type": "string", @@ -10958,11 +11021,11 @@ }, "monitoringInterval": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" + "description": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``.\n If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` \n Default: ``0``" }, "monitoringRoleArn": { "type": "string", - "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "networkType": { "type": "string", @@ -10970,15 +11033,15 @@ }, "performanceInsightsEnabled": { "type": "boolean", - "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster.\n For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsKmsKeyId": { "type": "string", - "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + "description": "The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.\n The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key.\n If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" }, "performanceInsightsRetentionPeriod": { "type": "integer", - "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." + "description": "The number of days to retain Performance Insights data.\n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters\n Valid Values:\n + ``7`` \n + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31)\n + ``731`` \n \n Default: ``7`` days\n If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as ``94``, Amazon RDS issues an error." }, "port": { "type": "integer", @@ -11161,6 +11224,10 @@ "type": "string", "description": "A DB subnet group to associate with the DB instance. If you update this value, the new subnet group must be a subnet group in a new VPC. \n If there's no DB subnet group, then the DB instance isn't a VPC DB instance.\n For more information about using Amazon RDS in a VPC, see [Amazon VPC and Amazon RDS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. \n This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The DB subnet group is managed by the DB cluster. If specified, the setting must match the DB cluster setting." }, + "dbSystemId": { + "type": "string", + "description": "The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term \"Oracle database instance\" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB." + }, "dedicatedLogVolume": { "type": "boolean", "description": "Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled." diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/Deployment.cs b/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/Deployment.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b41a97012c --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/Deployment.cs @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.AppConfig +{ + /// + /// Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment + /// + [AwsNativeResourceType("aws-native:appconfig:Deployment")] + public partial class Deployment : global::Pulumi.CustomResource + { + /// + /// The application ID. + /// + [Output("applicationId")] + public Output ApplicationId { get; private set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The configuration profile ID. + /// + [Output("configurationProfileId")] + public Output ConfigurationProfileId { get; private set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. + /// + [Output("configurationVersion")] + public Output ConfigurationVersion { get; private set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The sequence number of the deployment. + /// + [Output("deploymentNumber")] + public Output DeploymentNumber { get; private set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The deployment strategy ID. + /// + [Output("deploymentStrategyId")] + public Output DeploymentStrategyId { get; private set; } = null!; + + /// + /// A description of the deployment. + /// + [Output("description")] + public Output Description { get; private set; } = null!; + + /// + /// A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. + /// + [Output("dynamicExtensionParameters")] + public Output> DynamicExtensionParameters { get; private set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The environment ID. + /// + [Output("environmentId")] + public Output EnvironmentId { get; private set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. + /// + [Output("kmsKeyIdentifier")] + public Output KmsKeyIdentifier { get; private set; } = null!; + + /// + /// An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. + /// + [Output("tags")] + public Output> Tags { get; private set; } = null!; + + + /// + /// Create a Deployment resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options. + /// + /// + /// The unique name of the resource + /// The arguments used to populate this resource's properties + /// A bag of options that control this resource's behavior + public Deployment(string name, DeploymentArgs args, CustomResourceOptions? options = null) + : base("aws-native:appconfig:Deployment", name, args ?? new DeploymentArgs(), MakeResourceOptions(options, "")) + { + } + + private Deployment(string name, Input id, CustomResourceOptions? options = null) + : base("aws-native:appconfig:Deployment", name, null, MakeResourceOptions(options, id)) + { + } + + private static CustomResourceOptions MakeResourceOptions(CustomResourceOptions? options, Input? id) + { + var defaultOptions = new CustomResourceOptions + { + Version = Utilities.Version, + ReplaceOnChanges = + { + "applicationId", + "configurationProfileId", + "configurationVersion", + "deploymentStrategyId", + "description", + "dynamicExtensionParameters[*]", + "environmentId", + "kmsKeyIdentifier", + "tags[*]", + }, + }; + var merged = CustomResourceOptions.Merge(defaultOptions, options); + // Override the ID if one was specified for consistency with other language SDKs. + merged.Id = id ?? merged.Id; + return merged; + } + /// + /// Get an existing Deployment resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional extra + /// properties used to qualify the lookup. + /// + /// + /// The unique name of the resulting resource. + /// The unique provider ID of the resource to lookup. + /// A bag of options that control this resource's behavior + public static Deployment Get(string name, Input id, CustomResourceOptions? options = null) + { + return new Deployment(name, id, options); + } + } + + public sealed class DeploymentArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + /// + /// The application ID. + /// + [Input("applicationId", required: true)] + public Input ApplicationId { get; set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The configuration profile ID. + /// + [Input("configurationProfileId", required: true)] + public Input ConfigurationProfileId { get; set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. + /// + [Input("configurationVersion", required: true)] + public Input ConfigurationVersion { get; set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The deployment strategy ID. + /// + [Input("deploymentStrategyId", required: true)] + public Input DeploymentStrategyId { get; set; } = null!; + + /// + /// A description of the deployment. + /// + [Input("description")] + public Input? Description { get; set; } + + [Input("dynamicExtensionParameters")] + private InputList? _dynamicExtensionParameters; + + /// + /// A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. + /// + public InputList DynamicExtensionParameters + { + get => _dynamicExtensionParameters ?? (_dynamicExtensionParameters = new InputList()); + set => _dynamicExtensionParameters = value; + } + + /// + /// The environment ID. + /// + [Input("environmentId", required: true)] + public Input EnvironmentId { get; set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. + /// + [Input("kmsKeyIdentifier")] + public Input? KmsKeyIdentifier { get; set; } + + [Input("tags")] + private InputList? _tags; + + /// + /// An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. + /// + public InputList Tags + { + get => _tags ?? (_tags = new InputList()); + set => _tags = value; + } + + public DeploymentArgs() + { + } + public static new DeploymentArgs Empty => new DeploymentArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/GetDeployment.cs b/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/GetDeployment.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3265541a0e --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/GetDeployment.cs @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.AppConfig +{ + public static class GetDeployment + { + /// + /// Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment + /// + public static Task InvokeAsync(GetDeploymentArgs args, InvokeOptions? options = null) + => global::Pulumi.Deployment.Instance.InvokeAsync("aws-native:appconfig:getDeployment", args ?? new GetDeploymentArgs(), options.WithDefaults()); + + /// + /// Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment + /// + public static Output Invoke(GetDeploymentInvokeArgs args, InvokeOptions? options = null) + => global::Pulumi.Deployment.Instance.Invoke("aws-native:appconfig:getDeployment", args ?? new GetDeploymentInvokeArgs(), options.WithDefaults()); + + /// + /// Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment + /// + public static Output Invoke(GetDeploymentInvokeArgs args, InvokeOutputOptions options) + => global::Pulumi.Deployment.Instance.Invoke("aws-native:appconfig:getDeployment", args ?? new GetDeploymentInvokeArgs(), options.WithDefaults()); + } + + + public sealed class GetDeploymentArgs : global::Pulumi.InvokeArgs + { + /// + /// The application ID. + /// + [Input("applicationId", required: true)] + public string ApplicationId { get; set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The sequence number of the deployment. + /// + [Input("deploymentNumber", required: true)] + public string DeploymentNumber { get; set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The environment ID. + /// + [Input("environmentId", required: true)] + public string EnvironmentId { get; set; } = null!; + + public GetDeploymentArgs() + { + } + public static new GetDeploymentArgs Empty => new GetDeploymentArgs(); + } + + public sealed class GetDeploymentInvokeArgs : global::Pulumi.InvokeArgs + { + /// + /// The application ID. + /// + [Input("applicationId", required: true)] + public Input ApplicationId { get; set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The sequence number of the deployment. + /// + [Input("deploymentNumber", required: true)] + public Input DeploymentNumber { get; set; } = null!; + + /// + /// The environment ID. + /// + [Input("environmentId", required: true)] + public Input EnvironmentId { get; set; } = null!; + + public GetDeploymentInvokeArgs() + { + } + public static new GetDeploymentInvokeArgs Empty => new GetDeploymentInvokeArgs(); + } + + + [OutputType] + public sealed class GetDeploymentResult + { + /// + /// The sequence number of the deployment. + /// + public readonly string? DeploymentNumber; + + [OutputConstructor] + private GetDeploymentResult(string? deploymentNumber) + { + DeploymentNumber = deploymentNumber; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/Inputs/DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/Inputs/DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b189ad172 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/Inputs/DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.AppConfig.Inputs +{ + + public sealed class DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + /// + /// The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. + /// + [Input("extensionReference")] + public Input? ExtensionReference { get; set; } + + /// + /// The parameter name. + /// + [Input("parameterName")] + public Input? ParameterName { get; set; } + + /// + /// The parameter value. + /// + [Input("parameterValue")] + public Input? ParameterValue { get; set; } + + public DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs() + { + } + public static new DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs Empty => new DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/Outputs/DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters.cs b/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/Outputs/DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cdad952fca --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/AppConfig/Outputs/DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters.cs @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.AppConfig.Outputs +{ + + [OutputType] + public sealed class DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters + { + /// + /// The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. + /// + public readonly string? ExtensionReference; + /// + /// The parameter name. + /// + public readonly string? ParameterName; + /// + /// The parameter value. + /// + public readonly string? ParameterValue; + + [OutputConstructor] + private DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters( + string? extensionReference, + + string? parameterName, + + string? parameterValue) + { + ExtensionReference = extensionReference; + ParameterName = parameterName; + ParameterValue = parameterValue; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Enums.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Enums.cs index 093bd3c1e5..79746cbafa 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Enums.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Enums.cs @@ -577,6 +577,36 @@ private DataSourceDataDeletionPolicy(string value) public override string ToString() => _value; } + /// + /// Determine how will parsed content be stored. + /// + [EnumType] + public readonly struct DataSourceParsingModality : IEquatable + { + private readonly string _value; + + private DataSourceParsingModality(string value) + { + _value = value ?? throw new ArgumentNullException(nameof(value)); + } + + public static DataSourceParsingModality Multimodal { get; } = new DataSourceParsingModality("MULTIMODAL"); + + public static bool operator ==(DataSourceParsingModality left, DataSourceParsingModality right) => left.Equals(right); + public static bool operator !=(DataSourceParsingModality left, DataSourceParsingModality right) => !left.Equals(right); + + public static explicit operator string(DataSourceParsingModality value) => value._value; + + [EditorBrowsable(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] + public override bool Equals(object? obj) => obj is DataSourceParsingModality other && Equals(other); + public bool Equals(DataSourceParsingModality other) => string.Equals(_value, other._value, StringComparison.Ordinal); + + [EditorBrowsable(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] + public override int GetHashCode() => _value?.GetHashCode() ?? 0; + + public override string ToString() => _value; + } + /// /// The parsing strategy for the data source. /// @@ -591,6 +621,7 @@ private DataSourceParsingStrategy(string value) } public static DataSourceParsingStrategy BedrockFoundationModel { get; } = new DataSourceParsingStrategy("BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL"); + public static DataSourceParsingStrategy BedrockDataAutomation { get; } = new DataSourceParsingStrategy("BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION"); public static bool operator ==(DataSourceParsingStrategy left, DataSourceParsingStrategy right) => left.Equals(right); public static bool operator !=(DataSourceParsingStrategy left, DataSourceParsingStrategy right) => !left.Equals(right); @@ -777,6 +808,7 @@ private DataSourceType(string value) public static DataSourceType Salesforce { get; } = new DataSourceType("SALESFORCE"); public static DataSourceType Sharepoint { get; } = new DataSourceType("SHAREPOINT"); public static DataSourceType Web { get; } = new DataSourceType("WEB"); + public static DataSourceType Custom { get; } = new DataSourceType("CUSTOM"); public static bool operator ==(DataSourceType left, DataSourceType right) => left.Equals(right); public static bool operator !=(DataSourceType left, DataSourceType right) => !left.Equals(right); @@ -1515,6 +1547,36 @@ private KnowledgeBaseStorageType(string value) public override string ToString() => _value; } + /// + /// Supplemental data storage location type. + /// + [EnumType] + public readonly struct KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType : IEquatable + { + private readonly string _value; + + private KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType(string value) + { + _value = value ?? throw new ArgumentNullException(nameof(value)); + } + + public static KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType S3 { get; } = new KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType("S3"); + + public static bool operator ==(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType left, KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType right) => left.Equals(right); + public static bool operator !=(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType left, KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType right) => !left.Equals(right); + + public static explicit operator string(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType value) => value._value; + + [EditorBrowsable(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] + public override bool Equals(object? obj) => obj is KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType other && Equals(other); + public bool Equals(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType other) => string.Equals(_value, other._value, StringComparison.Ordinal); + + [EditorBrowsable(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] + public override int GetHashCode() => _value?.GetHashCode() ?? 0; + + public override string ToString() => _value; + } + /// /// The type of a knowledge base. /// @@ -1529,6 +1591,7 @@ private KnowledgeBaseType(string value) } public static KnowledgeBaseType Vector { get; } = new KnowledgeBaseType("VECTOR"); + public static KnowledgeBaseType Kendra { get; } = new KnowledgeBaseType("KENDRA"); public static bool operator ==(KnowledgeBaseType left, KnowledgeBaseType right) => left.Equals(right); public static bool operator !=(KnowledgeBaseType left, KnowledgeBaseType right) => !left.Equals(right); diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/AgentFunctionArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/AgentFunctionArgs.cs index 39246efbb8..aee1d0bb9f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/AgentFunctionArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/AgentFunctionArgs.cs @@ -39,6 +39,9 @@ public InputMap Parameters set => _parameters = value; } + /// + /// Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. + /// [Input("requireConfirmation")] public Input? RequireConfirmation { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b130e4cd4f --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Inputs +{ + + /// + /// Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source. + /// + public sealed class DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + /// + /// Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + /// + [Input("parsingModality")] + public Input? ParsingModality { get; set; } + + public DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs() + { + } + public static new DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs Empty => new DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs.cs index 0919e26f70..ea646cac64 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -21,6 +21,12 @@ public sealed class DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs : global:: [Input("modelArn", required: true)] public Input ModelArn { get; set; } = null!; + /// + /// Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + /// + [Input("parsingModality")] + public Input? ParsingModality { get; set; } + /// /// Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document. /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/DataSourceParsingConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/DataSourceParsingConfigurationArgs.cs index eaa6277f68..2c6b7f1688 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/DataSourceParsingConfigurationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/DataSourceParsingConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -15,6 +15,12 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Inputs /// public sealed class DataSourceParsingConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. + /// + [Input("bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration")] + public Input? BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration { get; set; } + /// /// If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents. /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs.cs index f71d616b6d..383cf9004b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -15,6 +15,12 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Inputs /// public sealed class KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. + /// + [Input("kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration")] + public Input? KendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration { get; set; } + /// /// The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base. /// @@ -24,8 +30,8 @@ public sealed class KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// /// Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. /// - [Input("vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration", required: true)] - public Input VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration { get; set; } = null!; + [Input("vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration")] + public Input? VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration { get; set; } public KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e4e58a3354 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Inputs +{ + + /// + /// Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base + /// + public sealed class KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + /// + /// The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. + /// + [Input("kendraIndexArn", required: true)] + public Input KendraIndexArn { get; set; } = null!; + + public KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs() + { + } + public static new KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs Empty => new KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0fa5225197 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Inputs +{ + + /// + /// An Amazon S3 location. + /// + public sealed class KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + /// + /// The location's URI + /// + [Input("uri", required: true)] + public Input Uri { get; set; } = null!; + + public KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs() + { + } + public static new KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs Empty => new KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a1b0f57a41 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Inputs +{ + + /// + /// Configurations for supplemental data storage. + /// + public sealed class KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + [Input("supplementalDataStorageLocations", required: true)] + private InputList? _supplementalDataStorageLocations; + public InputList SupplementalDataStorageLocations + { + get => _supplementalDataStorageLocations ?? (_supplementalDataStorageLocations = new InputList()); + set => _supplementalDataStorageLocations = value; + } + + public KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs() + { + } + public static new KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs Empty => new KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a2c64fa0a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Inputs +{ + + /// + /// Supplemental data storage location. + /// + public sealed class KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + [Input("s3Location")] + public Input? S3Location { get; set; } + + [Input("supplementalDataStorageLocationType", required: true)] + public Input SupplementalDataStorageLocationType { get; set; } = null!; + + public KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs() + { + } + public static new KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs Empty => new KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs.cs index d320de1ff0..b7ff3b1fd1 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -27,6 +27,12 @@ public sealed class KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs : global:: [Input("embeddingModelConfiguration")] public Input? EmbeddingModelConfiguration { get; set; } + /// + /// If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . + /// + [Input("supplementalDataStorageConfiguration")] + public Input? SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration { get; set; } + public KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs() { } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/PromptVariantArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/PromptVariantArgs.cs index 36939bdf84..e03b885c23 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/PromptVariantArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Inputs/PromptVariantArgs.cs @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Inputs /// public sealed class PromptVariantArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. + /// [Input("genAiResource")] public Input? GenAiResource { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/KnowledgeBase.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/KnowledgeBase.cs index fdd0e4389a..3bb6617230 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/KnowledgeBase.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/KnowledgeBase.cs @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public partial class KnowledgeBase : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. /// [Output("storageConfiguration")] - public Output StorageConfiguration { get; private set; } = null!; + public Output StorageConfiguration { get; private set; } = null!; /// /// Metadata that you can assign to a resource as key-value pairs. For more information, see the following resources: @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ public sealed class KnowledgeBaseArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// /// Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. /// - [Input("storageConfiguration", required: true)] - public Input StorageConfiguration { get; set; } = null!; + [Input("storageConfiguration")] + public Input? StorageConfiguration { get; set; } [Input("tags")] private InputMap? _tags; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/AgentFunction.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/AgentFunction.cs index 8ebfd0c73e..ee6de8b707 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/AgentFunction.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/AgentFunction.cs @@ -28,6 +28,9 @@ public sealed class AgentFunction /// The parameters that the agent elicits from the user to fulfill the function. /// public readonly ImmutableDictionary? Parameters; + /// + /// Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.AgentRequireConfirmation? RequireConfirmation; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d2fc36d341 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration.cs @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Outputs +{ + + /// + /// Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source. + /// + [OutputType] + public sealed class DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration + { + /// + /// Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + /// + public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.DataSourceParsingModality? ParsingModality; + + [OutputConstructor] + private DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration(Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.DataSourceParsingModality? parsingModality) + { + ParsingModality = parsingModality; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration.cs index b2b1595f02..e59b38939c 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration.cs @@ -21,6 +21,10 @@ public sealed class DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration /// public readonly string ModelArn; /// + /// Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + /// + public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.DataSourceParsingModality? ParsingModality; + /// /// Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document. /// public readonly Outputs.DataSourceParsingPrompt? ParsingPrompt; @@ -29,9 +33,12 @@ public sealed class DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration private DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration( string modelArn, + Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.DataSourceParsingModality? parsingModality, + Outputs.DataSourceParsingPrompt? parsingPrompt) { ModelArn = modelArn; + ParsingModality = parsingModality; ParsingPrompt = parsingPrompt; } } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/DataSourceParsingConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/DataSourceParsingConfiguration.cs index b113768786..c505a9ea81 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/DataSourceParsingConfiguration.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/DataSourceParsingConfiguration.cs @@ -16,6 +16,10 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class DataSourceParsingConfiguration { + /// + /// If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. + /// + public readonly Outputs.DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration? BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration; /// /// If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents. /// @@ -27,10 +31,13 @@ public sealed class DataSourceParsingConfiguration [OutputConstructor] private DataSourceParsingConfiguration( + Outputs.DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration? bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration, + Outputs.DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration? bedrockFoundationModelConfiguration, Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.DataSourceParsingStrategy parsingStrategy) { + BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration = bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration; BedrockFoundationModelConfiguration = bedrockFoundationModelConfiguration; ParsingStrategy = parsingStrategy; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseConfiguration.cs index 09084c0959..5c6ce27b33 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseConfiguration.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseConfiguration.cs @@ -16,6 +16,10 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class KnowledgeBaseConfiguration { + /// + /// Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. + /// + public readonly Outputs.KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration? KendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration; /// /// The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base. /// @@ -23,14 +27,17 @@ public sealed class KnowledgeBaseConfiguration /// /// Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. /// - public readonly Outputs.KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration; + public readonly Outputs.KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration? VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration; [OutputConstructor] private KnowledgeBaseConfiguration( + Outputs.KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration? kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration, + Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.KnowledgeBaseType type, - Outputs.KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) + Outputs.KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration? vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) { + KendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration = kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration; Type = type; VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration = vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1680699064 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration.cs @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Outputs +{ + + /// + /// Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base + /// + [OutputType] + public sealed class KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration + { + /// + /// The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. + /// + public readonly string KendraIndexArn; + + [OutputConstructor] + private KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration(string kendraIndexArn) + { + KendraIndexArn = kendraIndexArn; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseS3Location.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseS3Location.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e05b8423a --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseS3Location.cs @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Outputs +{ + + /// + /// An Amazon S3 location. + /// + [OutputType] + public sealed class KnowledgeBaseS3Location + { + /// + /// The location's URI + /// + public readonly string Uri; + + [OutputConstructor] + private KnowledgeBaseS3Location(string uri) + { + Uri = uri; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df510b435c --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration.cs @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Outputs +{ + + /// + /// Configurations for supplemental data storage. + /// + [OutputType] + public sealed class KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration + { + public readonly ImmutableArray SupplementalDataStorageLocations; + + [OutputConstructor] + private KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration(ImmutableArray supplementalDataStorageLocations) + { + SupplementalDataStorageLocations = supplementalDataStorageLocations; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee20916aec --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation.cs @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Outputs +{ + + /// + /// Supplemental data storage location. + /// + [OutputType] + public sealed class KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation + { + public readonly Outputs.KnowledgeBaseS3Location? S3Location; + public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType SupplementalDataStorageLocationType; + + [OutputConstructor] + private KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation( + Outputs.KnowledgeBaseS3Location? s3Location, + + Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType supplementalDataStorageLocationType) + { + S3Location = s3Location; + SupplementalDataStorageLocationType = supplementalDataStorageLocationType; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration.cs index ea65dd684a..6fb510b298 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration.cs @@ -24,15 +24,22 @@ public sealed class KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration /// The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base. /// public readonly Outputs.KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration? EmbeddingModelConfiguration; + /// + /// If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . + /// + public readonly Outputs.KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration? SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration; [OutputConstructor] private KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration( string embeddingModelArn, - Outputs.KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration? embeddingModelConfiguration) + Outputs.KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration? embeddingModelConfiguration, + + Outputs.KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration? supplementalDataStorageConfiguration) { EmbeddingModelArn = embeddingModelArn; EmbeddingModelConfiguration = embeddingModelConfiguration; + SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration = supplementalDataStorageConfiguration; } } } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/PromptVariant.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/PromptVariant.cs index dab9793579..e5170140ae 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/PromptVariant.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Bedrock/Outputs/PromptVariant.cs @@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Bedrock.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class PromptVariant { + /// + /// Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. + /// public readonly Outputs.PromptGenAiResourceProperties? GenAiResource; /// /// Contains inference configurations for the prompt variant. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Cassandra/Inputs/TypeFieldArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Cassandra/Inputs/TypeFieldArgs.cs index 82ff65b017..24b6db65e4 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Cassandra/Inputs/TypeFieldArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Cassandra/Inputs/TypeFieldArgs.cs @@ -12,9 +12,15 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Cassandra.Inputs public sealed class TypeFieldArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// The name of the field. + /// [Input("fieldName", required: true)] public Input FieldName { get; set; } = null!; + /// + /// The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. + /// [Input("fieldType", required: true)] public Input FieldType { get; set; } = null!; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Cassandra/Outputs/TypeField.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Cassandra/Outputs/TypeField.cs index 6374dc7828..ac42b05081 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Cassandra/Outputs/TypeField.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Cassandra/Outputs/TypeField.cs @@ -13,7 +13,13 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Cassandra.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class TypeField { + /// + /// The name of the field. + /// public readonly string FieldName; + /// + /// The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. + /// public readonly string FieldType; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFormation/Stack.cs b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFormation/Stack.cs index 3f0c7f7a68..d92ed2c67c 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFormation/Stack.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFormation/Stack.cs @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ public partial class Stack : global::Pulumi.CustomResource public Output TemplateBody { get; private set; } = null!; /// - /// Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. + /// The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . /// /// Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. /// @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ public InputList Tags public Input? TemplateBody { get; set; } /// - /// Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. + /// The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . /// /// Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionConfigArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionConfigArgs.cs index 7704c911cd..314f13c4e9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionConfigArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionConfigArgs.cs @@ -27,6 +27,12 @@ public InputList Aliases set => _aliases = value; } + /// + /// ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. + /// + [Input("anycastIpListId")] + public Input? AnycastIpListId { get; set; } + [Input("cacheBehaviors")] private InputList? _cacheBehaviors; @@ -94,12 +100,12 @@ public InputList CustomErrorResponse public Input DefaultCacheBehavior { get; set; } = null!; /// - /// The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. - /// Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. + /// When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. + /// You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. /// If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. /// To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. /// To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. - /// For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + /// For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. /// [Input("defaultRootObject")] public Input? DefaultRootObject { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionCustomOriginConfigArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionCustomOriginConfigArgs.cs index da26c600d2..463c1e51cd 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionCustomOriginConfigArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionCustomOriginConfigArgs.cs @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ public sealed class DistributionCustomOriginConfigArgs : global::Pulumi.Resource /// /// Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. - /// For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + /// For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. /// [Input("originKeepaliveTimeout")] public Input? OriginKeepaliveTimeout { get; set; } @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public sealed class DistributionCustomOriginConfigArgs : global::Pulumi.Resource /// /// Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. - /// For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + /// For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. /// [Input("originReadTimeout")] public Input? OriginReadTimeout { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionGrpcConfigArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionGrpcConfigArgs.cs index ea24376e2c..5b92be2454 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionGrpcConfigArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionGrpcConfigArgs.cs @@ -10,6 +10,11 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.CloudFront.Inputs { + /// + /// Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications. + /// To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``. + /// For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + /// public sealed class DistributionGrpcConfigArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionLoggingArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionLoggingArgs.cs index 36f61b80d8..b9bffabe20 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionLoggingArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionLoggingArgs.cs @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.CloudFront.Inputs { /// - /// A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution. + /// A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution. + /// If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. /// public sealed class DistributionLoggingArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { /// - /// The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. + /// The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. /// [Input("bucket")] public Input? Bucket { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionOriginGroupArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionOriginGroupArgs.cs index 595c271bca..8d78be40c9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionOriginGroupArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Inputs/DistributionOriginGroupArgs.cs @@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.CloudFront.Inputs { /// - /// An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + /// An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + /// Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests. /// public sealed class DistributionOriginGroupArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { @@ -34,7 +35,7 @@ public sealed class DistributionOriginGroupArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs public Input Members { get; set; } = null!; /// - /// The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . + /// The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. /// [Input("selectionCriteria")] public Input? SelectionCriteria { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionConfig.cs b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionConfig.cs index 915565cbeb..05ec4647a0 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionConfig.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionConfig.cs @@ -21,6 +21,10 @@ public sealed class DistributionConfig /// public readonly ImmutableArray Aliases; /// + /// ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. + /// + public readonly string? AnycastIpListId; + /// /// A complex type that contains zero or more ``CacheBehavior`` elements. /// public readonly ImmutableArray CacheBehaviors; @@ -55,12 +59,12 @@ public sealed class DistributionConfig /// public readonly Outputs.DistributionDefaultCacheBehavior DefaultCacheBehavior; /// - /// The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. - /// Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. + /// When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. + /// You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. /// If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. /// To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. /// To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. - /// For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + /// For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. /// public readonly string? DefaultRootObject; /// @@ -132,6 +136,8 @@ public sealed class DistributionConfig private DistributionConfig( ImmutableArray aliases, + string? anycastIpListId, + ImmutableArray cacheBehaviors, ImmutableArray cnames, @@ -173,6 +179,7 @@ private DistributionConfig( string? webAclId) { Aliases = aliases; + AnycastIpListId = anycastIpListId; CacheBehaviors = cacheBehaviors; Cnames = cnames; Comment = comment; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionCustomOriginConfig.cs b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionCustomOriginConfig.cs index d40631ba5a..f818e2cd89 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionCustomOriginConfig.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionCustomOriginConfig.cs @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ public sealed class DistributionCustomOriginConfig public readonly int? HttpsPort; /// /// Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. - /// For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + /// For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. /// public readonly int? OriginKeepaliveTimeout; /// @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ public sealed class DistributionCustomOriginConfig public readonly string OriginProtocolPolicy; /// /// Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. - /// For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + /// For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. /// public readonly int? OriginReadTimeout; /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionGrpcConfig.cs b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionGrpcConfig.cs index c67f2e3da7..371784f538 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionGrpcConfig.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionGrpcConfig.cs @@ -10,6 +10,11 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.CloudFront.Outputs { + /// + /// Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications. + /// To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``. + /// For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + /// [OutputType] public sealed class DistributionGrpcConfig { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionLogging.cs b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionLogging.cs index e40e26ffd0..ae23298676 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionLogging.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionLogging.cs @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.CloudFront.Outputs { /// - /// A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution. + /// A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution. + /// If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. /// [OutputType] public sealed class DistributionLogging { /// - /// The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. + /// The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. /// public readonly string? Bucket; /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionOriginGroup.cs b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionOriginGroup.cs index 27288b687b..5073a01ebb 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionOriginGroup.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/CloudFront/Outputs/DistributionOriginGroup.cs @@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.CloudFront.Outputs { /// - /// An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + /// An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + /// Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests. /// [OutputType] public sealed class DistributionOriginGroup @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ public sealed class DistributionOriginGroup /// public readonly Outputs.DistributionOriginGroupMembers Members; /// - /// The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . + /// The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.CloudFront.DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria? SelectionCriteria; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/DataBrew/Inputs/DatasetS3LocationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/DataBrew/Inputs/DatasetS3LocationArgs.cs index 515769ad0d..5360f59638 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/DataBrew/Inputs/DatasetS3LocationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/DataBrew/Inputs/DatasetS3LocationArgs.cs @@ -21,6 +21,9 @@ public sealed class DatasetS3LocationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs [Input("bucket", required: true)] public Input Bucket { get; set; } = null!; + /// + /// The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. + /// [Input("bucketOwner")] public Input? BucketOwner { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/DataBrew/Outputs/DatasetS3Location.cs b/sdk/dotnet/DataBrew/Outputs/DatasetS3Location.cs index dfebfda0a2..a3eca83917 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/DataBrew/Outputs/DatasetS3Location.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/DataBrew/Outputs/DatasetS3Location.cs @@ -20,6 +20,9 @@ public sealed class DatasetS3Location /// The Amazon S3 bucket name. /// public readonly string Bucket; + /// + /// The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. + /// public readonly string? BucketOwner; /// /// The unique name of the object in the bucket. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/DataSource.cs b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/DataSource.cs index 61c154ae8d..0d11f75801 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/DataSource.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/DataSource.cs @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public partial class DataSource : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. /// [Output("configuration")] - public Output?> Configuration { get; private set; } = null!; + public Output Configuration { get; private set; } = null!; /// /// The timestamp of when the data source was created. @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ public InputList AssetFormsInput /// Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. /// [Input("configuration")] - public InputUnion? Configuration { get; set; } + public object? Configuration { get; set; } /// /// The description of the data source. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs.cs index 0fd8fe1be1..101b739a1a 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs.cs @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.DataZone.Inputs { /// - /// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + /// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. /// public sealed class DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs.cs index 21abf6f793..28bb6777ff 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs.cs @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.DataZone.Inputs { /// - /// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + /// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. /// public sealed class DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c464971219 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.DataZone.Inputs +{ + + /// + /// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. + /// + public sealed class DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + [Input("sageMakerRunConfiguration")] + public Input? SageMakerRunConfiguration { get; set; } + + public DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs() + { + } + public static new DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs Empty => new DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b453d9e63 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Inputs/DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.DataZone.Inputs +{ + + /// + /// The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source. + /// + public sealed class DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + [Input("trackingAssets", required: true)] + private InputMap? _trackingAssets; + + /// + /// The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. + /// + public InputMap TrackingAssets + { + get => _trackingAssets ?? (_trackingAssets = new InputMap()); + set => _trackingAssets = value; + } + + public DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs() + { + } + public static new DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs Empty => new DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput0Properties.cs b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput0Properties.cs index d7fd1dac63..175642e2d6 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput0Properties.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput0Properties.cs @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.DataZone.Outputs { /// - /// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + /// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. /// [OutputType] public sealed class DataSourceConfigurationInput0Properties diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties.cs b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties.cs index 9cfe15b0af..4d41be2a88 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties.cs @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.DataZone.Outputs { /// - /// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + /// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. /// [OutputType] public sealed class DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties.cs b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..75dea3252d --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties.cs @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.DataZone.Outputs +{ + + /// + /// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. + /// + [OutputType] + public sealed class DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties + { + public readonly Outputs.DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput? SageMakerRunConfiguration; + + [OutputConstructor] + private DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties(Outputs.DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput? sageMakerRunConfiguration) + { + SageMakerRunConfiguration = sageMakerRunConfiguration; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput.cs b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d2d01b720 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/DataZone/Outputs/DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput.cs @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.DataZone.Outputs +{ + + /// + /// The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source. + /// + [OutputType] + public sealed class DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput + { + /// + /// The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. + /// + public readonly ImmutableDictionary TrackingAssets; + + [OutputConstructor] + private DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput(ImmutableDictionary trackingAssets) + { + TrackingAssets = trackingAssets; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Enums.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Enums.cs index 24c602cee5..02eb1d3290 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Enums.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Enums.cs @@ -2161,6 +2161,9 @@ private VpcBlockPublicAccessOptionsInternetGatewayBlockMode(string value) public override string ToString() => _value; } + /// + /// The DNS records created for the endpoint. + /// [EnumType] public readonly struct VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType : IEquatable { @@ -2192,6 +2195,9 @@ private VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType(string value) public override string ToString() => _value; } + /// + /// Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + /// [EnumType] public readonly struct VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint : IEquatable { @@ -2221,6 +2227,9 @@ private VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoi public override string ToString() => _value; } + /// + /// The supported IP address types. + /// [EnumType] public readonly struct VpcEndpointIpAddressType : IEquatable { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/GetVpcEndpoint.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/GetVpcEndpoint.cs index 1cea4f9ff1..129e7aab8a 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/GetVpcEndpoint.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/GetVpcEndpoint.cs @@ -95,11 +95,17 @@ public sealed class GetVpcEndpointResult /// If you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the DNS entries in the list will change. /// public readonly ImmutableArray DnsEntries; + /// + /// Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + /// public readonly Outputs.VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification? DnsOptions; /// /// The ID of the VPC endpoint. /// public readonly string? Id; + /// + /// The supported IP address types. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.VpcEndpointIpAddressType? IpAddressType; /// /// (Interface endpoints) The network interface IDs. If you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the items in this list might change. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/GetVpcEndpointService.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/GetVpcEndpointService.cs index ee55cbd23d..811ee15647 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/GetVpcEndpointService.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/GetVpcEndpointService.cs @@ -83,6 +83,10 @@ public sealed class GetVpcEndpointServiceResult /// The ID of the endpoint service. /// public readonly string? ServiceId; + /// + /// The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + /// + public readonly ImmutableArray Tags; [OutputConstructor] private GetVpcEndpointServiceResult( @@ -94,13 +98,16 @@ private GetVpcEndpointServiceResult( string? payerResponsibility, - string? serviceId) + string? serviceId, + + ImmutableArray tags) { AcceptanceRequired = acceptanceRequired; GatewayLoadBalancerArns = gatewayLoadBalancerArns; NetworkLoadBalancerArns = networkLoadBalancerArns; PayerResponsibility = payerResponsibility; ServiceId = serviceId; + Tags = tags; } } } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs.cs index d017221436..a68e0877e3 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs.cs @@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Inputs public sealed class Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + /// [Input("cpu")] public Input? Cpu { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs.cs index 30a8f6f50f..0a75b1b94f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs.cs @@ -14,6 +14,12 @@ public sealed class Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs : global::Pulumi.Res { [Input("references")] private InputList? _references; + + /// + /// Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + /// + /// > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + /// public InputList References { get => _references ?? (_references = new InputList()); diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgs.cs index 1e93990f37..70229277bc 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgs.cs @@ -134,6 +134,9 @@ public InputList AllowedInstanceTypes [Input("baselineEbsBandwidthMbps")] public Input? BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps { get; set; } + /// + /// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + /// [Input("baselinePerformanceFactors")] public Input? BaselinePerformanceFactors { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs.cs index 18b1b9d836..e42ac0c630 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs.cs @@ -12,6 +12,26 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Inputs public sealed class Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + /// + /// > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + /// + /// The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + /// + /// - `c1` + /// - `g3` | `g3s` + /// - `hpc7g` + /// - `m1` | `m2` + /// - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + /// - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + /// - `t1` + /// - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + /// + /// If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + /// + /// If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + /// [Input("instanceFamily")] public Input? InstanceFamily { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgs.cs index 349e0ac36d..bbaa97b5b1 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgs.cs @@ -10,6 +10,10 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Inputs { + /// + /// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. + /// Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference. + /// public sealed class LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationArgs.cs index 123f5bcaf9..9fc6816d0f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationArgs.cs @@ -18,7 +18,8 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationArgs : global: { /// /// Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: - /// + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + /// + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. + /// + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). /// + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. /// [Input("capacityReservationPreference")] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateCpuArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateCpuArgs.cs index 04540e82fd..3ef2bf1a85 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateCpuArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateCpuArgs.cs @@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Inputs { + /// + /// Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference. + /// public sealed class LaunchTemplateCpuArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { [Input("references")] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateDataArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateDataArgs.cs index 78f8f083d5..8647362ad4 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateDataArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateDataArgs.cs @@ -81,7 +81,8 @@ public InputList ElasticGpuSpe private InputList? _elasticInferenceAccelerators; /// - /// An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + /// Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. + /// An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. /// You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. /// Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. /// @@ -146,7 +147,7 @@ public InputList ElasticIn /// /// If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. /// Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - /// For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + /// For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. /// [Input("instanceRequirements")] public Input? InstanceRequirements { get; set; } @@ -266,8 +267,7 @@ public InputList SecurityGroups private InputList? _tagSpecifications; /// - /// The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. - /// To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + /// The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. /// To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). /// public InputList TagSpecifications diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateEbsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateEbsArgs.cs index 0c2790b37d..81e0ef7f9a 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateEbsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateEbsArgs.cs @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateEbsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs public Input? Iops { get; set; } /// - /// The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. + /// Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. /// [Input("kmsKeyId")] public Input? KmsKeyId { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgs.cs index 78ef563352..0668560606 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgs.cs @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Inputs /// /// If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. /// Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - /// For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + /// For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. /// public sealed class LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { @@ -91,7 +91,6 @@ public InputList AcceleratorNames /// The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. /// + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``. /// + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``. - /// + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``. /// /// Default: Any accelerator type /// @@ -136,7 +135,7 @@ public InputList AllowedInstanceTypes public Input? BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps { get; set; } /// - /// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + /// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. /// [Input("baselinePerformanceFactors")] public Input? BaselinePerformanceFactors { get; set; } @@ -160,6 +159,7 @@ public InputList AllowedInstanceTypes /// + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``. /// + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``. /// + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``. + /// + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``. /// /// Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. /// Default: Any manufacturer diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateNetworkInterfaceArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateNetworkInterfaceArgs.cs index c7b209eca7..595cb6881f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateNetworkInterfaceArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateNetworkInterfaceArgs.cs @@ -73,9 +73,10 @@ public InputList Groups } /// - /// The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + /// The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. /// If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. - /// Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` + /// If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. + /// Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` /// [Input("interfaceType")] public Input? InterfaceType { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateReferenceArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateReferenceArgs.cs index 0f34b579a6..b7406fe3c7 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateReferenceArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateReferenceArgs.cs @@ -10,10 +10,25 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Inputs { + /// + /// Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. + /// public sealed class LaunchTemplateReferenceArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { /// - /// The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. + /// The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + /// Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. + /// The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + /// + ``c1`` + /// + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` + /// + ``hpc7g`` + /// + ``m1`` | ``m2`` + /// + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` + /// + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` + /// + ``t1`` + /// + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` + /// + /// If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. /// [Input("instanceFamily")] public Input? InstanceFamily { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgs.cs index bf88a7d1eb..f7aca51ace 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgs.cs @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Inputs /// /// Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation. + /// To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html). /// ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). /// public sealed class LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs.cs index 913d7ed037..bb5c18abff 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs.cs @@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Inputs public sealed class SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + /// [Input("cpu")] public Input? Cpu { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs.cs index b1a417c87b..2a2ba99acb 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs.cs @@ -14,6 +14,12 @@ public sealed class SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs : global::Pulumi.Re { [Input("references")] private InputList? _references; + + /// + /// Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + /// + /// > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + /// public InputList References { get => _references ?? (_references = new InputList()); diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgs.cs index d51e220649..933bd12a4c 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgs.cs @@ -134,6 +134,9 @@ public InputList AllowedInstanceTypes [Input("baselineEbsBandwidthMbps")] public Input? BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps { get; set; } + /// + /// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + /// [Input("baselinePerformanceFactors")] public Input? BaselinePerformanceFactors { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs.cs index c46bd50919..0ea1ca49e1 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs.cs @@ -12,6 +12,26 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Inputs public sealed class SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + /// + /// > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + /// + /// The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + /// + /// - `c1` + /// - `g3` | `g3s` + /// - `hpc7g` + /// - `m1` | `m2` + /// - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + /// - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + /// - `t1` + /// - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + /// + /// If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + /// + /// If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + /// [Input("instanceFamily")] public Input? InstanceFamily { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/TagSpecificationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/TagSpecificationArgs.cs index de30167450..d8f23f92e6 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/TagSpecificationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/TagSpecificationArgs.cs @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Inputs { /// - /// Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template. + /// Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. /// ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). /// public sealed class TagSpecificationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgs.cs index 58bbdd8990..88e3360bc7 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Inputs/VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgs.cs @@ -12,9 +12,15 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Inputs public sealed class VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// The DNS records created for the endpoint. + /// [Input("dnsRecordIpType")] public Input? DnsRecordIpType { get; set; } + /// + /// Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + /// [Input("privateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint")] public Input? PrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/LaunchTemplate.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/LaunchTemplate.cs index 127684e336..912b957f67 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/LaunchTemplate.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/LaunchTemplate.cs @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ public partial class LaunchTemplate : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// /// The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``. - /// To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). + /// To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). /// [Output("tagSpecifications")] public Output> TagSpecifications { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// /// The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``. - /// To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). + /// To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). /// public InputList TagSpecifications { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest.cs index ec75768d78..90e51d7959 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest.cs @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest { + /// + /// The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + /// public readonly Outputs.Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest? Cpu; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest.cs index a7721f9949..195da162d6 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest.cs @@ -13,6 +13,11 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest { + /// + /// Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + /// + /// > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + /// public readonly ImmutableArray References; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequest.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequest.cs index 12d067b76b..060fbccbef 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequest.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequest.cs @@ -95,6 +95,9 @@ public sealed class Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequest /// Default: No minimum or maximum limits /// public readonly Outputs.Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest? BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps; + /// + /// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + /// public readonly Outputs.Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest? BaselinePerformanceFactors; /// /// Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest.cs index c84e5de518..4038082555 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest.cs @@ -13,6 +13,26 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest { + /// + /// The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + /// + /// > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + /// + /// The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + /// + /// - `c1` + /// - `g3` | `g3s` + /// - `hpc7g` + /// - `m1` | `m2` + /// - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + /// - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + /// - `t1` + /// - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + /// + /// If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + /// + /// If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + /// public readonly string? InstanceFamily; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors.cs index 885d937c2b..a848e87d0a 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors.cs @@ -10,6 +10,10 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs { + /// + /// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. + /// Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference. + /// [OutputType] public sealed class LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecification.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecification.cs index 26be4377ae..54d23c84eb 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecification.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecification.cs @@ -19,7 +19,8 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecification { /// /// Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: - /// + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + /// + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. + /// + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). /// + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. /// public readonly string? CapacityReservationPreference; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateCpu.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateCpu.cs index a59ccf92f9..5f9cf97f83 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateCpu.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateCpu.cs @@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs { + /// + /// Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference. + /// [OutputType] public sealed class LaunchTemplateCpu { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateData.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateData.cs index 74940ae1c4..55a8304aad 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateData.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateData.cs @@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateData /// public readonly ImmutableArray ElasticGpuSpecifications; /// - /// An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + /// Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. + /// An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. /// You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. /// Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. /// @@ -99,7 +100,7 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateData /// /// If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. /// Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - /// For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + /// For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. /// public readonly Outputs.LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements? InstanceRequirements; /// @@ -162,8 +163,7 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateData /// public readonly ImmutableArray SecurityGroups; /// - /// The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. - /// To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + /// The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. /// To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). /// public readonly ImmutableArray TagSpecifications; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateEbs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateEbs.cs index cbb5c074c7..b19589e051 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateEbs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateEbs.cs @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateEbs /// public readonly int? Iops; /// - /// The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. + /// Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. /// public readonly string? KmsKeyId; /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements.cs index 73e24602a7..befa41313f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements.cs @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs /// /// If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. /// Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - /// For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + /// For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. /// [OutputType] public sealed class LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements @@ -69,7 +69,6 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements /// The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. /// + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``. /// + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``. - /// + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``. /// /// Default: Any accelerator type /// @@ -97,7 +96,7 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements /// public readonly Outputs.LaunchTemplateBaselineEbsBandwidthMbps? BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps; /// - /// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + /// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. /// public readonly Outputs.LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors? BaselinePerformanceFactors; /// @@ -114,6 +113,7 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements /// + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``. /// + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``. /// + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``. + /// + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``. /// /// Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. /// Default: Any manufacturer diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateNetworkInterface.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateNetworkInterface.cs index 114940fd31..a47f0467e5 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateNetworkInterface.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateNetworkInterface.cs @@ -52,9 +52,10 @@ public sealed class LaunchTemplateNetworkInterface /// public readonly ImmutableArray Groups; /// - /// The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + /// The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. /// If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. - /// Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` + /// If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. + /// Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` /// public readonly string? InterfaceType; /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateReference.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateReference.cs index 057becbcb8..8f0ee5b301 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateReference.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateReference.cs @@ -10,11 +10,26 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs { + /// + /// Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. + /// [OutputType] public sealed class LaunchTemplateReference { /// - /// The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. + /// The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + /// Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. + /// The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + /// + ``c1`` + /// + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` + /// + ``hpc7g`` + /// + ``m1`` | ``m2`` + /// + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` + /// + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` + /// + ``t1`` + /// + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` + /// + /// If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. /// public readonly string? InstanceFamily; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateTagSpecification.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateTagSpecification.cs index ae0d3f4adf..c1244679d8 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateTagSpecification.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/LaunchTemplateTagSpecification.cs @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs /// /// Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation. + /// To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html). /// ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). /// [OutputType] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest.cs index d847af86dd..e1c68f6d74 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest.cs @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest { + /// + /// The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + /// public readonly Outputs.SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest? Cpu; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest.cs index 7b1fd6284e..ceaa95141e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest.cs @@ -13,6 +13,11 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest { + /// + /// Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + /// + /// > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + /// public readonly ImmutableArray References; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequest.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequest.cs index 96149b22b9..659e29206f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequest.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequest.cs @@ -95,6 +95,9 @@ public sealed class SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequest /// Default: No minimum or maximum limits /// public readonly Outputs.SpotFleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest? BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps; + /// + /// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + /// public readonly Outputs.SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest? BaselinePerformanceFactors; /// /// Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest.cs index a1fca217c6..78de5fccf2 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest.cs @@ -13,6 +13,26 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest { + /// + /// The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + /// + /// > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + /// + /// The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + /// + /// - `c1` + /// - `g3` | `g3s` + /// - `hpc7g` + /// - `m1` | `m2` + /// - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + /// - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + /// - `t1` + /// - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + /// + /// If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + /// + /// If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + /// public readonly string? InstanceFamily; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/TagSpecification.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/TagSpecification.cs index 2539fb61d0..88f2d76c36 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/TagSpecification.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/TagSpecification.cs @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs { /// - /// Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template. + /// Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. /// ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). /// [OutputType] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification.cs index 96d827a408..9c24f0f9b2 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/Outputs/VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification.cs @@ -13,7 +13,13 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification { + /// + /// The DNS records created for the endpoint. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType? DnsRecordIpType; + /// + /// Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.Ec2.VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint? PrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcCidrBlock.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcCidrBlock.cs index 2fc7204b11..4c0ec0b4f1 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcCidrBlock.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcCidrBlock.cs @@ -63,6 +63,12 @@ public partial class VpcCidrBlock : global::Pulumi.CustomResource [Output("ipv6CidrBlock")] public Output Ipv6CidrBlock { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. + /// + [Output("ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup")] + public Output Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup { get; private set; } = null!; + /// /// The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. /// @@ -117,6 +123,7 @@ private static CustomResourceOptions MakeResourceOptions(CustomResourceOptions? "ipv4IpamPoolId", "ipv4NetmaskLength", "ipv6CidrBlock", + "ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup", "ipv6IpamPoolId", "ipv6NetmaskLength", "ipv6Pool", @@ -174,6 +181,12 @@ public sealed class VpcCidrBlockArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs [Input("ipv6CidrBlock")] public Input? Ipv6CidrBlock { get; set; } + /// + /// The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. + /// + [Input("ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup")] + public Input? Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup { get; set; } + /// /// The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcEndpoint.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcEndpoint.cs index 3600156ad3..3c920bdd83 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcEndpoint.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcEndpoint.cs @@ -45,9 +45,15 @@ public partial class VpcEndpoint : global::Pulumi.CustomResource [Output("dnsEntries")] public Output> DnsEntries { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + /// [Output("dnsOptions")] public Output DnsOptions { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// The supported IP address types. + /// [Output("ipAddressType")] public Output IpAddressType { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -76,6 +82,9 @@ public partial class VpcEndpoint : global::Pulumi.CustomResource [Output("privateDnsEnabled")] public Output PrivateDnsEnabled { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. + /// [Output("resourceConfigurationArn")] public Output ResourceConfigurationArn { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -97,6 +106,9 @@ public partial class VpcEndpoint : global::Pulumi.CustomResource [Output("serviceName")] public Output ServiceName { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. + /// [Output("serviceNetworkArn")] public Output ServiceNetworkArn { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -175,9 +187,15 @@ public static VpcEndpoint Get(string name, Input id, CustomResourceOptio public sealed class VpcEndpointArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + /// [Input("dnsOptions")] public Input? DnsOptions { get; set; } + /// + /// The supported IP address types. + /// [Input("ipAddressType")] public Input? IpAddressType { get; set; } @@ -200,6 +218,9 @@ public sealed class VpcEndpointArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs [Input("privateDnsEnabled")] public Input? PrivateDnsEnabled { get; set; } + /// + /// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. + /// [Input("resourceConfigurationArn")] public Input? ResourceConfigurationArn { get; set; } @@ -233,6 +254,9 @@ public InputList SecurityGroupIds [Input("serviceName")] public Input? ServiceName { get; set; } + /// + /// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. + /// [Input("serviceNetworkArn")] public Input? ServiceNetworkArn { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcEndpointService.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcEndpointService.cs index cd189d1ade..5d2b90cce7 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcEndpointService.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ec2/VpcEndpointService.cs @@ -51,6 +51,12 @@ public partial class VpcEndpointService : global::Pulumi.CustomResource [Output("serviceId")] public Output ServiceId { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + /// + [Output("tags")] + public Output> Tags { get; private set; } = null!; + /// /// Create a VpcEndpointService resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options. @@ -138,6 +144,18 @@ public InputList NetworkLoadBalancerArns [Input("payerResponsibility")] public Input? PayerResponsibility { get; set; } + [Input("tags")] + private InputList? _tags; + + /// + /// The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + /// + public InputList Tags + { + get => _tags ?? (_tags = new InputList()); + set => _tags = value; + } + public VpcEndpointServiceArgs() { } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/GetService.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/GetService.cs index c01bdaa112..78acec6a73 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/GetService.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/GetService.cs @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public sealed class GetServiceResult /// /// The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. /// If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - /// A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + /// A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. /// public readonly ImmutableArray CapacityProviderStrategy; /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Inputs/ServiceDeploymentConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Inputs/ServiceDeploymentConfigurationArgs.cs index 968503b8e1..c9f46aa9b7 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Inputs/ServiceDeploymentConfigurationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Inputs/ServiceDeploymentConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -30,15 +30,17 @@ public sealed class ServiceDeploymentConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi.Resource /// /// If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%. + /// The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). /// If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. /// You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. - /// If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. + /// If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. /// [Input("maximumPercent")] public Input? MaximumPercent { get; set; } /// /// If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. + /// If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . /// For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: /// + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. /// + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Outputs/ServiceDeploymentConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Outputs/ServiceDeploymentConfiguration.cs index 05d47923c4..3fb5dca22d 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Outputs/ServiceDeploymentConfiguration.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Outputs/ServiceDeploymentConfiguration.cs @@ -27,13 +27,15 @@ public sealed class ServiceDeploymentConfiguration public readonly Outputs.ServiceDeploymentCircuitBreaker? DeploymentCircuitBreaker; /// /// If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%. + /// The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). /// If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. /// You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. - /// If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. + /// If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. /// public readonly int? MaximumPercent; /// /// If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. + /// If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . /// For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: /// + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. /// + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Service.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Service.cs index 45429a180a..431abce11f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Service.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/Service.cs @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ public partial class Service : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// /// The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. /// If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - /// A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + /// A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. /// [Output("capacityProviderStrategy")] public Output> CapacityProviderStrategy { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ public sealed class ServiceArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// /// The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. /// If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - /// A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + /// A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. /// public InputList CapacityProviderStrategy { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/TaskDefinition.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/TaskDefinition.cs index 159d342e22..1417216af9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/TaskDefinition.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ecs/TaskDefinition.cs @@ -332,6 +332,9 @@ public partial class TaskDefinition : global::Pulumi.CustomResource [Output("cpu")] public Output Cpu { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . + /// [Output("enableFaultInjection")] public Output EnableFaultInjection { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -568,6 +571,9 @@ public InputList ContainerDefiniti [Input("cpu")] public Input? Cpu { get; set; } + /// + /// Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . + /// [Input("enableFaultInjection")] public Input? EnableFaultInjection { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Eks/Cluster.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Eks/Cluster.cs index 2af905523e..7f580ea496 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Eks/Cluster.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Eks/Cluster.cs @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public partial class Cluster : global::Pulumi.CustomResource public Output ClusterSecurityGroupId { get; private set; } = null!; /// - /// Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + /// Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . /// [Output("computeConfig")] public Output ComputeConfig { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public partial class Cluster : global::Pulumi.CustomResource public Output RoleArn { get; private set; } = null!; /// - /// Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + /// Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . /// [Output("storageConfig")] public Output StorageConfig { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public partial class Cluster : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// /// This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. /// - /// [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + /// [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) /// [Output("upgradePolicy")] public Output UpgradePolicy { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ public sealed class ClusterArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs public Input? BootstrapSelfManagedAddons { get; set; } /// - /// Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + /// Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . /// [Input("computeConfig")] public Input? ComputeConfig { get; set; } @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ public InputList EncryptionConfig public Input RoleArn { get; set; } = null!; /// - /// Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + /// Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . /// [Input("storageConfig")] public Input? StorageConfig { get; set; } @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ public InputList Tags /// /// This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. /// - /// [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + /// [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) /// [Input("upgradePolicy")] public Input? UpgradePolicy { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Eks/GetCluster.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Eks/GetCluster.cs index 311fc63708..5af947515e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Eks/GetCluster.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Eks/GetCluster.cs @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ public sealed class GetClusterResult /// public readonly string? ClusterSecurityGroupId; /// - /// Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + /// Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . /// public readonly Outputs.ClusterComputeConfig? ComputeConfig; /// @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public sealed class GetClusterResult /// public readonly Outputs.ClusterResourcesVpcConfig? ResourcesVpcConfig; /// - /// Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + /// Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . /// public readonly Outputs.ClusterStorageConfig? StorageConfig; /// @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public sealed class GetClusterResult /// /// This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. /// - /// [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + /// [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) /// public readonly Outputs.ClusterUpgradePolicy? UpgradePolicy; /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Kendra/Index.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Kendra/Index.cs index 609e659aec..6c514d17bc 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Kendra/Index.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Kendra/Index.cs @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ public partial class Index : global::Pulumi.CustomResource public Output> DocumentMetadataConfigurations { get; private set; } = null!; /// - /// Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . + /// Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. /// [Output("edition")] public Output Edition { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public InputList DocumentMetadata } /// - /// Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . + /// Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. /// [Input("edition", required: true)] public Input Edition { get; set; } = null!; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Logs/GetLogGroup.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Logs/GetLogGroup.cs index f118f832d8..38b75a4afa 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Logs/GetLogGroup.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Logs/GetLogGroup.cs @@ -86,6 +86,13 @@ public sealed class GetLogGroupResult /// Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::Logs::LogGroup` for more information about the expected schema for this property. /// public readonly object? DataProtectionPolicy; + /// + /// Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + /// + /// You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + /// + /// Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + /// public readonly ImmutableArray FieldIndexPolicies; /// /// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to use when encrypting log data. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Logs/LogGroup.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Logs/LogGroup.cs index e20017c6b4..88effd8ba2 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Logs/LogGroup.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Logs/LogGroup.cs @@ -34,6 +34,13 @@ public partial class LogGroup : global::Pulumi.CustomResource [Output("dataProtectionPolicy")] public Output DataProtectionPolicy { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + /// + /// You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + /// + /// Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + /// [Output("fieldIndexPolicies")] public Output> FieldIndexPolicies { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -136,6 +143,14 @@ public sealed class LogGroupArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs [Input("fieldIndexPolicies")] private InputList? _fieldIndexPolicies; + + /// + /// Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + /// + /// You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + /// + /// Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + /// public InputList FieldIndexPolicies { get => _fieldIndexPolicies ?? (_fieldIndexPolicies = new InputList()); diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/M2/Environment.cs b/sdk/dotnet/M2/Environment.cs index dad634c8d4..095e8d637b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/M2/Environment.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/M2/Environment.cs @@ -69,6 +69,9 @@ public partial class Environment : global::Pulumi.CustomResource [Output("name")] public Output Name { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// The network type supported by the runtime environment. + /// [Output("networkType")] public Output NetworkType { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -207,6 +210,9 @@ public sealed class EnvironmentArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs [Input("name")] public Input? Name { get; set; } + /// + /// The network type supported by the runtime environment. + /// [Input("networkType")] public Input? NetworkType { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a59c95b223 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.MediaConnect.Inputs +{ + + /// + /// The settings related to the multicast source. + /// + public sealed class BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + /// + /// The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + /// + [Input("multicastSourceIp")] + public Input? MulticastSourceIp { get; set; } + + public BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs() + { + } + public static new BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs Empty => new BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeNetworkSourceArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeNetworkSourceArgs.cs index 151bb7eaae..4f4ea87b03 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeNetworkSourceArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeNetworkSourceArgs.cs @@ -21,6 +21,12 @@ public sealed class BridgeNetworkSourceArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs [Input("multicastIp", required: true)] public Input MulticastIp { get; set; } = null!; + /// + /// The settings related to the multicast source. + /// + [Input("multicastSourceSettings")] + public Input? MulticastSourceSettings { get; set; } + /// /// The name of the network source. /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgs.cs index 4e40b2f883..46a91f33d1 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgs.cs @@ -21,6 +21,12 @@ public sealed class BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgs : global::Pulumi.Resourc [Input("multicastIp", required: true)] public Input MulticastIp { get; set; } = null!; + /// + /// The settings related to the multicast source. + /// + [Input("multicastSourceSettings")] + public Input? MulticastSourceSettings { get; set; } + /// /// The network source's gateway network name. /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..92228ef284 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Inputs/BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.MediaConnect.Inputs +{ + + /// + /// The settings related to the multicast source. + /// + public sealed class BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + /// + /// The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + /// + [Input("multicastSourceIp")] + public Input? MulticastSourceIp { get; set; } + + public BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs() + { + } + public static new BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs Empty => new BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeMulticastSourceSettings.cs b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeMulticastSourceSettings.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..887ffc4eab --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeMulticastSourceSettings.cs @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.MediaConnect.Outputs +{ + + /// + /// The settings related to the multicast source. + /// + [OutputType] + public sealed class BridgeMulticastSourceSettings + { + /// + /// The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + /// + public readonly string? MulticastSourceIp; + + [OutputConstructor] + private BridgeMulticastSourceSettings(string? multicastSourceIp) + { + MulticastSourceIp = multicastSourceIp; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeNetworkSource.cs b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeNetworkSource.cs index 9038c7fb29..1450e12204 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeNetworkSource.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeNetworkSource.cs @@ -21,6 +21,10 @@ public sealed class BridgeNetworkSource /// public readonly string MulticastIp; /// + /// The settings related to the multicast source. + /// + public readonly Outputs.BridgeMulticastSourceSettings? MulticastSourceSettings; + /// /// The name of the network source. /// public readonly string Name; @@ -41,6 +45,8 @@ public sealed class BridgeNetworkSource private BridgeNetworkSource( string multicastIp, + Outputs.BridgeMulticastSourceSettings? multicastSourceSettings, + string name, string networkName, @@ -50,6 +56,7 @@ private BridgeNetworkSource( Pulumi.AwsNative.MediaConnect.BridgeProtocolEnum protocol) { MulticastIp = multicastIp; + MulticastSourceSettings = multicastSourceSettings; Name = name; NetworkName = networkName; Port = port; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource.cs b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource.cs index 0f3d5ae857..a441276166 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource.cs @@ -21,6 +21,10 @@ public sealed class BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource /// public readonly string MulticastIp; /// + /// The settings related to the multicast source. + /// + public readonly Outputs.BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings? MulticastSourceSettings; + /// /// The network source's gateway network name. /// public readonly string NetworkName; @@ -37,6 +41,8 @@ public sealed class BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource private BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource( string multicastIp, + Outputs.BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings? multicastSourceSettings, + string networkName, int port, @@ -44,6 +50,7 @@ private BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource( Pulumi.AwsNative.MediaConnect.BridgeSourceProtocolEnum protocol) { MulticastIp = multicastIp; + MulticastSourceSettings = multicastSourceSettings; NetworkName = networkName; Port = port; Protocol = protocol; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings.cs b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..29f394fda0 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/MediaConnect/Outputs/BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings.cs @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.MediaConnect.Outputs +{ + + /// + /// The settings related to the multicast source. + /// + [OutputType] + public sealed class BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings + { + /// + /// The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + /// + public readonly string? MulticastSourceIp; + + [OutputConstructor] + private BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings(string? multicastSourceIp) + { + MulticastSourceIp = multicastSourceIp; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Enums.cs b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Enums.cs index c3084dbdd2..6067bcbd48 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Enums.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Enums.cs @@ -38,6 +38,9 @@ private ApplicationAppConfigType(string value) public override string ToString() => _value; } + /// + /// Container for node type like coordinating. + /// [EnumType] public readonly struct DomainNodeOptionNodeType : IEquatable { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainClusterConfigArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainClusterConfigArgs.cs index e675aca573..77afd74b2e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainClusterConfigArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainClusterConfigArgs.cs @@ -56,6 +56,10 @@ public sealed class DomainClusterConfigArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs [Input("nodeOptions")] private InputList? _nodeOptions; + + /// + /// List of node options for the domain. + /// public InputList NodeOptions { get => _nodeOptions ?? (_nodeOptions = new InputList()); diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainNodeConfigArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainNodeConfigArgs.cs index b8e84b7e6d..6f8306a6ac 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainNodeConfigArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainNodeConfigArgs.cs @@ -12,12 +12,21 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.OpenSearchService.Inputs public sealed class DomainNodeConfigArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. + /// [Input("count")] public Input? Count { get; set; } + /// + /// A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. + /// [Input("enabled")] public Input? Enabled { get; set; } + /// + /// The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. + /// [Input("type")] public Input? Type { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainNodeOptionArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainNodeOptionArgs.cs index 8a441f33a6..4e2c89d729 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainNodeOptionArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Inputs/DomainNodeOptionArgs.cs @@ -12,9 +12,15 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.OpenSearchService.Inputs public sealed class DomainNodeOptionArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// Container for specifying configuration of any node type. + /// [Input("nodeConfig")] public Input? NodeConfig { get; set; } + /// + /// Container for node type like coordinating. + /// [Input("nodeType")] public Input? NodeType { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainClusterConfig.cs b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainClusterConfig.cs index 929dd9a8fd..571cb38fa1 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainClusterConfig.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainClusterConfig.cs @@ -41,6 +41,9 @@ public sealed class DomainClusterConfig /// Indicates whether Multi-AZ with Standby deployment option is enabled. For more information, see [Multi-AZ with Standby](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/managedomains-multiaz.html#managedomains-za-standby) . /// public readonly bool? MultiAzWithStandbyEnabled; + /// + /// List of node options for the domain. + /// public readonly ImmutableArray NodeOptions; /// /// The number of warm nodes in the cluster. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainNodeConfig.cs b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainNodeConfig.cs index e87a72f4a2..e65c596f66 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainNodeConfig.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainNodeConfig.cs @@ -13,8 +13,17 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.OpenSearchService.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class DomainNodeConfig { + /// + /// The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. + /// public readonly int? Count; + /// + /// A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. + /// public readonly bool? Enabled; + /// + /// The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. + /// public readonly string? Type; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainNodeOption.cs b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainNodeOption.cs index 532b6ffc29..7de6de2bb3 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainNodeOption.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/OpenSearchService/Outputs/DomainNodeOption.cs @@ -13,7 +13,13 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.OpenSearchService.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class DomainNodeOption { + /// + /// Container for specifying configuration of any node type. + /// public readonly Outputs.DomainNodeConfig? NodeConfig; + /// + /// Container for node type like coordinating. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.OpenSearchService.DomainNodeOptionNodeType? NodeType; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QBusiness/DataAccessor.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QBusiness/DataAccessor.cs index b3d3e7cdbf..45c9c6ca9f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QBusiness/DataAccessor.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QBusiness/DataAccessor.cs @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ public partial class DataAccessor : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. /// [Output("applicationId")] - public Output ApplicationId { get; private set; } = null!; + public Output ApplicationId { get; private set; } = null!; /// /// The timestamp when the data accessor was created. @@ -140,8 +140,8 @@ public InputList ActionConfiguration /// /// The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. /// - [Input("applicationId")] - public Input? ApplicationId { get; set; } + [Input("applicationId", required: true)] + public Input ApplicationId { get; set; } = null!; /// /// The friendly name of the data accessor. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/CustomPermissions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/CustomPermissions.cs index 8ca2efe87c..26ae2e0ed6 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/CustomPermissions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/CustomPermissions.cs @@ -15,18 +15,33 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight [AwsNativeResourceType("aws-native:quicksight:CustomPermissions")] public partial class CustomPermissions : global::Pulumi.CustomResource { + /// + /// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile. + /// [Output("arn")] public Output Arn { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + /// [Output("awsAccountId")] public Output AwsAccountId { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + /// [Output("capabilities")] public Output Capabilities { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// The name of the custom permissions profile. + /// [Output("customPermissionsName")] public Output CustomPermissionsName { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + /// [Output("tags")] public Output> Tags { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -80,17 +95,30 @@ public static CustomPermissions Get(string name, Input id, CustomResourc public sealed class CustomPermissionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + /// [Input("awsAccountId", required: true)] public Input AwsAccountId { get; set; } = null!; + /// + /// A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + /// [Input("capabilities")] public Input? Capabilities { get; set; } + /// + /// The name of the custom permissions profile. + /// [Input("customPermissionsName")] public Input? CustomPermissionsName { get; set; } [Input("tags")] private InputList? _tags; + + /// + /// The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + /// public InputList Tags { get => _tags ?? (_tags = new InputList()); diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/DataSet.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/DataSet.cs index 53de7d4639..57e6457cc8 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/DataSet.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/DataSet.cs @@ -127,6 +127,9 @@ public partial class DataSet : global::Pulumi.CustomResource [Output("outputColumns")] public Output> OutputColumns { get; private set; } = null!; + /// + /// The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. + /// [Output("performanceConfiguration")] public Output PerformanceConfiguration { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -326,6 +329,9 @@ public InputMap LogicalTableMap [Input("name")] public Input? Name { get; set; } + /// + /// The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. + /// [Input("performanceConfiguration")] public Input? PerformanceConfiguration { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Enums.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Enums.cs index 79f5c87153..00b812d0a4 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Enums.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Enums.cs @@ -7522,38 +7522,6 @@ private DataSetDatasetParameterValueType(string value) public override string ToString() => _value; } - [EnumType] - public readonly struct DataSetFileFormat : IEquatable - { - private readonly string _value; - - private DataSetFileFormat(string value) - { - _value = value ?? throw new ArgumentNullException(nameof(value)); - } - - public static DataSetFileFormat Csv { get; } = new DataSetFileFormat("CSV"); - public static DataSetFileFormat Tsv { get; } = new DataSetFileFormat("TSV"); - public static DataSetFileFormat Clf { get; } = new DataSetFileFormat("CLF"); - public static DataSetFileFormat Elf { get; } = new DataSetFileFormat("ELF"); - public static DataSetFileFormat Xlsx { get; } = new DataSetFileFormat("XLSX"); - public static DataSetFileFormat Json { get; } = new DataSetFileFormat("JSON"); - - public static bool operator ==(DataSetFileFormat left, DataSetFileFormat right) => left.Equals(right); - public static bool operator !=(DataSetFileFormat left, DataSetFileFormat right) => !left.Equals(right); - - public static explicit operator string(DataSetFileFormat value) => value._value; - - [EditorBrowsable(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] - public override bool Equals(object? obj) => obj is DataSetFileFormat other && Equals(other); - public bool Equals(DataSetFileFormat other) => string.Equals(_value, other._value, StringComparison.Ordinal); - - [EditorBrowsable(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] - public override int GetHashCode() => _value?.GetHashCode() ?? 0; - - public override string ToString() => _value; - } - [EnumType] public readonly struct DataSetGeoSpatialCountryCode : IEquatable { @@ -7822,34 +7790,6 @@ private DataSetStatus(string value) public override string ToString() => _value; } - [EnumType] - public readonly struct DataSetTextQualifier : IEquatable - { - private readonly string _value; - - private DataSetTextQualifier(string value) - { - _value = value ?? throw new ArgumentNullException(nameof(value)); - } - - public static DataSetTextQualifier DoubleQuote { get; } = new DataSetTextQualifier("DOUBLE_QUOTE"); - public static DataSetTextQualifier SingleQuote { get; } = new DataSetTextQualifier("SINGLE_QUOTE"); - - public static bool operator ==(DataSetTextQualifier left, DataSetTextQualifier right) => left.Equals(right); - public static bool operator !=(DataSetTextQualifier left, DataSetTextQualifier right) => !left.Equals(right); - - public static explicit operator string(DataSetTextQualifier value) => value._value; - - [EditorBrowsable(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] - public override bool Equals(object? obj) => obj is DataSetTextQualifier other && Equals(other); - public bool Equals(DataSetTextQualifier other) => string.Equals(_value, other._value, StringComparison.Ordinal); - - [EditorBrowsable(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] - public override int GetHashCode() => _value?.GetHashCode() ?? 0; - - public override string ToString() => _value; - } - [EnumType] public readonly struct DataSetTimeGranularity : IEquatable { @@ -11560,34 +11500,6 @@ private TemplateVerticalTextAlignment(string value) public override string ToString() => _value; } - [EnumType] - public readonly struct TemplateVisibility : IEquatable - { - private readonly string _value; - - private TemplateVisibility(string value) - { - _value = value ?? throw new ArgumentNullException(nameof(value)); - } - - public static TemplateVisibility Hidden { get; } = new TemplateVisibility("HIDDEN"); - public static TemplateVisibility Visible { get; } = new TemplateVisibility("VISIBLE"); - - public static bool operator ==(TemplateVisibility left, TemplateVisibility right) => left.Equals(right); - public static bool operator !=(TemplateVisibility left, TemplateVisibility right) => !left.Equals(right); - - public static explicit operator string(TemplateVisibility value) => value._value; - - [EditorBrowsable(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] - public override bool Equals(object? obj) => obj is TemplateVisibility other && Equals(other); - public bool Equals(TemplateVisibility other) => string.Equals(_value, other._value, StringComparison.Ordinal); - - [EditorBrowsable(EditorBrowsableState.Never)] - public override int GetHashCode() => _value?.GetHashCode() ?? 0; - - public override string ToString() => _value; - } - [EnumType] public readonly struct TemplateVisualCustomActionTrigger : IEquatable { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/GetCustomPermissions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/GetCustomPermissions.cs index 94e950ca68..1916a963b2 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/GetCustomPermissions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/GetCustomPermissions.cs @@ -33,9 +33,15 @@ public static Output Invoke(GetCustomPermissionsInvo public sealed class GetCustomPermissionsArgs : global::Pulumi.InvokeArgs { + /// + /// The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + /// [Input("awsAccountId", required: true)] public string AwsAccountId { get; set; } = null!; + /// + /// The name of the custom permissions profile. + /// [Input("customPermissionsName", required: true)] public string CustomPermissionsName { get; set; } = null!; @@ -47,9 +53,15 @@ public GetCustomPermissionsArgs() public sealed class GetCustomPermissionsInvokeArgs : global::Pulumi.InvokeArgs { + /// + /// The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + /// [Input("awsAccountId", required: true)] public Input AwsAccountId { get; set; } = null!; + /// + /// The name of the custom permissions profile. + /// [Input("customPermissionsName", required: true)] public Input CustomPermissionsName { get; set; } = null!; @@ -63,8 +75,17 @@ public GetCustomPermissionsInvokeArgs() [OutputType] public sealed class GetCustomPermissionsResult { + /// + /// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile. + /// public readonly string? Arn; + /// + /// A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + /// public readonly Outputs.CustomPermissionsCapabilities? Capabilities; + /// + /// The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + /// public readonly ImmutableArray Tags; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/GetDataSet.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/GetDataSet.cs index 70a73f735a..0da9589df9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/GetDataSet.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/GetDataSet.cs @@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ public sealed class GetDataSetResult /// analyses, and dashboards.</p> /// public readonly ImmutableArray OutputColumns; + /// + /// The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. + /// public readonly Outputs.DataSetPerformanceConfiguration? PerformanceConfiguration; /// /// <p>A list of resource permissions on the dataset.</p> diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs.cs index 25c5179c5d..b8518adbd2 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs.cs @@ -12,54 +12,105 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.Inputs public sealed class CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// The ability to add or run anomaly detection. + /// [Input("addOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses")] public Input? AddOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to create and update email reports. + /// [Input("createAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports")] public Input? CreateAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to create and update data sources. + /// [Input("createAndUpdateDataSources")] public Input? CreateAndUpdateDataSources { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to create and update datasets. + /// [Input("createAndUpdateDatasets")] public Input? CreateAndUpdateDatasets { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to export to Create and Update themes. + /// [Input("createAndUpdateThemes")] public Input? CreateAndUpdateThemes { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to create and update threshold alerts. + /// [Input("createAndUpdateThresholdAlerts")] public Input? CreateAndUpdateThresholdAlerts { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to create shared folders. + /// [Input("createSharedFolders")] public Input? CreateSharedFolders { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to create a SPICE dataset. + /// [Input("createSpiceDataset")] public Input? CreateSpiceDataset { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to export to CSV files. + /// [Input("exportToCsv")] public Input? ExportToCsv { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to export to Excel files. + /// [Input("exportToExcel")] public Input? ExportToExcel { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to rename shared folders. + /// [Input("renameSharedFolders")] public Input? RenameSharedFolders { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to share analyses. + /// [Input("shareAnalyses")] public Input? ShareAnalyses { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to share dashboards. + /// [Input("shareDashboards")] public Input? ShareDashboards { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to share data sources. + /// [Input("shareDataSources")] public Input? ShareDataSources { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to share datasets. + /// [Input("shareDatasets")] public Input? ShareDatasets { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to subscribe to email reports. + /// [Input("subscribeDashboardEmailReports")] public Input? SubscribeDashboardEmailReports { get; set; } + /// + /// The ability to view account SPICE capacity. + /// [Input("viewAccountSpiceCapacity")] public Input? ViewAccountSpiceCapacity { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DashboardPublishOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DashboardPublishOptionsArgs.cs index 351e52878c..5fd4c3f12e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DashboardPublishOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DashboardPublishOptionsArgs.cs @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public sealed class DashboardPublishOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. /// [Input("visualMenuOption")] - public Input? VisualMenuOption { get; set; } + public Input? VisualMenuOption { get; set; } /// /// The visual publish options of a visual in a dashboard. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 5fb79d6554..0000000000 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** -// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** - -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Collections.Immutable; -using System.Threading.Tasks; -using Pulumi.Serialization; - -namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.Inputs -{ - - public sealed class DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs - { - /// - /// The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. - /// - [Input("availabilityStatus")] - public Input? AvailabilityStatus { get; set; } - - public DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs() - { - } - public static new DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs Empty => new DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs(); - } -} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DataSetS3SourceArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DataSetS3SourceArgs.cs index cbb7968e3b..4f445d9f55 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DataSetS3SourceArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DataSetS3SourceArgs.cs @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ public InputList InputColumns /// Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. /// [Input("uploadSettings")] - public Input? UploadSettings { get; set; } + public Input? UploadSettings { get; set; } public DataSetS3SourceArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DataSetUploadSettingsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DataSetUploadSettingsArgs.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 0fdc40f8cf..0000000000 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/DataSetUploadSettingsArgs.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** -// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** - -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Collections.Immutable; -using System.Threading.Tasks; -using Pulumi.Serialization; - -namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.Inputs -{ - - /// - /// <p>Information about the format for a source file or files.</p> - /// - public sealed class DataSetUploadSettingsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs - { - /// - /// <p>Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.</p> - /// - [Input("containsHeader")] - public Input? ContainsHeader { get; set; } - - /// - /// <p>The delimiter between values in the file.</p> - /// - [Input("delimiter")] - public Input? Delimiter { get; set; } - - /// - /// File format. - /// - [Input("format")] - public Input? Format { get; set; } - - /// - /// <p>A row number to start reading data from.</p> - /// - [Input("startFromRow")] - public Input? StartFromRow { get; set; } - - /// - /// Text qualifier. - /// - [Input("textQualifier")] - public Input? TextQualifier { get; set; } - - public DataSetUploadSettingsArgs() - { - } - public static new DataSetUploadSettingsArgs Empty => new DataSetUploadSettingsArgs(); - } -} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsArgs.cs index bdfb1c07ac..b4c74d3380 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. /// [Input("axisLineVisibility")] - public Input? AxisLineVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? AxisLineVisibility { get; set; } /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. /// [Input("gridLineVisibility")] - public Input? GridLineVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? GridLineVisibility { get; set; } /// /// The scroll bar options for an axis. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateBoxPlotOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateBoxPlotOptionsArgs.cs index 7cbe8f470e..ee1c260e27 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateBoxPlotOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateBoxPlotOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ public sealed class TemplateBoxPlotOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. /// [Input("allDataPointsVisibility")] - public Input? AllDataPointsVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? AllDataPointsVisibility { get; set; } /// /// Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. /// [Input("outlierVisibility")] - public Input? OutlierVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? OutlierVisibility { get; set; } /// /// The style options of the box plot. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsArgs.cs index 6344906518..9fa424301a 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsArgs.cs @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public InputList AxisLabelOptions /// The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. /// [Input("sortIconVisibility")] - public Input? SortIconVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? SortIconVisibility { get; set; } /// /// The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ public InputList AxisLabelOptions /// - `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateColumnTooltipItemArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateColumnTooltipItemArgs.cs index d83420086b..9e44ae6c5b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateColumnTooltipItemArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateColumnTooltipItemArgs.cs @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateColumnTooltipItemArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the tooltip item. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateColumnTooltipItemArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgs.cs index a78eb5c87b..21dc2c0ff6 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines the visibility of the category field labels. /// [Input("categoryLabelVisibility")] - public Input? CategoryLabelVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? CategoryLabelVisibility { get; set; } [Input("dataLabelTypes")] private InputList? _dataLabelTypes; @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public InputList DataLabelTypes /// Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. /// [Input("measureLabelVisibility")] - public Input? MeasureLabelVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? MeasureLabelVisibility { get; set; } /// /// Determines whether overlap is enabled or disabled for the data labels. @@ -70,13 +70,13 @@ public InputList DataLabelTypes /// Determines the visibility of the total. /// [Input("totalsVisibility")] - public Input? TotalsVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? TotalsVisibility { get; set; } /// /// Determines the visibility of the data labels. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDataPathLabelTypeArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDataPathLabelTypeArgs.cs index 2c8346ce63..c13544c36f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDataPathLabelTypeArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDataPathLabelTypeArgs.cs @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateDataPathLabelTypeArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the data label. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateDataPathLabelTypeArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgs.cs index db241f1c11..6e90e8f2f9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. /// [Input("missingDateVisibility")] - public Input? MissingDateVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? MissingDateVisibility { get; set; } public TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgs.cs index ed4f12f9f3..ff6dd33550 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . /// [Input("labelVisibility")] - public Input? LabelVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? LabelVisibility { get; set; } public TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldBasedTooltipArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldBasedTooltipArgs.cs index 9023cfce2c..ceb69cd94f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldBasedTooltipArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldBasedTooltipArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFieldBasedTooltipArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of `Show aggregations` . /// [Input("aggregationVisibility")] - public Input? AggregationVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? AggregationVisibility { get; set; } [Input("tooltipFields")] private InputList? _tooltipFields; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgs.cs index 5740e7f7c7..e13f88b69a 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgs.cs @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the field label. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldTooltipItemArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldTooltipItemArgs.cs index 3a1348c5f3..f4a6a37709 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldTooltipItemArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFieldTooltipItemArgs.cs @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFieldTooltipItemArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the tooltip item. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateFieldTooltipItemArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementArgs.cs index f6a518c731..4698d182c9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementArgs.cs @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ public InputList RenderingRules /// The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgs.cs index 693d856984..ff5f35aadf 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgs.cs @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgs : global::P /// The background visibility of a free-form layout element. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs.cs index 0a0242e94d..8250cf849f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs.cs @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs : global::Pulum /// The border visibility of a free-form layout element. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs.cs index 8ba2c18f27..39450f3f11 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.Res /// The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. /// [Input("categoryLabelVisibility")] - public Input? CategoryLabelVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? CategoryLabelVisibility { get; set; } /// /// The color of the data label text. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.Res /// The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. /// [Input("measureLabelVisibility")] - public Input? MeasureLabelVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? MeasureLabelVisibility { get; set; } /// /// Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.Res /// The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgs.cs index 59a5d8bd07..d27afb1092 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgs.cs @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArg /// The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. /// [Input("tooltipVisibility")] - public Input? TooltipVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? TooltipVisibility { get; set; } /// /// The type of the sparkline. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArg /// The visibility of the sparkline. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLabelOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLabelOptionsArgs.cs index 7f8ae150e5..eba8552689 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLabelOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLabelOptionsArgs.cs @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateLabelOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines whether or not the label is visible. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateLabelOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLegendOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLegendOptionsArgs.cs index 7558dffb44..c1ddcbd7d1 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLegendOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLegendOptionsArgs.cs @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateLegendOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines whether or not the legend is visible. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsArgs.cs index d2778bb708..3161f1cf30 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsArgs.cs @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsArgs : global::Pulumi.Reso /// Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. /// [Input("lineVisibility")] - public Input? LineVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? LineVisibility { get; set; } /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsArgs.cs index 4029b1b340..2e10b525b8 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsArgs.cs @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsArgs : global::Pulumi.Re /// Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. /// [Input("markerVisibility")] - public Input? MarkerVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? MarkerVisibility { get; set; } public TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgs.cs index 3ecfbaba2f..a5cf884bea 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.Resour /// The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgs.cs index b6a1ef3ab3..84d7f6f8c9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.Res /// The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs.cs index 1365deb734..2405a3fc23 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgs.cs index 3e92e81d06..8c4e6e7e2b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the maximum label. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgs.cs index 17dfe52446..ca323b64c1 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the minimum label. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePanelConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePanelConfigurationArgs.cs index 9896b7f995..9595b55313 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePanelConfigurationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePanelConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePanelConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. /// [Input("backgroundVisibility")] - public Input? BackgroundVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? BackgroundVisibility { get; set; } /// /// Sets the line color of panel borders. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePanelConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. /// [Input("borderVisibility")] - public Input? BorderVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? BorderVisibility { get; set; } /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePanelConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. /// [Input("gutterVisibility")] - public Input? GutterVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? GutterVisibility { get; set; } /// /// Configures the title display within each small multiples panel. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs.cs index 8cee45fe9c..c0c6aaf26d 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs.cs @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArgs.cs index ecdb6fd366..3af34e0f70 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArgs.cs @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceA /// The visibility of the pivot table field. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs.cs index f9b6a57c15..eeac015ac3 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs.cs @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . /// [Input("collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility")] - public Input? CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility { get; set; } /// /// The table cell style of the column header. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the column names. /// [Input("columnNamesVisibility")] - public Input? ColumnNamesVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? ColumnNamesVisibility { get; set; } /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -85,13 +85,13 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the single metric options. /// [Input("singleMetricVisibility")] - public Input? SingleMetricVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? SingleMetricVisibility { get; set; } /// /// Determines the visibility of the pivot table. /// [Input("toggleButtonsVisibility")] - public Input? ToggleButtonsVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? ToggleButtonsVisibility { get; set; } public TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs.cs index 7ae0d3a37b..4643cfad52 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs : global::Pulum /// The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. /// [Input("overflowColumnHeaderVisibility")] - public Input? OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility { get; set; } /// /// The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. /// [Input("verticalOverflowVisibility")] - public Input? VerticalOverflowVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? VerticalOverflowVisibility { get; set; } public TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs.cs index 4e83f38f3c..670900b2ab 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs.cs @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.Reso /// The visibility of the rows label. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTotalOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTotalOptionsArgs.cs index 71f60249fc..e5a654e9e9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTotalOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplatePivotTotalOptionsArgs.cs @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public InputList TotalAggregationOpti /// The visibility configuration for the total cells. /// [Input("totalsVisibility")] - public Input? TotalsVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? TotalsVisibility { get; set; } /// /// The cell styling options for the totals of value cells. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgs.cs index c962be147e..322cdeb5fe 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the progress bar. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgs.cs index efc1596cba..73bf91c0eb 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgs : global::Pulumi.Res /// The visibility settings of a radar chart. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRadarChartConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRadarChartConfigurationArgs.cs index 57864fc8d6..320685444b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRadarChartConfigurationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRadarChartConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateRadarChartConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi.Resourc /// Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. /// [Input("alternateBandColorsVisibility")] - public Input? AlternateBandColorsVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? AlternateBandColorsVisibility { get; set; } /// /// The color of the even-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgs.cs index e80b1170e0..a74126fcf3 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the range ends label. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateScrollBarOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateScrollBarOptionsArgs.cs index 8e167d4b7d..5f334c75ca 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateScrollBarOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateScrollBarOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateScrollBarOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } /// /// The visibility range for the data zoom scroll bar. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgs.cs index 29487fa6a9..e72a6e3ecb 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceA /// Determines the visibility of the secondary value. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgs.cs index b7058ea37e..fd1b73235f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgs.cs @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgs : global::Pulum /// The visibility configuration of info icon label options. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgs.cs index b2ca84337d..2964c4c83f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgs.cs @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgs : global::Pul /// - `HIDDEN` /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs.cs index 6b01b1011a..adc8ef254f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs : global::Pulumi. public Input? TooltipText { get; set; } [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSubtotalOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSubtotalOptionsArgs.cs index 9759c7ec4a..a2b581bc6b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSubtotalOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateSubtotalOptionsArgs.cs @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ public InputList StyleTargets /// The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. /// [Input("totalsVisibility")] - public Input? TotalsVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? TotalsVisibility { get; set; } /// /// The cell styling options for the subtotals of value cells. diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTableCellStyleArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTableCellStyleArgs.cs index 3fb9e6e87f..d7b2946e5b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTableCellStyleArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTableCellStyleArgs.cs @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateTableCellStyleArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the table cells. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateTableCellStyleArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTableFieldOptionArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTableFieldOptionArgs.cs index bbab5307c4..32d8505b39 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTableFieldOptionArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTableFieldOptionArgs.cs @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateTableFieldOptionArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of a table field. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs.cs index fcca248f8b..3ecdca9dd9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ public sealed class TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.Res /// The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. /// [Input("overflowColumnHeaderVisibility")] - public Input? OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility { get; set; } /// /// The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. /// [Input("verticalOverflowVisibility")] - public Input? VerticalOverflowVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? VerticalOverflowVisibility { get; set; } public TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgs.cs index 9b188afa7e..d100950d83 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.R /// The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgs.cs index 1d7a2f77f2..eebba54cf0 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgs.cs @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.Resour /// Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTooltipOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTooltipOptionsArgs.cs index cd7a5eb073..d70a5f70fd 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTooltipOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTooltipOptionsArgs.cs @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateTooltipOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. /// [Input("tooltipVisibility")] - public Input? TooltipVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? TooltipVisibility { get; set; } public TemplateTooltipOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTotalOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTotalOptionsArgs.cs index 670aa1a05b..83f20a290f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTotalOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTotalOptionsArgs.cs @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public InputList TotalAggregationOpti /// The visibility configuration for the total cells. /// [Input("totalsVisibility")] - public Input? TotalsVisibility { get; set; } + public Input? TotalsVisibility { get; set; } public TemplateTotalOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgs.cs index e3e1d7821d..98a4935c45 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgs.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// The visibility of the trend arrows. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgs.cs index 86edac4485..e084b94f42 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgs.cs @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.Reso /// The visibility of the subtitle label. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgs.cs index 8a3e7b1839..0198fcadfd 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Inputs/TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgs.cs @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgs : global::Pulumi.Resourc /// The visibility of the title label. /// [Input("visibility")] - public Input? Visibility { get; set; } + public Input? Visibility { get; set; } public TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgs() { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/CustomPermissionsCapabilities.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/CustomPermissionsCapabilities.cs index 7d2e32558f..7dd052bc50 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/CustomPermissionsCapabilities.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/CustomPermissionsCapabilities.cs @@ -13,22 +13,73 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class CustomPermissionsCapabilities { + /// + /// The ability to add or run anomaly detection. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? AddOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses; + /// + /// The ability to create and update email reports. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? CreateAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports; + /// + /// The ability to create and update data sources. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? CreateAndUpdateDataSources; + /// + /// The ability to create and update datasets. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? CreateAndUpdateDatasets; + /// + /// The ability to export to Create and Update themes. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? CreateAndUpdateThemes; + /// + /// The ability to create and update threshold alerts. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? CreateAndUpdateThresholdAlerts; + /// + /// The ability to create shared folders. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? CreateSharedFolders; + /// + /// The ability to create a SPICE dataset. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? CreateSpiceDataset; + /// + /// The ability to export to CSV files. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? ExportToCsv; + /// + /// The ability to export to Excel files. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? ExportToExcel; + /// + /// The ability to rename shared folders. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? RenameSharedFolders; + /// + /// The ability to share analyses. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? ShareAnalyses; + /// + /// The ability to share dashboards. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? ShareDashboards; + /// + /// The ability to share data sources. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? ShareDataSources; + /// + /// The ability to share datasets. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? ShareDatasets; + /// + /// The ability to subscribe to email reports. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? SubscribeDashboardEmailReports; + /// + /// The ability to view account SPICE capacity. + /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState? ViewAccountSpiceCapacity; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DashboardPublishOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DashboardPublishOptions.cs index f6980215e2..198cbe0435 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DashboardPublishOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DashboardPublishOptions.cs @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ public sealed class DashboardPublishOptions /// /// The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. /// - public readonly Outputs.DashboardVisualMenuOption? VisualMenuOption; + public readonly object? VisualMenuOption; /// /// The visual publish options of a visual in a dashboard. /// @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ private DashboardPublishOptions( Outputs.DashboardVisualAxisSortOption? visualAxisSortOption, - Outputs.DashboardVisualMenuOption? visualMenuOption, + object? visualMenuOption, Outputs.DashboardVisualPublishOptions? visualPublishOptions) { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DashboardVisualMenuOption.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DashboardVisualMenuOption.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 52566c3ac4..0000000000 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DashboardVisualMenuOption.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** -// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** - -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Collections.Immutable; -using System.Threading.Tasks; -using Pulumi.Serialization; - -namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.Outputs -{ - - [OutputType] - public sealed class DashboardVisualMenuOption - { - /// - /// The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. - /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.DashboardBehavior? AvailabilityStatus; - - [OutputConstructor] - private DashboardVisualMenuOption(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.DashboardBehavior? availabilityStatus) - { - AvailabilityStatus = availabilityStatus; - } - } -} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DataSetS3Source.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DataSetS3Source.cs index b1b1469712..5687331476 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DataSetS3Source.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DataSetS3Source.cs @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ public sealed class DataSetS3Source /// /// Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. /// - public readonly Outputs.DataSetUploadSettings? UploadSettings; + public readonly object? UploadSettings; [OutputConstructor] private DataSetS3Source( @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ private DataSetS3Source( ImmutableArray inputColumns, - Outputs.DataSetUploadSettings? uploadSettings) + object? uploadSettings) { DataSourceArn = dataSourceArn; InputColumns = inputColumns; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DataSetUploadSettings.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DataSetUploadSettings.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 66e3e37a3b..0000000000 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/DataSetUploadSettings.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** -// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** - -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Collections.Immutable; -using System.Threading.Tasks; -using Pulumi.Serialization; - -namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.Outputs -{ - - /// - /// <p>Information about the format for a source file or files.</p> - /// - [OutputType] - public sealed class DataSetUploadSettings - { - /// - /// <p>Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.</p> - /// - public readonly bool? ContainsHeader; - /// - /// <p>The delimiter between values in the file.</p> - /// - public readonly string? Delimiter; - /// - /// File format. - /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.DataSetFileFormat? Format; - /// - /// <p>A row number to start reading data from.</p> - /// - public readonly double? StartFromRow; - /// - /// Text qualifier. - /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.DataSetTextQualifier? TextQualifier; - - [OutputConstructor] - private DataSetUploadSettings( - bool? containsHeader, - - string? delimiter, - - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.DataSetFileFormat? format, - - double? startFromRow, - - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.DataSetTextQualifier? textQualifier) - { - ContainsHeader = containsHeader; - Delimiter = delimiter; - Format = format; - StartFromRow = startFromRow; - TextQualifier = textQualifier; - } - } -} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateAxisDisplayOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateAxisDisplayOptions.cs index eb32bc5dd0..4aa4d6e37e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateAxisDisplayOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateAxisDisplayOptions.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateAxisDisplayOptions /// /// Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? AxisLineVisibility; + public readonly object? AxisLineVisibility; /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px /// @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateAxisDisplayOptions /// /// Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? GridLineVisibility; + public readonly object? GridLineVisibility; /// /// The scroll bar options for an axis. /// @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ public sealed class TemplateAxisDisplayOptions [OutputConstructor] private TemplateAxisDisplayOptions( - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? axisLineVisibility, + object? axisLineVisibility, string? axisOffset, Outputs.TemplateAxisDataOptions? dataOptions, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? gridLineVisibility, + object? gridLineVisibility, Outputs.TemplateScrollBarOptions? scrollbarOptions, diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateBoxPlotOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateBoxPlotOptions.cs index ee42a04d06..10cd596bae 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateBoxPlotOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateBoxPlotOptions.cs @@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ public sealed class TemplateBoxPlotOptions /// /// Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? AllDataPointsVisibility; + public readonly object? AllDataPointsVisibility; /// /// Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? OutlierVisibility; + public readonly object? OutlierVisibility; /// /// The style options of the box plot. /// @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ public sealed class TemplateBoxPlotOptions [OutputConstructor] private TemplateBoxPlotOptions( - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? allDataPointsVisibility, + object? allDataPointsVisibility, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? outlierVisibility, + object? outlierVisibility, Outputs.TemplateBoxPlotStyleOptions? styleOptions) { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions.cs index 173b06b3ad..4d3c1313b7 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions.cs @@ -20,22 +20,22 @@ public sealed class TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions /// /// The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? SortIconVisibility; + public readonly object? SortIconVisibility; /// /// The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: /// /// - `VISIBLE` : Shows the axis. /// - `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions( ImmutableArray axisLabelOptions, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? sortIconVisibility, + object? sortIconVisibility, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { AxisLabelOptions = axisLabelOptions; SortIconVisibility = sortIconVisibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateColumnTooltipItem.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateColumnTooltipItem.cs index 1b3487b95d..b85e289aec 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateColumnTooltipItem.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateColumnTooltipItem.cs @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateColumnTooltipItem /// /// The visibility of the tooltip item. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateColumnTooltipItem( @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ private TemplateColumnTooltipItem( Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateTooltipTarget? tooltipTarget, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { Aggregation = aggregation; Column = column; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDataLabelOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDataLabelOptions.cs index 1d61a83215..401c3b372b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDataLabelOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDataLabelOptions.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateDataLabelOptions /// /// Determines the visibility of the category field labels. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? CategoryLabelVisibility; + public readonly object? CategoryLabelVisibility; /// /// The option that determines the data label type. /// @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateDataLabelOptions /// /// Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? MeasureLabelVisibility; + public readonly object? MeasureLabelVisibility; /// /// Determines whether overlap is enabled or disabled for the data labels. /// @@ -48,15 +48,15 @@ public sealed class TemplateDataLabelOptions /// /// Determines the visibility of the total. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? TotalsVisibility; + public readonly object? TotalsVisibility; /// /// Determines the visibility of the data labels. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateDataLabelOptions( - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? categoryLabelVisibility, + object? categoryLabelVisibility, ImmutableArray dataLabelTypes, @@ -66,15 +66,15 @@ private TemplateDataLabelOptions( Outputs.TemplateFontConfiguration? labelFontConfiguration, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? measureLabelVisibility, + object? measureLabelVisibility, Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateDataLabelOverlap? overlap, Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateDataLabelPosition? position, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? totalsVisibility, + object? totalsVisibility, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { CategoryLabelVisibility = categoryLabelVisibility; DataLabelTypes = dataLabelTypes; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDataPathLabelType.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDataPathLabelType.cs index ccd67f0169..329eb6b2c9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDataPathLabelType.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDataPathLabelType.cs @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateDataPathLabelType /// /// The visibility of the data label. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateDataPathLabelType( @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ private TemplateDataPathLabelType( string? fieldValue, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { FieldId = fieldId; FieldValue = fieldValue; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDateAxisOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDateAxisOptions.cs index 91f89aed0a..c7b6aa9ec0 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDateAxisOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDateAxisOptions.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateDateAxisOptions /// /// Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? MissingDateVisibility; + public readonly object? MissingDateVisibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateDateAxisOptions(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? missingDateVisibility) + private TemplateDateAxisOptions(object? missingDateVisibility) { MissingDateVisibility = missingDateVisibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDonutCenterOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDonutCenterOptions.cs index e18e797a11..604f1fdc68 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDonutCenterOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateDonutCenterOptions.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateDonutCenterOptions /// /// Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? LabelVisibility; + public readonly object? LabelVisibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateDonutCenterOptions(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? labelVisibility) + private TemplateDonutCenterOptions(object? labelVisibility) { LabelVisibility = labelVisibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldBasedTooltip.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldBasedTooltip.cs index 58429d1e38..81675429e0 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldBasedTooltip.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldBasedTooltip.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFieldBasedTooltip /// /// The visibility of `Show aggregations` . /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? AggregationVisibility; + public readonly object? AggregationVisibility; /// /// The fields configuration in the tooltip. /// @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFieldBasedTooltip [OutputConstructor] private TemplateFieldBasedTooltip( - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? aggregationVisibility, + object? aggregationVisibility, ImmutableArray tooltipFields, diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldLabelType.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldLabelType.cs index 59dc4337b6..657c685312 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldLabelType.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldLabelType.cs @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ public sealed class TemplateFieldLabelType /// /// The visibility of the field label. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateFieldLabelType( string? fieldId, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { FieldId = fieldId; Visibility = visibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldTooltipItem.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldTooltipItem.cs index 25f02f570f..a0d20ad41e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldTooltipItem.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFieldTooltipItem.cs @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFieldTooltipItem /// /// The visibility of the tooltip item. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateFieldTooltipItem( @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ private TemplateFieldTooltipItem( Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateTooltipTarget? tooltipTarget, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { FieldId = fieldId; Label = label; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElement.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElement.cs index 5e1372bee2..455ab07b5d 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElement.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElement.cs @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElement /// /// The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px /// @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ private TemplateFreeFormLayoutElement( Outputs.TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle? selectedBorderStyle, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility, + object? visibility, string width, diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle.cs index f41acd861e..54bdf71c96 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle.cs @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ public sealed class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle /// /// The background visibility of a free-form layout element. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle( string? color, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { Color = color; Visibility = visibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle.cs index e26699beb0..57ed51239b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle.cs @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ public sealed class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle /// /// The border visibility of a free-form layout element. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle( string? color, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { Color = color; Visibility = visibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions.cs index 4d988db6ba..7bf7eaf7c7 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions /// /// The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? CategoryLabelVisibility; + public readonly object? CategoryLabelVisibility; /// /// The color of the data label text. /// @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions /// /// The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? MeasureLabelVisibility; + public readonly object? MeasureLabelVisibility; /// /// Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel. /// @@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ public sealed class TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions /// /// The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions( - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? categoryLabelVisibility, + object? categoryLabelVisibility, string? labelColor, @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ private TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions( Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateFunnelChartMeasureDataLabelStyle? measureDataLabelStyle, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? measureLabelVisibility, + object? measureLabelVisibility, Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateDataLabelPosition? position, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { CategoryLabelVisibility = categoryLabelVisibility; LabelColor = labelColor; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateKpiSparklineOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateKpiSparklineOptions.cs index 8718bccc39..9c2dcedf8d 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateKpiSparklineOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateKpiSparklineOptions.cs @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateKpiSparklineOptions /// /// The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? TooltipVisibility; + public readonly object? TooltipVisibility; /// /// The type of the sparkline. /// @@ -28,17 +28,17 @@ public sealed class TemplateKpiSparklineOptions /// /// The visibility of the sparkline. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateKpiSparklineOptions( string? color, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? tooltipVisibility, + object? tooltipVisibility, Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateKpiSparklineType type, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { Color = color; TooltipVisibility = tooltipVisibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLabelOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLabelOptions.cs index 2714e6aa92..040142b7d2 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLabelOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLabelOptions.cs @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateLabelOptions /// /// Determines whether or not the label is visible. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateLabelOptions( @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ private TemplateLabelOptions( Outputs.TemplateFontConfiguration? fontConfiguration, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { CustomLabel = customLabel; FontConfiguration = fontConfiguration; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLegendOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLegendOptions.cs index 8472cecf87..da866fc3a7 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLegendOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLegendOptions.cs @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateLegendOptions /// /// Determines whether or not the legend is visible. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px /// @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ private TemplateLegendOptions( Outputs.TemplateFontConfiguration? valueFontConfiguration, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility, + object? visibility, string? width) { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettings.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettings.cs index 824fda1344..ebd7e81aaa 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettings.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettings.cs @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettings /// /// Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? LineVisibility; + public readonly object? LineVisibility; /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px /// @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ private TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettings( Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateLineChartLineStyle? lineStyle, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? lineVisibility, + object? lineVisibility, string? lineWidth) { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings.cs index d3a260147a..3da34016e9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings.cs @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings /// /// Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? MarkerVisibility; + public readonly object? MarkerVisibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings( @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ private TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings( string? markerSize, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? markerVisibility) + object? markerVisibility) { MarkerColor = markerColor; MarkerShape = markerShape; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateListControlSearchOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateListControlSearchOptions.cs index 0836a4f84f..f74454d985 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateListControlSearchOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateListControlSearchOptions.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateListControlSearchOptions /// /// The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateListControlSearchOptions(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateListControlSearchOptions(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions.cs index b12c930919..b8cec485a2 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions /// /// The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLoadingAnimation.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLoadingAnimation.cs index 074646fd27..b50e88b92b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLoadingAnimation.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateLoadingAnimation.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateLoadingAnimation /// /// The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateLoadingAnimation(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateLoadingAnimation(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateMaximumLabelType.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateMaximumLabelType.cs index 2c15dcee60..37c3ac0f9e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateMaximumLabelType.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateMaximumLabelType.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateMaximumLabelType /// /// The visibility of the maximum label. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateMaximumLabelType(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateMaximumLabelType(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateMinimumLabelType.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateMinimumLabelType.cs index 9c4f05642f..cf2edb8433 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateMinimumLabelType.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateMinimumLabelType.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateMinimumLabelType /// /// The visibility of the minimum label. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateMinimumLabelType(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateMinimumLabelType(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePanelConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePanelConfiguration.cs index 3eb70e3fbd..ea8688700d 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePanelConfiguration.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePanelConfiguration.cs @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePanelConfiguration /// /// Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? BackgroundVisibility; + public readonly object? BackgroundVisibility; /// /// Sets the line color of panel borders. /// @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePanelConfiguration /// /// Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? BorderVisibility; + public readonly object? BorderVisibility; /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px /// @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePanelConfiguration /// /// Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? GutterVisibility; + public readonly object? GutterVisibility; /// /// Configures the title display within each small multiples panel. /// @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePanelConfiguration private TemplatePanelConfiguration( string? backgroundColor, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? backgroundVisibility, + object? backgroundVisibility, string? borderColor, @@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ private TemplatePanelConfiguration( string? borderThickness, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? borderVisibility, + object? borderVisibility, string? gutterSpacing, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? gutterVisibility, + object? gutterVisibility, Outputs.TemplatePanelTitleOptions? title) { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePanelTitleOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePanelTitleOptions.cs index cd636015ae..15ed9bba55 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePanelTitleOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePanelTitleOptions.cs @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePanelTitleOptions /// /// Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplatePanelTitleOptions( @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ private TemplatePanelTitleOptions( Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateHorizontalTextAlignment? horizontalTextAlignment, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { FontConfiguration = fontConfiguration; HorizontalTextAlignment = horizontalTextAlignment; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableFieldOption.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableFieldOption.cs index fffe7f0a61..476897023c 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableFieldOption.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableFieldOption.cs @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTableFieldOption /// /// The visibility of the pivot table field. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplatePivotTableFieldOption( @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ private TemplatePivotTableFieldOption( string fieldId, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { CustomLabel = customLabel; FieldId = fieldId; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableOptions.cs index e65d0fb987..3e01078cc7 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableOptions.cs @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTableOptions /// /// The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility; + public readonly object? CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility; /// /// The table cell style of the column header. /// @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTableOptions /// /// The visibility of the column names. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? ColumnNamesVisibility; + public readonly object? ColumnNamesVisibility; /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px /// @@ -63,21 +63,21 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTableOptions /// /// The visibility of the single metric options. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? SingleMetricVisibility; + public readonly object? SingleMetricVisibility; /// /// Determines the visibility of the pivot table. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? ToggleButtonsVisibility; + public readonly object? ToggleButtonsVisibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplatePivotTableOptions( Outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle? cellStyle, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility, + object? collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility, Outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle? columnHeaderStyle, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? columnNamesVisibility, + object? columnNamesVisibility, string? defaultCellWidth, @@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ private TemplatePivotTableOptions( Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplatePivotTableRowsLayout? rowsLayout, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? singleMetricVisibility, + object? singleMetricVisibility, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? toggleButtonsVisibility) + object? toggleButtonsVisibility) { CellStyle = cellStyle; CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility = collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions.cs index ddf3e18db3..73b0cbd724 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions.cs @@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions /// /// The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility; + public readonly object? OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility; /// /// The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? VerticalOverflowVisibility; + public readonly object? VerticalOverflowVisibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions( - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? overflowColumnHeaderVisibility, + object? overflowColumnHeaderVisibility, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? verticalOverflowVisibility) + object? verticalOverflowVisibility) { OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility = overflowColumnHeaderVisibility; VerticalOverflowVisibility = verticalOverflowVisibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions.cs index ad70b06731..7b25d10c8e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions.cs @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions /// /// The visibility of the rows label. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions( string? customLabel, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { CustomLabel = customLabel; Visibility = visibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTotalOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTotalOptions.cs index aabdd5a23d..aae35c517b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTotalOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplatePivotTotalOptions.cs @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ public sealed class TemplatePivotTotalOptions /// /// The visibility configuration for the total cells. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? TotalsVisibility; + public readonly object? TotalsVisibility; /// /// The cell styling options for the totals of value cells. /// @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ private TemplatePivotTotalOptions( Outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle? totalCellStyle, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? totalsVisibility, + object? totalsVisibility, Outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle? valueCellStyle) { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateProgressBarOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateProgressBarOptions.cs index 40cad92efa..f1983ee058 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateProgressBarOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateProgressBarOptions.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateProgressBarOptions /// /// The visibility of the progress bar. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateProgressBarOptions(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateProgressBarOptions(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings.cs index 66855956e6..a62b2e0595 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings /// /// The visibility settings of a radar chart. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRadarChartConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRadarChartConfiguration.cs index 95c2b73825..84b0c079d5 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRadarChartConfiguration.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRadarChartConfiguration.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateRadarChartConfiguration /// /// Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? AlternateBandColorsVisibility; + public readonly object? AlternateBandColorsVisibility; /// /// The color of the even-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. /// @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateRadarChartConfiguration [OutputConstructor] private TemplateRadarChartConfiguration( - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? alternateBandColorsVisibility, + object? alternateBandColorsVisibility, string? alternateBandEvenColor, diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRangeEndsLabelType.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRangeEndsLabelType.cs index 09de85439a..db4d01694e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRangeEndsLabelType.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateRangeEndsLabelType.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateRangeEndsLabelType /// /// The visibility of the range ends label. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateRangeEndsLabelType(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateRangeEndsLabelType(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateScrollBarOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateScrollBarOptions.cs index cbe9e6ea5d..c869946165 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateScrollBarOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateScrollBarOptions.cs @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateScrollBarOptions /// /// The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; /// /// The visibility range for the data zoom scroll bar. /// @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateScrollBarOptions [OutputConstructor] private TemplateScrollBarOptions( - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility, + object? visibility, Outputs.TemplateVisibleRangeOptions? visibleRange) { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSecondaryValueOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSecondaryValueOptions.cs index 75c13cbccf..11083cafce 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSecondaryValueOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSecondaryValueOptions.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateSecondaryValueOptions /// /// Determines the visibility of the secondary value. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateSecondaryValueOptions(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateSecondaryValueOptions(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptions.cs index d374d4a627..5fbc9b6064 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptions.cs @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ public sealed class TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptions /// /// The visibility configuration of info icon label options. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptions( string? infoIconText, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { InfoIconText = infoIconText; Visibility = visibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides.cs index ab3542caa2..254252ad46 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides.cs @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides /// - `VISIBLE` /// - `HIDDEN` /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration.cs index 6732945bdd..273edc2690 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration.cs @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.Outputs public sealed class TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration { public readonly Outputs.TemplateSheetImageTooltipText? TooltipText; - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration( Outputs.TemplateSheetImageTooltipText? tooltipText, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { TooltipText = tooltipText; Visibility = visibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSubtotalOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSubtotalOptions.cs index 01bc644b49..cf5292c32a 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSubtotalOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateSubtotalOptions.cs @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateSubtotalOptions /// /// The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? TotalsVisibility; + public readonly object? TotalsVisibility; /// /// The cell styling options for the subtotals of value cells. /// @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ private TemplateSubtotalOptions( Outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle? totalCellStyle, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? totalsVisibility, + object? totalsVisibility, Outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle? valueCellStyle) { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTableCellStyle.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTableCellStyle.cs index 244a82cb60..6d46c6bc9f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTableCellStyle.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTableCellStyle.cs @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateTableCellStyle /// /// The visibility of the table cells. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateTableCellStyle( @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ private TemplateTableCellStyle( Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVerticalTextAlignment? verticalTextAlignment, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { BackgroundColor = backgroundColor; Border = border; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTableFieldOption.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTableFieldOption.cs index ff60f62915..2a06ee6eb4 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTableFieldOption.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTableFieldOption.cs @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateTableFieldOption /// /// The visibility of a table field. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; /// /// String based length that is composed of value and unit in px /// @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ private TemplateTableFieldOption( Outputs.TemplateTableFieldUrlConfiguration? urlStyling, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility, + object? visibility, string? width) { diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions.cs index 1bdbdec5bb..e55595a42f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions.cs @@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ public sealed class TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions /// /// The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility; + public readonly object? OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility; /// /// The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? VerticalOverflowVisibility; + public readonly object? VerticalOverflowVisibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions( - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? overflowColumnHeaderVisibility, + object? overflowColumnHeaderVisibility, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? verticalOverflowVisibility) + object? verticalOverflowVisibility) { OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility = overflowColumnHeaderVisibility; VerticalOverflowVisibility = verticalOverflowVisibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions.cs index 2e4f5b2a33..861c93a9d3 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions /// /// The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions.cs index a82c68131f..6f017d2d75 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions.cs @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ public sealed class TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions /// /// Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions( Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateNumericSeparatorSymbol? symbol, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { Symbol = symbol; Visibility = visibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTooltipOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTooltipOptions.cs index 7a2d9e1105..19ed3a7487 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTooltipOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTooltipOptions.cs @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateTooltipOptions /// /// Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? TooltipVisibility; + public readonly object? TooltipVisibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateTooltipOptions( @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ private TemplateTooltipOptions( Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateSelectedTooltipType? selectedTooltipType, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? tooltipVisibility) + object? tooltipVisibility) { FieldBasedTooltip = fieldBasedTooltip; SelectedTooltipType = selectedTooltipType; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTotalOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTotalOptions.cs index 82fdb399d9..b9cb337799 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTotalOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTotalOptions.cs @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public sealed class TemplateTotalOptions /// /// The visibility configuration for the total cells. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? TotalsVisibility; + public readonly object? TotalsVisibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateTotalOptions( @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ private TemplateTotalOptions( Outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle? totalCellStyle, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? totalsVisibility) + object? totalsVisibility) { CustomLabel = customLabel; Placement = placement; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTrendArrowOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTrendArrowOptions.cs index a33150dd72..11eb1a5c4e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTrendArrowOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateTrendArrowOptions.cs @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ public sealed class TemplateTrendArrowOptions /// /// The visibility of the trend arrows. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] - private TemplateTrendArrowOptions(Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + private TemplateTrendArrowOptions(object? visibility) { Visibility = visibility; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptions.cs index 35eda95a77..852a40fb7e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptions.cs @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ public sealed class TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptions /// /// The visibility of the subtitle label. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptions( Outputs.TemplateLongFormatText? formatText, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { FormatText = formatText; Visibility = visibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions.cs b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions.cs index 4860727896..3cfb092a4f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/QuickSight/Outputs/TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions.cs @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ public sealed class TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions /// /// The visibility of the title label. /// - public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? Visibility; + public readonly object? Visibility; [OutputConstructor] private TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions( Outputs.TemplateShortFormatText? formatText, - Pulumi.AwsNative.QuickSight.TemplateVisibility? visibility) + object? visibility) { FormatText = formatText; Visibility = visibility; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/DbCluster.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/DbCluster.cs index 598de331a4..0f33dfcaab 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/DbCluster.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/DbCluster.cs @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ public partial class DbCluster : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// /// Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster /// [Output("autoMinorVersionUpgrade")] public Output AutoMinorVersionUpgrade { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public partial class DbCluster : global::Pulumi.CustomResource public Output BackupRetentionPeriod { get; private set; } = null!; /// - /// Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. + /// Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. /// [Output("clusterScalabilityType")] public Output ClusterScalabilityType { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ public partial class DbCluster : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// The life cycle type for this DB cluster. /// By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. /// You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - /// + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + /// + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* /// + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* /// /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -358,7 +358,8 @@ public partial class DbCluster : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// /// The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - /// For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + /// When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + /// For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* /// [Output("masterUserSecret")] public Output MasterUserSecret { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -374,7 +375,7 @@ public partial class DbCluster : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// /// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. /// If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` /// Default: ``0`` /// @@ -384,7 +385,7 @@ public partial class DbCluster : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// /// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. /// If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// [Output("monitoringRoleArn")] public Output MonitoringRoleArn { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -405,7 +406,7 @@ public partial class DbCluster : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// /// Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. /// For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// [Output("performanceInsightsEnabled")] public Output PerformanceInsightsEnabled { get; private set; } = null!; @@ -414,14 +415,14 @@ public partial class DbCluster : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. /// The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. /// If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// [Output("performanceInsightsKmsKeyId")] public Output PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId { get; private set; } = null!; /// /// The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// Valid Values: /// + ``7`` /// + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) @@ -738,7 +739,7 @@ public InputList AssociatedRoles /// /// Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster /// [Input("autoMinorVersionUpgrade")] public Input? AutoMinorVersionUpgrade { get; set; } @@ -778,7 +779,7 @@ public InputList AvailabilityZones public Input? BackupRetentionPeriod { get; set; } /// - /// Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. + /// Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. /// [Input("clusterScalabilityType")] public Input? ClusterScalabilityType { get; set; } @@ -949,7 +950,7 @@ public InputList EnableCloudwatchLogsExports /// The life cycle type for this DB cluster. /// By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. /// You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - /// + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + /// + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* /// + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* /// /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -1045,7 +1046,8 @@ public InputList EnableCloudwatchLogsExports /// /// The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - /// For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + /// When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + /// For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* /// [Input("masterUserSecret")] public Input? MasterUserSecret { get; set; } @@ -1061,7 +1063,7 @@ public InputList EnableCloudwatchLogsExports /// /// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. /// If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` /// Default: ``0`` /// @@ -1071,7 +1073,7 @@ public InputList EnableCloudwatchLogsExports /// /// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. /// If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// [Input("monitoringRoleArn")] public Input? MonitoringRoleArn { get; set; } @@ -1092,7 +1094,7 @@ public InputList EnableCloudwatchLogsExports /// /// Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. /// For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// [Input("performanceInsightsEnabled")] public Input? PerformanceInsightsEnabled { get; set; } @@ -1101,14 +1103,14 @@ public InputList EnableCloudwatchLogsExports /// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. /// The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. /// If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// [Input("performanceInsightsKmsKeyId")] public Input? PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId { get; set; } /// /// The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// Valid Values: /// + ``7`` /// + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/DbInstance.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/DbInstance.cs index e25ac9661f..aa4689ae32 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/DbInstance.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/DbInstance.cs @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ public partial class DbInstance : global::Pulumi.CustomResource /// The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. /// [Output("dbSystemId")] - public Output DbSystemId { get; private set; } = null!; + public Output DbSystemId { get; private set; } = null!; /// /// The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. @@ -993,6 +993,7 @@ private static CustomResourceOptions MakeResourceOptions(CustomResourceOptions? "dbInstanceIdentifier", "dbName", "dbSubnetGroupName", + "dbSystemId", "kmsKeyId", "masterUsername", "ncharCharacterSetName", @@ -1347,6 +1348,12 @@ public InputList DbSecurityGroups [Input("dbSubnetGroupName")] public Input? DbSubnetGroupName { get; set; } + /// + /// The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. + /// + [Input("dbSystemId")] + public Input? DbSystemId { get; set; } + /// /// Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled. /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/GetDbCluster.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/GetDbCluster.cs index 0953e750c1..232abb14d8 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/GetDbCluster.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/GetDbCluster.cs @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public sealed class GetDbClusterResult public readonly ImmutableArray AssociatedRoles; /// /// Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster /// public readonly bool? AutoMinorVersionUpgrade; /// @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ public sealed class GetDbClusterResult /// The life cycle type for this DB cluster. /// By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. /// You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - /// + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + /// + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* /// + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* /// /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -314,7 +314,8 @@ public sealed class GetDbClusterResult public readonly bool? ManageMasterUserPassword; /// /// The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - /// For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + /// When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + /// For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* /// public readonly Outputs.DbClusterMasterUserSecret? MasterUserSecret; /// @@ -326,7 +327,7 @@ public sealed class GetDbClusterResult /// /// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. /// If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` /// Default: ``0`` /// @@ -334,7 +335,7 @@ public sealed class GetDbClusterResult /// /// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. /// If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// public readonly string? MonitoringRoleArn; /// @@ -351,19 +352,19 @@ public sealed class GetDbClusterResult /// /// Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. /// For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// public readonly bool? PerformanceInsightsEnabled; /// /// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. /// The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. /// If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// public readonly string? PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId; /// /// The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - /// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + /// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters /// Valid Values: /// + ``7`` /// + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/GetDbInstance.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/GetDbInstance.cs index d3253d96b7..f011d429c0 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/GetDbInstance.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/GetDbInstance.cs @@ -281,10 +281,6 @@ public sealed class GetDbInstanceResult /// public readonly ImmutableArray DbSecurityGroups; /// - /// The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. - /// - public readonly string? DbSystemId; - /// /// The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. /// public readonly string? DbiResourceId; @@ -661,8 +657,6 @@ private GetDbInstanceResult( ImmutableArray dbSecurityGroups, - string? dbSystemId, - string? dbiResourceId, bool? dedicatedLogVolume, @@ -759,7 +753,6 @@ private GetDbInstanceResult( DbInstanceClass = dbInstanceClass; DbParameterGroupName = dbParameterGroupName; DbSecurityGroups = dbSecurityGroups; - DbSystemId = dbSystemId; DbiResourceId = dbiResourceId; DedicatedLogVolume = dedicatedLogVolume; DeletionProtection = deletionProtection; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/Inputs/DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/Inputs/DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgs.cs index 80a6b8f6c9..9c4b9283ae 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/Inputs/DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/Inputs/DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgs.cs @@ -27,11 +27,19 @@ public sealed class DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgs : global::Pulu public Input? MaxCapacity { get; set; } /// - /// The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + /// The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. /// [Input("minCapacity")] public Input? MinCapacity { get; set; } + /// + /// Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. + /// + /// Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. + /// + [Input("secondsUntilAutoPause")] + public Input? SecondsUntilAutoPause { get; set; } + public DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgs() { } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/Outputs/DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/Outputs/DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration.cs index 34519b225f..9c27933363 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/Rds/Outputs/DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Rds/Outputs/DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration.cs @@ -26,18 +26,27 @@ public sealed class DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration /// public readonly double? MaxCapacity; /// - /// The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + /// The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. /// public readonly double? MinCapacity; + /// + /// Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. + /// + /// Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. + /// + public readonly int? SecondsUntilAutoPause; [OutputConstructor] private DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration( double? maxCapacity, - double? minCapacity) + double? minCapacity, + + int? secondsUntilAutoPause) { MaxCapacity = maxCapacity; MinCapacity = minCapacity; + SecondsUntilAutoPause = secondsUntilAutoPause; } } } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/DomainCustomFileSystemConfigArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/DomainCustomFileSystemConfigArgs.cs index 6ad74d70b4..6a15a65456 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/DomainCustomFileSystemConfigArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/DomainCustomFileSystemConfigArgs.cs @@ -18,6 +18,9 @@ public sealed class DomainCustomFileSystemConfigArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceAr [Input("efsFileSystemConfig")] public Input? EfsFileSystemConfig { get; set; } + /// + /// The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + /// [Input("fSxLustreFileSystemConfig")] public Input? FSxLustreFileSystemConfig { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs.cs index 8fd00d7b81..28f4bc7dac 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs.cs @@ -12,9 +12,15 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.SageMaker.Inputs public sealed class DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + /// [Input("fileSystemId", required: true)] public Input FileSystemId { get; set; } = null!; + /// + /// The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + /// [Input("fileSystemPath")] public Input? FileSystemPath { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/SpaceSettingsArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/SpaceSettingsArgs.cs index 1437002c9f..1d87c68963 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/SpaceSettingsArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/SpaceSettingsArgs.cs @@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ public sealed class SpaceSettingsArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { /// /// The type of app created within the space. + /// + /// If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. /// [Input("appType")] public Input? AppType { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfigArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfigArgs.cs index 2483762175..fe51b7e768 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfigArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfigArgs.cs @@ -18,6 +18,9 @@ public sealed class UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfigArgs : global::Pulumi.Resou [Input("efsFileSystemConfig")] public Input? EfsFileSystemConfig { get; set; } + /// + /// The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + /// [Input("fSxLustreFileSystemConfig")] public Input? FSxLustreFileSystemConfig { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs.cs index 7c169d58c9..c87c283032 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Inputs/UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs.cs @@ -12,9 +12,15 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.SageMaker.Inputs public sealed class UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs { + /// + /// The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + /// [Input("fileSystemId", required: true)] public Input FileSystemId { get; set; } = null!; + /// + /// The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + /// [Input("fileSystemPath")] public Input? FileSystemPath { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/DomainCustomFileSystemConfig.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/DomainCustomFileSystemConfig.cs index 0d958caf0f..b26c48c30e 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/DomainCustomFileSystemConfig.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/DomainCustomFileSystemConfig.cs @@ -17,6 +17,9 @@ public sealed class DomainCustomFileSystemConfig /// The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. /// public readonly Outputs.DomainEfsFileSystemConfig? EfsFileSystemConfig; + /// + /// The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + /// public readonly Outputs.DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig? FSxLustreFileSystemConfig; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig.cs index 45718f52ce..caf13506f3 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig.cs @@ -13,7 +13,13 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.SageMaker.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig { + /// + /// The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + /// public readonly string FileSystemId; + /// + /// The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + /// public readonly string? FileSystemPath; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/SpaceSettings.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/SpaceSettings.cs index efac7e540e..ed873ae72b 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/SpaceSettings.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/SpaceSettings.cs @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ public sealed class SpaceSettings { /// /// The type of app created within the space. + /// + /// If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. /// public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.SageMaker.SpaceAppType? AppType; /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfig.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfig.cs index 23a35f32ca..027c3ab9b6 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfig.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfig.cs @@ -17,6 +17,9 @@ public sealed class UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfig /// The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. /// public readonly Outputs.UserProfileEfsFileSystemConfig? EfsFileSystemConfig; + /// + /// The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + /// public readonly Outputs.UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig? FSxLustreFileSystemConfig; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig.cs index 5a104b4690..fde977fcba 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SageMaker/Outputs/UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig.cs @@ -13,7 +13,13 @@ namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.SageMaker.Outputs [OutputType] public sealed class UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig { + /// + /// The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + /// public readonly string FileSystemId; + /// + /// The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + /// public readonly string? FileSystemPath; [OutputConstructor] diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SecurityHub/Inputs/InsightDateFilterArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SecurityHub/Inputs/InsightDateFilterArgs.cs index b319c97b79..a132931150 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SecurityHub/Inputs/InsightDateFilterArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SecurityHub/Inputs/InsightDateFilterArgs.cs @@ -24,15 +24,7 @@ public sealed class InsightDateFilterArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// /// A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. /// - /// This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - /// - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - /// - /// If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + /// For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . /// [Input("end")] public Input? End { get; set; } @@ -40,15 +32,7 @@ public sealed class InsightDateFilterArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs /// /// A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. /// - /// This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - /// - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - /// - /// If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + /// For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . /// [Input("start")] public Input? Start { get; set; } diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/SecurityHub/Outputs/InsightDateFilter.cs b/sdk/dotnet/SecurityHub/Outputs/InsightDateFilter.cs index d6321cd735..77e632b902 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/SecurityHub/Outputs/InsightDateFilter.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/SecurityHub/Outputs/InsightDateFilter.cs @@ -23,29 +23,13 @@ public sealed class InsightDateFilter /// /// A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. /// - /// This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - /// - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - /// - /// If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + /// For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . /// public readonly string? End; /// /// A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. /// - /// This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - /// - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - /// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - /// - /// If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + /// For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . /// public readonly string? Start; diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Inputs/MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Inputs/MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5db9f471c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Inputs/MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ses.Inputs +{ + + public sealed class MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + [Input("actionFailurePolicy")] + public Input? ActionFailurePolicy { get; set; } + + [Input("applicationId", required: true)] + public Input ApplicationId { get; set; } = null!; + + [Input("indexId", required: true)] + public Input IndexId { get; set; } = null!; + + [Input("roleArn", required: true)] + public Input RoleArn { get; set; } = null!; + + public MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs() + { + } + public static new MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs Empty => new MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Inputs/MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Inputs/MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6515f5b3c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Inputs/MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ses.Inputs +{ + + public sealed class MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs : global::Pulumi.ResourceArgs + { + [Input("deliverToQBusiness", required: true)] + public Input DeliverToQBusiness { get; set; } = null!; + + public MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs() + { + } + public static new MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs Empty => new MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs(); + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Outputs/MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Outputs/MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..045cc40efa --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Outputs/MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction.cs @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ses.Outputs +{ + + [OutputType] + public sealed class MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction + { + public readonly Pulumi.AwsNative.Ses.MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy? ActionFailurePolicy; + public readonly string ApplicationId; + public readonly string IndexId; + public readonly string RoleArn; + + [OutputConstructor] + private MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction( + Pulumi.AwsNative.Ses.MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy? actionFailurePolicy, + + string applicationId, + + string indexId, + + string roleArn) + { + ActionFailurePolicy = actionFailurePolicy; + ApplicationId = applicationId; + IndexId = indexId; + RoleArn = roleArn; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Outputs/MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties.cs b/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Outputs/MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..376d567daa --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/dotnet/Ses/Outputs/MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties.cs @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Immutable; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Pulumi.Serialization; + +namespace Pulumi.AwsNative.Ses.Outputs +{ + + [OutputType] + public sealed class MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties + { + public readonly Outputs.MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction DeliverToQBusiness; + + [OutputConstructor] + private MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties(Outputs.MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction deliverToQBusiness) + { + DeliverToQBusiness = deliverToQBusiness; + } + } +} diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Inputs/RuleGroupRateBasedStatementArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Inputs/RuleGroupRateBasedStatementArgs.cs index 3f1abc0768..3eb86fd7ad 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Inputs/RuleGroupRateBasedStatementArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Inputs/RuleGroupRateBasedStatementArgs.cs @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ public InputList CustomKeys public Input? ForwardedIpConfig { get; set; } /// - /// The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + /// The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. /// /// Examples: /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Inputs/WebAclRateBasedStatementArgs.cs b/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Inputs/WebAclRateBasedStatementArgs.cs index 89d2822d19..cca2b78f4f 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Inputs/WebAclRateBasedStatementArgs.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Inputs/WebAclRateBasedStatementArgs.cs @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ public InputList CustomKeys public Input? ForwardedIpConfig { get; set; } /// - /// The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + /// The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. /// /// Examples: /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Outputs/RuleGroupRateBasedStatement.cs b/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Outputs/RuleGroupRateBasedStatement.cs index 9868247005..6908ede2a7 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Outputs/RuleGroupRateBasedStatement.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Outputs/RuleGroupRateBasedStatement.cs @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ public sealed class RuleGroupRateBasedStatement /// public readonly Outputs.RuleGroupForwardedIpConfiguration? ForwardedIpConfig; /// - /// The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + /// The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. /// /// Examples: /// diff --git a/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Outputs/WebAclRateBasedStatement.cs b/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Outputs/WebAclRateBasedStatement.cs index 91610e9478..6427d23bb9 100644 --- a/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Outputs/WebAclRateBasedStatement.cs +++ b/sdk/dotnet/WaFv2/Outputs/WebAclRateBasedStatement.cs @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ public sealed class WebAclRateBasedStatement /// public readonly Outputs.WebAclForwardedIpConfiguration? ForwardedIpConfig; /// - /// The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + /// The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. /// /// Examples: /// diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/deployment.go b/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/deployment.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a12bd475f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/deployment.go @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +// Code generated by pulumi-language-go DO NOT EDIT. +// *** WARNING: Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +package appconfig + +import ( + "context" + "reflect" + + "errors" + "github.com/pulumi/pulumi-aws-native/sdk/go/aws" + "github.com/pulumi/pulumi-aws-native/sdk/go/aws/internal" + "github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi" +) + +// Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment +type Deployment struct { + pulumi.CustomResourceState + + // The application ID. + ApplicationId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"applicationId"` + // The configuration profile ID. + ConfigurationProfileId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"configurationProfileId"` + // The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. + ConfigurationVersion pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"configurationVersion"` + // The sequence number of the deployment. + DeploymentNumber pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"deploymentNumber"` + // The deployment strategy ID. + DeploymentStrategyId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"deploymentStrategyId"` + // A description of the deployment. + Description pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"description"` + // A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. + DynamicExtensionParameters DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput `pulumi:"dynamicExtensionParameters"` + // The environment ID. + EnvironmentId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"environmentId"` + // The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. + KmsKeyIdentifier pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"kmsKeyIdentifier"` + // An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. + Tags aws.CreateOnlyTagArrayOutput `pulumi:"tags"` +} + +// NewDeployment registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options. +func NewDeployment(ctx *pulumi.Context, + name string, args *DeploymentArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Deployment, error) { + if args == nil { + return nil, errors.New("missing one or more required arguments") + } + + if args.ApplicationId == nil { + return nil, errors.New("invalid value for required argument 'ApplicationId'") + } + if args.ConfigurationProfileId == nil { + return nil, errors.New("invalid value for required argument 'ConfigurationProfileId'") + } + if args.ConfigurationVersion == nil { + return nil, errors.New("invalid value for required argument 'ConfigurationVersion'") + } + if args.DeploymentStrategyId == nil { + return nil, errors.New("invalid value for required argument 'DeploymentStrategyId'") + } + if args.EnvironmentId == nil { + return nil, errors.New("invalid value for required argument 'EnvironmentId'") + } + replaceOnChanges := pulumi.ReplaceOnChanges([]string{ + "applicationId", + "configurationProfileId", + "configurationVersion", + "deploymentStrategyId", + "description", + "dynamicExtensionParameters[*]", + "environmentId", + "kmsKeyIdentifier", + "tags[*]", + }) + opts = append(opts, replaceOnChanges) + opts = internal.PkgResourceDefaultOpts(opts) + var resource Deployment + err := ctx.RegisterResource("aws-native:appconfig:Deployment", name, args, &resource, opts...) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return &resource, nil +} + +// GetDeployment gets an existing Deployment resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional +// state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required). +func GetDeployment(ctx *pulumi.Context, + name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *DeploymentState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Deployment, error) { + var resource Deployment + err := ctx.ReadResource("aws-native:appconfig:Deployment", name, id, state, &resource, opts...) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return &resource, nil +} + +// Input properties used for looking up and filtering Deployment resources. +type deploymentState struct { +} + +type DeploymentState struct { +} + +func (DeploymentState) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*deploymentState)(nil)).Elem() +} + +type deploymentArgs struct { + // The application ID. + ApplicationId string `pulumi:"applicationId"` + // The configuration profile ID. + ConfigurationProfileId string `pulumi:"configurationProfileId"` + // The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. + ConfigurationVersion string `pulumi:"configurationVersion"` + // The deployment strategy ID. + DeploymentStrategyId string `pulumi:"deploymentStrategyId"` + // A description of the deployment. + Description *string `pulumi:"description"` + // A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. + DynamicExtensionParameters []DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters `pulumi:"dynamicExtensionParameters"` + // The environment ID. + EnvironmentId string `pulumi:"environmentId"` + // The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. + KmsKeyIdentifier *string `pulumi:"kmsKeyIdentifier"` + // An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. + Tags []aws.CreateOnlyTag `pulumi:"tags"` +} + +// The set of arguments for constructing a Deployment resource. +type DeploymentArgs struct { + // The application ID. + ApplicationId pulumi.StringInput + // The configuration profile ID. + ConfigurationProfileId pulumi.StringInput + // The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. + ConfigurationVersion pulumi.StringInput + // The deployment strategy ID. + DeploymentStrategyId pulumi.StringInput + // A description of the deployment. + Description pulumi.StringPtrInput + // A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. + DynamicExtensionParameters DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayInput + // The environment ID. + EnvironmentId pulumi.StringInput + // The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. + KmsKeyIdentifier pulumi.StringPtrInput + // An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. + Tags aws.CreateOnlyTagArrayInput +} + +func (DeploymentArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*deploymentArgs)(nil)).Elem() +} + +type DeploymentInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToDeploymentOutput() DeploymentOutput + ToDeploymentOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeploymentOutput +} + +func (*Deployment) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**Deployment)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *Deployment) ToDeploymentOutput() DeploymentOutput { + return i.ToDeploymentOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *Deployment) ToDeploymentOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeploymentOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DeploymentOutput) +} + +type DeploymentOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (DeploymentOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**Deployment)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o DeploymentOutput) ToDeploymentOutput() DeploymentOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DeploymentOutput) ToDeploymentOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeploymentOutput { + return o +} + +// The application ID. +func (o DeploymentOutput) ApplicationId() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *Deployment) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.ApplicationId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +// The configuration profile ID. +func (o DeploymentOutput) ConfigurationProfileId() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *Deployment) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.ConfigurationProfileId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +// The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. +func (o DeploymentOutput) ConfigurationVersion() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *Deployment) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.ConfigurationVersion }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +// The sequence number of the deployment. +func (o DeploymentOutput) DeploymentNumber() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *Deployment) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.DeploymentNumber }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +// The deployment strategy ID. +func (o DeploymentOutput) DeploymentStrategyId() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *Deployment) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.DeploymentStrategyId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +// A description of the deployment. +func (o DeploymentOutput) Description() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *Deployment) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.Description }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +// A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. +func (o DeploymentOutput) DynamicExtensionParameters() DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *Deployment) DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput { + return v.DynamicExtensionParameters + }).(DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput) +} + +// The environment ID. +func (o DeploymentOutput) EnvironmentId() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *Deployment) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.EnvironmentId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +// The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. +func (o DeploymentOutput) KmsKeyIdentifier() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *Deployment) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.KmsKeyIdentifier }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +// An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. +func (o DeploymentOutput) Tags() aws.CreateOnlyTagArrayOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *Deployment) aws.CreateOnlyTagArrayOutput { return v.Tags }).(aws.CreateOnlyTagArrayOutput) +} + +func init() { + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DeploymentInput)(nil)).Elem(), &Deployment{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DeploymentOutput{}) +} diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/getDeployment.go b/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/getDeployment.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1e7581a0d --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/getDeployment.go @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +// Code generated by pulumi-language-go DO NOT EDIT. +// *** WARNING: Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +package appconfig + +import ( + "context" + "reflect" + + "github.com/pulumi/pulumi-aws-native/sdk/go/aws/internal" + "github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi" +) + +// Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment +func LookupDeployment(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupDeploymentArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupDeploymentResult, error) { + opts = internal.PkgInvokeDefaultOpts(opts) + var rv LookupDeploymentResult + err := ctx.Invoke("aws-native:appconfig:getDeployment", args, &rv, opts...) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return &rv, nil +} + +type LookupDeploymentArgs struct { + // The application ID. + ApplicationId string `pulumi:"applicationId"` + // The sequence number of the deployment. + DeploymentNumber string `pulumi:"deploymentNumber"` + // The environment ID. + EnvironmentId string `pulumi:"environmentId"` +} + +type LookupDeploymentResult struct { + // The sequence number of the deployment. + DeploymentNumber *string `pulumi:"deploymentNumber"` +} + +func LookupDeploymentOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupDeploymentOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupDeploymentResultOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx.Context(), args). + ApplyT(func(v interface{}) (LookupDeploymentResultOutput, error) { + args := v.(LookupDeploymentArgs) + options := pulumi.InvokeOutputOptions{InvokeOptions: internal.PkgInvokeDefaultOpts(opts)} + return ctx.InvokeOutput("aws-native:appconfig:getDeployment", args, LookupDeploymentResultOutput{}, options).(LookupDeploymentResultOutput), nil + }).(LookupDeploymentResultOutput) +} + +type LookupDeploymentOutputArgs struct { + // The application ID. + ApplicationId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"applicationId"` + // The sequence number of the deployment. + DeploymentNumber pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"deploymentNumber"` + // The environment ID. + EnvironmentId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"environmentId"` +} + +func (LookupDeploymentOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*LookupDeploymentArgs)(nil)).Elem() +} + +type LookupDeploymentResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (LookupDeploymentResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*LookupDeploymentResult)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o LookupDeploymentResultOutput) ToLookupDeploymentResultOutput() LookupDeploymentResultOutput { + return o +} + +func (o LookupDeploymentResultOutput) ToLookupDeploymentResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupDeploymentResultOutput { + return o +} + +// The sequence number of the deployment. +func (o LookupDeploymentResultOutput) DeploymentNumber() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupDeploymentResult) *string { return v.DeploymentNumber }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +func init() { + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(LookupDeploymentResultOutput{}) +} diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/init.go b/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/init.go index 1d4b5e1d8d..b0d043d167 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/init.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/init.go @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ func (m *module) Construct(ctx *pulumi.Context, name, typ, urn string) (r pulumi r = &Application{} case "aws-native:appconfig:ConfigurationProfile": r = &ConfigurationProfile{} + case "aws-native:appconfig:Deployment": + r = &Deployment{} case "aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentStrategy": r = &DeploymentStrategy{} case "aws-native:appconfig:Environment": diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/pulumiTypes.go index 2dee3add07..f597f9c362 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/appconfig/pulumiTypes.go @@ -138,6 +138,121 @@ func (o ConfigurationProfileValidatorsArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) Conf }).(ConfigurationProfileValidatorsOutput) } +type DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters struct { + // The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. + ExtensionReference *string `pulumi:"extensionReference"` + // The parameter name. + ParameterName *string `pulumi:"parameterName"` + // The parameter value. + ParameterValue *string `pulumi:"parameterValue"` +} + +// DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersInput is an input type that accepts DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs and DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersInput` via: +// +// DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs{...} +type DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput() DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput + ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutputWithContext(context.Context) DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput +} + +type DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs struct { + // The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. + ExtensionReference pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"extensionReference"` + // The parameter name. + ParameterName pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"parameterName"` + // The parameter value. + ParameterValue pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"parameterValue"` +} + +func (DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs) ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput() DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput { + return i.ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs) ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput) +} + +// DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayInput is an input type that accepts DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArray and DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayInput` via: +// +// DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArray{ DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs{...} } +type DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput() DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput + ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput +} + +type DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArray []DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersInput + +func (DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArray) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*[]DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArray) ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput() DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput { + return i.ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArray) ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput) +} + +type DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput) ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput() DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput) ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput { + return o +} + +// The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. +func (o DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput) ExtensionReference() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters) *string { return v.ExtensionReference }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +// The parameter name. +func (o DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput) ParameterName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters) *string { return v.ParameterName }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +// The parameter value. +func (o DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput) ParameterValue() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters) *string { return v.ParameterValue }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +type DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*[]DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput) ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput() DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput) ToDeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput { + return pulumi.All(o, i).ApplyT(func(vs []interface{}) DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters { + return vs[0].([]DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters)[vs[1].(int)] + }).(DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput) +} + // Metadata to assign to the deployment strategy. Tags help organize and categorize your AWS AppConfig resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. type DeploymentStrategyTag struct { // The key name of the tag. You can specify a value that is 1 to 128 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with aws:. You can use any of the following characters: the set of Unicode letters, digits, whitespace, _, ., /, =, +, and -. @@ -146,6 +261,14 @@ type DeploymentStrategyTag struct { Value *string `pulumi:"value"` } +// Metadata to assign to the deployment. Tags help organize and categorize your AWS AppConfig resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. +type DeploymentTag struct { + // The key-value string map. The valid character set is [a-zA-Z1-9+-=._:/]. The tag key can be up to 128 characters and must not start with aws:. + Key *string `pulumi:"key"` + // The tag value can be up to 256 characters. + Value *string `pulumi:"value"` +} + // Amazon CloudWatch alarm to monitor during the deployment process. type EnvironmentMonitor struct { // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch alarm. @@ -566,6 +689,8 @@ func (o ExtensionActionArrayMapOutput) MapIndex(k pulumi.StringInput) ExtensionA func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*ConfigurationProfileValidatorsInput)(nil)).Elem(), ConfigurationProfileValidatorsArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*ConfigurationProfileValidatorsArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), ConfigurationProfileValidatorsArray{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersInput)(nil)).Elem(), DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArray{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*EnvironmentMonitorInput)(nil)).Elem(), EnvironmentMonitorArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*EnvironmentMonitorArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), EnvironmentMonitorArray{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*ExtensionActionInput)(nil)).Elem(), ExtensionActionArgs{}) @@ -575,6 +700,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*ExtensionActionArrayMapInput)(nil)).Elem(), ExtensionActionArrayMap{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(ConfigurationProfileValidatorsOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(ConfigurationProfileValidatorsArrayOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArrayOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(EnvironmentMonitorOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(EnvironmentMonitorArrayOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(ExtensionActionOutput{}) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/knowledgeBase.go b/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/knowledgeBase.go index 00877a6582..f389ab5732 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/knowledgeBase.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/knowledgeBase.go @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ type KnowledgeBase struct { // The status of the knowledge base. Status KnowledgeBaseStatusOutput `pulumi:"status"` // Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. - StorageConfiguration KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput `pulumi:"storageConfiguration"` + StorageConfiguration KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput `pulumi:"storageConfiguration"` // Metadata that you can assign to a resource as key-value pairs. For more information, see the following resources: // // - [Tag naming limits and requirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/tag-editor/latest/userguide/tagging.html#tag-conventions) @@ -58,9 +58,6 @@ func NewKnowledgeBase(ctx *pulumi.Context, if args.RoleArn == nil { return nil, errors.New("invalid value for required argument 'RoleArn'") } - if args.StorageConfiguration == nil { - return nil, errors.New("invalid value for required argument 'StorageConfiguration'") - } replaceOnChanges := pulumi.ReplaceOnChanges([]string{ "knowledgeBaseConfiguration", "storageConfiguration", @@ -108,7 +105,7 @@ type knowledgeBaseArgs struct { // The ARN of the IAM role with permissions to invoke API operations on the knowledge base. The ARN must begin with AmazonBedrockExecutionRoleForKnowledgeBase_ RoleArn string `pulumi:"roleArn"` // Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. - StorageConfiguration KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration `pulumi:"storageConfiguration"` + StorageConfiguration *KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration `pulumi:"storageConfiguration"` // Metadata that you can assign to a resource as key-value pairs. For more information, see the following resources: // // - [Tag naming limits and requirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/tag-editor/latest/userguide/tagging.html#tag-conventions) @@ -127,7 +124,7 @@ type KnowledgeBaseArgs struct { // The ARN of the IAM role with permissions to invoke API operations on the knowledge base. The ARN must begin with AmazonBedrockExecutionRoleForKnowledgeBase_ RoleArn pulumi.StringInput // Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. - StorageConfiguration KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationInput + StorageConfiguration KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrInput // Metadata that you can assign to a resource as key-value pairs. For more information, see the following resources: // // - [Tag naming limits and requirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/tag-editor/latest/userguide/tagging.html#tag-conventions) @@ -218,8 +215,8 @@ func (o KnowledgeBaseOutput) Status() KnowledgeBaseStatusOutput { } // Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. -func (o KnowledgeBaseOutput) StorageConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBase) KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput { return v.StorageConfiguration }).(KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) +func (o KnowledgeBaseOutput) StorageConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBase) KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { return v.StorageConfiguration }).(KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) } // Metadata that you can assign to a resource as key-value pairs. For more information, see the following resources: diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/pulumiEnums.go b/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/pulumiEnums.go index d0e0510d79..bad87215a5 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/pulumiEnums.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/pulumiEnums.go @@ -2714,11 +2714,176 @@ func (in *dataSourceDataDeletionPolicyPtr) ToDataSourceDataDeletionPolicyPtrOutp return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(DataSourceDataDeletionPolicyPtrOutput) } +// Determine how will parsed content be stored. +type DataSourceParsingModality string + +const ( + DataSourceParsingModalityMultimodal = DataSourceParsingModality("MULTIMODAL") +) + +func (DataSourceParsingModality) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceParsingModality)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (e DataSourceParsingModality) ToDataSourceParsingModalityOutput() DataSourceParsingModalityOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutput(e).(DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) +} + +func (e DataSourceParsingModality) ToDataSourceParsingModalityOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceParsingModalityOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, e).(DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) +} + +func (e DataSourceParsingModality) ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput() DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return e.ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (e DataSourceParsingModality) ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return DataSourceParsingModality(e).ToDataSourceParsingModalityOutputWithContext(ctx).ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +func (e DataSourceParsingModality) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutput(pulumi.String(e)).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +func (e DataSourceParsingModality) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, pulumi.String(e)).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +func (e DataSourceParsingModality) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return pulumi.String(e).ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (e DataSourceParsingModality) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return pulumi.String(e).ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx).ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +type DataSourceParsingModalityOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceParsingModality)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) ToDataSourceParsingModalityOutput() DataSourceParsingModalityOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) ToDataSourceParsingModalityOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceParsingModalityOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput() DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return o.ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v DataSourceParsingModality) *DataSourceParsingModality { + return &v + }).(DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ToStringOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e DataSourceParsingModality) string { + return string(e) + }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e DataSourceParsingModality) *string { + v := string(e) + return &v + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +type DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**DataSourceParsingModality)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput() DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) Elem() DataSourceParsingModalityOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSourceParsingModality) DataSourceParsingModality { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret DataSourceParsingModality + return ret + }).(DataSourceParsingModalityOutput) +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e *DataSourceParsingModality) *string { + if e == nil { + return nil + } + v := string(*e) + return &v + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +// DataSourceParsingModalityInput is an input type that accepts values of the DataSourceParsingModality enum +// A concrete instance of `DataSourceParsingModalityInput` can be one of the following: +// +// DataSourceParsingModalityMultimodal +type DataSourceParsingModalityInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToDataSourceParsingModalityOutput() DataSourceParsingModalityOutput + ToDataSourceParsingModalityOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSourceParsingModalityOutput +} + +var dataSourceParsingModalityPtrType = reflect.TypeOf((**DataSourceParsingModality)(nil)).Elem() + +type DataSourceParsingModalityPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput() DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput + ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput +} + +type dataSourceParsingModalityPtr string + +func DataSourceParsingModalityPtr(v string) DataSourceParsingModalityPtrInput { + return (*dataSourceParsingModalityPtr)(&v) +} + +func (*dataSourceParsingModalityPtr) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return dataSourceParsingModalityPtrType +} + +func (in *dataSourceParsingModalityPtr) ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput() DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutput(in).(DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) +} + +func (in *dataSourceParsingModalityPtr) ToDataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) +} + // The parsing strategy for the data source. type DataSourceParsingStrategy string const ( DataSourceParsingStrategyBedrockFoundationModel = DataSourceParsingStrategy("BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL") + DataSourceParsingStrategyBedrockDataAutomation = DataSourceParsingStrategy("BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION") ) func (DataSourceParsingStrategy) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -2844,6 +3009,7 @@ func (o DataSourceParsingStrategyPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx con // A concrete instance of `DataSourceParsingStrategyInput` can be one of the following: // // DataSourceParsingStrategyBedrockFoundationModel +// DataSourceParsingStrategyBedrockDataAutomation type DataSourceParsingStrategyInput interface { pulumi.Input @@ -3635,6 +3801,7 @@ const ( DataSourceTypeSalesforce = DataSourceType("SALESFORCE") DataSourceTypeSharepoint = DataSourceType("SHAREPOINT") DataSourceTypeWeb = DataSourceType("WEB") + DataSourceTypeCustom = DataSourceType("CUSTOM") ) func (DataSourceType) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -3764,6 +3931,7 @@ func (o DataSourceTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Contex // DataSourceTypeSalesforce // DataSourceTypeSharepoint // DataSourceTypeWeb +// DataSourceTypeCustom type DataSourceTypeInput interface { pulumi.Input @@ -6802,11 +6970,176 @@ func (in *knowledgeBaseStorageTypePtr) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageTypePtrOutputWithCo return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(KnowledgeBaseStorageTypePtrOutput) } +// Supplemental data storage location type. +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType string + +const ( + KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeS3 = KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType("S3") +) + +func (KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (e KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutput(e).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) +} + +func (e KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, e).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) +} + +func (e KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput { + return e.ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (e KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput { + return KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType(e).ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutputWithContext(ctx).ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +func (e KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutput(pulumi.String(e)).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +func (e KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, pulumi.String(e)).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +func (e KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return pulumi.String(e).ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (e KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return pulumi.String(e).ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx).ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput { + return o.ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) *KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType { + return &v + }).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ToStringOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) string { + return string(e) + }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) *string { + v := string(e) + return &v + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput) Elem() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType + return ret + }).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e *KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType) *string { + if e == nil { + return nil + } + v := string(*e) + return &v + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +// KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeInput is an input type that accepts values of the KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType enum +// A concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeInput` can be one of the following: +// +// KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeS3 +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput +} + +var knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrType = reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType)(nil)).Elem() + +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput +} + +type knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtr string + +func KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtr(v string) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrInput { + return (*knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtr)(&v) +} + +func (*knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtr) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrType +} + +func (in *knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtr) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutput(in).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput) +} + +func (in *knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtr) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput) +} + // The type of a knowledge base. type KnowledgeBaseType string const ( KnowledgeBaseTypeVector = KnowledgeBaseType("VECTOR") + KnowledgeBaseTypeKendra = KnowledgeBaseType("KENDRA") ) func (KnowledgeBaseType) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -6932,6 +7265,7 @@ func (o KnowledgeBaseTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Con // A concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseTypeInput` can be one of the following: // // KnowledgeBaseTypeVector +// KnowledgeBaseTypeKendra type KnowledgeBaseTypeInput interface { pulumi.Input @@ -7417,6 +7751,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceCrawlFilterConfigurationTypePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceCrawlFilterConfigurationType("PATTERN")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceDataDeletionPolicyInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceDataDeletionPolicy("RETAIN")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceDataDeletionPolicyPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceDataDeletionPolicy("RETAIN")) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceParsingModalityInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceParsingModality("MULTIMODAL")) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceParsingModalityPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceParsingModality("MULTIMODAL")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceParsingStrategyInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceParsingStrategy("BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceParsingStrategyPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceParsingStrategy("BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceSalesforceSourceConfigurationAuthTypeInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceSalesforceSourceConfigurationAuthType("OAUTH2_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS")) @@ -7455,6 +7791,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*GuardrailTopicTypePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), GuardrailTopicType("DENY")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseStorageTypeInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseStorageType("OPENSEARCH_SERVERLESS")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseStorageTypePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseStorageType("OPENSEARCH_SERVERLESS")) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType("S3")) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType("S3")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseTypeInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseType("VECTOR")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseTypePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseType("VECTOR")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*PromptConversationRoleInput)(nil)).Elem(), PromptConversationRole("user")) @@ -7497,6 +7835,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceCrawlFilterConfigurationTypePtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceDataDeletionPolicyOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceDataDeletionPolicyPtrOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceParsingModalityOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceParsingStrategyOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceParsingStrategyPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceSalesforceSourceConfigurationAuthTypeOutput{}) @@ -7553,6 +7893,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseStatusPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseStorageTypeOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseStorageTypePtrOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypePtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseTypeOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseTypePtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(PromptConversationRoleOutput{}) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/pulumiTypes.go index e6e6c8a0bf..d1183c279f 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/bedrock/pulumiTypes.go @@ -901,8 +901,9 @@ type AgentFunction struct { // Name for a resource. Name string `pulumi:"name"` // The parameters that the agent elicits from the user to fulfill the function. - Parameters map[string]AgentParameterDetail `pulumi:"parameters"` - RequireConfirmation *AgentRequireConfirmation `pulumi:"requireConfirmation"` + Parameters map[string]AgentParameterDetail `pulumi:"parameters"` + // Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. + RequireConfirmation *AgentRequireConfirmation `pulumi:"requireConfirmation"` } // AgentFunctionInput is an input type that accepts AgentFunctionArgs and AgentFunctionOutput values. @@ -923,7 +924,8 @@ type AgentFunctionArgs struct { // Name for a resource. Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"` // The parameters that the agent elicits from the user to fulfill the function. - Parameters AgentParameterDetailMapInput `pulumi:"parameters"` + Parameters AgentParameterDetailMapInput `pulumi:"parameters"` + // Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. RequireConfirmation AgentRequireConfirmationPtrInput `pulumi:"requireConfirmation"` } @@ -994,6 +996,7 @@ func (o AgentFunctionOutput) Parameters() AgentParameterDetailMapOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v AgentFunction) map[string]AgentParameterDetail { return v.Parameters }).(AgentParameterDetailMapOutput) } +// Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. func (o AgentFunctionOutput) RequireConfirmation() AgentRequireConfirmationPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v AgentFunction) *AgentRequireConfirmation { return v.RequireConfirmation }).(AgentRequireConfirmationPtrOutput) } @@ -2452,10 +2455,154 @@ type ApplicationInferenceProfileTag struct { Value string `pulumi:"value"` } +// Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source. +type DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration struct { + // Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + ParsingModality *DataSourceParsingModality `pulumi:"parsingModality"` +} + +// DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs and DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationInput` via: +// +// DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs{...} +type DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput() DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput + ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput +} + +// Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source. +type DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs struct { + // Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + ParsingModality DataSourceParsingModalityPtrInput `pulumi:"parsingModality"` +} + +func (DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput() DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput { + return i.ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput) +} + +func (i DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput() DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput { + return i.ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput).ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +// DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs, DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtr and DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrInput` via: +// +// DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs{...} +// +// or: +// +// nil +type DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput() DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput + ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput +} + +type dataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrType DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs + +func DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtr(v *DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs) DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrInput { + return (*dataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrType)(v) +} + +func (*dataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *dataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrType) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput() DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput { + return i.ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *dataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrType) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +// Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source. +type DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput() DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput() DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration) *DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration { + return &v + }).(DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +// Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. +func (o DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput) ParsingModality() DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration) *DataSourceParsingModality { + return v.ParsingModality + }).(DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) +} + +type DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput() DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput) ToDataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration) DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration + return ret + }).(DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput) +} + +// Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. +func (o DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput) ParsingModality() DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration) *DataSourceParsingModality { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.ParsingModality + }).(DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) +} + // Settings for a foundation model used to parse documents for a data source. type DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration struct { // The model's ARN. ModelArn string `pulumi:"modelArn"` + // Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + ParsingModality *DataSourceParsingModality `pulumi:"parsingModality"` // Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document. ParsingPrompt *DataSourceParsingPrompt `pulumi:"parsingPrompt"` } @@ -2475,6 +2622,8 @@ type DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationInput interface { type DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs struct { // The model's ARN. ModelArn pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"modelArn"` + // Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + ParsingModality DataSourceParsingModalityPtrInput `pulumi:"parsingModality"` // Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document. ParsingPrompt DataSourceParsingPromptPtrInput `pulumi:"parsingPrompt"` } @@ -2562,6 +2711,13 @@ func (o DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationOutput) ModelArn() pulumi.S return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration) string { return v.ModelArn }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. +func (o DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationOutput) ParsingModality() DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration) *DataSourceParsingModality { + return v.ParsingModality + }).(DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) +} + // Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document. func (o DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationOutput) ParsingPrompt() DataSourceParsingPromptPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration) *DataSourceParsingPrompt { return v.ParsingPrompt }).(DataSourceParsingPromptPtrOutput) @@ -2601,6 +2757,16 @@ func (o DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationPtrOutput) ModelArn() pulum }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. +func (o DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationPtrOutput) ParsingModality() DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration) *DataSourceParsingModality { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.ParsingModality + }).(DataSourceParsingModalityPtrOutput) +} + // Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document. func (o DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationPtrOutput) ParsingPrompt() DataSourceParsingPromptPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration) *DataSourceParsingPrompt { @@ -4448,6 +4614,8 @@ func (o DataSourceIntermediateStoragePtrOutput) S3Location() DataSourceS3Locatio // Settings for parsing document contents type DataSourceParsingConfiguration struct { + // If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. + BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration *DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration `pulumi:"bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration"` // If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents. BedrockFoundationModelConfiguration *DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration `pulumi:"bedrockFoundationModelConfiguration"` // The parsing strategy for the data source. @@ -4467,6 +4635,8 @@ type DataSourceParsingConfigurationInput interface { // Settings for parsing document contents type DataSourceParsingConfigurationArgs struct { + // If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. + BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration"` // If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents. BedrockFoundationModelConfiguration DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"bedrockFoundationModelConfiguration"` // The parsing strategy for the data source. @@ -4551,6 +4721,13 @@ func (o DataSourceParsingConfigurationOutput) ToDataSourceParsingConfigurationPt }).(DataSourceParsingConfigurationPtrOutput) } +// If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. +func (o DataSourceParsingConfigurationOutput) BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration() DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSourceParsingConfiguration) *DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration { + return v.BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration + }).(DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + // If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents. func (o DataSourceParsingConfigurationOutput) BedrockFoundationModelConfiguration() DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSourceParsingConfiguration) *DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration { @@ -4587,6 +4764,16 @@ func (o DataSourceParsingConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() DataSourceParsingConfigu }).(DataSourceParsingConfigurationOutput) } +// If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. +func (o DataSourceParsingConfigurationPtrOutput) BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration() DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSourceParsingConfiguration) *DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.BedrockDataAutomationConfiguration + }).(DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + // If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents. func (o DataSourceParsingConfigurationPtrOutput) BedrockFoundationModelConfiguration() DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSourceParsingConfiguration) *DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration { @@ -20066,10 +20253,12 @@ func (o KnowledgeBaseBedrockEmbeddingModelConfigurationPtrOutput) Dimensions() p // Contains details about the embeddings model used for the knowledge base. type KnowledgeBaseConfiguration struct { + // Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. + KendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration *KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration `pulumi:"kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration"` // The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base. Type KnowledgeBaseType `pulumi:"type"` // Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. - VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration `pulumi:"vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration"` + VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration *KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration `pulumi:"vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration"` } // KnowledgeBaseConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs and KnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput values. @@ -20085,10 +20274,12 @@ type KnowledgeBaseConfigurationInput interface { // Contains details about the embeddings model used for the knowledge base. type KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs struct { + // Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. + KendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration"` // The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base. Type KnowledgeBaseTypeInput `pulumi:"type"` // Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. - VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationInput `pulumi:"vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration"` + VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration"` } func (KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -20118,16 +20309,23 @@ func (o KnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutputWith return o } +// Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. +func (o KnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) KendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration { + return v.KendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration + }).(KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + // The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base. func (o KnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) Type() KnowledgeBaseTypeOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseConfiguration) KnowledgeBaseType { return v.Type }).(KnowledgeBaseTypeOutput) } // Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. -func (o KnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseConfiguration) KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration { +func (o KnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration { return v.VectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration - }).(KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) + }).(KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) } // The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base. @@ -20272,6 +20470,146 @@ func (o KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationPtrOutput) BedrockEmbeddingModel }).(KnowledgeBaseBedrockEmbeddingModelConfigurationPtrOutput) } +// Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base +type KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration struct { + // The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. + KendraIndexArn string `pulumi:"kendraIndexArn"` +} + +// KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs and KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationInput` via: +// +// KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs{...} +type KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput() KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput +} + +// Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base +type KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs struct { + // The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. + KendraIndexArn pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"kendraIndexArn"` +} + +func (KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput() KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput).ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +// KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs, KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtr and KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput` via: +// +// KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs{...} +// +// or: +// +// nil +type KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput +} + +type knowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrType KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs + +func KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtr(v *KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput { + return (*knowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrType)(v) +} + +func (*knowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *knowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrType) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *knowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrType) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +// Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base +type KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput() KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration { + return &v + }).(KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +// The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. +func (o KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) KendraIndexArn() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) string { return v.KendraIndexArn }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +type KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration + return ret + }).(KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) +} + +// The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. +func (o KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) KendraIndexArn() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) *string { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return &v.KendraIndexArn + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + // Contains the storage configuration of the knowledge base in MongoDb Atlas Cloud. type KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfiguration struct { // Name of the collection within MongoDB Atlas. @@ -21833,6 +22171,146 @@ func (o KnowledgeBaseRdsFieldMappingPtrOutput) VectorField() pulumi.StringPtrOut }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// An Amazon S3 location. +type KnowledgeBaseS3Location struct { + // The location's URI + Uri string `pulumi:"uri"` +} + +// KnowledgeBaseS3LocationInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs and KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseS3LocationInput` via: +// +// KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs{...} +type KnowledgeBaseS3LocationInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput() KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput +} + +// An Amazon S3 location. +type KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs struct { + // The location's URI + Uri pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"uri"` +} + +func (KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseS3Location)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput() KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput).ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +// KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs, KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtr and KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrInput` via: +// +// KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs{...} +// +// or: +// +// nil +type KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput +} + +type knowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrType KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs + +func KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtr(v *KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs) KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrInput { + return (*knowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrType)(v) +} + +func (*knowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseS3Location)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *knowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrType) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *knowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrType) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput) +} + +// An Amazon S3 location. +type KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseS3Location)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput() KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput { + return o.ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v KnowledgeBaseS3Location) *KnowledgeBaseS3Location { + return &v + }).(KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput) +} + +// The location's URI +func (o KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput) Uri() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseS3Location) string { return v.Uri }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +type KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseS3Location)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput) Elem() KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseS3Location) KnowledgeBaseS3Location { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret KnowledgeBaseS3Location + return ret + }).(KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput) +} + +// The location's URI +func (o KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput) Uri() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseS3Location) *string { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return &v.Uri + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + // The vector store service in which the knowledge base is stored. type KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration struct { // Contains the storage configuration of the knowledge base in MongoDB Atlas. @@ -21884,21 +22362,72 @@ func (i KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurati return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) } -// The vector store service in which the knowledge base is stored. -type KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +func (i KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) } -func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput() KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput { - return o +func (i KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput).ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) } -func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput { +// KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs, KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtr and KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrInput` via: +// +// KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs{...} +// +// or: +// +// nil +type KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput +} + +type knowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrType KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs + +func KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtr(v *KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs) KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrInput { + return (*knowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrType)(v) +} + +func (*knowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *knowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrType) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *knowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrType) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +// The vector store service in which the knowledge base is stored. +type KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput() KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput { return o } +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration { + return &v + }).(KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + // Contains the storage configuration of the knowledge base in MongoDB Atlas. func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) MongoDbAtlasConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfiguration { @@ -21930,12 +22459,331 @@ func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) Type() KnowledgeBaseStorageType return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration) KnowledgeBaseStorageType { return v.Type }).(KnowledgeBaseStorageTypeOutput) } +type KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration) KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration + return ret + }).(KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput) +} + +// Contains the storage configuration of the knowledge base in MongoDB Atlas. +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) MongoDbAtlasConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfiguration { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.MongoDbAtlasConfiguration + }).(KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +// Contains the storage configuration of the knowledge base in Amazon OpenSearch Service. +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) OpensearchServerlessConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseOpenSearchServerlessConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseOpenSearchServerlessConfiguration { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.OpensearchServerlessConfiguration + }).(KnowledgeBaseOpenSearchServerlessConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +// Contains the storage configuration of the knowledge base in Pinecone. +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) PineconeConfiguration() KnowledgeBasePineconeConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration) *KnowledgeBasePineconeConfiguration { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.PineconeConfiguration + }).(KnowledgeBasePineconeConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +// Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base in Amazon RDS. For more information, see [Create a vector index in Amazon RDS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/knowledge-base-setup-rds.html) . +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) RdsConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseRdsConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseRdsConfiguration { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.RdsConfiguration + }).(KnowledgeBaseRdsConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +// The vector store service in which the knowledge base is stored. +func (o KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) Type() KnowledgeBaseStorageTypePtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseStorageType { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return &v.Type + }).(KnowledgeBaseStorageTypePtrOutput) +} + +// Configurations for supplemental data storage. +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration struct { + SupplementalDataStorageLocations []KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation `pulumi:"supplementalDataStorageLocations"` +} + +// KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs and KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationInput` via: +// +// KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs{...} +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput +} + +// Configurations for supplemental data storage. +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs struct { + SupplementalDataStorageLocations KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayInput `pulumi:"supplementalDataStorageLocations"` +} + +func (KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput).ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +// KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs, KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtr and KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrInput` via: +// +// KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs{...} +// +// or: +// +// nil +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput +} + +type knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrType KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs + +func KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtr(v *KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrInput { + return (*knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrType)(v) +} + +func (*knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrType) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *knowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrType) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +// Configurations for supplemental data storage. +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration { + return &v + }).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput) SupplementalDataStorageLocations() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration) []KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation { + return v.SupplementalDataStorageLocations + }).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput) +} + +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration + return ret + }).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) SupplementalDataStorageLocations() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration) []KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.SupplementalDataStorageLocations + }).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput) +} + +// Supplemental data storage location. +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation struct { + S3Location *KnowledgeBaseS3Location `pulumi:"s3Location"` + SupplementalDataStorageLocationType KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType `pulumi:"supplementalDataStorageLocationType"` +} + +// KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs and KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationInput` via: +// +// KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs{...} +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput +} + +// Supplemental data storage location. +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs struct { + S3Location KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrInput `pulumi:"s3Location"` + SupplementalDataStorageLocationType KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeInput `pulumi:"supplementalDataStorageLocationType"` +} + +func (KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput) +} + +// KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArray and KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayInput` via: +// +// KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArray{ KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs{...} } +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput +} + +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArray []KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationInput + +func (KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArray) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*[]KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArray) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArray) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput) +} + +// Supplemental data storage location. +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput) S3Location() KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation) *KnowledgeBaseS3Location { return v.S3Location }).(KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput) SupplementalDataStorageLocationType() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType { + return v.SupplementalDataStorageLocationType + }).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationTypeOutput) +} + +type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*[]KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput { + return pulumi.All(o, i).ApplyT(func(vs []interface{}) KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation { + return vs[0].([]KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation)[vs[1].(int)] + }).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput) +} + // Contains details about the model used to create vector embeddings for the knowledge base. type KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration struct { // The ARN of the model used to create vector embeddings for the knowledge base. EmbeddingModelArn string `pulumi:"embeddingModelArn"` // The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base. EmbeddingModelConfiguration *KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration `pulumi:"embeddingModelConfiguration"` + // If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . + SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration *KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration `pulumi:"supplementalDataStorageConfiguration"` } // KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs and KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput values. @@ -21955,6 +22803,8 @@ type KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs struct { EmbeddingModelArn pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"embeddingModelArn"` // The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base. EmbeddingModelConfiguration KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"embeddingModelConfiguration"` + // If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . + SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"supplementalDataStorageConfiguration"` } func (KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -21969,6 +22819,47 @@ func (i KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseVector return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) } +func (i KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput).ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +// KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs, KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtr and KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput` via: +// +// KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs{...} +// +// or: +// +// nil +type KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput + ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput +} + +type knowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrType KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs + +func KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtr(v *KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs) KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput { + return (*knowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrType)(v) +} + +func (*knowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *knowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrType) ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return i.ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *knowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrType) ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + // Contains details about the model used to create vector embeddings for the knowledge base. type KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -21984,6 +22875,16 @@ func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseVect return o } +func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration { + return &v + }).(KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + // The ARN of the model used to create vector embeddings for the knowledge base. func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) EmbeddingModelArn() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) string { return v.EmbeddingModelArn }).(pulumi.StringOutput) @@ -21996,6 +22897,67 @@ func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) EmbeddingModelConfi }).(KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationPtrOutput) } +// If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . +func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration { + return v.SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration + }).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +type KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput() KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) ToKnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration + return ret + }).(KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput) +} + +// The ARN of the model used to create vector embeddings for the knowledge base. +func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) EmbeddingModelArn() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) *string { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return &v.EmbeddingModelArn + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +// The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base. +func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) EmbeddingModelConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.EmbeddingModelConfiguration + }).(KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + +// If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . +func (o KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput) SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration() KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration) *KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.SupplementalDataStorageConfiguration + }).(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput) +} + // Target Agent to invoke with Prompt type PromptAgentResource struct { // Arn representation of the Agent Alias. @@ -24637,6 +25599,7 @@ func (o PromptToolSpecificationOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput { // Prompt variant type PromptVariant struct { + // Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. GenAiResource *PromptGenAiResourceProperties `pulumi:"genAiResource"` // Contains inference configurations for the prompt variant. InferenceConfiguration *PromptInferenceConfigurationProperties `pulumi:"inferenceConfiguration"` @@ -24663,6 +25626,7 @@ type PromptVariantInput interface { // Prompt variant type PromptVariantArgs struct { + // Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. GenAiResource PromptGenAiResourcePropertiesPtrInput `pulumi:"genAiResource"` // Contains inference configurations for the prompt variant. InferenceConfiguration PromptInferenceConfigurationPropertiesPtrInput `pulumi:"inferenceConfiguration"` @@ -24728,6 +25692,7 @@ func (o PromptVariantOutput) ToPromptVariantOutputWithContext(ctx context.Contex return o } +// Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. func (o PromptVariantOutput) GenAiResource() PromptGenAiResourcePropertiesPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v PromptVariant) *PromptGenAiResourceProperties { return v.GenAiResource }).(PromptGenAiResourcePropertiesPtrOutput) } @@ -25175,6 +26140,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*AgentS3IdentifierPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), AgentS3IdentifierArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*ApplicationInferenceProfileInferenceProfileModelSourcePropertiesInput)(nil)).Elem(), ApplicationInferenceProfileInferenceProfileModelSourcePropertiesArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*ApplicationInferenceProfileInferenceProfileModelSourcePropertiesPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), ApplicationInferenceProfileInferenceProfileModelSourcePropertiesArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceChunkingConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceChunkingConfigurationArgs{}) @@ -25373,6 +26340,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasFieldMappingInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasFieldMappingArgs{}) @@ -25389,8 +26358,16 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseRdsConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseRdsConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseRdsFieldMappingInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseRdsFieldMappingArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseRdsFieldMappingPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseRdsFieldMappingArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseS3LocationInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArray{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*PromptAgentResourceInput)(nil)).Elem(), PromptAgentResourceArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*PromptAgentResourcePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), PromptAgentResourceArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*PromptAnyToolChoiceInput)(nil)).Elem(), PromptAnyToolChoiceArgs{}) @@ -25469,6 +26446,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(ApplicationInferenceProfileInferenceProfileModelArrayOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(ApplicationInferenceProfileInferenceProfileModelSourcePropertiesOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(ApplicationInferenceProfileInferenceProfileModelSourcePropertiesPtrOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceChunkingConfigurationOutput{}) @@ -25766,6 +26745,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationPtrOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasFieldMappingOutput{}) @@ -25782,8 +26763,16 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseRdsConfigurationPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseRdsFieldMappingOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseRdsFieldMappingPtrOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseS3LocationOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseS3LocationPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationPtrOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationPtrOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArrayOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(PromptAgentResourceOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(PromptAgentResourcePtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(PromptAnyToolChoiceOutput{}) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/cassandra/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/cassandra/pulumiTypes.go index 6f7bcf1e58..fef72ead96 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/cassandra/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/cassandra/pulumiTypes.go @@ -1803,7 +1803,9 @@ func (o TableTargetTrackingScalingPolicyConfigurationPtrOutput) TargetValue() pu } type TypeField struct { + // The name of the field. FieldName string `pulumi:"fieldName"` + // The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. FieldType string `pulumi:"fieldType"` } @@ -1819,7 +1821,9 @@ type TypeFieldInput interface { } type TypeFieldArgs struct { + // The name of the field. FieldName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"fieldName"` + // The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. FieldType pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"fieldType"` } @@ -1874,10 +1878,12 @@ func (o TypeFieldOutput) ToTypeFieldOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TypeF return o } +// The name of the field. func (o TypeFieldOutput) FieldName() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v TypeField) string { return v.FieldName }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. func (o TypeFieldOutput) FieldType() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v TypeField) string { return v.FieldType }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/cloudformation/stack.go b/sdk/go/aws/cloudformation/stack.go index cb13fd8aea..e0a8754560 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/cloudformation/stack.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/cloudformation/stack.go @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ type Stack struct { // // Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::CloudFormation::Stack` for more information about the expected schema for this property. TemplateBody pulumi.AnyOutput `pulumi:"templateBody"` - // Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. + // The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . // // Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. TemplateUrl pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"templateUrl"` @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ type stackArgs struct { // // Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::CloudFormation::Stack` for more information about the expected schema for this property. TemplateBody interface{} `pulumi:"templateBody"` - // Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. + // The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . // // Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. TemplateUrl *string `pulumi:"templateUrl"` @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ type StackArgs struct { // // Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::CloudFormation::Stack` for more information about the expected schema for this property. TemplateBody pulumi.Input - // Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. + // The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . // // Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. TemplateUrl pulumi.StringPtrInput @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ func (o StackOutput) TemplateBody() pulumi.AnyOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Stack) pulumi.AnyOutput { return v.TemplateBody }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } -// Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. +// The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . // // Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. func (o StackOutput) TemplateUrl() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/cloudfront/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/cloudfront/pulumiTypes.go index 4a375fa1cf..40bcf9c69b 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/cloudfront/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/cloudfront/pulumiTypes.go @@ -2497,6 +2497,8 @@ func (o DistributionCacheBehaviorArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) Distribut type DistributionConfig struct { // A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this distribution. Aliases []string `pulumi:"aliases"` + // ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. + AnycastIpListId *string `pulumi:"anycastIpListId"` // A complex type that contains zero or more ``CacheBehavior`` elements. CacheBehaviors []DistributionCacheBehavior `pulumi:"cacheBehaviors"` // An alias for the CF distribution's domain name. @@ -2517,12 +2519,12 @@ type DistributionConfig struct { CustomOrigin *DistributionLegacyCustomOrigin `pulumi:"customOrigin"` // A complex type that describes the default cache behavior if you don't specify a ``CacheBehavior`` element or if files don't match any of the values of ``PathPattern`` in ``CacheBehavior`` elements. You must create exactly one default cache behavior. DefaultCacheBehavior DistributionDefaultCacheBehavior `pulumi:"defaultCacheBehavior"` - // The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. - // Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. + // When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. + // You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. // If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. // To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. // To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. - // For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + // For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. DefaultRootObject *string `pulumi:"defaultRootObject"` // From this field, you can enable or disable the selected distribution. Enabled bool `pulumi:"enabled"` @@ -2581,6 +2583,8 @@ type DistributionConfigInput interface { type DistributionConfigArgs struct { // A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this distribution. Aliases pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"aliases"` + // ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. + AnycastIpListId pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"anycastIpListId"` // A complex type that contains zero or more ``CacheBehavior`` elements. CacheBehaviors DistributionCacheBehaviorArrayInput `pulumi:"cacheBehaviors"` // An alias for the CF distribution's domain name. @@ -2601,12 +2605,12 @@ type DistributionConfigArgs struct { CustomOrigin DistributionLegacyCustomOriginPtrInput `pulumi:"customOrigin"` // A complex type that describes the default cache behavior if you don't specify a ``CacheBehavior`` element or if files don't match any of the values of ``PathPattern`` in ``CacheBehavior`` elements. You must create exactly one default cache behavior. DefaultCacheBehavior DistributionDefaultCacheBehaviorInput `pulumi:"defaultCacheBehavior"` - // The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. - // Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. + // When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. + // You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. // If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. // To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. // To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. - // For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + // For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. DefaultRootObject pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"defaultRootObject"` // From this field, you can enable or disable the selected distribution. Enabled pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"enabled"` @@ -2682,6 +2686,11 @@ func (o DistributionConfigOutput) Aliases() pulumi.StringArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DistributionConfig) []string { return v.Aliases }).(pulumi.StringArrayOutput) } +// ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. +func (o DistributionConfigOutput) AnycastIpListId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DistributionConfig) *string { return v.AnycastIpListId }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + // A complex type that contains zero or more “CacheBehavior“ elements. func (o DistributionConfigOutput) CacheBehaviors() DistributionCacheBehaviorArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DistributionConfig) []DistributionCacheBehavior { return v.CacheBehaviors }).(DistributionCacheBehaviorArrayOutput) @@ -2727,13 +2736,13 @@ func (o DistributionConfigOutput) DefaultCacheBehavior() DistributionDefaultCach return o.ApplyT(func(v DistributionConfig) DistributionDefaultCacheBehavior { return v.DefaultCacheBehavior }).(DistributionDefaultCacheBehaviorOutput) } -// The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, “index.html“) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (“https://www.example.com“) instead of an object in your distribution (“https://www.example.com/product-description.html“). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. +// When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is “https://www.example.com“, you can specify CloudFront to return the “index.html“ file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, “https://www.example.com/product-description.html“). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. // -// Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. +// You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. // If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. // To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. // To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. -// For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. +// For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. func (o DistributionConfigOutput) DefaultRootObject() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DistributionConfig) *string { return v.DefaultRootObject }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -2856,6 +2865,16 @@ func (o DistributionConfigPtrOutput) Aliases() pulumi.StringArrayOutput { }).(pulumi.StringArrayOutput) } +// ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. +func (o DistributionConfigPtrOutput) AnycastIpListId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DistributionConfig) *string { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.AnycastIpListId + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + // A complex type that contains zero or more “CacheBehavior“ elements. func (o DistributionConfigPtrOutput) CacheBehaviors() DistributionCacheBehaviorArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DistributionConfig) []DistributionCacheBehavior { @@ -2936,13 +2955,13 @@ func (o DistributionConfigPtrOutput) DefaultCacheBehavior() DistributionDefaultC }).(DistributionDefaultCacheBehaviorPtrOutput) } -// The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, “index.html“) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (“https://www.example.com“) instead of an object in your distribution (“https://www.example.com/product-description.html“). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. +// When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is “https://www.example.com“, you can specify CloudFront to return the “index.html“ file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, “https://www.example.com/product-description.html“). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. // -// Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. +// You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. // If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. // To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. // To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. -// For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. +// For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. func (o DistributionConfigPtrOutput) DefaultRootObject() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DistributionConfig) *string { if v == nil { @@ -3498,7 +3517,7 @@ type DistributionCustomOriginConfig struct { // The HTTPS port that CloudFront uses to connect to the origin. Specify the HTTPS port that the origin listens on. HttpsPort *int `pulumi:"httpsPort"` // Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. - // For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + // For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. OriginKeepaliveTimeout *int `pulumi:"originKeepaliveTimeout"` // Specifies the protocol (HTTP or HTTPS) that CloudFront uses to connect to the origin. Valid values are: // + ``http-only`` – CloudFront always uses HTTP to connect to the origin. @@ -3506,7 +3525,7 @@ type DistributionCustomOriginConfig struct { // + ``https-only`` – CloudFront always uses HTTPS to connect to the origin. OriginProtocolPolicy string `pulumi:"originProtocolPolicy"` // Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. - // For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + // For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. OriginReadTimeout *int `pulumi:"originReadTimeout"` // Specifies the minimum SSL/TLS protocol that CloudFront uses when connecting to your origin over HTTPS. Valid values include ``SSLv3``, ``TLSv1``, ``TLSv1.1``, and ``TLSv1.2``. // For more information, see [Minimum Origin SSL Protocol](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginSSLProtocols) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. @@ -3531,7 +3550,7 @@ type DistributionCustomOriginConfigArgs struct { // The HTTPS port that CloudFront uses to connect to the origin. Specify the HTTPS port that the origin listens on. HttpsPort pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"httpsPort"` // Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. - // For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + // For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. OriginKeepaliveTimeout pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"originKeepaliveTimeout"` // Specifies the protocol (HTTP or HTTPS) that CloudFront uses to connect to the origin. Valid values are: // + ``http-only`` – CloudFront always uses HTTP to connect to the origin. @@ -3539,7 +3558,7 @@ type DistributionCustomOriginConfigArgs struct { // + ``https-only`` – CloudFront always uses HTTPS to connect to the origin. OriginProtocolPolicy pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"originProtocolPolicy"` // Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. - // For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + // For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. OriginReadTimeout pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"originReadTimeout"` // Specifies the minimum SSL/TLS protocol that CloudFront uses when connecting to your origin over HTTPS. Valid values include ``SSLv3``, ``TLSv1``, ``TLSv1.1``, and ``TLSv1.2``. // For more information, see [Minimum Origin SSL Protocol](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginSSLProtocols) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. @@ -3636,7 +3655,7 @@ func (o DistributionCustomOriginConfigOutput) HttpsPort() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { // Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. // -// For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. +// For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. func (o DistributionCustomOriginConfigOutput) OriginKeepaliveTimeout() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DistributionCustomOriginConfig) *int { return v.OriginKeepaliveTimeout }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) } @@ -3651,7 +3670,7 @@ func (o DistributionCustomOriginConfigOutput) OriginProtocolPolicy() pulumi.Stri // Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. // -// For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. +// For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. func (o DistributionCustomOriginConfigOutput) OriginReadTimeout() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DistributionCustomOriginConfig) *int { return v.OriginReadTimeout }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) } @@ -3709,7 +3728,7 @@ func (o DistributionCustomOriginConfigPtrOutput) HttpsPort() pulumi.IntPtrOutput // Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. // -// For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. +// For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. func (o DistributionCustomOriginConfigPtrOutput) OriginKeepaliveTimeout() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DistributionCustomOriginConfig) *int { if v == nil { @@ -3734,7 +3753,7 @@ func (o DistributionCustomOriginConfigPtrOutput) OriginProtocolPolicy() pulumi.S // Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. // -// For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. +// For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. func (o DistributionCustomOriginConfigPtrOutput) OriginReadTimeout() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DistributionCustomOriginConfig) *int { if v == nil { @@ -4923,6 +4942,10 @@ func (o DistributionGeoRestrictionPtrOutput) RestrictionType() pulumi.StringPtrO }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications. +// +// To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``. +// For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. type DistributionGrpcConfig struct { // Enables your CloudFront distribution to receive gRPC requests and to proxy them directly to your origins. Enabled bool `pulumi:"enabled"` @@ -4939,6 +4962,10 @@ type DistributionGrpcConfigInput interface { ToDistributionGrpcConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) DistributionGrpcConfigOutput } +// Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications. +// +// To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``. +// For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. type DistributionGrpcConfigArgs struct { // Enables your CloudFront distribution to receive gRPC requests and to proxy them directly to your origins. Enabled pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"enabled"` @@ -4997,6 +5024,10 @@ func (i *distributionGrpcConfigPtrType) ToDistributionGrpcConfigPtrOutputWithCon return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DistributionGrpcConfigPtrOutput) } +// Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications. +// +// To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``. +// For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. type DistributionGrpcConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } func (DistributionGrpcConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -5592,9 +5623,11 @@ func (o DistributionLegacyS3OriginPtrOutput) OriginAccessIdentity() pulumi.Strin }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } -// A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution. +// A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution. +// +// If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. type DistributionLogging struct { - // The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. + // The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. Bucket *string `pulumi:"bucket"` // Specifies whether you want CloudFront to include cookies in access logs, specify ``true`` for ``IncludeCookies``. If you choose to include cookies in logs, CloudFront logs all cookies regardless of how you configure the cache behaviors for this distribution. If you don't want to include cookies when you create a distribution or if you want to disable include cookies for an existing distribution, specify ``false`` for ``IncludeCookies``. IncludeCookies *bool `pulumi:"includeCookies"` @@ -5613,9 +5646,11 @@ type DistributionLoggingInput interface { ToDistributionLoggingOutputWithContext(context.Context) DistributionLoggingOutput } -// A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution. +// A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution. +// +// If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. type DistributionLoggingArgs struct { - // The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. + // The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. Bucket pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"bucket"` // Specifies whether you want CloudFront to include cookies in access logs, specify ``true`` for ``IncludeCookies``. If you choose to include cookies in logs, CloudFront logs all cookies regardless of how you configure the cache behaviors for this distribution. If you don't want to include cookies when you create a distribution or if you want to disable include cookies for an existing distribution, specify ``false`` for ``IncludeCookies``. IncludeCookies pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"includeCookies"` @@ -5676,7 +5711,9 @@ func (i *distributionLoggingPtrType) ToDistributionLoggingPtrOutputWithContext(c return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DistributionLoggingPtrOutput) } -// A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution. +// A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution. +// +// If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. type DistributionLoggingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } func (DistributionLoggingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -5701,7 +5738,7 @@ func (o DistributionLoggingOutput) ToDistributionLoggingPtrOutputWithContext(ctx }).(DistributionLoggingPtrOutput) } -// The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, “myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com“. +// The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, “amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com“. func (o DistributionLoggingOutput) Bucket() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DistributionLogging) *string { return v.Bucket }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -5740,7 +5777,7 @@ func (o DistributionLoggingPtrOutput) Elem() DistributionLoggingOutput { }).(DistributionLoggingOutput) } -// The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, “myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com“. +// The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, “amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com“. func (o DistributionLoggingPtrOutput) Bucket() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DistributionLogging) *string { if v == nil { @@ -6128,7 +6165,9 @@ func (o DistributionOriginCustomHeaderArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) Dist }).(DistributionOriginCustomHeaderOutput) } -// An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. +// An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. +// +// Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests. type DistributionOriginGroup struct { // A complex type that contains information about the failover criteria for an origin group. FailoverCriteria DistributionOriginGroupFailoverCriteria `pulumi:"failoverCriteria"` @@ -6136,7 +6175,7 @@ type DistributionOriginGroup struct { Id string `pulumi:"id"` // A complex type that contains information about the origins in an origin group. Members DistributionOriginGroupMembers `pulumi:"members"` - // The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . + // The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. SelectionCriteria *DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria `pulumi:"selectionCriteria"` } @@ -6151,7 +6190,9 @@ type DistributionOriginGroupInput interface { ToDistributionOriginGroupOutputWithContext(context.Context) DistributionOriginGroupOutput } -// An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. +// An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. +// +// Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests. type DistributionOriginGroupArgs struct { // A complex type that contains information about the failover criteria for an origin group. FailoverCriteria DistributionOriginGroupFailoverCriteriaInput `pulumi:"failoverCriteria"` @@ -6159,7 +6200,7 @@ type DistributionOriginGroupArgs struct { Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"` // A complex type that contains information about the origins in an origin group. Members DistributionOriginGroupMembersInput `pulumi:"members"` - // The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . + // The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. SelectionCriteria DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteriaPtrInput `pulumi:"selectionCriteria"` } @@ -6200,7 +6241,9 @@ func (i DistributionOriginGroupArray) ToDistributionOriginGroupArrayOutputWithCo return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DistributionOriginGroupArrayOutput) } -// An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. +// An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. +// +// Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests. type DistributionOriginGroupOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } func (DistributionOriginGroupOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -6230,7 +6273,7 @@ func (o DistributionOriginGroupOutput) Members() DistributionOriginGroupMembersO return o.ApplyT(func(v DistributionOriginGroup) DistributionOriginGroupMembers { return v.Members }).(DistributionOriginGroupMembersOutput) } -// The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . +// The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. func (o DistributionOriginGroupOutput) SelectionCriteria() DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteriaPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DistributionOriginGroup) *DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria { return v.SelectionCriteria }).(DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteriaPtrOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/databrew/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/databrew/pulumiTypes.go index 9caf4ce7fb..389524b073 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/databrew/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/databrew/pulumiTypes.go @@ -2329,7 +2329,8 @@ func (o DatasetPathParameterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) DatasetPathPar // Input location type DatasetS3Location struct { // The Amazon S3 bucket name. - Bucket string `pulumi:"bucket"` + Bucket string `pulumi:"bucket"` + // The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. BucketOwner *string `pulumi:"bucketOwner"` // The unique name of the object in the bucket. Key *string `pulumi:"key"` @@ -2349,7 +2350,8 @@ type DatasetS3LocationInput interface { // Input location type DatasetS3LocationArgs struct { // The Amazon S3 bucket name. - Bucket pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"bucket"` + Bucket pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"bucket"` + // The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. BucketOwner pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"bucketOwner"` // The unique name of the object in the bucket. Key pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"key"` @@ -2438,6 +2440,7 @@ func (o DatasetS3LocationOutput) Bucket() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DatasetS3Location) string { return v.Bucket }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. func (o DatasetS3LocationOutput) BucketOwner() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DatasetS3Location) *string { return v.BucketOwner }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -2481,6 +2484,7 @@ func (o DatasetS3LocationPtrOutput) Bucket() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. func (o DatasetS3LocationPtrOutput) BucketOwner() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DatasetS3Location) *string { if v == nil { diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/datazone/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/datazone/pulumiTypes.go index 12c46a1d0b..0af4b715e6 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/datazone/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/datazone/pulumiTypes.go @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ import ( var _ = internal.GetEnvOrDefault -// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. +// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. type DataSourceConfigurationInput0Properties struct { GlueRunConfiguration *DataSourceGlueRunConfigurationInput `pulumi:"glueRunConfiguration"` } @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ type DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesInput interface { ToDataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesOutput } -// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. +// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. type DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs struct { GlueRunConfiguration DataSourceGlueRunConfigurationInputPtrInput `pulumi:"glueRunConfiguration"` } @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ func (i *dataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesPtrType) ToDataSourceConfigurati return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesPtrOutput) } -// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. +// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. type DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } func (DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ func (o DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesPtrOutput) GlueRunConfiguration() }).(DataSourceGlueRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput) } -// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. +// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. type DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties struct { RedshiftRunConfiguration *DataSourceRedshiftRunConfigurationInput `pulumi:"redshiftRunConfiguration"` } @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ type DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesInput interface { ToDataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesOutput } -// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. +// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. type DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs struct { RedshiftRunConfiguration DataSourceRedshiftRunConfigurationInputPtrInput `pulumi:"redshiftRunConfiguration"` } @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ func (i *dataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesPtrType) ToDataSourceConfigurati return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesPtrOutput) } -// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. +// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. type DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } func (DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -289,6 +289,144 @@ func (o DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesPtrOutput) RedshiftRunConfigurati }).(DataSourceRedshiftRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput) } +// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. +type DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties struct { + SageMakerRunConfiguration *DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput `pulumi:"sageMakerRunConfiguration"` +} + +// DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesInput is an input type that accepts DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs and DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesInput` via: +// +// DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs{...} +type DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput() DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput + ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput +} + +// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. +type DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs struct { + SageMakerRunConfiguration DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrInput `pulumi:"sageMakerRunConfiguration"` +} + +func (DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput() DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput { + return i.ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput) +} + +func (i DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput() DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput { + return i.ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput).ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +// DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrInput is an input type that accepts DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs, DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtr and DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrInput` via: +// +// DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs{...} +// +// or: +// +// nil +type DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput() DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput + ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput +} + +type dataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrType DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs + +func DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtr(v *DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs) DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrInput { + return (*dataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrType)(v) +} + +func (*dataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *dataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrType) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput() DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput { + return i.ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *dataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrType) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput) +} + +// Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. +type DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput() DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput() DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput { + return o.ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties) *DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties { + return &v + }).(DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput) +} + +func (o DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput) SageMakerRunConfiguration() DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties) *DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput { + return v.SageMakerRunConfiguration + }).(DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput) +} + +type DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput() DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput) ToDataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput) Elem() DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties) DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties + return ret + }).(DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput) +} + +func (o DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput) SageMakerRunConfiguration() DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties) *DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.SageMakerRunConfiguration + }).(DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput) +} + // The search filter expression. type DataSourceFilterExpression struct { Expression string `pulumi:"expression"` @@ -1849,6 +1987,146 @@ func (o DataSourceRelationalFilterConfigurationArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntIn }).(DataSourceRelationalFilterConfigurationOutput) } +// The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source. +type DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput struct { + // The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. + TrackingAssets map[string]interface{} `pulumi:"trackingAssets"` +} + +// DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputInput is an input type that accepts DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs and DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputInput` via: +// +// DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs{...} +type DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput() DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput + ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput +} + +// The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source. +type DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs struct { + // The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. + TrackingAssets pulumi.MapInput `pulumi:"trackingAssets"` +} + +func (DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput() DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput { + return i.ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput) +} + +func (i DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput() DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput { + return i.ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput).ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +// DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrInput is an input type that accepts DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs, DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtr and DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrInput` via: +// +// DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs{...} +// +// or: +// +// nil +type DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput() DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput + ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput +} + +type dataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrType DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs + +func DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtr(v *DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs) DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrInput { + return (*dataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrType)(v) +} + +func (*dataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *dataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrType) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput() DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput { + return i.ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *dataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrType) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput) +} + +// The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source. +type DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput() DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput() DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput { + return o.ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput) *DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput { + return &v + }).(DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput) +} + +// The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. +func (o DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput) TrackingAssets() pulumi.MapOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput) map[string]interface{} { return v.TrackingAssets }).(pulumi.MapOutput) +} + +type DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput() DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput) ToDataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput) Elem() DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput) DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput + return ret + }).(DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput) +} + +// The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. +func (o DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput) TrackingAssets() pulumi.MapOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput) map[string]interface{} { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.TrackingAssets + }).(pulumi.MapOutput) +} + // The schedule of the data source runs. type DataSourceScheduleConfiguration struct { // The schedule of the data source runs. @@ -3115,6 +3393,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceFilterExpressionInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceFilterExpressionArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceFilterExpressionArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceFilterExpressionArray{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceFormInputInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceFormInputArgs{}) @@ -3137,6 +3417,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceRedshiftStorage1PropertiesPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceRedshiftStorage1PropertiesArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceRelationalFilterConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceRelationalFilterConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceRelationalFilterConfigurationArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceRelationalFilterConfigurationArray{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceScheduleConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceScheduleConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceScheduleConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceScheduleConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DomainSingleSignOnInput)(nil)).Elem(), DomainSingleSignOnArgs{}) @@ -3157,6 +3439,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesPtrOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceFilterExpressionOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceFilterExpressionArrayOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceFormInputOutput{}) @@ -3179,6 +3463,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceRedshiftStorage1PropertiesPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceRelationalFilterConfigurationOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceRelationalFilterConfigurationArrayOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceScheduleConfigurationOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceScheduleConfigurationPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DomainSingleSignOnOutput{}) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/getVpcEndpoint.go b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/getVpcEndpoint.go index 4aab542d5d..8a48f07954 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/getVpcEndpoint.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/getVpcEndpoint.go @@ -44,10 +44,12 @@ type LookupVpcEndpointResult struct { // ["Z1HUB23UULQXV:vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com", "Z1HUB23UULQXV:vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3-us-east-1a.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com", "Z1C12344VYDITB0:ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com"] // // If you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the DNS entries in the list will change. - DnsEntries []string `pulumi:"dnsEntries"` + DnsEntries []string `pulumi:"dnsEntries"` + // Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. DnsOptions *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification `pulumi:"dnsOptions"` // The ID of the VPC endpoint. - Id *string `pulumi:"id"` + Id *string `pulumi:"id"` + // The supported IP address types. IpAddressType *VpcEndpointIpAddressType `pulumi:"ipAddressType"` // (Interface endpoints) The network interface IDs. If you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the items in this list might change. NetworkInterfaceIds []string `pulumi:"networkInterfaceIds"` @@ -119,6 +121,7 @@ func (o LookupVpcEndpointResultOutput) DnsEntries() pulumi.StringArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupVpcEndpointResult) []string { return v.DnsEntries }).(pulumi.StringArrayOutput) } +// Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. func (o LookupVpcEndpointResultOutput) DnsOptions() VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupVpcEndpointResult) *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification { return v.DnsOptions }).(VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput) } @@ -128,6 +131,7 @@ func (o LookupVpcEndpointResultOutput) Id() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupVpcEndpointResult) *string { return v.Id }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// The supported IP address types. func (o LookupVpcEndpointResultOutput) IpAddressType() VpcEndpointIpAddressTypePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupVpcEndpointResult) *VpcEndpointIpAddressType { return v.IpAddressType }).(VpcEndpointIpAddressTypePtrOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/getVpcEndpointService.go b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/getVpcEndpointService.go index fbfc03ec20..ed11ad56d6 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/getVpcEndpointService.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/getVpcEndpointService.go @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import ( "context" "reflect" + "github.com/pulumi/pulumi-aws-native/sdk/go/aws" "github.com/pulumi/pulumi-aws-native/sdk/go/aws/internal" "github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi" ) @@ -38,6 +39,8 @@ type LookupVpcEndpointServiceResult struct { PayerResponsibility *string `pulumi:"payerResponsibility"` // The ID of the endpoint service. ServiceId *string `pulumi:"serviceId"` + // The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + Tags []aws.Tag `pulumi:"tags"` } func LookupVpcEndpointServiceOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupVpcEndpointServiceOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupVpcEndpointServiceResultOutput { @@ -97,6 +100,11 @@ func (o LookupVpcEndpointServiceResultOutput) ServiceId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupVpcEndpointServiceResult) *string { return v.ServiceId }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. +func (o LookupVpcEndpointServiceResultOutput) Tags() aws.TagArrayOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupVpcEndpointServiceResult) []aws.Tag { return v.Tags }).(aws.TagArrayOutput) +} + func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(LookupVpcEndpointServiceResultOutput{}) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/launchTemplate.go b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/launchTemplate.go index c539695716..0156de971b 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/launchTemplate.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/launchTemplate.go @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ type LaunchTemplate struct { // A name for the launch template. LaunchTemplateName pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"launchTemplateName"` // The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``. - // To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). + // To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). TagSpecifications LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArrayOutput `pulumi:"tagSpecifications"` // A description for the first version of the launch template. VersionDescription pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"versionDescription"` @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ type launchTemplateArgs struct { // A name for the launch template. LaunchTemplateName *string `pulumi:"launchTemplateName"` // The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``. - // To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). + // To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). TagSpecifications []LaunchTemplateTagSpecification `pulumi:"tagSpecifications"` // A description for the first version of the launch template. VersionDescription *string `pulumi:"versionDescription"` @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateArgs struct { // A name for the launch template. LaunchTemplateName pulumi.StringPtrInput // The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``. - // To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). + // To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). TagSpecifications LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArrayInput // A description for the first version of the launch template. VersionDescription pulumi.StringPtrInput @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateOutput) LaunchTemplateName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { // The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be “launch-template“. // -// To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). +// To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). func (o LaunchTemplateOutput) TagSpecifications() LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *LaunchTemplate) LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArrayOutput { return v.TagSpecifications }).(LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArrayOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/pulumiEnums.go b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/pulumiEnums.go index 128087ceb2..7886ca8c7b 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/pulumiEnums.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/pulumiEnums.go @@ -10907,6 +10907,7 @@ func (in *vpcBlockPublicAccessOptionsInternetGatewayBlockModePtr) ToVpcBlockPubl return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(VpcBlockPublicAccessOptionsInternetGatewayBlockModePtrOutput) } +// The DNS records created for the endpoint. type VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType string const ( @@ -11078,6 +11079,7 @@ func (in *vpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpTypePtr) ToVpcEndpointDns return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpTypePtrOutput) } +// Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. type VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint string const ( @@ -11245,6 +11247,7 @@ func (in *vpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndp return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpointPtrOutput) } +// The supported IP address types. type VpcEndpointIpAddressType string const ( diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/pulumiTypes.go index db7038e343..b9c53ec316 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/pulumiTypes.go @@ -1584,6 +1584,7 @@ func (o Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestPtrOutput) Min() pulumi.IntPtrOut } type Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest struct { + // The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. Cpu *Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest `pulumi:"cpu"` } @@ -1599,6 +1600,7 @@ type Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestInput interface { } type Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs struct { + // The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. Cpu Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrInput `pulumi:"cpu"` } @@ -1679,6 +1681,7 @@ func (o Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestOutput) ToEc2FleetBaselinePerfo }).(Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrOutput) } +// The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. func (o Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestOutput) Cpu() Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest) *Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest { return v.Cpu }).(Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput) } @@ -1707,6 +1710,7 @@ func (o Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrOutput) Elem() Ec2FleetBasel }).(Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestOutput) } +// The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. func (o Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrOutput) Cpu() Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest) *Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest { if v == nil { @@ -2070,6 +2074,9 @@ func (o Ec2FleetCapacityReservationOptionsRequestPtrOutput) UsageStrategy() Ec2F } type Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest struct { + // Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + // + // > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. References []Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest `pulumi:"references"` } @@ -2085,6 +2092,9 @@ type Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestInput interface { } type Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs struct { + // Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + // + // > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. References Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArrayInput `pulumi:"references"` } @@ -2165,6 +2175,9 @@ func (o Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestOutput) ToEc2FleetCpuPerformanceFacto }).(Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput) } +// Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. +// +// > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. func (o Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestOutput) References() Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest) []Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest { return v.References @@ -2195,6 +2208,9 @@ func (o Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput) Elem() Ec2FleetCpuPerforma }).(Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestOutput) } +// Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. +// +// > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. func (o Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput) References() Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest) []Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest { if v == nil { @@ -2809,7 +2825,8 @@ type Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequest struct { // The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . // // Default: No minimum or maximum limits - BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps *Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest `pulumi:"baselineEbsBandwidthMbps"` + BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps *Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest `pulumi:"baselineEbsBandwidthMbps"` + // The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . BaselinePerformanceFactors *Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest `pulumi:"baselinePerformanceFactors"` // Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . // @@ -3000,7 +3017,8 @@ type Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgs struct { // The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . // // Default: No minimum or maximum limits - BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestPtrInput `pulumi:"baselineEbsBandwidthMbps"` + BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestPtrInput `pulumi:"baselineEbsBandwidthMbps"` + // The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . BaselinePerformanceFactors Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrInput `pulumi:"baselinePerformanceFactors"` // Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . // @@ -3295,6 +3313,7 @@ func (o Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestOutput) BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps() Ec }).(Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestPtrOutput) } +// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . func (o Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestOutput) BaselinePerformanceFactors() Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequest) *Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest { return v.BaselinePerformanceFactors @@ -3633,6 +3652,7 @@ func (o Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestPtrOutput) BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps() }).(Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestPtrOutput) } +// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . func (o Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestPtrOutput) BaselinePerformanceFactors() Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequest) *Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest { if v == nil { @@ -4948,6 +4968,24 @@ func (o Ec2FleetOnDemandOptionsRequestPtrOutput) SingleInstanceType() pulumi.Boo } type Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest struct { + // The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + // + // > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + // + // The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + // + // - `c1` + // - `g3` | `g3s` + // - `hpc7g` + // - `m1` | `m2` + // - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + // - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + // - `t1` + // - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + // + // If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + // + // If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . InstanceFamily *string `pulumi:"instanceFamily"` } @@ -4963,6 +5001,24 @@ type Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestInput interface { } type Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs struct { + // The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + // + // > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + // + // The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + // + // - `c1` + // - `g3` | `g3s` + // - `hpc7g` + // - `m1` | `m2` + // - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + // - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + // - `t1` + // - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + // + // If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + // + // If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . InstanceFamily pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"instanceFamily"` } @@ -5017,6 +5073,24 @@ func (o Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestOutput) ToEc2FleetPerformanceFa return o } +// The instance family to use as a baseline reference. +// +// > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . +// +// The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: +// +// - `c1` +// - `g3` | `g3s` +// - `hpc7g` +// - `m1` | `m2` +// - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` +// - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` +// - `t1` +// - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` +// +// If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. +// +// If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . func (o Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestOutput) InstanceFamily() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest) *string { return v.InstanceFamily }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -9730,6 +9804,9 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsPtrOutput) Min() pulumi.IntPtrOutp }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) } +// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. +// +// Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference. type LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors struct { // The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. Cpu *LaunchTemplateCpu `pulumi:"cpu"` @@ -9746,6 +9823,9 @@ type LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsInput interface { ToLaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsOutputWithContext(context.Context) LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsOutput } +// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. +// +// Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference. type LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgs struct { // The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. Cpu LaunchTemplateCpuPtrInput `pulumi:"cpu"` @@ -9804,6 +9884,9 @@ func (i *launchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsPtrType) ToLaunchTemplateBaseli return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsPtrOutput) } +// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. +// +// Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference. type LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } func (LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -10005,7 +10088,8 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) La // ``CapacityReservationSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). type LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecification struct { // Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: - // + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + // + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. + // + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). // + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. CapacityReservationPreference *string `pulumi:"capacityReservationPreference"` // Information about the target Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. @@ -10028,7 +10112,8 @@ type LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationInput interface { // ``CapacityReservationSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). type LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationArgs struct { // Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: - // + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + // + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. + // + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). // + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. CapacityReservationPreference pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"capacityReservationPreference"` // Information about the target Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. @@ -10116,7 +10201,8 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationOutput) ToLaunchTemplateCa } // Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: -// - “open“ - The instance can run in any “open“ Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). +// - “capacity-reservations-only“ - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. +// - “open“ - The instance can run in any “open“ Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). // - “none“ - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. func (o LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationOutput) CapacityReservationPreference() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecification) *string { return v.CapacityReservationPreference }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) @@ -10154,7 +10240,8 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationPtrOutput) Elem() LaunchTe } // Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: -// - “open“ - The instance can run in any “open“ Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). +// - “capacity-reservations-only“ - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. +// - “open“ - The instance can run in any “open“ Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). // - “none“ - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. func (o LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationPtrOutput) CapacityReservationPreference() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecification) *string { @@ -10518,6 +10605,7 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateConnectionTrackingSpecificationPtrOutput) UdpTimeout() pul }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) } +// Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference. type LaunchTemplateCpu struct { // The instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes are compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. References []LaunchTemplateReference `pulumi:"references"` @@ -10534,6 +10622,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateCpuInput interface { ToLaunchTemplateCpuOutputWithContext(context.Context) LaunchTemplateCpuOutput } +// Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference. type LaunchTemplateCpuArgs struct { // The instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes are compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. References LaunchTemplateReferenceArrayInput `pulumi:"references"` @@ -10592,6 +10681,7 @@ func (i *launchTemplateCpuPtrType) ToLaunchTemplateCpuPtrOutputWithContext(ctx c return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(LaunchTemplateCpuPtrOutput) } +// Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference. type LaunchTemplateCpuOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } func (LaunchTemplateCpuOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -11012,7 +11102,8 @@ type LaunchTemplateData struct { // Deprecated. // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, G4dn, or G5 instances. ElasticGpuSpecifications []LaunchTemplateElasticGpuSpecification `pulumi:"elasticGpuSpecifications"` - // An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + // Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. + // An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. // You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. // Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. ElasticInferenceAccelerators []LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAccelerator `pulumi:"elasticInferenceAccelerators"` @@ -11046,7 +11137,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateData struct { // // If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. // Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - // For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + // For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. InstanceRequirements *LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements `pulumi:"instanceRequirements"` // The instance type. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance types](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. // If you specify ``InstanceType``, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. @@ -11081,8 +11172,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateData struct { // The names of the security groups. For a nondefault VPC, you must use security group IDs instead. // If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. SecurityGroups []string `pulumi:"securityGroups"` - // The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. - // To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + // The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. // To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). TagSpecifications []TagSpecification `pulumi:"tagSpecifications"` // The user data to make available to the instance. You must provide base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. For more information, see [Run commands on your Amazon EC2 instance at launch](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. @@ -11122,7 +11212,8 @@ type LaunchTemplateDataArgs struct { // Deprecated. // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, G4dn, or G5 instances. ElasticGpuSpecifications LaunchTemplateElasticGpuSpecificationArrayInput `pulumi:"elasticGpuSpecifications"` - // An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + // Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. + // An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. // You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. // Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. ElasticInferenceAccelerators LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAcceleratorArrayInput `pulumi:"elasticInferenceAccelerators"` @@ -11156,7 +11247,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateDataArgs struct { // // If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. // Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - // For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + // For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. InstanceRequirements LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsPtrInput `pulumi:"instanceRequirements"` // The instance type. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance types](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. // If you specify ``InstanceType``, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. @@ -11191,8 +11282,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateDataArgs struct { // The names of the security groups. For a nondefault VPC, you must use security group IDs instead. // If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. SecurityGroups pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"securityGroups"` - // The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. - // To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + // The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. // To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). TagSpecifications TagSpecificationArrayInput `pulumi:"tagSpecifications"` // The user data to make available to the instance. You must provide base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. For more information, see [Run commands on your Amazon EC2 instance at launch](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. @@ -11273,8 +11363,9 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateDataOutput) ElasticGpuSpecifications() LaunchTemplateElast return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateData) []LaunchTemplateElasticGpuSpecification { return v.ElasticGpuSpecifications }).(LaunchTemplateElasticGpuSpecificationArrayOutput) } -// An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. +// Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. // +// An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. // You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. // Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. func (o LaunchTemplateDataOutput) ElasticInferenceAccelerators() LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAcceleratorArrayOutput { @@ -11335,7 +11426,7 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateDataOutput) InstanceMarketOptions() LaunchTemplateInstance // // If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. // Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. -// For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. +// For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. func (o LaunchTemplateDataOutput) InstanceRequirements() LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateData) *LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements { return v.InstanceRequirements }).(LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsPtrOutput) } @@ -11421,9 +11512,8 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateDataOutput) SecurityGroups() pulumi.StringArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateData) []string { return v.SecurityGroups }).(pulumi.StringArrayOutput) } -// The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. +// The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. // -// To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). // To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). func (o LaunchTemplateDataOutput) TagSpecifications() TagSpecificationArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateData) []TagSpecification { return v.TagSpecifications }).(TagSpecificationArrayOutput) @@ -11453,7 +11543,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateEbs struct { // For ``io2`` volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on [instances built on the Nitro System](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances). On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. // This parameter is supported for ``io1``, ``io2``, and ``gp3`` volumes only. Iops *int `pulumi:"iops"` - // The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. + // Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. KmsKeyId *string `pulumi:"kmsKeyId"` // The ID of the snapshot. SnapshotId *string `pulumi:"snapshotId"` @@ -11499,7 +11589,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateEbsArgs struct { // For ``io2`` volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on [instances built on the Nitro System](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances). On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. // This parameter is supported for ``io1``, ``io2``, and ``gp3`` volumes only. Iops pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"iops"` - // The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. + // Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. KmsKeyId pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"kmsKeyId"` // The ID of the snapshot. SnapshotId pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"snapshotId"` @@ -11620,7 +11710,7 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateEbsOutput) Iops() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateEbs) *int { return v.Iops }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) } -// The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. +// Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. func (o LaunchTemplateEbsOutput) KmsKeyId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateEbs) *string { return v.KmsKeyId }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -11714,7 +11804,7 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateEbsPtrOutput) Iops() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) } -// The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. +// Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. func (o LaunchTemplateEbsPtrOutput) KmsKeyId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *LaunchTemplateEbs) *string { if v == nil { @@ -12941,7 +13031,7 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsPtrOutput) SpotOptions() LaunchTempla // // If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. // Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. -// For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. +// For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. type LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements struct { // The minimum and maximum number of accelerators (GPUs, FPGAs, or AWS Inferentia chips) on an instance. // To exclude accelerator-enabled instance types, set ``Max`` to ``0``. @@ -12978,7 +13068,6 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements struct { // The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. // + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``. // + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``. - // + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``. // // Default: Any accelerator type AcceleratorTypes []string `pulumi:"acceleratorTypes"` @@ -12998,7 +13087,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements struct { // The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. // Default: No minimum or maximum limits BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps *LaunchTemplateBaselineEbsBandwidthMbps `pulumi:"baselineEbsBandwidthMbps"` - // The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + // The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. BaselinePerformanceFactors *LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors `pulumi:"baselinePerformanceFactors"` // Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html). // + To include burstable performance instance types, specify ``included``. @@ -13011,6 +13100,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements struct { // + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``. // + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``. // + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``. + // + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``. // // Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. // Default: Any manufacturer @@ -13101,7 +13191,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsInput interface { // // If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. // Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. -// For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. +// For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. type LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgs struct { // The minimum and maximum number of accelerators (GPUs, FPGAs, or AWS Inferentia chips) on an instance. // To exclude accelerator-enabled instance types, set ``Max`` to ``0``. @@ -13138,7 +13228,6 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgs struct { // The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. // + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``. // + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``. - // + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``. // // Default: Any accelerator type AcceleratorTypes pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"acceleratorTypes"` @@ -13158,7 +13247,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgs struct { // The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. // Default: No minimum or maximum limits BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps LaunchTemplateBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsPtrInput `pulumi:"baselineEbsBandwidthMbps"` - // The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + // The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. BaselinePerformanceFactors LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsPtrInput `pulumi:"baselinePerformanceFactors"` // Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html). // + To include burstable performance instance types, specify ``included``. @@ -13171,6 +13260,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgs struct { // + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``. // + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``. // + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``. + // + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``. // // Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. // Default: Any manufacturer @@ -13303,7 +13393,7 @@ func (i *launchTemplateInstanceRequirementsPtrType) ToLaunchTemplateInstanceRequ // // If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. // Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. -// For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. +// For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. type LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } func (LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -13399,8 +13489,6 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsOutput) AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiB() La // // - For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify “fpga“. // -// - For instance types with inference accelerators, specify “inference“. -// // Default: Any accelerator type func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsOutput) AcceleratorTypes() pulumi.StringArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements) []string { return v.AcceleratorTypes }).(pulumi.StringArrayOutput) @@ -13438,7 +13526,7 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsOutput) BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps() Lau }).(LaunchTemplateBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsPtrOutput) } -// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . +// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsOutput) BaselinePerformanceFactors() LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements) *LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors { return v.BaselinePerformanceFactors @@ -13466,6 +13554,8 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsOutput) BurstablePerformance() pulumi. // // - For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify “amazon-web-services“. // +// - For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify “apple“. +// // Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. // Default: Any manufacturer func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsOutput) CpuManufacturers() pulumi.StringArrayOutput { @@ -13713,8 +13803,6 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsPtrOutput) AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiB() // // - For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify “fpga“. // -// - For instance types with inference accelerators, specify “inference“. -// // Default: Any accelerator type func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsPtrOutput) AcceleratorTypes() pulumi.StringArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements) []string { @@ -13770,7 +13858,7 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsPtrOutput) BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps() }).(LaunchTemplateBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsPtrOutput) } -// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . +// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsPtrOutput) BaselinePerformanceFactors() LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements) *LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors { if v == nil { @@ -13806,6 +13894,8 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsPtrOutput) BurstablePerformance() pulu // // - For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify “amazon-web-services“. // +// - For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify “apple“. +// // Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. // Default: Any manufacturer func (o LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsPtrOutput) CpuManufacturers() pulumi.StringArrayOutput { @@ -15492,9 +15582,10 @@ type LaunchTemplateNetworkInterface struct { EnaSrdSpecification *LaunchTemplateEnaSrdSpecification `pulumi:"enaSrdSpecification"` // The IDs of one or more security groups. Groups []string `pulumi:"groups"` - // The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + // The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. // If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. - // Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` + // If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. + // Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` InterfaceType *string `pulumi:"interfaceType"` // The number of IPv4 prefixes to be automatically assigned to the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the ``Ipv4Prefix`` option. Ipv4PrefixCount *int `pulumi:"ipv4PrefixCount"` @@ -15557,9 +15648,10 @@ type LaunchTemplateNetworkInterfaceArgs struct { EnaSrdSpecification LaunchTemplateEnaSrdSpecificationPtrInput `pulumi:"enaSrdSpecification"` // The IDs of one or more security groups. Groups pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"groups"` - // The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + // The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. // If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. - // Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` + // If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. + // Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` InterfaceType pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"interfaceType"` // The number of IPv4 prefixes to be automatically assigned to the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the ``Ipv4Prefix`` option. Ipv4PrefixCount pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"ipv4PrefixCount"` @@ -15691,10 +15783,11 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateNetworkInterfaceOutput) Groups() pulumi.StringArrayOutput return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateNetworkInterface) []string { return v.Groups }).(pulumi.StringArrayOutput) } -// The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify “efa“. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. +// The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify “efa“ or “efa“. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. // // If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. -// Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` +// If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. +// Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` func (o LaunchTemplateNetworkInterfaceOutput) InterfaceType() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateNetworkInterface) *string { return v.InterfaceType }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -16534,8 +16627,21 @@ func (o LaunchTemplatePrivateIpAddArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) LaunchTe }).(LaunchTemplatePrivateIpAddOutput) } +// Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. type LaunchTemplateReference struct { - // The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. + // The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + // Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. + // The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + // + ``c1`` + // + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` + // + ``hpc7g`` + // + ``m1`` | ``m2`` + // + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` + // + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` + // + ``t1`` + // + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` + // + // If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. InstanceFamily *string `pulumi:"instanceFamily"` } @@ -16550,8 +16656,21 @@ type LaunchTemplateReferenceInput interface { ToLaunchTemplateReferenceOutputWithContext(context.Context) LaunchTemplateReferenceOutput } +// Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. type LaunchTemplateReferenceArgs struct { - // The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. + // The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + // Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. + // The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + // + ``c1`` + // + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` + // + ``hpc7g`` + // + ``m1`` | ``m2`` + // + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` + // + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` + // + ``t1`` + // + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` + // + // If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. InstanceFamily pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"instanceFamily"` } @@ -16592,6 +16711,7 @@ func (i LaunchTemplateReferenceArray) ToLaunchTemplateReferenceArrayOutputWithCo return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(LaunchTemplateReferenceArrayOutput) } +// Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. type LaunchTemplateReferenceOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } func (LaunchTemplateReferenceOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -16606,7 +16726,20 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateReferenceOutput) ToLaunchTemplateReferenceOutputWithContex return o } -// The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. +// The instance family to use as a baseline reference. +// +// Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. +// The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: +// + ``c1`` +// + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` +// + ``hpc7g`` +// + ``m1`` | ``m2`` +// + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` +// + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` +// + ``t1`` +// + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` +// +// If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. func (o LaunchTemplateReferenceOutput) InstanceFamily() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LaunchTemplateReference) *string { return v.InstanceFamily }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -16996,7 +17129,8 @@ func (o LaunchTemplateTagArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) LaunchTemplateTag // Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation. // -// ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). +// To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html). +// ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). type LaunchTemplateTagSpecification struct { // The type of resource. To tag a launch template, ``ResourceType`` must be ``launch-template``. ResourceType *string `pulumi:"resourceType"` @@ -17017,7 +17151,8 @@ type LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationInput interface { // Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation. // -// ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). +// To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html). +// ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). type LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgs struct { // The type of resource. To tag a launch template, ``ResourceType`` must be ``launch-template``. ResourceType pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"resourceType"` @@ -17064,7 +17199,8 @@ func (i LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArray) ToLaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArr // Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation. // -// ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). +// To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html). +// ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). type LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } func (LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -22931,6 +23067,7 @@ func (o SpotFleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestPtrOutput) Min() pulumi.IntPtrOu } type SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest struct { + // The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. Cpu *SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest `pulumi:"cpu"` } @@ -22946,6 +23083,7 @@ type SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestInput interface { } type SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs struct { + // The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. Cpu SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrInput `pulumi:"cpu"` } @@ -23026,6 +23164,7 @@ func (o SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestOutput) ToSpotFleetBaselinePer }).(SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrOutput) } +// The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. func (o SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestOutput) Cpu() SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest) *SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest { return v.Cpu }).(SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput) } @@ -23054,6 +23193,7 @@ func (o SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrOutput) Elem() SpotFleetBas }).(SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestOutput) } +// The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. func (o SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrOutput) Cpu() SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest) *SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest { if v == nil { @@ -23436,6 +23576,9 @@ func (o SpotFleetClassicLoadBalancersConfigPtrOutput) ClassicLoadBalancers() Spo } type SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest struct { + // Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + // + // > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. References []SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest `pulumi:"references"` } @@ -23451,6 +23594,9 @@ type SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestInput interface { } type SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs struct { + // Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + // + // > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. References SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArrayInput `pulumi:"references"` } @@ -23531,6 +23677,9 @@ func (o SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestOutput) ToSpotFleetCpuPerformanceFac }).(SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput) } +// Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. +// +// > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. func (o SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestOutput) References() SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest) []SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest { return v.References @@ -23561,6 +23710,9 @@ func (o SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput) Elem() SpotFleetCpuPerfor }).(SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestOutput) } +// Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. +// +// > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. func (o SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestPtrOutput) References() SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest) []SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest { if v == nil { @@ -24703,7 +24855,8 @@ type SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequest struct { // The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . // // Default: No minimum or maximum limits - BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps *SpotFleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest `pulumi:"baselineEbsBandwidthMbps"` + BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps *SpotFleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest `pulumi:"baselineEbsBandwidthMbps"` + // The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . BaselinePerformanceFactors *SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest `pulumi:"baselinePerformanceFactors"` // Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . // @@ -24894,7 +25047,8 @@ type SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgs struct { // The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . // // Default: No minimum or maximum limits - BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps SpotFleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestPtrInput `pulumi:"baselineEbsBandwidthMbps"` + BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps SpotFleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestPtrInput `pulumi:"baselineEbsBandwidthMbps"` + // The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . BaselinePerformanceFactors SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrInput `pulumi:"baselinePerformanceFactors"` // Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . // @@ -25189,6 +25343,7 @@ func (o SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestOutput) BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps() S }).(SpotFleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestPtrOutput) } +// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . func (o SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestOutput) BaselinePerformanceFactors() SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequest) *SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest { return v.BaselinePerformanceFactors @@ -25527,6 +25682,7 @@ func (o SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestPtrOutput) BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps( }).(SpotFleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestPtrOutput) } +// The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . func (o SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestPtrOutput) BaselinePerformanceFactors() SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequest) *SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest { if v == nil { @@ -27303,6 +27459,24 @@ func (o SpotFleetNetworkInterfaceCountRequestPtrOutput) Min() pulumi.IntPtrOutpu } type SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest struct { + // The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + // + // > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + // + // The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + // + // - `c1` + // - `g3` | `g3s` + // - `hpc7g` + // - `m1` | `m2` + // - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + // - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + // - `t1` + // - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + // + // If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + // + // If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . InstanceFamily *string `pulumi:"instanceFamily"` } @@ -27318,6 +27492,24 @@ type SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestInput interface { } type SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs struct { + // The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + // + // > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + // + // The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + // + // - `c1` + // - `g3` | `g3s` + // - `hpc7g` + // - `m1` | `m2` + // - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + // - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + // - `t1` + // - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + // + // If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + // + // If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . InstanceFamily pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"instanceFamily"` } @@ -27372,6 +27564,24 @@ func (o SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestOutput) ToSpotFleetPerformance return o } +// The instance family to use as a baseline reference. +// +// > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . +// +// The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: +// +// - `c1` +// - `g3` | `g3s` +// - `hpc7g` +// - `m1` | `m2` +// - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` +// - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` +// - `t1` +// - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` +// +// If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. +// +// If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . func (o SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestOutput) InstanceFamily() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest) *string { return v.InstanceFamily }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -29551,7 +29761,7 @@ type SubnetTag struct { Value string `pulumi:"value"` } -// Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template. +// Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. // // ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). type TagSpecification struct { @@ -29573,7 +29783,7 @@ type TagSpecificationInput interface { ToTagSpecificationOutputWithContext(context.Context) TagSpecificationOutput } -// Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template. +// Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. // // ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). type TagSpecificationArgs struct { @@ -29621,7 +29831,7 @@ func (i TagSpecificationArray) ToTagSpecificationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx cont return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(TagSpecificationArrayOutput) } -// Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template. +// Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. // // ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). type TagSpecificationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -31878,7 +32088,9 @@ type VpcBlockPublicAccessExclusionTag struct { } type VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification struct { - DnsRecordIpType *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType `pulumi:"dnsRecordIpType"` + // The DNS records created for the endpoint. + DnsRecordIpType *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType `pulumi:"dnsRecordIpType"` + // Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. PrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint `pulumi:"privateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint"` } @@ -31894,7 +32106,9 @@ type VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationInput interface { } type VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgs struct { - DnsRecordIpType VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpTypePtrInput `pulumi:"dnsRecordIpType"` + // The DNS records created for the endpoint. + DnsRecordIpType VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpTypePtrInput `pulumi:"dnsRecordIpType"` + // Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. PrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpointPtrInput `pulumi:"privateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint"` } @@ -31975,12 +32189,14 @@ func (o VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationOutput) ToVpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecifi }).(VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput) } +// The DNS records created for the endpoint. func (o VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationOutput) DnsRecordIpType() VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpTypePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification) *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType { return v.DnsRecordIpType }).(VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpTypePtrOutput) } +// Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. func (o VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationOutput) PrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint() VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpointPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification) *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint { return v.PrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint @@ -32011,6 +32227,7 @@ func (o VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput) Elem() VpcEndpointDnsOption }).(VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationOutput) } +// The DNS records created for the endpoint. func (o VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput) DnsRecordIpType() VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpTypePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification) *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType { if v == nil { @@ -32020,6 +32237,7 @@ func (o VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput) DnsRecordIpType() VpcEndpoi }).(VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpTypePtrOutput) } +// Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. func (o VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput) PrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint() VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpointPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification) *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint { if v == nil { @@ -32029,8 +32247,25 @@ func (o VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput) PrivateDnsOnlyForInboundRes }).(VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpointPtrOutput) } +type VpcEndpointServiceTag struct { + // The key of the tag. + // + // Constraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 127 Unicode characters. May not begin with `aws:` . + Key string `pulumi:"key"` + // The value of the tag. + // + // Constraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 256 Unicode characters. + Value string `pulumi:"value"` +} + type VpcEndpointTag struct { - Key string `pulumi:"key"` + // The key of the tag. + // + // Constraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 127 Unicode characters. May not begin with `aws:` . + Key string `pulumi:"key"` + // The value of the tag. + // + // Constraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 256 Unicode characters. Value string `pulumi:"value"` } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcCidrBlock.go b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcCidrBlock.go index 5067cda5fc..09a7063630 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcCidrBlock.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcCidrBlock.go @@ -32,6 +32,8 @@ type VpcCidrBlock struct { Ipv6AddressAttribute pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"ipv6AddressAttribute"` // An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. Ipv6CidrBlock pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"ipv6CidrBlock"` + // The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. + Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup"` // The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. Ipv6IpamPoolId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"ipv6IpamPoolId"` // The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. @@ -58,6 +60,7 @@ func NewVpcCidrBlock(ctx *pulumi.Context, "ipv4IpamPoolId", "ipv4NetmaskLength", "ipv6CidrBlock", + "ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup", "ipv6IpamPoolId", "ipv6NetmaskLength", "ipv6Pool", @@ -107,6 +110,8 @@ type vpcCidrBlockArgs struct { Ipv4NetmaskLength *int `pulumi:"ipv4NetmaskLength"` // An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. Ipv6CidrBlock *string `pulumi:"ipv6CidrBlock"` + // The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. + Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup *string `pulumi:"ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup"` // The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. Ipv6IpamPoolId *string `pulumi:"ipv6IpamPoolId"` // The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. @@ -129,6 +134,8 @@ type VpcCidrBlockArgs struct { Ipv4NetmaskLength pulumi.IntPtrInput // An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. Ipv6CidrBlock pulumi.StringPtrInput + // The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. + Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup pulumi.StringPtrInput // The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. Ipv6IpamPoolId pulumi.StringPtrInput // The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. @@ -216,6 +223,11 @@ func (o VpcCidrBlockOutput) Ipv6CidrBlock() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcCidrBlock) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.Ipv6CidrBlock }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. +func (o VpcCidrBlockOutput) Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcCidrBlock) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + // The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. func (o VpcCidrBlockOutput) Ipv6IpamPoolId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcCidrBlock) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.Ipv6IpamPoolId }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcEndpoint.go b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcEndpoint.go index 057620f16d..4d80ff488f 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcEndpoint.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcEndpoint.go @@ -34,9 +34,11 @@ type VpcEndpoint struct { // ["Z1HUB23UULQXV:vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com", "Z1HUB23UULQXV:vpce-01abc23456de78f9g-12abccd3-us-east-1a.ec2.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com", "Z1C12344VYDITB0:ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com"] // // If you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the DNS entries in the list will change. - DnsEntries pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"dnsEntries"` - DnsOptions VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput `pulumi:"dnsOptions"` - IpAddressType VpcEndpointIpAddressTypePtrOutput `pulumi:"ipAddressType"` + DnsEntries pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"dnsEntries"` + // Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + DnsOptions VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput `pulumi:"dnsOptions"` + // The supported IP address types. + IpAddressType VpcEndpointIpAddressTypePtrOutput `pulumi:"ipAddressType"` // (Interface endpoints) The network interface IDs. If you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the items in this list might change. NetworkInterfaceIds pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"networkInterfaceIds"` // An endpoint policy, which controls access to the service from the VPC. The default endpoint policy allows full access to the service. Endpoint policies are supported only for gateway and interface endpoints. @@ -49,14 +51,16 @@ type VpcEndpoint struct { // To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to ``true``: ``enableDnsHostnames`` and ``enableDnsSupport``. // This property is supported only for interface endpoints. // Default: ``false`` - PrivateDnsEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrOutput `pulumi:"privateDnsEnabled"` + PrivateDnsEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrOutput `pulumi:"privateDnsEnabled"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. ResourceConfigurationArn pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"resourceConfigurationArn"` // The IDs of the route tables. Routing is supported only for gateway endpoints. RouteTableIds pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"routeTableIds"` // The IDs of the security groups to associate with the endpoint network interfaces. If this parameter is not specified, we use the default security group for the VPC. Security groups are supported only for interface endpoints. SecurityGroupIds pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"securityGroupIds"` // The name of the endpoint service. - ServiceName pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"serviceName"` + ServiceName pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"serviceName"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. ServiceNetworkArn pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"serviceNetworkArn"` // The IDs of the subnets in which to create endpoint network interfaces. You must specify this property for an interface endpoint or a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint. You can't specify this property for a gateway endpoint. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify only one subnet. SubnetIds pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"subnetIds"` @@ -119,8 +123,10 @@ func (VpcEndpointState) ElementType() reflect.Type { } type vpcEndpointArgs struct { - DnsOptions *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification `pulumi:"dnsOptions"` - IpAddressType *VpcEndpointIpAddressType `pulumi:"ipAddressType"` + // Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + DnsOptions *VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification `pulumi:"dnsOptions"` + // The supported IP address types. + IpAddressType *VpcEndpointIpAddressType `pulumi:"ipAddressType"` // An endpoint policy, which controls access to the service from the VPC. The default endpoint policy allows full access to the service. Endpoint policies are supported only for gateway and interface endpoints. // For CloudFormation templates in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. For example, if you have a JSON policy, you can convert it to YAML before including it in the YAML template, and CFNlong converts the policy to JSON format before calling the API actions for privatelink. Alternatively, you can include the JSON directly in the YAML, as shown in the following ``Properties`` section: // ``Properties: VpcEndpointType: 'Interface' ServiceName: !Sub 'com.amazonaws.${AWS::Region}.logs' PolicyDocument: '{ "Version":"2012-10-17", "Statement": [{ "Effect":"Allow", "Principal":"*", "Action":["logs:Describe*","logs:Get*","logs:List*","logs:FilterLogEvents"], "Resource":"*" }] }'`` @@ -131,14 +137,16 @@ type vpcEndpointArgs struct { // To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to ``true``: ``enableDnsHostnames`` and ``enableDnsSupport``. // This property is supported only for interface endpoints. // Default: ``false`` - PrivateDnsEnabled *bool `pulumi:"privateDnsEnabled"` + PrivateDnsEnabled *bool `pulumi:"privateDnsEnabled"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. ResourceConfigurationArn *string `pulumi:"resourceConfigurationArn"` // The IDs of the route tables. Routing is supported only for gateway endpoints. RouteTableIds []string `pulumi:"routeTableIds"` // The IDs of the security groups to associate with the endpoint network interfaces. If this parameter is not specified, we use the default security group for the VPC. Security groups are supported only for interface endpoints. SecurityGroupIds []string `pulumi:"securityGroupIds"` // The name of the endpoint service. - ServiceName *string `pulumi:"serviceName"` + ServiceName *string `pulumi:"serviceName"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. ServiceNetworkArn *string `pulumi:"serviceNetworkArn"` // The IDs of the subnets in which to create endpoint network interfaces. You must specify this property for an interface endpoint or a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint. You can't specify this property for a gateway endpoint. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify only one subnet. SubnetIds []string `pulumi:"subnetIds"` @@ -152,7 +160,9 @@ type vpcEndpointArgs struct { // The set of arguments for constructing a VpcEndpoint resource. type VpcEndpointArgs struct { - DnsOptions VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrInput + // Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + DnsOptions VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrInput + // The supported IP address types. IpAddressType VpcEndpointIpAddressTypePtrInput // An endpoint policy, which controls access to the service from the VPC. The default endpoint policy allows full access to the service. Endpoint policies are supported only for gateway and interface endpoints. // For CloudFormation templates in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. For example, if you have a JSON policy, you can convert it to YAML before including it in the YAML template, and CFNlong converts the policy to JSON format before calling the API actions for privatelink. Alternatively, you can include the JSON directly in the YAML, as shown in the following ``Properties`` section: @@ -164,14 +174,16 @@ type VpcEndpointArgs struct { // To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to ``true``: ``enableDnsHostnames`` and ``enableDnsSupport``. // This property is supported only for interface endpoints. // Default: ``false`` - PrivateDnsEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput + PrivateDnsEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. ResourceConfigurationArn pulumi.StringPtrInput // The IDs of the route tables. Routing is supported only for gateway endpoints. RouteTableIds pulumi.StringArrayInput // The IDs of the security groups to associate with the endpoint network interfaces. If this parameter is not specified, we use the default security group for the VPC. Security groups are supported only for interface endpoints. SecurityGroupIds pulumi.StringArrayInput // The name of the endpoint service. - ServiceName pulumi.StringPtrInput + ServiceName pulumi.StringPtrInput + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. ServiceNetworkArn pulumi.StringPtrInput // The IDs of the subnets in which to create endpoint network interfaces. You must specify this property for an interface endpoint or a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint. You can't specify this property for a gateway endpoint. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify only one subnet. SubnetIds pulumi.StringArrayInput @@ -241,10 +253,12 @@ func (o VpcEndpointOutput) DnsEntries() pulumi.StringArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcEndpoint) pulumi.StringArrayOutput { return v.DnsEntries }).(pulumi.StringArrayOutput) } +// Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. func (o VpcEndpointOutput) DnsOptions() VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcEndpoint) VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput { return v.DnsOptions }).(VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPtrOutput) } +// The supported IP address types. func (o VpcEndpointOutput) IpAddressType() VpcEndpointIpAddressTypePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcEndpoint) VpcEndpointIpAddressTypePtrOutput { return v.IpAddressType }).(VpcEndpointIpAddressTypePtrOutput) } @@ -273,6 +287,7 @@ func (o VpcEndpointOutput) PrivateDnsEnabled() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcEndpoint) pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return v.PrivateDnsEnabled }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) } +// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. func (o VpcEndpointOutput) ResourceConfigurationArn() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcEndpoint) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.ResourceConfigurationArn }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -292,6 +307,7 @@ func (o VpcEndpointOutput) ServiceName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcEndpoint) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.ServiceName }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. func (o VpcEndpointOutput) ServiceNetworkArn() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcEndpoint) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.ServiceNetworkArn }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcEndpointService.go b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcEndpointService.go index 08ed282cfb..faa6b07639 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcEndpointService.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ec2/vpcEndpointService.go @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import ( "context" "reflect" + "github.com/pulumi/pulumi-aws-native/sdk/go/aws" "github.com/pulumi/pulumi-aws-native/sdk/go/aws/internal" "github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi" ) @@ -27,6 +28,8 @@ type VpcEndpointService struct { PayerResponsibility pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"payerResponsibility"` // The ID of the endpoint service. ServiceId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"serviceId"` + // The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + Tags aws.TagArrayOutput `pulumi:"tags"` } // NewVpcEndpointService registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options. @@ -79,6 +82,8 @@ type vpcEndpointServiceArgs struct { NetworkLoadBalancerArns []string `pulumi:"networkLoadBalancerArns"` // The entity that is responsible for the endpoint costs. The default is the endpoint owner. If you set the payer responsibility to the service owner, you cannot set it back to the endpoint owner. PayerResponsibility *string `pulumi:"payerResponsibility"` + // The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + Tags []aws.Tag `pulumi:"tags"` } // The set of arguments for constructing a VpcEndpointService resource. @@ -93,6 +98,8 @@ type VpcEndpointServiceArgs struct { NetworkLoadBalancerArns pulumi.StringArrayInput // The entity that is responsible for the endpoint costs. The default is the endpoint owner. If you set the payer responsibility to the service owner, you cannot set it back to the endpoint owner. PayerResponsibility pulumi.StringPtrInput + // The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + Tags aws.TagArrayInput } func (VpcEndpointServiceArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -162,6 +169,11 @@ func (o VpcEndpointServiceOutput) ServiceId() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcEndpointService) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.ServiceId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. +func (o VpcEndpointServiceOutput) Tags() aws.TagArrayOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *VpcEndpointService) aws.TagArrayOutput { return v.Tags }).(aws.TagArrayOutput) +} + func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*VpcEndpointServiceInput)(nil)).Elem(), &VpcEndpointService{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(VpcEndpointServiceOutput{}) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ecs/getService.go b/sdk/go/aws/ecs/getService.go index 915449c788..7e974c2628 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ecs/getService.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ecs/getService.go @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ type LookupServiceResult struct { AvailabilityZoneRebalancing *ServiceAvailabilityZoneRebalancing `pulumi:"availabilityZoneRebalancing"` // The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. // If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - // A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + // A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. CapacityProviderStrategy []ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItem `pulumi:"capacityProviderStrategy"` // Optional deployment parameters that control how many tasks run during the deployment and the ordering of stopping and starting tasks. DeploymentConfiguration *ServiceDeploymentConfiguration `pulumi:"deploymentConfiguration"` @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ func (o LookupServiceResultOutput) AvailabilityZoneRebalancing() ServiceAvailabi // The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. // // If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. -// A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. +// A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. func (o LookupServiceResultOutput) CapacityProviderStrategy() ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItemArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupServiceResult) []ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItem { return v.CapacityProviderStrategy }).(ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItemArrayOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ecs/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/ecs/pulumiTypes.go index f54041d685..d1938badd5 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ecs/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ecs/pulumiTypes.go @@ -3294,11 +3294,13 @@ type ServiceDeploymentConfiguration struct { // The *deployment circuit breaker* determines whether a service deployment will fail if the service can't reach a steady state. If you use the deployment circuit breaker, a service deployment will transition to a failed state and stop launching new tasks. If you use the rollback option, when a service deployment fails, the service is rolled back to the last deployment that completed successfully. For more information, see [Rolling update](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/deployment-type-ecs.html) in the *Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide* DeploymentCircuitBreaker *ServiceDeploymentCircuitBreaker `pulumi:"deploymentCircuitBreaker"` // If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%. + // The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). // If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. // You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. - // If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. + // If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. MaximumPercent *int `pulumi:"maximumPercent"` // If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. + // If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . // For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: // + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. // + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. @@ -3335,11 +3337,13 @@ type ServiceDeploymentConfigurationArgs struct { // The *deployment circuit breaker* determines whether a service deployment will fail if the service can't reach a steady state. If you use the deployment circuit breaker, a service deployment will transition to a failed state and stop launching new tasks. If you use the rollback option, when a service deployment fails, the service is rolled back to the last deployment that completed successfully. For more information, see [Rolling update](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/deployment-type-ecs.html) in the *Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide* DeploymentCircuitBreaker ServiceDeploymentCircuitBreakerPtrInput `pulumi:"deploymentCircuitBreaker"` // If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%. + // The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). // If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. // You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. - // If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. + // If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. MaximumPercent pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"maximumPercent"` // If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. + // If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . // For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: // + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. // + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. @@ -3451,15 +3455,17 @@ func (o ServiceDeploymentConfigurationOutput) DeploymentCircuitBreaker() Service // If a service is using the rolling update (“ECS“) deployment type, the “maximumPercent“ parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the “RUNNING“ or “PENDING“ state during a deployment, as a percentage of the “desiredCount“ (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the “REPLICA“ service scheduler and has a “desiredCount“ of four tasks and a “maximumPercent“ value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default “maximumPercent“ value for a service using the “REPLICA“ service scheduler is 200%. // +// The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). // If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. // You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. -// If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. +// If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. func (o ServiceDeploymentConfigurationOutput) MaximumPercent() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v ServiceDeploymentConfiguration) *int { return v.MaximumPercent }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) } // If a service is using the rolling update (“ECS“) deployment type, the “minimumHealthyPercent“ represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the “RUNNING“ state during a deployment, as a percentage of the “desiredCount“ (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a “desiredCount“ of four tasks and a “minimumHealthyPercent“ of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. // +// If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . // For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: // + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. // + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. @@ -3526,9 +3532,10 @@ func (o ServiceDeploymentConfigurationPtrOutput) DeploymentCircuitBreaker() Serv // If a service is using the rolling update (“ECS“) deployment type, the “maximumPercent“ parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the “RUNNING“ or “PENDING“ state during a deployment, as a percentage of the “desiredCount“ (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the “REPLICA“ service scheduler and has a “desiredCount“ of four tasks and a “maximumPercent“ value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default “maximumPercent“ value for a service using the “REPLICA“ service scheduler is 200%. // +// The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). // If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. // You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. -// If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. +// If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. func (o ServiceDeploymentConfigurationPtrOutput) MaximumPercent() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *ServiceDeploymentConfiguration) *int { if v == nil { @@ -3540,6 +3547,7 @@ func (o ServiceDeploymentConfigurationPtrOutput) MaximumPercent() pulumi.IntPtrO // If a service is using the rolling update (“ECS“) deployment type, the “minimumHealthyPercent“ represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the “RUNNING“ state during a deployment, as a percentage of the “desiredCount“ (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a “desiredCount“ of four tasks and a “minimumHealthyPercent“ of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. // +// If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . // For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: // + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. // + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ecs/service.go b/sdk/go/aws/ecs/service.go index 30502d5223..febde292a0 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ecs/service.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ecs/service.go @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ type Service struct { AvailabilityZoneRebalancing ServiceAvailabilityZoneRebalancingPtrOutput `pulumi:"availabilityZoneRebalancing"` // The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. // If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - // A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + // A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. CapacityProviderStrategy ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItemArrayOutput `pulumi:"capacityProviderStrategy"` // The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that you run your service on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. Cluster pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"cluster"` @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ type serviceArgs struct { AvailabilityZoneRebalancing *ServiceAvailabilityZoneRebalancing `pulumi:"availabilityZoneRebalancing"` // The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. // If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - // A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + // A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. CapacityProviderStrategy []ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItem `pulumi:"capacityProviderStrategy"` // The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that you run your service on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. Cluster *string `pulumi:"cluster"` @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ type ServiceArgs struct { AvailabilityZoneRebalancing ServiceAvailabilityZoneRebalancingPtrInput // The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. // If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - // A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + // A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. CapacityProviderStrategy ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItemArrayInput // The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that you run your service on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. Cluster pulumi.StringPtrInput @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ func (o ServiceOutput) AvailabilityZoneRebalancing() ServiceAvailabilityZoneReba // The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. // // If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. -// A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. +// A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. func (o ServiceOutput) CapacityProviderStrategy() ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItemArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Service) ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItemArrayOutput { return v.CapacityProviderStrategy }).(ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItemArrayOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ecs/taskDefinition.go b/sdk/go/aws/ecs/taskDefinition.go index d223a9b83e..ff16dd594d 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ecs/taskDefinition.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ecs/taskDefinition.go @@ -301,8 +301,9 @@ type TaskDefinition struct { // This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. // + 16384 (16vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments // This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. - Cpu pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"cpu"` - EnableFaultInjection pulumi.BoolPtrOutput `pulumi:"enableFaultInjection"` + Cpu pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"cpu"` + // Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . + EnableFaultInjection pulumi.BoolPtrOutput `pulumi:"enableFaultInjection"` // The ephemeral storage settings to use for tasks run with the task definition. EphemeralStorage TaskDefinitionEphemeralStoragePtrOutput `pulumi:"ephemeralStorage"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task execution role that grants the Amazon ECS container agent permission to make AWS API calls on your behalf. For informationabout the required IAM roles for Amazon ECS, see [IAM roles for Amazon ECS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/security-ecs-iam-role-overview.html) in the *Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide*. @@ -454,8 +455,9 @@ type taskDefinitionArgs struct { // This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. // + 16384 (16vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments // This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. - Cpu *string `pulumi:"cpu"` - EnableFaultInjection *bool `pulumi:"enableFaultInjection"` + Cpu *string `pulumi:"cpu"` + // Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . + EnableFaultInjection *bool `pulumi:"enableFaultInjection"` // The ephemeral storage settings to use for tasks run with the task definition. EphemeralStorage *TaskDefinitionEphemeralStorage `pulumi:"ephemeralStorage"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task execution role that grants the Amazon ECS container agent permission to make AWS API calls on your behalf. For informationabout the required IAM roles for Amazon ECS, see [IAM roles for Amazon ECS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/security-ecs-iam-role-overview.html) in the *Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide*. @@ -547,7 +549,8 @@ type TaskDefinitionArgs struct { // This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. // + 16384 (16vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments // This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. - Cpu pulumi.StringPtrInput + Cpu pulumi.StringPtrInput + // Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . EnableFaultInjection pulumi.BoolPtrInput // The ephemeral storage settings to use for tasks run with the task definition. EphemeralStorage TaskDefinitionEphemeralStoragePtrInput @@ -683,6 +686,7 @@ func (o TaskDefinitionOutput) Cpu() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *TaskDefinition) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.Cpu }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . func (o TaskDefinitionOutput) EnableFaultInjection() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *TaskDefinition) pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return v.EnableFaultInjection }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/eks/cluster.go b/sdk/go/aws/eks/cluster.go index 1d5c8ad0d5..d940b38d13 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/eks/cluster.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/eks/cluster.go @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ type Cluster struct { CertificateAuthorityData pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"certificateAuthorityData"` // The cluster security group that was created by Amazon EKS for the cluster. Managed node groups use this security group for control plane to data plane communication. ClusterSecurityGroupId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"clusterSecurityGroupId"` - // Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + // Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . ComputeConfig ClusterComputeConfigPtrOutput `pulumi:"computeConfig"` // The encryption configuration for the cluster. EncryptionConfig ClusterEncryptionConfigArrayOutput `pulumi:"encryptionConfig"` @@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ type Cluster struct { ResourcesVpcConfig ClusterResourcesVpcConfigOutput `pulumi:"resourcesVpcConfig"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that provides permissions for the Kubernetes control plane to make calls to AWS API operations on your behalf. RoleArn pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"roleArn"` - // Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + // Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . StorageConfig ClusterStorageConfigPtrOutput `pulumi:"storageConfig"` // An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. Tags aws.TagArrayOutput `pulumi:"tags"` // This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. // - // [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + // [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) UpgradePolicy ClusterUpgradePolicyPtrOutput `pulumi:"upgradePolicy"` // The desired Kubernetes version for your cluster. If you don't specify a value here, the latest version available in Amazon EKS is used. Version pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"version"` @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ type clusterArgs struct { AccessConfig *ClusterAccessConfig `pulumi:"accessConfig"` // Set this value to false to avoid creating the default networking add-ons when the cluster is created. BootstrapSelfManagedAddons *bool `pulumi:"bootstrapSelfManagedAddons"` - // Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + // Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . ComputeConfig *ClusterComputeConfig `pulumi:"computeConfig"` // The encryption configuration for the cluster. EncryptionConfig []ClusterEncryptionConfig `pulumi:"encryptionConfig"` @@ -146,13 +146,13 @@ type clusterArgs struct { ResourcesVpcConfig ClusterResourcesVpcConfig `pulumi:"resourcesVpcConfig"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that provides permissions for the Kubernetes control plane to make calls to AWS API operations on your behalf. RoleArn string `pulumi:"roleArn"` - // Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + // Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . StorageConfig *ClusterStorageConfig `pulumi:"storageConfig"` // An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. Tags []aws.Tag `pulumi:"tags"` // This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. // - // [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + // [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) UpgradePolicy *ClusterUpgradePolicy `pulumi:"upgradePolicy"` // The desired Kubernetes version for your cluster. If you don't specify a value here, the latest version available in Amazon EKS is used. Version *string `pulumi:"version"` @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ type ClusterArgs struct { AccessConfig ClusterAccessConfigPtrInput // Set this value to false to avoid creating the default networking add-ons when the cluster is created. BootstrapSelfManagedAddons pulumi.BoolPtrInput - // Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + // Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . ComputeConfig ClusterComputeConfigPtrInput // The encryption configuration for the cluster. EncryptionConfig ClusterEncryptionConfigArrayInput @@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ type ClusterArgs struct { ResourcesVpcConfig ClusterResourcesVpcConfigInput // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that provides permissions for the Kubernetes control plane to make calls to AWS API operations on your behalf. RoleArn pulumi.StringInput - // Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + // Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . StorageConfig ClusterStorageConfigPtrInput // An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. Tags aws.TagArrayInput // This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. // - // [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + // [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) UpgradePolicy ClusterUpgradePolicyPtrInput // The desired Kubernetes version for your cluster. If you don't specify a value here, the latest version available in Amazon EKS is used. Version pulumi.StringPtrInput @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ func (o ClusterOutput) ClusterSecurityGroupId() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Cluster) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.ClusterSecurityGroupId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } -// Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. +// Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . func (o ClusterOutput) ComputeConfig() ClusterComputeConfigPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Cluster) ClusterComputeConfigPtrOutput { return v.ComputeConfig }).(ClusterComputeConfigPtrOutput) } @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ func (o ClusterOutput) RoleArn() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Cluster) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.RoleArn }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } -// Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. +// Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . func (o ClusterOutput) StorageConfig() ClusterStorageConfigPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Cluster) ClusterStorageConfigPtrOutput { return v.StorageConfig }).(ClusterStorageConfigPtrOutput) } @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ func (o ClusterOutput) Tags() aws.TagArrayOutput { // This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. // -// [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) +// [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) func (o ClusterOutput) UpgradePolicy() ClusterUpgradePolicyPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Cluster) ClusterUpgradePolicyPtrOutput { return v.UpgradePolicy }).(ClusterUpgradePolicyPtrOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/eks/getCluster.go b/sdk/go/aws/eks/getCluster.go index 54d68fb2d1..e4cc1e66b0 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/eks/getCluster.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/eks/getCluster.go @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ type LookupClusterResult struct { CertificateAuthorityData *string `pulumi:"certificateAuthorityData"` // The cluster security group that was created by Amazon EKS for the cluster. Managed node groups use this security group for control plane to data plane communication. ClusterSecurityGroupId *string `pulumi:"clusterSecurityGroupId"` - // Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + // Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . ComputeConfig *ClusterComputeConfig `pulumi:"computeConfig"` // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or alias of the customer master key (CMK). EncryptionConfigKeyArn *string `pulumi:"encryptionConfigKeyArn"` @@ -51,13 +51,13 @@ type LookupClusterResult struct { OpenIdConnectIssuerUrl *string `pulumi:"openIdConnectIssuerUrl"` // The VPC configuration that's used by the cluster control plane. Amazon EKS VPC resources have specific requirements to work properly with Kubernetes. For more information, see [Cluster VPC Considerations](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/network_reqs.html) and [Cluster Security Group Considerations](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/sec-group-reqs.html) in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . You must specify at least two subnets. You can specify up to five security groups, but we recommend that you use a dedicated security group for your cluster control plane. ResourcesVpcConfig *ClusterResourcesVpcConfig `pulumi:"resourcesVpcConfig"` - // Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + // Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . StorageConfig *ClusterStorageConfig `pulumi:"storageConfig"` // An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. Tags []aws.Tag `pulumi:"tags"` // This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. // - // [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + // [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) UpgradePolicy *ClusterUpgradePolicy `pulumi:"upgradePolicy"` // The desired Kubernetes version for your cluster. If you don't specify a value here, the latest version available in Amazon EKS is used. Version *string `pulumi:"version"` @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ func (o LookupClusterResultOutput) ClusterSecurityGroupId() pulumi.StringPtrOutp return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupClusterResult) *string { return v.ClusterSecurityGroupId }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } -// Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. +// Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . func (o LookupClusterResultOutput) ComputeConfig() ClusterComputeConfigPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupClusterResult) *ClusterComputeConfig { return v.ComputeConfig }).(ClusterComputeConfigPtrOutput) } @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ func (o LookupClusterResultOutput) ResourcesVpcConfig() ClusterResourcesVpcConfi return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupClusterResult) *ClusterResourcesVpcConfig { return v.ResourcesVpcConfig }).(ClusterResourcesVpcConfigPtrOutput) } -// Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. +// Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . func (o LookupClusterResultOutput) StorageConfig() ClusterStorageConfigPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupClusterResult) *ClusterStorageConfig { return v.StorageConfig }).(ClusterStorageConfigPtrOutput) } @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ func (o LookupClusterResultOutput) Tags() aws.TagArrayOutput { // This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. // -// [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) +// [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) func (o LookupClusterResultOutput) UpgradePolicy() ClusterUpgradePolicyPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupClusterResult) *ClusterUpgradePolicy { return v.UpgradePolicy }).(ClusterUpgradePolicyPtrOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/kendra/index.go b/sdk/go/aws/kendra/index.go index 47d41fc4cb..de693c6455 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/kendra/index.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/kendra/index.go @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ type Index struct { Description pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"description"` // Document metadata configurations DocumentMetadataConfigurations IndexDocumentMetadataConfigurationArrayOutput `pulumi:"documentMetadataConfigurations"` - // Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . + // Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. Edition IndexEditionOutput `pulumi:"edition"` // The name of the index. Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"` @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ type indexArgs struct { Description *string `pulumi:"description"` // Document metadata configurations DocumentMetadataConfigurations []IndexDocumentMetadataConfiguration `pulumi:"documentMetadataConfigurations"` - // Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . + // Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. Edition IndexEdition `pulumi:"edition"` // The name of the index. Name *string `pulumi:"name"` @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ type IndexArgs struct { Description pulumi.StringPtrInput // Document metadata configurations DocumentMetadataConfigurations IndexDocumentMetadataConfigurationArrayInput - // Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . + // Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. Edition IndexEditionInput // The name of the index. Name pulumi.StringPtrInput @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ func (o IndexOutput) DocumentMetadataConfigurations() IndexDocumentMetadataConfi return o.ApplyT(func(v *Index) IndexDocumentMetadataConfigurationArrayOutput { return v.DocumentMetadataConfigurations }).(IndexDocumentMetadataConfigurationArrayOutput) } -// Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . +// Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. func (o IndexOutput) Edition() IndexEditionOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Index) IndexEditionOutput { return v.Edition }).(IndexEditionOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/logs/getLogGroup.go b/sdk/go/aws/logs/getLogGroup.go index 0ccb75ae4a..1a13b06b43 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/logs/getLogGroup.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/logs/getLogGroup.go @@ -40,8 +40,13 @@ type LookupLogGroupResult struct { // For more information, including a list of types of data that can be audited and masked, see [Protect sensitive log data with masking](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/mask-sensitive-log-data.html). // // Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::Logs::LogGroup` for more information about the expected schema for this property. - DataProtectionPolicy interface{} `pulumi:"dataProtectionPolicy"` - FieldIndexPolicies []interface{} `pulumi:"fieldIndexPolicies"` + DataProtectionPolicy interface{} `pulumi:"dataProtectionPolicy"` + // Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + // + // You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + // + // Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + FieldIndexPolicies []interface{} `pulumi:"fieldIndexPolicies"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to use when encrypting log data. // To associate an KMS key with the log group, specify the ARN of that KMS key here. If you do so, ingested data is encrypted using this key. This association is stored as long as the data encrypted with the KMS key is still within CWL. This enables CWL to decrypt this data whenever it is requested. // If you attempt to associate a KMS key with the log group but the KMS key doesn't exist or is deactivated, you will receive an ``InvalidParameterException`` error. @@ -107,6 +112,11 @@ func (o LookupLogGroupResultOutput) DataProtectionPolicy() pulumi.AnyOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupLogGroupResult) interface{} { return v.DataProtectionPolicy }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } +// Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . +// +// You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . +// +// Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. func (o LookupLogGroupResultOutput) FieldIndexPolicies() pulumi.ArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupLogGroupResult) []interface{} { return v.FieldIndexPolicies }).(pulumi.ArrayOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/logs/logGroup.go b/sdk/go/aws/logs/logGroup.go index 957dd269cc..f19a9ee6c8 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/logs/logGroup.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/logs/logGroup.go @@ -27,8 +27,13 @@ type LogGroup struct { // For more information, including a list of types of data that can be audited and masked, see [Protect sensitive log data with masking](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/mask-sensitive-log-data.html). // // Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::Logs::LogGroup` for more information about the expected schema for this property. - DataProtectionPolicy pulumi.AnyOutput `pulumi:"dataProtectionPolicy"` - FieldIndexPolicies pulumi.ArrayOutput `pulumi:"fieldIndexPolicies"` + DataProtectionPolicy pulumi.AnyOutput `pulumi:"dataProtectionPolicy"` + // Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + // + // You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + // + // Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + FieldIndexPolicies pulumi.ArrayOutput `pulumi:"fieldIndexPolicies"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to use when encrypting log data. // To associate an KMS key with the log group, specify the ARN of that KMS key here. If you do so, ingested data is encrypted using this key. This association is stored as long as the data encrypted with the KMS key is still within CWL. This enables CWL to decrypt this data whenever it is requested. // If you attempt to associate a KMS key with the log group but the KMS key doesn't exist or is deactivated, you will receive an ``InvalidParameterException`` error. @@ -98,8 +103,13 @@ type logGroupArgs struct { // For more information, including a list of types of data that can be audited and masked, see [Protect sensitive log data with masking](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/mask-sensitive-log-data.html). // // Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::Logs::LogGroup` for more information about the expected schema for this property. - DataProtectionPolicy interface{} `pulumi:"dataProtectionPolicy"` - FieldIndexPolicies []interface{} `pulumi:"fieldIndexPolicies"` + DataProtectionPolicy interface{} `pulumi:"dataProtectionPolicy"` + // Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + // + // You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + // + // Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + FieldIndexPolicies []interface{} `pulumi:"fieldIndexPolicies"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to use when encrypting log data. // To associate an KMS key with the log group, specify the ARN of that KMS key here. If you do so, ingested data is encrypted using this key. This association is stored as long as the data encrypted with the KMS key is still within CWL. This enables CWL to decrypt this data whenever it is requested. // If you attempt to associate a KMS key with the log group but the KMS key doesn't exist or is deactivated, you will receive an ``InvalidParameterException`` error. @@ -128,7 +138,12 @@ type LogGroupArgs struct { // // Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::Logs::LogGroup` for more information about the expected schema for this property. DataProtectionPolicy pulumi.Input - FieldIndexPolicies pulumi.ArrayInput + // Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + // + // You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + // + // Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + FieldIndexPolicies pulumi.ArrayInput // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to use when encrypting log data. // To associate an KMS key with the log group, specify the ARN of that KMS key here. If you do so, ingested data is encrypted using this key. This association is stored as long as the data encrypted with the KMS key is still within CWL. This enables CWL to decrypt this data whenever it is requested. // If you attempt to associate a KMS key with the log group but the KMS key doesn't exist or is deactivated, you will receive an ``InvalidParameterException`` error. @@ -201,6 +216,11 @@ func (o LogGroupOutput) DataProtectionPolicy() pulumi.AnyOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *LogGroup) pulumi.AnyOutput { return v.DataProtectionPolicy }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } +// Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . +// +// You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . +// +// Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. func (o LogGroupOutput) FieldIndexPolicies() pulumi.ArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *LogGroup) pulumi.ArrayOutput { return v.FieldIndexPolicies }).(pulumi.ArrayOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/logs/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/logs/pulumiTypes.go index a4e28d48b7..2a8aae37d8 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/logs/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/logs/pulumiTypes.go @@ -365,7 +365,8 @@ func (o IntegrationOpenSearchResourceConfigPtrOutput) RetentionDays() pulumi.Int } type LogGroupTag struct { - Key string `pulumi:"key"` + Key string `pulumi:"key"` + // The value of this key-value pair. Value string `pulumi:"value"` } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/m2/environment.go b/sdk/go/aws/m2/environment.go index f56b97abb2..37d94a53c7 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/m2/environment.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/m2/environment.go @@ -33,7 +33,8 @@ type Environment struct { // The ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the customer managed KMS Key used for encrypting environment-related resources. KmsKeyId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"kmsKeyId"` // The name of the environment. - Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"` + Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"` + // The network type supported by the runtime environment. NetworkType EnvironmentNetworkTypePtrOutput `pulumi:"networkType"` // Configures a desired maintenance window for the environment. If you do not provide a value, a random system-generated value will be assigned. PreferredMaintenanceWindow pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"preferredMaintenanceWindow"` @@ -120,7 +121,8 @@ type environmentArgs struct { // The ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the customer managed KMS Key used for encrypting environment-related resources. KmsKeyId *string `pulumi:"kmsKeyId"` // The name of the environment. - Name *string `pulumi:"name"` + Name *string `pulumi:"name"` + // The network type supported by the runtime environment. NetworkType *EnvironmentNetworkType `pulumi:"networkType"` // Configures a desired maintenance window for the environment. If you do not provide a value, a random system-generated value will be assigned. PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `pulumi:"preferredMaintenanceWindow"` @@ -151,7 +153,8 @@ type EnvironmentArgs struct { // The ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the customer managed KMS Key used for encrypting environment-related resources. KmsKeyId pulumi.StringPtrInput // The name of the environment. - Name pulumi.StringPtrInput + Name pulumi.StringPtrInput + // The network type supported by the runtime environment. NetworkType EnvironmentNetworkTypePtrInput // Configures a desired maintenance window for the environment. If you do not provide a value, a random system-generated value will be assigned. PreferredMaintenanceWindow pulumi.StringPtrInput @@ -249,6 +252,7 @@ func (o EnvironmentOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Environment) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.Name }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// The network type supported by the runtime environment. func (o EnvironmentOutput) NetworkType() EnvironmentNetworkTypePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *Environment) EnvironmentNetworkTypePtrOutput { return v.NetworkType }).(EnvironmentNetworkTypePtrOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/mediaconnect/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/mediaconnect/pulumiTypes.go index bd264bab3f..aa7ae0b720 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/mediaconnect/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/mediaconnect/pulumiTypes.go @@ -662,6 +662,146 @@ func (o BridgeIngressGatewayBridgePtrOutput) MaxOutputs() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) } +// The settings related to the multicast source. +type BridgeMulticastSourceSettings struct { + // The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + MulticastSourceIp *string `pulumi:"multicastSourceIp"` +} + +// BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsInput is an input type that accepts BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs and BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsInput` via: +// +// BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs{...} +type BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput() BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput + ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutputWithContext(context.Context) BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput +} + +// The settings related to the multicast source. +type BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs struct { + // The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + MulticastSourceIp pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"multicastSourceIp"` +} + +func (BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeMulticastSourceSettings)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput() BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput { + return i.ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) +} + +func (i BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput() BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return i.ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput).ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +// BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput is an input type that accepts BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs, BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtr and BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput` via: +// +// BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs{...} +// +// or: +// +// nil +type BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput() BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput + ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput +} + +type bridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrType BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs + +func BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtr(v *BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput { + return (*bridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrType)(v) +} + +func (*bridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**BridgeMulticastSourceSettings)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *bridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrType) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput() BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return i.ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *bridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrType) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) +} + +// The settings related to the multicast source. +type BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeMulticastSourceSettings)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput() BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput { + return o +} + +func (o BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput { + return o +} + +func (o BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput() BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o.ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v BridgeMulticastSourceSettings) *BridgeMulticastSourceSettings { + return &v + }).(BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) +} + +// The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). +func (o BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) MulticastSourceIp() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v BridgeMulticastSourceSettings) *string { return v.MulticastSourceIp }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +type BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**BridgeMulticastSourceSettings)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput() BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) ToBridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) Elem() BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *BridgeMulticastSourceSettings) BridgeMulticastSourceSettings { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret BridgeMulticastSourceSettings + return ret + }).(BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) +} + +// The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). +func (o BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) MulticastSourceIp() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *BridgeMulticastSourceSettings) *string { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.MulticastSourceIp + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + // The output of the bridge. A network output is delivered to your premises. type BridgeNetworkOutput struct { // The network output IP Address. @@ -901,6 +1041,8 @@ func (o BridgeNetworkOutputPtrOutput) Ttl() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { type BridgeNetworkSource struct { // The network source multicast IP. MulticastIp string `pulumi:"multicastIp"` + // The settings related to the multicast source. + MulticastSourceSettings *BridgeMulticastSourceSettings `pulumi:"multicastSourceSettings"` // The name of the network source. Name string `pulumi:"name"` // The network source's gateway network name. @@ -926,6 +1068,8 @@ type BridgeNetworkSourceInput interface { type BridgeNetworkSourceArgs struct { // The network source multicast IP. MulticastIp pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"multicastIp"` + // The settings related to the multicast source. + MulticastSourceSettings BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput `pulumi:"multicastSourceSettings"` // The name of the network source. Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"` // The network source's gateway network name. @@ -1019,6 +1163,11 @@ func (o BridgeNetworkSourceOutput) MulticastIp() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v BridgeNetworkSource) string { return v.MulticastIp }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// The settings related to the multicast source. +func (o BridgeNetworkSourceOutput) MulticastSourceSettings() BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v BridgeNetworkSource) *BridgeMulticastSourceSettings { return v.MulticastSourceSettings }).(BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) +} + // The name of the network source. func (o BridgeNetworkSourceOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v BridgeNetworkSource) string { return v.Name }).(pulumi.StringOutput) @@ -1073,6 +1222,16 @@ func (o BridgeNetworkSourcePtrOutput) MulticastIp() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// The settings related to the multicast source. +func (o BridgeNetworkSourcePtrOutput) MulticastSourceSettings() BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *BridgeNetworkSource) *BridgeMulticastSourceSettings { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.MulticastSourceSettings + }).(BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) +} + // The name of the network source. func (o BridgeNetworkSourcePtrOutput) Name() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *BridgeNetworkSource) *string { @@ -1654,6 +1813,8 @@ func (o BridgeSourceBridgeFlowSourcePtrOutput) FlowVpcInterfaceAttachment() Brid type BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource struct { // The network source multicast IP. MulticastIp string `pulumi:"multicastIp"` + // The settings related to the multicast source. + MulticastSourceSettings *BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings `pulumi:"multicastSourceSettings"` // The network source's gateway network name. NetworkName string `pulumi:"networkName"` // The network source port. @@ -1677,6 +1838,8 @@ type BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceInput interface { type BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgs struct { // The network source multicast IP. MulticastIp pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"multicastIp"` + // The settings related to the multicast source. + MulticastSourceSettings BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput `pulumi:"multicastSourceSettings"` // The network source's gateway network name. NetworkName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"networkName"` // The network source port. @@ -1768,6 +1931,13 @@ func (o BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceOutput) MulticastIp() pulumi.StringOutput return o.ApplyT(func(v BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource) string { return v.MulticastIp }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// The settings related to the multicast source. +func (o BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceOutput) MulticastSourceSettings() BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource) *BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings { + return v.MulticastSourceSettings + }).(BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) +} + // The network source's gateway network name. func (o BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceOutput) NetworkName() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource) string { return v.NetworkName }).(pulumi.StringOutput) @@ -1817,6 +1987,16 @@ func (o BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourcePtrOutput) MulticastIp() pulumi.StringPtr }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// The settings related to the multicast source. +func (o BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourcePtrOutput) MulticastSourceSettings() BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource) *BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.MulticastSourceSettings + }).(BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) +} + // The network source's gateway network name. func (o BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourcePtrOutput) NetworkName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource) *string { @@ -1847,6 +2027,146 @@ func (o BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourcePtrOutput) Protocol() BridgeSourceProtoco }).(BridgeSourceProtocolEnumPtrOutput) } +// The settings related to the multicast source. +type BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings struct { + // The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + MulticastSourceIp *string `pulumi:"multicastSourceIp"` +} + +// BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsInput is an input type that accepts BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs and BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsInput` via: +// +// BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs{...} +type BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput() BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput + ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutputWithContext(context.Context) BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput +} + +// The settings related to the multicast source. +type BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs struct { + // The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + MulticastSourceIp pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"multicastSourceIp"` +} + +func (BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput() BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput { + return i.ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) +} + +func (i BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput() BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return i.ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput).ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +// BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput is an input type that accepts BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs, BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtr and BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput` via: +// +// BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs{...} +// +// or: +// +// nil +type BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput() BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput + ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput +} + +type bridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrType BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs + +func BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtr(v *BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs) BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput { + return (*bridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrType)(v) +} + +func (*bridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *bridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrType) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput() BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return i.ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *bridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrType) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) +} + +// The settings related to the multicast source. +type BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput() BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput { + return o +} + +func (o BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput { + return o +} + +func (o BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput() BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o.ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings) *BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings { + return &v + }).(BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) +} + +// The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). +func (o BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) MulticastSourceIp() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings) *string { return v.MulticastSourceIp }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +type BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput() BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) ToBridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) Elem() BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings) BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings + return ret + }).(BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput) +} + +// The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). +func (o BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput) MulticastSourceIp() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings) *string { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.MulticastSourceIp + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + // The priority you want to assign to a source. You can have a primary stream and a backup stream or two equally prioritized streams. type BridgeSourcePriority struct { // The name of the source you choose as the primary source for this flow. @@ -6794,6 +7114,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeFlowSourcePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeFlowSourceArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeIngressGatewayBridgeInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeIngressGatewayBridgeArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeIngressGatewayBridgePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeIngressGatewayBridgeArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeNetworkOutputInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeNetworkOutputArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeNetworkOutputPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeNetworkOutputArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeNetworkSourceInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeNetworkSourceArgs{}) @@ -6807,6 +7129,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeSourceBridgeFlowSourcePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeSourceBridgeFlowSourceArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourcePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeSourcePriorityInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeSourcePriorityArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeSourcePriorityPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeSourcePriorityArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*BridgeSourceVpcInterfaceAttachmentInput)(nil)).Elem(), BridgeSourceVpcInterfaceAttachmentArgs{}) @@ -6870,6 +7194,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeFlowSourcePtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeIngressGatewayBridgeOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeIngressGatewayBridgePtrOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeNetworkOutputOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeNetworkOutputPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeNetworkSourceOutput{}) @@ -6884,6 +7210,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeSourceBridgeFlowSourcePtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourcePtrOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeSourcePriorityOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeSourcePriorityPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(BridgeSourceVpcInterfaceAttachmentOutput{}) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/opensearchservice/pulumiEnums.go b/sdk/go/aws/opensearchservice/pulumiEnums.go index 2078b936a2..91256a04a8 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/opensearchservice/pulumiEnums.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/opensearchservice/pulumiEnums.go @@ -176,6 +176,7 @@ func (in *applicationAppConfigTypePtr) ToApplicationAppConfigTypePtrOutputWithCo return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(ApplicationAppConfigTypePtrOutput) } +// Container for node type like coordinating. type DomainNodeOptionNodeType string const ( diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/opensearchservice/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/opensearchservice/pulumiTypes.go index 1387410213..f124e3d088 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/opensearchservice/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/opensearchservice/pulumiTypes.go @@ -504,8 +504,9 @@ type DomainClusterConfig struct { // The instance type for your data nodes, such as `m3.medium.search` . For valid values, see [Supported instance types in Amazon OpenSearch Service](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/supported-instance-types.html) . InstanceType *string `pulumi:"instanceType"` // Indicates whether Multi-AZ with Standby deployment option is enabled. For more information, see [Multi-AZ with Standby](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/managedomains-multiaz.html#managedomains-za-standby) . - MultiAzWithStandbyEnabled *bool `pulumi:"multiAzWithStandbyEnabled"` - NodeOptions []DomainNodeOption `pulumi:"nodeOptions"` + MultiAzWithStandbyEnabled *bool `pulumi:"multiAzWithStandbyEnabled"` + // List of node options for the domain. + NodeOptions []DomainNodeOption `pulumi:"nodeOptions"` // The number of warm nodes in the cluster. WarmCount *int `pulumi:"warmCount"` // Whether to enable UltraWarm storage for the cluster. See [UltraWarm storage for Amazon OpenSearch Service](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/ultrawarm.html) . @@ -543,8 +544,9 @@ type DomainClusterConfigArgs struct { // The instance type for your data nodes, such as `m3.medium.search` . For valid values, see [Supported instance types in Amazon OpenSearch Service](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/supported-instance-types.html) . InstanceType pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"instanceType"` // Indicates whether Multi-AZ with Standby deployment option is enabled. For more information, see [Multi-AZ with Standby](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/managedomains-multiaz.html#managedomains-za-standby) . - MultiAzWithStandbyEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"multiAzWithStandbyEnabled"` - NodeOptions DomainNodeOptionArrayInput `pulumi:"nodeOptions"` + MultiAzWithStandbyEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"multiAzWithStandbyEnabled"` + // List of node options for the domain. + NodeOptions DomainNodeOptionArrayInput `pulumi:"nodeOptions"` // The number of warm nodes in the cluster. WarmCount pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"warmCount"` // Whether to enable UltraWarm storage for the cluster. See [UltraWarm storage for Amazon OpenSearch Service](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/ultrawarm.html) . @@ -669,6 +671,7 @@ func (o DomainClusterConfigOutput) MultiAzWithStandbyEnabled() pulumi.BoolPtrOut return o.ApplyT(func(v DomainClusterConfig) *bool { return v.MultiAzWithStandbyEnabled }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) } +// List of node options for the domain. func (o DomainClusterConfigOutput) NodeOptions() DomainNodeOptionArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DomainClusterConfig) []DomainNodeOption { return v.NodeOptions }).(DomainNodeOptionArrayOutput) } @@ -792,6 +795,7 @@ func (o DomainClusterConfigPtrOutput) MultiAzWithStandbyEnabled() pulumi.BoolPtr }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) } +// List of node options for the domain. func (o DomainClusterConfigPtrOutput) NodeOptions() DomainNodeOptionArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DomainClusterConfig) []DomainNodeOption { if v == nil { @@ -2689,9 +2693,12 @@ func (o DomainMasterUserOptionsPtrOutput) MasterUserPassword() pulumi.StringPtrO } type DomainNodeConfig struct { - Count *int `pulumi:"count"` - Enabled *bool `pulumi:"enabled"` - Type *string `pulumi:"type"` + // The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. + Count *int `pulumi:"count"` + // A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. + Enabled *bool `pulumi:"enabled"` + // The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. + Type *string `pulumi:"type"` } // DomainNodeConfigInput is an input type that accepts DomainNodeConfigArgs and DomainNodeConfigOutput values. @@ -2706,9 +2713,12 @@ type DomainNodeConfigInput interface { } type DomainNodeConfigArgs struct { - Count pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"count"` - Enabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"enabled"` - Type pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"type"` + // The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. + Count pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"count"` + // A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. + Enabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"enabled"` + // The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. + Type pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"type"` } func (DomainNodeConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -2788,14 +2798,17 @@ func (o DomainNodeConfigOutput) ToDomainNodeConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx conte }).(DomainNodeConfigPtrOutput) } +// The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. func (o DomainNodeConfigOutput) Count() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DomainNodeConfig) *int { return v.Count }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) } +// A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. func (o DomainNodeConfigOutput) Enabled() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DomainNodeConfig) *bool { return v.Enabled }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) } +// The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. func (o DomainNodeConfigOutput) Type() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DomainNodeConfig) *string { return v.Type }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -2824,6 +2837,7 @@ func (o DomainNodeConfigPtrOutput) Elem() DomainNodeConfigOutput { }).(DomainNodeConfigOutput) } +// The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. func (o DomainNodeConfigPtrOutput) Count() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DomainNodeConfig) *int { if v == nil { @@ -2833,6 +2847,7 @@ func (o DomainNodeConfigPtrOutput) Count() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) } +// A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. func (o DomainNodeConfigPtrOutput) Enabled() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DomainNodeConfig) *bool { if v == nil { @@ -2842,6 +2857,7 @@ func (o DomainNodeConfigPtrOutput) Enabled() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) } +// The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. func (o DomainNodeConfigPtrOutput) Type() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DomainNodeConfig) *string { if v == nil { @@ -2852,8 +2868,10 @@ func (o DomainNodeConfigPtrOutput) Type() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { } type DomainNodeOption struct { - NodeConfig *DomainNodeConfig `pulumi:"nodeConfig"` - NodeType *DomainNodeOptionNodeType `pulumi:"nodeType"` + // Container for specifying configuration of any node type. + NodeConfig *DomainNodeConfig `pulumi:"nodeConfig"` + // Container for node type like coordinating. + NodeType *DomainNodeOptionNodeType `pulumi:"nodeType"` } // DomainNodeOptionInput is an input type that accepts DomainNodeOptionArgs and DomainNodeOptionOutput values. @@ -2868,8 +2886,10 @@ type DomainNodeOptionInput interface { } type DomainNodeOptionArgs struct { - NodeConfig DomainNodeConfigPtrInput `pulumi:"nodeConfig"` - NodeType DomainNodeOptionNodeTypePtrInput `pulumi:"nodeType"` + // Container for specifying configuration of any node type. + NodeConfig DomainNodeConfigPtrInput `pulumi:"nodeConfig"` + // Container for node type like coordinating. + NodeType DomainNodeOptionNodeTypePtrInput `pulumi:"nodeType"` } func (DomainNodeOptionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -2923,10 +2943,12 @@ func (o DomainNodeOptionOutput) ToDomainNodeOptionOutputWithContext(ctx context. return o } +// Container for specifying configuration of any node type. func (o DomainNodeOptionOutput) NodeConfig() DomainNodeConfigPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DomainNodeOption) *DomainNodeConfig { return v.NodeConfig }).(DomainNodeConfigPtrOutput) } +// Container for node type like coordinating. func (o DomainNodeOptionOutput) NodeType() DomainNodeOptionNodeTypePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DomainNodeOption) *DomainNodeOptionNodeType { return v.NodeType }).(DomainNodeOptionNodeTypePtrOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/qbusiness/dataAccessor.go b/sdk/go/aws/qbusiness/dataAccessor.go index a9d2ac1211..b9cd812ae4 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/qbusiness/dataAccessor.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/qbusiness/dataAccessor.go @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ type DataAccessor struct { // A list of action configurations specifying the allowed actions and any associated filters. ActionConfigurations DataAccessorActionConfigurationArrayOutput `pulumi:"actionConfigurations"` // The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. - ApplicationId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"applicationId"` + ApplicationId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"applicationId"` // The timestamp when the data accessor was created. CreatedAt pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createdAt"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the data accessor. @@ -49,6 +49,9 @@ func NewDataAccessor(ctx *pulumi.Context, if args.ActionConfigurations == nil { return nil, errors.New("invalid value for required argument 'ActionConfigurations'") } + if args.ApplicationId == nil { + return nil, errors.New("invalid value for required argument 'ApplicationId'") + } if args.DisplayName == nil { return nil, errors.New("invalid value for required argument 'DisplayName'") } @@ -96,7 +99,7 @@ type dataAccessorArgs struct { // A list of action configurations specifying the allowed actions and any associated filters. ActionConfigurations []DataAccessorActionConfiguration `pulumi:"actionConfigurations"` // The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. - ApplicationId *string `pulumi:"applicationId"` + ApplicationId string `pulumi:"applicationId"` // The friendly name of the data accessor. DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role for the ISV associated with this data accessor. @@ -110,7 +113,7 @@ type DataAccessorArgs struct { // A list of action configurations specifying the allowed actions and any associated filters. ActionConfigurations DataAccessorActionConfigurationArrayInput // The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. - ApplicationId pulumi.StringPtrInput + ApplicationId pulumi.StringInput // The friendly name of the data accessor. DisplayName pulumi.StringInput // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role for the ISV associated with this data accessor. @@ -162,8 +165,8 @@ func (o DataAccessorOutput) ActionConfigurations() DataAccessorActionConfigurati } // The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. -func (o DataAccessorOutput) ApplicationId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataAccessor) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.ApplicationId }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +func (o DataAccessorOutput) ApplicationId() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataAccessor) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.ApplicationId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } // The timestamp when the data accessor was created. diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/customPermissions.go b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/customPermissions.go index 27aa1f01ff..9d2639e162 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/customPermissions.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/customPermissions.go @@ -17,11 +17,16 @@ import ( type CustomPermissions struct { pulumi.CustomResourceState - Arn pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"arn"` - AwsAccountId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"awsAccountId"` - Capabilities CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput `pulumi:"capabilities"` - CustomPermissionsName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"customPermissionsName"` - Tags aws.TagArrayOutput `pulumi:"tags"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile. + Arn pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"arn"` + // The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + AwsAccountId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"awsAccountId"` + // A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + Capabilities CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput `pulumi:"capabilities"` + // The name of the custom permissions profile. + CustomPermissionsName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"customPermissionsName"` + // The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + Tags aws.TagArrayOutput `pulumi:"tags"` } // NewCustomPermissions registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options. @@ -72,18 +77,26 @@ func (CustomPermissionsState) ElementType() reflect.Type { } type customPermissionsArgs struct { - AwsAccountId string `pulumi:"awsAccountId"` - Capabilities *CustomPermissionsCapabilities `pulumi:"capabilities"` - CustomPermissionsName *string `pulumi:"customPermissionsName"` - Tags []aws.Tag `pulumi:"tags"` + // The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + AwsAccountId string `pulumi:"awsAccountId"` + // A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + Capabilities *CustomPermissionsCapabilities `pulumi:"capabilities"` + // The name of the custom permissions profile. + CustomPermissionsName *string `pulumi:"customPermissionsName"` + // The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + Tags []aws.Tag `pulumi:"tags"` } // The set of arguments for constructing a CustomPermissions resource. type CustomPermissionsArgs struct { - AwsAccountId pulumi.StringInput - Capabilities CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrInput + // The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + AwsAccountId pulumi.StringInput + // A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + Capabilities CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrInput + // The name of the custom permissions profile. CustomPermissionsName pulumi.StringPtrInput - Tags aws.TagArrayInput + // The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + Tags aws.TagArrayInput } func (CustomPermissionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -123,22 +136,27 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsOutput) ToCustomPermissionsOutputWithContext(ctx contex return o } +// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile. func (o CustomPermissionsOutput) Arn() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissions) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.Arn }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. func (o CustomPermissionsOutput) AwsAccountId() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissions) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.AwsAccountId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. func (o CustomPermissionsOutput) Capabilities() CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissions) CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput { return v.Capabilities }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) } +// The name of the custom permissions profile. func (o CustomPermissionsOutput) CustomPermissionsName() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissions) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.CustomPermissionsName }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. func (o CustomPermissionsOutput) Tags() aws.TagArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissions) aws.TagArrayOutput { return v.Tags }).(aws.TagArrayOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/dataSet.go b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/dataSet.go index dce6f073cc..e011fc950f 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/dataSet.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/dataSet.go @@ -55,7 +55,8 @@ type DataSet struct { Name pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"name"` //

The list of columns after all transforms. These columns are available in templates, // analyses, and dashboards.

- OutputColumns DataSetOutputColumnArrayOutput `pulumi:"outputColumns"` + OutputColumns DataSetOutputColumnArrayOutput `pulumi:"outputColumns"` + // The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. PerformanceConfiguration DataSetPerformanceConfigurationPtrOutput `pulumi:"performanceConfiguration"` //

A list of resource permissions on the dataset.

Permissions DataSetResourcePermissionArrayOutput `pulumi:"permissions"` @@ -141,7 +142,8 @@ type dataSetArgs struct { // Configures the combination and transformation of the data from the physical tables. LogicalTableMap map[string]DataSetLogicalTable `pulumi:"logicalTableMap"` //

The display name for the dataset.

- Name *string `pulumi:"name"` + Name *string `pulumi:"name"` + // The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. PerformanceConfiguration *DataSetPerformanceConfiguration `pulumi:"performanceConfiguration"` //

A list of resource permissions on the dataset.

Permissions []DataSetResourcePermission `pulumi:"permissions"` @@ -184,7 +186,8 @@ type DataSetArgs struct { // Configures the combination and transformation of the data from the physical tables. LogicalTableMap DataSetLogicalTableMapInput //

The display name for the dataset.

- Name pulumi.StringPtrInput + Name pulumi.StringPtrInput + // The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. PerformanceConfiguration DataSetPerformanceConfigurationPtrInput //

A list of resource permissions on the dataset.

Permissions DataSetResourcePermissionArrayInput @@ -332,6 +335,7 @@ func (o DataSetOutput) OutputColumns() DataSetOutputColumnArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSet) DataSetOutputColumnArrayOutput { return v.OutputColumns }).(DataSetOutputColumnArrayOutput) } +// The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. func (o DataSetOutput) PerformanceConfiguration() DataSetPerformanceConfigurationPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSet) DataSetPerformanceConfigurationPtrOutput { return v.PerformanceConfiguration }).(DataSetPerformanceConfigurationPtrOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/getCustomPermissions.go b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/getCustomPermissions.go index 03b00e1f8f..43f0c7f37b 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/getCustomPermissions.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/getCustomPermissions.go @@ -24,14 +24,19 @@ func LookupCustomPermissions(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupCustomPermissionsA } type LookupCustomPermissionsArgs struct { - AwsAccountId string `pulumi:"awsAccountId"` + // The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + AwsAccountId string `pulumi:"awsAccountId"` + // The name of the custom permissions profile. CustomPermissionsName string `pulumi:"customPermissionsName"` } type LookupCustomPermissionsResult struct { - Arn *string `pulumi:"arn"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile. + Arn *string `pulumi:"arn"` + // A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. Capabilities *CustomPermissionsCapabilities `pulumi:"capabilities"` - Tags []aws.Tag `pulumi:"tags"` + // The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + Tags []aws.Tag `pulumi:"tags"` } func LookupCustomPermissionsOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupCustomPermissionsOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupCustomPermissionsResultOutput { @@ -44,7 +49,9 @@ func LookupCustomPermissionsOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupCustomPermiss } type LookupCustomPermissionsOutputArgs struct { - AwsAccountId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"awsAccountId"` + // The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + AwsAccountId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"awsAccountId"` + // The name of the custom permissions profile. CustomPermissionsName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"customPermissionsName"` } @@ -66,14 +73,17 @@ func (o LookupCustomPermissionsResultOutput) ToLookupCustomPermissionsResultOutp return o } +// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile. func (o LookupCustomPermissionsResultOutput) Arn() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupCustomPermissionsResult) *string { return v.Arn }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. func (o LookupCustomPermissionsResultOutput) Capabilities() CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupCustomPermissionsResult) *CustomPermissionsCapabilities { return v.Capabilities }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) } +// The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. func (o LookupCustomPermissionsResultOutput) Tags() aws.TagArrayOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupCustomPermissionsResult) []aws.Tag { return v.Tags }).(aws.TagArrayOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/getDataSet.go b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/getDataSet.go index e58ca76eed..4dd6a9185d 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/getDataSet.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/getDataSet.go @@ -60,7 +60,8 @@ type LookupDataSetResult struct { Name *string `pulumi:"name"` //

The list of columns after all transforms. These columns are available in templates, // analyses, and dashboards.

- OutputColumns []DataSetOutputColumn `pulumi:"outputColumns"` + OutputColumns []DataSetOutputColumn `pulumi:"outputColumns"` + // The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. PerformanceConfiguration *DataSetPerformanceConfiguration `pulumi:"performanceConfiguration"` //

A list of resource permissions on the dataset.

Permissions []DataSetResourcePermission `pulumi:"permissions"` @@ -180,6 +181,7 @@ func (o LookupDataSetResultOutput) OutputColumns() DataSetOutputColumnArrayOutpu return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupDataSetResult) []DataSetOutputColumn { return v.OutputColumns }).(DataSetOutputColumnArrayOutput) } +// The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. func (o LookupDataSetResultOutput) PerformanceConfiguration() DataSetPerformanceConfigurationPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupDataSetResult) *DataSetPerformanceConfiguration { return v.PerformanceConfiguration }).(DataSetPerformanceConfigurationPtrOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiEnums.go b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiEnums.go index 601e31bd2c..503ed83a10 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiEnums.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiEnums.go @@ -43034,179 +43034,6 @@ func (in *dataSetDatasetParameterValueTypePtr) ToDataSetDatasetParameterValueTyp return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(DataSetDatasetParameterValueTypePtrOutput) } -type DataSetFileFormat string - -const ( - DataSetFileFormatCsv = DataSetFileFormat("CSV") - DataSetFileFormatTsv = DataSetFileFormat("TSV") - DataSetFileFormatClf = DataSetFileFormat("CLF") - DataSetFileFormatElf = DataSetFileFormat("ELF") - DataSetFileFormatXlsx = DataSetFileFormat("XLSX") - DataSetFileFormatJson = DataSetFileFormat("JSON") -) - -func (DataSetFileFormat) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetFileFormat)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (e DataSetFileFormat) ToDataSetFileFormatOutput() DataSetFileFormatOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutput(e).(DataSetFileFormatOutput) -} - -func (e DataSetFileFormat) ToDataSetFileFormatOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetFileFormatOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, e).(DataSetFileFormatOutput) -} - -func (e DataSetFileFormat) ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutput() DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput { - return e.ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (e DataSetFileFormat) ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput { - return DataSetFileFormat(e).ToDataSetFileFormatOutputWithContext(ctx).ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) -} - -func (e DataSetFileFormat) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutput(pulumi.String(e)).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -func (e DataSetFileFormat) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, pulumi.String(e)).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -func (e DataSetFileFormat) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return pulumi.String(e).ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (e DataSetFileFormat) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return pulumi.String(e).ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx).ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) -} - -type DataSetFileFormatOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (DataSetFileFormatOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetFileFormat)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatOutput) ToDataSetFileFormatOutput() DataSetFileFormatOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatOutput) ToDataSetFileFormatOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetFileFormatOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatOutput) ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutput() DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput { - return o.ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatOutput) ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v DataSetFileFormat) *DataSetFileFormat { - return &v - }).(DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput) -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput { - return o.ToStringOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e DataSetFileFormat) string { - return string(e) - }).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e DataSetFileFormat) *string { - v := string(e) - return &v - }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - -type DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((**DataSetFileFormat)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput) ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutput() DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput) ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput) Elem() DataSetFileFormatOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSetFileFormat) DataSetFileFormat { - if v != nil { - return *v - } - var ret DataSetFileFormat - return ret - }).(DataSetFileFormatOutput) -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e *DataSetFileFormat) *string { - if e == nil { - return nil - } - v := string(*e) - return &v - }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - -// DataSetFileFormatInput is an input type that accepts values of the DataSetFileFormat enum -// A concrete instance of `DataSetFileFormatInput` can be one of the following: -// -// DataSetFileFormatCsv -// DataSetFileFormatTsv -// DataSetFileFormatClf -// DataSetFileFormatElf -// DataSetFileFormatXlsx -// DataSetFileFormatJson -type DataSetFileFormatInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToDataSetFileFormatOutput() DataSetFileFormatOutput - ToDataSetFileFormatOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSetFileFormatOutput -} - -var dataSetFileFormatPtrType = reflect.TypeOf((**DataSetFileFormat)(nil)).Elem() - -type DataSetFileFormatPtrInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutput() DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput - ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput -} - -type dataSetFileFormatPtr string - -func DataSetFileFormatPtr(v string) DataSetFileFormatPtrInput { - return (*dataSetFileFormatPtr)(&v) -} - -func (*dataSetFileFormatPtr) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return dataSetFileFormatPtrType -} - -func (in *dataSetFileFormatPtr) ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutput() DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutput(in).(DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput) -} - -func (in *dataSetFileFormatPtr) ToDataSetFileFormatPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput) -} - type DataSetGeoSpatialCountryCode string const ( @@ -44724,171 +44551,6 @@ func (in *dataSetStatusPtr) ToDataSetStatusPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Cont return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(DataSetStatusPtrOutput) } -type DataSetTextQualifier string - -const ( - DataSetTextQualifierDoubleQuote = DataSetTextQualifier("DOUBLE_QUOTE") - DataSetTextQualifierSingleQuote = DataSetTextQualifier("SINGLE_QUOTE") -) - -func (DataSetTextQualifier) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetTextQualifier)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (e DataSetTextQualifier) ToDataSetTextQualifierOutput() DataSetTextQualifierOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutput(e).(DataSetTextQualifierOutput) -} - -func (e DataSetTextQualifier) ToDataSetTextQualifierOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetTextQualifierOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, e).(DataSetTextQualifierOutput) -} - -func (e DataSetTextQualifier) ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput() DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput { - return e.ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (e DataSetTextQualifier) ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput { - return DataSetTextQualifier(e).ToDataSetTextQualifierOutputWithContext(ctx).ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) -} - -func (e DataSetTextQualifier) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutput(pulumi.String(e)).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -func (e DataSetTextQualifier) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, pulumi.String(e)).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -func (e DataSetTextQualifier) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return pulumi.String(e).ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (e DataSetTextQualifier) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return pulumi.String(e).ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx).ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) -} - -type DataSetTextQualifierOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (DataSetTextQualifierOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetTextQualifier)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierOutput) ToDataSetTextQualifierOutput() DataSetTextQualifierOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierOutput) ToDataSetTextQualifierOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetTextQualifierOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierOutput) ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput() DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput { - return o.ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierOutput) ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v DataSetTextQualifier) *DataSetTextQualifier { - return &v - }).(DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput) -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput { - return o.ToStringOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e DataSetTextQualifier) string { - return string(e) - }).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e DataSetTextQualifier) *string { - v := string(e) - return &v - }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - -type DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((**DataSetTextQualifier)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput) ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput() DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput) ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput) Elem() DataSetTextQualifierOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSetTextQualifier) DataSetTextQualifier { - if v != nil { - return *v - } - var ret DataSetTextQualifier - return ret - }).(DataSetTextQualifierOutput) -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e *DataSetTextQualifier) *string { - if e == nil { - return nil - } - v := string(*e) - return &v - }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - -// DataSetTextQualifierInput is an input type that accepts values of the DataSetTextQualifier enum -// A concrete instance of `DataSetTextQualifierInput` can be one of the following: -// -// DataSetTextQualifierDoubleQuote -// DataSetTextQualifierSingleQuote -type DataSetTextQualifierInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToDataSetTextQualifierOutput() DataSetTextQualifierOutput - ToDataSetTextQualifierOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSetTextQualifierOutput -} - -var dataSetTextQualifierPtrType = reflect.TypeOf((**DataSetTextQualifier)(nil)).Elem() - -type DataSetTextQualifierPtrInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput() DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput - ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput -} - -type dataSetTextQualifierPtr string - -func DataSetTextQualifierPtr(v string) DataSetTextQualifierPtrInput { - return (*dataSetTextQualifierPtr)(&v) -} - -func (*dataSetTextQualifierPtr) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return dataSetTextQualifierPtrType -} - -func (in *dataSetTextQualifierPtr) ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput() DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutput(in).(DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput) -} - -func (in *dataSetTextQualifierPtr) ToDataSetTextQualifierPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput) -} - type DataSetTimeGranularity string const ( @@ -65687,171 +65349,6 @@ func (in *templateVerticalTextAlignmentPtr) ToTemplateVerticalTextAlignmentPtrOu return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(TemplateVerticalTextAlignmentPtrOutput) } -type TemplateVisibility string - -const ( - TemplateVisibilityHidden = TemplateVisibility("HIDDEN") - TemplateVisibilityVisible = TemplateVisibility("VISIBLE") -) - -func (TemplateVisibility) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateVisibility)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (e TemplateVisibility) ToTemplateVisibilityOutput() TemplateVisibilityOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutput(e).(TemplateVisibilityOutput) -} - -func (e TemplateVisibility) ToTemplateVisibilityOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateVisibilityOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, e).(TemplateVisibilityOutput) -} - -func (e TemplateVisibility) ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutput() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return e.ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (e TemplateVisibility) ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return TemplateVisibility(e).ToTemplateVisibilityOutputWithContext(ctx).ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) -} - -func (e TemplateVisibility) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutput(pulumi.String(e)).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -func (e TemplateVisibility) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, pulumi.String(e)).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -func (e TemplateVisibility) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return pulumi.String(e).ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (e TemplateVisibility) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return pulumi.String(e).ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx).ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) -} - -type TemplateVisibilityOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (TemplateVisibilityOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateVisibility)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityOutput) ToTemplateVisibilityOutput() TemplateVisibilityOutput { - return o -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityOutput) ToTemplateVisibilityOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateVisibilityOutput { - return o -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityOutput) ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutput() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityOutput) ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v TemplateVisibility) *TemplateVisibility { - return &v - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput { - return o.ToStringOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e TemplateVisibility) string { - return string(e) - }).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e TemplateVisibility) *string { - v := string(e) - return &v - }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - -type TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((**TemplateVisibility)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutput() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateVisibilityOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateVisibility) TemplateVisibility { - if v != nil { - return *v - } - var ret TemplateVisibility - return ret - }).(TemplateVisibilityOutput) -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, e *TemplateVisibility) *string { - if e == nil { - return nil - } - v := string(*e) - return &v - }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - -// TemplateVisibilityInput is an input type that accepts values of the TemplateVisibility enum -// A concrete instance of `TemplateVisibilityInput` can be one of the following: -// -// TemplateVisibilityHidden -// TemplateVisibilityVisible -type TemplateVisibilityInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToTemplateVisibilityOutput() TemplateVisibilityOutput - ToTemplateVisibilityOutputWithContext(context.Context) TemplateVisibilityOutput -} - -var templateVisibilityPtrType = reflect.TypeOf((**TemplateVisibility)(nil)).Elem() - -type TemplateVisibilityPtrInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutput() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput - ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput -} - -type templateVisibilityPtr string - -func TemplateVisibilityPtr(v string) TemplateVisibilityPtrInput { - return (*templateVisibilityPtr)(&v) -} - -func (*templateVisibilityPtr) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return templateVisibilityPtrType -} - -func (in *templateVisibilityPtr) ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutput() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutput(in).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) -} - -func (in *templateVisibilityPtr) ToTemplateVisibilityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, in).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) -} - type TemplateVisualCustomActionTrigger string const ( @@ -71637,8 +71134,6 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetColumnTagNameArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetColumnTagNameArray{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetDatasetParameterValueTypeInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetDatasetParameterValueType("MULTI_VALUED")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetDatasetParameterValueTypePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetDatasetParameterValueType("MULTI_VALUED")) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetFileFormatInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetFileFormat("CSV")) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetFileFormatPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetFileFormat("CSV")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetGeoSpatialCountryCodeInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetGeoSpatialCountryCode("US")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetGeoSpatialCountryCodePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetGeoSpatialCountryCode("US")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetGeoSpatialDataRoleInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetGeoSpatialDataRole("COUNTRY")) @@ -71657,8 +71152,6 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetRowLevelPermissionPolicyPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetRowLevelPermissionPolicy("GRANT_ACCESS")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetStatusInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetStatus("ENABLED")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetStatusPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetStatus("ENABLED")) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetTextQualifierInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetTextQualifier("DOUBLE_QUOTE")) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetTextQualifierPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetTextQualifier("DOUBLE_QUOTE")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetTimeGranularityInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetTimeGranularity("YEAR")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetTimeGranularityPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetTimeGranularity("YEAR")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceAuthenticationTypeInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceAuthenticationType("PASSWORD")) @@ -71903,8 +71396,6 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateValueWhenUnsetOptionPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateValueWhenUnsetOption("RECOMMENDED_VALUE")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateVerticalTextAlignmentInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateVerticalTextAlignment("TOP")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateVerticalTextAlignmentPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateVerticalTextAlignment("TOP")) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateVisibilityInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateVisibility("HIDDEN")) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateVisibilityPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateVisibility("HIDDEN")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateVisualCustomActionTriggerInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateVisualCustomActionTrigger("DATA_POINT_CLICK")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateVisualCustomActionTriggerPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateVisualCustomActionTrigger("DATA_POINT_CLICK")) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateWidgetStatusInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateWidgetStatus("ENABLED")) @@ -72479,8 +71970,6 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetColumnTagNameArrayOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetDatasetParameterValueTypeOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetDatasetParameterValueTypePtrOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetFileFormatOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetGeoSpatialCountryCodeOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetGeoSpatialCountryCodePtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetGeoSpatialDataRoleOutput{}) @@ -72499,8 +71988,6 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetRowLevelPermissionPolicyPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetStatusOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetStatusPtrOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetTextQualifierOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetTimeGranularityOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetTimeGranularityPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceAuthenticationTypeOutput{}) @@ -72751,8 +72238,6 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateValueWhenUnsetOptionPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateVerticalTextAlignmentOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateVerticalTextAlignmentPtrOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateVisibilityOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateVisualCustomActionTriggerOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateVisualCustomActionTriggerPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateWidgetStatusOutput{}) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes1.go b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes1.go index 8a982df8ee..55827f0142 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes1.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes1.go @@ -9000,23 +9000,40 @@ func (o AnalysisYAxisOptionsPtrOutput) YAxis() AnalysisSingleYAxisOptionPtrOutpu } type CustomPermissionsCapabilities struct { - AddOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"addOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses"` + // The ability to add or run anomaly detection. + AddOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"addOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses"` + // The ability to create and update email reports. CreateAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports"` - CreateAndUpdateDataSources *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createAndUpdateDataSources"` - CreateAndUpdateDatasets *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createAndUpdateDatasets"` - CreateAndUpdateThemes *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createAndUpdateThemes"` - CreateAndUpdateThresholdAlerts *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createAndUpdateThresholdAlerts"` - CreateSharedFolders *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createSharedFolders"` - CreateSpiceDataset *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createSpiceDataset"` - ExportToCsv *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"exportToCsv"` - ExportToExcel *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"exportToExcel"` - RenameSharedFolders *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"renameSharedFolders"` - ShareAnalyses *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"shareAnalyses"` - ShareDashboards *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"shareDashboards"` - ShareDataSources *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"shareDataSources"` - ShareDatasets *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"shareDatasets"` - SubscribeDashboardEmailReports *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"subscribeDashboardEmailReports"` - ViewAccountSpiceCapacity *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"viewAccountSpiceCapacity"` + // The ability to create and update data sources. + CreateAndUpdateDataSources *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createAndUpdateDataSources"` + // The ability to create and update datasets. + CreateAndUpdateDatasets *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createAndUpdateDatasets"` + // The ability to export to Create and Update themes. + CreateAndUpdateThemes *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createAndUpdateThemes"` + // The ability to create and update threshold alerts. + CreateAndUpdateThresholdAlerts *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createAndUpdateThresholdAlerts"` + // The ability to create shared folders. + CreateSharedFolders *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createSharedFolders"` + // The ability to create a SPICE dataset. + CreateSpiceDataset *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"createSpiceDataset"` + // The ability to export to CSV files. + ExportToCsv *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"exportToCsv"` + // The ability to export to Excel files. + ExportToExcel *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"exportToExcel"` + // The ability to rename shared folders. + RenameSharedFolders *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"renameSharedFolders"` + // The ability to share analyses. + ShareAnalyses *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"shareAnalyses"` + // The ability to share dashboards. + ShareDashboards *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"shareDashboards"` + // The ability to share data sources. + ShareDataSources *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"shareDataSources"` + // The ability to share datasets. + ShareDatasets *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"shareDatasets"` + // The ability to subscribe to email reports. + SubscribeDashboardEmailReports *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"subscribeDashboardEmailReports"` + // The ability to view account SPICE capacity. + ViewAccountSpiceCapacity *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState `pulumi:"viewAccountSpiceCapacity"` } // CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesInput is an input type that accepts CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs and CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput values. @@ -9031,23 +9048,40 @@ type CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesInput interface { } type CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs struct { - AddOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"addOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses"` + // The ability to add or run anomaly detection. + AddOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"addOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses"` + // The ability to create and update email reports. CreateAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports"` - CreateAndUpdateDataSources CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createAndUpdateDataSources"` - CreateAndUpdateDatasets CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createAndUpdateDatasets"` - CreateAndUpdateThemes CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createAndUpdateThemes"` - CreateAndUpdateThresholdAlerts CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createAndUpdateThresholdAlerts"` - CreateSharedFolders CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createSharedFolders"` - CreateSpiceDataset CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createSpiceDataset"` - ExportToCsv CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"exportToCsv"` - ExportToExcel CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"exportToExcel"` - RenameSharedFolders CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"renameSharedFolders"` - ShareAnalyses CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"shareAnalyses"` - ShareDashboards CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"shareDashboards"` - ShareDataSources CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"shareDataSources"` - ShareDatasets CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"shareDatasets"` - SubscribeDashboardEmailReports CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"subscribeDashboardEmailReports"` - ViewAccountSpiceCapacity CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"viewAccountSpiceCapacity"` + // The ability to create and update data sources. + CreateAndUpdateDataSources CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createAndUpdateDataSources"` + // The ability to create and update datasets. + CreateAndUpdateDatasets CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createAndUpdateDatasets"` + // The ability to export to Create and Update themes. + CreateAndUpdateThemes CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createAndUpdateThemes"` + // The ability to create and update threshold alerts. + CreateAndUpdateThresholdAlerts CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createAndUpdateThresholdAlerts"` + // The ability to create shared folders. + CreateSharedFolders CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createSharedFolders"` + // The ability to create a SPICE dataset. + CreateSpiceDataset CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"createSpiceDataset"` + // The ability to export to CSV files. + ExportToCsv CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"exportToCsv"` + // The ability to export to Excel files. + ExportToExcel CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"exportToExcel"` + // The ability to rename shared folders. + RenameSharedFolders CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"renameSharedFolders"` + // The ability to share analyses. + ShareAnalyses CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"shareAnalyses"` + // The ability to share dashboards. + ShareDashboards CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"shareDashboards"` + // The ability to share data sources. + ShareDataSources CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"shareDataSources"` + // The ability to share datasets. + ShareDatasets CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"shareDatasets"` + // The ability to subscribe to email reports. + SubscribeDashboardEmailReports CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"subscribeDashboardEmailReports"` + // The ability to view account SPICE capacity. + ViewAccountSpiceCapacity CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrInput `pulumi:"viewAccountSpiceCapacity"` } func (CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -9127,84 +9161,101 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) ToCustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrO }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) } +// The ability to add or run anomaly detection. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) AddOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.AddOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create and update email reports. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) CreateAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.CreateAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create and update data sources. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) CreateAndUpdateDataSources() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.CreateAndUpdateDataSources }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create and update datasets. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) CreateAndUpdateDatasets() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.CreateAndUpdateDatasets }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to export to Create and Update themes. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) CreateAndUpdateThemes() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.CreateAndUpdateThemes }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create and update threshold alerts. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) CreateAndUpdateThresholdAlerts() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.CreateAndUpdateThresholdAlerts }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create shared folders. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) CreateSharedFolders() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.CreateSharedFolders }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create a SPICE dataset. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) CreateSpiceDataset() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.CreateSpiceDataset }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to export to CSV files. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) ExportToCsv() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.ExportToCsv }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to export to Excel files. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) ExportToExcel() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.ExportToExcel }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to rename shared folders. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) RenameSharedFolders() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.RenameSharedFolders }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to share analyses. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) ShareAnalyses() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.ShareAnalyses }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to share dashboards. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) ShareDashboards() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.ShareDashboards }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to share data sources. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) ShareDataSources() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.ShareDataSources }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to share datasets. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) ShareDatasets() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.ShareDatasets }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to subscribe to email reports. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) SubscribeDashboardEmailReports() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.SubscribeDashboardEmailReports }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to view account SPICE capacity. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) ViewAccountSpiceCapacity() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { return v.ViewAccountSpiceCapacity @@ -9235,6 +9286,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) Elem() CustomPermissionsCapabili }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesOutput) } +// The ability to add or run anomaly detection. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) AddOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9244,6 +9296,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) AddOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnaly }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create and update email reports. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9253,6 +9306,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateAndUpdateDashboardEmailRep }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create and update data sources. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateAndUpdateDataSources() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9262,6 +9316,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateAndUpdateDataSources() Cus }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create and update datasets. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateAndUpdateDatasets() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9271,6 +9326,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateAndUpdateDatasets() Custom }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to export to Create and Update themes. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateAndUpdateThemes() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9280,6 +9336,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateAndUpdateThemes() CustomPe }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create and update threshold alerts. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateAndUpdateThresholdAlerts() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9289,6 +9346,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateAndUpdateThresholdAlerts() }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create shared folders. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateSharedFolders() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9298,6 +9356,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateSharedFolders() CustomPerm }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to create a SPICE dataset. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateSpiceDataset() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9307,6 +9366,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) CreateSpiceDataset() CustomPermi }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to export to CSV files. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ExportToCsv() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9316,6 +9376,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ExportToCsv() CustomPermissionsC }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to export to Excel files. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ExportToExcel() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9325,6 +9386,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ExportToExcel() CustomPermission }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to rename shared folders. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) RenameSharedFolders() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9334,6 +9396,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) RenameSharedFolders() CustomPerm }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to share analyses. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ShareAnalyses() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9343,6 +9406,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ShareAnalyses() CustomPermission }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to share dashboards. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ShareDashboards() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9352,6 +9416,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ShareDashboards() CustomPermissi }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to share data sources. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ShareDataSources() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9361,6 +9426,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ShareDataSources() CustomPermiss }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to share datasets. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ShareDatasets() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9370,6 +9436,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ShareDatasets() CustomPermission }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to subscribe to email reports. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) SubscribeDashboardEmailReports() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -9379,6 +9446,7 @@ func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) SubscribeDashboardEmailReports() }).(CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput) } +// The ability to view account SPICE capacity. func (o CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesPtrOutput) ViewAccountSpiceCapacity() CustomPermissionsCapabilityStatePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *CustomPermissionsCapabilities) *CustomPermissionsCapabilityState { if v == nil { @@ -76595,7 +76663,7 @@ type DashboardPublishOptions struct { // The axis sort options of a dashboard. VisualAxisSortOption *DashboardVisualAxisSortOption `pulumi:"visualAxisSortOption"` // The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. - VisualMenuOption *DashboardVisualMenuOption `pulumi:"visualMenuOption"` + VisualMenuOption interface{} `pulumi:"visualMenuOption"` // The visual publish options of a visual in a dashboard. VisualPublishOptions *DashboardVisualPublishOptions `pulumi:"visualPublishOptions"` } @@ -76632,7 +76700,7 @@ type DashboardPublishOptionsArgs struct { // The axis sort options of a dashboard. VisualAxisSortOption DashboardVisualAxisSortOptionPtrInput `pulumi:"visualAxisSortOption"` // The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. - VisualMenuOption DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrInput `pulumi:"visualMenuOption"` + VisualMenuOption pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visualMenuOption"` // The visual publish options of a visual in a dashboard. VisualPublishOptions DashboardVisualPublishOptionsPtrInput `pulumi:"visualPublishOptions"` } @@ -76767,8 +76835,8 @@ func (o DashboardPublishOptionsOutput) VisualAxisSortOption() DashboardVisualAxi } // The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. -func (o DashboardPublishOptionsOutput) VisualMenuOption() DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v DashboardPublishOptions) *DashboardVisualMenuOption { return v.VisualMenuOption }).(DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput) +func (o DashboardPublishOptionsOutput) VisualMenuOption() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DashboardPublishOptions) interface{} { return v.VisualMenuOption }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The visual publish options of a visual in a dashboard. @@ -76891,13 +76959,13 @@ func (o DashboardPublishOptionsPtrOutput) VisualAxisSortOption() DashboardVisual } // The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. -func (o DashboardPublishOptionsPtrOutput) VisualMenuOption() DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DashboardPublishOptions) *DashboardVisualMenuOption { +func (o DashboardPublishOptionsPtrOutput) VisualMenuOption() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DashboardPublishOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.VisualMenuOption - }).(DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The visual publish options of a visual in a dashboard. diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes2.go b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes2.go index a109c0648d..a47bfab382 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes2.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes2.go @@ -15188,143 +15188,6 @@ func (o DashboardVisualCustomActionOperationArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput }).(DashboardVisualCustomActionOperationOutput) } -type DashboardVisualMenuOption struct { - // The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. - AvailabilityStatus *DashboardBehavior `pulumi:"availabilityStatus"` -} - -// DashboardVisualMenuOptionInput is an input type that accepts DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs and DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput values. -// You can construct a concrete instance of `DashboardVisualMenuOptionInput` via: -// -// DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs{...} -type DashboardVisualMenuOptionInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput() DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput - ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionOutputWithContext(context.Context) DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput -} - -type DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs struct { - // The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. - AvailabilityStatus DashboardBehaviorPtrInput `pulumi:"availabilityStatus"` -} - -func (DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardVisualMenuOption)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (i DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput() DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput { - return i.ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (i DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput) -} - -func (i DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput() DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput { - return i.ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (i DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput).ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) -} - -// DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrInput is an input type that accepts DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs, DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtr and DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput values. -// You can construct a concrete instance of `DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrInput` via: -// -// DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs{...} -// -// or: -// -// nil -type DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput() DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput - ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput -} - -type dashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrType DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs - -func DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtr(v *DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs) DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrInput { - return (*dashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrType)(v) -} - -func (*dashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((**DashboardVisualMenuOption)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (i *dashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrType) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput() DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput { - return i.ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (i *dashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrType) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput) -} - -type DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardVisualMenuOption)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput() DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput() DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput { - return o.ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v DashboardVisualMenuOption) *DashboardVisualMenuOption { - return &v - }).(DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput) -} - -// The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. -func (o DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput) AvailabilityStatus() DashboardBehaviorPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v DashboardVisualMenuOption) *DashboardBehavior { return v.AvailabilityStatus }).(DashboardBehaviorPtrOutput) -} - -type DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((**DashboardVisualMenuOption)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput() DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput) ToDashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput) Elem() DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DashboardVisualMenuOption) DashboardVisualMenuOption { - if v != nil { - return *v - } - var ret DashboardVisualMenuOption - return ret - }).(DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput) -} - -// The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. -func (o DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput) AvailabilityStatus() DashboardBehaviorPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DashboardVisualMenuOption) *DashboardBehavior { - if v == nil { - return nil - } - return v.AvailabilityStatus - }).(DashboardBehaviorPtrOutput) -} - type DashboardVisualPalette struct { // The chart color options for the visual palette. ChartColor *string `pulumi:"chartColor"` @@ -25343,7 +25206,7 @@ type DataSetS3Source struct { // InputColumns []DataSetInputColumn `pulumi:"inputColumns"` // Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. - UploadSettings *DataSetUploadSettings `pulumi:"uploadSettings"` + UploadSettings interface{} `pulumi:"uploadSettings"` } // DataSetS3SourceInput is an input type that accepts DataSetS3SourceArgs and DataSetS3SourceOutput values. @@ -25367,7 +25230,7 @@ type DataSetS3SourceArgs struct { // InputColumns DataSetInputColumnArrayInput `pulumi:"inputColumns"` // Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. - UploadSettings DataSetUploadSettingsPtrInput `pulumi:"uploadSettings"` + UploadSettings pulumi.Input `pulumi:"uploadSettings"` } func (DataSetS3SourceArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -25463,8 +25326,8 @@ func (o DataSetS3SourceOutput) InputColumns() DataSetInputColumnArrayOutput { } // Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. -func (o DataSetS3SourceOutput) UploadSettings() DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSetS3Source) *DataSetUploadSettings { return v.UploadSettings }).(DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) +func (o DataSetS3SourceOutput) UploadSettings() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSetS3Source) interface{} { return v.UploadSettings }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type DataSetS3SourcePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -25516,13 +25379,13 @@ func (o DataSetS3SourcePtrOutput) InputColumns() DataSetInputColumnArrayOutput { } // Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. -func (o DataSetS3SourcePtrOutput) UploadSettings() DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSetS3Source) *DataSetUploadSettings { +func (o DataSetS3SourcePtrOutput) UploadSettings() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSetS3Source) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.UploadSettings - }).(DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } //

A string parameter for a dataset.

@@ -26468,222 +26331,6 @@ func (o DataSetUntagColumnOperationPtrOutput) TagNames() DataSetColumnTagNameArr }).(DataSetColumnTagNameArrayOutput) } -//

Information about the format for a source file or files.

-type DataSetUploadSettings struct { - //

Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.

- ContainsHeader *bool `pulumi:"containsHeader"` - //

The delimiter between values in the file.

- Delimiter *string `pulumi:"delimiter"` - // File format. - Format *DataSetFileFormat `pulumi:"format"` - //

A row number to start reading data from.

- StartFromRow *float64 `pulumi:"startFromRow"` - // Text qualifier. - TextQualifier *DataSetTextQualifier `pulumi:"textQualifier"` -} - -// DataSetUploadSettingsInput is an input type that accepts DataSetUploadSettingsArgs and DataSetUploadSettingsOutput values. -// You can construct a concrete instance of `DataSetUploadSettingsInput` via: -// -// DataSetUploadSettingsArgs{...} -type DataSetUploadSettingsInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToDataSetUploadSettingsOutput() DataSetUploadSettingsOutput - ToDataSetUploadSettingsOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSetUploadSettingsOutput -} - -//

Information about the format for a source file or files.

-type DataSetUploadSettingsArgs struct { - //

Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.

- ContainsHeader pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"containsHeader"` - //

The delimiter between values in the file.

- Delimiter pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"delimiter"` - // File format. - Format DataSetFileFormatPtrInput `pulumi:"format"` - //

A row number to start reading data from.

- StartFromRow pulumi.Float64PtrInput `pulumi:"startFromRow"` - // Text qualifier. - TextQualifier DataSetTextQualifierPtrInput `pulumi:"textQualifier"` -} - -func (DataSetUploadSettingsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetUploadSettings)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (i DataSetUploadSettingsArgs) ToDataSetUploadSettingsOutput() DataSetUploadSettingsOutput { - return i.ToDataSetUploadSettingsOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (i DataSetUploadSettingsArgs) ToDataSetUploadSettingsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetUploadSettingsOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) -} - -func (i DataSetUploadSettingsArgs) ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput() DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput { - return i.ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (i DataSetUploadSettingsArgs) ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSetUploadSettingsOutput).ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) -} - -// DataSetUploadSettingsPtrInput is an input type that accepts DataSetUploadSettingsArgs, DataSetUploadSettingsPtr and DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput values. -// You can construct a concrete instance of `DataSetUploadSettingsPtrInput` via: -// -// DataSetUploadSettingsArgs{...} -// -// or: -// -// nil -type DataSetUploadSettingsPtrInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput() DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput - ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput -} - -type dataSetUploadSettingsPtrType DataSetUploadSettingsArgs - -func DataSetUploadSettingsPtr(v *DataSetUploadSettingsArgs) DataSetUploadSettingsPtrInput { - return (*dataSetUploadSettingsPtrType)(v) -} - -func (*dataSetUploadSettingsPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((**DataSetUploadSettings)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (i *dataSetUploadSettingsPtrType) ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput() DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput { - return i.ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (i *dataSetUploadSettingsPtrType) ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) -} - -//

Information about the format for a source file or files.

-type DataSetUploadSettingsOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetUploadSettings)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) ToDataSetUploadSettingsOutput() DataSetUploadSettingsOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) ToDataSetUploadSettingsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetUploadSettingsOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput() DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput { - return o.ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v DataSetUploadSettings) *DataSetUploadSettings { - return &v - }).(DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) -} - -//

Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.

-func (o DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) ContainsHeader() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSetUploadSettings) *bool { return v.ContainsHeader }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) -} - -//

The delimiter between values in the file.

-func (o DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) Delimiter() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSetUploadSettings) *string { return v.Delimiter }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - -// File format. -func (o DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) Format() DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSetUploadSettings) *DataSetFileFormat { return v.Format }).(DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput) -} - -//

A row number to start reading data from.

-func (o DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) StartFromRow() pulumi.Float64PtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSetUploadSettings) *float64 { return v.StartFromRow }).(pulumi.Float64PtrOutput) -} - -// Text qualifier. -func (o DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) TextQualifier() DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v DataSetUploadSettings) *DataSetTextQualifier { return v.TextQualifier }).(DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput) -} - -type DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((**DataSetUploadSettings)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput() DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) ToDataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) Elem() DataSetUploadSettingsOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSetUploadSettings) DataSetUploadSettings { - if v != nil { - return *v - } - var ret DataSetUploadSettings - return ret - }).(DataSetUploadSettingsOutput) -} - -//

Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.

-func (o DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) ContainsHeader() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSetUploadSettings) *bool { - if v == nil { - return nil - } - return v.ContainsHeader - }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) -} - -//

The delimiter between values in the file.

-func (o DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) Delimiter() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSetUploadSettings) *string { - if v == nil { - return nil - } - return v.Delimiter - }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - -// File format. -func (o DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) Format() DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSetUploadSettings) *DataSetFileFormat { - if v == nil { - return nil - } - return v.Format - }).(DataSetFileFormatPtrOutput) -} - -//

A row number to start reading data from.

-func (o DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) StartFromRow() pulumi.Float64PtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSetUploadSettings) *float64 { - if v == nil { - return nil - } - return v.StartFromRow - }).(pulumi.Float64PtrOutput) -} - -// Text qualifier. -func (o DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput) TextQualifier() DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DataSetUploadSettings) *DataSetTextQualifier { - if v == nil { - return nil - } - return v.TextQualifier - }).(DataSetTextQualifierPtrOutput) -} - //

The usage configuration to apply to child datasets that reference this dataset as a source.

type DataSetUsageConfiguration struct { //

An option that controls whether a child dataset of a direct query can use this dataset as a source.

@@ -35614,13 +35261,13 @@ func (o TemplateAxisDisplayMinMaxRangePtrOutput) Minimum() pulumi.Float64PtrOutp type TemplateAxisDisplayOptions struct { // Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. - AxisLineVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"axisLineVisibility"` + AxisLineVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"axisLineVisibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px AxisOffset *string `pulumi:"axisOffset"` // The data options for an axis. DataOptions *TemplateAxisDataOptions `pulumi:"dataOptions"` // Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. - GridLineVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"gridLineVisibility"` + GridLineVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"gridLineVisibility"` // The scroll bar options for an axis. ScrollbarOptions *TemplateScrollBarOptions `pulumi:"scrollbarOptions"` // The tick label options of an axis. @@ -35640,13 +35287,13 @@ type TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsInput interface { type TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsArgs struct { // Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. - AxisLineVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"axisLineVisibility"` + AxisLineVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"axisLineVisibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px AxisOffset pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"axisOffset"` // The data options for an axis. DataOptions TemplateAxisDataOptionsPtrInput `pulumi:"dataOptions"` // Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. - GridLineVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"gridLineVisibility"` + GridLineVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"gridLineVisibility"` // The scroll bar options for an axis. ScrollbarOptions TemplateScrollBarOptionsPtrInput `pulumi:"scrollbarOptions"` // The tick label options of an axis. @@ -35731,8 +35378,8 @@ func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsOutput) ToTemplateAxisDisplayOptionsPtrOutputW } // Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. -func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsOutput) AxisLineVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateAxisDisplayOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.AxisLineVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsOutput) AxisLineVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateAxisDisplayOptions) interface{} { return v.AxisLineVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -35746,8 +35393,8 @@ func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsOutput) DataOptions() TemplateAxisDataOptionsP } // Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. -func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsOutput) GridLineVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateAxisDisplayOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.GridLineVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsOutput) GridLineVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateAxisDisplayOptions) interface{} { return v.GridLineVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The scroll bar options for an axis. @@ -35785,13 +35432,13 @@ func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsOu } // Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. -func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsPtrOutput) AxisLineVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateAxisDisplayOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsPtrOutput) AxisLineVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateAxisDisplayOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.AxisLineVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -35815,13 +35462,13 @@ func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsPtrOutput) DataOptions() TemplateAxisDataOptio } // Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. -func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsPtrOutput) GridLineVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateAxisDisplayOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsPtrOutput) GridLineVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateAxisDisplayOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.GridLineVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The scroll bar options for an axis. @@ -39227,9 +38874,9 @@ func (o TemplateBoxPlotFieldWellsPtrOutput) BoxPlotAggregatedFieldWells() Templa type TemplateBoxPlotOptions struct { // Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. - AllDataPointsVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"allDataPointsVisibility"` + AllDataPointsVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"allDataPointsVisibility"` // Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. - OutlierVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"outlierVisibility"` + OutlierVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"outlierVisibility"` // The style options of the box plot. StyleOptions *TemplateBoxPlotStyleOptions `pulumi:"styleOptions"` } @@ -39247,9 +38894,9 @@ type TemplateBoxPlotOptionsInput interface { type TemplateBoxPlotOptionsArgs struct { // Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. - AllDataPointsVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"allDataPointsVisibility"` + AllDataPointsVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"allDataPointsVisibility"` // Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. - OutlierVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"outlierVisibility"` + OutlierVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"outlierVisibility"` // The style options of the box plot. StyleOptions TemplateBoxPlotStyleOptionsPtrInput `pulumi:"styleOptions"` } @@ -39332,13 +38979,13 @@ func (o TemplateBoxPlotOptionsOutput) ToTemplateBoxPlotOptionsPtrOutputWithConte } // Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. -func (o TemplateBoxPlotOptionsOutput) AllDataPointsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateBoxPlotOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.AllDataPointsVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateBoxPlotOptionsOutput) AllDataPointsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateBoxPlotOptions) interface{} { return v.AllDataPointsVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. -func (o TemplateBoxPlotOptionsOutput) OutlierVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateBoxPlotOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.OutlierVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateBoxPlotOptionsOutput) OutlierVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateBoxPlotOptions) interface{} { return v.OutlierVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The style options of the box plot. @@ -39371,23 +39018,23 @@ func (o TemplateBoxPlotOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateBoxPlotOptionsOutput { } // Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. -func (o TemplateBoxPlotOptionsPtrOutput) AllDataPointsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateBoxPlotOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateBoxPlotOptionsPtrOutput) AllDataPointsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateBoxPlotOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.AllDataPointsVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. -func (o TemplateBoxPlotOptionsPtrOutput) OutlierVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateBoxPlotOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateBoxPlotOptionsPtrOutput) OutlierVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateBoxPlotOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.OutlierVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The style options of the box plot. @@ -41554,12 +41201,12 @@ type TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions struct { // The label options for a chart axis. AxisLabelOptions []TemplateAxisLabelOptions `pulumi:"axisLabelOptions"` // The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. - SortIconVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"sortIconVisibility"` + SortIconVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"sortIconVisibility"` // The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: // // - `VISIBLE` : Shows the axis. // - `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsArgs and TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsOutput values. @@ -41577,12 +41224,12 @@ type TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsArgs struct { // The label options for a chart axis. AxisLabelOptions TemplateAxisLabelOptionsArrayInput `pulumi:"axisLabelOptions"` // The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. - SortIconVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"sortIconVisibility"` + SortIconVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"sortIconVisibility"` // The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: // // - `VISIBLE` : Shows the axis. // - `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -41668,16 +41315,16 @@ func (o TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsOutput) AxisLabelOptions() TemplateAxisLabe } // The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. -func (o TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsOutput) SortIconVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.SortIconVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsOutput) SortIconVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.SortIconVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: // // - `VISIBLE` : Shows the axis. // - `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis. -func (o TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -41715,26 +41362,26 @@ func (o TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsPtrOutput) AxisLabelOptions() TemplateAxisL } // The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. -func (o TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsPtrOutput) SortIconVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsPtrOutput) SortIconVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.SortIconVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: // // - `VISIBLE` : Shows the axis. // - `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis. -func (o TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateChartAxisLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateClusterMarker struct { @@ -43273,7 +42920,7 @@ type TemplateColumnTooltipItem struct { // Determines the target of the column tooltip item in a combo chart visual. TooltipTarget *TemplateTooltipTarget `pulumi:"tooltipTarget"` // The visibility of the tooltip item. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateColumnTooltipItemInput is an input type that accepts TemplateColumnTooltipItemArgs and TemplateColumnTooltipItemOutput values. @@ -43297,7 +42944,7 @@ type TemplateColumnTooltipItemArgs struct { // Determines the target of the column tooltip item in a combo chart visual. TooltipTarget TemplateTooltipTargetPtrInput `pulumi:"tooltipTarget"` // The visibility of the tooltip item. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateColumnTooltipItemArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -43398,8 +43045,8 @@ func (o TemplateColumnTooltipItemOutput) TooltipTarget() TemplateTooltipTargetPt } // The visibility of the tooltip item. -func (o TemplateColumnTooltipItemOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateColumnTooltipItem) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateColumnTooltipItemOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateColumnTooltipItem) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateColumnTooltipItemPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -43467,13 +43114,13 @@ func (o TemplateColumnTooltipItemPtrOutput) TooltipTarget() TemplateTooltipTarge } // The visibility of the tooltip item. -func (o TemplateColumnTooltipItemPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateColumnTooltipItem) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateColumnTooltipItemPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateColumnTooltipItem) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateComboChartAggregatedFieldWells struct { @@ -49595,7 +49242,7 @@ func (o TemplateDataFieldSeriesItemPtrOutput) Settings() TemplateLineChartSeries type TemplateDataLabelOptions struct { // Determines the visibility of the category field labels. - CategoryLabelVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"categoryLabelVisibility"` + CategoryLabelVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"categoryLabelVisibility"` // The option that determines the data label type. DataLabelTypes []TemplateDataLabelType `pulumi:"dataLabelTypes"` // Determines the color of the data labels. @@ -49605,15 +49252,15 @@ type TemplateDataLabelOptions struct { // Determines the font configuration of the data labels. LabelFontConfiguration *TemplateFontConfiguration `pulumi:"labelFontConfiguration"` // Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. - MeasureLabelVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"measureLabelVisibility"` + MeasureLabelVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"measureLabelVisibility"` // Determines whether overlap is enabled or disabled for the data labels. Overlap *TemplateDataLabelOverlap `pulumi:"overlap"` // Determines the position of the data labels. Position *TemplateDataLabelPosition `pulumi:"position"` // Determines the visibility of the total. - TotalsVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` + TotalsVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` // Determines the visibility of the data labels. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateDataLabelOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgs and TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput values. @@ -49629,7 +49276,7 @@ type TemplateDataLabelOptionsInput interface { type TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgs struct { // Determines the visibility of the category field labels. - CategoryLabelVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"categoryLabelVisibility"` + CategoryLabelVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"categoryLabelVisibility"` // The option that determines the data label type. DataLabelTypes TemplateDataLabelTypeArrayInput `pulumi:"dataLabelTypes"` // Determines the color of the data labels. @@ -49639,15 +49286,15 @@ type TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgs struct { // Determines the font configuration of the data labels. LabelFontConfiguration TemplateFontConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"labelFontConfiguration"` // Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. - MeasureLabelVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"measureLabelVisibility"` + MeasureLabelVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"measureLabelVisibility"` // Determines whether overlap is enabled or disabled for the data labels. Overlap TemplateDataLabelOverlapPtrInput `pulumi:"overlap"` // Determines the position of the data labels. Position TemplateDataLabelPositionPtrInput `pulumi:"position"` // Determines the visibility of the total. - TotalsVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` + TotalsVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` // Determines the visibility of the data labels. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -49728,8 +49375,8 @@ func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput) ToTemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutputWithC } // Determines the visibility of the category field labels. -func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput) CategoryLabelVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.CategoryLabelVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput) CategoryLabelVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDataLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.CategoryLabelVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The option that determines the data label type. @@ -49753,8 +49400,8 @@ func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput) LabelFontConfiguration() TemplateFontCon } // Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. -func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput) MeasureLabelVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.MeasureLabelVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput) MeasureLabelVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDataLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.MeasureLabelVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Determines whether overlap is enabled or disabled for the data labels. @@ -49768,13 +49415,13 @@ func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput) Position() TemplateDataLabelPositionPtrO } // Determines the visibility of the total. -func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput) TotalsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.TotalsVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput) TotalsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDataLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.TotalsVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Determines the visibility of the data labels. -func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDataLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -49802,13 +49449,13 @@ func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateDataLabelOptionsOutput } // Determines the visibility of the category field labels. -func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) CategoryLabelVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) CategoryLabelVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDataLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.CategoryLabelVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The option that determines the data label type. @@ -49852,13 +49499,13 @@ func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) LabelFontConfiguration() TemplateFont } // Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. -func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) MeasureLabelVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) MeasureLabelVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDataLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.MeasureLabelVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Determines whether overlap is enabled or disabled for the data labels. @@ -49882,23 +49529,23 @@ func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Position() TemplateDataLabelPositionP } // Determines the visibility of the total. -func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) TotalsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) TotalsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDataLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.TotalsVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Determines the visibility of the data labels. -func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDataLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateDataLabelType struct { @@ -50155,7 +49802,7 @@ type TemplateDataPathLabelType struct { // The actual value of the field that is labeled. FieldValue *string `pulumi:"fieldValue"` // The visibility of the data label. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateDataPathLabelTypeInput is an input type that accepts TemplateDataPathLabelTypeArgs and TemplateDataPathLabelTypeOutput values. @@ -50175,7 +49822,7 @@ type TemplateDataPathLabelTypeArgs struct { // The actual value of the field that is labeled. FieldValue pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"fieldValue"` // The visibility of the data label. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateDataPathLabelTypeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -50266,8 +49913,8 @@ func (o TemplateDataPathLabelTypeOutput) FieldValue() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { } // The visibility of the data label. -func (o TemplateDataPathLabelTypeOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDataPathLabelType) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateDataPathLabelTypeOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDataPathLabelType) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateDataPathLabelTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -50315,13 +49962,13 @@ func (o TemplateDataPathLabelTypePtrOutput) FieldValue() pulumi.StringPtrOutput } // The visibility of the data label. -func (o TemplateDataPathLabelTypePtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDataPathLabelType) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateDataPathLabelTypePtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDataPathLabelType) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateDataPathSort struct { @@ -51121,7 +50768,7 @@ func (o TemplateDataSetSchemaPtrOutput) ColumnSchemaList() TemplateColumnSchemaA type TemplateDateAxisOptions struct { // Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. - MissingDateVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"missingDateVisibility"` + MissingDateVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"missingDateVisibility"` } // TemplateDateAxisOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgs and TemplateDateAxisOptionsOutput values. @@ -51137,7 +50784,7 @@ type TemplateDateAxisOptionsInput interface { type TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgs struct { // Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. - MissingDateVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"missingDateVisibility"` + MissingDateVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"missingDateVisibility"` } func (TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -51218,8 +50865,8 @@ func (o TemplateDateAxisOptionsOutput) ToTemplateDateAxisOptionsPtrOutputWithCon } // Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. -func (o TemplateDateAxisOptionsOutput) MissingDateVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDateAxisOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.MissingDateVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateDateAxisOptionsOutput) MissingDateVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDateAxisOptions) interface{} { return v.MissingDateVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateDateAxisOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -51247,13 +50894,13 @@ func (o TemplateDateAxisOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateDateAxisOptionsOutput { } // Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. -func (o TemplateDateAxisOptionsPtrOutput) MissingDateVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDateAxisOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateDateAxisOptionsPtrOutput) MissingDateVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDateAxisOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.MissingDateVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateDateDimensionField struct { @@ -56357,7 +56004,7 @@ func (o TemplateDimensionFieldArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) TemplateDime type TemplateDonutCenterOptions struct { // Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . - LabelVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"labelVisibility"` + LabelVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"labelVisibility"` } // TemplateDonutCenterOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgs and TemplateDonutCenterOptionsOutput values. @@ -56373,7 +56020,7 @@ type TemplateDonutCenterOptionsInput interface { type TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgs struct { // Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . - LabelVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"labelVisibility"` + LabelVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"labelVisibility"` } func (TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -56454,8 +56101,8 @@ func (o TemplateDonutCenterOptionsOutput) ToTemplateDonutCenterOptionsPtrOutputW } // Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . -func (o TemplateDonutCenterOptionsOutput) LabelVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDonutCenterOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.LabelVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateDonutCenterOptionsOutput) LabelVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateDonutCenterOptions) interface{} { return v.LabelVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateDonutCenterOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -56483,13 +56130,13 @@ func (o TemplateDonutCenterOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateDonutCenterOptionsOu } // Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . -func (o TemplateDonutCenterOptionsPtrOutput) LabelVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDonutCenterOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateDonutCenterOptionsPtrOutput) LabelVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateDonutCenterOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.LabelVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateDonutOptions struct { @@ -57782,7 +57429,7 @@ func (o TemplateExplicitHierarchyPtrOutput) HierarchyId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput type TemplateFieldBasedTooltip struct { // The visibility of `Show aggregations` . - AggregationVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"aggregationVisibility"` + AggregationVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"aggregationVisibility"` // The fields configuration in the tooltip. TooltipFields []TemplateTooltipItem `pulumi:"tooltipFields"` // The type for the >tooltip title. Choose one of the following options: @@ -57805,7 +57452,7 @@ type TemplateFieldBasedTooltipInput interface { type TemplateFieldBasedTooltipArgs struct { // The visibility of `Show aggregations` . - AggregationVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"aggregationVisibility"` + AggregationVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"aggregationVisibility"` // The fields configuration in the tooltip. TooltipFields TemplateTooltipItemArrayInput `pulumi:"tooltipFields"` // The type for the >tooltip title. Choose one of the following options: @@ -57893,8 +57540,8 @@ func (o TemplateFieldBasedTooltipOutput) ToTemplateFieldBasedTooltipPtrOutputWit } // The visibility of `Show aggregations` . -func (o TemplateFieldBasedTooltipOutput) AggregationVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFieldBasedTooltip) *TemplateVisibility { return v.AggregationVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateFieldBasedTooltipOutput) AggregationVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFieldBasedTooltip) interface{} { return v.AggregationVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The fields configuration in the tooltip. @@ -57935,13 +57582,13 @@ func (o TemplateFieldBasedTooltipPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateFieldBasedTooltipOutp } // The visibility of `Show aggregations` . -func (o TemplateFieldBasedTooltipPtrOutput) AggregationVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFieldBasedTooltip) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateFieldBasedTooltipPtrOutput) AggregationVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFieldBasedTooltip) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.AggregationVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The fields configuration in the tooltip. @@ -57971,7 +57618,7 @@ type TemplateFieldLabelType struct { // Indicates the field that is targeted by the field label. FieldId *string `pulumi:"fieldId"` // The visibility of the field label. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateFieldLabelTypeInput is an input type that accepts TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgs and TemplateFieldLabelTypeOutput values. @@ -57989,7 +57636,7 @@ type TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgs struct { // Indicates the field that is targeted by the field label. FieldId pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"fieldId"` // The visibility of the field label. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -58075,8 +57722,8 @@ func (o TemplateFieldLabelTypeOutput) FieldId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { } // The visibility of the field label. -func (o TemplateFieldLabelTypeOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFieldLabelType) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateFieldLabelTypeOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFieldLabelType) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateFieldLabelTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -58114,13 +57761,13 @@ func (o TemplateFieldLabelTypePtrOutput) FieldId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { } // The visibility of the field label. -func (o TemplateFieldLabelTypePtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFieldLabelType) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateFieldLabelTypePtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFieldLabelType) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateFieldSeriesItem struct { @@ -58580,7 +58227,7 @@ type TemplateFieldTooltipItem struct { // Determines the target of the field tooltip item in a combo chart visual. TooltipTarget *TemplateTooltipTarget `pulumi:"tooltipTarget"` // The visibility of the tooltip item. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateFieldTooltipItemInput is an input type that accepts TemplateFieldTooltipItemArgs and TemplateFieldTooltipItemOutput values. @@ -58602,7 +58249,7 @@ type TemplateFieldTooltipItemArgs struct { // Determines the target of the field tooltip item in a combo chart visual. TooltipTarget TemplateTooltipTargetPtrInput `pulumi:"tooltipTarget"` // The visibility of the tooltip item. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateFieldTooltipItemArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -58698,8 +58345,8 @@ func (o TemplateFieldTooltipItemOutput) TooltipTarget() TemplateTooltipTargetPtr } // The visibility of the tooltip item. -func (o TemplateFieldTooltipItemOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFieldTooltipItem) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateFieldTooltipItemOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFieldTooltipItem) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateFieldTooltipItemPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -58757,13 +58404,13 @@ func (o TemplateFieldTooltipItemPtrOutput) TooltipTarget() TemplateTooltipTarget } // The visibility of the tooltip item. -func (o TemplateFieldTooltipItemPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFieldTooltipItem) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateFieldTooltipItemPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFieldTooltipItem) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateFilledMapAggregatedFieldWells struct { @@ -64687,7 +64334,7 @@ type TemplateFreeFormLayoutElement struct { // The border style configuration of a free-form layout element. This border style is used when the element is selected. SelectedBorderStyle *TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle `pulumi:"selectedBorderStyle"` // The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px Width string `pulumi:"width"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -64725,7 +64372,7 @@ type TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementArgs struct { // The border style configuration of a free-form layout element. This border style is used when the element is selected. SelectedBorderStyle TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStylePtrInput `pulumi:"selectedBorderStyle"` // The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px Width pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"width"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -64830,8 +64477,8 @@ func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementOutput) SelectedBorderStyle() TemplateFreeF } // The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. -func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFreeFormLayoutElement) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFreeFormLayoutElement) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -64873,7 +64520,7 @@ type TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle struct { // The background color of a free-form layout element. Color *string `pulumi:"color"` // The background visibility of a free-form layout element. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleInput is an input type that accepts TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgs and TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleOutput values. @@ -64891,7 +64538,7 @@ type TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgs struct { // The background color of a free-form layout element. Color pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"color"` // The background visibility of a free-form layout element. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -64977,8 +64624,8 @@ func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleOutput) Color() pulumi.Strin } // The background visibility of a free-form layout element. -func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStylePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -65016,20 +64663,20 @@ func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStylePtrOutput) Color() pulumi.St } // The background visibility of a free-form layout element. -func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStylePtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStylePtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle struct { // The border color of a free-form layout element. Color *string `pulumi:"color"` // The border visibility of a free-form layout element. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleInput is an input type that accepts TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs and TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleOutput values. @@ -65047,7 +64694,7 @@ type TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs struct { // The border color of a free-form layout element. Color pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"color"` // The border visibility of a free-form layout element. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -65133,8 +64780,8 @@ func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleOutput) Color() pulumi.StringPtr } // The border visibility of a free-form layout element. -func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStylePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -65172,13 +64819,13 @@ func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStylePtrOutput) Color() pulumi.String } // The border visibility of a free-form layout element. -func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStylePtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStylePtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateFreeFormLayoutScreenCanvasSizeOptions struct { @@ -65868,7 +65515,7 @@ func (o TemplateFunnelChartConfigurationPtrOutput) VisualPalette() TemplateVisua type TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions struct { // The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. - CategoryLabelVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"categoryLabelVisibility"` + CategoryLabelVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"categoryLabelVisibility"` // The color of the data label text. LabelColor *string `pulumi:"labelColor"` // The font configuration for the data labels. @@ -65878,11 +65525,11 @@ type TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions struct { // Determines the style of the metric labels. MeasureDataLabelStyle *TemplateFunnelChartMeasureDataLabelStyle `pulumi:"measureDataLabelStyle"` // The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. - MeasureLabelVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"measureLabelVisibility"` + MeasureLabelVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"measureLabelVisibility"` // Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel. Position *TemplateDataLabelPosition `pulumi:"position"` // The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs and TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsOutput values. @@ -65898,7 +65545,7 @@ type TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsInput interface { type TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs struct { // The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. - CategoryLabelVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"categoryLabelVisibility"` + CategoryLabelVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"categoryLabelVisibility"` // The color of the data label text. LabelColor pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"labelColor"` // The font configuration for the data labels. @@ -65908,11 +65555,11 @@ type TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs struct { // Determines the style of the metric labels. MeasureDataLabelStyle TemplateFunnelChartMeasureDataLabelStylePtrInput `pulumi:"measureDataLabelStyle"` // The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. - MeasureLabelVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"measureLabelVisibility"` + MeasureLabelVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"measureLabelVisibility"` // Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel. Position TemplateDataLabelPositionPtrInput `pulumi:"position"` // The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -65993,8 +65640,8 @@ func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsOutput) ToTemplateFunnelChartDataLabe } // The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. -func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsOutput) CategoryLabelVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.CategoryLabelVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsOutput) CategoryLabelVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.CategoryLabelVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The color of the data label text. @@ -66019,8 +65666,8 @@ func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsOutput) MeasureDataLabelStyle() Templ } // The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. -func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsOutput) MeasureLabelVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.MeasureLabelVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsOutput) MeasureLabelVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.MeasureLabelVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel. @@ -66029,8 +65676,8 @@ func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsOutput) Position() TemplateDataLabelP } // The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. -func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -66058,13 +65705,13 @@ func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateFunnelChart } // The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. -func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) CategoryLabelVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) CategoryLabelVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.CategoryLabelVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The color of the data label text. @@ -66100,13 +65747,13 @@ func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) MeasureDataLabelStyle() Te } // The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. -func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) MeasureLabelVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) MeasureLabelVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.MeasureLabelVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel. @@ -66120,13 +65767,13 @@ func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Position() TemplateDataLab } // The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. -func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateFunnelChartFieldWells struct { @@ -76648,11 +76295,11 @@ type TemplateKpiSparklineOptions struct { // The color of the sparkline. Color *string `pulumi:"color"` // The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. - TooltipVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"tooltipVisibility"` + TooltipVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"tooltipVisibility"` // The type of the sparkline. Type TemplateKpiSparklineType `pulumi:"type"` // The visibility of the sparkline. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgs and TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsOutput values. @@ -76670,11 +76317,11 @@ type TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgs struct { // The color of the sparkline. Color pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"color"` // The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. - TooltipVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"tooltipVisibility"` + TooltipVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"tooltipVisibility"` // The type of the sparkline. Type TemplateKpiSparklineTypeInput `pulumi:"type"` // The visibility of the sparkline. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -76760,8 +76407,8 @@ func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsOutput) Color() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { } // The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. -func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsOutput) TooltipVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateKpiSparklineOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.TooltipVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsOutput) TooltipVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateKpiSparklineOptions) interface{} { return v.TooltipVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The type of the sparkline. @@ -76770,8 +76417,8 @@ func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsOutput) Type() TemplateKpiSparklineTypeOutput } // The visibility of the sparkline. -func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateKpiSparklineOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateKpiSparklineOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -76809,13 +76456,13 @@ func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsPtrOutput) Color() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { } // The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. -func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsPtrOutput) TooltipVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateKpiSparklineOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsPtrOutput) TooltipVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateKpiSparklineOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.TooltipVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The type of the sparkline. @@ -76829,13 +76476,13 @@ func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsPtrOutput) Type() TemplateKpiSparklineTypePtr } // The visibility of the sparkline. -func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateKpiSparklineOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateKpiSparklineOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateKpiVisual struct { @@ -77384,7 +77031,7 @@ type TemplateLabelOptions struct { // The font configuration of the label. FontConfiguration *TemplateFontConfiguration `pulumi:"fontConfiguration"` // Determines whether or not the label is visible. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateLabelOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateLabelOptionsArgs and TemplateLabelOptionsOutput values. @@ -77404,7 +77051,7 @@ type TemplateLabelOptionsArgs struct { // The font configuration of the label. FontConfiguration TemplateFontConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"fontConfiguration"` // Determines whether or not the label is visible. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateLabelOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -77495,8 +77142,8 @@ func (o TemplateLabelOptionsOutput) FontConfiguration() TemplateFontConfiguratio } // Determines whether or not the label is visible. -func (o TemplateLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateLabelOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -77544,13 +77191,13 @@ func (o TemplateLabelOptionsPtrOutput) FontConfiguration() TemplateFontConfigura } // Determines whether or not the label is visible. -func (o TemplateLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateLayout struct { @@ -77736,7 +77383,7 @@ type TemplateLegendOptions struct { Title *TemplateLabelOptions `pulumi:"title"` ValueFontConfiguration *TemplateFontConfiguration `pulumi:"valueFontConfiguration"` // Determines whether or not the legend is visible. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px Width *string `pulumi:"width"` } @@ -77766,7 +77413,7 @@ type TemplateLegendOptionsArgs struct { Title TemplateLabelOptionsPtrInput `pulumi:"title"` ValueFontConfiguration TemplateFontConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"valueFontConfiguration"` // Determines whether or not the legend is visible. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px Width pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"width"` } @@ -77873,8 +77520,8 @@ func (o TemplateLegendOptionsOutput) ValueFontConfiguration() TemplateFontConfig } // Determines whether or not the legend is visible. -func (o TemplateLegendOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateLegendOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateLegendOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateLegendOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -77951,13 +77598,13 @@ func (o TemplateLegendOptionsPtrOutput) ValueFontConfiguration() TemplateFontCon } // Determines whether or not the legend is visible. -func (o TemplateLegendOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateLegendOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateLegendOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateLegendOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -79004,7 +78651,7 @@ type TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettings struct { // - `DASHED` : Show as a dashed line. LineStyle *TemplateLineChartLineStyle `pulumi:"lineStyle"` // Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. - LineVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"lineVisibility"` + LineVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"lineVisibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px LineWidth *string `pulumi:"lineWidth"` } @@ -79034,7 +78681,7 @@ type TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsArgs struct { // - `DASHED` : Show as a dashed line. LineStyle TemplateLineChartLineStylePtrInput `pulumi:"lineStyle"` // Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. - LineVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"lineVisibility"` + LineVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"lineVisibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px LineWidth pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"lineWidth"` } @@ -79135,8 +78782,8 @@ func (o TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsOutput) LineStyle() TemplateLineChartL } // Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. -func (o TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsOutput) LineVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettings) *TemplateVisibility { return v.LineVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsOutput) LineVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettings) interface{} { return v.LineVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -79197,13 +78844,13 @@ func (o TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsPtrOutput) LineStyle() TemplateLineCha } // Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. -func (o TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsPtrOutput) LineVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettings) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsPtrOutput) LineVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettings) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.LineVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -79230,7 +78877,7 @@ type TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings struct { // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px MarkerSize *string `pulumi:"markerSize"` // Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. - MarkerVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"markerVisibility"` + MarkerVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"markerVisibility"` } // TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsArgs and TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsOutput values. @@ -79258,7 +78905,7 @@ type TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsArgs struct { // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px MarkerSize pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"markerSize"` // Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. - MarkerVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"markerVisibility"` + MarkerVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"markerVisibility"` } func (TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -79360,8 +79007,8 @@ func (o TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsOutput) MarkerSize() pulumi.StringPt } // Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. -func (o TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsOutput) MarkerVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings) *TemplateVisibility { return v.MarkerVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsOutput) MarkerVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings) interface{} { return v.MarkerVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -79425,13 +79072,13 @@ func (o TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsPtrOutput) MarkerSize() pulumi.Strin } // Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. -func (o TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsPtrOutput) MarkerVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsPtrOutput) MarkerVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettings) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.MarkerVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateLineChartSeriesSettings struct { @@ -80418,7 +80065,7 @@ func (o TemplateListControlDisplayOptionsPtrOutput) TitleOptions() TemplateLabel type TemplateListControlSearchOptions struct { // The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateListControlSearchOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgs and TemplateListControlSearchOptionsOutput values. @@ -80434,7 +80081,7 @@ type TemplateListControlSearchOptionsInput interface { type TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgs struct { // The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -80515,8 +80162,8 @@ func (o TemplateListControlSearchOptionsOutput) ToTemplateListControlSearchOptio } // The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. -func (o TemplateListControlSearchOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateListControlSearchOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateListControlSearchOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateListControlSearchOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateListControlSearchOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -80544,18 +80191,18 @@ func (o TemplateListControlSearchOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateListControlSea } // The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. -func (o TemplateListControlSearchOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateListControlSearchOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateListControlSearchOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateListControlSearchOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions struct { // The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgs and TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsOutput values. @@ -80571,7 +80218,7 @@ type TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsInput interface { type TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgs struct { // The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -80652,8 +80299,8 @@ func (o TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsOutput) ToTemplateListControlSelectAl } // The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. -func (o TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -80681,18 +80328,18 @@ func (o TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateListControl } // The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. -func (o TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateLoadingAnimation struct { // The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateLoadingAnimationInput is an input type that accepts TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs and TemplateLoadingAnimationOutput values. @@ -80708,7 +80355,7 @@ type TemplateLoadingAnimationInput interface { type TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs struct { // The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -80789,8 +80436,8 @@ func (o TemplateLoadingAnimationOutput) ToTemplateLoadingAnimationPtrOutputWithC } // The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . -func (o TemplateLoadingAnimationOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateLoadingAnimation) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateLoadingAnimationOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateLoadingAnimation) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateLoadingAnimationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -80818,13 +80465,13 @@ func (o TemplateLoadingAnimationPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateLoadingAnimationOutput } // The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . -func (o TemplateLoadingAnimationPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateLoadingAnimation) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateLoadingAnimationPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateLoadingAnimation) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateLocalNavigationConfiguration struct { @@ -81228,7 +80875,7 @@ func (o TemplateMappedDataSetParameterArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) Temp type TemplateMaximumLabelType struct { // The visibility of the maximum label. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateMaximumLabelTypeInput is an input type that accepts TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgs and TemplateMaximumLabelTypeOutput values. @@ -81244,7 +80891,7 @@ type TemplateMaximumLabelTypeInput interface { type TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgs struct { // The visibility of the maximum label. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -81325,8 +80972,8 @@ func (o TemplateMaximumLabelTypeOutput) ToTemplateMaximumLabelTypePtrOutputWithC } // The visibility of the maximum label. -func (o TemplateMaximumLabelTypeOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateMaximumLabelType) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateMaximumLabelTypeOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateMaximumLabelType) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateMaximumLabelTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -81354,13 +81001,13 @@ func (o TemplateMaximumLabelTypePtrOutput) Elem() TemplateMaximumLabelTypeOutput } // The visibility of the maximum label. -func (o TemplateMaximumLabelTypePtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateMaximumLabelType) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateMaximumLabelTypePtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateMaximumLabelType) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateMaximumMinimumComputation struct { @@ -82042,7 +81689,7 @@ func (o TemplateMetricComparisonComputationPtrOutput) Time() TemplateDimensionFi type TemplateMinimumLabelType struct { // The visibility of the minimum label. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateMinimumLabelTypeInput is an input type that accepts TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgs and TemplateMinimumLabelTypeOutput values. @@ -82058,7 +81705,7 @@ type TemplateMinimumLabelTypeInput interface { type TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgs struct { // The visibility of the minimum label. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -82139,8 +81786,8 @@ func (o TemplateMinimumLabelTypeOutput) ToTemplateMinimumLabelTypePtrOutputWithC } // The visibility of the minimum label. -func (o TemplateMinimumLabelTypeOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateMinimumLabelType) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateMinimumLabelTypeOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateMinimumLabelType) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateMinimumLabelTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -82168,13 +81815,13 @@ func (o TemplateMinimumLabelTypePtrOutput) Elem() TemplateMinimumLabelTypeOutput } // The visibility of the minimum label. -func (o TemplateMinimumLabelTypePtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateMinimumLabelType) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateMinimumLabelTypePtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateMinimumLabelType) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateMissingDataConfiguration struct { @@ -85372,7 +85019,7 @@ type TemplatePanelConfiguration struct { // Sets the background color for each panel. BackgroundColor *string `pulumi:"backgroundColor"` // Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. - BackgroundVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"backgroundVisibility"` + BackgroundVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"backgroundVisibility"` // Sets the line color of panel borders. BorderColor *string `pulumi:"borderColor"` // Sets the line style of panel borders. @@ -85380,11 +85027,11 @@ type TemplatePanelConfiguration struct { // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px BorderThickness *string `pulumi:"borderThickness"` // Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. - BorderVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"borderVisibility"` + BorderVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"borderVisibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px GutterSpacing *string `pulumi:"gutterSpacing"` // Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. - GutterVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"gutterVisibility"` + GutterVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"gutterVisibility"` // Configures the title display within each small multiples panel. Title *TemplatePanelTitleOptions `pulumi:"title"` } @@ -85404,7 +85051,7 @@ type TemplatePanelConfigurationArgs struct { // Sets the background color for each panel. BackgroundColor pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"backgroundColor"` // Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. - BackgroundVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"backgroundVisibility"` + BackgroundVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"backgroundVisibility"` // Sets the line color of panel borders. BorderColor pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"borderColor"` // Sets the line style of panel borders. @@ -85412,11 +85059,11 @@ type TemplatePanelConfigurationArgs struct { // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px BorderThickness pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"borderThickness"` // Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. - BorderVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"borderVisibility"` + BorderVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"borderVisibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px GutterSpacing pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"gutterSpacing"` // Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. - GutterVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"gutterVisibility"` + GutterVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"gutterVisibility"` // Configures the title display within each small multiples panel. Title TemplatePanelTitleOptionsPtrInput `pulumi:"title"` } @@ -85504,8 +85151,8 @@ func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationOutput) BackgroundColor() pulumi.StringPtrOutp } // Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. -func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationOutput) BackgroundVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePanelConfiguration) *TemplateVisibility { return v.BackgroundVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationOutput) BackgroundVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePanelConfiguration) interface{} { return v.BackgroundVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Sets the line color of panel borders. @@ -85524,8 +85171,8 @@ func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationOutput) BorderThickness() pulumi.StringPtrOutp } // Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. -func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationOutput) BorderVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePanelConfiguration) *TemplateVisibility { return v.BorderVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationOutput) BorderVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePanelConfiguration) interface{} { return v.BorderVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -85534,8 +85181,8 @@ func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationOutput) GutterSpacing() pulumi.StringPtrOutput } // Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. -func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationOutput) GutterVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePanelConfiguration) *TemplateVisibility { return v.GutterVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationOutput) GutterVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePanelConfiguration) interface{} { return v.GutterVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Configures the title display within each small multiples panel. @@ -85578,13 +85225,13 @@ func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationPtrOutput) BackgroundColor() pulumi.StringPtrO } // Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. -func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationPtrOutput) BackgroundVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePanelConfiguration) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationPtrOutput) BackgroundVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePanelConfiguration) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.BackgroundVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Sets the line color of panel borders. @@ -85618,13 +85265,13 @@ func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationPtrOutput) BorderThickness() pulumi.StringPtrO } // Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. -func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationPtrOutput) BorderVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePanelConfiguration) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationPtrOutput) BorderVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePanelConfiguration) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.BorderVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -85638,13 +85285,13 @@ func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationPtrOutput) GutterSpacing() pulumi.StringPtrOut } // Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. -func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationPtrOutput) GutterVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePanelConfiguration) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePanelConfigurationPtrOutput) GutterVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePanelConfiguration) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.GutterVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Configures the title display within each small multiples panel. @@ -85662,7 +85309,7 @@ type TemplatePanelTitleOptions struct { // Sets the horizontal text alignment of the title within each panel. HorizontalTextAlignment *TemplateHorizontalTextAlignment `pulumi:"horizontalTextAlignment"` // Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplatePanelTitleOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs and TemplatePanelTitleOptionsOutput values. @@ -85681,7 +85328,7 @@ type TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs struct { // Sets the horizontal text alignment of the title within each panel. HorizontalTextAlignment TemplateHorizontalTextAlignmentPtrInput `pulumi:"horizontalTextAlignment"` // Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -85771,8 +85418,8 @@ func (o TemplatePanelTitleOptionsOutput) HorizontalTextAlignment() TemplateHoriz } // Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. -func (o TemplatePanelTitleOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePanelTitleOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePanelTitleOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePanelTitleOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplatePanelTitleOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -85819,13 +85466,13 @@ func (o TemplatePanelTitleOptionsPtrOutput) HorizontalTextAlignment() TemplateHo } // Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. -func (o TemplatePanelTitleOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePanelTitleOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePanelTitleOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePanelTitleOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateParameterControl struct { @@ -85970,6 +85617,334 @@ func (o TemplateParameterControlArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) TemplatePa }).(TemplateParameterControlOutput) } +type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl struct { + // The display options of a control. + DisplayOptions *TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptions `pulumi:"displayOptions"` + // The ID of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . + ParameterControlId string `pulumi:"parameterControlId"` + // The name of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . + SourceParameterName string `pulumi:"sourceParameterName"` + // The title of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . + Title string `pulumi:"title"` +} + +// TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlInput is an input type that accepts TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs and TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlInput` via: +// +// TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs{...} +type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput + ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutputWithContext(context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput +} + +type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs struct { + // The display options of a control. + DisplayOptions TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptionsPtrInput `pulumi:"displayOptions"` + // The ID of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . + ParameterControlId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"parameterControlId"` + // The name of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . + SourceParameterName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"sourceParameterName"` + // The title of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . + Title pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"title"` +} + +func (TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput { + return i.ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) +} + +func (i TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { + return i.ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput).ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) +} + +// TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrInput is an input type that accepts TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs, TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtr and TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrInput` via: +// +// TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs{...} +// +// or: +// +// nil +type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput + ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput +} + +type templateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrType TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs + +func TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtr(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrInput { + return (*templateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrType)(v) +} + +func (*templateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i *templateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrType) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { + return i.ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i *templateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrType) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) +} + +type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput { + return o +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput { + return o +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { + return o.ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl { + return &v + }).(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) +} + +// The display options of a control. +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) DisplayOptions() TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptionsPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptions { + return v.DisplayOptions + }).(TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptionsPtrOutput) +} + +// The ID of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ParameterControlId() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) string { return v.ParameterControlId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +// The name of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) SourceParameterName() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) string { return v.SourceParameterName }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +// The title of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) Title() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) string { return v.Title }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((**TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { + return o +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + var ret TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl + return ret + }).(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) +} + +// The display options of a control. +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) DisplayOptions() TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptionsPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptions { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.DisplayOptions + }).(TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptionsPtrOutput) +} + +// The ID of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) ParameterControlId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *string { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return &v.ParameterControlId + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +// The name of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) SourceParameterName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *string { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return &v.SourceParameterName + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +// The title of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . +func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) Title() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *string { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return &v.Title + }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) +} + +type TemplateParameterDeclaration struct { + // A parameter declaration for the `DateTime` data type. + DateTimeParameterDeclaration *TemplateDateTimeParameterDeclaration `pulumi:"dateTimeParameterDeclaration"` + // A parameter declaration for the `Decimal` data type. + DecimalParameterDeclaration *TemplateDecimalParameterDeclaration `pulumi:"decimalParameterDeclaration"` + // A parameter declaration for the `Integer` data type. + IntegerParameterDeclaration *TemplateIntegerParameterDeclaration `pulumi:"integerParameterDeclaration"` + // A parameter declaration for the `String` data type. + StringParameterDeclaration *TemplateStringParameterDeclaration `pulumi:"stringParameterDeclaration"` +} + +// TemplateParameterDeclarationInput is an input type that accepts TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs and TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `TemplateParameterDeclarationInput` via: +// +// TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs{...} +type TemplateParameterDeclarationInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput + ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutputWithContext(context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput +} + +type TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs struct { + // A parameter declaration for the `DateTime` data type. + DateTimeParameterDeclaration TemplateDateTimeParameterDeclarationPtrInput `pulumi:"dateTimeParameterDeclaration"` + // A parameter declaration for the `Decimal` data type. + DecimalParameterDeclaration TemplateDecimalParameterDeclarationPtrInput `pulumi:"decimalParameterDeclaration"` + // A parameter declaration for the `Integer` data type. + IntegerParameterDeclaration TemplateIntegerParameterDeclarationPtrInput `pulumi:"integerParameterDeclaration"` + // A parameter declaration for the `String` data type. + StringParameterDeclaration TemplateStringParameterDeclarationPtrInput `pulumi:"stringParameterDeclaration"` +} + +func (TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDeclaration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput { + return i.ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) +} + +// TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayInput is an input type that accepts TemplateParameterDeclarationArray and TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayInput` via: +// +// TemplateParameterDeclarationArray{ TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs{...} } +type TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput + ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput +} + +type TemplateParameterDeclarationArray []TemplateParameterDeclarationInput + +func (TemplateParameterDeclarationArray) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*[]TemplateParameterDeclaration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i TemplateParameterDeclarationArray) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput { + return i.ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i TemplateParameterDeclarationArray) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput) +} + +type TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDeclaration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput { + return o +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput { + return o +} + +// A parameter declaration for the `DateTime` data type. +func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) DateTimeParameterDeclaration() TemplateDateTimeParameterDeclarationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDeclaration) *TemplateDateTimeParameterDeclaration { + return v.DateTimeParameterDeclaration + }).(TemplateDateTimeParameterDeclarationPtrOutput) +} + +// A parameter declaration for the `Decimal` data type. +func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) DecimalParameterDeclaration() TemplateDecimalParameterDeclarationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDeclaration) *TemplateDecimalParameterDeclaration { + return v.DecimalParameterDeclaration + }).(TemplateDecimalParameterDeclarationPtrOutput) +} + +// A parameter declaration for the `Integer` data type. +func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) IntegerParameterDeclaration() TemplateIntegerParameterDeclarationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDeclaration) *TemplateIntegerParameterDeclaration { + return v.IntegerParameterDeclaration + }).(TemplateIntegerParameterDeclarationPtrOutput) +} + +// A parameter declaration for the `String` data type. +func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) StringParameterDeclaration() TemplateStringParameterDeclarationPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDeclaration) *TemplateStringParameterDeclaration { + return v.StringParameterDeclaration + }).(TemplateStringParameterDeclarationPtrOutput) +} + +type TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*[]TemplateParameterDeclaration)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput { + return o +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput { + return o +} + +func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput { + return pulumi.All(o, i).ApplyT(func(vs []interface{}) TemplateParameterDeclaration { + return vs[0].([]TemplateParameterDeclaration)[vs[1].(int)] + }).(TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) +} + func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardSheetImageTooltipConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), DashboardSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardSheetImageTooltipConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DashboardSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs{}) @@ -86143,8 +86118,6 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardVisualCustomActionArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), DashboardVisualCustomActionArray{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardVisualCustomActionOperationInput)(nil)).Elem(), DashboardVisualCustomActionOperationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardVisualCustomActionOperationArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), DashboardVisualCustomActionOperationArray{}) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardVisualMenuOptionInput)(nil)).Elem(), DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs{}) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardVisualPaletteInput)(nil)).Elem(), DashboardVisualPaletteArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardVisualPalettePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DashboardVisualPaletteArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DashboardVisualPublishOptionsInput)(nil)).Elem(), DashboardVisualPublishOptionsArgs{}) @@ -86279,8 +86252,6 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetUniqueKeyArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetUniqueKeyArray{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetUntagColumnOperationInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetUntagColumnOperationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetUntagColumnOperationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetUntagColumnOperationArgs{}) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetUploadSettingsInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetUploadSettingsArgs{}) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetUploadSettingsPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetUploadSettingsArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetUsageConfigurationInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetUsageConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSetUsageConfigurationPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSetUsageConfigurationArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*DataSourceAmazonElasticsearchParametersInput)(nil)).Elem(), DataSourceAmazonElasticsearchParametersArgs{}) @@ -86955,6 +86926,10 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplatePanelTitleOptionsPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterControlInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterControlArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterControlArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterControlArray{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDeclarationInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterDeclarationArray{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DashboardSheetImageTooltipConfigurationOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DashboardSheetImageTooltipConfigurationPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DashboardSheetImageTooltipTextOutput{}) @@ -87129,8 +87104,6 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DashboardVisualCustomActionArrayOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DashboardVisualCustomActionOperationOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DashboardVisualCustomActionOperationArrayOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DashboardVisualMenuOptionOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DashboardVisualMenuOptionPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DashboardVisualPaletteOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DashboardVisualPalettePtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DashboardVisualPublishOptionsOutput{}) @@ -87267,8 +87240,6 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetUniqueKeyArrayOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetUntagColumnOperationOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetUntagColumnOperationPtrOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetUploadSettingsOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetUploadSettingsPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetUsageConfigurationOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSetUsageConfigurationPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(DataSourceAmazonElasticsearchParametersOutput{}) @@ -87947,4 +87918,8 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplatePanelTitleOptionsPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterControlOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterControlArrayOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput{}) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes3.go b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes3.go index 1a73d8f76f..015535c496 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes3.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/quicksight/pulumiTypes3.go @@ -13,334 +13,6 @@ import ( var _ = internal.GetEnvOrDefault -type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl struct { - // The display options of a control. - DisplayOptions *TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptions `pulumi:"displayOptions"` - // The ID of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . - ParameterControlId string `pulumi:"parameterControlId"` - // The name of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . - SourceParameterName string `pulumi:"sourceParameterName"` - // The title of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . - Title string `pulumi:"title"` -} - -// TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlInput is an input type that accepts TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs and TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput values. -// You can construct a concrete instance of `TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlInput` via: -// -// TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs{...} -type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput - ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutputWithContext(context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput -} - -type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs struct { - // The display options of a control. - DisplayOptions TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptionsPtrInput `pulumi:"displayOptions"` - // The ID of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . - ParameterControlId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"parameterControlId"` - // The name of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . - SourceParameterName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"sourceParameterName"` - // The title of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . - Title pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"title"` -} - -func (TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (i TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput { - return i.ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (i TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) -} - -func (i TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { - return i.ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (i TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput).ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(ctx) -} - -// TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrInput is an input type that accepts TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs, TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtr and TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput values. -// You can construct a concrete instance of `TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrInput` via: -// -// TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs{...} -// -// or: -// -// nil -type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput - ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput -} - -type templateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrType TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs - -func TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtr(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrInput { - return (*templateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrType)(v) -} - -func (*templateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrType) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((**TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (i *templateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrType) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { - return i.ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (i *templateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrType) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) -} - -type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput { - return o -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput { - return o -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { - return o.ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyTWithContext(ctx, func(_ context.Context, v TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl { - return &v - }).(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) -} - -// The display options of a control. -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) DisplayOptions() TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptionsPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptions { - return v.DisplayOptions - }).(TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptionsPtrOutput) -} - -// The ID of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) ParameterControlId() pulumi.StringOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) string { return v.ParameterControlId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -// The name of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) SourceParameterName() pulumi.StringOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) string { return v.SourceParameterName }).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -// The title of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) Title() pulumi.StringOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) string { return v.Title }).(pulumi.StringOutput) -} - -type TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((**TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) ToTemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput { - return o -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl { - if v != nil { - return *v - } - var ret TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl - return ret - }).(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput) -} - -// The display options of a control. -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) DisplayOptions() TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptionsPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptions { - if v == nil { - return nil - } - return v.DisplayOptions - }).(TemplateDateTimePickerControlDisplayOptionsPtrOutput) -} - -// The ID of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) ParameterControlId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *string { - if v == nil { - return nil - } - return &v.ParameterControlId - }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - -// The name of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) SourceParameterName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *string { - if v == nil { - return nil - } - return &v.SourceParameterName - }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - -// The title of the `ParameterDateTimePickerControl` . -func (o TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput) Title() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControl) *string { - if v == nil { - return nil - } - return &v.Title - }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - -type TemplateParameterDeclaration struct { - // A parameter declaration for the `DateTime` data type. - DateTimeParameterDeclaration *TemplateDateTimeParameterDeclaration `pulumi:"dateTimeParameterDeclaration"` - // A parameter declaration for the `Decimal` data type. - DecimalParameterDeclaration *TemplateDecimalParameterDeclaration `pulumi:"decimalParameterDeclaration"` - // A parameter declaration for the `Integer` data type. - IntegerParameterDeclaration *TemplateIntegerParameterDeclaration `pulumi:"integerParameterDeclaration"` - // A parameter declaration for the `String` data type. - StringParameterDeclaration *TemplateStringParameterDeclaration `pulumi:"stringParameterDeclaration"` -} - -// TemplateParameterDeclarationInput is an input type that accepts TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs and TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput values. -// You can construct a concrete instance of `TemplateParameterDeclarationInput` via: -// -// TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs{...} -type TemplateParameterDeclarationInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput - ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutputWithContext(context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput -} - -type TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs struct { - // A parameter declaration for the `DateTime` data type. - DateTimeParameterDeclaration TemplateDateTimeParameterDeclarationPtrInput `pulumi:"dateTimeParameterDeclaration"` - // A parameter declaration for the `Decimal` data type. - DecimalParameterDeclaration TemplateDecimalParameterDeclarationPtrInput `pulumi:"decimalParameterDeclaration"` - // A parameter declaration for the `Integer` data type. - IntegerParameterDeclaration TemplateIntegerParameterDeclarationPtrInput `pulumi:"integerParameterDeclaration"` - // A parameter declaration for the `String` data type. - StringParameterDeclaration TemplateStringParameterDeclarationPtrInput `pulumi:"stringParameterDeclaration"` -} - -func (TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDeclaration)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (i TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput { - return i.ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (i TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) -} - -// TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayInput is an input type that accepts TemplateParameterDeclarationArray and TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput values. -// You can construct a concrete instance of `TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayInput` via: -// -// TemplateParameterDeclarationArray{ TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs{...} } -type TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayInput interface { - pulumi.Input - - ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput - ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput -} - -type TemplateParameterDeclarationArray []TemplateParameterDeclarationInput - -func (TemplateParameterDeclarationArray) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*[]TemplateParameterDeclaration)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (i TemplateParameterDeclarationArray) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput { - return i.ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Background()) -} - -func (i TemplateParameterDeclarationArray) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput { - return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput) -} - -type TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDeclaration)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput { - return o -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput { - return o -} - -// A parameter declaration for the `DateTime` data type. -func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) DateTimeParameterDeclaration() TemplateDateTimeParameterDeclarationPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDeclaration) *TemplateDateTimeParameterDeclaration { - return v.DateTimeParameterDeclaration - }).(TemplateDateTimeParameterDeclarationPtrOutput) -} - -// A parameter declaration for the `Decimal` data type. -func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) DecimalParameterDeclaration() TemplateDecimalParameterDeclarationPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDeclaration) *TemplateDecimalParameterDeclaration { - return v.DecimalParameterDeclaration - }).(TemplateDecimalParameterDeclarationPtrOutput) -} - -// A parameter declaration for the `Integer` data type. -func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) IntegerParameterDeclaration() TemplateIntegerParameterDeclarationPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDeclaration) *TemplateIntegerParameterDeclaration { - return v.IntegerParameterDeclaration - }).(TemplateIntegerParameterDeclarationPtrOutput) -} - -// A parameter declaration for the `String` data type. -func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) StringParameterDeclaration() TemplateStringParameterDeclarationPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateParameterDeclaration) *TemplateStringParameterDeclaration { - return v.StringParameterDeclaration - }).(TemplateStringParameterDeclarationPtrOutput) -} - -type TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } - -func (TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { - return reflect.TypeOf((*[]TemplateParameterDeclaration)(nil)).Elem() -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput() TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput { - return o -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput) ToTemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput { - return o -} - -func (o TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput { - return pulumi.All(o, i).ApplyT(func(vs []interface{}) TemplateParameterDeclaration { - return vs[0].([]TemplateParameterDeclaration)[vs[1].(int)] - }).(TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput) -} - type TemplateParameterDropDownControl struct { // The values that are displayed in a control can be configured to only show values that are valid based on what's selected in other controls. CascadingControlConfiguration *TemplateCascadingControlConfiguration `pulumi:"cascadingControlConfiguration"` @@ -5159,7 +4831,7 @@ type TemplatePivotTableFieldOption struct { // The field ID of the pivot table field. FieldId string `pulumi:"fieldId"` // The visibility of the pivot table field. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionInput is an input type that accepts TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArgs and TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionOutput values. @@ -5179,7 +4851,7 @@ type TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArgs struct { // The field ID of the pivot table field. FieldId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"fieldId"` // The visibility of the pivot table field. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -5244,8 +4916,8 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionOutput) FieldId() pulumi.StringOutput { } // The visibility of the pivot table field. -func (o TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableFieldOption) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableFieldOption) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -5685,11 +5357,11 @@ type TemplatePivotTableOptions struct { // The table cell style of cells. CellStyle *TemplateTableCellStyle `pulumi:"cellStyle"` // The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . - CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility"` + CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility"` // The table cell style of the column header. ColumnHeaderStyle *TemplateTableCellStyle `pulumi:"columnHeaderStyle"` // The visibility of the column names. - ColumnNamesVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"columnNamesVisibility"` + ColumnNamesVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"columnNamesVisibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px DefaultCellWidth *string `pulumi:"defaultCellWidth"` // The metric placement (row, column) options. @@ -5708,9 +5380,9 @@ type TemplatePivotTableOptions struct { // - `HIERARCHY` : All row fields are displayed in a single column. Indentation is used to differentiate row headers of different fields. RowsLayout *TemplatePivotTableRowsLayout `pulumi:"rowsLayout"` // The visibility of the single metric options. - SingleMetricVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"singleMetricVisibility"` + SingleMetricVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"singleMetricVisibility"` // Determines the visibility of the pivot table. - ToggleButtonsVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"toggleButtonsVisibility"` + ToggleButtonsVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"toggleButtonsVisibility"` } // TemplatePivotTableOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs and TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput values. @@ -5728,11 +5400,11 @@ type TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs struct { // The table cell style of cells. CellStyle TemplateTableCellStylePtrInput `pulumi:"cellStyle"` // The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . - CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility"` + CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility"` // The table cell style of the column header. ColumnHeaderStyle TemplateTableCellStylePtrInput `pulumi:"columnHeaderStyle"` // The visibility of the column names. - ColumnNamesVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"columnNamesVisibility"` + ColumnNamesVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"columnNamesVisibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px DefaultCellWidth pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"defaultCellWidth"` // The metric placement (row, column) options. @@ -5751,9 +5423,9 @@ type TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs struct { // - `HIERARCHY` : All row fields are displayed in a single column. Indentation is used to differentiate row headers of different fields. RowsLayout TemplatePivotTableRowsLayoutPtrInput `pulumi:"rowsLayout"` // The visibility of the single metric options. - SingleMetricVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"singleMetricVisibility"` + SingleMetricVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"singleMetricVisibility"` // Determines the visibility of the pivot table. - ToggleButtonsVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"toggleButtonsVisibility"` + ToggleButtonsVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"toggleButtonsVisibility"` } func (TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -5839,8 +5511,8 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput) CellStyle() TemplateTableCellStylePtrOu } // The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . -func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput) CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput) CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableOptions) interface{} { return v.CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The table cell style of the column header. @@ -5849,8 +5521,8 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput) ColumnHeaderStyle() TemplateTableCellSt } // The visibility of the column names. -func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput) ColumnNamesVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.ColumnNamesVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput) ColumnNamesVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableOptions) interface{} { return v.ColumnNamesVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -5892,13 +5564,13 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput) RowsLayout() TemplatePivotTableRowsLayo } // The visibility of the single metric options. -func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput) SingleMetricVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.SingleMetricVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput) SingleMetricVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableOptions) interface{} { return v.SingleMetricVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Determines the visibility of the pivot table. -func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput) ToggleButtonsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.ToggleButtonsVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsOutput) ToggleButtonsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableOptions) interface{} { return v.ToggleButtonsVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -5936,13 +5608,13 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput) CellStyle() TemplateTableCellStylePt } // The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . -func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput) CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTableOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput) CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTableOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.CollapsedRowDimensionsVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The table cell style of the column header. @@ -5956,13 +5628,13 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput) ColumnHeaderStyle() TemplateTableCel } // The visibility of the column names. -func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput) ColumnNamesVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTableOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput) ColumnNamesVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTableOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.ColumnNamesVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -6039,30 +5711,30 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput) RowsLayout() TemplatePivotTableRowsL } // The visibility of the single metric options. -func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput) SingleMetricVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTableOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput) SingleMetricVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTableOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.SingleMetricVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // Determines the visibility of the pivot table. -func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput) ToggleButtonsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTableOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePivotTableOptionsPtrOutput) ToggleButtonsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTableOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.ToggleButtonsVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions struct { // The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. - OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"overflowColumnHeaderVisibility"` + OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"overflowColumnHeaderVisibility"` // The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. - VerticalOverflowVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"verticalOverflowVisibility"` + VerticalOverflowVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"verticalOverflowVisibility"` } // TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs and TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput values. @@ -6078,9 +5750,9 @@ type TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsInput interface { type TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs struct { // The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. - OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"overflowColumnHeaderVisibility"` + OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"overflowColumnHeaderVisibility"` // The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. - VerticalOverflowVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"verticalOverflowVisibility"` + VerticalOverflowVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"verticalOverflowVisibility"` } func (TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -6161,17 +5833,13 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput) ToTemplatePivotTablePagi } // The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. -func (o TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput) OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions) *TemplateVisibility { - return v.OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput) OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions) interface{} { return v.OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. -func (o TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput) VerticalOverflowVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions) *TemplateVisibility { - return v.VerticalOverflowVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput) VerticalOverflowVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions) interface{} { return v.VerticalOverflowVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -6199,30 +5867,30 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplatePivotT } // The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. -func (o TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput) OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput) OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. -func (o TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput) VerticalOverflowVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput) VerticalOverflowVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.VerticalOverflowVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions struct { // The custom label string for the rows label. CustomLabel *string `pulumi:"customLabel"` // The visibility of the rows label. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs and TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsOutput values. @@ -6240,7 +5908,7 @@ type TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs struct { // The custom label string for the rows label. CustomLabel pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"customLabel"` // The visibility of the rows label. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -6326,8 +5994,8 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsOutput) CustomLabel() pulumi.StringPtr } // The visibility of the rows label. -func (o TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -6365,13 +6033,13 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsPtrOutput) CustomLabel() pulumi.String } // The visibility of the rows label. -func (o TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplatePivotTableSortBy struct { @@ -7038,7 +6706,7 @@ type TemplatePivotTotalOptions struct { // The cell styling options for the total cells. TotalCellStyle *TemplateTableCellStyle `pulumi:"totalCellStyle"` // The visibility configuration for the total cells. - TotalsVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` + TotalsVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` // The cell styling options for the totals of value cells. ValueCellStyle *TemplateTableCellStyle `pulumi:"valueCellStyle"` } @@ -7068,7 +6736,7 @@ type TemplatePivotTotalOptionsArgs struct { // The cell styling options for the total cells. TotalCellStyle TemplateTableCellStylePtrInput `pulumi:"totalCellStyle"` // The visibility configuration for the total cells. - TotalsVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` + TotalsVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` // The cell styling options for the totals of value cells. ValueCellStyle TemplateTableCellStylePtrInput `pulumi:"valueCellStyle"` } @@ -7181,8 +6849,8 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTotalOptionsOutput) TotalCellStyle() TemplateTableCellStyle } // The visibility configuration for the total cells. -func (o TemplatePivotTotalOptionsOutput) TotalsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTotalOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.TotalsVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplatePivotTotalOptionsOutput) TotalsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplatePivotTotalOptions) interface{} { return v.TotalsVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The cell styling options for the totals of value cells. @@ -7275,13 +6943,13 @@ func (o TemplatePivotTotalOptionsPtrOutput) TotalCellStyle() TemplateTableCellSt } // The visibility configuration for the total cells. -func (o TemplatePivotTotalOptionsPtrOutput) TotalsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTotalOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplatePivotTotalOptionsPtrOutput) TotalsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplatePivotTotalOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.TotalsVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The cell styling options for the totals of value cells. @@ -8607,7 +8275,7 @@ func (o TemplatePredefinedHierarchyPtrOutput) HierarchyId() pulumi.StringPtrOutp type TemplateProgressBarOptions struct { // The visibility of the progress bar. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateProgressBarOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgs and TemplateProgressBarOptionsOutput values. @@ -8623,7 +8291,7 @@ type TemplateProgressBarOptionsInput interface { type TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgs struct { // The visibility of the progress bar. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -8704,8 +8372,8 @@ func (o TemplateProgressBarOptionsOutput) ToTemplateProgressBarOptionsPtrOutputW } // The visibility of the progress bar. -func (o TemplateProgressBarOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateProgressBarOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateProgressBarOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateProgressBarOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateProgressBarOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -8733,13 +8401,13 @@ func (o TemplateProgressBarOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateProgressBarOptionsOu } // The visibility of the progress bar. -func (o TemplateProgressBarOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateProgressBarOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateProgressBarOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateProgressBarOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateQueryExecutionOptions struct { @@ -9056,7 +8724,7 @@ func (o TemplateRadarChartAggregatedFieldWellsPtrOutput) Values() TemplateMeasur type TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings struct { // The visibility settings of a radar chart. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgs and TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsOutput values. @@ -9072,7 +8740,7 @@ type TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsInput interface { type TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgs struct { // The visibility settings of a radar chart. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -9153,8 +8821,8 @@ func (o TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsOutput) ToTemplateRadarChartAreaStyle } // The visibility settings of a radar chart. -func (o TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -9182,18 +8850,18 @@ func (o TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateRadarChartA } // The visibility settings of a radar chart. -func (o TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateRadarChartConfiguration struct { // Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. - AlternateBandColorsVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"alternateBandColorsVisibility"` + AlternateBandColorsVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"alternateBandColorsVisibility"` // The color of the even-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. AlternateBandEvenColor *string `pulumi:"alternateBandEvenColor"` // The color of the odd-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. @@ -9237,7 +8905,7 @@ type TemplateRadarChartConfigurationInput interface { type TemplateRadarChartConfigurationArgs struct { // Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. - AlternateBandColorsVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"alternateBandColorsVisibility"` + AlternateBandColorsVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"alternateBandColorsVisibility"` // The color of the even-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. AlternateBandEvenColor pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"alternateBandEvenColor"` // The color of the odd-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. @@ -9346,8 +9014,8 @@ func (o TemplateRadarChartConfigurationOutput) ToTemplateRadarChartConfiguration } // Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. -func (o TemplateRadarChartConfigurationOutput) AlternateBandColorsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateRadarChartConfiguration) *TemplateVisibility { return v.AlternateBandColorsVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateRadarChartConfigurationOutput) AlternateBandColorsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateRadarChartConfiguration) interface{} { return v.AlternateBandColorsVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The color of the even-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. @@ -9447,13 +9115,13 @@ func (o TemplateRadarChartConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateRadarChartConfi } // Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. -func (o TemplateRadarChartConfigurationPtrOutput) AlternateBandColorsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateRadarChartConfiguration) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateRadarChartConfigurationPtrOutput) AlternateBandColorsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateRadarChartConfiguration) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.AlternateBandColorsVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The color of the even-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. @@ -10319,7 +9987,7 @@ func (o TemplateRadarChartVisualPtrOutput) VisualId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { type TemplateRangeEndsLabelType struct { // The visibility of the range ends label. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeInput is an input type that accepts TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgs and TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeOutput values. @@ -10335,7 +10003,7 @@ type TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeInput interface { type TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgs struct { // The visibility of the range ends label. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -10416,8 +10084,8 @@ func (o TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeOutput) ToTemplateRangeEndsLabelTypePtrOutputW } // The visibility of the range ends label. -func (o TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateRangeEndsLabelType) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateRangeEndsLabelType) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -10445,13 +10113,13 @@ func (o TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypePtrOutput) Elem() TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeOu } // The visibility of the range ends label. -func (o TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypePtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateRangeEndsLabelType) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypePtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateRangeEndsLabelType) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateReferenceLine struct { @@ -15016,7 +14684,7 @@ func (o TemplateScatterPlotVisualPtrOutput) VisualId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { type TemplateScrollBarOptions struct { // The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` // The visibility range for the data zoom scroll bar. VisibleRange *TemplateVisibleRangeOptions `pulumi:"visibleRange"` } @@ -15034,7 +14702,7 @@ type TemplateScrollBarOptionsInput interface { type TemplateScrollBarOptionsArgs struct { // The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` // The visibility range for the data zoom scroll bar. VisibleRange TemplateVisibleRangeOptionsPtrInput `pulumi:"visibleRange"` } @@ -15117,8 +14785,8 @@ func (o TemplateScrollBarOptionsOutput) ToTemplateScrollBarOptionsPtrOutputWithC } // The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. -func (o TemplateScrollBarOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateScrollBarOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateScrollBarOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateScrollBarOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The visibility range for the data zoom scroll bar. @@ -15151,13 +14819,13 @@ func (o TemplateScrollBarOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateScrollBarOptionsOutput } // The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. -func (o TemplateScrollBarOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateScrollBarOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateScrollBarOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateScrollBarOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The visibility range for the data zoom scroll bar. @@ -15172,7 +14840,7 @@ func (o TemplateScrollBarOptionsPtrOutput) VisibleRange() TemplateVisibleRangeOp type TemplateSecondaryValueOptions struct { // Determines the visibility of the secondary value. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgs and TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsOutput values. @@ -15188,7 +14856,7 @@ type TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsInput interface { type TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgs struct { // Determines the visibility of the secondary value. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -15269,8 +14937,8 @@ func (o TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsOutput) ToTemplateSecondaryValueOptionsPtrO } // Determines the visibility of the secondary value. -func (o TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateSecondaryValueOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateSecondaryValueOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -15298,13 +14966,13 @@ func (o TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateSecondaryValueOpt } // Determines the visibility of the secondary value. -func (o TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateSecondaryValueOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateSecondaryValueOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateSectionAfterPageBreak struct { @@ -16976,7 +16644,7 @@ type TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptions struct { // The text content of info icon. InfoIconText *string `pulumi:"infoIconText"` // The visibility configuration of info icon label options. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgs and TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsOutput values. @@ -16994,7 +16662,7 @@ type TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgs struct { // The text content of info icon. InfoIconText pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"infoIconText"` // The visibility configuration of info icon label options. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -17080,8 +16748,8 @@ func (o TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsOutput) InfoIconText() pulumi.St } // The visibility configuration of info icon label options. -func (o TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -17119,13 +16787,13 @@ func (o TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsPtrOutput) InfoIconText() pulumi } // The visibility configuration of info icon label options. -func (o TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateSheetControlLayout struct { @@ -17502,7 +17170,7 @@ type TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides struct { // // - `VISIBLE` // - `HIDDEN` - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesInput is an input type that accepts TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgs and TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesOutput values. @@ -17521,7 +17189,7 @@ type TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgs struct { // // - `VISIBLE` // - `HIDDEN` - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -17554,8 +17222,8 @@ func (o TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesOutput) ToTemplateSheetElement // // - `VISIBLE` // - `HIDDEN` -func (o TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateSheetElementRenderingRule struct { @@ -18115,7 +17783,7 @@ func (o TemplateSheetImageStaticFileSourcePtrOutput) StaticFileId() pulumi.Strin type TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration struct { TooltipText *TemplateSheetImageTooltipText `pulumi:"tooltipText"` - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs and TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationOutput values. @@ -18131,7 +17799,7 @@ type TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationInput interface { type TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs struct { TooltipText TemplateSheetImageTooltipTextPtrInput `pulumi:"tooltipText"` - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -18215,8 +17883,8 @@ func (o TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationOutput) TooltipText() TemplateShee return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration) *TemplateSheetImageTooltipText { return v.TooltipText }).(TemplateSheetImageTooltipTextPtrOutput) } -func (o TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -18252,13 +17920,13 @@ func (o TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationPtrOutput) TooltipText() TemplateS }).(TemplateSheetImageTooltipTextPtrOutput) } -func (o TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateSheetImageTooltipText struct { @@ -20968,7 +20636,7 @@ type TemplateSubtotalOptions struct { // The cell styling options for the subtotal cells. TotalCellStyle *TemplateTableCellStyle `pulumi:"totalCellStyle"` // The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. - TotalsVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` + TotalsVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` // The cell styling options for the subtotals of value cells. ValueCellStyle *TemplateTableCellStyle `pulumi:"valueCellStyle"` } @@ -20998,7 +20666,7 @@ type TemplateSubtotalOptionsArgs struct { // The cell styling options for the subtotal cells. TotalCellStyle TemplateTableCellStylePtrInput `pulumi:"totalCellStyle"` // The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. - TotalsVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` + TotalsVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` // The cell styling options for the subtotals of value cells. ValueCellStyle TemplateTableCellStylePtrInput `pulumi:"valueCellStyle"` } @@ -21111,8 +20779,8 @@ func (o TemplateSubtotalOptionsOutput) TotalCellStyle() TemplateTableCellStylePt } // The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. -func (o TemplateSubtotalOptionsOutput) TotalsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateSubtotalOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.TotalsVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateSubtotalOptionsOutput) TotalsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateSubtotalOptions) interface{} { return v.TotalsVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The cell styling options for the subtotals of value cells. @@ -21205,13 +20873,13 @@ func (o TemplateSubtotalOptionsPtrOutput) TotalCellStyle() TemplateTableCellStyl } // The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. -func (o TemplateSubtotalOptionsPtrOutput) TotalsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateSubtotalOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateSubtotalOptionsPtrOutput) TotalsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateSubtotalOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.TotalsVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The cell styling options for the subtotals of value cells. @@ -21866,7 +21534,7 @@ type TemplateTableCellStyle struct { // The vertical text alignment (top, middle, bottom) for the table cells. VerticalTextAlignment *TemplateVerticalTextAlignment `pulumi:"verticalTextAlignment"` // The visibility of the table cells. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateTableCellStyleInput is an input type that accepts TemplateTableCellStyleArgs and TemplateTableCellStyleOutput values. @@ -21896,7 +21564,7 @@ type TemplateTableCellStyleArgs struct { // The vertical text alignment (top, middle, bottom) for the table cells. VerticalTextAlignment TemplateVerticalTextAlignmentPtrInput `pulumi:"verticalTextAlignment"` // The visibility of the table cells. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateTableCellStyleArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -22012,8 +21680,8 @@ func (o TemplateTableCellStyleOutput) VerticalTextAlignment() TemplateVerticalTe } // The visibility of the table cells. -func (o TemplateTableCellStyleOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTableCellStyle) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateTableCellStyleOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTableCellStyle) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTableCellStylePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -22111,13 +21779,13 @@ func (o TemplateTableCellStylePtrOutput) VerticalTextAlignment() TemplateVertica } // The visibility of the table cells. -func (o TemplateTableCellStylePtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTableCellStyle) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateTableCellStylePtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTableCellStyle) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTableConditionalFormatting struct { @@ -23380,7 +23048,7 @@ type TemplateTableFieldOption struct { // The URL configuration for a table field. UrlStyling *TemplateTableFieldUrlConfiguration `pulumi:"urlStyling"` // The visibility of a table field. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px Width *string `pulumi:"width"` } @@ -23404,7 +23072,7 @@ type TemplateTableFieldOptionArgs struct { // The URL configuration for a table field. UrlStyling TemplateTableFieldUrlConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"urlStyling"` // The visibility of a table field. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px Width pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"width"` } @@ -23476,8 +23144,8 @@ func (o TemplateTableFieldOptionOutput) UrlStyling() TemplateTableFieldUrlConfig } // The visibility of a table field. -func (o TemplateTableFieldOptionOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTableFieldOption) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateTableFieldOptionOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTableFieldOption) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -24291,9 +23959,9 @@ func (o TemplateTableOptionsPtrOutput) RowAlternateColorOptions() TemplateRowAlt type TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions struct { // The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. - OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"overflowColumnHeaderVisibility"` + OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"overflowColumnHeaderVisibility"` // The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. - VerticalOverflowVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"verticalOverflowVisibility"` + VerticalOverflowVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"verticalOverflowVisibility"` } // TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs and TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput values. @@ -24309,9 +23977,9 @@ type TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsInput interface { type TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs struct { // The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. - OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"overflowColumnHeaderVisibility"` + OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"overflowColumnHeaderVisibility"` // The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. - VerticalOverflowVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"verticalOverflowVisibility"` + VerticalOverflowVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"verticalOverflowVisibility"` } func (TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -24392,15 +24060,13 @@ func (o TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput) ToTemplateTablePaginatedRepor } // The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. -func (o TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput) OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions) *TemplateVisibility { - return v.OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput) OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions) interface{} { return v.OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. -func (o TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput) VerticalOverflowVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.VerticalOverflowVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsOutput) VerticalOverflowVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions) interface{} { return v.VerticalOverflowVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -24428,23 +24094,23 @@ func (o TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateTablePagina } // The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. -func (o TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput) OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput) OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.OverflowColumnHeaderVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } // The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. -func (o TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput) VerticalOverflowVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsPtrOutput) VerticalOverflowVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.VerticalOverflowVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTablePinnedFieldOptions struct { @@ -25979,7 +25645,7 @@ func (o TemplateTextConditionalFormatPtrOutput) TextColor() TemplateConditionalF type TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions struct { // The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgs and TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsOutput values. @@ -25995,7 +25661,7 @@ type TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsInput interface { type TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgs struct { // The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -26076,8 +25742,8 @@ func (o TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsOutput) ToTemplateTextControlPlaceh } // The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. -func (o TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -26105,13 +25771,13 @@ func (o TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateTextContr } // The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. -func (o TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTextFieldControlDisplayOptions struct { @@ -26297,7 +25963,7 @@ type TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions struct { // Determines the thousands separator symbol. Symbol *TemplateNumericSeparatorSymbol `pulumi:"symbol"` // Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgs and TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsOutput values. @@ -26315,7 +25981,7 @@ type TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgs struct { // Determines the thousands separator symbol. Symbol TemplateNumericSeparatorSymbolPtrInput `pulumi:"symbol"` // Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -26401,8 +26067,8 @@ func (o TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsOutput) Symbol() TemplateNumericSeparato } // Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. -func (o TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -26440,13 +26106,13 @@ func (o TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsPtrOutput) Symbol() TemplateNumericSepar } // Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. -func (o TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTimeBasedForecastProperties struct { @@ -27782,7 +27448,7 @@ type TemplateTooltipOptions struct { // - `DETAILED` : A detailed tooltip. SelectedTooltipType *TemplateSelectedTooltipType `pulumi:"selectedTooltipType"` // Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. - TooltipVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"tooltipVisibility"` + TooltipVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"tooltipVisibility"` } // TemplateTooltipOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateTooltipOptionsArgs and TemplateTooltipOptionsOutput values. @@ -27805,7 +27471,7 @@ type TemplateTooltipOptionsArgs struct { // - `DETAILED` : A detailed tooltip. SelectedTooltipType TemplateSelectedTooltipTypePtrInput `pulumi:"selectedTooltipType"` // Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. - TooltipVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"tooltipVisibility"` + TooltipVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"tooltipVisibility"` } func (TemplateTooltipOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -27899,8 +27565,8 @@ func (o TemplateTooltipOptionsOutput) SelectedTooltipType() TemplateSelectedTool } // Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. -func (o TemplateTooltipOptionsOutput) TooltipVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTooltipOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.TooltipVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateTooltipOptionsOutput) TooltipVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTooltipOptions) interface{} { return v.TooltipVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTooltipOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -27951,13 +27617,13 @@ func (o TemplateTooltipOptionsPtrOutput) SelectedTooltipType() TemplateSelectedT } // Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. -func (o TemplateTooltipOptionsPtrOutput) TooltipVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTooltipOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateTooltipOptionsPtrOutput) TooltipVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTooltipOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.TooltipVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTopBottomFilter struct { @@ -29090,7 +28756,7 @@ type TemplateTotalOptions struct { // Cell styling options for the total cells. TotalCellStyle *TemplateTableCellStyle `pulumi:"totalCellStyle"` // The visibility configuration for the total cells. - TotalsVisibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` + TotalsVisibility interface{} `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` } // TemplateTotalOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateTotalOptionsArgs and TemplateTotalOptionsOutput values. @@ -29116,7 +28782,7 @@ type TemplateTotalOptionsArgs struct { // Cell styling options for the total cells. TotalCellStyle TemplateTableCellStylePtrInput `pulumi:"totalCellStyle"` // The visibility configuration for the total cells. - TotalsVisibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` + TotalsVisibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"totalsVisibility"` } func (TemplateTotalOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -29222,8 +28888,8 @@ func (o TemplateTotalOptionsOutput) TotalCellStyle() TemplateTableCellStylePtrOu } // The visibility configuration for the total cells. -func (o TemplateTotalOptionsOutput) TotalsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTotalOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.TotalsVisibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateTotalOptionsOutput) TotalsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTotalOptions) interface{} { return v.TotalsVisibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTotalOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -29301,13 +28967,13 @@ func (o TemplateTotalOptionsPtrOutput) TotalCellStyle() TemplateTableCellStylePt } // The visibility configuration for the total cells. -func (o TemplateTotalOptionsPtrOutput) TotalsVisibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTotalOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateTotalOptionsPtrOutput) TotalsVisibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTotalOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.TotalsVisibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTreeMapAggregatedFieldWells struct { @@ -30320,7 +29986,7 @@ func (o TemplateTreeMapVisualPtrOutput) VisualId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { type TemplateTrendArrowOptions struct { // The visibility of the trend arrows. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateTrendArrowOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgs and TemplateTrendArrowOptionsOutput values. @@ -30336,7 +30002,7 @@ type TemplateTrendArrowOptionsInput interface { type TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgs struct { // The visibility of the trend arrows. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -30417,8 +30083,8 @@ func (o TemplateTrendArrowOptionsOutput) ToTemplateTrendArrowOptionsPtrOutputWit } // The visibility of the trend arrows. -func (o TemplateTrendArrowOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTrendArrowOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateTrendArrowOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateTrendArrowOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateTrendArrowOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -30446,13 +30112,13 @@ func (o TemplateTrendArrowOptionsPtrOutput) Elem() TemplateTrendArrowOptionsOutp } // The visibility of the trend arrows. -func (o TemplateTrendArrowOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTrendArrowOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateTrendArrowOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateTrendArrowOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateUnaggregatedField struct { @@ -32437,7 +32103,7 @@ type TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptions struct { // The long text format of the subtitle label, such as plain text or rich text. FormatText *TemplateLongFormatText `pulumi:"formatText"` // The visibility of the subtitle label. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgs and TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsOutput values. @@ -32455,7 +32121,7 @@ type TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgs struct { // The long text format of the subtitle label, such as plain text or rich text. FormatText TemplateLongFormatTextPtrInput `pulumi:"formatText"` // The visibility of the subtitle label. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -32541,8 +32207,8 @@ func (o TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsOutput) FormatText() TemplateLongForma } // The visibility of the subtitle label. -func (o TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -32580,20 +32246,20 @@ func (o TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsPtrOutput) FormatText() TemplateLongFo } // The visibility of the subtitle label. -func (o TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions struct { // The short text format of the title label, such as plain text or rich text. FormatText *TemplateShortFormatText `pulumi:"formatText"` // The visibility of the title label. - Visibility *TemplateVisibility `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility interface{} `pulumi:"visibility"` } // TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsInput is an input type that accepts TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgs and TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsOutput values. @@ -32611,7 +32277,7 @@ type TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgs struct { // The short text format of the title label, such as plain text or rich text. FormatText TemplateShortFormatTextPtrInput `pulumi:"formatText"` // The visibility of the title label. - Visibility TemplateVisibilityPtrInput `pulumi:"visibility"` + Visibility pulumi.Input `pulumi:"visibility"` } func (TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -32697,8 +32363,8 @@ func (o TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsOutput) FormatText() TemplateShortFormatT } // The visibility of the title label. -func (o TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { return v.Visibility }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) +func (o TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions) interface{} { return v.Visibility }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } @@ -32736,13 +32402,13 @@ func (o TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsPtrOutput) FormatText() TemplateShortForm } // The visibility of the title label. -func (o TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions) *TemplateVisibility { +func (o TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsPtrOutput) Visibility() pulumi.AnyOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions) interface{} { if v == nil { return nil } return v.Visibility - }).(TemplateVisibilityPtrOutput) + }).(pulumi.AnyOutput) } type TemplateWaterfallChartAggregatedFieldWells struct { @@ -42719,10 +42385,6 @@ type VpcConnectionTag struct { } func init() { - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs{}) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlArgs{}) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDeclarationInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterDeclarationArgs{}) - pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterDeclarationArray{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDropDownControlInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterDropDownControlArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterDropDownControlPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterDropDownControlArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TemplateParameterListControlInput)(nil)).Elem(), TemplateParameterListControlArgs{}) @@ -43196,10 +42858,6 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TopicSemanticTypePtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), TopicSemanticTypeArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TopicSingularFilterConstantInput)(nil)).Elem(), TopicSingularFilterConstantArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*TopicSingularFilterConstantPtrInput)(nil)).Elem(), TopicSingularFilterConstantArgs{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterDateTimePickerControlPtrOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterDeclarationOutput{}) - pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterDeclarationArrayOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterDropDownControlOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterDropDownControlPtrOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(TemplateParameterListControlOutput{}) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/rds/dbCluster.go b/sdk/go/aws/rds/dbCluster.go index 4c410ae1b6..73f9ce7129 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/rds/dbCluster.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/rds/dbCluster.go @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ type DbCluster struct { // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters AssociatedRoles DbClusterDbClusterRoleArrayOutput `pulumi:"associatedRoles"` // Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster AutoMinorVersionUpgrade pulumi.BoolPtrOutput `pulumi:"autoMinorVersionUpgrade"` // A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster can be created. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see [Choosing the Regions and Availability Zones](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ type DbCluster struct { // // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters BackupRetentionPeriod pulumi.IntPtrOutput `pulumi:"backupRetentionPeriod"` - // Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. + // Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. ClusterScalabilityType pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"clusterScalabilityType"` // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ type DbCluster struct { // The life cycle type for this DB cluster. // By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. // You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - // + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + // + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* // + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* // // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -221,7 +221,8 @@ type DbCluster struct { // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters MasterUserPassword pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"masterUserPassword"` // The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - // For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + // When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + // For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* MasterUserSecret DbClusterMasterUserSecretPtrOutput `pulumi:"masterUserSecret"` // The name of the master user for the DB cluster. // If you specify the ``SourceDBClusterIdentifier``, ``SnapshotIdentifier``, or ``GlobalClusterIdentifier`` property, don't specify this property. The value is inherited from the source DB cluster, the snapshot, or the primary DB cluster for the global database cluster, respectively. @@ -229,13 +230,13 @@ type DbCluster struct { MasterUsername pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"masterUsername"` // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. // If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` // Default: ``0`` MonitoringInterval pulumi.IntPtrOutput `pulumi:"monitoringInterval"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. // If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters MonitoringRoleArn pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"monitoringRoleArn"` // The network type of the DB cluster. // Valid values: @@ -248,15 +249,15 @@ type DbCluster struct { NetworkType pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"networkType"` // Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. // For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters PerformanceInsightsEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrOutput `pulumi:"performanceInsightsEnabled"` // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. // If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"performanceInsightsKmsKeyId"` // The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: // + ``7`` // + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) @@ -475,7 +476,7 @@ type dbClusterArgs struct { // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters AssociatedRoles []DbClusterDbClusterRole `pulumi:"associatedRoles"` // Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `pulumi:"autoMinorVersionUpgrade"` // A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster can be created. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see [Choosing the Regions and Availability Zones](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only @@ -493,7 +494,7 @@ type dbClusterArgs struct { // // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters BackupRetentionPeriod *int `pulumi:"backupRetentionPeriod"` - // Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. + // Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. ClusterScalabilityType *string `pulumi:"clusterScalabilityType"` // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -586,7 +587,7 @@ type dbClusterArgs struct { // The life cycle type for this DB cluster. // By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. // You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - // + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + // + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* // + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* // // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -650,7 +651,8 @@ type dbClusterArgs struct { // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters MasterUserPassword *string `pulumi:"masterUserPassword"` // The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - // For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + // When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + // For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* MasterUserSecret *DbClusterMasterUserSecret `pulumi:"masterUserSecret"` // The name of the master user for the DB cluster. // If you specify the ``SourceDBClusterIdentifier``, ``SnapshotIdentifier``, or ``GlobalClusterIdentifier`` property, don't specify this property. The value is inherited from the source DB cluster, the snapshot, or the primary DB cluster for the global database cluster, respectively. @@ -658,13 +660,13 @@ type dbClusterArgs struct { MasterUsername *string `pulumi:"masterUsername"` // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. // If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` // Default: ``0`` MonitoringInterval *int `pulumi:"monitoringInterval"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. // If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters MonitoringRoleArn *string `pulumi:"monitoringRoleArn"` // The network type of the DB cluster. // Valid values: @@ -677,15 +679,15 @@ type dbClusterArgs struct { NetworkType *string `pulumi:"networkType"` // Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. // For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `pulumi:"performanceInsightsEnabled"` // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. // If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId *string `pulumi:"performanceInsightsKmsKeyId"` // The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: // + ``7`` // + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) @@ -843,7 +845,7 @@ type DbClusterArgs struct { // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters AssociatedRoles DbClusterDbClusterRoleArrayInput // Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster AutoMinorVersionUpgrade pulumi.BoolPtrInput // A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster can be created. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see [Choosing the Regions and Availability Zones](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only @@ -861,7 +863,7 @@ type DbClusterArgs struct { // // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters BackupRetentionPeriod pulumi.IntPtrInput - // Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. + // Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. ClusterScalabilityType pulumi.StringPtrInput // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -954,7 +956,7 @@ type DbClusterArgs struct { // The life cycle type for this DB cluster. // By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. // You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - // + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + // + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* // + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* // // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -1018,7 +1020,8 @@ type DbClusterArgs struct { // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters MasterUserPassword pulumi.StringPtrInput // The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - // For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + // When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + // For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* MasterUserSecret DbClusterMasterUserSecretPtrInput // The name of the master user for the DB cluster. // If you specify the ``SourceDBClusterIdentifier``, ``SnapshotIdentifier``, or ``GlobalClusterIdentifier`` property, don't specify this property. The value is inherited from the source DB cluster, the snapshot, or the primary DB cluster for the global database cluster, respectively. @@ -1026,13 +1029,13 @@ type DbClusterArgs struct { MasterUsername pulumi.StringPtrInput // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. // If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` // Default: ``0`` MonitoringInterval pulumi.IntPtrInput // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. // If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters MonitoringRoleArn pulumi.StringPtrInput // The network type of the DB cluster. // Valid values: @@ -1045,15 +1048,15 @@ type DbClusterArgs struct { NetworkType pulumi.StringPtrInput // Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. // For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters PerformanceInsightsEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. // If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId pulumi.StringPtrInput // The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: // + ``7`` // + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) @@ -1255,7 +1258,7 @@ func (o DbClusterOutput) AssociatedRoles() DbClusterDbClusterRoleArrayOutput { // Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. // -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster func (o DbClusterOutput) AutoMinorVersionUpgrade() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DbCluster) pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return v.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) } @@ -1288,7 +1291,7 @@ func (o DbClusterOutput) BackupRetentionPeriod() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DbCluster) pulumi.IntPtrOutput { return v.BackupRetentionPeriod }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) } -// Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. +// Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to “limitless“, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to “standard“ (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. func (o DbClusterOutput) ClusterScalabilityType() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DbCluster) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.ClusterScalabilityType }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -1466,7 +1469,7 @@ func (o DbClusterOutput) Engine() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { // // By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. // You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: -// + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* +// + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* // + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* // // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -1562,6 +1565,7 @@ func (o DbClusterOutput) MasterUserPassword() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { // The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. // +// When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. // For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* func (o DbClusterOutput) MasterUserSecret() DbClusterMasterUserSecretPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DbCluster) DbClusterMasterUserSecretPtrOutput { return v.MasterUserSecret }).(DbClusterMasterUserSecretPtrOutput) @@ -1578,7 +1582,7 @@ func (o DbClusterOutput) MasterUsername() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify “0“. // // If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` // Default: ``0`` func (o DbClusterOutput) MonitoringInterval() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { @@ -1588,7 +1592,7 @@ func (o DbClusterOutput) MonitoringInterval() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is “arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess“. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. // // If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters func (o DbClusterOutput) MonitoringRoleArn() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DbCluster) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.MonitoringRoleArn }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -1609,7 +1613,7 @@ func (o DbClusterOutput) NetworkType() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { // Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. // // For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters func (o DbClusterOutput) PerformanceInsightsEnabled() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DbCluster) pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return v.PerformanceInsightsEnabled }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) } @@ -1618,14 +1622,14 @@ func (o DbClusterOutput) PerformanceInsightsEnabled() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { // // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. // If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters func (o DbClusterOutput) PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DbCluster) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } // The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. // -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: // + ``7`` // + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/rds/dbInstance.go b/sdk/go/aws/rds/dbInstance.go index d540f5987c..db74f1dd2c 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/rds/dbInstance.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/rds/dbInstance.go @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ type DbInstance struct { // This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The DB subnet group is managed by the DB cluster. If specified, the setting must match the DB cluster setting. DbSubnetGroupName pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"dbSubnetGroupName"` // The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. - DbSystemId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"dbSystemId"` + DbSystemId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"dbSystemId"` // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. DbiResourceId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"dbiResourceId"` // Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled. @@ -660,6 +660,7 @@ func NewDbInstance(ctx *pulumi.Context, "dbInstanceIdentifier", "dbName", "dbSubnetGroupName", + "dbSystemId", "kmsKeyId", "masterUsername", "ncharCharacterSetName", @@ -922,6 +923,8 @@ type dbInstanceArgs struct { // For more information about using Amazon RDS in a VPC, see [Amazon VPC and Amazon RDS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. // This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The DB subnet group is managed by the DB cluster. If specified, the setting must match the DB cluster setting. DbSubnetGroupName *string `pulumi:"dbSubnetGroupName"` + // The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. + DbSystemId *string `pulumi:"dbSystemId"` // Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled. DedicatedLogVolume *bool `pulumi:"dedicatedLogVolume"` // A value that indicates whether to remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. The default is to remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted. @@ -1527,6 +1530,8 @@ type DbInstanceArgs struct { // For more information about using Amazon RDS in a VPC, see [Amazon VPC and Amazon RDS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. // This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The DB subnet group is managed by the DB cluster. If specified, the setting must match the DB cluster setting. DbSubnetGroupName pulumi.StringPtrInput + // The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. + DbSystemId pulumi.StringPtrInput // Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled. DedicatedLogVolume pulumi.BoolPtrInput // A value that indicates whether to remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. The default is to remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted. @@ -2260,8 +2265,8 @@ func (o DbInstanceOutput) DbSubnetGroupName() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { } // The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to “RDSCDB“. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. -func (o DbInstanceOutput) DbSystemId() pulumi.StringOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v *DbInstance) pulumi.StringOutput { return v.DbSystemId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +func (o DbInstanceOutput) DbSystemId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DbInstance) pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return v.DbSystemId }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/rds/getDbCluster.go b/sdk/go/aws/rds/getDbCluster.go index dec94619be..b307017697 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/rds/getDbCluster.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/rds/getDbCluster.go @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ type LookupDbClusterResult struct { // Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters AssociatedRoles []DbClusterDbClusterRole `pulumi:"associatedRoles"` // Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `pulumi:"autoMinorVersionUpgrade"` // The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to ``0``. // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora MySQL DB clusters only @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ type LookupDbClusterResult struct { // The life cycle type for this DB cluster. // By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. // You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - // + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + // + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* // + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* // // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -193,7 +193,8 @@ type LookupDbClusterResult struct { // + Can't manage the master user password with AWS Secrets Manager if ``MasterUserPassword`` is specified. ManageMasterUserPassword *bool `pulumi:"manageMasterUserPassword"` // The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - // For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + // When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + // For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* MasterUserSecret *DbClusterMasterUserSecret `pulumi:"masterUserSecret"` // The name of the master user for the DB cluster. // If you specify the ``SourceDBClusterIdentifier``, ``SnapshotIdentifier``, or ``GlobalClusterIdentifier`` property, don't specify this property. The value is inherited from the source DB cluster, the snapshot, or the primary DB cluster for the global database cluster, respectively. @@ -201,13 +202,13 @@ type LookupDbClusterResult struct { MasterUsername *string `pulumi:"masterUsername"` // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. // If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` // Default: ``0`` MonitoringInterval *int `pulumi:"monitoringInterval"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. // If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters MonitoringRoleArn *string `pulumi:"monitoringRoleArn"` // The network type of the DB cluster. // Valid values: @@ -220,15 +221,15 @@ type LookupDbClusterResult struct { NetworkType *string `pulumi:"networkType"` // Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. // For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `pulumi:"performanceInsightsEnabled"` // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. // If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId *string `pulumi:"performanceInsightsKmsKeyId"` // The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - // Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: // + ``7`` // + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) @@ -365,7 +366,7 @@ func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) AssociatedRoles() DbClusterDbClusterRoleArr // Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. // -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) AutoMinorVersionUpgrade() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupDbClusterResult) *bool { return v.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) } @@ -519,7 +520,7 @@ func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) Engine() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { // // By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. // You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: -// + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* +// + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* // + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* // // Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -586,6 +587,7 @@ func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) ManageMasterUserPassword() pulumi.BoolPtrOu // The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. // +// When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. // For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) MasterUserSecret() DbClusterMasterUserSecretPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupDbClusterResult) *DbClusterMasterUserSecret { return v.MasterUserSecret }).(DbClusterMasterUserSecretPtrOutput) @@ -602,7 +604,7 @@ func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) MasterUsername() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify “0“. // // If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` // Default: ``0`` func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) MonitoringInterval() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { @@ -612,7 +614,7 @@ func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) MonitoringInterval() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is “arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess“. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. // // If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) MonitoringRoleArn() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupDbClusterResult) *string { return v.MonitoringRoleArn }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -633,7 +635,7 @@ func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) NetworkType() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { // Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. // // For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) PerformanceInsightsEnabled() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupDbClusterResult) *bool { return v.PerformanceInsightsEnabled }).(pulumi.BoolPtrOutput) } @@ -642,14 +644,14 @@ func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) PerformanceInsightsEnabled() pulumi.BoolPtr // // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. // If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters func (o LookupDbClusterResultOutput) PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupDbClusterResult) *string { return v.PerformanceInsightsKmsKeyId }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } // The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. // -// Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only +// Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters // Valid Values: // + ``7`` // + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/rds/getDbInstance.go b/sdk/go/aws/rds/getDbInstance.go index b14461c996..92c75808a4 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/rds/getDbInstance.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/rds/getDbInstance.go @@ -177,8 +177,6 @@ type LookupDbInstanceResult struct { // // All other properties are ignored. Specify a virtual private cloud (VPC) security group if you want to submit other properties, such as ``StorageType``, ``StorageEncrypted``, or ``KmsKeyId``. If you're already using the ``DBSecurityGroups`` property, you can't use these other properties by updating your DB instance to use a VPC security group. You must recreate the DB instance. DbSecurityGroups []string `pulumi:"dbSecurityGroups"` - // The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. - DbSystemId *string `pulumi:"dbSystemId"` // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. DbiResourceId *string `pulumi:"dbiResourceId"` // Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled. @@ -657,11 +655,6 @@ func (o LookupDbInstanceResultOutput) DbSecurityGroups() pulumi.StringArrayOutpu return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupDbInstanceResult) []string { return v.DbSecurityGroups }).(pulumi.StringArrayOutput) } -// The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to “RDSCDB“. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. -func (o LookupDbInstanceResultOutput) DbSystemId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { - return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupDbInstanceResult) *string { return v.DbSystemId }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) -} - // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. func (o LookupDbInstanceResultOutput) DbiResourceId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v LookupDbInstanceResult) *string { return v.DbiResourceId }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/rds/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/rds/pulumiTypes.go index 38d1f34772..19a6572c97 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/rds/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/rds/pulumiTypes.go @@ -857,8 +857,12 @@ type DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration struct { // The maximum capacity must be higher than 0.5 ACUs. For more information, see [Choosing the maximum Aurora Serverless v2 capacity setting for a cluster](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.setting-capacity.html#aurora-serverless-v2.max_capacity_considerations) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. // Aurora automatically sets certain parameters for Aurora Serverless V2 DB instances to values that depend on the maximum ACU value in the capacity range. When you update the maximum capacity value, the ``ParameterApplyStatus`` value for the DB instance changes to ``pending-reboot``. You can update the parameter values by rebooting the DB instance after changing the capacity range. MaxCapacity *float64 `pulumi:"maxCapacity"` - // The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + // The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. MinCapacity *float64 `pulumi:"minCapacity"` + // Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. + // + // Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. + SecondsUntilAutoPause *int `pulumi:"secondsUntilAutoPause"` } // DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgs and DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationOutput values. @@ -882,8 +886,12 @@ type DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgs struct { // The maximum capacity must be higher than 0.5 ACUs. For more information, see [Choosing the maximum Aurora Serverless v2 capacity setting for a cluster](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.setting-capacity.html#aurora-serverless-v2.max_capacity_considerations) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. // Aurora automatically sets certain parameters for Aurora Serverless V2 DB instances to values that depend on the maximum ACU value in the capacity range. When you update the maximum capacity value, the ``ParameterApplyStatus`` value for the DB instance changes to ``pending-reboot``. You can update the parameter values by rebooting the DB instance after changing the capacity range. MaxCapacity pulumi.Float64PtrInput `pulumi:"maxCapacity"` - // The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + // The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. MinCapacity pulumi.Float64PtrInput `pulumi:"minCapacity"` + // Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. + // + // Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. + SecondsUntilAutoPause pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"secondsUntilAutoPause"` } func (DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -976,11 +984,18 @@ func (o DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationOutput) MaxCapacity() pulumi.Fl return o.ApplyT(func(v DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) *float64 { return v.MaxCapacity }).(pulumi.Float64PtrOutput) } -// The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. +// The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. func (o DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationOutput) MinCapacity() pulumi.Float64PtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) *float64 { return v.MinCapacity }).(pulumi.Float64PtrOutput) } +// Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. +// +// Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. +func (o DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationOutput) SecondsUntilAutoPause() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) *int { return v.SecondsUntilAutoPause }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) +} + type DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } func (DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { @@ -1018,7 +1033,7 @@ func (o DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationPtrOutput) MaxCapacity() pulumi }).(pulumi.Float64PtrOutput) } -// The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. +// The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. func (o DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationPtrOutput) MinCapacity() pulumi.Float64PtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) *float64 { if v == nil { @@ -1028,6 +1043,18 @@ func (o DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationPtrOutput) MinCapacity() pulumi }).(pulumi.Float64PtrOutput) } +// Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. +// +// Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. +func (o DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationPtrOutput) SecondsUntilAutoPause() pulumi.IntPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v *DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration) *int { + if v == nil { + return nil + } + return v.SecondsUntilAutoPause + }).(pulumi.IntPtrOutput) +} + // Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair. // // For more information, see [Tagging Amazon RDS resources](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* or [Tagging Amazon Aurora and Amazon RDS resources](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/sagemaker/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/sagemaker/pulumiTypes.go index 202b8991b7..b8e0ee1994 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/sagemaker/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/sagemaker/pulumiTypes.go @@ -5135,7 +5135,8 @@ func (o DomainCodeRepositoryArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) DomainCodeRepo type DomainCustomFileSystemConfig struct { // The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. - EfsFileSystemConfig *DomainEfsFileSystemConfig `pulumi:"efsFileSystemConfig"` + EfsFileSystemConfig *DomainEfsFileSystemConfig `pulumi:"efsFileSystemConfig"` + // The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. FSxLustreFileSystemConfig *DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig `pulumi:"fSxLustreFileSystemConfig"` } @@ -5152,7 +5153,8 @@ type DomainCustomFileSystemConfigInput interface { type DomainCustomFileSystemConfigArgs struct { // The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. - EfsFileSystemConfig DomainEfsFileSystemConfigPtrInput `pulumi:"efsFileSystemConfig"` + EfsFileSystemConfig DomainEfsFileSystemConfigPtrInput `pulumi:"efsFileSystemConfig"` + // The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. FSxLustreFileSystemConfig DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrInput `pulumi:"fSxLustreFileSystemConfig"` } @@ -5212,6 +5214,7 @@ func (o DomainCustomFileSystemConfigOutput) EfsFileSystemConfig() DomainEfsFileS return o.ApplyT(func(v DomainCustomFileSystemConfig) *DomainEfsFileSystemConfig { return v.EfsFileSystemConfig }).(DomainEfsFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) } +// The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. func (o DomainCustomFileSystemConfigOutput) FSxLustreFileSystemConfig() DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DomainCustomFileSystemConfig) *DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig { return v.FSxLustreFileSystemConfig @@ -6402,7 +6405,9 @@ func (o DomainEfsFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) FileSystemPath() pulumi.StringPtrOut } type DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig struct { - FileSystemId string `pulumi:"fileSystemId"` + // The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + FileSystemId string `pulumi:"fileSystemId"` + // The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. FileSystemPath *string `pulumi:"fileSystemPath"` } @@ -6418,7 +6423,9 @@ type DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigInput interface { } type DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs struct { - FileSystemId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"fileSystemId"` + // The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + FileSystemId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"fileSystemId"` + // The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. FileSystemPath pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"fileSystemPath"` } @@ -6499,10 +6506,12 @@ func (o DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigOutput) ToDomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig }).(DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) } +// The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. func (o DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigOutput) FileSystemId() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig) string { return v.FileSystemId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. func (o DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigOutput) FileSystemPath() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig) *string { return v.FileSystemPath }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -6531,6 +6540,7 @@ func (o DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) Elem() DomainFSxLustreFileSyst }).(DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigOutput) } +// The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. func (o DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) FileSystemId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig) *string { if v == nil { @@ -6540,6 +6550,7 @@ func (o DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) FileSystemId() pulumi.StringPt }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. func (o DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) FileSystemPath() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig) *string { if v == nil { @@ -34599,7 +34610,9 @@ func (o PartnerAppMaintenanceConfigPtrOutput) MaintenanceWindowStart() pulumi.St } type PartnerAppTag struct { - Key string `pulumi:"key"` + // The tag key. Tag keys must be unique per resource. + Key string `pulumi:"key"` + // The tag value. Value string `pulumi:"value"` } @@ -37316,6 +37329,8 @@ func (o SpaceResourceSpecPtrOutput) SageMakerImageVersionArn() pulumi.StringPtrO // A collection of settings that apply to spaces of Amazon SageMaker Studio. These settings are specified when the CreateSpace API is called. type SpaceSettings struct { // The type of app created within the space. + // + // If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. AppType *SpaceAppType `pulumi:"appType"` // The CodeEditor app settings. CodeEditorAppSettings *SpaceCodeEditorAppSettings `pulumi:"codeEditorAppSettings"` @@ -37345,6 +37360,8 @@ type SpaceSettingsInput interface { // A collection of settings that apply to spaces of Amazon SageMaker Studio. These settings are specified when the CreateSpace API is called. type SpaceSettingsArgs struct { // The type of app created within the space. + // + // If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. AppType SpaceAppTypePtrInput `pulumi:"appType"` // The CodeEditor app settings. CodeEditorAppSettings SpaceCodeEditorAppSettingsPtrInput `pulumi:"codeEditorAppSettings"` @@ -37439,6 +37456,8 @@ func (o SpaceSettingsOutput) ToSpaceSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Con } // The type of app created within the space. +// +// If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. func (o SpaceSettingsOutput) AppType() SpaceAppTypePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v SpaceSettings) *SpaceAppType { return v.AppType }).(SpaceAppTypePtrOutput) } @@ -37498,6 +37517,8 @@ func (o SpaceSettingsPtrOutput) Elem() SpaceSettingsOutput { } // The type of app created within the space. +// +// If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. func (o SpaceSettingsPtrOutput) AppType() SpaceAppTypePtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *SpaceSettings) *SpaceAppType { if v == nil { @@ -38290,7 +38311,8 @@ func (o UserProfileCodeRepositoryArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) UserProfi type UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfig struct { // The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. - EfsFileSystemConfig *UserProfileEfsFileSystemConfig `pulumi:"efsFileSystemConfig"` + EfsFileSystemConfig *UserProfileEfsFileSystemConfig `pulumi:"efsFileSystemConfig"` + // The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. FSxLustreFileSystemConfig *UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig `pulumi:"fSxLustreFileSystemConfig"` } @@ -38307,7 +38329,8 @@ type UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfigInput interface { type UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfigArgs struct { // The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. - EfsFileSystemConfig UserProfileEfsFileSystemConfigPtrInput `pulumi:"efsFileSystemConfig"` + EfsFileSystemConfig UserProfileEfsFileSystemConfigPtrInput `pulumi:"efsFileSystemConfig"` + // The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. FSxLustreFileSystemConfig UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrInput `pulumi:"fSxLustreFileSystemConfig"` } @@ -38369,6 +38392,7 @@ func (o UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfigOutput) EfsFileSystemConfig() UserProfi }).(UserProfileEfsFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) } +// The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. func (o UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfigOutput) FSxLustreFileSystemConfig() UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfig) *UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig { return v.FSxLustreFileSystemConfig @@ -39127,7 +39151,9 @@ func (o UserProfileEfsFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) FileSystemPath() pulumi.StringP } type UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig struct { - FileSystemId string `pulumi:"fileSystemId"` + // The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + FileSystemId string `pulumi:"fileSystemId"` + // The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. FileSystemPath *string `pulumi:"fileSystemPath"` } @@ -39143,7 +39169,9 @@ type UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigInput interface { } type UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs struct { - FileSystemId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"fileSystemId"` + // The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + FileSystemId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"fileSystemId"` + // The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. FileSystemPath pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"fileSystemPath"` } @@ -39224,10 +39252,12 @@ func (o UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigOutput) ToUserProfileFSxLustreFileSy }).(UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) } +// The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. func (o UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigOutput) FileSystemId() pulumi.StringOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig) string { return v.FileSystemId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +// The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. func (o UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigOutput) FileSystemPath() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig) *string { return v.FileSystemPath }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } @@ -39256,6 +39286,7 @@ func (o UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) Elem() UserProfileFSxLust }).(UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigOutput) } +// The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. func (o UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) FileSystemId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig) *string { if v == nil { @@ -39265,6 +39296,7 @@ func (o UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) FileSystemId() pulumi.Str }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } +// The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. func (o UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigPtrOutput) FileSystemPath() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v *UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig) *string { if v == nil { diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/securityhub/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/securityhub/pulumiTypes.go index de18d867cb..f1aae3b8cd 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/securityhub/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/securityhub/pulumiTypes.go @@ -5921,27 +5921,11 @@ type InsightDateFilter struct { DateRange *InsightDateRange `pulumi:"dateRange"` // A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. // - // This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - // - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - // - // If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + // For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . End *string `pulumi:"end"` // A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. // - // This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - // - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - // - // If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + // For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . Start *string `pulumi:"start"` } @@ -5962,27 +5946,11 @@ type InsightDateFilterArgs struct { DateRange InsightDateRangePtrInput `pulumi:"dateRange"` // A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. // - // This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - // - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - // - // If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + // For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . End pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"end"` // A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. // - // This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - // - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - // - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - // - // If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + // For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . Start pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"start"` } @@ -6045,30 +6013,14 @@ func (o InsightDateFilterOutput) DateRange() InsightDateRangePtrOutput { // A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. // -// This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: -// -// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) -// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) -// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) -// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) -// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) -// -// If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . +// For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . func (o InsightDateFilterOutput) End() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v InsightDateFilter) *string { return v.End }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } // A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. // -// This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: -// -// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) -// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) -// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) -// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) -// - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) -// -// If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . +// For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . func (o InsightDateFilterOutput) Start() pulumi.StringPtrOutput { return o.ApplyT(func(v InsightDateFilter) *string { return v.Start }).(pulumi.StringPtrOutput) } diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/ses/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/ses/pulumiTypes.go index c47ec1021d..cbb02910f5 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/ses/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/ses/pulumiTypes.go @@ -3896,6 +3896,75 @@ func (o MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMailboxActionOutput) RoleArn() pulumi.StringO return o.ApplyT(func(v MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMailboxAction) string { return v.RoleArn }).(pulumi.StringOutput) } +type MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction struct { + ActionFailurePolicy *MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy `pulumi:"actionFailurePolicy"` + ApplicationId string `pulumi:"applicationId"` + IndexId string `pulumi:"indexId"` + RoleArn string `pulumi:"roleArn"` +} + +// MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionInput is an input type that accepts MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs and MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionInput` via: +// +// MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs{...} +type MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToMailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput() MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput + ToMailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutputWithContext(context.Context) MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput +} + +type MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs struct { + ActionFailurePolicy MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicyPtrInput `pulumi:"actionFailurePolicy"` + ApplicationId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"applicationId"` + IndexId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"indexId"` + RoleArn pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"roleArn"` +} + +func (MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs) ToMailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput() MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput { + return i.ToMailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs) ToMailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput) +} + +type MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput) ToMailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput() MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput { + return o +} + +func (o MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput) ToMailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput { + return o +} + +func (o MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput) ActionFailurePolicy() MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicyPtrOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction) *MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy { + return v.ActionFailurePolicy + }).(MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicyPtrOutput) +} + +func (o MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput) ApplicationId() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction) string { return v.ApplicationId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +func (o MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput) IndexId() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction) string { return v.IndexId }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + +func (o MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput) RoleArn() pulumi.StringOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction) string { return v.RoleArn }).(pulumi.StringOutput) +} + type MailManagerRuleSetDropAction struct { } @@ -4571,6 +4640,57 @@ func (o MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesOutput) DeliverToMailbox() MailMa }).(MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMailboxActionOutput) } +type MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties struct { + DeliverToQBusiness MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction `pulumi:"deliverToQBusiness"` +} + +// MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesInput is an input type that accepts MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs and MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput values. +// You can construct a concrete instance of `MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesInput` via: +// +// MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs{...} +type MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesInput interface { + pulumi.Input + + ToMailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput() MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput + ToMailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutputWithContext(context.Context) MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput +} + +type MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs struct { + DeliverToQBusiness MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionInput `pulumi:"deliverToQBusiness"` +} + +func (MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (i MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs) ToMailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput() MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput { + return i.ToMailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutputWithContext(context.Background()) +} + +func (i MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs) ToMailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput { + return pulumi.ToOutputWithContext(ctx, i).(MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput) +} + +type MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState } + +func (MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type { + return reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties)(nil)).Elem() +} + +func (o MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput) ToMailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput() MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput { + return o +} + +func (o MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput) ToMailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput { + return o +} + +func (o MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput) DeliverToQBusiness() MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput { + return o.ApplyT(func(v MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties) MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction { + return v.DeliverToQBusiness + }).(MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput) +} + type MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanExpression struct { Evaluate MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanToEvaluateProperties `pulumi:"evaluate"` Operator MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanOperator `pulumi:"operator"` @@ -7125,6 +7245,7 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetAnalysisInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetAnalysisArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetArchiveActionInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetArchiveActionArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMailboxActionInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMailboxActionArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetDropActionInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetDropActionArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetRelayActionInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetRelayActionArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetReplaceRecipientActionInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetReplaceRecipientActionArgs{}) @@ -7138,6 +7259,7 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgs{}) + pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanExpressionInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanExpressionArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanToEvaluatePropertiesInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanToEvaluatePropertiesArgs{}) pulumi.RegisterInputType(reflect.TypeOf((*MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition0PropertiesInput)(nil)).Elem(), MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition0PropertiesArgs{}) @@ -7236,6 +7358,7 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetAnalysisOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetArchiveActionOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMailboxActionOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetDropActionOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetRelayActionOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetReplaceRecipientActionOutput{}) @@ -7249,6 +7372,7 @@ func init() { pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesOutput{}) + pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanExpressionOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanToEvaluatePropertiesOutput{}) pulumi.RegisterOutputType(MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition0PropertiesOutput{}) diff --git a/sdk/go/aws/wafv2/pulumiTypes.go b/sdk/go/aws/wafv2/pulumiTypes.go index a27ae38d8c..1bc32a9d36 100644 --- a/sdk/go/aws/wafv2/pulumiTypes.go +++ b/sdk/go/aws/wafv2/pulumiTypes.go @@ -6989,7 +6989,7 @@ type RuleGroupRateBasedStatement struct { // // This is required if you specify a forwarded IP in the rule's aggregate key settings. ForwardedIpConfig *RuleGroupForwardedIpConfiguration `pulumi:"forwardedIpConfig"` - // The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + // The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. // // Examples: // @@ -7047,7 +7047,7 @@ type RuleGroupRateBasedStatementArgs struct { // // This is required if you specify a forwarded IP in the rule's aggregate key settings. ForwardedIpConfig RuleGroupForwardedIpConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"forwardedIpConfig"` - // The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + // The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. // // Examples: // @@ -7184,7 +7184,7 @@ func (o RuleGroupRateBasedStatementOutput) ForwardedIpConfig() RuleGroupForwarde return o.ApplyT(func(v RuleGroupRateBasedStatement) *RuleGroupForwardedIpConfiguration { return v.ForwardedIpConfig }).(RuleGroupForwardedIpConfigurationPtrOutput) } -// The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. +// The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. // // Examples: // @@ -7290,7 +7290,7 @@ func (o RuleGroupRateBasedStatementPtrOutput) ForwardedIpConfig() RuleGroupForwa }).(RuleGroupForwardedIpConfigurationPtrOutput) } -// The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. +// The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. // // Examples: // @@ -18832,7 +18832,7 @@ type WebAclRateBasedStatement struct { // // This is required if you specify a forwarded IP in the rule's aggregate key settings. ForwardedIpConfig *WebAclForwardedIpConfiguration `pulumi:"forwardedIpConfig"` - // The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + // The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. // // Examples: // @@ -18890,7 +18890,7 @@ type WebAclRateBasedStatementArgs struct { // // This is required if you specify a forwarded IP in the rule's aggregate key settings. ForwardedIpConfig WebAclForwardedIpConfigurationPtrInput `pulumi:"forwardedIpConfig"` - // The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + // The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. // // Examples: // @@ -19025,7 +19025,7 @@ func (o WebAclRateBasedStatementOutput) ForwardedIpConfig() WebAclForwardedIpCon return o.ApplyT(func(v WebAclRateBasedStatement) *WebAclForwardedIpConfiguration { return v.ForwardedIpConfig }).(WebAclForwardedIpConfigurationPtrOutput) } -// The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. +// The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. // // Examples: // @@ -19131,7 +19131,7 @@ func (o WebAclRateBasedStatementPtrOutput) ForwardedIpConfig() WebAclForwardedIp }).(WebAclForwardedIpConfigurationPtrOutput) } -// The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. +// The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. // // Examples: // diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/appconfig/deployment.ts b/sdk/nodejs/appconfig/deployment.ts new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6d5cedc39 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/nodejs/appconfig/deployment.ts @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi-language-nodejs. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +import * as pulumi from "@pulumi/pulumi"; +import * as inputs from "../types/input"; +import * as outputs from "../types/output"; +import * as enums from "../types/enums"; +import * as utilities from "../utilities"; + +/** + * Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment + */ +export class Deployment extends pulumi.CustomResource { + /** + * Get an existing Deployment resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional extra + * properties used to qualify the lookup. + * + * @param name The _unique_ name of the resulting resource. + * @param id The _unique_ provider ID of the resource to lookup. + * @param opts Optional settings to control the behavior of the CustomResource. + */ + public static get(name: string, id: pulumi.Input, opts?: pulumi.CustomResourceOptions): Deployment { + return new Deployment(name, undefined as any, { ...opts, id: id }); + } + + /** @internal */ + public static readonly __pulumiType = 'aws-native:appconfig:Deployment'; + + /** + * Returns true if the given object is an instance of Deployment. This is designed to work even + * when multiple copies of the Pulumi SDK have been loaded into the same process. + */ + public static isInstance(obj: any): obj is Deployment { + if (obj === undefined || obj === null) { + return false; + } + return obj['__pulumiType'] === Deployment.__pulumiType; + } + + /** + * The application ID. + */ + public readonly applicationId!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The configuration profile ID. + */ + public readonly configurationProfileId!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. + */ + public readonly configurationVersion!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The sequence number of the deployment. + */ + public /*out*/ readonly deploymentNumber!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The deployment strategy ID. + */ + public readonly deploymentStrategyId!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * A description of the deployment. + */ + public readonly description!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. + */ + public readonly dynamicExtensionParameters!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The environment ID. + */ + public readonly environmentId!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. + */ + public readonly kmsKeyIdentifier!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. + */ + public readonly tags!: pulumi.Output; + + /** + * Create a Deployment resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options. + * + * @param name The _unique_ name of the resource. + * @param args The arguments to use to populate this resource's properties. + * @param opts A bag of options that control this resource's behavior. + */ + constructor(name: string, args: DeploymentArgs, opts?: pulumi.CustomResourceOptions) { + let resourceInputs: pulumi.Inputs = {}; + opts = opts || {}; + if (!opts.id) { + if ((!args || args.applicationId === undefined) && !opts.urn) { + throw new Error("Missing required property 'applicationId'"); + } + if ((!args || args.configurationProfileId === undefined) && !opts.urn) { + throw new Error("Missing required property 'configurationProfileId'"); + } + if ((!args || args.configurationVersion === undefined) && !opts.urn) { + throw new Error("Missing required property 'configurationVersion'"); + } + if ((!args || args.deploymentStrategyId === undefined) && !opts.urn) { + throw new Error("Missing required property 'deploymentStrategyId'"); + } + if ((!args || args.environmentId === undefined) && !opts.urn) { + throw new Error("Missing required property 'environmentId'"); + } + resourceInputs["applicationId"] = args ? args.applicationId : undefined; + resourceInputs["configurationProfileId"] = args ? args.configurationProfileId : undefined; + resourceInputs["configurationVersion"] = args ? args.configurationVersion : undefined; + resourceInputs["deploymentStrategyId"] = args ? args.deploymentStrategyId : undefined; + resourceInputs["description"] = args ? args.description : undefined; + resourceInputs["dynamicExtensionParameters"] = args ? args.dynamicExtensionParameters : undefined; + resourceInputs["environmentId"] = args ? args.environmentId : undefined; + resourceInputs["kmsKeyIdentifier"] = args ? args.kmsKeyIdentifier : undefined; + resourceInputs["tags"] = args ? args.tags : undefined; + resourceInputs["deploymentNumber"] = undefined /*out*/; + } else { + resourceInputs["applicationId"] = undefined /*out*/; + resourceInputs["configurationProfileId"] = undefined /*out*/; + resourceInputs["configurationVersion"] = undefined /*out*/; + resourceInputs["deploymentNumber"] = undefined /*out*/; + resourceInputs["deploymentStrategyId"] = undefined /*out*/; + resourceInputs["description"] = undefined /*out*/; + resourceInputs["dynamicExtensionParameters"] = undefined /*out*/; + resourceInputs["environmentId"] = undefined /*out*/; + resourceInputs["kmsKeyIdentifier"] = undefined /*out*/; + resourceInputs["tags"] = undefined /*out*/; + } + opts = pulumi.mergeOptions(utilities.resourceOptsDefaults(), opts); + const replaceOnChanges = { replaceOnChanges: ["applicationId", "configurationProfileId", "configurationVersion", "deploymentStrategyId", "description", "dynamicExtensionParameters[*]", "environmentId", "kmsKeyIdentifier", "tags[*]"] }; + opts = pulumi.mergeOptions(opts, replaceOnChanges); + super(Deployment.__pulumiType, name, resourceInputs, opts); + } +} + +/** + * The set of arguments for constructing a Deployment resource. + */ +export interface DeploymentArgs { + /** + * The application ID. + */ + applicationId: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The configuration profile ID. + */ + configurationProfileId: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. + */ + configurationVersion: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The deployment strategy ID. + */ + deploymentStrategyId: pulumi.Input; + /** + * A description of the deployment. + */ + description?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. + */ + dynamicExtensionParameters?: pulumi.Input[]>; + /** + * The environment ID. + */ + environmentId: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. + */ + kmsKeyIdentifier?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. + */ + tags?: pulumi.Input[]>; +} diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/appconfig/getDeployment.ts b/sdk/nodejs/appconfig/getDeployment.ts new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c4b9516c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/nodejs/appconfig/getDeployment.ts @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +// *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi-language-nodejs. *** +// *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +import * as pulumi from "@pulumi/pulumi"; +import * as utilities from "../utilities"; + +/** + * Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment + */ +export function getDeployment(args: GetDeploymentArgs, opts?: pulumi.InvokeOptions): Promise { + opts = pulumi.mergeOptions(utilities.resourceOptsDefaults(), opts || {}); + return pulumi.runtime.invoke("aws-native:appconfig:getDeployment", { + "applicationId": args.applicationId, + "deploymentNumber": args.deploymentNumber, + "environmentId": args.environmentId, + }, opts); +} + +export interface GetDeploymentArgs { + /** + * The application ID. + */ + applicationId: string; + /** + * The sequence number of the deployment. + */ + deploymentNumber: string; + /** + * The environment ID. + */ + environmentId: string; +} + +export interface GetDeploymentResult { + /** + * The sequence number of the deployment. + */ + readonly deploymentNumber?: string; +} +/** + * Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment + */ +export function getDeploymentOutput(args: GetDeploymentOutputArgs, opts?: pulumi.InvokeOutputOptions): pulumi.Output { + opts = pulumi.mergeOptions(utilities.resourceOptsDefaults(), opts || {}); + return pulumi.runtime.invokeOutput("aws-native:appconfig:getDeployment", { + "applicationId": args.applicationId, + "deploymentNumber": args.deploymentNumber, + "environmentId": args.environmentId, + }, opts); +} + +export interface GetDeploymentOutputArgs { + /** + * The application ID. + */ + applicationId: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The sequence number of the deployment. + */ + deploymentNumber: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The environment ID. + */ + environmentId: pulumi.Input; +} diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/appconfig/index.ts b/sdk/nodejs/appconfig/index.ts index 7f0440a1b1..674c9c36e8 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/appconfig/index.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/appconfig/index.ts @@ -15,6 +15,11 @@ export type ConfigurationProfile = import("./configurationProfile").Configuratio export const ConfigurationProfile: typeof import("./configurationProfile").ConfigurationProfile = null as any; utilities.lazyLoad(exports, ["ConfigurationProfile"], () => require("./configurationProfile")); +export { DeploymentArgs } from "./deployment"; +export type Deployment = import("./deployment").Deployment; +export const Deployment: typeof import("./deployment").Deployment = null as any; +utilities.lazyLoad(exports, ["Deployment"], () => require("./deployment")); + export { DeploymentStrategyArgs } from "./deploymentStrategy"; export type DeploymentStrategy = import("./deploymentStrategy").DeploymentStrategy; export const DeploymentStrategy: typeof import("./deploymentStrategy").DeploymentStrategy = null as any; @@ -45,6 +50,11 @@ export const getConfigurationProfile: typeof import("./getConfigurationProfile") export const getConfigurationProfileOutput: typeof import("./getConfigurationProfile").getConfigurationProfileOutput = null as any; utilities.lazyLoad(exports, ["getConfigurationProfile","getConfigurationProfileOutput"], () => require("./getConfigurationProfile")); +export { GetDeploymentArgs, GetDeploymentResult, GetDeploymentOutputArgs } from "./getDeployment"; +export const getDeployment: typeof import("./getDeployment").getDeployment = null as any; +export const getDeploymentOutput: typeof import("./getDeployment").getDeploymentOutput = null as any; +utilities.lazyLoad(exports, ["getDeployment","getDeploymentOutput"], () => require("./getDeployment")); + export { GetDeploymentStrategyArgs, GetDeploymentStrategyResult, GetDeploymentStrategyOutputArgs } from "./getDeploymentStrategy"; export const getDeploymentStrategy: typeof import("./getDeploymentStrategy").getDeploymentStrategy = null as any; export const getDeploymentStrategyOutput: typeof import("./getDeploymentStrategy").getDeploymentStrategyOutput = null as any; @@ -87,6 +97,8 @@ const _module = { return new Application(name, undefined, { urn }) case "aws-native:appconfig:ConfigurationProfile": return new ConfigurationProfile(name, undefined, { urn }) + case "aws-native:appconfig:Deployment": + return new Deployment(name, undefined, { urn }) case "aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentStrategy": return new DeploymentStrategy(name, undefined, { urn }) case "aws-native:appconfig:Environment": diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/bedrock/knowledgeBase.ts b/sdk/nodejs/bedrock/knowledgeBase.ts index d8b59e9e6c..4c970f2c85 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/bedrock/knowledgeBase.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/bedrock/knowledgeBase.ts @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ export class KnowledgeBase extends pulumi.CustomResource { /** * Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. */ - public readonly storageConfiguration!: pulumi.Output; + public readonly storageConfiguration!: pulumi.Output; /** * Metadata that you can assign to a resource as key-value pairs. For more information, see the following resources: * @@ -106,9 +106,6 @@ export class KnowledgeBase extends pulumi.CustomResource { if ((!args || args.roleArn === undefined) && !opts.urn) { throw new Error("Missing required property 'roleArn'"); } - if ((!args || args.storageConfiguration === undefined) && !opts.urn) { - throw new Error("Missing required property 'storageConfiguration'"); - } resourceInputs["description"] = args ? args.description : undefined; resourceInputs["knowledgeBaseConfiguration"] = args ? args.knowledgeBaseConfiguration : undefined; resourceInputs["name"] = args ? args.name : undefined; @@ -165,7 +162,7 @@ export interface KnowledgeBaseArgs { /** * Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. */ - storageConfiguration: pulumi.Input; + storageConfiguration?: pulumi.Input; /** * Metadata that you can assign to a resource as key-value pairs. For more information, see the following resources: * diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/cloudformation/stack.ts b/sdk/nodejs/cloudformation/stack.ts index 0f2dcd3c49..ed63eeb98f 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/cloudformation/stack.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/cloudformation/stack.ts @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ export class Stack extends pulumi.CustomResource { */ public readonly templateBody!: pulumi.Output; /** - * Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. + * The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . * * Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. */ @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ export interface StackArgs { */ templateBody?: any; /** - * Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. + * The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . * * Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. */ diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/datazone/dataSource.ts b/sdk/nodejs/datazone/dataSource.ts index ce687542dc..09127098f7 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/datazone/dataSource.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/datazone/dataSource.ts @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ export class DataSource extends pulumi.CustomResource { /** * Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. */ - public readonly configuration!: pulumi.Output; + public readonly configuration!: pulumi.Output; /** * The timestamp of when the data source was created. */ @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ export interface DataSourceArgs { /** * Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. */ - configuration?: pulumi.Input; + configuration?: pulumi.Input; /** * The description of the data source. */ diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/getVpcEndpoint.ts b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/getVpcEndpoint.ts index 657037268c..b8af0aa8e8 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/getVpcEndpoint.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/getVpcEndpoint.ts @@ -45,11 +45,17 @@ export interface GetVpcEndpointResult { * If you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the DNS entries in the list will change. */ readonly dnsEntries?: string[]; + /** + * Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + */ readonly dnsOptions?: outputs.ec2.VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification; /** * The ID of the VPC endpoint. */ readonly id?: string; + /** + * The supported IP address types. + */ readonly ipAddressType?: enums.ec2.VpcEndpointIpAddressType; /** * (Interface endpoints) The network interface IDs. If you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the items in this list might change. diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/getVpcEndpointService.ts b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/getVpcEndpointService.ts index 7165236f75..d093aabebc 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/getVpcEndpointService.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/getVpcEndpointService.ts @@ -2,6 +2,9 @@ // *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** import * as pulumi from "@pulumi/pulumi"; +import * as inputs from "../types/input"; +import * as outputs from "../types/output"; +import * as enums from "../types/enums"; import * as utilities from "../utilities"; /** @@ -42,6 +45,10 @@ export interface GetVpcEndpointServiceResult { * The ID of the endpoint service. */ readonly serviceId?: string; + /** + * The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + */ + readonly tags?: outputs.Tag[]; } /** * Resource Type definition for AWS::EC2::VPCEndpointService diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/launchTemplate.ts b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/launchTemplate.ts index a0a732adbd..9f8891347c 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/launchTemplate.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/launchTemplate.ts @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ export class LaunchTemplate extends pulumi.CustomResource { public readonly launchTemplateName!: pulumi.Output; /** * The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``. - * To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). + * To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). */ public readonly tagSpecifications!: pulumi.Output; /** @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ export interface LaunchTemplateArgs { launchTemplateName?: pulumi.Input; /** * The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``. - * To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). + * To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). */ tagSpecifications?: pulumi.Input[]>; /** diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcCidrBlock.ts b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcCidrBlock.ts index 76ae39bb7a..33aea5ed44 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcCidrBlock.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcCidrBlock.ts @@ -66,6 +66,10 @@ export class VpcCidrBlock extends pulumi.CustomResource { * An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. */ public readonly ipv6CidrBlock!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. + */ + public readonly ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup!: pulumi.Output; /** * The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. */ @@ -102,6 +106,7 @@ export class VpcCidrBlock extends pulumi.CustomResource { resourceInputs["ipv4IpamPoolId"] = args ? args.ipv4IpamPoolId : undefined; resourceInputs["ipv4NetmaskLength"] = args ? args.ipv4NetmaskLength : undefined; resourceInputs["ipv6CidrBlock"] = args ? args.ipv6CidrBlock : undefined; + resourceInputs["ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup"] = args ? args.ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup : undefined; resourceInputs["ipv6IpamPoolId"] = args ? args.ipv6IpamPoolId : undefined; resourceInputs["ipv6NetmaskLength"] = args ? args.ipv6NetmaskLength : undefined; resourceInputs["ipv6Pool"] = args ? args.ipv6Pool : undefined; @@ -118,13 +123,14 @@ export class VpcCidrBlock extends pulumi.CustomResource { resourceInputs["ipv4NetmaskLength"] = undefined /*out*/; resourceInputs["ipv6AddressAttribute"] = undefined /*out*/; resourceInputs["ipv6CidrBlock"] = undefined /*out*/; + resourceInputs["ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup"] = undefined /*out*/; resourceInputs["ipv6IpamPoolId"] = undefined /*out*/; resourceInputs["ipv6NetmaskLength"] = undefined /*out*/; resourceInputs["ipv6Pool"] = undefined /*out*/; resourceInputs["vpcId"] = undefined /*out*/; } opts = pulumi.mergeOptions(utilities.resourceOptsDefaults(), opts); - const replaceOnChanges = { replaceOnChanges: ["amazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock", "cidrBlock", "ipv4IpamPoolId", "ipv4NetmaskLength", "ipv6CidrBlock", "ipv6IpamPoolId", "ipv6NetmaskLength", "ipv6Pool", "vpcId"] }; + const replaceOnChanges = { replaceOnChanges: ["amazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock", "cidrBlock", "ipv4IpamPoolId", "ipv4NetmaskLength", "ipv6CidrBlock", "ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup", "ipv6IpamPoolId", "ipv6NetmaskLength", "ipv6Pool", "vpcId"] }; opts = pulumi.mergeOptions(opts, replaceOnChanges); super(VpcCidrBlock.__pulumiType, name, resourceInputs, opts); } @@ -154,6 +160,10 @@ export interface VpcCidrBlockArgs { * An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. */ ipv6CidrBlock?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. + */ + ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup?: pulumi.Input; /** * The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. */ diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcEndpoint.ts b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcEndpoint.ts index e77d499319..54dfee6765 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcEndpoint.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcEndpoint.ts @@ -61,7 +61,13 @@ export class VpcEndpoint extends pulumi.CustomResource { * If you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the DNS entries in the list will change. */ public /*out*/ readonly dnsEntries!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + */ public readonly dnsOptions!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The supported IP address types. + */ public readonly ipAddressType!: pulumi.Output; /** * (Interface endpoints) The network interface IDs. If you update the `PrivateDnsEnabled` or `SubnetIds` properties, the items in this list might change. @@ -82,6 +88,9 @@ export class VpcEndpoint extends pulumi.CustomResource { * Default: ``false`` */ public readonly privateDnsEnabled!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. + */ public readonly resourceConfigurationArn!: pulumi.Output; /** * The IDs of the route tables. Routing is supported only for gateway endpoints. @@ -95,6 +104,9 @@ export class VpcEndpoint extends pulumi.CustomResource { * The name of the endpoint service. */ public readonly serviceName!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. + */ public readonly serviceNetworkArn!: pulumi.Output; /** * The IDs of the subnets in which to create endpoint network interfaces. You must specify this property for an interface endpoint or a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint. You can't specify this property for a gateway endpoint. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify only one subnet. @@ -172,7 +184,13 @@ export class VpcEndpoint extends pulumi.CustomResource { * The set of arguments for constructing a VpcEndpoint resource. */ export interface VpcEndpointArgs { + /** + * Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + */ dnsOptions?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The supported IP address types. + */ ipAddressType?: pulumi.Input; /** * An endpoint policy, which controls access to the service from the VPC. The default endpoint policy allows full access to the service. Endpoint policies are supported only for gateway and interface endpoints. @@ -189,6 +207,9 @@ export interface VpcEndpointArgs { * Default: ``false`` */ privateDnsEnabled?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. + */ resourceConfigurationArn?: pulumi.Input; /** * The IDs of the route tables. Routing is supported only for gateway endpoints. @@ -202,6 +223,9 @@ export interface VpcEndpointArgs { * The name of the endpoint service. */ serviceName?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. + */ serviceNetworkArn?: pulumi.Input; /** * The IDs of the subnets in which to create endpoint network interfaces. You must specify this property for an interface endpoint or a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint. You can't specify this property for a gateway endpoint. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify only one subnet. diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcEndpointService.ts b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcEndpointService.ts index d4e7cff15d..17e3cf8c9b 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcEndpointService.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/ec2/vpcEndpointService.ts @@ -2,6 +2,9 @@ // *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** import * as pulumi from "@pulumi/pulumi"; +import * as inputs from "../types/input"; +import * as outputs from "../types/output"; +import * as enums from "../types/enums"; import * as utilities from "../utilities"; /** @@ -58,6 +61,10 @@ export class VpcEndpointService extends pulumi.CustomResource { * The ID of the endpoint service. */ public /*out*/ readonly serviceId!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + */ + public readonly tags!: pulumi.Output; /** * Create a VpcEndpointService resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options. @@ -75,6 +82,7 @@ export class VpcEndpointService extends pulumi.CustomResource { resourceInputs["gatewayLoadBalancerArns"] = args ? args.gatewayLoadBalancerArns : undefined; resourceInputs["networkLoadBalancerArns"] = args ? args.networkLoadBalancerArns : undefined; resourceInputs["payerResponsibility"] = args ? args.payerResponsibility : undefined; + resourceInputs["tags"] = args ? args.tags : undefined; resourceInputs["serviceId"] = undefined /*out*/; } else { resourceInputs["acceptanceRequired"] = undefined /*out*/; @@ -83,6 +91,7 @@ export class VpcEndpointService extends pulumi.CustomResource { resourceInputs["networkLoadBalancerArns"] = undefined /*out*/; resourceInputs["payerResponsibility"] = undefined /*out*/; resourceInputs["serviceId"] = undefined /*out*/; + resourceInputs["tags"] = undefined /*out*/; } opts = pulumi.mergeOptions(utilities.resourceOptsDefaults(), opts); super(VpcEndpointService.__pulumiType, name, resourceInputs, opts); @@ -113,4 +122,8 @@ export interface VpcEndpointServiceArgs { * The entity that is responsible for the endpoint costs. The default is the endpoint owner. If you set the payer responsibility to the service owner, you cannot set it back to the endpoint owner. */ payerResponsibility?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + */ + tags?: pulumi.Input[]>; } diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/ecs/getService.ts b/sdk/nodejs/ecs/getService.ts index 87ec58c9a8..f63e1509af 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/ecs/getService.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/ecs/getService.ts @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ export interface GetServiceResult { /** * The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. * If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - * A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + * A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. */ readonly capacityProviderStrategy?: outputs.ecs.ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItem[]; /** diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/ecs/service.ts b/sdk/nodejs/ecs/service.ts index ca7a34c1be..896a6b18d8 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/ecs/service.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/ecs/service.ts @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ export class Service extends pulumi.CustomResource { /** * The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. * If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - * A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + * A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. */ public readonly capacityProviderStrategy!: pulumi.Output; /** @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ export interface ServiceArgs { /** * The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. * If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - * A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + * A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. */ capacityProviderStrategy?: pulumi.Input[]>; /** diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/ecs/taskDefinition.ts b/sdk/nodejs/ecs/taskDefinition.ts index 6b8826f3c6..af305a2ab3 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/ecs/taskDefinition.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/ecs/taskDefinition.ts @@ -238,6 +238,9 @@ export class TaskDefinition extends pulumi.CustomResource { * This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. */ public readonly cpu!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . + */ public readonly enableFaultInjection!: pulumi.Output; /** * The ephemeral storage settings to use for tasks run with the task definition. @@ -428,6 +431,9 @@ export interface TaskDefinitionArgs { * This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. */ cpu?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . + */ enableFaultInjection?: pulumi.Input; /** * The ephemeral storage settings to use for tasks run with the task definition. diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/eks/cluster.ts b/sdk/nodejs/eks/cluster.ts index 384ae5f62f..9c391aa2d9 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/eks/cluster.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/eks/cluster.ts @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ export class Cluster extends pulumi.CustomResource { */ public /*out*/ readonly clusterSecurityGroupId!: pulumi.Output; /** - * Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + * Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . */ public readonly computeConfig!: pulumi.Output; /** @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ export class Cluster extends pulumi.CustomResource { */ public readonly roleArn!: pulumi.Output; /** - * Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + * Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . */ public readonly storageConfig!: pulumi.Output; /** @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ export class Cluster extends pulumi.CustomResource { /** * This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. * - * [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + * [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) */ public readonly upgradePolicy!: pulumi.Output; /** @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ export interface ClusterArgs { */ bootstrapSelfManagedAddons?: pulumi.Input; /** - * Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + * Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . */ computeConfig?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ export interface ClusterArgs { */ roleArn: pulumi.Input; /** - * Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + * Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . */ storageConfig?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ export interface ClusterArgs { /** * This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. * - * [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + * [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) */ upgradePolicy?: pulumi.Input; /** diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/eks/getCluster.ts b/sdk/nodejs/eks/getCluster.ts index a2ab7cd41f..d75ddebe24 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/eks/getCluster.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/eks/getCluster.ts @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ export interface GetClusterResult { */ readonly clusterSecurityGroupId?: string; /** - * Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + * Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . */ readonly computeConfig?: outputs.eks.ClusterComputeConfig; /** @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ export interface GetClusterResult { */ readonly resourcesVpcConfig?: outputs.eks.ClusterResourcesVpcConfig; /** - * Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + * Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . */ readonly storageConfig?: outputs.eks.ClusterStorageConfig; /** @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ export interface GetClusterResult { /** * This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. * - * [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + * [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) */ readonly upgradePolicy?: outputs.eks.ClusterUpgradePolicy; /** diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/kendra/index_.ts b/sdk/nodejs/kendra/index_.ts index 743e1f4c7b..69bdab5cc9 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/kendra/index_.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/kendra/index_.ts @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ export class Index extends pulumi.CustomResource { */ public readonly documentMetadataConfigurations!: pulumi.Output; /** - * Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . + * Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. */ public readonly edition!: pulumi.Output; /** @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ export interface IndexArgs { */ documentMetadataConfigurations?: pulumi.Input[]>; /** - * Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . + * Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. */ edition: pulumi.Input; /** diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/logs/getLogGroup.ts b/sdk/nodejs/logs/getLogGroup.ts index 44065ac357..bb2c6e6990 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/logs/getLogGroup.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/logs/getLogGroup.ts @@ -40,6 +40,13 @@ export interface GetLogGroupResult { * Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::Logs::LogGroup` for more information about the expected schema for this property. */ readonly dataProtectionPolicy?: any; + /** + * Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + * + * You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + * + * Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + */ readonly fieldIndexPolicies?: any[]; /** * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to use when encrypting log data. diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/logs/logGroup.ts b/sdk/nodejs/logs/logGroup.ts index 2ecf317486..893a517792 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/logs/logGroup.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/logs/logGroup.ts @@ -52,6 +52,13 @@ export class LogGroup extends pulumi.CustomResource { * Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::Logs::LogGroup` for more information about the expected schema for this property. */ public readonly dataProtectionPolicy!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + * + * You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + * + * Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + */ public readonly fieldIndexPolicies!: pulumi.Output; /** * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to use when encrypting log data. @@ -130,6 +137,13 @@ export interface LogGroupArgs { * Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::Logs::LogGroup` for more information about the expected schema for this property. */ dataProtectionPolicy?: any; + /** + * Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + * + * You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + * + * Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + */ fieldIndexPolicies?: pulumi.Input; /** * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to use when encrypting log data. diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/m2/environment.ts b/sdk/nodejs/m2/environment.ts index 515843da76..8f90533eea 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/m2/environment.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/m2/environment.ts @@ -73,6 +73,9 @@ export class Environment extends pulumi.CustomResource { * The name of the environment. */ public readonly name!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The network type supported by the runtime environment. + */ public readonly networkType!: pulumi.Output; /** * Configures a desired maintenance window for the environment. If you do not provide a value, a random system-generated value will be assigned. @@ -189,6 +192,9 @@ export interface EnvironmentArgs { * The name of the environment. */ name?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The network type supported by the runtime environment. + */ networkType?: pulumi.Input; /** * Configures a desired maintenance window for the environment. If you do not provide a value, a random system-generated value will be assigned. diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/qbusiness/dataAccessor.ts b/sdk/nodejs/qbusiness/dataAccessor.ts index 11c47a9d63..2eb87fd348 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/qbusiness/dataAccessor.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/qbusiness/dataAccessor.ts @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ export class DataAccessor extends pulumi.CustomResource { /** * The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. */ - public readonly applicationId!: pulumi.Output; + public readonly applicationId!: pulumi.Output; /** * The timestamp when the data accessor was created. */ @@ -92,6 +92,9 @@ export class DataAccessor extends pulumi.CustomResource { if ((!args || args.actionConfigurations === undefined) && !opts.urn) { throw new Error("Missing required property 'actionConfigurations'"); } + if ((!args || args.applicationId === undefined) && !opts.urn) { + throw new Error("Missing required property 'applicationId'"); + } if ((!args || args.displayName === undefined) && !opts.urn) { throw new Error("Missing required property 'displayName'"); } @@ -138,7 +141,7 @@ export interface DataAccessorArgs { /** * The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. */ - applicationId?: pulumi.Input; + applicationId: pulumi.Input; /** * The friendly name of the data accessor. */ diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/customPermissions.ts b/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/customPermissions.ts index 12cb42a533..3519829f1a 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/customPermissions.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/customPermissions.ts @@ -37,10 +37,25 @@ export class CustomPermissions extends pulumi.CustomResource { return obj['__pulumiType'] === CustomPermissions.__pulumiType; } + /** + * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile. + */ public /*out*/ readonly arn!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + */ public readonly awsAccountId!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + */ public readonly capabilities!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The name of the custom permissions profile. + */ public readonly customPermissionsName!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + */ public readonly tags!: pulumi.Output; /** @@ -80,8 +95,20 @@ export class CustomPermissions extends pulumi.CustomResource { * The set of arguments for constructing a CustomPermissions resource. */ export interface CustomPermissionsArgs { + /** + * The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + */ awsAccountId: pulumi.Input; + /** + * A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + */ capabilities?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The name of the custom permissions profile. + */ customPermissionsName?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + */ tags?: pulumi.Input[]>; } diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/dataSet.ts b/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/dataSet.ts index d52fdbd05e..5744b604ec 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/dataSet.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/dataSet.ts @@ -113,6 +113,9 @@ export class DataSet extends pulumi.CustomResource { * analyses, and dashboards.

*/ public /*out*/ readonly outputColumns!: pulumi.Output; + /** + * The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. + */ public readonly performanceConfiguration!: pulumi.Output; /** *

A list of resource permissions on the dataset.

@@ -261,6 +264,9 @@ export interface DataSetArgs { *

The display name for the dataset.

*/ name?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. + */ performanceConfiguration?: pulumi.Input; /** *

A list of resource permissions on the dataset.

diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/getCustomPermissions.ts b/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/getCustomPermissions.ts index e96f76b094..158cffeeb9 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/getCustomPermissions.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/getCustomPermissions.ts @@ -19,13 +19,28 @@ export function getCustomPermissions(args: GetCustomPermissionsArgs, opts?: pulu } export interface GetCustomPermissionsArgs { + /** + * The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + */ awsAccountId: string; + /** + * The name of the custom permissions profile. + */ customPermissionsName: string; } export interface GetCustomPermissionsResult { + /** + * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile. + */ readonly arn?: string; + /** + * A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + */ readonly capabilities?: outputs.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilities; + /** + * The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + */ readonly tags?: outputs.Tag[]; } /** @@ -40,6 +55,12 @@ export function getCustomPermissionsOutput(args: GetCustomPermissionsOutputArgs, } export interface GetCustomPermissionsOutputArgs { + /** + * The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + */ awsAccountId: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The name of the custom permissions profile. + */ customPermissionsName: pulumi.Input; } diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/getDataSet.ts b/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/getDataSet.ts index f8104c1866..601d866c60 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/getDataSet.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/quicksight/getDataSet.ts @@ -86,6 +86,9 @@ export interface GetDataSetResult { * analyses, and dashboards.

*/ readonly outputColumns?: outputs.quicksight.DataSetOutputColumn[]; + /** + * The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. + */ readonly performanceConfiguration?: outputs.quicksight.DataSetPerformanceConfiguration; /** *

A list of resource permissions on the dataset.

diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/rds/dbCluster.ts b/sdk/nodejs/rds/dbCluster.ts index 3dea698e00..3de455504d 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/rds/dbCluster.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/rds/dbCluster.ts @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ export class DbCluster extends pulumi.CustomResource { public readonly associatedRoles!: pulumi.Output; /** * Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster */ public readonly autoMinorVersionUpgrade!: pulumi.Output; /** @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ export class DbCluster extends pulumi.CustomResource { */ public readonly backupRetentionPeriod!: pulumi.Output; /** - * Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. + * Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. */ public readonly clusterScalabilityType!: pulumi.Output; /** @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ export class DbCluster extends pulumi.CustomResource { * The life cycle type for this DB cluster. * By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. * You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - * + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + * + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* * + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* * * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -310,7 +310,8 @@ export class DbCluster extends pulumi.CustomResource { public readonly masterUserPassword!: pulumi.Output; /** * The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - * For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + * When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + * For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* */ public readonly masterUserSecret!: pulumi.Output; /** @@ -322,7 +323,7 @@ export class DbCluster extends pulumi.CustomResource { /** * The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. * If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters * Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` * Default: ``0`` */ @@ -330,7 +331,7 @@ export class DbCluster extends pulumi.CustomResource { /** * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. * If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters */ public readonly monitoringRoleArn!: pulumi.Output; /** @@ -347,19 +348,19 @@ export class DbCluster extends pulumi.CustomResource { /** * Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. * For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters */ public readonly performanceInsightsEnabled!: pulumi.Output; /** * The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. * The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. * If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters */ public readonly performanceInsightsKmsKeyId!: pulumi.Output; /** * The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters * Valid Values: * + ``7`` * + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) @@ -711,7 +712,7 @@ export interface DbClusterArgs { associatedRoles?: pulumi.Input[]>; /** * Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster */ autoMinorVersionUpgrade?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -737,7 +738,7 @@ export interface DbClusterArgs { */ backupRetentionPeriod?: pulumi.Input; /** - * Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. + * Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. */ clusterScalabilityType?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -866,7 +867,7 @@ export interface DbClusterArgs { * The life cycle type for this DB cluster. * By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. * You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - * + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + * + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* * + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* * * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -946,7 +947,8 @@ export interface DbClusterArgs { masterUserPassword?: pulumi.Input; /** * The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - * For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + * When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + * For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* */ masterUserSecret?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -958,7 +960,7 @@ export interface DbClusterArgs { /** * The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. * If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters * Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` * Default: ``0`` */ @@ -966,7 +968,7 @@ export interface DbClusterArgs { /** * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. * If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters */ monitoringRoleArn?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -983,19 +985,19 @@ export interface DbClusterArgs { /** * Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. * For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters */ performanceInsightsEnabled?: pulumi.Input; /** * The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. * The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. * If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters */ performanceInsightsKmsKeyId?: pulumi.Input; /** * The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters * Valid Values: * + ``7`` * + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/rds/dbInstance.ts b/sdk/nodejs/rds/dbInstance.ts index f18e9447d9..4a73f6190c 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/rds/dbInstance.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/rds/dbInstance.ts @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ export class DbInstance extends pulumi.CustomResource { /** * The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. */ - public /*out*/ readonly dbSystemId!: pulumi.Output; + public readonly dbSystemId!: pulumi.Output; /** * The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. */ @@ -857,6 +857,7 @@ export class DbInstance extends pulumi.CustomResource { resourceInputs["dbSecurityGroups"] = args ? args.dbSecurityGroups : undefined; resourceInputs["dbSnapshotIdentifier"] = args ? args.dbSnapshotIdentifier : undefined; resourceInputs["dbSubnetGroupName"] = args ? args.dbSubnetGroupName : undefined; + resourceInputs["dbSystemId"] = args ? args.dbSystemId : undefined; resourceInputs["dedicatedLogVolume"] = args ? args.dedicatedLogVolume : undefined; resourceInputs["deleteAutomatedBackups"] = args ? args.deleteAutomatedBackups : undefined; resourceInputs["deletionProtection"] = args ? args.deletionProtection : undefined; @@ -913,7 +914,6 @@ export class DbInstance extends pulumi.CustomResource { resourceInputs["useLatestRestorableTime"] = args ? args.useLatestRestorableTime : undefined; resourceInputs["vpcSecurityGroups"] = args ? args.vpcSecurityGroups : undefined; resourceInputs["dbInstanceArn"] = undefined /*out*/; - resourceInputs["dbSystemId"] = undefined /*out*/; resourceInputs["dbiResourceId"] = undefined /*out*/; } else { resourceInputs["allocatedStorage"] = undefined /*out*/; @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ export class DbInstance extends pulumi.CustomResource { resourceInputs["vpcSecurityGroups"] = undefined /*out*/; } opts = pulumi.mergeOptions(utilities.resourceOptsDefaults(), opts); - const replaceOnChanges = { replaceOnChanges: ["characterSetName", "customIamInstanceProfile", "dbClusterIdentifier", "dbInstanceIdentifier", "dbName", "dbSubnetGroupName", "kmsKeyId", "masterUsername", "ncharCharacterSetName", "sourceRegion", "storageEncrypted", "timezone"] }; + const replaceOnChanges = { replaceOnChanges: ["characterSetName", "customIamInstanceProfile", "dbClusterIdentifier", "dbInstanceIdentifier", "dbName", "dbSubnetGroupName", "dbSystemId", "kmsKeyId", "masterUsername", "ncharCharacterSetName", "sourceRegion", "storageEncrypted", "timezone"] }; opts = pulumi.mergeOptions(opts, replaceOnChanges); super(DbInstance.__pulumiType, name, resourceInputs, opts); } @@ -1276,6 +1276,10 @@ export interface DbInstanceArgs { * This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The DB subnet group is managed by the DB cluster. If specified, the setting must match the DB cluster setting. */ dbSubnetGroupName?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. + */ + dbSystemId?: pulumi.Input; /** * Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled. */ diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/rds/getDbCluster.ts b/sdk/nodejs/rds/getDbCluster.ts index a11ad61220..2dabdf419f 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/rds/getDbCluster.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/rds/getDbCluster.ts @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ export interface GetDbClusterResult { readonly associatedRoles?: outputs.rds.DbClusterDbClusterRole[]; /** * Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster */ readonly autoMinorVersionUpgrade?: boolean; /** @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ export interface GetDbClusterResult { * The life cycle type for this DB cluster. * By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. * You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - * + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + * + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* * + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* * * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -237,7 +237,8 @@ export interface GetDbClusterResult { readonly manageMasterUserPassword?: boolean; /** * The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - * For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + * When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + * For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* */ readonly masterUserSecret?: outputs.rds.DbClusterMasterUserSecret; /** @@ -249,7 +250,7 @@ export interface GetDbClusterResult { /** * The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. * If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters * Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` * Default: ``0`` */ @@ -257,7 +258,7 @@ export interface GetDbClusterResult { /** * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. * If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters */ readonly monitoringRoleArn?: string; /** @@ -274,19 +275,19 @@ export interface GetDbClusterResult { /** * Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. * For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters */ readonly performanceInsightsEnabled?: boolean; /** * The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. * The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. * If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters */ readonly performanceInsightsKmsKeyId?: string; /** * The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - * Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + * Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters * Valid Values: * + ``7`` * + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/rds/getDbInstance.ts b/sdk/nodejs/rds/getDbInstance.ts index 61a8d32f19..df16849903 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/rds/getDbInstance.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/rds/getDbInstance.ts @@ -200,10 +200,6 @@ export interface GetDbInstanceResult { * All other properties are ignored. Specify a virtual private cloud (VPC) security group if you want to submit other properties, such as ``StorageType``, ``StorageEncrypted``, or ``KmsKeyId``. If you're already using the ``DBSecurityGroups`` property, you can't use these other properties by updating your DB instance to use a VPC security group. You must recreate the DB instance. */ readonly dbSecurityGroups?: string[]; - /** - * The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. - */ - readonly dbSystemId?: string; /** * The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. */ diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/tsconfig.json b/sdk/nodejs/tsconfig.json index 792e89c6d9..91956591c3 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/tsconfig.json +++ b/sdk/nodejs/tsconfig.json @@ -111,12 +111,14 @@ "apigatewayv2/vpcLink.ts", "appconfig/application.ts", "appconfig/configurationProfile.ts", + "appconfig/deployment.ts", "appconfig/deploymentStrategy.ts", "appconfig/environment.ts", "appconfig/extension.ts", "appconfig/extensionAssociation.ts", "appconfig/getApplication.ts", "appconfig/getConfigurationProfile.ts", + "appconfig/getDeployment.ts", "appconfig/getDeploymentStrategy.ts", "appconfig/getEnvironment.ts", "appconfig/getExtension.ts", diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/bedrock/index.ts b/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/bedrock/index.ts index ed408da6ba..fa957ca065 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/bedrock/index.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/bedrock/index.ts @@ -194,8 +194,18 @@ export const DataSourceDataDeletionPolicy = { */ export type DataSourceDataDeletionPolicy = (typeof DataSourceDataDeletionPolicy)[keyof typeof DataSourceDataDeletionPolicy]; +export const DataSourceParsingModality = { + Multimodal: "MULTIMODAL", +} as const; + +/** + * Determine how will parsed content be stored. + */ +export type DataSourceParsingModality = (typeof DataSourceParsingModality)[keyof typeof DataSourceParsingModality]; + export const DataSourceParsingStrategy = { BedrockFoundationModel: "BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL", + BedrockDataAutomation: "BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION", } as const; /** @@ -256,6 +266,7 @@ export const DataSourceType = { Salesforce: "SALESFORCE", Sharepoint: "SHAREPOINT", Web: "WEB", + Custom: "CUSTOM", } as const; /** @@ -544,8 +555,18 @@ export const KnowledgeBaseStorageType = { */ export type KnowledgeBaseStorageType = (typeof KnowledgeBaseStorageType)[keyof typeof KnowledgeBaseStorageType]; +export const KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType = { + S3: "S3", +} as const; + +/** + * Supplemental data storage location type. + */ +export type KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType = (typeof KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType)[keyof typeof KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType]; + export const KnowledgeBaseType = { Vector: "VECTOR", + Kendra: "KENDRA", } as const; /** diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/ec2/index.ts b/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/ec2/index.ts index 820adb3307..8ba9c4a137 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/ec2/index.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/ec2/index.ts @@ -841,6 +841,9 @@ export const VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType = { NotSpecified: "not-specified", } as const; +/** + * The DNS records created for the endpoint. + */ export type VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType = (typeof VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType)[keyof typeof VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType]; export const VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint = { @@ -849,6 +852,9 @@ export const VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverE NotSpecified: "NotSpecified", } as const; +/** + * Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + */ export type VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint = (typeof VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint)[keyof typeof VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint]; export const VpcEndpointIpAddressType = { @@ -858,6 +864,9 @@ export const VpcEndpointIpAddressType = { NotSpecified: "not-specified", } as const; +/** + * The supported IP address types. + */ export type VpcEndpointIpAddressType = (typeof VpcEndpointIpAddressType)[keyof typeof VpcEndpointIpAddressType]; export const VpcEndpointType = { diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/opensearchservice/index.ts b/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/opensearchservice/index.ts index e11e38f892..849c6a44ef 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/opensearchservice/index.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/opensearchservice/index.ts @@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ export const DomainNodeOptionNodeType = { Coordinator: "coordinator", } as const; +/** + * Container for node type like coordinating. + */ export type DomainNodeOptionNodeType = (typeof DomainNodeOptionNodeType)[keyof typeof DomainNodeOptionNodeType]; export const DomainRolesKeyIdcType = { diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/quicksight/index.ts b/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/quicksight/index.ts index 5e93923c59..d2ab46b0ce 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/quicksight/index.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/types/enums/quicksight/index.ts @@ -2099,17 +2099,6 @@ export const DataSetDatasetParameterValueType = { export type DataSetDatasetParameterValueType = (typeof DataSetDatasetParameterValueType)[keyof typeof DataSetDatasetParameterValueType]; -export const DataSetFileFormat = { - Csv: "CSV", - Tsv: "TSV", - Clf: "CLF", - Elf: "ELF", - Xlsx: "XLSX", - Json: "JSON", -} as const; - -export type DataSetFileFormat = (typeof DataSetFileFormat)[keyof typeof DataSetFileFormat]; - export const DataSetGeoSpatialCountryCode = { Us: "US", } as const; @@ -2189,13 +2178,6 @@ export const DataSetStatus = { export type DataSetStatus = (typeof DataSetStatus)[keyof typeof DataSetStatus]; -export const DataSetTextQualifier = { - DoubleQuote: "DOUBLE_QUOTE", - SingleQuote: "SINGLE_QUOTE", -} as const; - -export type DataSetTextQualifier = (typeof DataSetTextQualifier)[keyof typeof DataSetTextQualifier]; - export const DataSetTimeGranularity = { Year: "YEAR", Quarter: "QUARTER", @@ -3281,13 +3263,6 @@ export const TemplateVerticalTextAlignment = { export type TemplateVerticalTextAlignment = (typeof TemplateVerticalTextAlignment)[keyof typeof TemplateVerticalTextAlignment]; -export const TemplateVisibility = { - Hidden: "HIDDEN", - Visible: "VISIBLE", -} as const; - -export type TemplateVisibility = (typeof TemplateVisibility)[keyof typeof TemplateVisibility]; - export const TemplateVisualCustomActionTrigger = { DataPointClick: "DATA_POINT_CLICK", DataPointMenu: "DATA_POINT_MENU", diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/types/input.ts b/sdk/nodejs/types/input.ts index 0059bf0b78..a53e2085d8 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/types/input.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/types/input.ts @@ -2353,6 +2353,21 @@ export namespace appconfig { type?: pulumi.Input; } + export interface DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs { + /** + * The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. + */ + extensionReference?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The parameter name. + */ + parameterName?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The parameter value. + */ + parameterValue?: pulumi.Input; + } + /** * Amazon CloudWatch alarm to monitor during the deployment process. */ @@ -9757,6 +9772,9 @@ export namespace bedrock { * The parameters that the agent elicits from the user to fulfill the function. */ parameters?: pulumi.Input<{[key: string]: pulumi.Input}>; + /** + * Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. + */ requireConfirmation?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -9920,6 +9938,16 @@ export namespace bedrock { copyFrom: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source. + */ + export interface DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs { + /** + * Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + */ + parsingModality?: pulumi.Input; + } + /** * Settings for a foundation model used to parse documents for a data source. */ @@ -9928,6 +9956,10 @@ export namespace bedrock { * The model's ARN. */ modelArn: pulumi.Input; + /** + * Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + */ + parsingModality?: pulumi.Input; /** * Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document. */ @@ -10125,6 +10157,10 @@ export namespace bedrock { * Settings for parsing document contents */ export interface DataSourceParsingConfigurationArgs { + /** + * If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. + */ + bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration?: pulumi.Input; /** * If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents. */ @@ -11260,6 +11296,10 @@ export namespace bedrock { * Contains details about the embeddings model used for the knowledge base. */ export interface KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs { + /** + * Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. + */ + kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration?: pulumi.Input; /** * The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base. */ @@ -11267,7 +11307,7 @@ export namespace bedrock { /** * Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. */ - vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration: pulumi.Input; + vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration?: pulumi.Input; } /** @@ -11280,6 +11320,16 @@ export namespace bedrock { bedrockEmbeddingModelConfiguration?: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base + */ + export interface KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs { + /** + * The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. + */ + kendraIndexArn: pulumi.Input; + } + /** * Contains the storage configuration of the knowledge base in MongoDb Atlas Cloud. */ @@ -11452,6 +11502,16 @@ export namespace bedrock { vectorField: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * An Amazon S3 location. + */ + export interface KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs { + /** + * The location's URI + */ + uri: pulumi.Input; + } + /** * The vector store service in which the knowledge base is stored. */ @@ -11478,6 +11538,21 @@ export namespace bedrock { type: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * Configurations for supplemental data storage. + */ + export interface KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs { + supplementalDataStorageLocations: pulumi.Input[]>; + } + + /** + * Supplemental data storage location. + */ + export interface KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs { + s3Location?: pulumi.Input; + supplementalDataStorageLocationType: pulumi.Input; + } + /** * Contains details about the model used to create vector embeddings for the knowledge base. */ @@ -11490,6 +11565,10 @@ export namespace bedrock { * The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base. */ embeddingModelConfiguration?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . + */ + supplementalDataStorageConfiguration?: pulumi.Input; } /** @@ -11729,6 +11808,9 @@ export namespace bedrock { * Prompt variant */ export interface PromptVariantArgs { + /** + * Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. + */ genAiResource?: pulumi.Input; /** * Contains inference configurations for the prompt variant. @@ -12030,7 +12112,13 @@ export namespace cassandra { } export interface TypeFieldArgs { + /** + * The name of the field. + */ fieldName: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. + */ fieldType: pulumi.Input; } } @@ -13205,6 +13293,10 @@ export namespace cloudfront { * A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this distribution. */ aliases?: pulumi.Input[]>; + /** + * ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. + */ + anycastIpListId?: pulumi.Input; /** * A complex type that contains zero or more ``CacheBehavior`` elements. */ @@ -13240,12 +13332,12 @@ export namespace cloudfront { */ defaultCacheBehavior: pulumi.Input; /** - * The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. - * Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. + * When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. + * You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. * If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. * To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. * To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. - * For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + * For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. */ defaultRootObject?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -13391,7 +13483,7 @@ export namespace cloudfront { httpsPort?: pulumi.Input; /** * Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. - * For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + * For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. */ originKeepaliveTimeout?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -13403,7 +13495,7 @@ export namespace cloudfront { originProtocolPolicy: pulumi.Input; /** * Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. - * For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + * For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. */ originReadTimeout?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -13601,6 +13693,11 @@ export namespace cloudfront { restrictionType: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications. + * To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``. + * For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + */ export interface DistributionGrpcConfigArgs { /** * Enables your CloudFront distribution to receive gRPC requests and to proxy them directly to your origins. @@ -13676,11 +13773,12 @@ export namespace cloudfront { } /** - * A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution. + * A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution. + * If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. */ export interface DistributionLoggingArgs { /** - * The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. + * The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. */ bucket?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -13774,7 +13872,8 @@ export namespace cloudfront { } /** - * An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + * An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + * Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests. */ export interface DistributionOriginGroupArgs { /** @@ -13790,7 +13889,7 @@ export namespace cloudfront { */ members: pulumi.Input; /** - * The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . + * The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. */ selectionCriteria?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -19324,6 +19423,9 @@ export namespace databrew { * The Amazon S3 bucket name. */ bucket: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. + */ bucketOwner?: pulumi.Input; /** * The unique name of the object in the bucket. @@ -20436,19 +20538,26 @@ export namespace datasync { export namespace datazone { /** - * Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + * Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. */ export interface DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs { glueRunConfiguration?: pulumi.Input; } /** - * Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + * Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. */ export interface DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs { redshiftRunConfiguration?: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. + */ + export interface DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs { + sageMakerRunConfiguration?: pulumi.Input; + } + /** * The search filter expression. */ @@ -20585,6 +20694,16 @@ export namespace datazone { schemaName?: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source. + */ + export interface DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs { + /** + * The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. + */ + trackingAssets: pulumi.Input<{[key: string]: any}>; + } + /** * The schedule of the data source runs. */ @@ -22090,6 +22209,9 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs { + /** + * The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + */ cpu?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -22126,6 +22248,11 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs { + /** + * Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + * + * > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + */ references?: pulumi.Input[]>; } @@ -22301,6 +22428,9 @@ export namespace ec2 { * Default: No minimum or maximum limits */ baselineEbsBandwidthMbps?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + */ baselinePerformanceFactors?: pulumi.Input; /** * Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . @@ -22543,6 +22673,26 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs { + /** + * The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + * + * > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + * + * The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + * + * - `c1` + * - `g3` | `g3s` + * - `hpc7g` + * - `m1` | `m2` + * - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + * - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + * - `t1` + * - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + * + * If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + * + * If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + */ instanceFamily?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -23070,6 +23220,10 @@ export namespace ec2 { min?: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. + * Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference. + */ export interface LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgs { /** * The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. @@ -23107,7 +23261,8 @@ export namespace ec2 { export interface LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationArgs { /** * Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: - * + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + * + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. + * + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). * + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. */ capacityReservationPreference?: pulumi.Input; @@ -23150,6 +23305,9 @@ export namespace ec2 { udpTimeout?: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference. + */ export interface LaunchTemplateCpuArgs { /** * The instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes are compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. @@ -23227,7 +23385,8 @@ export namespace ec2 { */ elasticGpuSpecifications?: pulumi.Input[]>; /** - * An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + * Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. + * An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. * You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. * Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. */ @@ -23275,7 +23434,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { * * If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. * Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - * For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + * For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. */ instanceRequirements?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -23338,8 +23497,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { */ securityGroups?: pulumi.Input[]>; /** - * The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. - * To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + * The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. * To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). */ tagSpecifications?: pulumi.Input[]>; @@ -23375,7 +23533,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { */ iops?: pulumi.Input; /** - * The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. + * Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. */ kmsKeyId?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -23518,7 +23676,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { * * If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. * Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - * For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + * For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. */ export interface LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgs { /** @@ -23565,7 +23723,6 @@ export namespace ec2 { * The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. * + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``. * + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``. - * + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``. * * Default: Any accelerator type */ @@ -23593,7 +23750,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { */ baselineEbsBandwidthMbps?: pulumi.Input; /** - * The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + * The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. */ baselinePerformanceFactors?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -23610,6 +23767,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { * + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``. * + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``. * + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``. + * + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``. * * Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. * Default: Any manufacturer @@ -23892,9 +24050,10 @@ export namespace ec2 { */ groups?: pulumi.Input[]>; /** - * The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + * The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. * If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. - * Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` + * If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. + * Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` */ interfaceType?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -24041,9 +24200,24 @@ export namespace ec2 { privateIpAddress?: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. + */ export interface LaunchTemplateReferenceArgs { /** - * The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. + * The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + * Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. + * The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + * + ``c1`` + * + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` + * + ``hpc7g`` + * + ``m1`` | ``m2`` + * + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` + * + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` + * + ``t1`` + * + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` + * + * If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. */ instanceFamily?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -24097,6 +24271,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { /** * Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation. + * To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html). * ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). */ export interface LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgs { @@ -24513,6 +24688,9 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs { + /** + * The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + */ cpu?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -24554,6 +24732,11 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs { + /** + * Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + * + * > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + */ references?: pulumi.Input[]>; } @@ -24786,6 +24969,9 @@ export namespace ec2 { * Default: No minimum or maximum limits */ baselineEbsBandwidthMbps?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + */ baselinePerformanceFactors?: pulumi.Input; /** * Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . @@ -25141,6 +25327,26 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs { + /** + * The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + * + * > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + * + * The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + * + * - `c1` + * - `g3` | `g3s` + * - `hpc7g` + * - `m1` | `m2` + * - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + * - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + * - `t1` + * - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + * + * If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + * + * If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + */ instanceFamily?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -25391,7 +25597,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { } /** - * Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template. + * Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. * ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). */ export interface TagSpecificationArgs { @@ -25632,7 +25838,13 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgs { + /** + * The DNS records created for the endpoint. + */ dnsRecordIpType?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + */ privateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -26399,13 +26611,15 @@ export namespace ecs { deploymentCircuitBreaker?: pulumi.Input; /** * If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%. + * The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). * If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. * You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. - * If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. + * If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. */ maximumPercent?: pulumi.Input; /** * If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. + * If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . * For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: * + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. * + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. @@ -47310,6 +47524,16 @@ export namespace mediaconnect { maxOutputs: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * The settings related to the multicast source. + */ + export interface BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs { + /** + * The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + */ + multicastSourceIp?: pulumi.Input; + } + /** * The output of the bridge. A network output is delivered to your premises. */ @@ -47348,6 +47572,10 @@ export namespace mediaconnect { * The network source multicast IP. */ multicastIp: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The settings related to the multicast source. + */ + multicastSourceSettings?: pulumi.Input; /** * The name of the network source. */ @@ -47438,6 +47666,10 @@ export namespace mediaconnect { * The network source multicast IP. */ multicastIp: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The settings related to the multicast source. + */ + multicastSourceSettings?: pulumi.Input; /** * The network source's gateway network name. */ @@ -47452,6 +47684,16 @@ export namespace mediaconnect { protocol: pulumi.Input; } + /** + * The settings related to the multicast source. + */ + export interface BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs { + /** + * The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + */ + multicastSourceIp?: pulumi.Input; + } + /** * The priority you want to assign to a source. You can have a primary stream and a backup stream or two equally prioritized streams. */ @@ -51591,6 +51833,9 @@ export namespace opensearchservice { * Indicates whether Multi-AZ with Standby deployment option is enabled. For more information, see [Multi-AZ with Standby](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/managedomains-multiaz.html#managedomains-za-standby) . */ multiAzWithStandbyEnabled?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * List of node options for the domain. + */ nodeOptions?: pulumi.Input[]>; /** * The number of warm nodes in the cluster. @@ -51786,13 +52031,28 @@ export namespace opensearchservice { } export interface DomainNodeConfigArgs { + /** + * The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. + */ count?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. + */ enabled?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. + */ type?: pulumi.Input; } export interface DomainNodeOptionArgs { + /** + * Container for specifying configuration of any node type. + */ nodeConfig?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * Container for node type like coordinating. + */ nodeType?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -63018,22 +63278,73 @@ export namespace quicksight { } export interface CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs { + /** + * The ability to add or run anomaly detection. + */ addOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to create and update email reports. + */ createAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to create and update data sources. + */ createAndUpdateDataSources?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to create and update datasets. + */ createAndUpdateDatasets?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to export to Create and Update themes. + */ createAndUpdateThemes?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to create and update threshold alerts. + */ createAndUpdateThresholdAlerts?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to create shared folders. + */ createSharedFolders?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to create a SPICE dataset. + */ createSpiceDataset?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to export to CSV files. + */ exportToCsv?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to export to Excel files. + */ exportToExcel?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to rename shared folders. + */ renameSharedFolders?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to share analyses. + */ shareAnalyses?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to share dashboards. + */ shareDashboards?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to share data sources. + */ shareDataSources?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to share datasets. + */ shareDatasets?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to subscribe to email reports. + */ subscribeDashboardEmailReports?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The ability to view account SPICE capacity. + */ viewAccountSpiceCapacity?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -69098,7 +69409,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. */ - visualMenuOption?: pulumi.Input; + visualMenuOption?: any; /** * The visual publish options of a visual in a dashboard. */ @@ -71462,13 +71773,6 @@ export namespace quicksight { urlOperation?: pulumi.Input; } - export interface DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs { - /** - * The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. - */ - availabilityStatus?: pulumi.Input; - } - export interface DashboardVisualPaletteArgs { /** * The chart color options for the visual palette. @@ -72486,7 +72790,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. */ - uploadSettings?: pulumi.Input; + uploadSettings?: any; } /** @@ -72592,32 +72896,6 @@ export namespace quicksight { tagNames: pulumi.Input[]>; } - /** - *

Information about the format for a source file or files.

- */ - export interface DataSetUploadSettingsArgs { - /** - *

Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.

- */ - containsHeader?: pulumi.Input; - /** - *

The delimiter between values in the file.

- */ - delimiter?: pulumi.Input; - /** - * File format. - */ - format?: pulumi.Input; - /** - *

A row number to start reading data from.

- */ - startFromRow?: pulumi.Input; - /** - * Text qualifier. - */ - textQualifier?: pulumi.Input; - } - /** *

The usage configuration to apply to child datasets that reference this dataset as a source.

*/ @@ -73511,7 +73789,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. */ - axisLineVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + axisLineVisibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -73523,7 +73801,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. */ - gridLineVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + gridLineVisibility?: any; /** * The scroll bar options for an axis. */ @@ -73872,11 +74150,11 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. */ - allDataPointsVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + allDataPointsVisibility?: any; /** * Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. */ - outlierVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + outlierVisibility?: any; /** * The style options of the box plot. */ @@ -74070,14 +74348,14 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. */ - sortIconVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + sortIconVisibility?: any; /** * The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: * * - `VISIBLE` : Shows the axis. * - `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateClusterMarkerArgs { @@ -74235,7 +74513,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the tooltip item. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateComboChartAggregatedFieldWellsArgs { @@ -74835,7 +75113,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the category field labels. */ - categoryLabelVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + categoryLabelVisibility?: any; /** * The option that determines the data label type. */ @@ -74855,7 +75133,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. */ - measureLabelVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + measureLabelVisibility?: any; /** * Determines whether overlap is enabled or disabled for the data labels. */ @@ -74867,11 +75145,11 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the total. */ - totalsVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + totalsVisibility?: any; /** * Determines the visibility of the data labels. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateDataLabelTypeArgs { @@ -74924,7 +75202,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the data label. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateDataPathSortArgs { @@ -75011,7 +75289,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. */ - missingDateVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + missingDateVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateDateDimensionFieldArgs { @@ -75459,7 +75737,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . */ - labelVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + labelVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateDonutOptionsArgs { @@ -75575,7 +75853,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of `Show aggregations` . */ - aggregationVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + aggregationVisibility?: any; /** * The fields configuration in the tooltip. */ @@ -75597,7 +75875,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the field label. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateFieldSeriesItemArgs { @@ -75656,7 +75934,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the tooltip item. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateFilledMapAggregatedFieldWellsArgs { @@ -76332,7 +76610,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -76355,7 +76633,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The background visibility of a free-form layout element. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs { @@ -76366,7 +76644,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The border visibility of a free-form layout element. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateFreeFormLayoutScreenCanvasSizeOptionsArgs { @@ -76429,7 +76707,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. */ - categoryLabelVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + categoryLabelVisibility?: any; /** * The color of the data label text. */ @@ -76447,7 +76725,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. */ - measureLabelVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + measureLabelVisibility?: any; /** * Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel. */ @@ -76455,7 +76733,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateFunnelChartFieldWellsArgs { @@ -77376,7 +77654,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. */ - tooltipVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + tooltipVisibility?: any; /** * The type of the sparkline. */ @@ -77384,7 +77662,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the sparkline. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateKpiVisualArgs { @@ -77445,7 +77723,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not the label is visible. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateLayoutArgs { @@ -77492,7 +77770,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not the legend is visible. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -77640,7 +77918,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. */ - lineVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + lineVisibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -77669,7 +77947,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. */ - markerVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + markerVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateLineChartSeriesSettingsArgs { @@ -77768,21 +78046,21 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgs { /** * The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs { /** * The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateLocalNavigationConfigurationArgs { @@ -77818,7 +78096,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the maximum label. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateMaximumMinimumComputationArgs { @@ -77893,7 +78171,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the minimum label. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateMissingDataConfigurationArgs { @@ -78211,7 +78489,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. */ - backgroundVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + backgroundVisibility?: any; /** * Sets the line color of panel borders. */ @@ -78227,7 +78505,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. */ - borderVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + borderVisibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -78235,7 +78513,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. */ - gutterVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + gutterVisibility?: any; /** * Configures the title display within each small multiples panel. */ @@ -78251,7 +78529,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateParameterControlArgs { @@ -78816,7 +79094,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the pivot table field. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionsArgs { @@ -78856,7 +79134,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . */ - collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility?: any; /** * The table cell style of the column header. */ @@ -78864,7 +79142,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the column names. */ - columnNamesVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + columnNamesVisibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -78899,22 +79177,22 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the single metric options. */ - singleMetricVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + singleMetricVisibility?: any; /** * Determines the visibility of the pivot table. */ - toggleButtonsVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + toggleButtonsVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs { /** * The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. */ - overflowColumnHeaderVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + overflowColumnHeaderVisibility?: any; /** * The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. */ - verticalOverflowVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + verticalOverflowVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs { @@ -78925,7 +79203,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the rows label. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplatePivotTableSortByArgs { @@ -79025,7 +79303,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration for the total cells. */ - totalsVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + totalsVisibility?: any; /** * The cell styling options for the totals of value cells. */ @@ -79095,7 +79373,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the progress bar. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateQueryExecutionOptionsArgs { @@ -79124,14 +79402,14 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility settings of a radar chart. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateRadarChartConfigurationArgs { /** * Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. */ - alternateBandColorsVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + alternateBandColorsVisibility?: any; /** * The color of the even-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. */ @@ -79255,7 +79533,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the range ends label. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateReferenceLineArgs { @@ -79750,7 +80028,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; /** * The visibility range for the data zoom scroll bar. */ @@ -79761,7 +80039,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the secondary value. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateSectionAfterPageBreakArgs { @@ -79883,7 +80161,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration of info icon label options. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateSheetControlLayoutArgs { @@ -79964,7 +80242,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { * - `VISIBLE` * - `HIDDEN` */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateSheetElementRenderingRuleArgs { @@ -80002,7 +80280,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { export interface TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs { tooltipText?: pulumi.Input; - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateSheetImageTooltipTextArgs { @@ -80254,7 +80532,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. */ - totalsVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + totalsVisibility?: any; /** * The cell styling options for the subtotals of value cells. */ @@ -80337,7 +80615,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the table cells. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTableConditionalFormattingArgs { @@ -80452,7 +80730,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of a table field. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -80526,11 +80804,11 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. */ - overflowColumnHeaderVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + overflowColumnHeaderVisibility?: any; /** * The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. */ - verticalOverflowVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + verticalOverflowVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTablePinnedFieldOptionsArgs { @@ -80665,7 +80943,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTextFieldControlDisplayOptionsArgs { @@ -80691,7 +80969,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTimeBasedForecastPropertiesArgs { @@ -80868,7 +81146,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. */ - tooltipVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + tooltipVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTopBottomFilterArgs { @@ -81027,7 +81305,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration for the total cells. */ - totalsVisibility?: pulumi.Input; + totalsVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTreeMapAggregatedFieldWellsArgs { @@ -81134,7 +81412,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the trend arrows. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateUnaggregatedFieldArgs { @@ -81431,7 +81709,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the subtitle label. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgs { @@ -81442,7 +81720,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the title label. */ - visibility?: pulumi.Input; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateWaterfallChartAggregatedFieldWellsArgs { @@ -82671,9 +82949,15 @@ export namespace rds { */ maxCapacity?: pulumi.Input; /** - * The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + * The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. */ minCapacity?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. + * + * Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. + */ + secondsUntilAutoPause?: pulumi.Input; } /** @@ -86494,6 +86778,9 @@ export namespace sagemaker { * The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. */ efsFileSystemConfig?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + */ fSxLustreFileSystemConfig?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -86614,7 +86901,13 @@ export namespace sagemaker { } export interface DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs { + /** + * The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + */ fileSystemId: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + */ fileSystemPath?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -89979,6 +90272,8 @@ export namespace sagemaker { export interface SpaceSettingsArgs { /** * The type of app created within the space. + * + * If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. */ appType?: pulumi.Input; /** @@ -90062,6 +90357,9 @@ export namespace sagemaker { * The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. */ efsFileSystemConfig?: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + */ fSxLustreFileSystemConfig?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -90130,7 +90428,13 @@ export namespace sagemaker { } export interface UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs { + /** + * The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + */ fileSystemId: pulumi.Input; + /** + * The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + */ fileSystemPath?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -91789,29 +92093,13 @@ export namespace securityhub { /** * A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. * - * This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - * - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - * - * If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + * For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . */ end?: pulumi.Input; /** * A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. * - * This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - * - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - * - * If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + * For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . */ start?: pulumi.Input; } @@ -92557,6 +92845,13 @@ export namespace ses { roleArn: pulumi.Input; } + export interface MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs { + actionFailurePolicy?: pulumi.Input; + applicationId: pulumi.Input; + indexId: pulumi.Input; + roleArn: pulumi.Input; + } + export interface MailManagerRuleSetDropActionArgs { } @@ -92574,7 +92869,7 @@ export namespace ses { /** * The list of actions to execute when the conditions match the incoming email, and none of the "unless conditions" match. */ - actions: pulumi.Input[]>; + actions: pulumi.Input[]>; /** * The conditions of this rule. All conditions must match the email for the actions to be executed. An empty list of conditions means that all emails match, but are still subject to any "unless conditions" */ @@ -92621,6 +92916,10 @@ export namespace ses { deliverToMailbox: pulumi.Input; } + export interface MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs { + deliverToQBusiness: pulumi.Input; + } + export interface MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanExpressionArgs { evaluate: pulumi.Input; operator: pulumi.Input; @@ -96112,7 +96411,7 @@ export namespace wafv2 { */ forwardedIpConfig?: pulumi.Input; /** - * The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + * The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. * * Examples: * @@ -97491,7 +97790,7 @@ export namespace wafv2 { */ forwardedIpConfig?: pulumi.Input; /** - * The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + * The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. * * Examples: * diff --git a/sdk/nodejs/types/output.ts b/sdk/nodejs/types/output.ts index d840b77767..1026eab96f 100644 --- a/sdk/nodejs/types/output.ts +++ b/sdk/nodejs/types/output.ts @@ -2251,6 +2251,21 @@ export namespace appconfig { type?: string; } + export interface DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters { + /** + * The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. + */ + extensionReference?: string; + /** + * The parameter name. + */ + parameterName?: string; + /** + * The parameter value. + */ + parameterValue?: string; + } + /** * Amazon CloudWatch alarm to monitor during the deployment process. */ @@ -9697,6 +9712,9 @@ export namespace bedrock { * The parameters that the agent elicits from the user to fulfill the function. */ parameters?: {[key: string]: outputs.bedrock.AgentParameterDetail}; + /** + * Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. + */ requireConfirmation?: enums.bedrock.AgentRequireConfirmation; } @@ -9870,6 +9888,16 @@ export namespace bedrock { copyFrom: string; } + /** + * Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source. + */ + export interface DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration { + /** + * Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + */ + parsingModality?: enums.bedrock.DataSourceParsingModality; + } + /** * Settings for a foundation model used to parse documents for a data source. */ @@ -9878,6 +9906,10 @@ export namespace bedrock { * The model's ARN. */ modelArn: string; + /** + * Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + */ + parsingModality?: enums.bedrock.DataSourceParsingModality; /** * Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document. */ @@ -10075,6 +10107,10 @@ export namespace bedrock { * Settings for parsing document contents */ export interface DataSourceParsingConfiguration { + /** + * If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. + */ + bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration?: outputs.bedrock.DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration; /** * If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents. */ @@ -11704,6 +11740,10 @@ export namespace bedrock { * Contains details about the embeddings model used for the knowledge base. */ export interface KnowledgeBaseConfiguration { + /** + * Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. + */ + kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration?: outputs.bedrock.KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration; /** * The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base. */ @@ -11711,7 +11751,7 @@ export namespace bedrock { /** * Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. */ - vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration: outputs.bedrock.KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration; + vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration?: outputs.bedrock.KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration; } /** @@ -11724,6 +11764,16 @@ export namespace bedrock { bedrockEmbeddingModelConfiguration?: outputs.bedrock.KnowledgeBaseBedrockEmbeddingModelConfiguration; } + /** + * Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base + */ + export interface KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration { + /** + * The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. + */ + kendraIndexArn: string; + } + /** * Contains the storage configuration of the knowledge base in MongoDb Atlas Cloud. */ @@ -11896,6 +11946,16 @@ export namespace bedrock { vectorField: string; } + /** + * An Amazon S3 location. + */ + export interface KnowledgeBaseS3Location { + /** + * The location's URI + */ + uri: string; + } + /** * The vector store service in which the knowledge base is stored. */ @@ -11922,6 +11982,21 @@ export namespace bedrock { type: enums.bedrock.KnowledgeBaseStorageType; } + /** + * Configurations for supplemental data storage. + */ + export interface KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration { + supplementalDataStorageLocations: outputs.bedrock.KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation[]; + } + + /** + * Supplemental data storage location. + */ + export interface KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation { + s3Location?: outputs.bedrock.KnowledgeBaseS3Location; + supplementalDataStorageLocationType: enums.bedrock.KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType; + } + /** * Contains details about the model used to create vector embeddings for the knowledge base. */ @@ -11934,6 +12009,10 @@ export namespace bedrock { * The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base. */ embeddingModelConfiguration?: outputs.bedrock.KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration; + /** + * If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . + */ + supplementalDataStorageConfiguration?: outputs.bedrock.KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration; } /** @@ -12173,6 +12252,9 @@ export namespace bedrock { * Prompt variant */ export interface PromptVariant { + /** + * Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. + */ genAiResource?: outputs.bedrock.PromptGenAiResourceProperties; /** * Contains inference configurations for the prompt variant. @@ -12561,7 +12643,13 @@ export namespace cassandra { } export interface TypeField { + /** + * The name of the field. + */ fieldName: string; + /** + * The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. + */ fieldType: string; } @@ -13798,6 +13886,10 @@ export namespace cloudfront { * A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this distribution. */ aliases?: string[]; + /** + * ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. + */ + anycastIpListId?: string; /** * A complex type that contains zero or more ``CacheBehavior`` elements. */ @@ -13833,12 +13925,12 @@ export namespace cloudfront { */ defaultCacheBehavior: outputs.cloudfront.DistributionDefaultCacheBehavior; /** - * The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. - * Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. + * When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. + * You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. * If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. * To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. * To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. - * For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + * For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. */ defaultRootObject?: string; /** @@ -13984,7 +14076,7 @@ export namespace cloudfront { httpsPort?: number; /** * Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. - * For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + * For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. */ originKeepaliveTimeout?: number; /** @@ -13996,7 +14088,7 @@ export namespace cloudfront { originProtocolPolicy: string; /** * Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. - * For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + * For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. */ originReadTimeout?: number; /** @@ -14194,6 +14286,11 @@ export namespace cloudfront { restrictionType: string; } + /** + * Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications. + * To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``. + * For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + */ export interface DistributionGrpcConfig { /** * Enables your CloudFront distribution to receive gRPC requests and to proxy them directly to your origins. @@ -14269,11 +14366,12 @@ export namespace cloudfront { } /** - * A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution. + * A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution. + * If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. */ export interface DistributionLogging { /** - * The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. + * The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. */ bucket?: string; /** @@ -14367,7 +14465,8 @@ export namespace cloudfront { } /** - * An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + * An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + * Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests. */ export interface DistributionOriginGroup { /** @@ -14383,7 +14482,7 @@ export namespace cloudfront { */ members: outputs.cloudfront.DistributionOriginGroupMembers; /** - * The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . + * The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. */ selectionCriteria?: enums.cloudfront.DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria; } @@ -20073,6 +20172,9 @@ export namespace databrew { * The Amazon S3 bucket name. */ bucket: string; + /** + * The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. + */ bucketOwner?: string; /** * The unique name of the object in the bucket. @@ -21185,19 +21287,26 @@ export namespace datasync { export namespace datazone { /** - * Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + * Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. */ export interface DataSourceConfigurationInput0Properties { glueRunConfiguration?: outputs.datazone.DataSourceGlueRunConfigurationInput; } /** - * Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + * Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. */ export interface DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties { redshiftRunConfiguration?: outputs.datazone.DataSourceRedshiftRunConfigurationInput; } + /** + * Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. + */ + export interface DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties { + sageMakerRunConfiguration?: outputs.datazone.DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput; + } + /** * The search filter expression. */ @@ -21334,6 +21443,16 @@ export namespace datazone { schemaName?: string; } + /** + * The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source. + */ + export interface DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput { + /** + * The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. + */ + trackingAssets: {[key: string]: any}; + } + /** * The schedule of the data source runs. */ @@ -22891,6 +23010,9 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest { + /** + * The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + */ cpu?: outputs.ec2.Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest; } @@ -22927,6 +23049,11 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest { + /** + * Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + * + * > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + */ references?: outputs.ec2.Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest[]; } @@ -23102,6 +23229,9 @@ export namespace ec2 { * Default: No minimum or maximum limits */ baselineEbsBandwidthMbps?: outputs.ec2.Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest; + /** + * The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + */ baselinePerformanceFactors?: outputs.ec2.Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest; /** * Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . @@ -23344,6 +23474,26 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest { + /** + * The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + * + * > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + * + * The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + * + * - `c1` + * - `g3` | `g3s` + * - `hpc7g` + * - `m1` | `m2` + * - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + * - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + * - `t1` + * - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + * + * If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + * + * If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + */ instanceFamily?: string; } @@ -23885,6 +24035,10 @@ export namespace ec2 { min?: number; } + /** + * The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. + * Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference. + */ export interface LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors { /** * The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. @@ -23922,7 +24076,8 @@ export namespace ec2 { export interface LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecification { /** * Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: - * + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + * + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. + * + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). * + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. */ capacityReservationPreference?: string; @@ -23965,6 +24120,9 @@ export namespace ec2 { udpTimeout?: number; } + /** + * Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference. + */ export interface LaunchTemplateCpu { /** * The instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes are compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. @@ -24042,7 +24200,8 @@ export namespace ec2 { */ elasticGpuSpecifications?: outputs.ec2.LaunchTemplateElasticGpuSpecification[]; /** - * An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + * Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. + * An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. * You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. * Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. */ @@ -24090,7 +24249,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { * * If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. * Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - * For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + * For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. */ instanceRequirements?: outputs.ec2.LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements; /** @@ -24153,8 +24312,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { */ securityGroups?: string[]; /** - * The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. - * To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + * The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. * To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). */ tagSpecifications?: outputs.ec2.TagSpecification[]; @@ -24190,7 +24348,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { */ iops?: number; /** - * The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. + * Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. */ kmsKeyId?: string; /** @@ -24333,7 +24491,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { * * If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. * Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - * For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + * For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. */ export interface LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements { /** @@ -24380,7 +24538,6 @@ export namespace ec2 { * The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. * + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``. * + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``. - * + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``. * * Default: Any accelerator type */ @@ -24408,7 +24565,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { */ baselineEbsBandwidthMbps?: outputs.ec2.LaunchTemplateBaselineEbsBandwidthMbps; /** - * The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + * The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. */ baselinePerformanceFactors?: outputs.ec2.LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors; /** @@ -24425,6 +24582,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { * + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``. * + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``. * + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``. + * + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``. * * Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. * Default: Any manufacturer @@ -24707,9 +24865,10 @@ export namespace ec2 { */ groups?: string[]; /** - * The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + * The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. * If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. - * Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` + * If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. + * Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` */ interfaceType?: string; /** @@ -24856,9 +25015,24 @@ export namespace ec2 { privateIpAddress?: string; } + /** + * Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. + */ export interface LaunchTemplateReference { /** - * The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. + * The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + * Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. + * The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + * + ``c1`` + * + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` + * + ``hpc7g`` + * + ``m1`` | ``m2`` + * + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` + * + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` + * + ``t1`` + * + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` + * + * If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. */ instanceFamily?: string; } @@ -24912,6 +25086,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { /** * Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation. + * To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html). * ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). */ export interface LaunchTemplateTagSpecification { @@ -25859,6 +26034,9 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest { + /** + * The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + */ cpu?: outputs.ec2.SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest; } @@ -25900,6 +26078,11 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest { + /** + * Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + * + * > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + */ references?: outputs.ec2.SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest[]; } @@ -26132,6 +26315,9 @@ export namespace ec2 { * Default: No minimum or maximum limits */ baselineEbsBandwidthMbps?: outputs.ec2.SpotFleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest; + /** + * The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + */ baselinePerformanceFactors?: outputs.ec2.SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest; /** * Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . @@ -26487,6 +26673,26 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest { + /** + * The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + * + * > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + * + * The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + * + * - `c1` + * - `g3` | `g3s` + * - `hpc7g` + * - `m1` | `m2` + * - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + * - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + * - `t1` + * - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + * + * If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + * + * If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + */ instanceFamily?: string; } @@ -26737,7 +26943,7 @@ export namespace ec2 { } /** - * Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template. + * Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. * ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). */ export interface TagSpecification { @@ -26989,7 +27195,13 @@ export namespace ec2 { } export interface VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification { + /** + * The DNS records created for the endpoint. + */ dnsRecordIpType?: enums.ec2.VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType; + /** + * Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + */ privateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint?: enums.ec2.VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint; } @@ -27756,13 +27968,15 @@ export namespace ecs { deploymentCircuitBreaker?: outputs.ecs.ServiceDeploymentCircuitBreaker; /** * If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%. + * The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). * If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. * You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. - * If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. + * If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. */ maximumPercent?: number; /** * If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. + * If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . * For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: * + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. * + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. @@ -48809,6 +49023,16 @@ export namespace mediaconnect { maxOutputs: number; } + /** + * The settings related to the multicast source. + */ + export interface BridgeMulticastSourceSettings { + /** + * The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + */ + multicastSourceIp?: string; + } + /** * The output of the bridge. A network output is delivered to your premises. */ @@ -48847,6 +49071,10 @@ export namespace mediaconnect { * The network source multicast IP. */ multicastIp: string; + /** + * The settings related to the multicast source. + */ + multicastSourceSettings?: outputs.mediaconnect.BridgeMulticastSourceSettings; /** * The name of the network source. */ @@ -48937,6 +49165,10 @@ export namespace mediaconnect { * The network source multicast IP. */ multicastIp: string; + /** + * The settings related to the multicast source. + */ + multicastSourceSettings?: outputs.mediaconnect.BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings; /** * The network source's gateway network name. */ @@ -48951,6 +49183,16 @@ export namespace mediaconnect { protocol: enums.mediaconnect.BridgeSourceProtocolEnum; } + /** + * The settings related to the multicast source. + */ + export interface BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings { + /** + * The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + */ + multicastSourceIp?: string; + } + /** * The priority you want to assign to a source. You can have a primary stream and a backup stream or two equally prioritized streams. */ @@ -53287,6 +53529,9 @@ export namespace opensearchservice { * Indicates whether Multi-AZ with Standby deployment option is enabled. For more information, see [Multi-AZ with Standby](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/managedomains-multiaz.html#managedomains-za-standby) . */ multiAzWithStandbyEnabled?: boolean; + /** + * List of node options for the domain. + */ nodeOptions?: outputs.opensearchservice.DomainNodeOption[]; /** * The number of warm nodes in the cluster. @@ -53482,13 +53727,28 @@ export namespace opensearchservice { } export interface DomainNodeConfig { + /** + * The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. + */ count?: number; + /** + * A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. + */ enabled?: boolean; + /** + * The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. + */ type?: string; } export interface DomainNodeOption { + /** + * Container for specifying configuration of any node type. + */ nodeConfig?: outputs.opensearchservice.DomainNodeConfig; + /** + * Container for node type like coordinating. + */ nodeType?: enums.opensearchservice.DomainNodeOptionNodeType; } @@ -64871,22 +65131,73 @@ export namespace quicksight { } export interface CustomPermissionsCapabilities { + /** + * The ability to add or run anomaly detection. + */ addOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to create and update email reports. + */ createAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to create and update data sources. + */ createAndUpdateDataSources?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to create and update datasets. + */ createAndUpdateDatasets?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to export to Create and Update themes. + */ createAndUpdateThemes?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to create and update threshold alerts. + */ createAndUpdateThresholdAlerts?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to create shared folders. + */ createSharedFolders?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to create a SPICE dataset. + */ createSpiceDataset?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to export to CSV files. + */ exportToCsv?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to export to Excel files. + */ exportToExcel?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to rename shared folders. + */ renameSharedFolders?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to share analyses. + */ shareAnalyses?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to share dashboards. + */ shareDashboards?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to share data sources. + */ shareDataSources?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to share datasets. + */ shareDatasets?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to subscribe to email reports. + */ subscribeDashboardEmailReports?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; + /** + * The ability to view account SPICE capacity. + */ viewAccountSpiceCapacity?: enums.quicksight.CustomPermissionsCapabilityState; } @@ -70976,7 +71287,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. */ - visualMenuOption?: outputs.quicksight.DashboardVisualMenuOption; + visualMenuOption?: any; /** * The visual publish options of a visual in a dashboard. */ @@ -73407,13 +73718,6 @@ export namespace quicksight { urlOperation?: outputs.quicksight.DashboardCustomActionUrlOperation; } - export interface DashboardVisualMenuOption { - /** - * The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. - */ - availabilityStatus?: enums.quicksight.DashboardBehavior; - } - export interface DashboardVisualPalette { /** * The chart color options for the visual palette. @@ -74453,7 +74757,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. */ - uploadSettings?: outputs.quicksight.DataSetUploadSettings; + uploadSettings?: any; } /** @@ -74559,32 +74863,6 @@ export namespace quicksight { tagNames: enums.quicksight.DataSetColumnTagName[]; } - /** - *

Information about the format for a source file or files.

- */ - export interface DataSetUploadSettings { - /** - *

Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.

- */ - containsHeader?: boolean; - /** - *

The delimiter between values in the file.

- */ - delimiter?: string; - /** - * File format. - */ - format?: enums.quicksight.DataSetFileFormat; - /** - *

A row number to start reading data from.

- */ - startFromRow?: number; - /** - * Text qualifier. - */ - textQualifier?: enums.quicksight.DataSetTextQualifier; - } - /** *

The usage configuration to apply to child datasets that reference this dataset as a source.

*/ @@ -75478,7 +75756,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. */ - axisLineVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + axisLineVisibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -75490,7 +75768,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. */ - gridLineVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + gridLineVisibility?: any; /** * The scroll bar options for an axis. */ @@ -75839,11 +76117,11 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. */ - allDataPointsVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + allDataPointsVisibility?: any; /** * Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. */ - outlierVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + outlierVisibility?: any; /** * The style options of the box plot. */ @@ -76037,14 +76315,14 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. */ - sortIconVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + sortIconVisibility?: any; /** * The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: * * - `VISIBLE` : Shows the axis. * - `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateClusterMarker { @@ -76202,7 +76480,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the tooltip item. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateComboChartAggregatedFieldWells { @@ -76802,7 +77080,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the category field labels. */ - categoryLabelVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + categoryLabelVisibility?: any; /** * The option that determines the data label type. */ @@ -76822,7 +77100,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. */ - measureLabelVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + measureLabelVisibility?: any; /** * Determines whether overlap is enabled or disabled for the data labels. */ @@ -76834,11 +77112,11 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the total. */ - totalsVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + totalsVisibility?: any; /** * Determines the visibility of the data labels. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateDataLabelType { @@ -76891,7 +77169,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the data label. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateDataPathSort { @@ -76978,7 +77256,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. */ - missingDateVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + missingDateVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateDateDimensionField { @@ -77426,7 +77704,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . */ - labelVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + labelVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateDonutOptions { @@ -77567,7 +77845,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of `Show aggregations` . */ - aggregationVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + aggregationVisibility?: any; /** * The fields configuration in the tooltip. */ @@ -77589,7 +77867,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the field label. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateFieldSeriesItem { @@ -77648,7 +77926,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the tooltip item. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateFilledMapAggregatedFieldWells { @@ -78324,7 +78602,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -78347,7 +78625,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The background visibility of a free-form layout element. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle { @@ -78358,7 +78636,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The border visibility of a free-form layout element. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateFreeFormLayoutScreenCanvasSizeOptions { @@ -78421,7 +78699,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. */ - categoryLabelVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + categoryLabelVisibility?: any; /** * The color of the data label text. */ @@ -78439,7 +78717,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. */ - measureLabelVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + measureLabelVisibility?: any; /** * Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel. */ @@ -78447,7 +78725,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateFunnelChartFieldWells { @@ -79368,7 +79646,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. */ - tooltipVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + tooltipVisibility?: any; /** * The type of the sparkline. */ @@ -79376,7 +79654,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the sparkline. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateKpiVisual { @@ -79437,7 +79715,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not the label is visible. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateLayout { @@ -79484,7 +79762,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not the legend is visible. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -79632,7 +79910,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. */ - lineVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + lineVisibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -79661,7 +79939,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. */ - markerVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + markerVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateLineChartSeriesSettings { @@ -79760,21 +80038,21 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions { /** * The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateLoadingAnimation { /** * The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateLocalNavigationConfiguration { @@ -79810,7 +80088,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the maximum label. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateMaximumMinimumComputation { @@ -79885,7 +80163,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the minimum label. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateMissingDataConfiguration { @@ -80203,7 +80481,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. */ - backgroundVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + backgroundVisibility?: any; /** * Sets the line color of panel borders. */ @@ -80219,7 +80497,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. */ - borderVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + borderVisibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -80227,7 +80505,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. */ - gutterVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + gutterVisibility?: any; /** * Configures the title display within each small multiples panel. */ @@ -80243,7 +80521,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateParameterControl { @@ -80808,7 +81086,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the pivot table field. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplatePivotTableFieldOptions { @@ -80848,7 +81126,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . */ - collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility?: any; /** * The table cell style of the column header. */ @@ -80856,7 +81134,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the column names. */ - columnNamesVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + columnNamesVisibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -80891,22 +81169,22 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the single metric options. */ - singleMetricVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + singleMetricVisibility?: any; /** * Determines the visibility of the pivot table. */ - toggleButtonsVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + toggleButtonsVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptions { /** * The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. */ - overflowColumnHeaderVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + overflowColumnHeaderVisibility?: any; /** * The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. */ - verticalOverflowVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + verticalOverflowVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions { @@ -80917,7 +81195,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the rows label. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplatePivotTableSortBy { @@ -81017,7 +81295,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration for the total cells. */ - totalsVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + totalsVisibility?: any; /** * The cell styling options for the totals of value cells. */ @@ -81087,7 +81365,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the progress bar. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateQueryExecutionOptions { @@ -81116,14 +81394,14 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility settings of a radar chart. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateRadarChartConfiguration { /** * Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. */ - alternateBandColorsVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + alternateBandColorsVisibility?: any; /** * The color of the even-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. */ @@ -81247,7 +81525,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the range ends label. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateReferenceLine { @@ -81742,7 +82020,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; /** * The visibility range for the data zoom scroll bar. */ @@ -81753,7 +82031,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the secondary value. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateSectionAfterPageBreak { @@ -81895,7 +82173,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration of info icon label options. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateSheetControlLayout { @@ -81976,7 +82254,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { * - `VISIBLE` * - `HIDDEN` */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateSheetElementRenderingRule { @@ -82014,7 +82292,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { export interface TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfiguration { tooltipText?: outputs.quicksight.TemplateSheetImageTooltipText; - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateSheetImageTooltipText { @@ -82266,7 +82544,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. */ - totalsVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + totalsVisibility?: any; /** * The cell styling options for the subtotals of value cells. */ @@ -82349,7 +82627,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the table cells. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTableConditionalFormatting { @@ -82464,7 +82742,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of a table field. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; /** * String based length that is composed of value and unit in px */ @@ -82538,11 +82816,11 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. */ - overflowColumnHeaderVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + overflowColumnHeaderVisibility?: any; /** * The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. */ - verticalOverflowVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + verticalOverflowVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTablePinnedFieldOptions { @@ -82677,7 +82955,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTextFieldControlDisplayOptions { @@ -82703,7 +82981,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTimeBasedForecastProperties { @@ -82880,7 +83158,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. */ - tooltipVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + tooltipVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTopBottomFilter { @@ -83039,7 +83317,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility configuration for the total cells. */ - totalsVisibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + totalsVisibility?: any; } export interface TemplateTreeMapAggregatedFieldWells { @@ -83146,7 +83424,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the trend arrows. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateUnaggregatedField { @@ -83496,7 +83774,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the subtitle label. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptions { @@ -83507,7 +83785,7 @@ export namespace quicksight { /** * The visibility of the title label. */ - visibility?: enums.quicksight.TemplateVisibility; + visibility?: any; } export interface TemplateWaterfallChartAggregatedFieldWells { @@ -84830,9 +85108,15 @@ export namespace rds { */ maxCapacity?: number; /** - * The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + * The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. */ minCapacity?: number; + /** + * Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. + * + * Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. + */ + secondsUntilAutoPause?: number; } /** @@ -88961,6 +89245,9 @@ export namespace sagemaker { * The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. */ efsFileSystemConfig?: outputs.sagemaker.DomainEfsFileSystemConfig; + /** + * The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + */ fSxLustreFileSystemConfig?: outputs.sagemaker.DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig; } @@ -89081,7 +89368,13 @@ export namespace sagemaker { } export interface DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig { + /** + * The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + */ fileSystemId: string; + /** + * The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + */ fileSystemPath?: string; } @@ -92464,6 +92757,8 @@ export namespace sagemaker { export interface SpaceSettings { /** * The type of app created within the space. + * + * If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. */ appType?: enums.sagemaker.SpaceAppType; /** @@ -92547,6 +92842,9 @@ export namespace sagemaker { * The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. */ efsFileSystemConfig?: outputs.sagemaker.UserProfileEfsFileSystemConfig; + /** + * The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + */ fSxLustreFileSystemConfig?: outputs.sagemaker.UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig; } @@ -92615,7 +92913,13 @@ export namespace sagemaker { } export interface UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig { + /** + * The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + */ fileSystemId: string; + /** + * The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + */ fileSystemPath?: string; } @@ -94276,29 +94580,13 @@ export namespace securityhub { /** * A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. * - * This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - * - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - * - * If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + * For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . */ end?: string; /** * A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. * - * This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - * - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - * - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - * - * If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + * For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . */ start?: string; } @@ -95046,6 +95334,13 @@ export namespace ses { roleArn: string; } + export interface MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction { + actionFailurePolicy?: enums.ses.MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy; + applicationId: string; + indexId: string; + roleArn: string; + } + export interface MailManagerRuleSetDropAction { } @@ -95063,7 +95358,7 @@ export namespace ses { /** * The list of actions to execute when the conditions match the incoming email, and none of the "unless conditions" match. */ - actions: (outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7Properties)[]; + actions: (outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7Properties | outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties)[]; /** * The conditions of this rule. All conditions must match the email for the actions to be executed. An empty list of conditions means that all emails match, but are still subject to any "unless conditions" */ @@ -95110,6 +95405,10 @@ export namespace ses { deliverToMailbox: outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMailboxAction; } + export interface MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties { + deliverToQBusiness: outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction; + } + export interface MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanExpression { evaluate: outputs.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanToEvaluateProperties; operator: enums.ses.MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanOperator; @@ -98639,7 +98938,7 @@ export namespace wafv2 { */ forwardedIpConfig?: outputs.wafv2.RuleGroupForwardedIpConfiguration; /** - * The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + * The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. * * Examples: * @@ -100018,7 +100317,7 @@ export namespace wafv2 { */ forwardedIpConfig?: outputs.wafv2.WebAclForwardedIpConfiguration; /** - * The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + * The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. * * Examples: * diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/__init__.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/__init__.py index 73805e8c8a..8b2bc2b36c 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/__init__.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/__init__.py @@ -794,6 +794,7 @@ "classes": { "aws-native:appconfig:Application": "Application", "aws-native:appconfig:ConfigurationProfile": "ConfigurationProfile", + "aws-native:appconfig:Deployment": "Deployment", "aws-native:appconfig:DeploymentStrategy": "DeploymentStrategy", "aws-native:appconfig:Environment": "Environment", "aws-native:appconfig:Extension": "Extension", diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/__init__.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/__init__.py index f0f321b68d..da2c0f0f54 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/__init__.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/__init__.py @@ -8,12 +8,14 @@ from ._enums import * from .application import * from .configuration_profile import * +from .deployment import * from .deployment_strategy import * from .environment import * from .extension import * from .extension_association import * from .get_application import * from .get_configuration_profile import * +from .get_deployment import * from .get_deployment_strategy import * from .get_environment import * from .get_extension import * diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/_inputs.py index 61b0c7d965..3b1c5fe998 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/_inputs.py @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ __all__ = [ 'ConfigurationProfileValidatorsArgs', 'ConfigurationProfileValidatorsArgsDict', + 'DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs', + 'DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgsDict', 'EnvironmentMonitorArgs', 'EnvironmentMonitorArgsDict', 'ExtensionActionArgs', @@ -84,6 +86,78 @@ def type(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): pulumi.set(self, "type", value) +if not MYPY: + class DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgsDict(TypedDict): + extension_reference: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. + """ + parameter_name: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + The parameter name. + """ + parameter_value: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + The parameter value. + """ +elif False: + DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + extension_reference: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + parameter_name: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + parameter_value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input[str] extension_reference: The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. + :param pulumi.Input[str] parameter_name: The parameter name. + :param pulumi.Input[str] parameter_value: The parameter value. + """ + if extension_reference is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "extension_reference", extension_reference) + if parameter_name is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "parameter_name", parameter_name) + if parameter_value is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "parameter_value", parameter_value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="extensionReference") + def extension_reference(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "extension_reference") + + @extension_reference.setter + def extension_reference(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): + pulumi.set(self, "extension_reference", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="parameterName") + def parameter_name(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The parameter name. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "parameter_name") + + @parameter_name.setter + def parameter_name(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): + pulumi.set(self, "parameter_name", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="parameterValue") + def parameter_value(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The parameter value. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "parameter_value") + + @parameter_value.setter + def parameter_value(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): + pulumi.set(self, "parameter_value", value) + + if not MYPY: class EnvironmentMonitorArgsDict(TypedDict): """ diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/deployment.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/deployment.py new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b46d539d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/deployment.py @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ +# coding=utf-8 +# *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi-language-python. *** +# *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +import copy +import warnings +import sys +import pulumi +import pulumi.runtime +from typing import Any, Mapping, Optional, Sequence, Union, overload +if sys.version_info >= (3, 11): + from typing import NotRequired, TypedDict, TypeAlias +else: + from typing_extensions import NotRequired, TypedDict, TypeAlias +from .. import _utilities +from . import outputs +from .. import _inputs as _root_inputs +from .. import outputs as _root_outputs +from ._inputs import * + +__all__ = ['DeploymentArgs', 'Deployment'] + +@pulumi.input_type +class DeploymentArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + application_id: pulumi.Input[str], + configuration_profile_id: pulumi.Input[str], + configuration_version: pulumi.Input[str], + deployment_strategy_id: pulumi.Input[str], + environment_id: pulumi.Input[str], + description: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + dynamic_extension_parameters: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs']]]] = None, + kms_key_identifier: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + tags: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.CreateOnlyTagArgs']]]] = None): + """ + The set of arguments for constructing a Deployment resource. + :param pulumi.Input[str] application_id: The application ID. + :param pulumi.Input[str] configuration_profile_id: The configuration profile ID. + :param pulumi.Input[str] configuration_version: The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. + :param pulumi.Input[str] deployment_strategy_id: The deployment strategy ID. + :param pulumi.Input[str] environment_id: The environment ID. + :param pulumi.Input[str] description: A description of the deployment. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs']]] dynamic_extension_parameters: A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. + :param pulumi.Input[str] kms_key_identifier: The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.CreateOnlyTagArgs']]] tags: An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. + """ + pulumi.set(__self__, "application_id", application_id) + pulumi.set(__self__, "configuration_profile_id", configuration_profile_id) + pulumi.set(__self__, "configuration_version", configuration_version) + pulumi.set(__self__, "deployment_strategy_id", deployment_strategy_id) + pulumi.set(__self__, "environment_id", environment_id) + if description is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "description", description) + if dynamic_extension_parameters is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "dynamic_extension_parameters", dynamic_extension_parameters) + if kms_key_identifier is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "kms_key_identifier", kms_key_identifier) + if tags is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "tags", tags) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="applicationId") + def application_id(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The application ID. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "application_id") + + @application_id.setter + def application_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): + pulumi.set(self, "application_id", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="configurationProfileId") + def configuration_profile_id(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The configuration profile ID. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "configuration_profile_id") + + @configuration_profile_id.setter + def configuration_profile_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): + pulumi.set(self, "configuration_profile_id", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="configurationVersion") + def configuration_version(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "configuration_version") + + @configuration_version.setter + def configuration_version(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): + pulumi.set(self, "configuration_version", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="deploymentStrategyId") + def deployment_strategy_id(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The deployment strategy ID. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "deployment_strategy_id") + + @deployment_strategy_id.setter + def deployment_strategy_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): + pulumi.set(self, "deployment_strategy_id", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="environmentId") + def environment_id(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The environment ID. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "environment_id") + + @environment_id.setter + def environment_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): + pulumi.set(self, "environment_id", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter + def description(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + A description of the deployment. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "description") + + @description.setter + def description(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): + pulumi.set(self, "description", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="dynamicExtensionParameters") + def dynamic_extension_parameters(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs']]]]: + """ + A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "dynamic_extension_parameters") + + @dynamic_extension_parameters.setter + def dynamic_extension_parameters(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs']]]]): + pulumi.set(self, "dynamic_extension_parameters", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="kmsKeyIdentifier") + def kms_key_identifier(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "kms_key_identifier") + + @kms_key_identifier.setter + def kms_key_identifier(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): + pulumi.set(self, "kms_key_identifier", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter + def tags(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.CreateOnlyTagArgs']]]]: + """ + An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "tags") + + @tags.setter + def tags(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.CreateOnlyTagArgs']]]]): + pulumi.set(self, "tags", value) + + +class Deployment(pulumi.CustomResource): + @overload + def __init__(__self__, + resource_name: str, + opts: Optional[pulumi.ResourceOptions] = None, + application_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + configuration_profile_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + configuration_version: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + deployment_strategy_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + description: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + dynamic_extension_parameters: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs', 'DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgsDict']]]]] = None, + environment_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + kms_key_identifier: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + tags: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['_root_inputs.CreateOnlyTagArgs', '_root_inputs.CreateOnlyTagArgsDict']]]]] = None, + __props__=None): + """ + Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment + + :param str resource_name: The name of the resource. + :param pulumi.ResourceOptions opts: Options for the resource. + :param pulumi.Input[str] application_id: The application ID. + :param pulumi.Input[str] configuration_profile_id: The configuration profile ID. + :param pulumi.Input[str] configuration_version: The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. + :param pulumi.Input[str] deployment_strategy_id: The deployment strategy ID. + :param pulumi.Input[str] description: A description of the deployment. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs', 'DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgsDict']]]] dynamic_extension_parameters: A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. + :param pulumi.Input[str] environment_id: The environment ID. + :param pulumi.Input[str] kms_key_identifier: The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['_root_inputs.CreateOnlyTagArgs', '_root_inputs.CreateOnlyTagArgsDict']]]] tags: An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. + """ + ... + @overload + def __init__(__self__, + resource_name: str, + args: DeploymentArgs, + opts: Optional[pulumi.ResourceOptions] = None): + """ + Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment + + :param str resource_name: The name of the resource. + :param DeploymentArgs args: The arguments to use to populate this resource's properties. + :param pulumi.ResourceOptions opts: Options for the resource. + """ + ... + def __init__(__self__, resource_name: str, *args, **kwargs): + resource_args, opts = _utilities.get_resource_args_opts(DeploymentArgs, pulumi.ResourceOptions, *args, **kwargs) + if resource_args is not None: + __self__._internal_init(resource_name, opts, **resource_args.__dict__) + else: + __self__._internal_init(resource_name, *args, **kwargs) + + def _internal_init(__self__, + resource_name: str, + opts: Optional[pulumi.ResourceOptions] = None, + application_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + configuration_profile_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + configuration_version: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + deployment_strategy_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + description: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + dynamic_extension_parameters: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgs', 'DeploymentDynamicExtensionParametersArgsDict']]]]] = None, + environment_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + kms_key_identifier: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + tags: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['_root_inputs.CreateOnlyTagArgs', '_root_inputs.CreateOnlyTagArgsDict']]]]] = None, + __props__=None): + opts = pulumi.ResourceOptions.merge(_utilities.get_resource_opts_defaults(), opts) + if not isinstance(opts, pulumi.ResourceOptions): + raise TypeError('Expected resource options to be a ResourceOptions instance') + if opts.id is None: + if __props__ is not None: + raise TypeError('__props__ is only valid when passed in combination with a valid opts.id to get an existing resource') + __props__ = DeploymentArgs.__new__(DeploymentArgs) + + if application_id is None and not opts.urn: + raise TypeError("Missing required property 'application_id'") + __props__.__dict__["application_id"] = application_id + if configuration_profile_id is None and not opts.urn: + raise TypeError("Missing required property 'configuration_profile_id'") + __props__.__dict__["configuration_profile_id"] = configuration_profile_id + if configuration_version is None and not opts.urn: + raise TypeError("Missing required property 'configuration_version'") + __props__.__dict__["configuration_version"] = configuration_version + if deployment_strategy_id is None and not opts.urn: + raise TypeError("Missing required property 'deployment_strategy_id'") + __props__.__dict__["deployment_strategy_id"] = deployment_strategy_id + __props__.__dict__["description"] = description + __props__.__dict__["dynamic_extension_parameters"] = dynamic_extension_parameters + if environment_id is None and not opts.urn: + raise TypeError("Missing required property 'environment_id'") + __props__.__dict__["environment_id"] = environment_id + __props__.__dict__["kms_key_identifier"] = kms_key_identifier + __props__.__dict__["tags"] = tags + __props__.__dict__["deployment_number"] = None + replace_on_changes = pulumi.ResourceOptions(replace_on_changes=["applicationId", "configurationProfileId", "configurationVersion", "deploymentStrategyId", "description", "dynamicExtensionParameters[*]", "environmentId", "kmsKeyIdentifier", "tags[*]"]) + opts = pulumi.ResourceOptions.merge(opts, replace_on_changes) + super(Deployment, __self__).__init__( + 'aws-native:appconfig:Deployment', + resource_name, + __props__, + opts) + + @staticmethod + def get(resource_name: str, + id: pulumi.Input[str], + opts: Optional[pulumi.ResourceOptions] = None) -> 'Deployment': + """ + Get an existing Deployment resource's state with the given name, id, and optional extra + properties used to qualify the lookup. + + :param str resource_name: The unique name of the resulting resource. + :param pulumi.Input[str] id: The unique provider ID of the resource to lookup. + :param pulumi.ResourceOptions opts: Options for the resource. + """ + opts = pulumi.ResourceOptions.merge(opts, pulumi.ResourceOptions(id=id)) + + __props__ = DeploymentArgs.__new__(DeploymentArgs) + + __props__.__dict__["application_id"] = None + __props__.__dict__["configuration_profile_id"] = None + __props__.__dict__["configuration_version"] = None + __props__.__dict__["deployment_number"] = None + __props__.__dict__["deployment_strategy_id"] = None + __props__.__dict__["description"] = None + __props__.__dict__["dynamic_extension_parameters"] = None + __props__.__dict__["environment_id"] = None + __props__.__dict__["kms_key_identifier"] = None + __props__.__dict__["tags"] = None + return Deployment(resource_name, opts=opts, __props__=__props__) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="applicationId") + def application_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: + """ + The application ID. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "application_id") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="configurationProfileId") + def configuration_profile_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: + """ + The configuration profile ID. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "configuration_profile_id") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="configurationVersion") + def configuration_version(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: + """ + The configuration version to deploy. If deploying an AWS AppConfig hosted configuration version, you can specify either the version number or version label. For all other configurations, you must specify the version number. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "configuration_version") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="deploymentNumber") + def deployment_number(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: + """ + The sequence number of the deployment. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "deployment_number") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="deploymentStrategyId") + def deployment_strategy_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: + """ + The deployment strategy ID. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "deployment_strategy_id") + + @property + @pulumi.getter + def description(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: + """ + A description of the deployment. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "description") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="dynamicExtensionParameters") + def dynamic_extension_parameters(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[Sequence['outputs.DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters']]]: + """ + A map of dynamic extension parameter names to values to pass to associated extensions with `PRE_START_DEPLOYMENT` actions. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "dynamic_extension_parameters") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="environmentId") + def environment_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: + """ + The environment ID. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "environment_id") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="kmsKeyIdentifier") + def kms_key_identifier(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: + """ + The AWS Key Management Service key identifier (key ID, key alias, or key ARN) provided when the resource was created or updated. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "kms_key_identifier") + + @property + @pulumi.getter + def tags(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[Sequence['_root_outputs.CreateOnlyTag']]]: + """ + An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "tags") + diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/get_deployment.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/get_deployment.py new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e4a262d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/get_deployment.py @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +# coding=utf-8 +# *** WARNING: this file was generated by pulumi-language-python. *** +# *** Do not edit by hand unless you're certain you know what you are doing! *** + +import copy +import warnings +import sys +import pulumi +import pulumi.runtime +from typing import Any, Mapping, Optional, Sequence, Union, overload +if sys.version_info >= (3, 11): + from typing import NotRequired, TypedDict, TypeAlias +else: + from typing_extensions import NotRequired, TypedDict, TypeAlias +from .. import _utilities + +__all__ = [ + 'GetDeploymentResult', + 'AwaitableGetDeploymentResult', + 'get_deployment', + 'get_deployment_output', +] + +@pulumi.output_type +class GetDeploymentResult: + def __init__(__self__, deployment_number=None): + if deployment_number and not isinstance(deployment_number, str): + raise TypeError("Expected argument 'deployment_number' to be a str") + pulumi.set(__self__, "deployment_number", deployment_number) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="deploymentNumber") + def deployment_number(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The sequence number of the deployment. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "deployment_number") + + +class AwaitableGetDeploymentResult(GetDeploymentResult): + # pylint: disable=using-constant-test + def __await__(self): + if False: + yield self + return GetDeploymentResult( + deployment_number=self.deployment_number) + + +def get_deployment(application_id: Optional[str] = None, + deployment_number: Optional[str] = None, + environment_id: Optional[str] = None, + opts: Optional[pulumi.InvokeOptions] = None) -> AwaitableGetDeploymentResult: + """ + Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment + + + :param str application_id: The application ID. + :param str deployment_number: The sequence number of the deployment. + :param str environment_id: The environment ID. + """ + __args__ = dict() + __args__['applicationId'] = application_id + __args__['deploymentNumber'] = deployment_number + __args__['environmentId'] = environment_id + opts = pulumi.InvokeOptions.merge(_utilities.get_invoke_opts_defaults(), opts) + __ret__ = pulumi.runtime.invoke('aws-native:appconfig:getDeployment', __args__, opts=opts, typ=GetDeploymentResult).value + + return AwaitableGetDeploymentResult( + deployment_number=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'deployment_number')) +def get_deployment_output(application_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + deployment_number: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + environment_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + opts: Optional[Union[pulumi.InvokeOptions, pulumi.InvokeOutputOptions]] = None) -> pulumi.Output[GetDeploymentResult]: + """ + Resource Type definition for AWS::AppConfig::Deployment + + + :param str application_id: The application ID. + :param str deployment_number: The sequence number of the deployment. + :param str environment_id: The environment ID. + """ + __args__ = dict() + __args__['applicationId'] = application_id + __args__['deploymentNumber'] = deployment_number + __args__['environmentId'] = environment_id + opts = pulumi.InvokeOutputOptions.merge(_utilities.get_invoke_opts_defaults(), opts) + __ret__ = pulumi.runtime.invoke_output('aws-native:appconfig:getDeployment', __args__, opts=opts, typ=GetDeploymentResult) + return __ret__.apply(lambda __response__: GetDeploymentResult( + deployment_number=pulumi.get(__response__, 'deployment_number'))) diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/outputs.py index b287fe04d2..b50d11a72c 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/appconfig/outputs.py @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ __all__ = [ 'ConfigurationProfileValidators', + 'DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters', 'EnvironmentMonitor', 'ExtensionAction', 'ExtensionParameter', @@ -57,6 +58,70 @@ def type(self) -> Optional[str]: return pulumi.get(self, "type") +@pulumi.output_type +class DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters(dict): + @staticmethod + def __key_warning(key: str): + suggest = None + if key == "extensionReference": + suggest = "extension_reference" + elif key == "parameterName": + suggest = "parameter_name" + elif key == "parameterValue": + suggest = "parameter_value" + + if suggest: + pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") + + def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: + DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters.__key_warning(key) + return super().__getitem__(key) + + def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: + DeploymentDynamicExtensionParameters.__key_warning(key) + return super().get(key, default) + + def __init__(__self__, *, + extension_reference: Optional[str] = None, + parameter_name: Optional[str] = None, + parameter_value: Optional[str] = None): + """ + :param str extension_reference: The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. + :param str parameter_name: The parameter name. + :param str parameter_value: The parameter value. + """ + if extension_reference is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "extension_reference", extension_reference) + if parameter_name is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "parameter_name", parameter_name) + if parameter_value is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "parameter_value", parameter_value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="extensionReference") + def extension_reference(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The ARN or ID of the extension for which you are inserting a dynamic parameter. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "extension_reference") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="parameterName") + def parameter_name(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The parameter name. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "parameter_name") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="parameterValue") + def parameter_value(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The parameter value. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "parameter_value") + + @pulumi.output_type class EnvironmentMonitor(dict): """ diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/_enums.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/_enums.py index af14294eba..d62a6d682b 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/_enums.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/_enums.py @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ 'DataSourceConfluenceSourceConfigurationHostType', 'DataSourceCrawlFilterConfigurationType', 'DataSourceDataDeletionPolicy', + 'DataSourceParsingModality', 'DataSourceParsingStrategy', 'DataSourceSalesforceSourceConfigurationAuthType', 'DataSourceSharePointSourceConfigurationAuthType', @@ -51,6 +52,7 @@ 'GuardrailTopicType', 'KnowledgeBaseStatus', 'KnowledgeBaseStorageType', + 'KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType', 'KnowledgeBaseType', 'PromptConversationRole', 'PromptTemplateType', @@ -214,11 +216,19 @@ class DataSourceDataDeletionPolicy(str, Enum): DELETE = "DELETE" +class DataSourceParsingModality(str, Enum): + """ + Determine how will parsed content be stored. + """ + MULTIMODAL = "MULTIMODAL" + + class DataSourceParsingStrategy(str, Enum): """ The parsing strategy for the data source. """ BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL = "BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL" + BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION = "BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION" class DataSourceSalesforceSourceConfigurationAuthType(str, Enum): @@ -267,6 +277,7 @@ class DataSourceType(str, Enum): SALESFORCE = "SALESFORCE" SHAREPOINT = "SHAREPOINT" WEB = "WEB" + CUSTOM = "CUSTOM" class DataSourceWebScopeType(str, Enum): @@ -508,11 +519,19 @@ class KnowledgeBaseStorageType(str, Enum): MONGO_DB_ATLAS = "MONGO_DB_ATLAS" +class KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType(str, Enum): + """ + Supplemental data storage location type. + """ + S3 = "S3" + + class KnowledgeBaseType(str, Enum): """ The type of a knowledge base. """ VECTOR = "VECTOR" + KENDRA = "KENDRA" class PromptConversationRole(str, Enum): diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/_inputs.py index bafd5c7cdc..bac52cb4e6 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/_inputs.py @@ -48,6 +48,8 @@ 'AgentS3IdentifierArgsDict', 'ApplicationInferenceProfileInferenceProfileModelSourcePropertiesArgs', 'ApplicationInferenceProfileInferenceProfileModelSourcePropertiesArgsDict', + 'DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs', + 'DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgsDict', 'DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs', 'DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgsDict', 'DataSourceChunkingConfigurationArgs', @@ -250,6 +252,8 @@ 'KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict', 'KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationArgs', 'KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationArgsDict', + 'KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs', + 'KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict', 'KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationArgs', 'KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationArgsDict', 'KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasFieldMappingArgs', @@ -266,8 +270,14 @@ 'KnowledgeBaseRdsConfigurationArgsDict', 'KnowledgeBaseRdsFieldMappingArgs', 'KnowledgeBaseRdsFieldMappingArgsDict', + 'KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs', + 'KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgsDict', 'KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs', 'KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgsDict', + 'KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs', + 'KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgsDict', + 'KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs', + 'KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgsDict', 'KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs', 'KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict', 'PromptAgentResourceArgs', @@ -717,6 +727,9 @@ class AgentFunctionArgsDict(TypedDict): The parameters that the agent elicits from the user to fulfill the function. """ require_confirmation: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['AgentRequireConfirmation']] + """ + Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. + """ elif False: AgentFunctionArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -732,6 +745,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[str] name: Name for a resource. :param pulumi.Input[str] description: Description of function :param pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, pulumi.Input['AgentParameterDetailArgs']]] parameters: The parameters that the agent elicits from the user to fulfill the function. + :param pulumi.Input['AgentRequireConfirmation'] require_confirmation: Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "name", name) if description is not None: @@ -780,6 +794,9 @@ def parameters(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, pulumi.Input['Age @property @pulumi.getter(name="requireConfirmation") def require_confirmation(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['AgentRequireConfirmation']]: + """ + Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "require_confirmation") @require_confirmation.setter @@ -1408,6 +1425,42 @@ def copy_from(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): pulumi.set(self, "copy_from", value) +if not MYPY: + class DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source. + """ + parsing_modality: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingModality']] + """ + Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + """ +elif False: + DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + parsing_modality: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingModality']] = None): + """ + Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source. + :param pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingModality'] parsing_modality: Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + """ + if parsing_modality is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "parsing_modality", parsing_modality) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="parsingModality") + def parsing_modality(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingModality']]: + """ + Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "parsing_modality") + + @parsing_modality.setter + def parsing_modality(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingModality']]): + pulumi.set(self, "parsing_modality", value) + + if not MYPY: class DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ @@ -1417,6 +1470,10 @@ class DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The model's ARN. """ + parsing_modality: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingModality']] + """ + Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + """ parsing_prompt: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingPromptArgsDict']] """ Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document. @@ -1428,13 +1485,17 @@ class DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): class DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, model_arn: pulumi.Input[str], + parsing_modality: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingModality']] = None, parsing_prompt: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingPromptArgs']] = None): """ Settings for a foundation model used to parse documents for a data source. :param pulumi.Input[str] model_arn: The model's ARN. + :param pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingModality'] parsing_modality: Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. :param pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingPromptArgs'] parsing_prompt: Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "model_arn", model_arn) + if parsing_modality is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "parsing_modality", parsing_modality) if parsing_prompt is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "parsing_prompt", parsing_prompt) @@ -1450,6 +1511,18 @@ def model_arn(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: def model_arn(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): pulumi.set(self, "model_arn", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="parsingModality") + def parsing_modality(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingModality']]: + """ + Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "parsing_modality") + + @parsing_modality.setter + def parsing_modality(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingModality']]): + pulumi.set(self, "parsing_modality", value) + @property @pulumi.getter(name="parsingPrompt") def parsing_prompt(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingPromptArgs']]: @@ -2211,6 +2284,10 @@ class DataSourceParsingConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The parsing strategy for the data source. """ + bedrock_data_automation_configuration: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgsDict']] + """ + If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. + """ bedrock_foundation_model_configuration: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgsDict']] """ If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents. @@ -2222,13 +2299,17 @@ class DataSourceParsingConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): class DataSourceParsingConfigurationArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, parsing_strategy: pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingStrategy'], + bedrock_data_automation_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs']] = None, bedrock_foundation_model_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs']] = None): """ Settings for parsing document contents :param pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingStrategy'] parsing_strategy: The parsing strategy for the data source. + :param pulumi.Input['DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs'] bedrock_data_automation_configuration: If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. :param pulumi.Input['DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs'] bedrock_foundation_model_configuration: If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "parsing_strategy", parsing_strategy) + if bedrock_data_automation_configuration is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "bedrock_data_automation_configuration", bedrock_data_automation_configuration) if bedrock_foundation_model_configuration is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "bedrock_foundation_model_configuration", bedrock_foundation_model_configuration) @@ -2244,6 +2325,18 @@ def parsing_strategy(self) -> pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingStrategy']: def parsing_strategy(self, value: pulumi.Input['DataSourceParsingStrategy']): pulumi.set(self, "parsing_strategy", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration") + def bedrock_data_automation_configuration(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs']]: + """ + If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "bedrock_data_automation_configuration") + + @bedrock_data_automation_configuration.setter + def bedrock_data_automation_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfigurationArgs']]): + pulumi.set(self, "bedrock_data_automation_configuration", value) + @property @pulumi.getter(name="bedrockFoundationModelConfiguration") def bedrock_foundation_model_configuration(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfigurationArgs']]: @@ -6582,7 +6675,11 @@ class KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base. """ - vector_knowledge_base_configuration: pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict'] + kendra_knowledge_base_configuration: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict']] + """ + Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. + """ + vector_knowledge_base_configuration: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict']] """ Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. """ @@ -6593,14 +6690,19 @@ class KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): class KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, type: pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseType'], - vector_knowledge_base_configuration: pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs']): + kendra_knowledge_base_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs']] = None, + vector_knowledge_base_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs']] = None): """ Contains details about the embeddings model used for the knowledge base. :param pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseType'] type: The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base. + :param pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs'] kendra_knowledge_base_configuration: Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. :param pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs'] vector_knowledge_base_configuration: Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "type", type) - pulumi.set(__self__, "vector_knowledge_base_configuration", vector_knowledge_base_configuration) + if kendra_knowledge_base_configuration is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "kendra_knowledge_base_configuration", kendra_knowledge_base_configuration) + if vector_knowledge_base_configuration is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "vector_knowledge_base_configuration", vector_knowledge_base_configuration) @property @pulumi.getter @@ -6614,16 +6716,28 @@ def type(self) -> pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseType']: def type(self, value: pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseType']): pulumi.set(self, "type", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration") + def kendra_knowledge_base_configuration(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs']]: + """ + Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "kendra_knowledge_base_configuration") + + @kendra_knowledge_base_configuration.setter + def kendra_knowledge_base_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs']]): + pulumi.set(self, "kendra_knowledge_base_configuration", value) + @property @pulumi.getter(name="vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration") - def vector_knowledge_base_configuration(self) -> pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs']: + def vector_knowledge_base_configuration(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs']]: """ Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. """ return pulumi.get(self, "vector_knowledge_base_configuration") @vector_knowledge_base_configuration.setter - def vector_knowledge_base_configuration(self, value: pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs']): + def vector_knowledge_base_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs']]): pulumi.set(self, "vector_knowledge_base_configuration", value) @@ -6663,6 +6777,41 @@ def bedrock_embedding_model_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['Kn pulumi.set(self, "bedrock_embedding_model_configuration", value) +if not MYPY: + class KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base + """ + kendra_index_arn: pulumi.Input[str] + """ + The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. + """ +elif False: + KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + kendra_index_arn: pulumi.Input[str]): + """ + Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base + :param pulumi.Input[str] kendra_index_arn: The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. + """ + pulumi.set(__self__, "kendra_index_arn", kendra_index_arn) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="kendraIndexArn") + def kendra_index_arn(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "kendra_index_arn") + + @kendra_index_arn.setter + def kendra_index_arn(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): + pulumi.set(self, "kendra_index_arn", value) + + if not MYPY: class KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ @@ -7382,6 +7531,41 @@ def vector_field(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): pulumi.set(self, "vector_field", value) +if not MYPY: + class KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + An Amazon S3 location. + """ + uri: pulumi.Input[str] + """ + The location's URI + """ +elif False: + KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + uri: pulumi.Input[str]): + """ + An Amazon S3 location. + :param pulumi.Input[str] uri: The location's URI + """ + pulumi.set(__self__, "uri", uri) + + @property + @pulumi.getter + def uri(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The location's URI + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "uri") + + @uri.setter + def uri(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): + pulumi.set(self, "uri", value) + + if not MYPY: class KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ @@ -7497,6 +7681,75 @@ def rds_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseRdsConfig pulumi.set(self, "rds_configuration", value) +if not MYPY: + class KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + Configurations for supplemental data storage. + """ + supplemental_data_storage_locations: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgsDict']]] +elif False: + KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + supplemental_data_storage_locations: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs']]]): + """ + Configurations for supplemental data storage. + """ + pulumi.set(__self__, "supplemental_data_storage_locations", supplemental_data_storage_locations) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="supplementalDataStorageLocations") + def supplemental_data_storage_locations(self) -> pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs']]]: + return pulumi.get(self, "supplemental_data_storage_locations") + + @supplemental_data_storage_locations.setter + def supplemental_data_storage_locations(self, value: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs']]]): + pulumi.set(self, "supplemental_data_storage_locations", value) + + +if not MYPY: + class KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + Supplemental data storage location. + """ + supplemental_data_storage_location_type: pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType'] + s3_location: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgsDict']] +elif False: + KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + supplemental_data_storage_location_type: pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType'], + s3_location: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs']] = None): + """ + Supplemental data storage location. + """ + pulumi.set(__self__, "supplemental_data_storage_location_type", supplemental_data_storage_location_type) + if s3_location is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "s3_location", s3_location) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="supplementalDataStorageLocationType") + def supplemental_data_storage_location_type(self) -> pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType']: + return pulumi.get(self, "supplemental_data_storage_location_type") + + @supplemental_data_storage_location_type.setter + def supplemental_data_storage_location_type(self, value: pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType']): + pulumi.set(self, "supplemental_data_storage_location_type", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="s3Location") + def s3_location(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs']]: + return pulumi.get(self, "s3_location") + + @s3_location.setter + def s3_location(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseS3LocationArgs']]): + pulumi.set(self, "s3_location", value) + + if not MYPY: class KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ @@ -7510,6 +7763,10 @@ class KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base. """ + supplemental_data_storage_configuration: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgsDict']] + """ + If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . + """ elif False: KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -7517,15 +7774,19 @@ class KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): class KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, embedding_model_arn: pulumi.Input[str], - embedding_model_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationArgs']] = None): + embedding_model_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationArgs']] = None, + supplemental_data_storage_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs']] = None): """ Contains details about the model used to create vector embeddings for the knowledge base. :param pulumi.Input[str] embedding_model_arn: The ARN of the model used to create vector embeddings for the knowledge base. :param pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationArgs'] embedding_model_configuration: The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base. + :param pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs'] supplemental_data_storage_configuration: If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . """ pulumi.set(__self__, "embedding_model_arn", embedding_model_arn) if embedding_model_configuration is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "embedding_model_configuration", embedding_model_configuration) + if supplemental_data_storage_configuration is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "supplemental_data_storage_configuration", supplemental_data_storage_configuration) @property @pulumi.getter(name="embeddingModelArn") @@ -7551,6 +7812,18 @@ def embedding_model_configuration(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseE def embedding_model_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfigurationArgs']]): pulumi.set(self, "embedding_model_configuration", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="supplementalDataStorageConfiguration") + def supplemental_data_storage_configuration(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs']]: + """ + If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "supplemental_data_storage_configuration") + + @supplemental_data_storage_configuration.setter + def supplemental_data_storage_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfigurationArgs']]): + pulumi.set(self, "supplemental_data_storage_configuration", value) + if not MYPY: class PromptAgentResourceArgsDict(TypedDict): @@ -8516,6 +8789,9 @@ class PromptVariantArgsDict(TypedDict): The type of prompt template to use. """ gen_ai_resource: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['PromptGenAiResourcePropertiesArgsDict']] + """ + Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. + """ inference_configuration: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['PromptInferenceConfigurationPropertiesArgsDict']] """ Contains inference configurations for the prompt variant. @@ -8541,6 +8817,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[str] name: Name for a variant. :param pulumi.Input[Union['PromptTemplateConfiguration0PropertiesArgs', 'PromptTemplateConfiguration1PropertiesArgs']] template_configuration: Contains configurations for the prompt template. :param pulumi.Input['PromptTemplateType'] template_type: The type of prompt template to use. + :param pulumi.Input['PromptGenAiResourcePropertiesArgs'] gen_ai_resource: Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. :param pulumi.Input['PromptInferenceConfigurationPropertiesArgs'] inference_configuration: Contains inference configurations for the prompt variant. :param pulumi.Input[str] model_id: ARN or Id of a Bedrock Foundational Model or Inference Profile, or the ARN of a imported model, or a provisioned throughput ARN for custom models. """ @@ -8593,6 +8870,9 @@ def template_type(self, value: pulumi.Input['PromptTemplateType']): @property @pulumi.getter(name="genAiResource") def gen_ai_resource(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['PromptGenAiResourcePropertiesArgs']]: + """ + Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "gen_ai_resource") @gen_ai_resource.setter diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/knowledge_base.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/knowledge_base.py index 0787d8fce8..cf1c9f77f1 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/knowledge_base.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/knowledge_base.py @@ -24,17 +24,17 @@ class KnowledgeBaseArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, knowledge_base_configuration: pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs'], role_arn: pulumi.Input[str], - storage_configuration: pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs'], description: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, name: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + storage_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs']] = None, tags: Optional[pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None): """ The set of arguments for constructing a KnowledgeBase resource. :param pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseConfigurationArgs'] knowledge_base_configuration: Contains details about the embeddings configuration of the knowledge base. :param pulumi.Input[str] role_arn: The ARN of the IAM role with permissions to invoke API operations on the knowledge base. The ARN must begin with AmazonBedrockExecutionRoleForKnowledgeBase_ - :param pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs'] storage_configuration: Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. :param pulumi.Input[str] description: Description of the Resource. :param pulumi.Input[str] name: The name of the knowledge base. + :param pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs'] storage_configuration: Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. :param pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, pulumi.Input[str]]] tags: Metadata that you can assign to a resource as key-value pairs. For more information, see the following resources: - [Tag naming limits and requirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/tag-editor/latest/userguide/tagging.html#tag-conventions) @@ -42,11 +42,12 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, """ pulumi.set(__self__, "knowledge_base_configuration", knowledge_base_configuration) pulumi.set(__self__, "role_arn", role_arn) - pulumi.set(__self__, "storage_configuration", storage_configuration) if description is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "description", description) if name is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "name", name) + if storage_configuration is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "storage_configuration", storage_configuration) if tags is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "tags", tags) @@ -74,18 +75,6 @@ def role_arn(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: def role_arn(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): pulumi.set(self, "role_arn", value) - @property - @pulumi.getter(name="storageConfiguration") - def storage_configuration(self) -> pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs']: - """ - Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. - """ - return pulumi.get(self, "storage_configuration") - - @storage_configuration.setter - def storage_configuration(self, value: pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs']): - pulumi.set(self, "storage_configuration", value) - @property @pulumi.getter def description(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: @@ -110,6 +99,18 @@ def name(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: def name(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): pulumi.set(self, "name", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="storageConfiguration") + def storage_configuration(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs']]: + """ + Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "storage_configuration") + + @storage_configuration.setter + def storage_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['KnowledgeBaseStorageConfigurationArgs']]): + pulumi.set(self, "storage_configuration", value) + @property @pulumi.getter def tags(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, pulumi.Input[str]]]]: @@ -200,8 +201,6 @@ def _internal_init(__self__, if role_arn is None and not opts.urn: raise TypeError("Missing required property 'role_arn'") __props__.__dict__["role_arn"] = role_arn - if storage_configuration is None and not opts.urn: - raise TypeError("Missing required property 'storage_configuration'") __props__.__dict__["storage_configuration"] = storage_configuration __props__.__dict__["tags"] = tags __props__.__dict__["created_at"] = None @@ -322,7 +321,7 @@ def status(self) -> pulumi.Output['KnowledgeBaseStatus']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="storageConfiguration") - def storage_configuration(self) -> pulumi.Output['outputs.KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration']: + def storage_configuration(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration']]: """ Contains details about the storage configuration of the knowledge base. """ diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/outputs.py index 1411c790cc..d9d6daae53 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/bedrock/outputs.py @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ 'AgentS3Identifier', 'ApplicationInferenceProfileInferenceProfileModel', 'ApplicationInferenceProfileInferenceProfileModelSourceProperties', + 'DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration', 'DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration', 'DataSourceChunkingConfiguration', 'DataSourceConfiguration', @@ -185,6 +186,7 @@ 'KnowledgeBaseBedrockEmbeddingModelConfiguration', 'KnowledgeBaseConfiguration', 'KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration', + 'KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration', 'KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfiguration', 'KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasFieldMapping', 'KnowledgeBaseOpenSearchServerlessConfiguration', @@ -193,7 +195,10 @@ 'KnowledgeBasePineconeFieldMapping', 'KnowledgeBaseRdsConfiguration', 'KnowledgeBaseRdsFieldMapping', + 'KnowledgeBaseS3Location', 'KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration', + 'KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration', + 'KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation', 'KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration', 'PromptAgentResource', 'PromptAnyToolChoice', @@ -619,6 +624,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param str name: Name for a resource. :param str description: Description of function :param Mapping[str, 'AgentParameterDetail'] parameters: The parameters that the agent elicits from the user to fulfill the function. + :param 'AgentRequireConfirmation' require_confirmation: Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "name", name) if description is not None: @@ -655,6 +661,9 @@ def parameters(self) -> Optional[Mapping[str, 'outputs.AgentParameterDetail']]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="requireConfirmation") def require_confirmation(self) -> Optional['AgentRequireConfirmation']: + """ + Contains information if user confirmation is required to invoke the function. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "require_confirmation") @@ -1246,6 +1255,46 @@ def copy_from(self) -> str: return pulumi.get(self, "copy_from") +@pulumi.output_type +class DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration(dict): + """ + Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source. + """ + @staticmethod + def __key_warning(key: str): + suggest = None + if key == "parsingModality": + suggest = "parsing_modality" + + if suggest: + pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") + + def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: + DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration.__key_warning(key) + return super().__getitem__(key) + + def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: + DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration.__key_warning(key) + return super().get(key, default) + + def __init__(__self__, *, + parsing_modality: Optional['DataSourceParsingModality'] = None): + """ + Settings for a Bedrock Data Automation used to parse documents for a data source. + :param 'DataSourceParsingModality' parsing_modality: Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + """ + if parsing_modality is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "parsing_modality", parsing_modality) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="parsingModality") + def parsing_modality(self) -> Optional['DataSourceParsingModality']: + """ + Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "parsing_modality") + + @pulumi.output_type class DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration(dict): """ @@ -1256,6 +1305,8 @@ def __key_warning(key: str): suggest = None if key == "modelArn": suggest = "model_arn" + elif key == "parsingModality": + suggest = "parsing_modality" elif key == "parsingPrompt": suggest = "parsing_prompt" @@ -1272,13 +1323,17 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, model_arn: str, + parsing_modality: Optional['DataSourceParsingModality'] = None, parsing_prompt: Optional['outputs.DataSourceParsingPrompt'] = None): """ Settings for a foundation model used to parse documents for a data source. :param str model_arn: The model's ARN. + :param 'DataSourceParsingModality' parsing_modality: Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. :param 'DataSourceParsingPrompt' parsing_prompt: Instructions for interpreting the contents of a document. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "model_arn", model_arn) + if parsing_modality is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "parsing_modality", parsing_modality) if parsing_prompt is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "parsing_prompt", parsing_prompt) @@ -1290,6 +1345,14 @@ def model_arn(self) -> str: """ return pulumi.get(self, "model_arn") + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="parsingModality") + def parsing_modality(self) -> Optional['DataSourceParsingModality']: + """ + Specifies whether to enable parsing of multimodal data, including both text and/or images. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "parsing_modality") + @property @pulumi.getter(name="parsingPrompt") def parsing_prompt(self) -> Optional['outputs.DataSourceParsingPrompt']: @@ -1977,6 +2040,8 @@ def __key_warning(key: str): suggest = None if key == "parsingStrategy": suggest = "parsing_strategy" + elif key == "bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration": + suggest = "bedrock_data_automation_configuration" elif key == "bedrockFoundationModelConfiguration": suggest = "bedrock_foundation_model_configuration" @@ -1993,13 +2058,17 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, parsing_strategy: 'DataSourceParsingStrategy', + bedrock_data_automation_configuration: Optional['outputs.DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration'] = None, bedrock_foundation_model_configuration: Optional['outputs.DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration'] = None): """ Settings for parsing document contents :param 'DataSourceParsingStrategy' parsing_strategy: The parsing strategy for the data source. + :param 'DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration' bedrock_data_automation_configuration: If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. :param 'DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration' bedrock_foundation_model_configuration: If you specify `BEDROCK_FOUNDATION_MODEL` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using a foundation model to parse documents. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "parsing_strategy", parsing_strategy) + if bedrock_data_automation_configuration is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "bedrock_data_automation_configuration", bedrock_data_automation_configuration) if bedrock_foundation_model_configuration is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "bedrock_foundation_model_configuration", bedrock_foundation_model_configuration) @@ -2011,6 +2080,14 @@ def parsing_strategy(self) -> 'DataSourceParsingStrategy': """ return pulumi.get(self, "parsing_strategy") + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="bedrockDataAutomationConfiguration") + def bedrock_data_automation_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.DataSourceBedrockDataAutomationConfiguration']: + """ + If you specify `BEDROCK_DATA_AUTOMATION` as the parsing strategy for ingesting your data source, use this object to modify configurations for using the Amazon Bedrock Data Automation parser. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "bedrock_data_automation_configuration") + @property @pulumi.getter(name="bedrockFoundationModelConfiguration") def bedrock_foundation_model_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.DataSourceBedrockFoundationModelConfiguration']: @@ -7089,7 +7166,9 @@ class KnowledgeBaseConfiguration(dict): @staticmethod def __key_warning(key: str): suggest = None - if key == "vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration": + if key == "kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration": + suggest = "kendra_knowledge_base_configuration" + elif key == "vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration": suggest = "vector_knowledge_base_configuration" if suggest: @@ -7105,14 +7184,19 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, type: 'KnowledgeBaseType', - vector_knowledge_base_configuration: 'outputs.KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration'): + kendra_knowledge_base_configuration: Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration'] = None, + vector_knowledge_base_configuration: Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration'] = None): """ Contains details about the embeddings model used for the knowledge base. :param 'KnowledgeBaseType' type: The type of data that the data source is converted into for the knowledge base. + :param 'KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration' kendra_knowledge_base_configuration: Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. :param 'KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration' vector_knowledge_base_configuration: Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "type", type) - pulumi.set(__self__, "vector_knowledge_base_configuration", vector_knowledge_base_configuration) + if kendra_knowledge_base_configuration is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "kendra_knowledge_base_configuration", kendra_knowledge_base_configuration) + if vector_knowledge_base_configuration is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "vector_knowledge_base_configuration", vector_knowledge_base_configuration) @property @pulumi.getter @@ -7122,9 +7206,17 @@ def type(self) -> 'KnowledgeBaseType': """ return pulumi.get(self, "type") + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="kendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration") + def kendra_knowledge_base_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration']: + """ + Settings for an Amazon Kendra knowledge base. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "kendra_knowledge_base_configuration") + @property @pulumi.getter(name="vectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration") - def vector_knowledge_base_configuration(self) -> 'outputs.KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration': + def vector_knowledge_base_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration']: """ Contains details about the model that's used to convert the data source into vector embeddings. """ @@ -7171,6 +7263,45 @@ def bedrock_embedding_model_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBa return pulumi.get(self, "bedrock_embedding_model_configuration") +@pulumi.output_type +class KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration(dict): + """ + Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base + """ + @staticmethod + def __key_warning(key: str): + suggest = None + if key == "kendraIndexArn": + suggest = "kendra_index_arn" + + if suggest: + pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") + + def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: + KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration.__key_warning(key) + return super().__getitem__(key) + + def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: + KnowledgeBaseKendraKnowledgeBaseConfiguration.__key_warning(key) + return super().get(key, default) + + def __init__(__self__, *, + kendra_index_arn: str): + """ + Configurations for a Kendra knowledge base + :param str kendra_index_arn: The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. + """ + pulumi.set(__self__, "kendra_index_arn", kendra_index_arn) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="kendraIndexArn") + def kendra_index_arn(self) -> str: + """ + The ARN of the Amazon Kendra index. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "kendra_index_arn") + + @pulumi.output_type class KnowledgeBaseMongoDbAtlasConfiguration(dict): """ @@ -7780,6 +7911,28 @@ def vector_field(self) -> str: return pulumi.get(self, "vector_field") +@pulumi.output_type +class KnowledgeBaseS3Location(dict): + """ + An Amazon S3 location. + """ + def __init__(__self__, *, + uri: str): + """ + An Amazon S3 location. + :param str uri: The location's URI + """ + pulumi.set(__self__, "uri", uri) + + @property + @pulumi.getter + def uri(self) -> str: + """ + The location's URI + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "uri") + + @pulumi.output_type class KnowledgeBaseStorageConfiguration(dict): """ @@ -7873,6 +8026,86 @@ def rds_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseRdsConfiguration'] return pulumi.get(self, "rds_configuration") +@pulumi.output_type +class KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration(dict): + """ + Configurations for supplemental data storage. + """ + @staticmethod + def __key_warning(key: str): + suggest = None + if key == "supplementalDataStorageLocations": + suggest = "supplemental_data_storage_locations" + + if suggest: + pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") + + def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: + KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration.__key_warning(key) + return super().__getitem__(key) + + def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: + KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration.__key_warning(key) + return super().get(key, default) + + def __init__(__self__, *, + supplemental_data_storage_locations: Sequence['outputs.KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation']): + """ + Configurations for supplemental data storage. + """ + pulumi.set(__self__, "supplemental_data_storage_locations", supplemental_data_storage_locations) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="supplementalDataStorageLocations") + def supplemental_data_storage_locations(self) -> Sequence['outputs.KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation']: + return pulumi.get(self, "supplemental_data_storage_locations") + + +@pulumi.output_type +class KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation(dict): + """ + Supplemental data storage location. + """ + @staticmethod + def __key_warning(key: str): + suggest = None + if key == "supplementalDataStorageLocationType": + suggest = "supplemental_data_storage_location_type" + elif key == "s3Location": + suggest = "s3_location" + + if suggest: + pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") + + def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: + KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation.__key_warning(key) + return super().__getitem__(key) + + def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: + KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocation.__key_warning(key) + return super().get(key, default) + + def __init__(__self__, *, + supplemental_data_storage_location_type: 'KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType', + s3_location: Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseS3Location'] = None): + """ + Supplemental data storage location. + """ + pulumi.set(__self__, "supplemental_data_storage_location_type", supplemental_data_storage_location_type) + if s3_location is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "s3_location", s3_location) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="supplementalDataStorageLocationType") + def supplemental_data_storage_location_type(self) -> 'KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageLocationType': + return pulumi.get(self, "supplemental_data_storage_location_type") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="s3Location") + def s3_location(self) -> Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseS3Location']: + return pulumi.get(self, "s3_location") + + @pulumi.output_type class KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration(dict): """ @@ -7885,6 +8118,8 @@ def __key_warning(key: str): suggest = "embedding_model_arn" elif key == "embeddingModelConfiguration": suggest = "embedding_model_configuration" + elif key == "supplementalDataStorageConfiguration": + suggest = "supplemental_data_storage_configuration" if suggest: pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in KnowledgeBaseVectorKnowledgeBaseConfiguration. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") @@ -7899,15 +8134,19 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, embedding_model_arn: str, - embedding_model_configuration: Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration'] = None): + embedding_model_configuration: Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration'] = None, + supplemental_data_storage_configuration: Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration'] = None): """ Contains details about the model used to create vector embeddings for the knowledge base. :param str embedding_model_arn: The ARN of the model used to create vector embeddings for the knowledge base. :param 'KnowledgeBaseEmbeddingModelConfiguration' embedding_model_configuration: The embeddings model configuration details for the vector model used in Knowledge Base. + :param 'KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration' supplemental_data_storage_configuration: If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . """ pulumi.set(__self__, "embedding_model_arn", embedding_model_arn) if embedding_model_configuration is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "embedding_model_configuration", embedding_model_configuration) + if supplemental_data_storage_configuration is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "supplemental_data_storage_configuration", supplemental_data_storage_configuration) @property @pulumi.getter(name="embeddingModelArn") @@ -7925,6 +8164,14 @@ def embedding_model_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseEmbedd """ return pulumi.get(self, "embedding_model_configuration") + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="supplementalDataStorageConfiguration") + def supplemental_data_storage_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.KnowledgeBaseSupplementalDataStorageConfiguration']: + """ + If you include multimodal data from your data source, use this object to specify configurations for the storage location of the images extracted from your documents. These images can be retrieved and returned to the end user. They can also be used in generation when using [RetrieveAndGenerate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/APIReference/API_agent-runtime_RetrieveAndGenerate.html) . + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "supplemental_data_storage_configuration") + @pulumi.output_type class PromptAgentResource(dict): @@ -8689,6 +8936,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param str name: Name for a variant. :param Union['PromptTemplateConfiguration0Properties', 'PromptTemplateConfiguration1Properties'] template_configuration: Contains configurations for the prompt template. :param 'PromptTemplateType' template_type: The type of prompt template to use. + :param 'PromptGenAiResourceProperties' gen_ai_resource: Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. :param 'PromptInferenceConfigurationProperties' inference_configuration: Contains inference configurations for the prompt variant. :param str model_id: ARN or Id of a Bedrock Foundational Model or Inference Profile, or the ARN of a imported model, or a provisioned throughput ARN for custom models. """ @@ -8729,6 +8977,9 @@ def template_type(self) -> 'PromptTemplateType': @property @pulumi.getter(name="genAiResource") def gen_ai_resource(self) -> Optional['outputs.PromptGenAiResourceProperties']: + """ + Specifies a generative AI resource with which to use the prompt. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "gen_ai_resource") @property diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cassandra/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cassandra/_inputs.py index 7ab768ba07..3d07d5491d 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cassandra/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cassandra/_inputs.py @@ -808,7 +808,13 @@ def scale_out_cooldown(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): if not MYPY: class TypeFieldArgsDict(TypedDict): field_name: pulumi.Input[str] + """ + The name of the field. + """ field_type: pulumi.Input[str] + """ + The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. + """ elif False: TypeFieldArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -817,12 +823,19 @@ class TypeFieldArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, field_name: pulumi.Input[str], field_type: pulumi.Input[str]): + """ + :param pulumi.Input[str] field_name: The name of the field. + :param pulumi.Input[str] field_type: The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. + """ pulumi.set(__self__, "field_name", field_name) pulumi.set(__self__, "field_type", field_type) @property @pulumi.getter(name="fieldName") def field_name(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The name of the field. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "field_name") @field_name.setter @@ -832,6 +845,9 @@ def field_name(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="fieldType") def field_type(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "field_type") @field_type.setter diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cassandra/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cassandra/outputs.py index d8ea034b28..2645d9146e 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cassandra/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cassandra/outputs.py @@ -734,17 +734,27 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, field_name: str, field_type: str): + """ + :param str field_name: The name of the field. + :param str field_type: The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. + """ pulumi.set(__self__, "field_name", field_name) pulumi.set(__self__, "field_type", field_type) @property @pulumi.getter(name="fieldName") def field_name(self) -> str: + """ + The name of the field. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "field_name") @property @pulumi.getter(name="fieldType") def field_type(self) -> str: + """ + The data type of the field. This can be any Cassandra data type or another user-defined type. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "field_type") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudformation/stack.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudformation/stack.py index ec31ca9e14..1b5b5fc33b 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudformation/stack.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudformation/stack.py @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, Conditional: You must specify either the `TemplateBody` or the `TemplateURL` parameter, but not both. Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::CloudFormation::Stack` for more information about the expected schema for this property. - :param pulumi.Input[str] template_url: Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. + :param pulumi.Input[str] template_url: The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. :param pulumi.Input[int] timeout_in_minutes: The length of time, in minutes, that CloudFormation waits for the nested stack to reach the `CREATE_COMPLETE` state. The default is no timeout. When CloudFormation detects that the nested stack has reached the `CREATE_COMPLETE` state, it marks the nested stack resource as `CREATE_COMPLETE` in the parent stack and resumes creating the parent stack. If the timeout period expires before the nested stack reaches `CREATE_COMPLETE` , CloudFormation marks the nested stack as failed and rolls back both the nested stack and parent stack. @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ def template_body(self, value: Optional[Any]): @pulumi.getter(name="templateUrl") def template_url(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: """ - Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. + The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. """ @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, Conditional: You must specify either the `TemplateBody` or the `TemplateURL` parameter, but not both. Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::CloudFormation::Stack` for more information about the expected schema for this property. - :param pulumi.Input[str] template_url: Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. + :param pulumi.Input[str] template_url: The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. :param pulumi.Input[int] timeout_in_minutes: The length of time, in minutes, that CloudFormation waits for the nested stack to reach the `CREATE_COMPLETE` state. The default is no timeout. When CloudFormation detects that the nested stack has reached the `CREATE_COMPLETE` state, it marks the nested stack resource as `CREATE_COMPLETE` in the parent stack and resumes creating the parent stack. If the timeout period expires before the nested stack reaches `CREATE_COMPLETE` , CloudFormation marks the nested stack as failed and rolls back both the nested stack and parent stack. @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ def template_body(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[Any]]: @pulumi.getter(name="templateUrl") def template_url(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: """ - Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. + The URL of a file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 1 MB) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with `https://` . Whether an update causes interruptions depends on the resources that are being updated. An update never causes a nested stack to be replaced. """ diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudfront/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudfront/_inputs.py index 0588352597..da58e44f00 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudfront/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudfront/_inputs.py @@ -1708,6 +1708,10 @@ class DistributionConfigArgsDict(TypedDict): """ A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this distribution. """ + anycast_ip_list_id: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. + """ cache_behaviors: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DistributionCacheBehaviorArgsDict']]]] """ A complex type that contains zero or more ``CacheBehavior`` elements. @@ -1740,12 +1744,12 @@ class DistributionConfigArgsDict(TypedDict): """ default_root_object: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ - The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. - Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. + When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. + You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. - For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ http_version: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ @@ -1816,6 +1820,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, default_cache_behavior: pulumi.Input['DistributionDefaultCacheBehaviorArgs'], enabled: pulumi.Input[bool], aliases: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None, + anycast_ip_list_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, cache_behaviors: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DistributionCacheBehaviorArgs']]]] = None, cnames: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None, comment: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, @@ -1839,6 +1844,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['DistributionDefaultCacheBehaviorArgs'] default_cache_behavior: A complex type that describes the default cache behavior if you don't specify a ``CacheBehavior`` element or if files don't match any of the values of ``PathPattern`` in ``CacheBehavior`` elements. You must create exactly one default cache behavior. :param pulumi.Input[bool] enabled: From this field, you can enable or disable the selected distribution. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] aliases: A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this distribution. + :param pulumi.Input[str] anycast_ip_list_id: ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DistributionCacheBehaviorArgs']]] cache_behaviors: A complex type that contains zero or more ``CacheBehavior`` elements. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] cnames: An alias for the CF distribution's domain name. This property is legacy. We recommend that you use [Aliases](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-cloudfront-distribution-distributionconfig.html#cfn-cloudfront-distribution-distributionconfig-aliases) instead. @@ -1851,12 +1857,12 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, For more information about custom error pages, see [Customizing Error Responses](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/custom-error-pages.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. :param pulumi.Input['DistributionLegacyCustomOriginArgs'] custom_origin: The user-defined HTTP server that serves as the origin for content that CF distributes. This property is legacy. We recommend that you use [Origin](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-cloudfront-distribution-origin.html) instead. - :param pulumi.Input[str] default_root_object: The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. - Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. + :param pulumi.Input[str] default_root_object: When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. + You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. - For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. :param pulumi.Input[str] http_version: (Optional) Specify the HTTP version(s) that you want viewers to use to communicate with CF. The default value for new distributions is ``http1.1``. For viewers and CF to use HTTP/2, viewers must support TLSv1.2 or later, and must support Server Name Indication (SNI). For viewers and CF to use HTTP/3, viewers must support TLSv1.3 and Server Name Indication (SNI). CF supports HTTP/3 connection migration to allow the viewer to switch networks without losing connection. For more information about connection migration, see [Connection Migration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000.html#name-connection-migration) at RFC 9000. For more information about supported TLSv1.3 ciphers, see [Supported protocols and ciphers between viewers and CloudFront](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/secure-connections-supported-viewer-protocols-ciphers.html). @@ -1889,6 +1895,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, pulumi.set(__self__, "enabled", enabled) if aliases is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "aliases", aliases) + if anycast_ip_list_id is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "anycast_ip_list_id", anycast_ip_list_id) if cache_behaviors is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "cache_behaviors", cache_behaviors) if cnames is not None: @@ -1962,6 +1970,18 @@ def aliases(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]]: def aliases(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]]): pulumi.set(self, "aliases", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="anycastIpListId") + def anycast_ip_list_id(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "anycast_ip_list_id") + + @anycast_ip_list_id.setter + def anycast_ip_list_id(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): + pulumi.set(self, "anycast_ip_list_id", value) + @property @pulumi.getter(name="cacheBehaviors") def cache_behaviors(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DistributionCacheBehaviorArgs']]]]: @@ -2044,12 +2064,12 @@ def custom_origin(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DistributionLegacyCustomOr @pulumi.getter(name="defaultRootObject") def default_root_object(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: """ - The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. - Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. + When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. + You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. - For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "default_root_object") @@ -2453,12 +2473,12 @@ class DistributionCustomOriginConfigArgsDict(TypedDict): origin_keepalive_timeout: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[int]] """ Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. - For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ origin_read_timeout: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[int]] """ Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. - For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ origin_ssl_protocols: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] """ @@ -2486,9 +2506,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[int] http_port: The HTTP port that CloudFront uses to connect to the origin. Specify the HTTP port that the origin listens on. :param pulumi.Input[int] https_port: The HTTPS port that CloudFront uses to connect to the origin. Specify the HTTPS port that the origin listens on. :param pulumi.Input[int] origin_keepalive_timeout: Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. - For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. :param pulumi.Input[int] origin_read_timeout: Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. - For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] origin_ssl_protocols: Specifies the minimum SSL/TLS protocol that CloudFront uses when connecting to your origin over HTTPS. Valid values include ``SSLv3``, ``TLSv1``, ``TLSv1.1``, and ``TLSv1.2``. For more information, see [Minimum Origin SSL Protocol](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginSSLProtocols) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ @@ -2548,7 +2568,7 @@ def https_port(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): def origin_keepalive_timeout(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]: """ Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. - For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "origin_keepalive_timeout") @@ -2561,7 +2581,7 @@ def origin_keepalive_timeout(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): def origin_read_timeout(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]: """ Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. - For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "origin_read_timeout") @@ -3358,6 +3378,11 @@ def locations(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]]): if not MYPY: class DistributionGrpcConfigArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications. + To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``. + For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + """ enabled: pulumi.Input[bool] """ Enables your CloudFront distribution to receive gRPC requests and to proxy them directly to your origins. @@ -3370,6 +3395,9 @@ class DistributionGrpcConfigArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, enabled: pulumi.Input[bool]): """ + Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications. + To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``. + For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. :param pulumi.Input[bool] enabled: Enables your CloudFront distribution to receive gRPC requests and to proxy them directly to your origins. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "enabled", enabled) @@ -3659,11 +3687,12 @@ def origin_access_identity(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): if not MYPY: class DistributionLoggingArgsDict(TypedDict): """ - A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution. + A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution. + If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ bucket: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ - The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. + The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. """ include_cookies: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[bool]] """ @@ -3683,8 +3712,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, include_cookies: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, prefix: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): """ - A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution. - :param pulumi.Input[str] bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. + A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution. + If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + :param pulumi.Input[str] bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. :param pulumi.Input[bool] include_cookies: Specifies whether you want CloudFront to include cookies in access logs, specify ``true`` for ``IncludeCookies``. If you choose to include cookies in logs, CloudFront logs all cookies regardless of how you configure the cache behaviors for this distribution. If you don't want to include cookies when you create a distribution or if you want to disable include cookies for an existing distribution, specify ``false`` for ``IncludeCookies``. :param pulumi.Input[str] prefix: An optional string that you want CloudFront to prefix to the access log ``filenames`` for this distribution, for example, ``myprefix/``. If you want to enable logging, but you don't want to specify a prefix, you still must include an empty ``Prefix`` element in the ``Logging`` element. """ @@ -3699,7 +3729,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @pulumi.getter def bucket(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: """ - The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. + The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. """ return pulumi.get(self, "bucket") @@ -3968,7 +3998,8 @@ def items(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['Distribution if not MYPY: class DistributionOriginGroupArgsDict(TypedDict): """ - An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests. """ failover_criteria: pulumi.Input['DistributionOriginGroupFailoverCriteriaArgsDict'] """ @@ -3984,7 +4015,7 @@ class DistributionOriginGroupArgsDict(TypedDict): """ selection_criteria: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria']] """ - The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . + The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ elif False: DistributionOriginGroupArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -3997,11 +4028,12 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, members: pulumi.Input['DistributionOriginGroupMembersArgs'], selection_criteria: Optional[pulumi.Input['DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria']] = None): """ - An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests. :param pulumi.Input['DistributionOriginGroupFailoverCriteriaArgs'] failover_criteria: A complex type that contains information about the failover criteria for an origin group. :param pulumi.Input[str] id: The origin group's ID. :param pulumi.Input['DistributionOriginGroupMembersArgs'] members: A complex type that contains information about the origins in an origin group. - :param pulumi.Input['DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria'] selection_criteria: The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . + :param pulumi.Input['DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria'] selection_criteria: The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "failover_criteria", failover_criteria) pulumi.set(__self__, "id", id) @@ -4049,7 +4081,7 @@ def members(self, value: pulumi.Input['DistributionOriginGroupMembersArgs']): @pulumi.getter(name="selectionCriteria") def selection_criteria(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria']]: """ - The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . + The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "selection_criteria") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudfront/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudfront/outputs.py index cef30100ed..45968d3f08 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudfront/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/cloudfront/outputs.py @@ -1299,6 +1299,8 @@ def __key_warning(key: str): suggest = None if key == "defaultCacheBehavior": suggest = "default_cache_behavior" + elif key == "anycastIpListId": + suggest = "anycast_ip_list_id" elif key == "cacheBehaviors": suggest = "cache_behaviors" elif key == "continuousDeploymentPolicyId": @@ -1339,6 +1341,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, default_cache_behavior: 'outputs.DistributionDefaultCacheBehavior', enabled: bool, aliases: Optional[Sequence[str]] = None, + anycast_ip_list_id: Optional[str] = None, cache_behaviors: Optional[Sequence['outputs.DistributionCacheBehavior']] = None, cnames: Optional[Sequence[str]] = None, comment: Optional[str] = None, @@ -1362,6 +1365,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param 'DistributionDefaultCacheBehavior' default_cache_behavior: A complex type that describes the default cache behavior if you don't specify a ``CacheBehavior`` element or if files don't match any of the values of ``PathPattern`` in ``CacheBehavior`` elements. You must create exactly one default cache behavior. :param bool enabled: From this field, you can enable or disable the selected distribution. :param Sequence[str] aliases: A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this distribution. + :param str anycast_ip_list_id: ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. :param Sequence['DistributionCacheBehavior'] cache_behaviors: A complex type that contains zero or more ``CacheBehavior`` elements. :param Sequence[str] cnames: An alias for the CF distribution's domain name. This property is legacy. We recommend that you use [Aliases](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-cloudfront-distribution-distributionconfig.html#cfn-cloudfront-distribution-distributionconfig-aliases) instead. @@ -1374,12 +1378,12 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, For more information about custom error pages, see [Customizing Error Responses](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/custom-error-pages.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. :param 'DistributionLegacyCustomOrigin' custom_origin: The user-defined HTTP server that serves as the origin for content that CF distributes. This property is legacy. We recommend that you use [Origin](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-cloudfront-distribution-origin.html) instead. - :param str default_root_object: The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. - Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. + :param str default_root_object: When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. + You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. - For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. :param str http_version: (Optional) Specify the HTTP version(s) that you want viewers to use to communicate with CF. The default value for new distributions is ``http1.1``. For viewers and CF to use HTTP/2, viewers must support TLSv1.2 or later, and must support Server Name Indication (SNI). For viewers and CF to use HTTP/3, viewers must support TLSv1.3 and Server Name Indication (SNI). CF supports HTTP/3 connection migration to allow the viewer to switch networks without losing connection. For more information about connection migration, see [Connection Migration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000.html#name-connection-migration) at RFC 9000. For more information about supported TLSv1.3 ciphers, see [Supported protocols and ciphers between viewers and CloudFront](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/secure-connections-supported-viewer-protocols-ciphers.html). @@ -1412,6 +1416,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, pulumi.set(__self__, "enabled", enabled) if aliases is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "aliases", aliases) + if anycast_ip_list_id is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "anycast_ip_list_id", anycast_ip_list_id) if cache_behaviors is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "cache_behaviors", cache_behaviors) if cnames is not None: @@ -1473,6 +1479,14 @@ def aliases(self) -> Optional[Sequence[str]]: """ return pulumi.get(self, "aliases") + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="anycastIpListId") + def anycast_ip_list_id(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + ID of the Anycast static IP list that is associated with the distribution. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "anycast_ip_list_id") + @property @pulumi.getter(name="cacheBehaviors") def cache_behaviors(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.DistributionCacheBehavior']]: @@ -1531,12 +1545,12 @@ def custom_origin(self) -> Optional['outputs.DistributionLegacyCustomOrigin']: @pulumi.getter(name="defaultRootObject") def default_root_object(self) -> Optional[str]: """ - The object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin (for example, ``index.html``) when a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution (``https://www.example.com``) instead of an object in your distribution (``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). Specifying a default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. - Specify only the object name, for example, ``index.html``. Don't add a ``/`` before the object name. + When a viewer requests the root URL for your distribution, the default root object is the object that you want CloudFront to request from your origin. For example, if your root URL is ``https://www.example.com``, you can specify CloudFront to return the ``index.html`` file as the default root object. You can specify a default root object so that viewers see a specific file or object, instead of another object in your distribution (for example, ``https://www.example.com/product-description.html``). A default root object avoids exposing the contents of your distribution. + You can specify the object name or a path to the object name (for example, ``index.html`` or ``exampleFolderName/index.html``). Your string can't begin with a forward slash (``/``). Only specify the object name or the path to the object. If you don't want to specify a default root object when you create a distribution, include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. To delete the default root object from an existing distribution, update the distribution configuration and include an empty ``DefaultRootObject`` element. To replace the default root object, update the distribution configuration and specify the new object. - For more information about the default root object, see [Creating a Default Root Object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information about the default root object, see [Specify a default root object](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/DefaultRootObject.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "default_root_object") @@ -1879,9 +1893,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param int http_port: The HTTP port that CloudFront uses to connect to the origin. Specify the HTTP port that the origin listens on. :param int https_port: The HTTPS port that CloudFront uses to connect to the origin. Specify the HTTPS port that the origin listens on. :param int origin_keepalive_timeout: Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. - For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. :param int origin_read_timeout: Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. - For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. :param Sequence[str] origin_ssl_protocols: Specifies the minimum SSL/TLS protocol that CloudFront uses when connecting to your origin over HTTPS. Valid values include ``SSLv3``, ``TLSv1``, ``TLSv1.1``, and ``TLSv1.2``. For more information, see [Minimum Origin SSL Protocol](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginSSLProtocols) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ @@ -1929,7 +1943,7 @@ def https_port(self) -> Optional[int]: def origin_keepalive_timeout(self) -> Optional[int]: """ Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront persists its connection to the origin. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 5 seconds. - For more information, see [Origin Keep-alive Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information, see [Keep-alive timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginKeepaliveTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "origin_keepalive_timeout") @@ -1938,7 +1952,7 @@ def origin_keepalive_timeout(self) -> Optional[int]: def origin_read_timeout(self) -> Optional[int]: """ Specifies how long, in seconds, CloudFront waits for a response from the origin. This is also known as the *origin response timeout*. The minimum timeout is 1 second, the maximum is 60 seconds, and the default (if you don't specify otherwise) is 30 seconds. - For more information, see [Origin Response Timeout](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + For more information, see [Response timeout (custom origins only)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValuesOriginResponseTimeout) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "origin_read_timeout") @@ -2542,9 +2556,17 @@ def locations(self) -> Optional[Sequence[str]]: @pulumi.output_type class DistributionGrpcConfig(dict): + """ + Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications. + To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``. + For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + """ def __init__(__self__, *, enabled: bool): """ + Amazon CloudFront supports gRPC, an open-source remote procedure call (RPC) framework built on HTTP/2. gRPC offers bi-directional streaming and binary protocol that buffers payloads, making it suitable for applications that require low latency communications. + To enable your distribution to handle gRPC requests, you must include HTTP/2 as one of the supported ``HTTP`` versions and allow ``HTTP`` methods, including ``POST``. + For more information, see [Using gRPC with CloudFront distributions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-using-grpc.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. :param bool enabled: Enables your CloudFront distribution to receive gRPC requests and to proxy them directly to your origins. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "enabled", enabled) @@ -2793,7 +2815,8 @@ def origin_access_identity(self) -> Optional[str]: @pulumi.output_type class DistributionLogging(dict): """ - A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution. + A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution. + If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ @staticmethod def __key_warning(key: str): @@ -2817,8 +2840,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, include_cookies: Optional[bool] = None, prefix: Optional[str] = None): """ - A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the distribution. - :param str bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. + A complex type that specifies whether access logs are written for the distribution. + If you already enabled standard logging (legacy) and you want to enable standard logging (v2) to send your access logs to Amazon S3, we recommend that you specify a *different* Amazon S3 bucket or use a *separate path* in the same bucket (for example, use a log prefix or partitioning). This helps you keep track of which log files are associated with which logging subscription and prevents log files from overwriting each other. For more information, see [Standard logging (access logs)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/AccessLogs.html) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. + :param str bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. :param bool include_cookies: Specifies whether you want CloudFront to include cookies in access logs, specify ``true`` for ``IncludeCookies``. If you choose to include cookies in logs, CloudFront logs all cookies regardless of how you configure the cache behaviors for this distribution. If you don't want to include cookies when you create a distribution or if you want to disable include cookies for an existing distribution, specify ``false`` for ``IncludeCookies``. :param str prefix: An optional string that you want CloudFront to prefix to the access log ``filenames`` for this distribution, for example, ``myprefix/``. If you want to enable logging, but you don't want to specify a prefix, you still must include an empty ``Prefix`` element in the ``Logging`` element. """ @@ -2833,7 +2857,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @pulumi.getter def bucket(self) -> Optional[str]: """ - The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. + The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, ``amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3.amazonaws.com``. """ return pulumi.get(self, "bucket") @@ -3111,7 +3135,8 @@ def header_value(self) -> str: @pulumi.output_type class DistributionOriginGroup(dict): """ - An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests. """ @staticmethod def __key_warning(key: str): @@ -3138,11 +3163,12 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, members: 'outputs.DistributionOriginGroupMembers', selection_criteria: Optional['DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria'] = None): """ - An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a second origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the second origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + An origin group includes two origins (a primary origin and a secondary origin to failover to) and a failover criteria that you specify. You create an origin group to support origin failover in CloudFront. When you create or update a distribution, you can specify the origin group instead of a single origin, and CloudFront will failover from the primary origin to the secondary origin under the failover conditions that you've chosen. + Optionally, you can choose selection criteria for your origin group to specify how your origins are selected when your distribution routes viewer requests. :param 'DistributionOriginGroupFailoverCriteria' failover_criteria: A complex type that contains information about the failover criteria for an origin group. :param str id: The origin group's ID. :param 'DistributionOriginGroupMembers' members: A complex type that contains information about the origins in an origin group. - :param 'DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria' selection_criteria: The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . + :param 'DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria' selection_criteria: The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "failover_criteria", failover_criteria) pulumi.set(__self__, "id", id) @@ -3178,7 +3204,7 @@ def members(self) -> 'outputs.DistributionOriginGroupMembers': @pulumi.getter(name="selectionCriteria") def selection_criteria(self) -> Optional['DistributionOriginGroupSelectionCriteria']: """ - The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide* . + The selection criteria for the origin group. For more information, see [Create an origin group](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/high_availability_origin_failover.html#concept_origin_groups.creating) in the *Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "selection_criteria") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/databrew/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/databrew/_inputs.py index 25cfa0dbfd..184b24b045 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/databrew/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/databrew/_inputs.py @@ -1163,6 +1163,9 @@ class DatasetS3LocationArgsDict(TypedDict): The Amazon S3 bucket name. """ bucket_owner: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. + """ key: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ The unique name of the object in the bucket. @@ -1179,6 +1182,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, """ Input location :param pulumi.Input[str] bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket name. + :param pulumi.Input[str] bucket_owner: The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. :param pulumi.Input[str] key: The unique name of the object in the bucket. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "bucket", bucket) @@ -1202,6 +1206,9 @@ def bucket(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="bucketOwner") def bucket_owner(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "bucket_owner") @bucket_owner.setter diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/databrew/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/databrew/outputs.py index 578d69a99a..b6653dcf12 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/databrew/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/databrew/outputs.py @@ -990,6 +990,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, """ Input location :param str bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket name. + :param str bucket_owner: The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. :param str key: The unique name of the object in the bucket. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "bucket", bucket) @@ -1009,6 +1010,9 @@ def bucket(self) -> str: @property @pulumi.getter(name="bucketOwner") def bucket_owner(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The AWS account ID of the bucket owner. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "bucket_owner") @property diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/_inputs.py index 2dd197703d..f568440863 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/_inputs.py @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ 'DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgsDict', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgsDict', + 'DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs', + 'DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgsDict', 'DataSourceFilterExpressionArgs', 'DataSourceFilterExpressionArgsDict', 'DataSourceFormInputArgs', @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ 'DataSourceRedshiftStorage1PropertiesArgsDict', 'DataSourceRelationalFilterConfigurationArgs', 'DataSourceRelationalFilterConfigurationArgsDict', + 'DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs', + 'DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgsDict', 'DataSourceScheduleConfigurationArgs', 'DataSourceScheduleConfigurationArgsDict', 'DomainSingleSignOnArgs', @@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ if not MYPY: class DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgsDict(TypedDict): """ - Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. """ glue_run_configuration: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DataSourceGlueRunConfigurationInputArgsDict']] elif False: @@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ class DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, glue_run_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceGlueRunConfigurationInputArgs']] = None): """ - Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. """ if glue_run_configuration is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "glue_run_configuration", glue_run_configuration) @@ -96,7 +100,7 @@ def glue_run_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceGlueRun if not MYPY: class DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgsDict(TypedDict): """ - Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. """ redshift_run_configuration: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DataSourceRedshiftRunConfigurationInputArgsDict']] elif False: @@ -107,7 +111,7 @@ class DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, redshift_run_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceRedshiftRunConfigurationInputArgs']] = None): """ - Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. """ if redshift_run_configuration is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "redshift_run_configuration", redshift_run_configuration) @@ -122,6 +126,35 @@ def redshift_run_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceRed pulumi.set(self, "redshift_run_configuration", value) +if not MYPY: + class DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. + """ + sage_maker_run_configuration: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgsDict']] +elif False: + DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + sage_maker_run_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs']] = None): + """ + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. + """ + if sage_maker_run_configuration is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "sage_maker_run_configuration", sage_maker_run_configuration) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="sageMakerRunConfiguration") + def sage_maker_run_configuration(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs']]: + return pulumi.get(self, "sage_maker_run_configuration") + + @sage_maker_run_configuration.setter + def sage_maker_run_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs']]): + pulumi.set(self, "sage_maker_run_configuration", value) + + if not MYPY: class DataSourceFilterExpressionArgsDict(TypedDict): """ @@ -686,6 +719,41 @@ def schema_name(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): pulumi.set(self, "schema_name", value) +if not MYPY: + class DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source. + """ + tracking_assets: pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, Any]] + """ + The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. + """ +elif False: + DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInputArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + tracking_assets: pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, Any]]): + """ + The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source. + :param pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, Any]] tracking_assets: The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. + """ + pulumi.set(__self__, "tracking_assets", tracking_assets) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="trackingAssets") + def tracking_assets(self) -> pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, Any]]: + """ + The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "tracking_assets") + + @tracking_assets.setter + def tracking_assets(self, value: pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, Any]]): + pulumi.set(self, "tracking_assets", value) + + if not MYPY: class DataSourceScheduleConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/data_source.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/data_source.py index 8a22313615..43e122508d 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/data_source.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/data_source.py @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, project_identifier: pulumi.Input[str], type: pulumi.Input[str], asset_forms_input: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DataSourceFormInputArgs']]]] = None, - configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs']]] = None, + configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs']]] = None, description: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, enable_setting: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceEnableSetting']] = None, name: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[str] project_identifier: The identifier of the Amazon DataZone project in which you want to add the data source. :param pulumi.Input[str] type: The type of the data source. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DataSourceFormInputArgs']]] asset_forms_input: The metadata forms that are to be attached to the assets that this data source works with. - :param pulumi.Input[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs']] configuration: Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + :param pulumi.Input[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs']] configuration: Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. :param pulumi.Input[str] description: The description of the data source. :param pulumi.Input['DataSourceEnableSetting'] enable_setting: Specifies whether the data source is enabled. :param pulumi.Input[str] name: The name of the data source. @@ -132,14 +132,14 @@ def asset_forms_input(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[' @property @pulumi.getter - def configuration(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs']]]: + def configuration(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs']]]: """ Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. """ return pulumi.get(self, "configuration") @configuration.setter - def configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs']]]): + def configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs']]]): pulumi.set(self, "configuration", value) @property @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, resource_name: str, opts: Optional[pulumi.ResourceOptions] = None, asset_forms_input: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['DataSourceFormInputArgs', 'DataSourceFormInputArgsDict']]]]] = None, - configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input[Union[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgsDict'], Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgsDict']]]] = None, + configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input[Union[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgsDict'], Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgsDict'], Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgsDict']]]] = None, description: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, domain_identifier: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, enable_setting: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceEnableSetting']] = None, @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param str resource_name: The name of the resource. :param pulumi.ResourceOptions opts: Options for the resource. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['DataSourceFormInputArgs', 'DataSourceFormInputArgsDict']]]] asset_forms_input: The metadata forms that are to be attached to the assets that this data source works with. - :param pulumi.Input[Union[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgsDict'], Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgsDict']]] configuration: Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + :param pulumi.Input[Union[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgsDict'], Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgsDict'], Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgsDict']]] configuration: Configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. :param pulumi.Input[str] description: The description of the data source. :param pulumi.Input[str] domain_identifier: The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain where the data source is created. :param pulumi.Input['DataSourceEnableSetting'] enable_setting: Specifies whether the data source is enabled. @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ def _internal_init(__self__, resource_name: str, opts: Optional[pulumi.ResourceOptions] = None, asset_forms_input: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['DataSourceFormInputArgs', 'DataSourceFormInputArgsDict']]]]] = None, - configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input[Union[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgsDict'], Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgsDict']]]] = None, + configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input[Union[Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput0PropertiesArgsDict'], Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1PropertiesArgsDict'], Union['DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgs', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput2PropertiesArgsDict']]]] = None, description: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, domain_identifier: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, enable_setting: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSourceEnableSetting']] = None, diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/outputs.py index 3edda1b498..5b6f5c3412 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/datazone/outputs.py @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ __all__ = [ 'DataSourceConfigurationInput0Properties', 'DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties', + 'DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties', 'DataSourceFilterExpression', 'DataSourceFormInput', 'DataSourceGlueRunConfigurationInput', @@ -30,6 +31,7 @@ 'DataSourceRedshiftStorage0Properties', 'DataSourceRedshiftStorage1Properties', 'DataSourceRelationalFilterConfiguration', + 'DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput', 'DataSourceScheduleConfiguration', 'DomainSingleSignOn', 'EnvironmentActionsAwsConsoleLinkParameters', @@ -48,7 +50,7 @@ @pulumi.output_type class DataSourceConfigurationInput0Properties(dict): """ - Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. """ @staticmethod def __key_warning(key: str): @@ -70,7 +72,7 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, glue_run_configuration: Optional['outputs.DataSourceGlueRunConfigurationInput'] = None): """ - Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. """ if glue_run_configuration is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "glue_run_configuration", glue_run_configuration) @@ -84,7 +86,7 @@ def glue_run_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.DataSourceGlueRunConfigura @pulumi.output_type class DataSourceConfigurationInput1Properties(dict): """ - Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. """ @staticmethod def __key_warning(key: str): @@ -106,7 +108,7 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, redshift_run_configuration: Optional['outputs.DataSourceRedshiftRunConfigurationInput'] = None): """ - Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration. + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. """ if redshift_run_configuration is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "redshift_run_configuration", redshift_run_configuration) @@ -117,6 +119,42 @@ def redshift_run_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.DataSourceRedshiftRunC return pulumi.get(self, "redshift_run_configuration") +@pulumi.output_type +class DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties(dict): + """ + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. + """ + @staticmethod + def __key_warning(key: str): + suggest = None + if key == "sageMakerRunConfiguration": + suggest = "sage_maker_run_configuration" + + if suggest: + pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") + + def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: + DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties.__key_warning(key) + return super().__getitem__(key) + + def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: + DataSourceConfigurationInput2Properties.__key_warning(key) + return super().get(key, default) + + def __init__(__self__, *, + sage_maker_run_configuration: Optional['outputs.DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput'] = None): + """ + Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration or sageMakerRunConfiguration. + """ + if sage_maker_run_configuration is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "sage_maker_run_configuration", sage_maker_run_configuration) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="sageMakerRunConfiguration") + def sage_maker_run_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput']: + return pulumi.get(self, "sage_maker_run_configuration") + + @pulumi.output_type class DataSourceFilterExpression(dict): """ @@ -653,6 +691,45 @@ def schema_name(self) -> Optional[str]: return pulumi.get(self, "schema_name") +@pulumi.output_type +class DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput(dict): + """ + The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source. + """ + @staticmethod + def __key_warning(key: str): + suggest = None + if key == "trackingAssets": + suggest = "tracking_assets" + + if suggest: + pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") + + def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: + DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput.__key_warning(key) + return super().__getitem__(key) + + def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: + DataSourceSageMakerRunConfigurationInput.__key_warning(key) + return super().get(key, default) + + def __init__(__self__, *, + tracking_assets: Mapping[str, Any]): + """ + The configuration details of the Amazon SageMaker data source. + :param Mapping[str, Any] tracking_assets: The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. + """ + pulumi.set(__self__, "tracking_assets", tracking_assets) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="trackingAssets") + def tracking_assets(self) -> Mapping[str, Any]: + """ + The tracking assets of the Amazon SageMaker run. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "tracking_assets") + + @pulumi.output_type class DataSourceScheduleConfiguration(dict): """ diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/_enums.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/_enums.py index 1a7a37646b..951cc83061 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/_enums.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/_enums.py @@ -789,6 +789,9 @@ class VpcBlockPublicAccessOptionsInternetGatewayBlockMode(str, Enum): class VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType(str, Enum): + """ + The DNS records created for the endpoint. + """ IPV4 = "ipv4" IPV6 = "ipv6" DUALSTACK = "dualstack" @@ -797,12 +800,18 @@ class VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType(str, Enum): class VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint(str, Enum): + """ + Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + """ ONLY_INBOUND_RESOLVER = "OnlyInboundResolver" ALL_RESOLVERS = "AllResolvers" NOT_SPECIFIED = "NotSpecified" class VpcEndpointIpAddressType(str, Enum): + """ + The supported IP address types. + """ IPV4 = "ipv4" IPV6 = "ipv6" DUALSTACK = "dualstack" diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/_inputs.py index a2faacafe9..0af3daab55 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/_inputs.py @@ -1076,6 +1076,9 @@ def min(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): if not MYPY: class Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): cpu: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgsDict']] + """ + The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ elif False: Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -1083,12 +1086,18 @@ class Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): class Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, cpu: Optional[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs']] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs'] cpu: The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ if cpu is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "cpu", cpu) @property @pulumi.getter def cpu(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs']]: + """ + The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "cpu") @cpu.setter @@ -1225,6 +1234,11 @@ def usage_strategy(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetCapacityReservati if not MYPY: class Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): references: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgsDict']]]] + """ + Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + + > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + """ elif False: Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -1232,12 +1246,22 @@ class Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): class Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, references: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs']]]] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs']]] references: Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + + > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + """ if references is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "references", references) @property @pulumi.getter def references(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs']]]]: + """ + Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + + > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "references") @references.setter @@ -1709,6 +1733,9 @@ class Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): Default: No minimum or maximum limits """ baseline_performance_factors: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgsDict']] + """ + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + """ burstable_performance: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestBurstablePerformance']] """ Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . @@ -1941,6 +1968,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestArgs'] baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps: The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . Default: No minimum or maximum limits + :param pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs'] baseline_performance_factors: The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . :param pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestBurstablePerformance'] burstable_performance: Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . - To include burstable performance instance types, specify `included` . @@ -2236,6 +2264,9 @@ def baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetBase @property @pulumi.getter(name="baselinePerformanceFactors") def baseline_performance_factors(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs']]: + """ + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + """ return pulumi.get(self, "baseline_performance_factors") @baseline_performance_factors.setter @@ -2942,6 +2973,26 @@ def single_instance_type(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]): if not MYPY: class Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): instance_family: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + + > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + - `c1` + - `g3` | `g3s` + - `hpc7g` + - `m1` | `m2` + - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + - `t1` + - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + + If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + """ elif False: Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -2949,12 +3000,52 @@ class Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): class Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, instance_family: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input[str] instance_family: The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + + > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + - `c1` + - `g3` | `g3s` + - `hpc7g` + - `m1` | `m2` + - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + - `t1` + - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + + If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + """ if instance_family is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "instance_family", instance_family) @property @pulumi.getter(name="instanceFamily") def instance_family(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + + > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + - `c1` + - `g3` | `g3s` + - `hpc7g` + - `m1` | `m2` + - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + - `t1` + - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + + If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + """ return pulumi.get(self, "instance_family") @instance_family.setter @@ -5263,6 +5354,10 @@ def min(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): if not MYPY: class LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. + Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference. + """ cpu: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateCpuArgsDict']] """ The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. @@ -5275,6 +5370,8 @@ class LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, cpu: Optional[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateCpuArgs']] = None): """ + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. + Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference. :param pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateCpuArgs'] cpu: The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. """ if cpu is not None: @@ -5400,7 +5497,8 @@ class LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationArgsDict(TypedDict): capacity_reservation_preference: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: - + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. + + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. """ capacity_reservation_target: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationTargetArgsDict']] @@ -5419,7 +5517,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, Specifies an instance's Capacity Reservation targeting option. You can specify only one option at a time. ``CapacityReservationSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). :param pulumi.Input[str] capacity_reservation_preference: Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: - + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. + + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. :param pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationTargetArgs'] capacity_reservation_target: Information about the target Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. """ @@ -5433,7 +5532,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, def capacity_reservation_preference(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: """ Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: - + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. + + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. """ return pulumi.get(self, "capacity_reservation_preference") @@ -5669,6 +5769,9 @@ def threads_per_core(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): if not MYPY: class LaunchTemplateCpuArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ references: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateReferenceArgsDict']]]] """ The instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes are compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. @@ -5681,6 +5784,7 @@ class LaunchTemplateCpuArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, references: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateReferenceArgs']]]] = None): """ + Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateReferenceArgs']]] references: The instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes are compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. """ if references is not None: @@ -5781,7 +5885,8 @@ class LaunchTemplateDataArgsDict(TypedDict): """ elastic_inference_accelerators: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAcceleratorArgsDict']]]] """ - An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. + An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. """ @@ -5829,7 +5934,7 @@ class LaunchTemplateDataArgsDict(TypedDict): If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. """ instance_type: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ @@ -5892,8 +5997,7 @@ class LaunchTemplateDataArgsDict(TypedDict): """ tag_specifications: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TagSpecificationArgsDict']]]] """ - The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. - To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). """ user_data: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] @@ -5951,7 +6055,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[bool] ebs_optimized: Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal Amazon EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateElasticGpuSpecificationArgs']]] elastic_gpu_specifications: Deprecated. Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, G4dn, or G5 instances. - :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAcceleratorArgs']]] elastic_inference_accelerators: An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAcceleratorArgs']]] elastic_inference_accelerators: Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. + An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. :param pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateEnclaveOptionsArgs'] enclave_options: Indicates whether the instance is enabled for AWS Nitro Enclaves. For more information, see [What is Nitro Enclaves?](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html) in the *Nitro Enclaves User Guide*. @@ -5978,7 +6083,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. :param pulumi.Input[str] instance_type: The instance type. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance types](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. If you specify ``InstanceType``, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. :param pulumi.Input[str] kernel_id: The ID of the kernel. @@ -5998,8 +6103,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network interface instead. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] security_groups: The names of the security groups. For a nondefault VPC, you must use security group IDs instead. If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. - :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TagSpecificationArgs']]] tag_specifications: The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. - To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TagSpecificationArgs']]] tag_specifications: The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). :param pulumi.Input[str] user_data: The user data to make available to the instance. You must provide base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. For more information, see [Run commands on your Amazon EC2 instance at launch](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. If you are creating the launch template for use with BATCH, the user data must be provided in the [MIME multi-part archive format](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https://cloudinit.readthedocs.io/en/latest/topics/format.html#mime-multi-part-archive). For more information, see [Amazon EC2 user data in launch templates](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html) in the *User Guide*. @@ -6170,7 +6274,8 @@ def elastic_gpu_specifications(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulum @pulumi.getter(name="elasticInferenceAccelerators") def elastic_inference_accelerators(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAcceleratorArgs']]]]: """ - An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. + An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. """ @@ -6274,7 +6379,7 @@ def instance_requirements(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateInstance If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "instance_requirements") @@ -6457,8 +6562,7 @@ def security_groups(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str @pulumi.getter(name="tagSpecifications") def tag_specifications(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TagSpecificationArgs']]]]: """ - The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. - To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). """ return pulumi.get(self, "tag_specifications") @@ -6508,7 +6612,7 @@ class LaunchTemplateEbsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ kms_key_id: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ - The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. + Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. """ snapshot_id: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ @@ -6559,7 +6663,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, For ``io2`` volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on [instances built on the Nitro System](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances). On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. This parameter is supported for ``io1``, ``io2``, and ``gp3`` volumes only. - :param pulumi.Input[str] kms_key_id: The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. + :param pulumi.Input[str] kms_key_id: Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. :param pulumi.Input[str] snapshot_id: The ID of the snapshot. :param pulumi.Input[int] throughput: The throughput to provision for a ``gp3`` volume, with a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s. Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000. @@ -6635,7 +6739,7 @@ def iops(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): @pulumi.getter(name="kmsKeyId") def kms_key_id(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: """ - The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. + Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. """ return pulumi.get(self, "kms_key_id") @@ -7100,7 +7204,7 @@ class LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgsDict(TypedDict): If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. """ accelerator_count: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateAcceleratorCountArgsDict']] """ @@ -7147,7 +7251,6 @@ class LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgsDict(TypedDict): The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``. + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``. - + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``. Default: Any accelerator type """ @@ -7175,7 +7278,7 @@ class LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ baseline_performance_factors: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgsDict']] """ - The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. """ burstable_performance: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ @@ -7192,6 +7295,7 @@ class LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirementsArgsDict(TypedDict): + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``. + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``. + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``. + + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``. Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. Default: Any manufacturer @@ -7328,7 +7432,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. :param pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateAcceleratorCountArgs'] accelerator_count: The minimum and maximum number of accelerators (GPUs, FPGAs, or AWS Inferentia chips) on an instance. To exclude accelerator-enabled instance types, set ``Max`` to ``0``. Default: No minimum or maximum limits @@ -7360,7 +7464,6 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] accelerator_types: The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``. + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``. - + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``. Default: Any accelerator type :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] allowed_instance_types: The instance types to apply your specified attributes against. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. @@ -7376,7 +7479,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, Default: ``excluded`` :param pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsArgs'] baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps: The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. Default: No minimum or maximum limits - :param pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgs'] baseline_performance_factors: The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + :param pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgs'] baseline_performance_factors: The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. :param pulumi.Input[str] burstable_performance: Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html). + To include burstable performance instance types, specify ``included``. + To require only burstable performance instance types, specify ``required``. @@ -7387,6 +7490,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``. + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``. + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``. + + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``. Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. Default: Any manufacturer @@ -7570,7 +7674,6 @@ def accelerator_types(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]] The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``. + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``. - + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``. Default: Any accelerator type """ @@ -7630,7 +7733,7 @@ def baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['LaunchTempla @pulumi.getter(name="baselinePerformanceFactors") def baseline_performance_factors(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactorsArgs']]: """ - The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "baseline_performance_factors") @@ -7663,6 +7766,7 @@ def cpu_manufacturers(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]] + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``. + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``. + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``. + + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``. Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. Default: Any manufacturer @@ -8516,9 +8620,10 @@ class LaunchTemplateNetworkInterfaceArgsDict(TypedDict): """ interface_type: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ - The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. - Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` + If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. + Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` """ ipv4_prefix_count: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[int]] """ @@ -8613,9 +8718,10 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[int] device_index: The device index for the network interface attachment. Each network interface requires a device index. If you create a launch template that includes secondary network interfaces but not a primary network interface, then you must add a primary network interface as a launch parameter when you launch an instance from the template. :param pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateEnaSrdSpecificationArgs'] ena_srd_specification: The ENA Express configuration for the network interface. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] groups: The IDs of one or more security groups. - :param pulumi.Input[str] interface_type: The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + :param pulumi.Input[str] interface_type: The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. - Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` + If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. + Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` :param pulumi.Input[int] ipv4_prefix_count: The number of IPv4 prefixes to be automatically assigned to the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the ``Ipv4Prefix`` option. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateIpv4PrefixSpecificationArgs']]] ipv4_prefixes: One or more IPv4 prefixes to be assigned to the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the ``Ipv4PrefixCount`` option. :param pulumi.Input[int] ipv6_address_count: The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to a network interface. Amazon EC2 automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't use this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses. @@ -8777,9 +8883,10 @@ def groups(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]]): @pulumi.getter(name="interfaceType") def interface_type(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: """ - The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. - Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` + If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. + Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` """ return pulumi.get(self, "interface_type") @@ -9278,9 +9385,24 @@ def private_ip_address(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): if not MYPY: class LaunchTemplateReferenceArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. + """ instance_family: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ - The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. + The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + ``c1`` + + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` + + ``hpc7g`` + + ``m1`` | ``m2`` + + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` + + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` + + ``t1`` + + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. """ elif False: LaunchTemplateReferenceArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -9290,7 +9412,20 @@ class LaunchTemplateReferenceArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, instance_family: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input[str] instance_family: The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. + Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. + :param pulumi.Input[str] instance_family: The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + ``c1`` + + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` + + ``hpc7g`` + + ``m1`` | ``m2`` + + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` + + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` + + ``t1`` + + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. """ if instance_family is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "instance_family", instance_family) @@ -9299,7 +9434,19 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @pulumi.getter(name="instanceFamily") def instance_family(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: """ - The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. + The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + ``c1`` + + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` + + ``hpc7g`` + + ``m1`` | ``m2`` + + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` + + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` + + ``t1`` + + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. """ return pulumi.get(self, "instance_family") @@ -9448,6 +9595,7 @@ def valid_until(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): class LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation. + To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html). ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). """ resource_type: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] @@ -9468,6 +9616,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, tags: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateTagArgs']]]] = None): """ Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation. + To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html). ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). :param pulumi.Input[str] resource_type: The type of resource. To tag a launch template, ``ResourceType`` must be ``launch-template``. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateTagArgs']]] tags: The tags for the resource. @@ -11348,6 +11497,9 @@ def min(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): if not MYPY: class SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): cpu: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgsDict']] + """ + The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ elif False: SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -11355,12 +11507,18 @@ class SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): class SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, cpu: Optional[pulumi.Input['SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs']] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input['SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs'] cpu: The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ if cpu is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "cpu", cpu) @property @pulumi.getter def cpu(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs']]: + """ + The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "cpu") @cpu.setter @@ -11536,6 +11694,11 @@ def name(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): if not MYPY: class SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): references: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgsDict']]]] + """ + Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + + > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + """ elif False: SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -11543,12 +11706,22 @@ class SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): class SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequestArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, references: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs']]]] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs']]] references: Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + + > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + """ if references is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "references", references) @property @pulumi.getter def references(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs']]]]: + """ + Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + + > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "references") @references.setter @@ -12278,6 +12451,9 @@ class SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): Default: No minimum or maximum limits """ baseline_performance_factors: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgsDict']] + """ + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + """ burstable_performance: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestBurstablePerformance']] """ Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . @@ -12510,6 +12686,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['SpotFleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequestArgs'] baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps: The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . Default: No minimum or maximum limits + :param pulumi.Input['SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs'] baseline_performance_factors: The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . :param pulumi.Input['SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestBurstablePerformance'] burstable_performance: Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . - To include burstable performance instance types, specify `included` . @@ -12805,6 +12982,9 @@ def baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['SpotFleetBas @property @pulumi.getter(name="baselinePerformanceFactors") def baseline_performance_factors(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequestArgs']]: + """ + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + """ return pulumi.get(self, "baseline_performance_factors") @baseline_performance_factors.setter @@ -14042,6 +14222,26 @@ def min(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): if not MYPY: class SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): instance_family: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + + > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + - `c1` + - `g3` | `g3s` + - `hpc7g` + - `m1` | `m2` + - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + - `t1` + - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + + If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + """ elif False: SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -14049,12 +14249,52 @@ class SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgsDict(TypedDict): class SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequestArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, instance_family: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input[str] instance_family: The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + + > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + - `c1` + - `g3` | `g3s` + - `hpc7g` + - `m1` | `m2` + - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + - `t1` + - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + + If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + """ if instance_family is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "instance_family", instance_family) @property @pulumi.getter(name="instanceFamily") def instance_family(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + + > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + - `c1` + - `g3` | `g3s` + - `hpc7g` + - `m1` | `m2` + - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + - `t1` + - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + + If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + """ return pulumi.get(self, "instance_family") @instance_family.setter @@ -15171,7 +15411,7 @@ def kms_key_arn(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): if not MYPY: class TagSpecificationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ - Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template. + Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). """ resource_type: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] @@ -15192,7 +15432,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, resource_type: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, tags: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateTagArgs']]]] = None): """ - Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template. + Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). :param pulumi.Input[str] resource_type: The type of resource to tag. You can specify tags for the following resource types only: ``instance`` | ``volume`` | ``network-interface`` | ``spot-instances-request``. If the instance does not include the resource type that you specify, the instance launch fails. For example, not all instance types include a volume. To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). @@ -16200,7 +16440,13 @@ def user_info_endpoint(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): if not MYPY: class VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgsDict(TypedDict): dns_record_ip_type: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType']] + """ + The DNS records created for the endpoint. + """ private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint']] + """ + Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + """ elif False: VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -16209,6 +16455,10 @@ class VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, dns_record_ip_type: Optional[pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType']] = None, private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint: Optional[pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint']] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType'] dns_record_ip_type: The DNS records created for the endpoint. + :param pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint'] private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint: Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + """ if dns_record_ip_type is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "dns_record_ip_type", dns_record_ip_type) if private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint is not None: @@ -16217,6 +16467,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="dnsRecordIpType") def dns_record_ip_type(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType']]: + """ + The DNS records created for the endpoint. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "dns_record_ip_type") @dns_record_ip_type.setter @@ -16226,6 +16479,9 @@ def dns_record_ip_type(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptions @property @pulumi.getter(name="privateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint") def private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint']]: + """ + Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint") @private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint.setter diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/get_vpc_endpoint.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/get_vpc_endpoint.py index 03c6d0e6f4..2763a2309c 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/get_vpc_endpoint.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/get_vpc_endpoint.py @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@ def dns_entries(self) -> Optional[Sequence[str]]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="dnsOptions") def dns_options(self) -> Optional['outputs.VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification']: + """ + Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "dns_options") @property @@ -102,6 +105,9 @@ def id(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="ipAddressType") def ip_address_type(self) -> Optional['VpcEndpointIpAddressType']: + """ + The supported IP address types. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "ip_address_type") @property diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/get_vpc_endpoint_service.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/get_vpc_endpoint_service.py index ee038aafb8..f8d374ef1b 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/get_vpc_endpoint_service.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/get_vpc_endpoint_service.py @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ else: from typing_extensions import NotRequired, TypedDict, TypeAlias from .. import _utilities +from .. import outputs as _root_outputs __all__ = [ 'GetVpcEndpointServiceResult', @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ @pulumi.output_type class GetVpcEndpointServiceResult: - def __init__(__self__, acceptance_required=None, gateway_load_balancer_arns=None, network_load_balancer_arns=None, payer_responsibility=None, service_id=None): + def __init__(__self__, acceptance_required=None, gateway_load_balancer_arns=None, network_load_balancer_arns=None, payer_responsibility=None, service_id=None, tags=None): if acceptance_required and not isinstance(acceptance_required, bool): raise TypeError("Expected argument 'acceptance_required' to be a bool") pulumi.set(__self__, "acceptance_required", acceptance_required) @@ -39,6 +40,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, acceptance_required=None, gateway_load_balancer_arns=None if service_id and not isinstance(service_id, str): raise TypeError("Expected argument 'service_id' to be a str") pulumi.set(__self__, "service_id", service_id) + if tags and not isinstance(tags, list): + raise TypeError("Expected argument 'tags' to be a list") + pulumi.set(__self__, "tags", tags) @property @pulumi.getter(name="acceptanceRequired") @@ -80,6 +84,14 @@ def service_id(self) -> Optional[str]: """ return pulumi.get(self, "service_id") + @property + @pulumi.getter + def tags(self) -> Optional[Sequence['_root_outputs.Tag']]: + """ + The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "tags") + class AwaitableGetVpcEndpointServiceResult(GetVpcEndpointServiceResult): # pylint: disable=using-constant-test @@ -91,7 +103,8 @@ def __await__(self): gateway_load_balancer_arns=self.gateway_load_balancer_arns, network_load_balancer_arns=self.network_load_balancer_arns, payer_responsibility=self.payer_responsibility, - service_id=self.service_id) + service_id=self.service_id, + tags=self.tags) def get_vpc_endpoint_service(service_id: Optional[str] = None, @@ -112,7 +125,8 @@ def get_vpc_endpoint_service(service_id: Optional[str] = None, gateway_load_balancer_arns=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'gateway_load_balancer_arns'), network_load_balancer_arns=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'network_load_balancer_arns'), payer_responsibility=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'payer_responsibility'), - service_id=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'service_id')) + service_id=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'service_id'), + tags=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'tags')) def get_vpc_endpoint_service_output(service_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, opts: Optional[Union[pulumi.InvokeOptions, pulumi.InvokeOutputOptions]] = None) -> pulumi.Output[GetVpcEndpointServiceResult]: """ @@ -130,4 +144,5 @@ def get_vpc_endpoint_service_output(service_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = No gateway_load_balancer_arns=pulumi.get(__response__, 'gateway_load_balancer_arns'), network_load_balancer_arns=pulumi.get(__response__, 'network_load_balancer_arns'), payer_responsibility=pulumi.get(__response__, 'payer_responsibility'), - service_id=pulumi.get(__response__, 'service_id'))) + service_id=pulumi.get(__response__, 'service_id'), + tags=pulumi.get(__response__, 'tags'))) diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/launch_template.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/launch_template.py index eef1d68d48..8c3ec70739 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/launch_template.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/launch_template.py @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateDataArgs'] launch_template_data: The information for the launch template. :param pulumi.Input[str] launch_template_name: A name for the launch template. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgs']]] tag_specifications: The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``. - To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). + To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). :param pulumi.Input[str] version_description: A description for the first version of the launch template. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "launch_template_data", launch_template_data) @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ def launch_template_name(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): def tag_specifications(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgs']]]]: """ The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``. - To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). + To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). """ return pulumi.get(self, "tag_specifications") @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param pulumi.Input[Union['LaunchTemplateDataArgs', 'LaunchTemplateDataArgsDict']] launch_template_data: The information for the launch template. :param pulumi.Input[str] launch_template_name: A name for the launch template. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgs', 'LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationArgsDict']]]] tag_specifications: The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``. - To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). + To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). :param pulumi.Input[str] version_description: A description for the first version of the launch template. """ ... @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ def launch_template_name(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: def tag_specifications(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[Sequence['outputs.LaunchTemplateTagSpecification']]]: """ The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be ``launch-template``. - To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). + To specify the tags for resources that are created during instance launch, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). """ return pulumi.get(self, "tag_specifications") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/outputs.py index 4c75a5e9c5..c1510366fe 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/outputs.py @@ -752,12 +752,18 @@ def min(self) -> Optional[int]: class Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, cpu: Optional['outputs.Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest'] = None): + """ + :param 'Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest' cpu: The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ if cpu is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "cpu", cpu) @property @pulumi.getter def cpu(self) -> Optional['outputs.Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest']: + """ + The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "cpu") @@ -879,12 +885,22 @@ def usage_strategy(self) -> Optional['Ec2FleetCapacityReservationOptionsRequestU class Ec2FleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, references: Optional[Sequence['outputs.Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest']] = None): + """ + :param Sequence['Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest'] references: Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + + > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + """ if references is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "references", references) @property @pulumi.getter def references(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.Ec2FleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest']]: + """ + Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + + > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "references") @@ -1335,6 +1351,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param 'Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest' baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps: The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . Default: No minimum or maximum limits + :param 'Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest' baseline_performance_factors: The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . :param 'Ec2FleetInstanceRequirementsRequestBurstablePerformance' burstable_performance: Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . - To include burstable performance instance types, specify `included` . @@ -1598,6 +1615,9 @@ def baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps(self) -> Optional['outputs.Ec2FleetBaselineEbsBa @property @pulumi.getter(name="baselinePerformanceFactors") def baseline_performance_factors(self) -> Optional['outputs.Ec2FleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest']: + """ + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + """ return pulumi.get(self, "baseline_performance_factors") @property @@ -2130,12 +2150,52 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, instance_family: Optional[str] = None): + """ + :param str instance_family: The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + + > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + - `c1` + - `g3` | `g3s` + - `hpc7g` + - `m1` | `m2` + - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + - `t1` + - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + + If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + """ if instance_family is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "instance_family", instance_family) @property @pulumi.getter(name="instanceFamily") def instance_family(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + + > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + - `c1` + - `g3` | `g3s` + - `hpc7g` + - `m1` | `m2` + - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + - `t1` + - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + + If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + """ return pulumi.get(self, "instance_family") @@ -3934,9 +3994,15 @@ def min(self) -> Optional[int]: @pulumi.output_type class LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors(dict): + """ + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. + Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference. + """ def __init__(__self__, *, cpu: Optional['outputs.LaunchTemplateCpu'] = None): """ + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. + Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For example, specifying ``c6i`` would use the CPU performance of the ``c6i`` family as the baseline reference. :param 'LaunchTemplateCpu' cpu: The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. """ if cpu is not None: @@ -4065,7 +4131,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, Specifies an instance's Capacity Reservation targeting option. You can specify only one option at a time. ``CapacityReservationSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). :param str capacity_reservation_preference: Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: - + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. + + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. :param 'LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationTarget' capacity_reservation_target: Information about the target Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. """ @@ -4079,7 +4146,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, def capacity_reservation_preference(self) -> Optional[str]: """ Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences include: - + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + + ``capacity-reservations-only`` - The instance will only run in a Capacity Reservation or Capacity Reservation group. If capacity isn't available, the instance will fail to launch. + + ``open`` - The instance can run in any ``open`` Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, tenancy). + ``none`` - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. """ return pulumi.get(self, "capacity_reservation_preference") @@ -4219,9 +4287,13 @@ def udp_timeout(self) -> Optional[int]: @pulumi.output_type class LaunchTemplateCpu(dict): + """ + Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ def __init__(__self__, *, references: Optional[Sequence['outputs.LaunchTemplateReference']] = None): """ + Specifies the CPU performance to consider when using an instance family as the baseline reference. :param Sequence['LaunchTemplateReference'] references: The instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes are compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. """ if references is not None: @@ -4476,7 +4548,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param bool ebs_optimized: Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal Amazon EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. :param Sequence['LaunchTemplateElasticGpuSpecification'] elastic_gpu_specifications: Deprecated. Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, G4dn, or G5 instances. - :param Sequence['LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAccelerator'] elastic_inference_accelerators: An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + :param Sequence['LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAccelerator'] elastic_inference_accelerators: Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. + An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. :param 'LaunchTemplateEnclaveOptions' enclave_options: Indicates whether the instance is enabled for AWS Nitro Enclaves. For more information, see [What is Nitro Enclaves?](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html) in the *Nitro Enclaves User Guide*. @@ -4503,7 +4576,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. :param str instance_type: The instance type. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance types](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. If you specify ``InstanceType``, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. :param str kernel_id: The ID of the kernel. @@ -4523,8 +4596,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network interface instead. :param Sequence[str] security_groups: The names of the security groups. For a nondefault VPC, you must use security group IDs instead. If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. - :param Sequence['TagSpecification'] tag_specifications: The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. - To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + :param Sequence['TagSpecification'] tag_specifications: The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). :param str user_data: The user data to make available to the instance. You must provide base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. For more information, see [Run commands on your Amazon EC2 instance at launch](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. If you are creating the launch template for use with BATCH, the user data must be provided in the [MIME multi-part archive format](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https://cloudinit.readthedocs.io/en/latest/topics/format.html#mime-multi-part-archive). For more information, see [Amazon EC2 user data in launch templates](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html) in the *User Guide*. @@ -4663,7 +4735,8 @@ def elastic_gpu_specifications(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.LaunchTemplat @pulumi.getter(name="elasticInferenceAccelerators") def elastic_inference_accelerators(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAccelerator']]: """ - An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. + An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. Starting April 15, 2023, AWS will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. """ @@ -4739,7 +4812,7 @@ def instance_requirements(self) -> Optional['outputs.LaunchTemplateInstanceRequi If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "instance_requirements") @@ -4862,8 +4935,7 @@ def security_groups(self) -> Optional[Sequence[str]]: @pulumi.getter(name="tagSpecifications") def tag_specifications(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.TagSpecification']]: """ - The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. - To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + The tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. To tag the launch template itself, use [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecifications). """ return pulumi.get(self, "tag_specifications") @@ -4931,7 +5003,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, For ``io2`` volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on [instances built on the Nitro System](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances). On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. This parameter is supported for ``io1``, ``io2``, and ``gp3`` volumes only. - :param str kms_key_id: The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. + :param str kms_key_id: Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. :param str snapshot_id: The ID of the snapshot. :param int throughput: The throughput to provision for a ``gp3`` volume, with a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s. Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000. @@ -4995,7 +5067,7 @@ def iops(self) -> Optional[int]: @pulumi.getter(name="kmsKeyId") def kms_key_id(self) -> Optional[str]: """ - The ARN of the symmetric KMSlong (KMS) CMK used for encryption. + Identifier (key ID, key alias, key ARN, or alias ARN) of the customer managed KMS key to use for EBS encryption. """ return pulumi.get(self, "kms_key_id") @@ -5357,7 +5429,7 @@ class LaunchTemplateInstanceRequirements(dict): If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. """ @staticmethod def __key_warning(key: str): @@ -5460,7 +5532,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, If you specify ``InstanceRequirements``, you can't specify ``InstanceType``. Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the [RunInstances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or [AWS::EC2::Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) AWS CloudFormation resource, you can't specify ``InstanceRequirements``. - For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + For more information, see [Specify attributes for instance type selection for EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) and [Spot placement score](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. :param 'LaunchTemplateAcceleratorCount' accelerator_count: The minimum and maximum number of accelerators (GPUs, FPGAs, or AWS Inferentia chips) on an instance. To exclude accelerator-enabled instance types, set ``Max`` to ``0``. Default: No minimum or maximum limits @@ -5492,7 +5564,6 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param Sequence[str] accelerator_types: The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``. + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``. - + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``. Default: Any accelerator type :param Sequence[str] allowed_instance_types: The instance types to apply your specified attributes against. All other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. @@ -5508,7 +5579,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, Default: ``excluded`` :param 'LaunchTemplateBaselineEbsBandwidthMbps' baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps: The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. Default: No minimum or maximum limits - :param 'LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors' baseline_performance_factors: The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + :param 'LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors' baseline_performance_factors: The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. :param str burstable_performance: Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html). + To include burstable performance instance types, specify ``included``. + To require only burstable performance instance types, specify ``required``. @@ -5519,6 +5590,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``. + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``. + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``. + + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``. Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. Default: Any manufacturer @@ -5686,7 +5758,6 @@ def accelerator_types(self) -> Optional[Sequence[str]]: The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. + For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify ``gpu``. + For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify ``fpga``. - + For instance types with inference accelerators, specify ``inference``. Default: Any accelerator type """ @@ -5730,7 +5801,7 @@ def baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps(self) -> Optional['outputs.LaunchTemplateBaselin @pulumi.getter(name="baselinePerformanceFactors") def baseline_performance_factors(self) -> Optional['outputs.LaunchTemplateBaselinePerformanceFactors']: """ - The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. """ return pulumi.get(self, "baseline_performance_factors") @@ -5755,6 +5826,7 @@ def cpu_manufacturers(self) -> Optional[Sequence[str]]: + For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify ``intel``. + For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify ``amd``. + For instance types with AWS CPUs, specify ``amazon-web-services``. + + For instance types with Apple CPUs, specify ``apple``. Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. Default: Any manufacturer @@ -6462,9 +6534,10 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param int device_index: The device index for the network interface attachment. Each network interface requires a device index. If you create a launch template that includes secondary network interfaces but not a primary network interface, then you must add a primary network interface as a launch parameter when you launch an instance from the template. :param 'LaunchTemplateEnaSrdSpecification' ena_srd_specification: The ENA Express configuration for the network interface. :param Sequence[str] groups: The IDs of one or more security groups. - :param str interface_type: The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + :param str interface_type: The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. - Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` + If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. + Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` :param int ipv4_prefix_count: The number of IPv4 prefixes to be automatically assigned to the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the ``Ipv4Prefix`` option. :param Sequence['LaunchTemplateIpv4PrefixSpecification'] ipv4_prefixes: One or more IPv4 prefixes to be assigned to the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the ``Ipv4PrefixCount`` option. :param int ipv6_address_count: The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to a network interface. Amazon EC2 automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't use this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses. @@ -6594,9 +6667,10 @@ def groups(self) -> Optional[Sequence[str]]: @pulumi.getter(name="interfaceType") def interface_type(self) -> Optional[str]: """ - The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. + The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify ``efa`` or ``efa``. For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide*. If you are not creating an EFA, specify ``interface`` or omit this parameter. - Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` + If you specify ``efa-only``, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses. + Valid values: ``interface`` | ``efa`` | ``efa-only`` """ return pulumi.get(self, "interface_type") @@ -7014,6 +7088,9 @@ def private_ip_address(self) -> Optional[str]: @pulumi.output_type class LaunchTemplateReference(dict): + """ + Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. + """ @staticmethod def __key_warning(key: str): suggest = None @@ -7034,7 +7111,20 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, instance_family: Optional[str] = None): """ - :param str instance_family: The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. + Specifies an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. + :param str instance_family: The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + ``c1`` + + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` + + ``hpc7g`` + + ``m1`` | ``m2`` + + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` + + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` + + ``t1`` + + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. """ if instance_family is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "instance_family", instance_family) @@ -7043,7 +7133,19 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @pulumi.getter(name="instanceFamily") def instance_family(self) -> Optional[str]: """ - The instance family to refer. Ensure that you specify the correct family name. For example, C6i and C6g are valid values, but C6 is not. + The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period (``.``) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type ``c6i.large``, the instance family is ``c6i``, not ``c6``. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types*. + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + ``c1`` + + ``g3`` | ``g3s`` + + ``hpc7g`` + + ``m1`` | ``m2`` + + ``mac1`` | ``mac2`` | ``mac2-m1ultra`` | ``mac2-m2`` | ``mac2-m2pro`` + + ``p3dn`` | ``p4d`` | ``p5`` + + ``t1`` + + ``u-12tb1`` | ``u-18tb1`` | ``u-24tb1`` | ``u-3tb1`` | ``u-6tb1`` | ``u-9tb1`` | ``u7i-12tb`` | ``u7in-16tb`` | ``u7in-24tb`` | ``u7in-32tb`` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. """ return pulumi.get(self, "instance_family") @@ -7195,6 +7297,7 @@ def value(self) -> str: class LaunchTemplateTagSpecification(dict): """ Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation. + To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html). ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). """ @staticmethod @@ -7219,6 +7322,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, tags: Optional[Sequence['outputs.LaunchTemplateTag']] = None): """ Specifies the tags to apply to the launch template during creation. + To specify the tags for the resources that are created during instance launch, use [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate TagSpecification](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-tagspecification.html). ``LaunchTemplateTagSpecification`` is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-resource-ec2-launchtemplate.html). :param str resource_type: The type of resource. To tag a launch template, ``ResourceType`` must be ``launch-template``. :param Sequence['LaunchTemplateTag'] tags: The tags for the resource. @@ -10608,12 +10712,18 @@ def min(self) -> Optional[int]: class SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, cpu: Optional['outputs.SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest'] = None): + """ + :param 'SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest' cpu: The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ if cpu is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "cpu", cpu) @property @pulumi.getter def cpu(self) -> Optional['outputs.SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest']: + """ + The CPU performance to consider, using an instance family as the baseline reference. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "cpu") @@ -10757,12 +10867,22 @@ def classic_load_balancers(self) -> Sequence['outputs.SpotFleetClassicLoadBalanc class SpotFleetCpuPerformanceFactorRequest(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, references: Optional[Sequence['outputs.SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest']] = None): + """ + :param Sequence['SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest'] references: Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + + > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + """ if references is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "references", references) @property @pulumi.getter def references(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.SpotFleetPerformanceFactorReferenceRequest']]: + """ + Specify an instance family to use as the baseline reference for CPU performance. All instance types that match your specified attributes will be compared against the CPU performance of the referenced instance family, regardless of CPU manufacturer or architecture differences. + + > Currently, only one instance family can be specified in the list. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "references") @@ -11414,6 +11534,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param 'SpotFleetBaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest' baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps: The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . Default: No minimum or maximum limits + :param 'SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest' baseline_performance_factors: The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . :param 'SpotFleetInstanceRequirementsRequestBurstablePerformance' burstable_performance: Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) . - To include burstable performance instance types, specify `included` . @@ -11677,6 +11798,9 @@ def baseline_ebs_bandwidth_mbps(self) -> Optional['outputs.SpotFleetBaselineEbsB @property @pulumi.getter(name="baselinePerformanceFactors") def baseline_performance_factors(self) -> Optional['outputs.SpotFleetBaselinePerformanceFactorsRequest']: + """ + The baseline performance to consider, using an instance family as a baseline reference. The instance family establishes the lowest acceptable level of performance. Amazon EC2 uses this baseline to guide instance type selection, but there is no guarantee that the selected instance types will always exceed the baseline for every application. Currently, this parameter only supports CPU performance as a baseline performance factor. For more information, see [Performance protection](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-abis-performance-protection) in the *Amazon EC2 User Guide* . + """ return pulumi.get(self, "baseline_performance_factors") @property @@ -12595,12 +12719,52 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, instance_family: Optional[str] = None): + """ + :param str instance_family: The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + + > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + - `c1` + - `g3` | `g3s` + - `hpc7g` + - `m1` | `m2` + - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + - `t1` + - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + + If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + """ if instance_family is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "instance_family", instance_family) @property @pulumi.getter(name="instanceFamily") def instance_family(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The instance family to use as a baseline reference. + + > Ensure that you specify the correct value for the instance family. The instance family is everything before the period ( `.` ) in the instance type name. For example, in the instance type `c6i.large` , the instance family is `c6i` , not `c6` . For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance type naming conventions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/instancetypes/instance-type-names.html) in *Amazon EC2 Instance Types* . + + The following instance families are *not supported* for performance protection: + + - `c1` + - `g3` | `g3s` + - `hpc7g` + - `m1` | `m2` + - `mac1` | `mac2` | `mac2-m1ultra` | `mac2-m2` | `mac2-m2pro` + - `p3dn` | `p4d` | `p5` + - `t1` + - `u-12tb1` | `u-18tb1` | `u-24tb1` | `u-3tb1` | `u-6tb1` | `u-9tb1` | `u7i-12tb` | `u7in-16tb` | `u7in-24tb` | `u7in-32tb` + + If you enable performance protection by specifying a supported instance family, the returned instance types will exclude the above unsupported instance families. + + If you specify an unsupported instance family as a value for baseline performance, the API returns an empty response for [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) and an exception for [CreateFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet.html) , [RequestSpotFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) , [ModifyFleet](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyFleet.html) , and [ModifySpotFleetRequest](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifySpotFleetRequest.html) . + """ return pulumi.get(self, "instance_family") @@ -13456,7 +13620,7 @@ def kms_key_arn(self) -> Optional[str]: @pulumi.output_type class TagSpecification(dict): """ - Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template. + Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). """ @staticmethod @@ -13480,7 +13644,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, resource_type: Optional[str] = None, tags: Optional[Sequence['outputs.LaunchTemplateTag']] = None): """ - Specifies the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is created for the launch template. + Specifies the tags to apply to resources that are created during instance launch. ``TagSpecification`` is a property type of [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications). [TagSpecifications](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html#cfn-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata-tagspecifications) is a property of [AWS::EC2::LaunchTemplate LaunchTemplateData](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-launchtemplate-launchtemplatedata.html). :param str resource_type: The type of resource to tag. You can specify tags for the following resource types only: ``instance`` | ``volume`` | ``network-interface`` | ``spot-instances-request``. If the instance does not include the resource type that you specify, the instance launch fails. For example, not all instance types include a volume. To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). @@ -14377,6 +14541,10 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, dns_record_ip_type: Optional['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType'] = None, private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint: Optional['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint'] = None): + """ + :param 'VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType' dns_record_ip_type: The DNS records created for the endpoint. + :param 'VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint' private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint: Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + """ if dns_record_ip_type is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "dns_record_ip_type", dns_record_ip_type) if private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint is not None: @@ -14385,11 +14553,17 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="dnsRecordIpType") def dns_record_ip_type(self) -> Optional['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationDnsRecordIpType']: + """ + The DNS records created for the endpoint. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "dns_record_ip_type") @property @pulumi.getter(name="privateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint") def private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint(self) -> Optional['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationPrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint']: + """ + Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "private_dns_only_for_inbound_resolver_endpoint") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_cidr_block.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_cidr_block.py index 2dbeaa59a3..2032d2c290 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_cidr_block.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_cidr_block.py @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, ipv4_ipam_pool_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, ipv4_netmask_length: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]] = None, ipv6_cidr_block: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, ipv6_ipam_pool_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, ipv6_netmask_length: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]] = None, ipv6_pool: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): @@ -36,6 +37,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[str] ipv4_ipam_pool_id: The ID of the IPv4 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. :param pulumi.Input[int] ipv4_netmask_length: The netmask length of the IPv4 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. :param pulumi.Input[str] ipv6_cidr_block: An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. + :param pulumi.Input[str] ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group: The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. :param pulumi.Input[str] ipv6_ipam_pool_id: The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. :param pulumi.Input[int] ipv6_netmask_length: The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. :param pulumi.Input[str] ipv6_pool: The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate the IPv6 CIDR block. @@ -51,6 +53,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, pulumi.set(__self__, "ipv4_netmask_length", ipv4_netmask_length) if ipv6_cidr_block is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "ipv6_cidr_block", ipv6_cidr_block) + if ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group", ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group) if ipv6_ipam_pool_id is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "ipv6_ipam_pool_id", ipv6_ipam_pool_id) if ipv6_netmask_length is not None: @@ -130,6 +134,18 @@ def ipv6_cidr_block(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: def ipv6_cidr_block(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): pulumi.set(self, "ipv6_cidr_block", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup") + def ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group") + + @ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group.setter + def ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): + pulumi.set(self, "ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group", value) + @property @pulumi.getter(name="ipv6IpamPoolId") def ipv6_ipam_pool_id(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: @@ -177,6 +193,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, ipv4_ipam_pool_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, ipv4_netmask_length: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]] = None, ipv6_cidr_block: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, ipv6_ipam_pool_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, ipv6_netmask_length: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]] = None, ipv6_pool: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, @@ -192,6 +209,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param pulumi.Input[str] ipv4_ipam_pool_id: The ID of the IPv4 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. :param pulumi.Input[int] ipv4_netmask_length: The netmask length of the IPv4 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. :param pulumi.Input[str] ipv6_cidr_block: An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. + :param pulumi.Input[str] ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group: The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. :param pulumi.Input[str] ipv6_ipam_pool_id: The ID of the IPv6 IPAM pool to Associate a CIDR from to a VPC. :param pulumi.Input[int] ipv6_netmask_length: The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. :param pulumi.Input[str] ipv6_pool: The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate the IPv6 CIDR block. @@ -226,6 +244,7 @@ def _internal_init(__self__, ipv4_ipam_pool_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, ipv4_netmask_length: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]] = None, ipv6_cidr_block: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, ipv6_ipam_pool_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, ipv6_netmask_length: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]] = None, ipv6_pool: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, @@ -244,6 +263,7 @@ def _internal_init(__self__, __props__.__dict__["ipv4_ipam_pool_id"] = ipv4_ipam_pool_id __props__.__dict__["ipv4_netmask_length"] = ipv4_netmask_length __props__.__dict__["ipv6_cidr_block"] = ipv6_cidr_block + __props__.__dict__["ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group"] = ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group __props__.__dict__["ipv6_ipam_pool_id"] = ipv6_ipam_pool_id __props__.__dict__["ipv6_netmask_length"] = ipv6_netmask_length __props__.__dict__["ipv6_pool"] = ipv6_pool @@ -253,7 +273,7 @@ def _internal_init(__self__, __props__.__dict__["aws_id"] = None __props__.__dict__["ip_source"] = None __props__.__dict__["ipv6_address_attribute"] = None - replace_on_changes = pulumi.ResourceOptions(replace_on_changes=["amazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock", "cidrBlock", "ipv4IpamPoolId", "ipv4NetmaskLength", "ipv6CidrBlock", "ipv6IpamPoolId", "ipv6NetmaskLength", "ipv6Pool", "vpcId"]) + replace_on_changes = pulumi.ResourceOptions(replace_on_changes=["amazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock", "cidrBlock", "ipv4IpamPoolId", "ipv4NetmaskLength", "ipv6CidrBlock", "ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup", "ipv6IpamPoolId", "ipv6NetmaskLength", "ipv6Pool", "vpcId"]) opts = pulumi.ResourceOptions.merge(opts, replace_on_changes) super(VpcCidrBlock, __self__).__init__( 'aws-native:ec2:VpcCidrBlock', @@ -285,6 +305,7 @@ def get(resource_name: str, __props__.__dict__["ipv4_netmask_length"] = None __props__.__dict__["ipv6_address_attribute"] = None __props__.__dict__["ipv6_cidr_block"] = None + __props__.__dict__["ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group"] = None __props__.__dict__["ipv6_ipam_pool_id"] = None __props__.__dict__["ipv6_netmask_length"] = None __props__.__dict__["ipv6_pool"] = None @@ -355,6 +376,14 @@ def ipv6_cidr_block(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: """ return pulumi.get(self, "ipv6_cidr_block") + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup") + def ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: + """ + The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "ipv6_cidr_block_network_border_group") + @property @pulumi.getter(name="ipv6IpamPoolId") def ipv6_ipam_pool_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_endpoint.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_endpoint.py index bd1842aaf5..5fa7b3bf2a 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_endpoint.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_endpoint.py @@ -40,6 +40,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, """ The set of arguments for constructing a VpcEndpoint resource. :param pulumi.Input[str] vpc_id: The ID of the VPC. + :param pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgs'] dns_options: Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + :param pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointIpAddressType'] ip_address_type: The supported IP address types. :param Any policy_document: An endpoint policy, which controls access to the service from the VPC. The default endpoint policy allows full access to the service. Endpoint policies are supported only for gateway and interface endpoints. For CloudFormation templates in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. For example, if you have a JSON policy, you can convert it to YAML before including it in the YAML template, and CFNlong converts the policy to JSON format before calling the API actions for privatelink. Alternatively, you can include the JSON directly in the YAML, as shown in the following ``Properties`` section: ``Properties: VpcEndpointType: 'Interface' ServiceName: !Sub 'com.amazonaws.${AWS::Region}.logs' PolicyDocument: '{ "Version":"2012-10-17", "Statement": [{ "Effect":"Allow", "Principal":"*", "Action":["logs:Describe*","logs:Get*","logs:List*","logs:FilterLogEvents"], "Resource":"*" }] }'`` @@ -49,9 +51,11 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to ``true``: ``enableDnsHostnames`` and ``enableDnsSupport``. This property is supported only for interface endpoints. Default: ``false`` + :param pulumi.Input[str] resource_configuration_arn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] route_table_ids: The IDs of the route tables. Routing is supported only for gateway endpoints. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] security_group_ids: The IDs of the security groups to associate with the endpoint network interfaces. If this parameter is not specified, we use the default security group for the VPC. Security groups are supported only for interface endpoints. :param pulumi.Input[str] service_name: The name of the endpoint service. + :param pulumi.Input[str] service_network_arn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] subnet_ids: The IDs of the subnets in which to create endpoint network interfaces. You must specify this property for an interface endpoint or a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint. You can't specify this property for a gateway endpoint. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify only one subnet. :param pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointType'] vpc_endpoint_type: The type of endpoint. Default: Gateway @@ -97,6 +101,9 @@ def vpc_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="dnsOptions") def dns_options(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgs']]: + """ + Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "dns_options") @dns_options.setter @@ -106,6 +113,9 @@ def dns_options(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecifi @property @pulumi.getter(name="ipAddressType") def ip_address_type(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointIpAddressType']]: + """ + The supported IP address types. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "ip_address_type") @ip_address_type.setter @@ -146,6 +156,9 @@ def private_dns_enabled(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="resourceConfigurationArn") def resource_configuration_arn(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "resource_configuration_arn") @resource_configuration_arn.setter @@ -191,6 +204,9 @@ def service_name(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="serviceNetworkArn") def service_network_arn(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "service_network_arn") @service_network_arn.setter @@ -262,6 +278,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param str resource_name: The name of the resource. :param pulumi.ResourceOptions opts: Options for the resource. + :param pulumi.Input[Union['VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgs', 'VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecificationArgsDict']] dns_options: Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + :param pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointIpAddressType'] ip_address_type: The supported IP address types. :param Any policy_document: An endpoint policy, which controls access to the service from the VPC. The default endpoint policy allows full access to the service. Endpoint policies are supported only for gateway and interface endpoints. For CloudFormation templates in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. For example, if you have a JSON policy, you can convert it to YAML before including it in the YAML template, and CFNlong converts the policy to JSON format before calling the API actions for privatelink. Alternatively, you can include the JSON directly in the YAML, as shown in the following ``Properties`` section: ``Properties: VpcEndpointType: 'Interface' ServiceName: !Sub 'com.amazonaws.${AWS::Region}.logs' PolicyDocument: '{ "Version":"2012-10-17", "Statement": [{ "Effect":"Allow", "Principal":"*", "Action":["logs:Describe*","logs:Get*","logs:List*","logs:FilterLogEvents"], "Resource":"*" }] }'`` @@ -271,9 +289,11 @@ def __init__(__self__, To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to ``true``: ``enableDnsHostnames`` and ``enableDnsSupport``. This property is supported only for interface endpoints. Default: ``false`` + :param pulumi.Input[str] resource_configuration_arn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] route_table_ids: The IDs of the route tables. Routing is supported only for gateway endpoints. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] security_group_ids: The IDs of the security groups to associate with the endpoint network interfaces. If this parameter is not specified, we use the default security group for the VPC. Security groups are supported only for interface endpoints. :param pulumi.Input[str] service_name: The name of the endpoint service. + :param pulumi.Input[str] service_network_arn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] subnet_ids: The IDs of the subnets in which to create endpoint network interfaces. You must specify this property for an interface endpoint or a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint. You can't specify this property for a gateway endpoint. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify only one subnet. :param pulumi.Input['VpcEndpointType'] vpc_endpoint_type: The type of endpoint. Default: Gateway @@ -426,11 +446,17 @@ def dns_entries(self) -> pulumi.Output[Sequence[str]]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="dnsOptions") def dns_options(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional['outputs.VpcEndpointDnsOptionsSpecification']]: + """ + Describes the DNS options for an endpoint. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "dns_options") @property @pulumi.getter(name="ipAddressType") def ip_address_type(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional['VpcEndpointIpAddressType']]: + """ + The supported IP address types. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "ip_address_type") @property @@ -467,6 +493,9 @@ def private_dns_enabled(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[bool]]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="resourceConfigurationArn") def resource_configuration_arn(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: + """ + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "resource_configuration_arn") @property @@ -496,6 +525,9 @@ def service_name(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="serviceNetworkArn") def service_network_arn(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: + """ + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service network. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "service_network_arn") @property diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_endpoint_service.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_endpoint_service.py index 3eaf3d4b65..d16c1fd258 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_endpoint_service.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ec2/vpc_endpoint_service.py @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ else: from typing_extensions import NotRequired, TypedDict, TypeAlias from .. import _utilities +from .. import _inputs as _root_inputs +from .. import outputs as _root_outputs __all__ = ['VpcEndpointServiceArgs', 'VpcEndpointService'] @@ -23,7 +25,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, contributor_insights_enabled: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, gateway_load_balancer_arns: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None, network_load_balancer_arns: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None, - payer_responsibility: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): + payer_responsibility: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + tags: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.TagArgs']]]] = None): """ The set of arguments for constructing a VpcEndpointService resource. :param pulumi.Input[bool] acceptance_required: Indicates whether requests from service consumers to create an endpoint to your service must be accepted. @@ -31,6 +34,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] gateway_load_balancer_arns: The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Gateway Load Balancers. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] network_load_balancer_arns: The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Network Load Balancers. :param pulumi.Input[str] payer_responsibility: The entity that is responsible for the endpoint costs. The default is the endpoint owner. If you set the payer responsibility to the service owner, you cannot set it back to the endpoint owner. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.TagArgs']]] tags: The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. """ if acceptance_required is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "acceptance_required", acceptance_required) @@ -42,6 +46,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, pulumi.set(__self__, "network_load_balancer_arns", network_load_balancer_arns) if payer_responsibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "payer_responsibility", payer_responsibility) + if tags is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "tags", tags) @property @pulumi.getter(name="acceptanceRequired") @@ -103,6 +109,18 @@ def payer_responsibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: def payer_responsibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): pulumi.set(self, "payer_responsibility", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter + def tags(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.TagArgs']]]]: + """ + The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "tags") + + @tags.setter + def tags(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.TagArgs']]]]): + pulumi.set(self, "tags", value) + class VpcEndpointService(pulumi.CustomResource): @overload @@ -114,6 +132,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, gateway_load_balancer_arns: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None, network_load_balancer_arns: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None, payer_responsibility: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + tags: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['_root_inputs.TagArgs', '_root_inputs.TagArgsDict']]]]] = None, __props__=None): """ Resource Type definition for AWS::EC2::VPCEndpointService @@ -125,6 +144,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] gateway_load_balancer_arns: The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Gateway Load Balancers. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] network_load_balancer_arns: The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Network Load Balancers. :param pulumi.Input[str] payer_responsibility: The entity that is responsible for the endpoint costs. The default is the endpoint owner. If you set the payer responsibility to the service owner, you cannot set it back to the endpoint owner. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['_root_inputs.TagArgs', '_root_inputs.TagArgsDict']]]] tags: The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. """ ... @overload @@ -155,6 +175,7 @@ def _internal_init(__self__, gateway_load_balancer_arns: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None, network_load_balancer_arns: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None, payer_responsibility: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + tags: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['_root_inputs.TagArgs', '_root_inputs.TagArgsDict']]]]] = None, __props__=None): opts = pulumi.ResourceOptions.merge(_utilities.get_resource_opts_defaults(), opts) if not isinstance(opts, pulumi.ResourceOptions): @@ -169,6 +190,7 @@ def _internal_init(__self__, __props__.__dict__["gateway_load_balancer_arns"] = gateway_load_balancer_arns __props__.__dict__["network_load_balancer_arns"] = network_load_balancer_arns __props__.__dict__["payer_responsibility"] = payer_responsibility + __props__.__dict__["tags"] = tags __props__.__dict__["service_id"] = None super(VpcEndpointService, __self__).__init__( 'aws-native:ec2:VpcEndpointService', @@ -198,6 +220,7 @@ def get(resource_name: str, __props__.__dict__["network_load_balancer_arns"] = None __props__.__dict__["payer_responsibility"] = None __props__.__dict__["service_id"] = None + __props__.__dict__["tags"] = None return VpcEndpointService(resource_name, opts=opts, __props__=__props__) @property @@ -248,3 +271,11 @@ def service_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: """ return pulumi.get(self, "service_id") + @property + @pulumi.getter + def tags(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[Sequence['_root_outputs.Tag']]]: + """ + The tags to add to the VPC endpoint service. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "tags") + diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/_inputs.py index 034fd58445..222a92831d 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/_inputs.py @@ -1744,13 +1744,15 @@ class ServiceDeploymentConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): maximum_percent: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[int]] """ If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%. + The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. - If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. + If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. """ minimum_healthy_percent: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[int]] """ If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. + If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. @@ -1782,10 +1784,12 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['ServiceDeploymentCircuitBreakerArgs'] deployment_circuit_breaker: The deployment circuit breaker can only be used for services using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type. The *deployment circuit breaker* determines whether a service deployment will fail if the service can't reach a steady state. If you use the deployment circuit breaker, a service deployment will transition to a failed state and stop launching new tasks. If you use the rollback option, when a service deployment fails, the service is rolled back to the last deployment that completed successfully. For more information, see [Rolling update](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/deployment-type-ecs.html) in the *Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide* :param pulumi.Input[int] maximum_percent: If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%. + The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. - If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. + If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. :param pulumi.Input[int] minimum_healthy_percent: If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. + If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. @@ -1840,9 +1844,10 @@ def deployment_circuit_breaker(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['ServiceDeploy def maximum_percent(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]: """ If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%. + The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. - If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. + If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. """ return pulumi.get(self, "maximum_percent") @@ -1855,6 +1860,7 @@ def maximum_percent(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): def minimum_healthy_percent(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]: """ If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. + If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/get_service.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/get_service.py index ef066cfecb..78caa17570 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/get_service.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/get_service.py @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ def capacity_provider_strategy(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.ServiceCapaci """ The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. """ return pulumi.get(self, "capacity_provider_strategy") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/outputs.py index 89b3297b84..bd9db54c49 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/outputs.py @@ -1413,10 +1413,12 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param 'ServiceDeploymentCircuitBreaker' deployment_circuit_breaker: The deployment circuit breaker can only be used for services using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type. The *deployment circuit breaker* determines whether a service deployment will fail if the service can't reach a steady state. If you use the deployment circuit breaker, a service deployment will transition to a failed state and stop launching new tasks. If you use the rollback option, when a service deployment fails, the service is rolled back to the last deployment that completed successfully. For more information, see [Rolling update](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/deployment-type-ecs.html) in the *Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide* :param int maximum_percent: If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%. + The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. - If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. + If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. :param int minimum_healthy_percent: If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. + If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. @@ -1463,9 +1465,10 @@ def deployment_circuit_breaker(self) -> Optional['outputs.ServiceDeploymentCircu def maximum_percent(self) -> Optional[int]: """ If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``maximumPercent`` parameter represents an upper limit on the number of your service's tasks that are allowed in the ``RUNNING`` or ``PENDING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded down to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to define the deployment batch size. For example, if your service is using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler and has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``maximumPercent`` value of 200%, the scheduler may start four new tasks before stopping the four older tasks (provided that the cluster resources required to do this are available). The default ``maximumPercent`` value for a service using the ``REPLICA`` service scheduler is 200%. + The Amazon ECS scheduler uses this parameter to replace unhealthy tasks by starting replacement tasks first and then stopping the unhealthy tasks, as long as cluster resources for starting replacement tasks are available. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). If a service is using either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and tasks in the service use the EC2 launch type, the *maximum percent* value is set to the default value. The *maximum percent* value is used to define the upper limit on the number of the tasks in the service that remain in the ``RUNNING`` state while the container instances are in the ``DRAINING`` state. You can't specify a custom ``maximumPercent`` value for a service that uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types and has tasks that use the EC2 launch type. - If the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used, although it is returned when describing your service. + If the service uses either the blue/green (``CODE_DEPLOY``) or ``EXTERNAL`` deployment types, and the tasks in the service use the Fargate launch type, the maximum percent value is not used. The value is still returned when describing your service. """ return pulumi.get(self, "maximum_percent") @@ -1474,6 +1477,7 @@ def maximum_percent(self) -> Optional[int]: def minimum_healthy_percent(self) -> Optional[int]: """ If a service is using the rolling update (``ECS``) deployment type, the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` represents a lower limit on the number of your service's tasks that must remain in the ``RUNNING`` state during a deployment, as a percentage of the ``desiredCount`` (rounded up to the nearest integer). This parameter enables you to deploy without using additional cluster capacity. For example, if your service has a ``desiredCount`` of four tasks and a ``minimumHealthyPercent`` of 50%, the service scheduler may stop two existing tasks to free up cluster capacity before starting two new tasks. + If any tasks are unhealthy and if ``maximumPercent`` doesn't allow the Amazon ECS scheduler to start replacement tasks, the scheduler stops the unhealthy tasks one-by-one — using the ``minimumHealthyPercent`` as a constraint — to clear up capacity to launch replacement tasks. For more information about how the scheduler replaces unhealthy tasks, see [Amazon ECS services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html) . For services that *do not* use a load balancer, the following should be noted: + A service is considered healthy if all essential containers within the tasks in the service pass their health checks. + If a task has no essential containers with a health check defined, the service scheduler will wait for 40 seconds after a task reaches a ``RUNNING`` state before the task is counted towards the minimum healthy percent total. diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/service.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/service.py index 02fb1fcd42..492c99db43 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/service.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/service.py @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, For more information, see [Balancing an Amazon ECS service across Availability Zones](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-rebalancing.html) in the *Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide*. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItemArgs']]] capacity_provider_strategy: The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. :param pulumi.Input[str] cluster: The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that you run your service on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. :param pulumi.Input['ServiceDeploymentConfigurationArgs'] deployment_configuration: Optional deployment parameters that control how many tasks run during the deployment and the ordering of stopping and starting tasks. :param pulumi.Input['ServiceDeploymentControllerArgs'] deployment_controller: The deployment controller to use for the service. If no deployment controller is specified, the default value of ``ECS`` is used. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ def capacity_provider_strategy(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.In """ The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. """ return pulumi.get(self, "capacity_provider_strategy") @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, For more information, see [Balancing an Amazon ECS service across Availability Zones](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-rebalancing.html) in the *Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide*. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItemArgs', 'ServiceCapacityProviderStrategyItemArgsDict']]]] capacity_provider_strategy: The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. :param pulumi.Input[str] cluster: The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that you run your service on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. :param pulumi.Input[Union['ServiceDeploymentConfigurationArgs', 'ServiceDeploymentConfigurationArgsDict']] deployment_configuration: Optional deployment parameters that control how many tasks run during the deployment and the ordering of stopping and starting tasks. :param pulumi.Input[Union['ServiceDeploymentControllerArgs', 'ServiceDeploymentControllerArgsDict']] deployment_controller: The deployment controller to use for the service. If no deployment controller is specified, the default value of ``ECS`` is used. @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ def capacity_provider_strategy(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[Sequence['outputs """ The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. If a ``capacityProviderStrategy`` is specified, the ``launchType`` parameter must be omitted. If no ``capacityProviderStrategy`` or ``launchType`` is specified, the ``defaultCapacityProviderStrategy`` for the cluster is used. - A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. + A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. """ return pulumi.get(self, "capacity_provider_strategy") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/task_definition.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/task_definition.py index b07734d47a..7943116727 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/task_definition.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ecs/task_definition.py @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. + 16384 (16vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. + :param pulumi.Input[bool] enable_fault_injection: Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . :param pulumi.Input['TaskDefinitionEphemeralStorageArgs'] ephemeral_storage: The ephemeral storage settings to use for tasks run with the task definition. :param pulumi.Input[str] execution_role_arn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task execution role that grants the Amazon ECS container agent permission to make AWS API calls on your behalf. For informationabout the required IAM roles for Amazon ECS, see [IAM roles for Amazon ECS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/security-ecs-iam-role-overview.html) in the *Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide*. :param pulumi.Input[str] family: The name of a family that this task definition is registered to. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, hyphens, and underscores are allowed. @@ -191,6 +192,9 @@ def cpu(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="enableFaultInjection") def enable_fault_injection(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]: + """ + Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . + """ return pulumi.get(self, "enable_fault_injection") @enable_fault_injection.setter @@ -641,6 +645,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. + 16384 (16vCPU) - Available ``memory`` values: 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments This option requires Linux platform ``1.4.0`` or later. + :param pulumi.Input[bool] enable_fault_injection: Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . :param pulumi.Input[Union['TaskDefinitionEphemeralStorageArgs', 'TaskDefinitionEphemeralStorageArgsDict']] ephemeral_storage: The ephemeral storage settings to use for tasks run with the task definition. :param pulumi.Input[str] execution_role_arn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task execution role that grants the Amazon ECS container agent permission to make AWS API calls on your behalf. For informationabout the required IAM roles for Amazon ECS, see [IAM roles for Amazon ECS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/security-ecs-iam-role-overview.html) in the *Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide*. :param pulumi.Input[str] family: The name of a family that this task definition is registered to. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, hyphens, and underscores are allowed. @@ -1023,6 +1028,9 @@ def cpu(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="enableFaultInjection") def enable_fault_injection(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[bool]]: + """ + Enables fault injection and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is `false` . + """ return pulumi.get(self, "enable_fault_injection") @property diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/eks/cluster.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/eks/cluster.py index d231dab31b..1b8e17a33f 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/eks/cluster.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/eks/cluster.py @@ -46,18 +46,18 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[str] role_arn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that provides permissions for the Kubernetes control plane to make calls to AWS API operations on your behalf. :param pulumi.Input['ClusterAccessConfigArgs'] access_config: The access configuration for the cluster. :param pulumi.Input[bool] bootstrap_self_managed_addons: Set this value to false to avoid creating the default networking add-ons when the cluster is created. - :param pulumi.Input['ClusterComputeConfigArgs'] compute_config: Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + :param pulumi.Input['ClusterComputeConfigArgs'] compute_config: Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['ClusterEncryptionConfigArgs']]] encryption_config: The encryption configuration for the cluster. :param pulumi.Input['ClusterKubernetesNetworkConfigArgs'] kubernetes_network_config: The Kubernetes network configuration for the cluster. :param pulumi.Input['LoggingArgs'] logging: The logging configuration for your cluster. :param pulumi.Input[str] name: The unique name to give to your cluster. :param pulumi.Input['ClusterOutpostConfigArgs'] outpost_config: An object representing the configuration of your local Amazon EKS cluster on an AWS Outpost. This object isn't available for clusters on the AWS cloud. :param pulumi.Input['ClusterRemoteNetworkConfigArgs'] remote_network_config: The configuration in the cluster for EKS Hybrid Nodes. You can't change or update this configuration after the cluster is created. - :param pulumi.Input['ClusterStorageConfigArgs'] storage_config: Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + :param pulumi.Input['ClusterStorageConfigArgs'] storage_config: Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.TagArgs']]] tags: An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. :param pulumi.Input['ClusterUpgradePolicyArgs'] upgrade_policy: This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. - [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) :param pulumi.Input[str] version: The desired Kubernetes version for your cluster. If you don't specify a value here, the latest version available in Amazon EKS is used. :param pulumi.Input['ClusterZonalShiftConfigArgs'] zonal_shift_config: The configuration for zonal shift for the cluster. """ @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ def bootstrap_self_managed_addons(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]): @pulumi.getter(name="computeConfig") def compute_config(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['ClusterComputeConfigArgs']]: """ - Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . """ return pulumi.get(self, "compute_config") @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ def remote_network_config(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['ClusterRemoteNetwo @pulumi.getter(name="storageConfig") def storage_config(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['ClusterStorageConfigArgs']]: """ - Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . """ return pulumi.get(self, "storage_config") @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ def upgrade_policy(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['ClusterUpgradePolicyArgs']]: """ This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. - [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) """ return pulumi.get(self, "upgrade_policy") @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param pulumi.ResourceOptions opts: Options for the resource. :param pulumi.Input[Union['ClusterAccessConfigArgs', 'ClusterAccessConfigArgsDict']] access_config: The access configuration for the cluster. :param pulumi.Input[bool] bootstrap_self_managed_addons: Set this value to false to avoid creating the default networking add-ons when the cluster is created. - :param pulumi.Input[Union['ClusterComputeConfigArgs', 'ClusterComputeConfigArgsDict']] compute_config: Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + :param pulumi.Input[Union['ClusterComputeConfigArgs', 'ClusterComputeConfigArgsDict']] compute_config: Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['ClusterEncryptionConfigArgs', 'ClusterEncryptionConfigArgsDict']]]] encryption_config: The encryption configuration for the cluster. :param pulumi.Input[Union['ClusterKubernetesNetworkConfigArgs', 'ClusterKubernetesNetworkConfigArgsDict']] kubernetes_network_config: The Kubernetes network configuration for the cluster. :param pulumi.Input[Union['LoggingArgs', 'LoggingArgsDict']] logging: The logging configuration for your cluster. @@ -325,11 +325,11 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param pulumi.Input[Union['ClusterRemoteNetworkConfigArgs', 'ClusterRemoteNetworkConfigArgsDict']] remote_network_config: The configuration in the cluster for EKS Hybrid Nodes. You can't change or update this configuration after the cluster is created. :param pulumi.Input[Union['ClusterResourcesVpcConfigArgs', 'ClusterResourcesVpcConfigArgsDict']] resources_vpc_config: The VPC configuration that's used by the cluster control plane. Amazon EKS VPC resources have specific requirements to work properly with Kubernetes. For more information, see [Cluster VPC Considerations](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/network_reqs.html) and [Cluster Security Group Considerations](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/sec-group-reqs.html) in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . You must specify at least two subnets. You can specify up to five security groups, but we recommend that you use a dedicated security group for your cluster control plane. :param pulumi.Input[str] role_arn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that provides permissions for the Kubernetes control plane to make calls to AWS API operations on your behalf. - :param pulumi.Input[Union['ClusterStorageConfigArgs', 'ClusterStorageConfigArgsDict']] storage_config: Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + :param pulumi.Input[Union['ClusterStorageConfigArgs', 'ClusterStorageConfigArgsDict']] storage_config: Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['_root_inputs.TagArgs', '_root_inputs.TagArgsDict']]]] tags: An array of key-value pairs to apply to this resource. :param pulumi.Input[Union['ClusterUpgradePolicyArgs', 'ClusterUpgradePolicyArgsDict']] upgrade_policy: This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. - [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) :param pulumi.Input[str] version: The desired Kubernetes version for your cluster. If you don't specify a value here, the latest version available in Amazon EKS is used. :param pulumi.Input[Union['ClusterZonalShiftConfigArgs', 'ClusterZonalShiftConfigArgsDict']] zonal_shift_config: The configuration for zonal shift for the cluster. """ @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ def cluster_security_group_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: @pulumi.getter(name="computeConfig") def compute_config(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional['outputs.ClusterComputeConfig']]: """ - Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . """ return pulumi.get(self, "compute_config") @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ def role_arn(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: @pulumi.getter(name="storageConfig") def storage_config(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional['outputs.ClusterStorageConfig']]: """ - Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . """ return pulumi.get(self, "storage_config") @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ def upgrade_policy(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional['outputs.ClusterUpgradePolicy """ This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. - [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) """ return pulumi.get(self, "upgrade_policy") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/eks/get_cluster.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/eks/get_cluster.py index 0b7248a50d..9401de460f 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/eks/get_cluster.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/eks/get_cluster.py @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ def cluster_security_group_id(self) -> Optional[str]: @pulumi.getter(name="computeConfig") def compute_config(self) -> Optional['outputs.ClusterComputeConfig']: """ - Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the EKS User Guide. + Indicates the current configuration of the compute capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode compute capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . """ return pulumi.get(self, "compute_config") @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ def resources_vpc_config(self) -> Optional['outputs.ClusterResourcesVpcConfig']: @pulumi.getter(name="storageConfig") def storage_config(self) -> Optional['outputs.ClusterStorageConfig']: """ - Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the EKS User Guide. + Indicates the current configuration of the block storage capability on your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, if the capability is enabled or disabled. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your AWS account. For more information, see EKS Auto Mode block storage capability in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* . """ return pulumi.get(self, "storage_config") @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ def upgrade_policy(self) -> Optional['outputs.ClusterUpgradePolicy']: """ This value indicates if extended support is enabled or disabled for the cluster. - [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the EKS User Guide.](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) + [Learn more about EKS Extended Support in the *Amazon EKS User Guide* .](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/extended-support-control.html) """ return pulumi.get(self, "upgrade_policy") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/kendra/index.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/kendra/index.py index 018b1ae5b2..fc7cd301f9 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/kendra/index.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/kendra/index.py @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, user_token_configurations: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['IndexUserTokenConfigurationArgs']]]] = None): """ The set of arguments for constructing a Index resource. - :param pulumi.Input['IndexEdition'] edition: Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . + :param pulumi.Input['IndexEdition'] edition: Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. :param pulumi.Input[str] role_arn: An IAM role that gives Amazon Kendra permissions to access your Amazon CloudWatch logs and metrics. This is also the role used when you use the [BatchPutDocument](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kendra/latest/dg/BatchPutDocument.html) operation to index documents from an Amazon S3 bucket. :param pulumi.Input['IndexCapacityUnitsConfigurationArgs'] capacity_units: Capacity units :param pulumi.Input[str] description: A description for the index @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @pulumi.getter def edition(self) -> pulumi.Input['IndexEdition']: """ - Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . + Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. """ return pulumi.get(self, "edition") @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param pulumi.Input[Union['IndexCapacityUnitsConfigurationArgs', 'IndexCapacityUnitsConfigurationArgsDict']] capacity_units: Capacity units :param pulumi.Input[str] description: A description for the index :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['IndexDocumentMetadataConfigurationArgs', 'IndexDocumentMetadataConfigurationArgsDict']]]] document_metadata_configurations: Document metadata configurations - :param pulumi.Input['IndexEdition'] edition: Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . + :param pulumi.Input['IndexEdition'] edition: Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. :param pulumi.Input[str] name: The name of the index. :param pulumi.Input[str] role_arn: An IAM role that gives Amazon Kendra permissions to access your Amazon CloudWatch logs and metrics. This is also the role used when you use the [BatchPutDocument](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kendra/latest/dg/BatchPutDocument.html) operation to index documents from an Amazon S3 bucket. :param pulumi.Input[Union['IndexServerSideEncryptionConfigurationArgs', 'IndexServerSideEncryptionConfigurationArgsDict']] server_side_encryption_configuration: Server side encryption configuration @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ def document_metadata_configurations(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[Sequence['o @pulumi.getter def edition(self) -> pulumi.Output['IndexEdition']: """ - Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index or a Developer Edition index. Valid values are `DEVELOPER_EDITION` and `ENTERPRISE_EDITION` . + Indicates whether the index is a Enterprise Edition index, a Developer Edition index, or a GenAI Enterprise Edition index. """ return pulumi.get(self, "edition") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/logs/get_log_group.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/logs/get_log_group.py index 122da8e64b..d5259b0a03 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/logs/get_log_group.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/logs/get_log_group.py @@ -70,6 +70,13 @@ def data_protection_policy(self) -> Optional[Any]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="fieldIndexPolicies") def field_index_policies(self) -> Optional[Sequence[Any]]: + """ + Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + + You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + + Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "field_index_policies") @property diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/logs/log_group.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/logs/log_group.py index 30e1a2a28f..ee86b9cd16 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/logs/log_group.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/logs/log_group.py @@ -35,6 +35,11 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, For more information, including a list of types of data that can be audited and masked, see [Protect sensitive log data with masking](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/mask-sensitive-log-data.html). Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::Logs::LogGroup` for more information about the expected schema for this property. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[Any]] field_index_policies: Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + + You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + + Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. :param pulumi.Input[str] kms_key_id: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to use when encrypting log data. To associate an KMS key with the log group, specify the ARN of that KMS key here. If you do so, ingested data is encrypted using this key. This association is stored as long as the data encrypted with the KMS key is still within CWL. This enables CWL to decrypt this data whenever it is requested. If you attempt to associate a KMS key with the log group but the KMS key doesn't exist or is deactivated, you will receive an ``InvalidParameterException`` error. @@ -83,6 +88,13 @@ def data_protection_policy(self, value: Optional[Any]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="fieldIndexPolicies") def field_index_policies(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[Any]]]: + """ + Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + + You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + + Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "field_index_policies") @field_index_policies.setter @@ -185,6 +197,11 @@ def __init__(__self__, For more information, including a list of types of data that can be audited and masked, see [Protect sensitive log data with masking](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/mask-sensitive-log-data.html). Search the [CloudFormation User Guide](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/) for `AWS::Logs::LogGroup` for more information about the expected schema for this property. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[Any]] field_index_policies: Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + + You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + + Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. :param pulumi.Input[str] kms_key_id: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to use when encrypting log data. To associate an KMS key with the log group, specify the ARN of that KMS key here. If you do so, ingested data is encrypted using this key. This association is stored as long as the data encrypted with the KMS key is still within CWL. This enables CWL to decrypt this data whenever it is requested. If you attempt to associate a KMS key with the log group but the KMS key doesn't exist or is deactivated, you will receive an ``InvalidParameterException`` error. @@ -308,6 +325,13 @@ def data_protection_policy(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[Any]]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="fieldIndexPolicies") def field_index_policies(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[Sequence[Any]]]: + """ + Creates or updates a *field index policy* for the specified log group. Only log groups in the Standard log class support field index policies. For more information about log classes, see [Log classes](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatch_Logs_Log_Classes.html) . + + You can use field index policies to create *field indexes* on fields found in log events in the log group. Creating field indexes lowers the costs for CloudWatch Logs Insights queries that reference those field indexes, because these queries attempt to skip the processing of log events that are known to not match the indexed field. Good fields to index are fields that you often need to query for and fields that have high cardinality of values Common examples of indexes include request ID, session ID, userID, and instance IDs. For more information, see [Create field indexes to improve query performance and reduce costs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/logs/CloudWatchLogs-Field-Indexing.html) . + + Currently, this array supports only one field index policy object. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "field_index_policies") @property diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/m2/environment.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/m2/environment.py index 8df1b9199e..fa10a7013c 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/m2/environment.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/m2/environment.py @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['EnvironmentHighAvailabilityConfigArgs'] high_availability_config: Defines the details of a high availability configuration. :param pulumi.Input[str] kms_key_id: The ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the customer managed KMS Key used for encrypting environment-related resources. :param pulumi.Input[str] name: The name of the environment. + :param pulumi.Input['EnvironmentNetworkType'] network_type: The network type supported by the runtime environment. :param pulumi.Input[str] preferred_maintenance_window: Configures a desired maintenance window for the environment. If you do not provide a value, a random system-generated value will be assigned. :param pulumi.Input[bool] publicly_accessible: Specifies whether the environment is publicly accessible. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] security_group_ids: The list of security groups for the VPC associated with this environment. @@ -166,6 +167,9 @@ def name(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="networkType") def network_type(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['EnvironmentNetworkType']]: + """ + The network type supported by the runtime environment. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "network_type") @network_type.setter @@ -277,6 +281,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param pulumi.Input[str] instance_type: The type of instance underlying the environment. :param pulumi.Input[str] kms_key_id: The ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the customer managed KMS Key used for encrypting environment-related resources. :param pulumi.Input[str] name: The name of the environment. + :param pulumi.Input['EnvironmentNetworkType'] network_type: The network type supported by the runtime environment. :param pulumi.Input[str] preferred_maintenance_window: Configures a desired maintenance window for the environment. If you do not provide a value, a random system-generated value will be assigned. :param pulumi.Input[bool] publicly_accessible: Specifies whether the environment is publicly accessible. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] security_group_ids: The list of security groups for the VPC associated with this environment. @@ -468,6 +473,9 @@ def name(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="networkType") def network_type(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional['EnvironmentNetworkType']]: + """ + The network type supported by the runtime environment. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "network_type") @property diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/mediaconnect/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/mediaconnect/_inputs.py index 9833f1bfeb..58221b3c91 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/mediaconnect/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/mediaconnect/_inputs.py @@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ 'BridgeFlowSourceArgsDict', 'BridgeIngressGatewayBridgeArgs', 'BridgeIngressGatewayBridgeArgsDict', + 'BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs', + 'BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgsDict', 'BridgeNetworkOutputArgs', 'BridgeNetworkOutputArgsDict', 'BridgeNetworkSourceArgs', @@ -36,6 +38,8 @@ 'BridgeSourceBridgeFlowSourceArgsDict', 'BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgs', 'BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgsDict', + 'BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs', + 'BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgsDict', 'BridgeSourcePriorityArgs', 'BridgeSourcePriorityArgsDict', 'BridgeSourceVpcInterfaceAttachmentArgs', @@ -330,6 +334,42 @@ def max_outputs(self, value: pulumi.Input[int]): pulumi.set(self, "max_outputs", value) +if not MYPY: + class BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + """ + multicast_source_ip: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + """ +elif False: + BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + multicast_source_ip: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + :param pulumi.Input[str] multicast_source_ip: The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + """ + if multicast_source_ip is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_source_ip", multicast_source_ip) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="multicastSourceIp") + def multicast_source_ip(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "multicast_source_ip") + + @multicast_source_ip.setter + def multicast_source_ip(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): + pulumi.set(self, "multicast_source_ip", value) + + if not MYPY: class BridgeNetworkOutputArgsDict(TypedDict): """ @@ -485,6 +525,10 @@ class BridgeNetworkSourceArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The network source protocol. """ + multicast_source_settings: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgsDict']] + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + """ elif False: BridgeNetworkSourceArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -495,7 +539,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, name: pulumi.Input[str], network_name: pulumi.Input[str], port: pulumi.Input[int], - protocol: pulumi.Input['BridgeProtocolEnum']): + protocol: pulumi.Input['BridgeProtocolEnum'], + multicast_source_settings: Optional[pulumi.Input['BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs']] = None): """ The source of the bridge. A network source originates at your premises. :param pulumi.Input[str] multicast_ip: The network source multicast IP. @@ -503,12 +548,15 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[str] network_name: The network source's gateway network name. :param pulumi.Input[int] port: The network source port. :param pulumi.Input['BridgeProtocolEnum'] protocol: The network source protocol. + :param pulumi.Input['BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs'] multicast_source_settings: The settings related to the multicast source. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_ip", multicast_ip) pulumi.set(__self__, "name", name) pulumi.set(__self__, "network_name", network_name) pulumi.set(__self__, "port", port) pulumi.set(__self__, "protocol", protocol) + if multicast_source_settings is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_source_settings", multicast_source_settings) @property @pulumi.getter(name="multicastIp") @@ -570,6 +618,18 @@ def protocol(self) -> pulumi.Input['BridgeProtocolEnum']: def protocol(self, value: pulumi.Input['BridgeProtocolEnum']): pulumi.set(self, "protocol", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="multicastSourceSettings") + def multicast_source_settings(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs']]: + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "multicast_source_settings") + + @multicast_source_settings.setter + def multicast_source_settings(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['BridgeMulticastSourceSettingsArgs']]): + pulumi.set(self, "multicast_source_settings", value) + if not MYPY: class BridgeOutputResourceBridgeNetworkOutputArgsDict(TypedDict): @@ -794,6 +854,10 @@ class BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The network source protocol. """ + multicast_source_settings: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgsDict']] + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + """ elif False: BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSourceArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -803,18 +867,22 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, multicast_ip: pulumi.Input[str], network_name: pulumi.Input[str], port: pulumi.Input[int], - protocol: pulumi.Input['BridgeSourceProtocolEnum']): + protocol: pulumi.Input['BridgeSourceProtocolEnum'], + multicast_source_settings: Optional[pulumi.Input['BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs']] = None): """ The source of the bridge. A network source originates at your premises. :param pulumi.Input[str] multicast_ip: The network source multicast IP. :param pulumi.Input[str] network_name: The network source's gateway network name. :param pulumi.Input[int] port: The network source port. :param pulumi.Input['BridgeSourceProtocolEnum'] protocol: The network source protocol. + :param pulumi.Input['BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs'] multicast_source_settings: The settings related to the multicast source. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_ip", multicast_ip) pulumi.set(__self__, "network_name", network_name) pulumi.set(__self__, "port", port) pulumi.set(__self__, "protocol", protocol) + if multicast_source_settings is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_source_settings", multicast_source_settings) @property @pulumi.getter(name="multicastIp") @@ -864,6 +932,54 @@ def protocol(self) -> pulumi.Input['BridgeSourceProtocolEnum']: def protocol(self, value: pulumi.Input['BridgeSourceProtocolEnum']): pulumi.set(self, "protocol", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="multicastSourceSettings") + def multicast_source_settings(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs']]: + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "multicast_source_settings") + + @multicast_source_settings.setter + def multicast_source_settings(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs']]): + pulumi.set(self, "multicast_source_settings", value) + + +if not MYPY: + class BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgsDict(TypedDict): + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + """ + multicast_source_ip: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + """ +elif False: + BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettingsArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + multicast_source_ip: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + :param pulumi.Input[str] multicast_source_ip: The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + """ + if multicast_source_ip is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_source_ip", multicast_source_ip) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="multicastSourceIp") + def multicast_source_ip(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "multicast_source_ip") + + @multicast_source_ip.setter + def multicast_source_ip(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): + pulumi.set(self, "multicast_source_ip", value) + if not MYPY: class BridgeSourcePriorityArgsDict(TypedDict): diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/mediaconnect/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/mediaconnect/outputs.py index 276e51053c..0a640ae746 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/mediaconnect/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/mediaconnect/outputs.py @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ 'BridgeFailoverConfig', 'BridgeFlowSource', 'BridgeIngressGatewayBridge', + 'BridgeMulticastSourceSettings', 'BridgeNetworkOutput', 'BridgeNetworkSource', 'BridgeOutput', @@ -28,6 +29,7 @@ 'BridgeSource', 'BridgeSourceBridgeFlowSource', 'BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource', + 'BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings', 'BridgeSourcePriority', 'BridgeSourceVpcInterfaceAttachment', 'BridgeVpcInterfaceAttachment', @@ -271,6 +273,46 @@ def max_outputs(self) -> int: return pulumi.get(self, "max_outputs") +@pulumi.output_type +class BridgeMulticastSourceSettings(dict): + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + """ + @staticmethod + def __key_warning(key: str): + suggest = None + if key == "multicastSourceIp": + suggest = "multicast_source_ip" + + if suggest: + pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in BridgeMulticastSourceSettings. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") + + def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: + BridgeMulticastSourceSettings.__key_warning(key) + return super().__getitem__(key) + + def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: + BridgeMulticastSourceSettings.__key_warning(key) + return super().get(key, default) + + def __init__(__self__, *, + multicast_source_ip: Optional[str] = None): + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + :param str multicast_source_ip: The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + """ + if multicast_source_ip is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_source_ip", multicast_source_ip) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="multicastSourceIp") + def multicast_source_ip(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "multicast_source_ip") + + @pulumi.output_type class BridgeNetworkOutput(dict): """ @@ -379,6 +421,8 @@ def __key_warning(key: str): suggest = "multicast_ip" elif key == "networkName": suggest = "network_name" + elif key == "multicastSourceSettings": + suggest = "multicast_source_settings" if suggest: pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in BridgeNetworkSource. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") @@ -396,7 +440,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, name: str, network_name: str, port: int, - protocol: 'BridgeProtocolEnum'): + protocol: 'BridgeProtocolEnum', + multicast_source_settings: Optional['outputs.BridgeMulticastSourceSettings'] = None): """ The source of the bridge. A network source originates at your premises. :param str multicast_ip: The network source multicast IP. @@ -404,12 +449,15 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param str network_name: The network source's gateway network name. :param int port: The network source port. :param 'BridgeProtocolEnum' protocol: The network source protocol. + :param 'BridgeMulticastSourceSettings' multicast_source_settings: The settings related to the multicast source. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_ip", multicast_ip) pulumi.set(__self__, "name", name) pulumi.set(__self__, "network_name", network_name) pulumi.set(__self__, "port", port) pulumi.set(__self__, "protocol", protocol) + if multicast_source_settings is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_source_settings", multicast_source_settings) @property @pulumi.getter(name="multicastIp") @@ -451,6 +499,14 @@ def protocol(self) -> 'BridgeProtocolEnum': """ return pulumi.get(self, "protocol") + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="multicastSourceSettings") + def multicast_source_settings(self) -> Optional['outputs.BridgeMulticastSourceSettings']: + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "multicast_source_settings") + @pulumi.output_type class BridgeOutput(dict): @@ -696,6 +752,8 @@ def __key_warning(key: str): suggest = "multicast_ip" elif key == "networkName": suggest = "network_name" + elif key == "multicastSourceSettings": + suggest = "multicast_source_settings" if suggest: pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in BridgeSourceBridgeNetworkSource. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") @@ -712,18 +770,22 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, multicast_ip: str, network_name: str, port: int, - protocol: 'BridgeSourceProtocolEnum'): + protocol: 'BridgeSourceProtocolEnum', + multicast_source_settings: Optional['outputs.BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings'] = None): """ The source of the bridge. A network source originates at your premises. :param str multicast_ip: The network source multicast IP. :param str network_name: The network source's gateway network name. :param int port: The network source port. :param 'BridgeSourceProtocolEnum' protocol: The network source protocol. + :param 'BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings' multicast_source_settings: The settings related to the multicast source. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_ip", multicast_ip) pulumi.set(__self__, "network_name", network_name) pulumi.set(__self__, "port", port) pulumi.set(__self__, "protocol", protocol) + if multicast_source_settings is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_source_settings", multicast_source_settings) @property @pulumi.getter(name="multicastIp") @@ -757,6 +819,54 @@ def protocol(self) -> 'BridgeSourceProtocolEnum': """ return pulumi.get(self, "protocol") + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="multicastSourceSettings") + def multicast_source_settings(self) -> Optional['outputs.BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings']: + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "multicast_source_settings") + + +@pulumi.output_type +class BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings(dict): + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + """ + @staticmethod + def __key_warning(key: str): + suggest = None + if key == "multicastSourceIp": + suggest = "multicast_source_ip" + + if suggest: + pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") + + def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: + BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings.__key_warning(key) + return super().__getitem__(key) + + def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: + BridgeSourceMulticastSourceSettings.__key_warning(key) + return super().get(key, default) + + def __init__(__self__, *, + multicast_source_ip: Optional[str] = None): + """ + The settings related to the multicast source. + :param str multicast_source_ip: The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + """ + if multicast_source_ip is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "multicast_source_ip", multicast_source_ip) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="multicastSourceIp") + def multicast_source_ip(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The IP address of the source for source-specific multicast (SSM). + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "multicast_source_ip") + @pulumi.output_type class BridgeSourcePriority(dict): diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/_enums.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/_enums.py index ca8acb2b52..03610ddef0 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/_enums.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/_enums.py @@ -21,6 +21,9 @@ class ApplicationAppConfigType(str, Enum): class DomainNodeOptionNodeType(str, Enum): + """ + Container for node type like coordinating. + """ COORDINATOR = "coordinator" diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/_inputs.py index 1c6a44f307..cec5a8d0fd 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/_inputs.py @@ -364,6 +364,9 @@ class DomainClusterConfigArgsDict(TypedDict): Indicates whether Multi-AZ with Standby deployment option is enabled. For more information, see [Multi-AZ with Standby](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/managedomains-multiaz.html#managedomains-za-standby) . """ node_options: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DomainNodeOptionArgsDict']]]] + """ + List of node options for the domain. + """ warm_count: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[int]] """ The number of warm nodes in the cluster. @@ -411,6 +414,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[int] instance_count: The number of data nodes (instances) to use in the OpenSearch Service domain. :param pulumi.Input[str] instance_type: The instance type for your data nodes, such as `m3.medium.search` . For valid values, see [Supported instance types in Amazon OpenSearch Service](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/supported-instance-types.html) . :param pulumi.Input[bool] multi_az_with_standby_enabled: Indicates whether Multi-AZ with Standby deployment option is enabled. For more information, see [Multi-AZ with Standby](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/managedomains-multiaz.html#managedomains-za-standby) . + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DomainNodeOptionArgs']]] node_options: List of node options for the domain. :param pulumi.Input[int] warm_count: The number of warm nodes in the cluster. :param pulumi.Input[bool] warm_enabled: Whether to enable UltraWarm storage for the cluster. See [UltraWarm storage for Amazon OpenSearch Service](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/ultrawarm.html) . :param pulumi.Input[str] warm_type: The instance type for the cluster's warm nodes. @@ -531,6 +535,9 @@ def multi_az_with_standby_enabled(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="nodeOptions") def node_options(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DomainNodeOptionArgs']]]]: + """ + List of node options for the domain. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "node_options") @node_options.setter @@ -1417,8 +1424,17 @@ def master_user_password(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): if not MYPY: class DomainNodeConfigArgsDict(TypedDict): count: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[int]] + """ + The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. + """ enabled: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[bool]] + """ + A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. + """ type: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. + """ elif False: DomainNodeConfigArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -1428,6 +1444,11 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, count: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]] = None, enabled: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, type: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input[int] count: The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. + :param pulumi.Input[bool] enabled: A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. + :param pulumi.Input[str] type: The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. + """ if count is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "count", count) if enabled is not None: @@ -1438,6 +1459,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter def count(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]: + """ + The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "count") @count.setter @@ -1447,6 +1471,9 @@ def count(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): @property @pulumi.getter def enabled(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]: + """ + A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "enabled") @enabled.setter @@ -1456,6 +1483,9 @@ def enabled(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]): @property @pulumi.getter def type(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "type") @type.setter @@ -1466,7 +1496,13 @@ def type(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): if not MYPY: class DomainNodeOptionArgsDict(TypedDict): node_config: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DomainNodeConfigArgsDict']] + """ + Container for specifying configuration of any node type. + """ node_type: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DomainNodeOptionNodeType']] + """ + Container for node type like coordinating. + """ elif False: DomainNodeOptionArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -1475,6 +1511,10 @@ class DomainNodeOptionArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, node_config: Optional[pulumi.Input['DomainNodeConfigArgs']] = None, node_type: Optional[pulumi.Input['DomainNodeOptionNodeType']] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input['DomainNodeConfigArgs'] node_config: Container for specifying configuration of any node type. + :param pulumi.Input['DomainNodeOptionNodeType'] node_type: Container for node type like coordinating. + """ if node_config is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "node_config", node_config) if node_type is not None: @@ -1483,6 +1523,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="nodeConfig") def node_config(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DomainNodeConfigArgs']]: + """ + Container for specifying configuration of any node type. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "node_config") @node_config.setter @@ -1492,6 +1535,9 @@ def node_config(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DomainNodeConfigArgs']]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="nodeType") def node_type(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DomainNodeOptionNodeType']]: + """ + Container for node type like coordinating. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "node_type") @node_type.setter diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/outputs.py index a4d2dbb91e..23b58ecac1 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/opensearchservice/outputs.py @@ -315,6 +315,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param int instance_count: The number of data nodes (instances) to use in the OpenSearch Service domain. :param str instance_type: The instance type for your data nodes, such as `m3.medium.search` . For valid values, see [Supported instance types in Amazon OpenSearch Service](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/supported-instance-types.html) . :param bool multi_az_with_standby_enabled: Indicates whether Multi-AZ with Standby deployment option is enabled. For more information, see [Multi-AZ with Standby](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/managedomains-multiaz.html#managedomains-za-standby) . + :param Sequence['DomainNodeOption'] node_options: List of node options for the domain. :param int warm_count: The number of warm nodes in the cluster. :param bool warm_enabled: Whether to enable UltraWarm storage for the cluster. See [UltraWarm storage for Amazon OpenSearch Service](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/ultrawarm.html) . :param str warm_type: The instance type for the cluster's warm nodes. @@ -407,6 +408,9 @@ def multi_az_with_standby_enabled(self) -> Optional[bool]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="nodeOptions") def node_options(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.DomainNodeOption']]: + """ + List of node options for the domain. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "node_options") @property @@ -1137,6 +1141,11 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, count: Optional[int] = None, enabled: Optional[bool] = None, type: Optional[str] = None): + """ + :param int count: The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. + :param bool enabled: A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. + :param str type: The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. + """ if count is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "count", count) if enabled is not None: @@ -1147,16 +1156,25 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter def count(self) -> Optional[int]: + """ + The number of nodes of a particular node type in the cluster. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "count") @property @pulumi.getter def enabled(self) -> Optional[bool]: + """ + A boolean that indicates whether a particular node type is enabled or not. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "enabled") @property @pulumi.getter def type(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The instance type of a particular node type in the cluster. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "type") @@ -1184,6 +1202,10 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, node_config: Optional['outputs.DomainNodeConfig'] = None, node_type: Optional['DomainNodeOptionNodeType'] = None): + """ + :param 'DomainNodeConfig' node_config: Container for specifying configuration of any node type. + :param 'DomainNodeOptionNodeType' node_type: Container for node type like coordinating. + """ if node_config is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "node_config", node_config) if node_type is not None: @@ -1192,11 +1214,17 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="nodeConfig") def node_config(self) -> Optional['outputs.DomainNodeConfig']: + """ + Container for specifying configuration of any node type. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "node_config") @property @pulumi.getter(name="nodeType") def node_type(self) -> Optional['DomainNodeOptionNodeType']: + """ + Container for node type like coordinating. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "node_type") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/qbusiness/data_accessor.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/qbusiness/data_accessor.py index bd56c62851..1e64a590cc 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/qbusiness/data_accessor.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/qbusiness/data_accessor.py @@ -24,23 +24,22 @@ class DataAccessorArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, action_configurations: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DataAccessorActionConfigurationArgs']]], + application_id: pulumi.Input[str], display_name: pulumi.Input[str], principal: pulumi.Input[str], - application_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, tags: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.TagArgs']]]] = None): """ The set of arguments for constructing a DataAccessor resource. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DataAccessorActionConfigurationArgs']]] action_configurations: A list of action configurations specifying the allowed actions and any associated filters. + :param pulumi.Input[str] application_id: The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. :param pulumi.Input[str] display_name: The friendly name of the data accessor. :param pulumi.Input[str] principal: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role for the ISV associated with this data accessor. - :param pulumi.Input[str] application_id: The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.TagArgs']]] tags: The tags to associate with the data accessor. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "action_configurations", action_configurations) + pulumi.set(__self__, "application_id", application_id) pulumi.set(__self__, "display_name", display_name) pulumi.set(__self__, "principal", principal) - if application_id is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "application_id", application_id) if tags is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "tags", tags) @@ -56,6 +55,18 @@ def action_configurations(self) -> pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DataAcces def action_configurations(self, value: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DataAccessorActionConfigurationArgs']]]): pulumi.set(self, "action_configurations", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="applicationId") + def application_id(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "application_id") + + @application_id.setter + def application_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): + pulumi.set(self, "application_id", value) + @property @pulumi.getter(name="displayName") def display_name(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: @@ -80,18 +91,6 @@ def principal(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: def principal(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): pulumi.set(self, "principal", value) - @property - @pulumi.getter(name="applicationId") - def application_id(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: - """ - The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. - """ - return pulumi.get(self, "application_id") - - @application_id.setter - def application_id(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): - pulumi.set(self, "application_id", value) - @property @pulumi.getter def tags(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.TagArgs']]]]: @@ -168,6 +167,8 @@ def _internal_init(__self__, if action_configurations is None and not opts.urn: raise TypeError("Missing required property 'action_configurations'") __props__.__dict__["action_configurations"] = action_configurations + if application_id is None and not opts.urn: + raise TypeError("Missing required property 'application_id'") __props__.__dict__["application_id"] = application_id if display_name is None and not opts.urn: raise TypeError("Missing required property 'display_name'") @@ -227,7 +228,7 @@ def action_configurations(self) -> pulumi.Output[Sequence['outputs.DataAccessorA @property @pulumi.getter(name="applicationId") - def application_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: + def application_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: """ The unique identifier of the Amazon Q Business application. """ diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/_enums.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/_enums.py index ab03345591..f95caa04ab 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/_enums.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/_enums.py @@ -263,7 +263,6 @@ 'DataSetColumnDataType', 'DataSetColumnTagName', 'DataSetDatasetParameterValueType', - 'DataSetFileFormat', 'DataSetGeoSpatialCountryCode', 'DataSetGeoSpatialDataRole', 'DataSetImportMode', @@ -273,7 +272,6 @@ 'DataSetRowLevelPermissionFormatVersion', 'DataSetRowLevelPermissionPolicy', 'DataSetStatus', - 'DataSetTextQualifier', 'DataSetTimeGranularity', 'DataSourceAuthenticationType', 'DataSourceErrorInfoType', @@ -399,7 +397,6 @@ 'TemplateValidationStrategyMode', 'TemplateValueWhenUnsetOption', 'TemplateVerticalTextAlignment', - 'TemplateVisibility', 'TemplateVisualCustomActionTrigger', 'TemplateWidgetStatus', 'TemplateWordCloudCloudLayout', @@ -2017,15 +2014,6 @@ class DataSetDatasetParameterValueType(str, Enum): SINGLE_VALUED = "SINGLE_VALUED" -class DataSetFileFormat(str, Enum): - CSV = "CSV" - TSV = "TSV" - CLF = "CLF" - ELF = "ELF" - XLSX = "XLSX" - JSON = "JSON" - - class DataSetGeoSpatialCountryCode(str, Enum): US = "US" @@ -2087,11 +2075,6 @@ class DataSetStatus(str, Enum): DISABLED = "DISABLED" -class DataSetTextQualifier(str, Enum): - DOUBLE_QUOTE = "DOUBLE_QUOTE" - SINGLE_QUOTE = "SINGLE_QUOTE" - - class DataSetTimeGranularity(str, Enum): YEAR = "YEAR" QUARTER = "QUARTER" @@ -2927,11 +2910,6 @@ class TemplateVerticalTextAlignment(str, Enum): AUTO = "AUTO" -class TemplateVisibility(str, Enum): - HIDDEN = "HIDDEN" - VISIBLE = "VISIBLE" - - class TemplateVisualCustomActionTrigger(str, Enum): DATA_POINT_CLICK = "DATA_POINT_CLICK" DATA_POINT_MENU = "DATA_POINT_MENU" diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/_inputs.py index 222451a9f9..bc3c47ad82 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/_inputs.py @@ -2176,8 +2176,6 @@ 'DashboardVisualCustomActionOperationArgsDict', 'DashboardVisualCustomActionArgs', 'DashboardVisualCustomActionArgsDict', - 'DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs', - 'DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgsDict', 'DashboardVisualPaletteArgs', 'DashboardVisualPaletteArgsDict', 'DashboardVisualPublishOptionsArgs', @@ -2314,8 +2312,6 @@ 'DataSetUniqueKeyArgsDict', 'DataSetUntagColumnOperationArgs', 'DataSetUntagColumnOperationArgsDict', - 'DataSetUploadSettingsArgs', - 'DataSetUploadSettingsArgsDict', 'DataSetUsageConfigurationArgs', 'DataSetUsageConfigurationArgsDict', 'DataSourceAmazonElasticsearchParametersArgs', @@ -45132,22 +45128,73 @@ def y_axis(self, value: pulumi.Input['AnalysisSingleYAxisOption']): if not MYPY: class CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgsDict(TypedDict): add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to add or run anomaly detection. + """ create_and_update_dashboard_email_reports: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to create and update email reports. + """ create_and_update_data_sources: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to create and update data sources. + """ create_and_update_datasets: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to create and update datasets. + """ create_and_update_themes: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to export to Create and Update themes. + """ create_and_update_threshold_alerts: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to create and update threshold alerts. + """ create_shared_folders: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to create shared folders. + """ create_spice_dataset: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to create a SPICE dataset. + """ export_to_csv: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to export to CSV files. + """ export_to_excel: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to export to Excel files. + """ rename_shared_folders: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to rename shared folders. + """ share_analyses: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to share analyses. + """ share_dashboards: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to share dashboards. + """ share_data_sources: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to share data sources. + """ share_datasets: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to share datasets. + """ subscribe_dashboard_email_reports: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to subscribe to email reports. + """ view_account_spice_capacity: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] + """ + The ability to view account SPICE capacity. + """ elif False: CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -45171,6 +45218,25 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, share_datasets: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] = None, subscribe_dashboard_email_reports: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] = None, view_account_spice_capacity: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses: The ability to add or run anomaly detection. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] create_and_update_dashboard_email_reports: The ability to create and update email reports. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] create_and_update_data_sources: The ability to create and update data sources. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] create_and_update_datasets: The ability to create and update datasets. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] create_and_update_themes: The ability to export to Create and Update themes. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] create_and_update_threshold_alerts: The ability to create and update threshold alerts. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] create_shared_folders: The ability to create shared folders. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] create_spice_dataset: The ability to create a SPICE dataset. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] export_to_csv: The ability to export to CSV files. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] export_to_excel: The ability to export to Excel files. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] rename_shared_folders: The ability to rename shared folders. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] share_analyses: The ability to share analyses. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] share_dashboards: The ability to share dashboards. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] share_data_sources: The ability to share data sources. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] share_datasets: The ability to share datasets. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] subscribe_dashboard_email_reports: The ability to subscribe to email reports. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] view_account_spice_capacity: The ability to view account SPICE capacity. + """ if add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses", add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses) if create_and_update_dashboard_email_reports is not None: @@ -45209,6 +45275,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="addOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses") def add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to add or run anomaly detection. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses") @add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses.setter @@ -45218,6 +45287,9 @@ def add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input @property @pulumi.getter(name="createAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports") def create_and_update_dashboard_email_reports(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to create and update email reports. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_and_update_dashboard_email_reports") @create_and_update_dashboard_email_reports.setter @@ -45227,6 +45299,9 @@ def create_and_update_dashboard_email_reports(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input @property @pulumi.getter(name="createAndUpdateDataSources") def create_and_update_data_sources(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to create and update data sources. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_and_update_data_sources") @create_and_update_data_sources.setter @@ -45236,6 +45311,9 @@ def create_and_update_data_sources(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPer @property @pulumi.getter(name="createAndUpdateDatasets") def create_and_update_datasets(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to create and update datasets. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_and_update_datasets") @create_and_update_datasets.setter @@ -45245,6 +45323,9 @@ def create_and_update_datasets(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermiss @property @pulumi.getter(name="createAndUpdateThemes") def create_and_update_themes(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to export to Create and Update themes. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_and_update_themes") @create_and_update_themes.setter @@ -45254,6 +45335,9 @@ def create_and_update_themes(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissio @property @pulumi.getter(name="createAndUpdateThresholdAlerts") def create_and_update_threshold_alerts(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to create and update threshold alerts. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_and_update_threshold_alerts") @create_and_update_threshold_alerts.setter @@ -45263,6 +45347,9 @@ def create_and_update_threshold_alerts(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['Custo @property @pulumi.getter(name="createSharedFolders") def create_shared_folders(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to create shared folders. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_shared_folders") @create_shared_folders.setter @@ -45272,6 +45359,9 @@ def create_shared_folders(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsC @property @pulumi.getter(name="createSpiceDataset") def create_spice_dataset(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to create a SPICE dataset. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_spice_dataset") @create_spice_dataset.setter @@ -45281,6 +45371,9 @@ def create_spice_dataset(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCa @property @pulumi.getter(name="exportToCsv") def export_to_csv(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to export to CSV files. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "export_to_csv") @export_to_csv.setter @@ -45290,6 +45383,9 @@ def export_to_csv(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilit @property @pulumi.getter(name="exportToExcel") def export_to_excel(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to export to Excel files. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "export_to_excel") @export_to_excel.setter @@ -45299,6 +45395,9 @@ def export_to_excel(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabil @property @pulumi.getter(name="renameSharedFolders") def rename_shared_folders(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to rename shared folders. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "rename_shared_folders") @rename_shared_folders.setter @@ -45308,6 +45407,9 @@ def rename_shared_folders(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsC @property @pulumi.getter(name="shareAnalyses") def share_analyses(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to share analyses. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "share_analyses") @share_analyses.setter @@ -45317,6 +45419,9 @@ def share_analyses(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabili @property @pulumi.getter(name="shareDashboards") def share_dashboards(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to share dashboards. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "share_dashboards") @share_dashboards.setter @@ -45326,6 +45431,9 @@ def share_dashboards(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabi @property @pulumi.getter(name="shareDataSources") def share_data_sources(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to share data sources. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "share_data_sources") @share_data_sources.setter @@ -45335,6 +45443,9 @@ def share_data_sources(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapa @property @pulumi.getter(name="shareDatasets") def share_datasets(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to share datasets. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "share_datasets") @share_datasets.setter @@ -45344,6 +45455,9 @@ def share_datasets(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabili @property @pulumi.getter(name="subscribeDashboardEmailReports") def subscribe_dashboard_email_reports(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to subscribe to email reports. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "subscribe_dashboard_email_reports") @subscribe_dashboard_email_reports.setter @@ -45353,6 +45467,9 @@ def subscribe_dashboard_email_reports(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['Custom @property @pulumi.getter(name="viewAccountSpiceCapacity") def view_account_spice_capacity(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']]: + """ + The ability to view account SPICE capacity. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "view_account_spice_capacity") @view_account_spice_capacity.setter @@ -74585,7 +74702,7 @@ class DashboardPublishOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The axis sort options of a dashboard. """ - visual_menu_option: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgsDict']] + visual_menu_option: NotRequired[Any] """ The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. """ @@ -74608,7 +74725,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, sheet_controls_option: Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardSheetControlsOptionArgs']] = None, sheet_layout_element_maximization_option: Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardSheetLayoutElementMaximizationOptionArgs']] = None, visual_axis_sort_option: Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardVisualAxisSortOptionArgs']] = None, - visual_menu_option: Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs']] = None, + visual_menu_option: Optional[Any] = None, visual_publish_options: Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardVisualPublishOptionsArgs']] = None): """

Dashboard publish options.

@@ -74621,7 +74738,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['DashboardSheetControlsOptionArgs'] sheet_controls_option: Sheet controls option. :param pulumi.Input['DashboardSheetLayoutElementMaximizationOptionArgs'] sheet_layout_element_maximization_option: The sheet layout maximization options of a dashbaord. :param pulumi.Input['DashboardVisualAxisSortOptionArgs'] visual_axis_sort_option: The axis sort options of a dashboard. - :param pulumi.Input['DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs'] visual_menu_option: The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. + :param Any visual_menu_option: The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. :param pulumi.Input['DashboardVisualPublishOptionsArgs'] visual_publish_options: The visual publish options of a visual in a dashboard. """ if ad_hoc_filtering_option is not None: @@ -74757,14 +74874,14 @@ def visual_axis_sort_option(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardVisualA @property @pulumi.getter(name="visualMenuOption") - def visual_menu_option(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs']]: + def visual_menu_option(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visual_menu_option") @visual_menu_option.setter - def visual_menu_option(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs']]): + def visual_menu_option(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visual_menu_option", value) @property @@ -85282,38 +85399,6 @@ def status(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardWidgetStatus']]): pulumi.set(self, "status", value) -if not MYPY: - class DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgsDict(TypedDict): - availability_status: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DashboardBehavior']] - """ - The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. - """ -elif False: - DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] - -@pulumi.input_type -class DashboardVisualMenuOptionArgs: - def __init__(__self__, *, - availability_status: Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardBehavior']] = None): - """ - :param pulumi.Input['DashboardBehavior'] availability_status: The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. - """ - if availability_status is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "availability_status", availability_status) - - @property - @pulumi.getter(name="availabilityStatus") - def availability_status(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardBehavior']]: - """ - The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. - """ - return pulumi.get(self, "availability_status") - - @availability_status.setter - def availability_status(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DashboardBehavior']]): - pulumi.set(self, "availability_status", value) - - if not MYPY: class DashboardVisualPaletteArgsDict(TypedDict): chart_color: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] @@ -90186,7 +90271,7 @@ class DataSetS3SourceArgsDict(TypedDict):

For files that aren't JSON, only STRING data types are supported in input columns.

""" - upload_settings: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DataSetUploadSettingsArgsDict']] + upload_settings: NotRequired[Any] """ Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. """ @@ -90198,7 +90283,7 @@ class DataSetS3SourceArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, data_source_arn: pulumi.Input[str], input_columns: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DataSetInputColumnArgs']]], - upload_settings: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSetUploadSettingsArgs']] = None): + upload_settings: Optional[Any] = None): """

A physical table type for an S3 data source.

:param pulumi.Input[str] data_source_arn:

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the data source.

@@ -90206,7 +90291,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *,

For files that aren't JSON, only STRING data types are supported in input columns.

- :param pulumi.Input['DataSetUploadSettingsArgs'] upload_settings: Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. + :param Any upload_settings: Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "data_source_arn", data_source_arn) pulumi.set(__self__, "input_columns", input_columns) @@ -90242,14 +90327,14 @@ def input_columns(self, value: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DataSetInputC @property @pulumi.getter(name="uploadSettings") - def upload_settings(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSetUploadSettingsArgs']]: + def upload_settings(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. """ return pulumi.get(self, "upload_settings") @upload_settings.setter - def upload_settings(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSetUploadSettingsArgs']]): + def upload_settings(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "upload_settings", value) @@ -90692,122 +90777,6 @@ def tag_names(self, value: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DataSetColumnTagN pulumi.set(self, "tag_names", value) -if not MYPY: - class DataSetUploadSettingsArgsDict(TypedDict): - """ -

Information about the format for a source file or files.

- """ - contains_header: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[bool]] - """ -

Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.

- """ - delimiter: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] - """ -

The delimiter between values in the file.

- """ - format: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DataSetFileFormat']] - """ - File format. - """ - start_from_row: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[float]] - """ -

A row number to start reading data from.

- """ - text_qualifier: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DataSetTextQualifier']] - """ - Text qualifier. - """ -elif False: - DataSetUploadSettingsArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] - -@pulumi.input_type -class DataSetUploadSettingsArgs: - def __init__(__self__, *, - contains_header: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, - delimiter: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - format: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSetFileFormat']] = None, - start_from_row: Optional[pulumi.Input[float]] = None, - text_qualifier: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSetTextQualifier']] = None): - """ -

Information about the format for a source file or files.

- :param pulumi.Input[bool] contains_header:

Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.

- :param pulumi.Input[str] delimiter:

The delimiter between values in the file.

- :param pulumi.Input['DataSetFileFormat'] format: File format. - :param pulumi.Input[float] start_from_row:

A row number to start reading data from.

- :param pulumi.Input['DataSetTextQualifier'] text_qualifier: Text qualifier. - """ - if contains_header is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "contains_header", contains_header) - if delimiter is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "delimiter", delimiter) - if format is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "format", format) - if start_from_row is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "start_from_row", start_from_row) - if text_qualifier is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "text_qualifier", text_qualifier) - - @property - @pulumi.getter(name="containsHeader") - def contains_header(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]: - """ -

Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.

- """ - return pulumi.get(self, "contains_header") - - @contains_header.setter - def contains_header(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]): - pulumi.set(self, "contains_header", value) - - @property - @pulumi.getter - def delimiter(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: - """ -

The delimiter between values in the file.

- """ - return pulumi.get(self, "delimiter") - - @delimiter.setter - def delimiter(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): - pulumi.set(self, "delimiter", value) - - @property - @pulumi.getter - def format(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSetFileFormat']]: - """ - File format. - """ - return pulumi.get(self, "format") - - @format.setter - def format(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSetFileFormat']]): - pulumi.set(self, "format", value) - - @property - @pulumi.getter(name="startFromRow") - def start_from_row(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[float]]: - """ -

A row number to start reading data from.

- """ - return pulumi.get(self, "start_from_row") - - @start_from_row.setter - def start_from_row(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[float]]): - pulumi.set(self, "start_from_row", value) - - @property - @pulumi.getter(name="textQualifier") - def text_qualifier(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSetTextQualifier']]: - """ - Text qualifier. - """ - return pulumi.get(self, "text_qualifier") - - @text_qualifier.setter - def text_qualifier(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSetTextQualifier']]): - pulumi.set(self, "text_qualifier", value) - - if not MYPY: class DataSetUsageConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ @@ -94557,7 +94526,7 @@ def minimum(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[float]]): if not MYPY: class TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - axis_line_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + axis_line_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. """ @@ -94569,7 +94538,7 @@ class TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The data options for an axis. """ - grid_line_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + grid_line_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. """ @@ -94587,17 +94556,17 @@ class TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateAxisDisplayOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - axis_line_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + axis_line_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, axis_offset: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, data_options: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateAxisDataOptionsArgs']] = None, - grid_line_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + grid_line_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, scrollbar_options: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateScrollBarOptionsArgs']] = None, tick_label_options: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateAxisTickLabelOptionsArgs']] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] axis_line_visibility: Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. + :param Any axis_line_visibility: Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. :param pulumi.Input[str] axis_offset: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px :param pulumi.Input['TemplateAxisDataOptionsArgs'] data_options: The data options for an axis. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] grid_line_visibility: Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. + :param Any grid_line_visibility: Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateScrollBarOptionsArgs'] scrollbar_options: The scroll bar options for an axis. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateAxisTickLabelOptionsArgs'] tick_label_options: The tick label options of an axis. """ @@ -94616,14 +94585,14 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="axisLineVisibility") - def axis_line_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def axis_line_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. """ return pulumi.get(self, "axis_line_visibility") @axis_line_visibility.setter - def axis_line_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def axis_line_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "axis_line_visibility", value) @property @@ -94652,14 +94621,14 @@ def data_options(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateAxisDataOptionsArgs @property @pulumi.getter(name="gridLineVisibility") - def grid_line_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def grid_line_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. """ return pulumi.get(self, "grid_line_visibility") @grid_line_visibility.setter - def grid_line_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def grid_line_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "grid_line_visibility", value) @property @@ -96307,11 +96276,11 @@ def box_plot_aggregated_field_wells(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['Template if not MYPY: class TemplateBoxPlotOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - all_data_points_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + all_data_points_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. """ - outlier_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + outlier_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. """ @@ -96325,12 +96294,12 @@ class TemplateBoxPlotOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateBoxPlotOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - all_data_points_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, - outlier_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + all_data_points_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + outlier_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, style_options: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateBoxPlotStyleOptionsArgs']] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] all_data_points_visibility: Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] outlier_visibility: Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. + :param Any all_data_points_visibility: Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. + :param Any outlier_visibility: Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateBoxPlotStyleOptionsArgs'] style_options: The style options of the box plot. """ if all_data_points_visibility is not None: @@ -96342,26 +96311,26 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="allDataPointsVisibility") - def all_data_points_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def all_data_points_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. """ return pulumi.get(self, "all_data_points_visibility") @all_data_points_visibility.setter - def all_data_points_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def all_data_points_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "all_data_points_visibility", value) @property @pulumi.getter(name="outlierVisibility") - def outlier_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def outlier_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. """ return pulumi.get(self, "outlier_visibility") @outlier_visibility.setter - def outlier_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def outlier_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "outlier_visibility", value) @property @@ -97252,11 +97221,11 @@ class TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The label options for a chart axis. """ - sort_icon_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + sort_icon_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: @@ -97270,12 +97239,12 @@ class TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplateChartAxisLabelOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, axis_label_options: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateAxisLabelOptionsArgs']]]] = None, - sort_icon_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + sort_icon_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateAxisLabelOptionsArgs']]] axis_label_options: The label options for a chart axis. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] sort_icon_visibility: The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: + :param Any sort_icon_visibility: The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: - `VISIBLE` : Shows the axis. - `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis. @@ -97301,19 +97270,19 @@ def axis_label_options(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[ @property @pulumi.getter(name="sortIconVisibility") - def sort_icon_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def sort_icon_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. """ return pulumi.get(self, "sort_icon_visibility") @sort_icon_visibility.setter - def sort_icon_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def sort_icon_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "sort_icon_visibility", value) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: @@ -97323,7 +97292,7 @@ def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -97955,7 +97924,7 @@ class TemplateColumnTooltipItemArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Determines the target of the column tooltip item in a combo chart visual. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the tooltip item. """ @@ -97969,13 +97938,13 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, aggregation: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateAggregationFunctionArgs']] = None, label: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, tooltip_target: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTooltipTarget']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input['TemplateColumnIdentifierArgs'] column: The target column of the tooltip item. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateAggregationFunctionArgs'] aggregation: The aggregation function of the column tooltip item. :param pulumi.Input[str] label: The label of the tooltip item. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTooltipTarget'] tooltip_target: Determines the target of the column tooltip item in a combo chart visual. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the tooltip item. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the tooltip item. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "column", column) if aggregation is not None: @@ -98037,14 +98006,14 @@ def tooltip_target(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTooltipTarget']]) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the tooltip item. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -100854,7 +100823,7 @@ def settings(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateLineChartSeriesSettings if not MYPY: class TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - category_label_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + category_label_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines the visibility of the category field labels. """ @@ -100874,7 +100843,7 @@ class TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Determines the font configuration of the data labels. """ - measure_label_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + measure_label_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. """ @@ -100886,11 +100855,11 @@ class TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Determines the position of the data labels. """ - totals_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + totals_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines the visibility of the total. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines the visibility of the data labels. """ @@ -100900,27 +100869,27 @@ class TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateDataLabelOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - category_label_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + category_label_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, data_label_types: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelTypeArgs']]]] = None, label_color: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, label_content: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelContent']] = None, label_font_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFontConfigurationArgs']] = None, - measure_label_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + measure_label_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, overlap: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelOverlap']] = None, position: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelPosition']] = None, - totals_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + totals_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] category_label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the category field labels. + :param Any category_label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the category field labels. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelTypeArgs']]] data_label_types: The option that determines the data label type. :param pulumi.Input[str] label_color: Determines the color of the data labels. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelContent'] label_content: Determines the content of the data labels. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateFontConfigurationArgs'] label_font_configuration: Determines the font configuration of the data labels. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] measure_label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. + :param Any measure_label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelOverlap'] overlap: Determines whether overlap is enabled or disabled for the data labels. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelPosition'] position: Determines the position of the data labels. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] totals_visibility: Determines the visibility of the total. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: Determines the visibility of the data labels. + :param Any totals_visibility: Determines the visibility of the total. + :param Any visibility: Determines the visibility of the data labels. """ if category_label_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "category_label_visibility", category_label_visibility) @@ -100945,14 +100914,14 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="categoryLabelVisibility") - def category_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def category_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the category field labels. """ return pulumi.get(self, "category_label_visibility") @category_label_visibility.setter - def category_label_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def category_label_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "category_label_visibility", value) @property @@ -101005,14 +100974,14 @@ def label_font_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFontCon @property @pulumi.getter(name="measureLabelVisibility") - def measure_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def measure_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. """ return pulumi.get(self, "measure_label_visibility") @measure_label_visibility.setter - def measure_label_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def measure_label_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "measure_label_visibility", value) @property @@ -101041,26 +101010,26 @@ def position(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelPosition']]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="totalsVisibility") - def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the total. """ return pulumi.get(self, "totals_visibility") @totals_visibility.setter - def totals_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def totals_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "totals_visibility", value) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the data labels. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -101256,7 +101225,7 @@ class TemplateDataPathLabelTypeArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The actual value of the field that is labeled. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the data label. """ @@ -101268,11 +101237,11 @@ class TemplateDataPathLabelTypeArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, field_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, field_value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] field_id: The field ID of the field that the data label needs to be applied to. :param pulumi.Input[str] field_value: The actual value of the field that is labeled. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the data label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the data label. """ if field_id is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "field_id", field_id) @@ -101307,14 +101276,14 @@ def field_value(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the data label. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -101655,7 +101624,7 @@ def column_schema_list(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[ if not MYPY: class TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - missing_date_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + missing_date_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. """ @@ -101665,23 +101634,23 @@ class TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateDateAxisOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - missing_date_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + missing_date_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] missing_date_visibility: Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. + :param Any missing_date_visibility: Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. """ if missing_date_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "missing_date_visibility", missing_date_visibility) @property @pulumi.getter(name="missingDateVisibility") - def missing_date_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def missing_date_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. """ return pulumi.get(self, "missing_date_visibility") @missing_date_visibility.setter - def missing_date_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def missing_date_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "missing_date_visibility", value) @@ -103748,7 +103717,7 @@ def numerical_dimension_field(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateNumeri if not MYPY: class TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - label_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + label_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . """ @@ -103758,23 +103727,23 @@ class TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateDonutCenterOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - label_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + label_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . + :param Any label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . """ if label_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "label_visibility", label_visibility) @property @pulumi.getter(name="labelVisibility") - def label_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def label_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . """ return pulumi.get(self, "label_visibility") @label_visibility.setter - def label_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def label_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "label_visibility", value) @@ -104281,7 +104250,7 @@ def drill_down_filters(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[ if not MYPY: class TemplateFieldBasedTooltipArgsDict(TypedDict): - aggregation_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + aggregation_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of `Show aggregations` . """ @@ -104302,11 +104271,11 @@ class TemplateFieldBasedTooltipArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateFieldBasedTooltipArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - aggregation_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + aggregation_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, tooltip_fields: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateTooltipItemArgs']]]] = None, tooltip_title_type: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTooltipTitleType']] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] aggregation_visibility: The visibility of `Show aggregations` . + :param Any aggregation_visibility: The visibility of `Show aggregations` . :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateTooltipItemArgs']]] tooltip_fields: The fields configuration in the tooltip. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTooltipTitleType'] tooltip_title_type: The type for the >tooltip title. Choose one of the following options: @@ -104322,14 +104291,14 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="aggregationVisibility") - def aggregation_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def aggregation_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of `Show aggregations` . """ return pulumi.get(self, "aggregation_visibility") @aggregation_visibility.setter - def aggregation_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def aggregation_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "aggregation_visibility", value) @property @@ -104366,7 +104335,7 @@ class TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Indicates the field that is targeted by the field label. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the field label. """ @@ -104377,10 +104346,10 @@ class TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplateFieldLabelTypeArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, field_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] field_id: Indicates the field that is targeted by the field label. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the field label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the field label. """ if field_id is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "field_id", field_id) @@ -104401,14 +104370,14 @@ def field_id(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the field label. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -104607,7 +104576,7 @@ class TemplateFieldTooltipItemArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Determines the target of the field tooltip item in a combo chart visual. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the tooltip item. """ @@ -104620,12 +104589,12 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, field_id: pulumi.Input[str], label: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, tooltip_target: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTooltipTarget']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] field_id: The unique ID of the field that is targeted by the tooltip. :param pulumi.Input[str] label: The label of the tooltip item. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTooltipTarget'] tooltip_target: Determines the target of the field tooltip item in a combo chart visual. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the tooltip item. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the tooltip item. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "field_id", field_id) if label is not None: @@ -104673,14 +104642,14 @@ def tooltip_target(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTooltipTarget']]) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the tooltip item. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -107691,7 +107660,7 @@ class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The background color of a free-form layout element. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The background visibility of a free-form layout element. """ @@ -107702,10 +107671,10 @@ class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyleArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, color: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] color: The background color of a free-form layout element. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The background visibility of a free-form layout element. + :param Any visibility: The background visibility of a free-form layout element. """ if color is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "color", color) @@ -107726,14 +107695,14 @@ def color(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The background visibility of a free-form layout element. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -107743,7 +107712,7 @@ class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The border color of a free-form layout element. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The border visibility of a free-form layout element. """ @@ -107754,10 +107723,10 @@ class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, color: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] color: The border color of a free-form layout element. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The border visibility of a free-form layout element. + :param Any visibility: The border visibility of a free-form layout element. """ if color is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "color", color) @@ -107778,14 +107747,14 @@ def color(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The border visibility of a free-form layout element. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -107835,7 +107804,7 @@ class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The border style configuration of a free-form layout element. This border style is used when the element is selected. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. """ @@ -107856,7 +107825,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, loading_animation: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs']] = None, rendering_rules: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateSheetElementRenderingRuleArgs']]]] = None, selected_border_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] element_id: A unique identifier for an element within a free-form layout. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateLayoutElementType'] element_type: The type of element. @@ -107869,7 +107838,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs'] loading_animation: The loading animation configuration of a free-form layout element. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateSheetElementRenderingRuleArgs']]] rendering_rules: The rendering rules that determine when an element should be displayed within a free-form layout. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyleArgs'] selected_border_style: The border style configuration of a free-form layout element. This border style is used when the element is selected. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "element_id", element_id) pulumi.set(__self__, "element_type", element_type) @@ -108024,14 +107993,14 @@ def selected_border_style(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFreeFormLa @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -108303,7 +108272,7 @@ def visual_palette(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisualPaletteArgs if not MYPY: class TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - category_label_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + category_label_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. """ @@ -108321,7 +108290,7 @@ class TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Determines the style of the metric labels. """ - measure_label_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + measure_label_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. """ @@ -108329,7 +108298,7 @@ class TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. """ @@ -108339,23 +108308,23 @@ class TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateFunnelChartDataLabelOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - category_label_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + category_label_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, label_color: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, label_font_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFontConfigurationArgs']] = None, measure_data_label_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFunnelChartMeasureDataLabelStyle']] = None, - measure_label_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + measure_label_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, position: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelPosition']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] category_label_visibility: The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. + :param Any category_label_visibility: The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. :param pulumi.Input[str] label_color: The color of the data label text. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateFontConfigurationArgs'] label_font_configuration: The font configuration for the data labels. Only the `FontSize` attribute of the font configuration is used for data labels. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateFunnelChartMeasureDataLabelStyle'] measure_data_label_style: Determines the style of the metric labels. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] measure_label_visibility: The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. + :param Any measure_label_visibility: The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelPosition'] position: Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. + :param Any visibility: The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. """ if category_label_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "category_label_visibility", category_label_visibility) @@ -108374,14 +108343,14 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="categoryLabelVisibility") - def category_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def category_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. """ return pulumi.get(self, "category_label_visibility") @category_label_visibility.setter - def category_label_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def category_label_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "category_label_visibility", value) @property @@ -108424,14 +108393,14 @@ def measure_data_label_style(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFunnelC @property @pulumi.getter(name="measureLabelVisibility") - def measure_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def measure_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. """ return pulumi.get(self, "measure_label_visibility") @measure_label_visibility.setter - def measure_label_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def measure_label_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "measure_label_visibility", value) @property @@ -108448,14 +108417,14 @@ def position(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateDataLabelPosition']]): @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -112931,11 +112900,11 @@ class TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The color of the sparkline. """ - tooltip_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + tooltip_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the sparkline. """ @@ -112947,13 +112916,13 @@ class TemplateKpiSparklineOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, type: pulumi.Input['TemplateKpiSparklineType'], color: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - tooltip_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + tooltip_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input['TemplateKpiSparklineType'] type: The type of the sparkline. :param pulumi.Input[str] color: The color of the sparkline. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] tooltip_visibility: The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the sparkline. + :param Any tooltip_visibility: The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the sparkline. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "type", type) if color is not None: @@ -112989,26 +112958,26 @@ def color(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="tooltipVisibility") - def tooltip_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def tooltip_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. """ return pulumi.get(self, "tooltip_visibility") @tooltip_visibility.setter - def tooltip_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def tooltip_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "tooltip_visibility", value) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the sparkline. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -113249,7 +113218,7 @@ class TemplateLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The font configuration of the label. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines whether or not the label is visible. """ @@ -113261,11 +113230,11 @@ class TemplateLabelOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, custom_label: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, font_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFontConfigurationArgs']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] custom_label: The text for the label. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateFontConfigurationArgs'] font_configuration: The font configuration of the label. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: Determines whether or not the label is visible. + :param Any visibility: Determines whether or not the label is visible. """ if custom_label is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "custom_label", custom_label) @@ -113300,14 +113269,14 @@ def font_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFontConfigura @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the label is visible. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -113434,7 +113403,7 @@ class TemplateLegendOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): The custom title for the legend. """ value_font_configuration: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateFontConfigurationArgsDict']] - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines whether or not the legend is visible. """ @@ -113452,7 +113421,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, position: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateLegendPosition']] = None, title: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateLabelOptionsArgs']] = None, value_font_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFontConfigurationArgs']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None, width: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] height: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -113463,7 +113432,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `BOTTOM` - `LEFT` :param pulumi.Input['TemplateLabelOptionsArgs'] title: The custom title for the legend. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: Determines whether or not the legend is visible. + :param Any visibility: Determines whether or not the legend is visible. :param pulumi.Input[str] width: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px """ if height is not None: @@ -113531,14 +113500,14 @@ def value_font_configuration(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFontCon @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the legend is visible. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @property @@ -114173,7 +114142,7 @@ class TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsArgsDict(TypedDict): - `DOTTED` : Show as a dotted line. - `DASHED` : Show as a dashed line. """ - line_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + line_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. """ @@ -114189,7 +114158,7 @@ class TemplateLineChartLineStyleSettingsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, line_interpolation: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateLineInterpolation']] = None, line_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateLineChartLineStyle']] = None, - line_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + line_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, line_width: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input['TemplateLineInterpolation'] line_interpolation: Interpolation style for line series. @@ -114202,7 +114171,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `SOLID` : Show as a solid line. - `DOTTED` : Show as a dotted line. - `DASHED` : Show as a dashed line. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] line_visibility: Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. + :param Any line_visibility: Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. :param pulumi.Input[str] line_width: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px """ if line_interpolation is not None: @@ -114248,14 +114217,14 @@ def line_style(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateLineChartLineStyle']] @property @pulumi.getter(name="lineVisibility") - def line_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def line_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. """ return pulumi.get(self, "line_visibility") @line_visibility.setter - def line_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def line_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "line_visibility", value) @property @@ -114291,7 +114260,7 @@ class TemplateLineChartMarkerStyleSettingsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ String based length that is composed of value and unit in px """ - marker_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + marker_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. """ @@ -114304,7 +114273,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, marker_color: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, marker_shape: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateLineChartMarkerShape']] = None, marker_size: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - marker_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + marker_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] marker_color: Color of marker in the series. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateLineChartMarkerShape'] marker_shape: Shape option for markers in the series. @@ -114315,7 +114284,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `DIAMOND` : Show marker as a diamond. - `ROUNDED_SQUARE` : Show marker as a rounded square. :param pulumi.Input[str] marker_size: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] marker_visibility: Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. + :param Any marker_visibility: Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. """ if marker_color is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "marker_color", marker_color) @@ -114370,14 +114339,14 @@ def marker_size(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="markerVisibility") - def marker_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def marker_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. """ return pulumi.get(self, "marker_visibility") @marker_visibility.setter - def marker_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def marker_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "marker_visibility", value) @@ -114835,7 +114804,7 @@ def title_options(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateLabelOptionsArgs'] if not MYPY: class TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. """ @@ -114845,29 +114814,29 @@ class TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateListControlSearchOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. + :param Any visibility: The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) if not MYPY: class TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. """ @@ -114877,29 +114846,29 @@ class TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateListControlSelectAllOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. + :param Any visibility: The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) if not MYPY: class TemplateLoadingAnimationArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . """ @@ -114909,23 +114878,23 @@ class TemplateLoadingAnimationArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateLoadingAnimationArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . + :param Any visibility: The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -115064,7 +115033,7 @@ def data_set_parameter_name(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): if not MYPY: class TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the maximum label. """ @@ -115074,23 +115043,23 @@ class TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateMaximumLabelTypeArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the maximum label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the maximum label. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the maximum label. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -115418,7 +115387,7 @@ def time(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateDimensionFieldArgs']]): if not MYPY: class TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the minimum label. """ @@ -115428,23 +115397,23 @@ class TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateMinimumLabelTypeArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the minimum label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the minimum label. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the minimum label. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -116861,7 +116830,7 @@ class TemplatePanelConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Sets the background color for each panel. """ - background_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + background_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. """ @@ -116877,7 +116846,7 @@ class TemplatePanelConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ String based length that is composed of value and unit in px """ - border_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + border_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. """ @@ -116885,7 +116854,7 @@ class TemplatePanelConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ String based length that is composed of value and unit in px """ - gutter_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + gutter_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. """ @@ -116900,23 +116869,23 @@ class TemplatePanelConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplatePanelConfigurationArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, background_color: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - background_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + background_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, border_color: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, border_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplatePanelBorderStyle']] = None, border_thickness: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - border_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + border_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, gutter_spacing: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - gutter_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + gutter_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, title: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs']] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] background_color: Sets the background color for each panel. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] background_visibility: Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. + :param Any background_visibility: Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. :param pulumi.Input[str] border_color: Sets the line color of panel borders. :param pulumi.Input['TemplatePanelBorderStyle'] border_style: Sets the line style of panel borders. :param pulumi.Input[str] border_thickness: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] border_visibility: Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. + :param Any border_visibility: Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. :param pulumi.Input[str] gutter_spacing: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] gutter_visibility: Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. + :param Any gutter_visibility: Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. :param pulumi.Input['TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs'] title: Configures the title display within each small multiples panel. """ if background_color is not None: @@ -116952,14 +116921,14 @@ def background_color(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="backgroundVisibility") - def background_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def background_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. """ return pulumi.get(self, "background_visibility") @background_visibility.setter - def background_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def background_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "background_visibility", value) @property @@ -117000,14 +116969,14 @@ def border_thickness(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="borderVisibility") - def border_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def border_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. """ return pulumi.get(self, "border_visibility") @border_visibility.setter - def border_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def border_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "border_visibility", value) @property @@ -117024,14 +116993,14 @@ def gutter_spacing(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="gutterVisibility") - def gutter_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def gutter_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. """ return pulumi.get(self, "gutter_visibility") @gutter_visibility.setter - def gutter_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def gutter_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "gutter_visibility", value) @property @@ -117054,7 +117023,7 @@ class TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Sets the horizontal text alignment of the title within each panel. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. """ @@ -117066,10 +117035,10 @@ class TemplatePanelTitleOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, font_configuration: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFontConfigurationArgs']] = None, horizontal_text_alignment: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateHorizontalTextAlignment']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input['TemplateHorizontalTextAlignment'] horizontal_text_alignment: Sets the horizontal text alignment of the title within each panel. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. + :param Any visibility: Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. """ if font_configuration is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "font_configuration", font_configuration) @@ -117101,14 +117070,14 @@ def horizontal_text_alignment(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateHorizo @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -119824,7 +119793,7 @@ class TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The custom label of the pivot table field. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the pivot table field. """ @@ -119836,11 +119805,11 @@ class TemplatePivotTableFieldOptionArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, field_id: pulumi.Input[str], custom_label: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] field_id: The field ID of the pivot table field. :param pulumi.Input[str] custom_label: The custom label of the pivot table field. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the pivot table field. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the pivot table field. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "field_id", field_id) if custom_label is not None: @@ -119874,14 +119843,14 @@ def custom_label(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the pivot table field. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -119955,7 +119924,7 @@ class TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The table cell style of cells. """ - collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . """ @@ -119963,7 +119932,7 @@ class TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The table cell style of the column header. """ - column_names_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + column_names_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the column names. """ @@ -119998,11 +119967,11 @@ class TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - `TABULAR` : (Default) Each row field is displayed in a separate column. - `HIERARCHY` : All row fields are displayed in a single column. Indentation is used to differentiate row headers of different fields. """ - single_metric_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + single_metric_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the single metric options. """ - toggle_buttons_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + toggle_buttons_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines the visibility of the pivot table. """ @@ -120013,9 +119982,9 @@ class TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplatePivotTableOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, cell_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs']] = None, - collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, column_header_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs']] = None, - column_names_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + column_names_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, default_cell_width: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, metric_placement: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplatePivotTableMetricPlacement']] = None, row_alternate_color_options: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateRowAlternateColorOptionsArgs']] = None, @@ -120023,13 +119992,13 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, row_header_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs']] = None, rows_label_options: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs']] = None, rows_layout: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplatePivotTableRowsLayout']] = None, - single_metric_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, - toggle_buttons_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + single_metric_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + toggle_buttons_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs'] cell_style: The table cell style of cells. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility: The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . + :param Any collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility: The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs'] column_header_style: The table cell style of the column header. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] column_names_visibility: The visibility of the column names. + :param Any column_names_visibility: The visibility of the column names. :param pulumi.Input[str] default_cell_width: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px :param pulumi.Input['TemplatePivotTableMetricPlacement'] metric_placement: The metric placement (row, column) options. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateRowAlternateColorOptionsArgs'] row_alternate_color_options: The row alternate color options (widget status, row alternate colors). @@ -120040,8 +120009,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `TABULAR` : (Default) Each row field is displayed in a separate column. - `HIERARCHY` : All row fields are displayed in a single column. Indentation is used to differentiate row headers of different fields. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] single_metric_visibility: The visibility of the single metric options. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] toggle_buttons_visibility: Determines the visibility of the pivot table. + :param Any single_metric_visibility: The visibility of the single metric options. + :param Any toggle_buttons_visibility: Determines the visibility of the pivot table. """ if cell_style is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "cell_style", cell_style) @@ -120084,14 +120053,14 @@ def cell_style(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs']] @property @pulumi.getter(name="collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility") - def collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . """ return pulumi.get(self, "collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility") @collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility.setter - def collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility", value) @property @@ -120108,14 +120077,14 @@ def column_header_style(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellSty @property @pulumi.getter(name="columnNamesVisibility") - def column_names_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def column_names_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the column names. """ return pulumi.get(self, "column_names_visibility") @column_names_visibility.setter - def column_names_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def column_names_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "column_names_visibility", value) @property @@ -120207,36 +120176,36 @@ def rows_layout(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplatePivotTableRowsLayout @property @pulumi.getter(name="singleMetricVisibility") - def single_metric_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def single_metric_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the single metric options. """ return pulumi.get(self, "single_metric_visibility") @single_metric_visibility.setter - def single_metric_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def single_metric_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "single_metric_visibility", value) @property @pulumi.getter(name="toggleButtonsVisibility") - def toggle_buttons_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def toggle_buttons_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the pivot table. """ return pulumi.get(self, "toggle_buttons_visibility") @toggle_buttons_visibility.setter - def toggle_buttons_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def toggle_buttons_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "toggle_buttons_visibility", value) if not MYPY: class TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - overflow_column_header_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + overflow_column_header_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. """ - vertical_overflow_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + vertical_overflow_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. """ @@ -120246,11 +120215,11 @@ class TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplatePivotTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - overflow_column_header_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, - vertical_overflow_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + overflow_column_header_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + vertical_overflow_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] overflow_column_header_visibility: The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] vertical_overflow_visibility: The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. + :param Any overflow_column_header_visibility: The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. + :param Any vertical_overflow_visibility: The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. """ if overflow_column_header_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "overflow_column_header_visibility", overflow_column_header_visibility) @@ -120259,26 +120228,26 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="overflowColumnHeaderVisibility") - def overflow_column_header_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def overflow_column_header_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. """ return pulumi.get(self, "overflow_column_header_visibility") @overflow_column_header_visibility.setter - def overflow_column_header_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def overflow_column_header_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "overflow_column_header_visibility", value) @property @pulumi.getter(name="verticalOverflowVisibility") - def vertical_overflow_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def vertical_overflow_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. """ return pulumi.get(self, "vertical_overflow_visibility") @vertical_overflow_visibility.setter - def vertical_overflow_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def vertical_overflow_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "vertical_overflow_visibility", value) @@ -120288,7 +120257,7 @@ class TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The custom label string for the rows label. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the rows label. """ @@ -120299,10 +120268,10 @@ class TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, custom_label: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] custom_label: The custom label string for the rows label. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the rows label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the rows label. """ if custom_label is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "custom_label", custom_label) @@ -120323,14 +120292,14 @@ def custom_label(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the rows label. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -120700,7 +120669,7 @@ class TemplatePivotTotalOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The cell styling options for the total cells. """ - totals_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + totals_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility configuration for the total cells. """ @@ -120720,7 +120689,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, scroll_status: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableTotalsScrollStatus']] = None, total_aggregation_options: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateTotalAggregationOptionArgs']]]] = None, total_cell_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs']] = None, - totals_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + totals_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, value_cell_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs']] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] custom_label: The custom label string for the total cells. @@ -120729,7 +120698,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableTotalsScrollStatus'] scroll_status: The scroll status (pinned, scrolled) for the total cells. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateTotalAggregationOptionArgs']]] total_aggregation_options: The total aggregation options for each value field. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs'] total_cell_style: The cell styling options for the total cells. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the total cells. + :param Any totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the total cells. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs'] value_cell_style: The cell styling options for the totals of value cells. """ if custom_label is not None: @@ -120823,14 +120792,14 @@ def total_cell_style(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleA @property @pulumi.getter(name="totalsVisibility") - def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration for the total cells. """ return pulumi.get(self, "totals_visibility") @totals_visibility.setter - def totals_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def totals_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "totals_visibility", value) @property @@ -121256,7 +121225,7 @@ def drill_down_filters(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[ if not MYPY: class TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the progress bar. """ @@ -121266,23 +121235,23 @@ class TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateProgressBarOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the progress bar. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the progress bar. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the progress bar. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -121392,7 +121361,7 @@ def values(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateMea if not MYPY: class TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility settings of a radar chart. """ @@ -121402,29 +121371,29 @@ class TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettingsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility settings of a radar chart. + :param Any visibility: The visibility settings of a radar chart. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility settings of a radar chart. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) if not MYPY: class TemplateRadarChartConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): - alternate_band_colors_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + alternate_band_colors_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. """ @@ -121490,7 +121459,7 @@ class TemplateRadarChartConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateRadarChartConfigurationArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - alternate_band_colors_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + alternate_band_colors_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, alternate_band_even_color: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, alternate_band_odd_color: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, axes_range_scale: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateRadarChartAxesRangeScale']] = None, @@ -121506,7 +121475,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, start_angle: Optional[pulumi.Input[float]] = None, visual_palette: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisualPaletteArgs']] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] alternate_band_colors_visibility: Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. + :param Any alternate_band_colors_visibility: Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. :param pulumi.Input[str] alternate_band_even_color: The color of the even-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. :param pulumi.Input[str] alternate_band_odd_color: The color of the odd-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateRadarChartAxesRangeScale'] axes_range_scale: The axis behavior options of a radar chart. @@ -121555,14 +121524,14 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="alternateBandColorsVisibility") - def alternate_band_colors_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def alternate_band_colors_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. """ return pulumi.get(self, "alternate_band_colors_visibility") @alternate_band_colors_visibility.setter - def alternate_band_colors_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def alternate_band_colors_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "alternate_band_colors_visibility", value) @property @@ -122036,7 +122005,7 @@ def visual_content_alt_text(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): if not MYPY: class TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the range ends label. """ @@ -122046,23 +122015,23 @@ class TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateRangeEndsLabelTypeArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the range ends label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the range ends label. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the range ends label. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -124307,7 +124276,7 @@ def visual_content_alt_text(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): if not MYPY: class TemplateScrollBarOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. """ @@ -124321,10 +124290,10 @@ class TemplateScrollBarOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateScrollBarOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None, visible_range: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibleRangeOptionsArgs']] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibleRangeOptionsArgs'] visible_range: The visibility range for the data zoom scroll bar. """ if visibility is not None: @@ -124334,14 +124303,14 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @property @@ -124359,7 +124328,7 @@ def visible_range(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibleRangeOption if not MYPY: class TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines the visibility of the secondary value. """ @@ -124369,23 +124338,23 @@ class TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateSecondaryValueOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: Determines the visibility of the secondary value. + :param Any visibility: Determines the visibility of the secondary value. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the secondary value. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -124907,7 +124876,7 @@ class TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The text content of info icon. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility configuration of info icon label options. """ @@ -124918,10 +124887,10 @@ class TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplateSheetControlInfoIconLabelOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, info_icon_text: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] info_icon_text: The text content of info icon. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility configuration of info icon label options. + :param Any visibility: The visibility configuration of info icon label options. """ if info_icon_text is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "info_icon_text", info_icon_text) @@ -124942,14 +124911,14 @@ def info_icon_text(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of info icon label options. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -125289,7 +125258,7 @@ def visuals(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateVi if not MYPY: class TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines whether or not the overrides are visible. Choose one of the following options: @@ -125302,9 +125271,9 @@ class TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverridesArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: Determines whether or not the overrides are visible. Choose one of the following options: + :param Any visibility: Determines whether or not the overrides are visible. Choose one of the following options: - `VISIBLE` - `HIDDEN` @@ -125314,7 +125283,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the overrides are visible. Choose one of the following options: @@ -125324,7 +125293,7 @@ def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -125449,7 +125418,7 @@ def static_file_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): if not MYPY: class TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): tooltip_text: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateSheetImageTooltipTextArgsDict']] - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] elif False: TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -125457,7 +125426,7 @@ class TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplateSheetImageTooltipConfigurationArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, tooltip_text: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateSheetImageTooltipTextArgs']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): if tooltip_text is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "tooltip_text", tooltip_text) if visibility is not None: @@ -125474,11 +125443,11 @@ def tooltip_text(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateSheetImageTooltipTe @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -126612,7 +126581,7 @@ class TemplateSubtotalOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The cell styling options for the subtotal cells. """ - totals_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + totals_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. """ @@ -126632,7 +126601,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, metric_header_cell_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs']] = None, style_targets: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableStyleTargetArgs']]]] = None, total_cell_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs']] = None, - totals_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + totals_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, value_cell_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs']] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] custom_label: The custom label string for the subtotal cells. @@ -126641,7 +126610,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs'] metric_header_cell_style: The cell styling options for the subtotals of header cells. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableStyleTargetArgs']]] style_targets: The style targets options for subtotals. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs'] total_cell_style: The cell styling options for the subtotal cells. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. + :param Any totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs'] value_cell_style: The cell styling options for the subtotals of value cells. """ if custom_label is not None: @@ -126735,14 +126704,14 @@ def total_cell_style(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleA @property @pulumi.getter(name="totalsVisibility") - def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. """ return pulumi.get(self, "totals_visibility") @totals_visibility.setter - def totals_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def totals_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "totals_visibility", value) @property @@ -126995,7 +126964,7 @@ class TemplateTableCellStyleArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The vertical text alignment (top, middle, bottom) for the table cells. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the table cells. """ @@ -127012,7 +126981,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, horizontal_text_alignment: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateHorizontalTextAlignment']] = None, text_wrap: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTextWrap']] = None, vertical_text_alignment: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVerticalTextAlignment']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] background_color: The background color for the table cells. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateGlobalTableBorderOptionsArgs'] border: The borders for the table cells. @@ -127021,7 +126990,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['TemplateHorizontalTextAlignment'] horizontal_text_alignment: The horizontal text alignment (left, center, right, auto) for the table cells. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTextWrap'] text_wrap: The text wrap (none, wrap) for the table cells. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVerticalTextAlignment'] vertical_text_alignment: The vertical text alignment (top, middle, bottom) for the table cells. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the table cells. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the table cells. """ if background_color is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "background_color", background_color) @@ -127126,14 +127095,14 @@ def vertical_text_alignment(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVertical @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the table cells. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -127676,7 +127645,7 @@ class TemplateTableFieldOptionArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The URL configuration for a table field. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of a table field. """ @@ -127693,13 +127662,13 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, field_id: pulumi.Input[str], custom_label: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, url_styling: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableFieldUrlConfigurationArgs']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None, width: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] field_id: The field ID for a table field. :param pulumi.Input[str] custom_label: The custom label for a table field. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableFieldUrlConfigurationArgs'] url_styling: The URL configuration for a table field. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of a table field. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of a table field. :param pulumi.Input[str] width: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px """ pulumi.set(__self__, "field_id", field_id) @@ -127750,14 +127719,14 @@ def url_styling(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableFieldUrlConfigu @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of a table field. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @property @@ -128003,11 +127972,11 @@ def row_alternate_color_options(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateRowA if not MYPY: class TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - overflow_column_header_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + overflow_column_header_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. """ - vertical_overflow_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + vertical_overflow_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. """ @@ -128017,11 +127986,11 @@ class TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateTablePaginatedReportOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - overflow_column_header_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None, - vertical_overflow_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + overflow_column_header_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + vertical_overflow_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] overflow_column_header_visibility: The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] vertical_overflow_visibility: The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. + :param Any overflow_column_header_visibility: The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. + :param Any vertical_overflow_visibility: The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. """ if overflow_column_header_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "overflow_column_header_visibility", overflow_column_header_visibility) @@ -128030,26 +127999,26 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="overflowColumnHeaderVisibility") - def overflow_column_header_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def overflow_column_header_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. """ return pulumi.get(self, "overflow_column_header_visibility") @overflow_column_header_visibility.setter - def overflow_column_header_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def overflow_column_header_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "overflow_column_header_visibility", value) @property @pulumi.getter(name="verticalOverflowVisibility") - def vertical_overflow_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def vertical_overflow_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. """ return pulumi.get(self, "vertical_overflow_visibility") @vertical_overflow_visibility.setter - def vertical_overflow_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def vertical_overflow_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "vertical_overflow_visibility", value) @@ -128674,7 +128643,7 @@ def text_color(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateConditionalFormatting if not MYPY: class TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. """ @@ -128684,23 +128653,23 @@ class TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. + :param Any visibility: The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -128782,7 +128751,7 @@ class TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Determines the thousands separator symbol. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. """ @@ -128793,10 +128762,10 @@ class TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplateThousandSeparatorOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, symbol: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateNumericSeparatorSymbol']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input['TemplateNumericSeparatorSymbol'] symbol: Determines the thousands separator symbol. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. + :param Any visibility: Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. """ if symbol is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "symbol", symbol) @@ -128817,14 +128786,14 @@ def symbol(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateNumericSeparatorSymbol']] @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -129583,7 +129552,7 @@ class TemplateTooltipOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - `BASIC` : A basic tooltip. - `DETAILED` : A detailed tooltip. """ - tooltip_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + tooltip_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. """ @@ -129595,14 +129564,14 @@ class TemplateTooltipOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, field_based_tooltip: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateFieldBasedTooltipArgs']] = None, selected_tooltip_type: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateSelectedTooltipType']] = None, - tooltip_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + tooltip_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input['TemplateFieldBasedTooltipArgs'] field_based_tooltip: The setup for the detailed tooltip. The tooltip setup is always saved. The display type is decided based on the tooltip type. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateSelectedTooltipType'] selected_tooltip_type: The selected type for the tooltip. Choose one of the following options: - `BASIC` : A basic tooltip. - `DETAILED` : A detailed tooltip. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] tooltip_visibility: Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. + :param Any tooltip_visibility: Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. """ if field_based_tooltip is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "field_based_tooltip", field_based_tooltip) @@ -129640,14 +129609,14 @@ def selected_tooltip_type(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateSelectedTo @property @pulumi.getter(name="tooltipVisibility") - def tooltip_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def tooltip_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. """ return pulumi.get(self, "tooltip_visibility") @tooltip_visibility.setter - def tooltip_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def tooltip_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "tooltip_visibility", value) @@ -130293,7 +130262,7 @@ class TemplateTotalOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ Cell styling options for the total cells. """ - totals_visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + totals_visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility configuration for the total cells. """ @@ -130308,14 +130277,14 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, scroll_status: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableTotalsScrollStatus']] = None, total_aggregation_options: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateTotalAggregationOptionArgs']]]] = None, total_cell_style: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs']] = None, - totals_visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + totals_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input[str] custom_label: The custom label string for the total cells. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableTotalsPlacement'] placement: The placement (start, end) for the total cells. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableTotalsScrollStatus'] scroll_status: The scroll status (pinned, scrolled) for the total cells. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['TemplateTotalAggregationOptionArgs']]] total_aggregation_options: The total aggregation settings for each value field. :param pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleArgs'] total_cell_style: Cell styling options for the total cells. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the total cells. + :param Any totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the total cells. """ if custom_label is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "custom_label", custom_label) @@ -130392,14 +130361,14 @@ def total_cell_style(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateTableCellStyleA @property @pulumi.getter(name="totalsVisibility") - def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration for the total cells. """ return pulumi.get(self, "totals_visibility") @totals_visibility.setter - def totals_visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def totals_visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "totals_visibility", value) @@ -130897,7 +130866,7 @@ def visual_content_alt_text(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): if not MYPY: class TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the trend arrows. """ @@ -130907,23 +130876,23 @@ class TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class TemplateTrendArrowOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the trend arrows. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the trend arrows. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the trend arrows. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -131609,7 +131578,7 @@ class TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The long text format of the subtitle label, such as plain text or rich text. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the subtitle label. """ @@ -131620,10 +131589,10 @@ class TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplateVisualSubtitleLabelOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, format_text: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateLongFormatTextArgs']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input['TemplateLongFormatTextArgs'] format_text: The long text format of the subtitle label, such as plain text or rich text. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the subtitle label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the subtitle label. """ if format_text is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "format_text", format_text) @@ -131644,14 +131613,14 @@ def format_text(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateLongFormatTextArgs'] @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the subtitle label. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) @@ -131661,7 +131630,7 @@ class TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): """ The short text format of the title label, such as plain text or rich text. """ - visibility: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] + visibility: NotRequired[Any] """ The visibility of the title label. """ @@ -131672,10 +131641,10 @@ class TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgsDict(TypedDict): class TemplateVisualTitleLabelOptionsArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, format_text: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateShortFormatTextArgs']] = None, - visibility: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input['TemplateShortFormatTextArgs'] format_text: The short text format of the title label, such as plain text or rich text. - :param pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility'] visibility: The visibility of the title label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the title label. """ if format_text is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "format_text", format_text) @@ -131696,14 +131665,14 @@ def format_text(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateShortFormatTextArgs' @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the title label. """ return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @visibility.setter - def visibility(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['TemplateVisibility']]): + def visibility(self, value: Optional[Any]): pulumi.set(self, "visibility", value) diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/custom_permissions.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/custom_permissions.py index 367a7b0cfd..a0f6e00304 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/custom_permissions.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/custom_permissions.py @@ -30,6 +30,10 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, tags: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.TagArgs']]]] = None): """ The set of arguments for constructing a CustomPermissions resource. + :param pulumi.Input[str] aws_account_id: The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + :param pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs'] capabilities: A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + :param pulumi.Input[str] custom_permissions_name: The name of the custom permissions profile. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.TagArgs']]] tags: The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "aws_account_id", aws_account_id) if capabilities is not None: @@ -42,6 +46,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="awsAccountId") def aws_account_id(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "aws_account_id") @aws_account_id.setter @@ -51,6 +58,9 @@ def aws_account_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): @property @pulumi.getter def capabilities(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs']]: + """ + A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "capabilities") @capabilities.setter @@ -60,6 +70,9 @@ def capabilities(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['CustomPermissionsCapabiliti @property @pulumi.getter(name="customPermissionsName") def custom_permissions_name(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The name of the custom permissions profile. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "custom_permissions_name") @custom_permissions_name.setter @@ -69,6 +82,9 @@ def custom_permissions_name(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter def tags(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['_root_inputs.TagArgs']]]]: + """ + The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "tags") @tags.setter @@ -91,6 +107,10 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param str resource_name: The name of the resource. :param pulumi.ResourceOptions opts: Options for the resource. + :param pulumi.Input[str] aws_account_id: The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + :param pulumi.Input[Union['CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgs', 'CustomPermissionsCapabilitiesArgsDict']] capabilities: A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + :param pulumi.Input[str] custom_permissions_name: The name of the custom permissions profile. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['_root_inputs.TagArgs', '_root_inputs.TagArgsDict']]]] tags: The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. """ ... @overload @@ -170,25 +190,40 @@ def get(resource_name: str, @property @pulumi.getter def arn(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: + """ + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "arn") @property @pulumi.getter(name="awsAccountId") def aws_account_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: + """ + The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "aws_account_id") @property @pulumi.getter def capabilities(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional['outputs.CustomPermissionsCapabilities']]: + """ + A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "capabilities") @property @pulumi.getter(name="customPermissionsName") def custom_permissions_name(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: + """ + The name of the custom permissions profile. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "custom_permissions_name") @property @pulumi.getter def tags(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[Sequence['_root_outputs.Tag']]]: + """ + The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "tags") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/data_set.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/data_set.py index 66ec11f775..a681390448 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/data_set.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/data_set.py @@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['DataSetIngestionWaitPolicyArgs'] ingestion_wait_policy: The wait policy to use when creating or updating a Dataset. The default is to wait for SPICE ingestion to finish with timeout of 36 hours. :param pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, pulumi.Input['DataSetLogicalTableArgs']]] logical_table_map: Configures the combination and transformation of the data from the physical tables. :param pulumi.Input[str] name:

The display name for the dataset.

+ :param pulumi.Input['DataSetPerformanceConfigurationArgs'] performance_configuration: The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DataSetResourcePermissionArgs']]] permissions:

A list of resource permissions on the dataset.

:param pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, pulumi.Input['DataSetPhysicalTableArgs']]] physical_table_map: Declares the physical tables that are available in the underlying data sources. :param pulumi.Input['DataSetRowLevelPermissionDataSetArgs'] row_level_permission_data_set: The row-level security configuration for the data that you want to create. @@ -266,6 +267,9 @@ def name(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="performanceConfiguration") def performance_configuration(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DataSetPerformanceConfigurationArgs']]: + """ + The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "performance_configuration") @performance_configuration.setter @@ -378,6 +382,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param pulumi.Input[Union['DataSetIngestionWaitPolicyArgs', 'DataSetIngestionWaitPolicyArgsDict']] ingestion_wait_policy: The wait policy to use when creating or updating a Dataset. The default is to wait for SPICE ingestion to finish with timeout of 36 hours. :param pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, pulumi.Input[Union['DataSetLogicalTableArgs', 'DataSetLogicalTableArgsDict']]]] logical_table_map: Configures the combination and transformation of the data from the physical tables. :param pulumi.Input[str] name:

The display name for the dataset.

+ :param pulumi.Input[Union['DataSetPerformanceConfigurationArgs', 'DataSetPerformanceConfigurationArgsDict']] performance_configuration: The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['DataSetResourcePermissionArgs', 'DataSetResourcePermissionArgsDict']]]] permissions:

A list of resource permissions on the dataset.

:param pulumi.Input[Mapping[str, pulumi.Input[Union['DataSetPhysicalTableArgs', 'DataSetPhysicalTableArgsDict']]]] physical_table_map: Declares the physical tables that are available in the underlying data sources. :param pulumi.Input[Union['DataSetRowLevelPermissionDataSetArgs', 'DataSetRowLevelPermissionDataSetArgsDict']] row_level_permission_data_set: The row-level security configuration for the data that you want to create. @@ -661,6 +666,9 @@ def output_columns(self) -> pulumi.Output[Sequence['outputs.DataSetOutputColumn' @property @pulumi.getter(name="performanceConfiguration") def performance_configuration(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional['outputs.DataSetPerformanceConfiguration']]: + """ + The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "performance_configuration") @property diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/get_custom_permissions.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/get_custom_permissions.py index d09a8edcff..7a42a14e66 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/get_custom_permissions.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/get_custom_permissions.py @@ -40,16 +40,25 @@ def __init__(__self__, arn=None, capabilities=None, tags=None): @property @pulumi.getter def arn(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom permissions profile. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "arn") @property @pulumi.getter def capabilities(self) -> Optional['outputs.CustomPermissionsCapabilities']: + """ + A set of actions in the custom permissions profile. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "capabilities") @property @pulumi.getter def tags(self) -> Optional[Sequence['_root_outputs.Tag']]: + """ + The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "tags") @@ -69,6 +78,10 @@ def get_custom_permissions(aws_account_id: Optional[str] = None, opts: Optional[pulumi.InvokeOptions] = None) -> AwaitableGetCustomPermissionsResult: """ Definition of the AWS::QuickSight::CustomPermissions Resource Type. + + + :param str aws_account_id: The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + :param str custom_permissions_name: The name of the custom permissions profile. """ __args__ = dict() __args__['awsAccountId'] = aws_account_id @@ -85,6 +98,10 @@ def get_custom_permissions_output(aws_account_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = opts: Optional[Union[pulumi.InvokeOptions, pulumi.InvokeOutputOptions]] = None) -> pulumi.Output[GetCustomPermissionsResult]: """ Definition of the AWS::QuickSight::CustomPermissions Resource Type. + + + :param str aws_account_id: The ID of the AWS account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update. + :param str custom_permissions_name: The name of the custom permissions profile. """ __args__ = dict() __args__['awsAccountId'] = aws_account_id diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/get_data_set.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/get_data_set.py index 198e71a991..a271d4acbf 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/get_data_set.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/get_data_set.py @@ -196,6 +196,9 @@ def output_columns(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.DataSetOutputColumn']]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="performanceConfiguration") def performance_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.DataSetPerformanceConfiguration']: + """ + The performance optimization configuration of a dataset. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "performance_configuration") @property diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/outputs.py index 528377a4f0..f116298a4e 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/quicksight/outputs.py @@ -1102,7 +1102,6 @@ 'DashboardVisualAxisSortOption', 'DashboardVisualCustomAction', 'DashboardVisualCustomActionOperation', - 'DashboardVisualMenuOption', 'DashboardVisualPalette', 'DashboardVisualPublishOptions', 'DashboardVisualSubtitleLabelOptions', @@ -1171,7 +1170,6 @@ 'DataSetTransformOperation', 'DataSetUniqueKey', 'DataSetUntagColumnOperation', - 'DataSetUploadSettings', 'DataSetUsageConfiguration', 'DataSourceAmazonElasticsearchParameters', 'DataSourceAmazonOpenSearchParameters', @@ -36119,6 +36117,25 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, share_datasets: Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] = None, subscribe_dashboard_email_reports: Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] = None, view_account_spice_capacity: Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState'] = None): + """ + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses: The ability to add or run anomaly detection. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' create_and_update_dashboard_email_reports: The ability to create and update email reports. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' create_and_update_data_sources: The ability to create and update data sources. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' create_and_update_datasets: The ability to create and update datasets. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' create_and_update_themes: The ability to export to Create and Update themes. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' create_and_update_threshold_alerts: The ability to create and update threshold alerts. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' create_shared_folders: The ability to create shared folders. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' create_spice_dataset: The ability to create a SPICE dataset. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' export_to_csv: The ability to export to CSV files. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' export_to_excel: The ability to export to Excel files. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' rename_shared_folders: The ability to rename shared folders. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' share_analyses: The ability to share analyses. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' share_dashboards: The ability to share dashboards. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' share_data_sources: The ability to share data sources. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' share_datasets: The ability to share datasets. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' subscribe_dashboard_email_reports: The ability to subscribe to email reports. + :param 'CustomPermissionsCapabilityState' view_account_spice_capacity: The ability to view account SPICE capacity. + """ if add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses", add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses) if create_and_update_dashboard_email_reports is not None: @@ -36157,86 +36174,137 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="addOrRunAnomalyDetectionForAnalyses") def add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to add or run anomaly detection. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "add_or_run_anomaly_detection_for_analyses") @property @pulumi.getter(name="createAndUpdateDashboardEmailReports") def create_and_update_dashboard_email_reports(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to create and update email reports. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_and_update_dashboard_email_reports") @property @pulumi.getter(name="createAndUpdateDataSources") def create_and_update_data_sources(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to create and update data sources. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_and_update_data_sources") @property @pulumi.getter(name="createAndUpdateDatasets") def create_and_update_datasets(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to create and update datasets. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_and_update_datasets") @property @pulumi.getter(name="createAndUpdateThemes") def create_and_update_themes(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to export to Create and Update themes. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_and_update_themes") @property @pulumi.getter(name="createAndUpdateThresholdAlerts") def create_and_update_threshold_alerts(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to create and update threshold alerts. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_and_update_threshold_alerts") @property @pulumi.getter(name="createSharedFolders") def create_shared_folders(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to create shared folders. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_shared_folders") @property @pulumi.getter(name="createSpiceDataset") def create_spice_dataset(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to create a SPICE dataset. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "create_spice_dataset") @property @pulumi.getter(name="exportToCsv") def export_to_csv(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to export to CSV files. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "export_to_csv") @property @pulumi.getter(name="exportToExcel") def export_to_excel(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to export to Excel files. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "export_to_excel") @property @pulumi.getter(name="renameSharedFolders") def rename_shared_folders(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to rename shared folders. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "rename_shared_folders") @property @pulumi.getter(name="shareAnalyses") def share_analyses(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to share analyses. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "share_analyses") @property @pulumi.getter(name="shareDashboards") def share_dashboards(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to share dashboards. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "share_dashboards") @property @pulumi.getter(name="shareDataSources") def share_data_sources(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to share data sources. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "share_data_sources") @property @pulumi.getter(name="shareDatasets") def share_datasets(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to share datasets. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "share_datasets") @property @pulumi.getter(name="subscribeDashboardEmailReports") def subscribe_dashboard_email_reports(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to subscribe to email reports. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "subscribe_dashboard_email_reports") @property @pulumi.getter(name="viewAccountSpiceCapacity") def view_account_spice_capacity(self) -> Optional['CustomPermissionsCapabilityState']: + """ + The ability to view account SPICE capacity. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "view_account_spice_capacity") @@ -60621,7 +60689,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, sheet_controls_option: Optional['outputs.DashboardSheetControlsOption'] = None, sheet_layout_element_maximization_option: Optional['outputs.DashboardSheetLayoutElementMaximizationOption'] = None, visual_axis_sort_option: Optional['outputs.DashboardVisualAxisSortOption'] = None, - visual_menu_option: Optional['outputs.DashboardVisualMenuOption'] = None, + visual_menu_option: Optional[Any] = None, visual_publish_options: Optional['outputs.DashboardVisualPublishOptions'] = None): """

Dashboard publish options.

@@ -60634,7 +60702,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param 'DashboardSheetControlsOption' sheet_controls_option: Sheet controls option. :param 'DashboardSheetLayoutElementMaximizationOption' sheet_layout_element_maximization_option: The sheet layout maximization options of a dashbaord. :param 'DashboardVisualAxisSortOption' visual_axis_sort_option: The axis sort options of a dashboard. - :param 'DashboardVisualMenuOption' visual_menu_option: The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. + :param Any visual_menu_option: The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. :param 'DashboardVisualPublishOptions' visual_publish_options: The visual publish options of a visual in a dashboard. """ if ad_hoc_filtering_option is not None: @@ -60734,7 +60802,7 @@ def visual_axis_sort_option(self) -> Optional['outputs.DashboardVisualAxisSortOp @property @pulumi.getter(name="visualMenuOption") - def visual_menu_option(self) -> Optional['outputs.DashboardVisualMenuOption']: + def visual_menu_option(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The menu options of a visual in a dashboard. """ @@ -69985,42 +70053,6 @@ def url_operation(self) -> Optional['outputs.DashboardCustomActionUrlOperation'] return pulumi.get(self, "url_operation") -@pulumi.output_type -class DashboardVisualMenuOption(dict): - @staticmethod - def __key_warning(key: str): - suggest = None - if key == "availabilityStatus": - suggest = "availability_status" - - if suggest: - pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in DashboardVisualMenuOption. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") - - def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: - DashboardVisualMenuOption.__key_warning(key) - return super().__getitem__(key) - - def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: - DashboardVisualMenuOption.__key_warning(key) - return super().get(key, default) - - def __init__(__self__, *, - availability_status: Optional['DashboardBehavior'] = None): - """ - :param 'DashboardBehavior' availability_status: The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. - """ - if availability_status is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "availability_status", availability_status) - - @property - @pulumi.getter(name="availabilityStatus") - def availability_status(self) -> Optional['DashboardBehavior']: - """ - The availaiblity status of a visual's menu options. - """ - return pulumi.get(self, "availability_status") - - @pulumi.output_type class DashboardVisualPalette(dict): @staticmethod @@ -73760,7 +73792,7 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, data_source_arn: str, input_columns: Sequence['outputs.DataSetInputColumn'], - upload_settings: Optional['outputs.DataSetUploadSettings'] = None): + upload_settings: Optional[Any] = None): """

A physical table type for an S3 data source.

:param str data_source_arn:

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the data source.

@@ -73768,7 +73800,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *,

For files that aren't JSON, only STRING data types are supported in input columns.

- :param 'DataSetUploadSettings' upload_settings: Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. + :param Any upload_settings: Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "data_source_arn", data_source_arn) pulumi.set(__self__, "input_columns", input_columns) @@ -73796,7 +73828,7 @@ def input_columns(self) -> Sequence['outputs.DataSetInputColumn']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="uploadSettings") - def upload_settings(self) -> Optional['outputs.DataSetUploadSettings']: + def upload_settings(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Information about the format for the S3 source file or files. """ @@ -74191,98 +74223,6 @@ def tag_names(self) -> Sequence['DataSetColumnTagName']: return pulumi.get(self, "tag_names") -@pulumi.output_type -class DataSetUploadSettings(dict): - """ -

Information about the format for a source file or files.

- """ - @staticmethod - def __key_warning(key: str): - suggest = None - if key == "containsHeader": - suggest = "contains_header" - elif key == "startFromRow": - suggest = "start_from_row" - elif key == "textQualifier": - suggest = "text_qualifier" - - if suggest: - pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in DataSetUploadSettings. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") - - def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: - DataSetUploadSettings.__key_warning(key) - return super().__getitem__(key) - - def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: - DataSetUploadSettings.__key_warning(key) - return super().get(key, default) - - def __init__(__self__, *, - contains_header: Optional[bool] = None, - delimiter: Optional[str] = None, - format: Optional['DataSetFileFormat'] = None, - start_from_row: Optional[float] = None, - text_qualifier: Optional['DataSetTextQualifier'] = None): - """ -

Information about the format for a source file or files.

- :param bool contains_header:

Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.

- :param str delimiter:

The delimiter between values in the file.

- :param 'DataSetFileFormat' format: File format. - :param float start_from_row:

A row number to start reading data from.

- :param 'DataSetTextQualifier' text_qualifier: Text qualifier. - """ - if contains_header is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "contains_header", contains_header) - if delimiter is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "delimiter", delimiter) - if format is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "format", format) - if start_from_row is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "start_from_row", start_from_row) - if text_qualifier is not None: - pulumi.set(__self__, "text_qualifier", text_qualifier) - - @property - @pulumi.getter(name="containsHeader") - def contains_header(self) -> Optional[bool]: - """ -

Whether the file has a header row, or the files each have a header row.

- """ - return pulumi.get(self, "contains_header") - - @property - @pulumi.getter - def delimiter(self) -> Optional[str]: - """ -

The delimiter between values in the file.

- """ - return pulumi.get(self, "delimiter") - - @property - @pulumi.getter - def format(self) -> Optional['DataSetFileFormat']: - """ - File format. - """ - return pulumi.get(self, "format") - - @property - @pulumi.getter(name="startFromRow") - def start_from_row(self) -> Optional[float]: - """ -

A row number to start reading data from.

- """ - return pulumi.get(self, "start_from_row") - - @property - @pulumi.getter(name="textQualifier") - def text_qualifier(self) -> Optional['DataSetTextQualifier']: - """ - Text qualifier. - """ - return pulumi.get(self, "text_qualifier") - - @pulumi.output_type class DataSetUsageConfiguration(dict): """ @@ -77193,17 +77133,17 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: return super().get(key, default) def __init__(__self__, *, - axis_line_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + axis_line_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, axis_offset: Optional[str] = None, data_options: Optional['outputs.TemplateAxisDataOptions'] = None, - grid_line_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + grid_line_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, scrollbar_options: Optional['outputs.TemplateScrollBarOptions'] = None, tick_label_options: Optional['outputs.TemplateAxisTickLabelOptions'] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' axis_line_visibility: Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. + :param Any axis_line_visibility: Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. :param str axis_offset: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px :param 'TemplateAxisDataOptions' data_options: The data options for an axis. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' grid_line_visibility: Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. + :param Any grid_line_visibility: Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. :param 'TemplateScrollBarOptions' scrollbar_options: The scroll bar options for an axis. :param 'TemplateAxisTickLabelOptions' tick_label_options: The tick label options of an axis. """ @@ -77222,7 +77162,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="axisLineVisibility") - def axis_line_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def axis_line_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the axis line is visible. """ @@ -77246,7 +77186,7 @@ def data_options(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateAxisDataOptions']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="gridLineVisibility") - def grid_line_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def grid_line_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the grid line is visible. """ @@ -78582,12 +78522,12 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: return super().get(key, default) def __init__(__self__, *, - all_data_points_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, - outlier_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + all_data_points_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + outlier_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, style_options: Optional['outputs.TemplateBoxPlotStyleOptions'] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' all_data_points_visibility: Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' outlier_visibility: Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. + :param Any all_data_points_visibility: Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. + :param Any outlier_visibility: Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. :param 'TemplateBoxPlotStyleOptions' style_options: The style options of the box plot. """ if all_data_points_visibility is not None: @@ -78599,7 +78539,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="allDataPointsVisibility") - def all_data_points_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def all_data_points_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of all data points of the box plot. """ @@ -78607,7 +78547,7 @@ def all_data_points_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="outlierVisibility") - def outlier_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def outlier_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the outlier in a box plot. """ @@ -79402,12 +79342,12 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, axis_label_options: Optional[Sequence['outputs.TemplateAxisLabelOptions']] = None, - sort_icon_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + sort_icon_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param Sequence['TemplateAxisLabelOptions'] axis_label_options: The label options for a chart axis. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' sort_icon_visibility: The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: + :param Any sort_icon_visibility: The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: - `VISIBLE` : Shows the axis. - `HIDDEN` : Hides the axis. @@ -79429,7 +79369,7 @@ def axis_label_options(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.TemplateAxisLabelOpti @property @pulumi.getter(name="sortIconVisibility") - def sort_icon_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def sort_icon_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of the sort icon on a chart's axis label. """ @@ -79437,7 +79377,7 @@ def sort_icon_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of an axis label on a chart. Choose one of the following options: @@ -80021,13 +79961,13 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, aggregation: Optional['outputs.TemplateAggregationFunction'] = None, label: Optional[str] = None, tooltip_target: Optional['TemplateTooltipTarget'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param 'TemplateColumnIdentifier' column: The target column of the tooltip item. :param 'TemplateAggregationFunction' aggregation: The aggregation function of the column tooltip item. :param str label: The label of the tooltip item. :param 'TemplateTooltipTarget' tooltip_target: Determines the target of the column tooltip item in a combo chart visual. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the tooltip item. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the tooltip item. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "column", column) if aggregation is not None: @@ -80073,7 +80013,7 @@ def tooltip_target(self) -> Optional['TemplateTooltipTarget']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the tooltip item. """ @@ -82400,27 +82340,27 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: return super().get(key, default) def __init__(__self__, *, - category_label_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + category_label_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, data_label_types: Optional[Sequence['outputs.TemplateDataLabelType']] = None, label_color: Optional[str] = None, label_content: Optional['TemplateDataLabelContent'] = None, label_font_configuration: Optional['outputs.TemplateFontConfiguration'] = None, - measure_label_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + measure_label_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, overlap: Optional['TemplateDataLabelOverlap'] = None, position: Optional['TemplateDataLabelPosition'] = None, - totals_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + totals_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' category_label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the category field labels. + :param Any category_label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the category field labels. :param Sequence['TemplateDataLabelType'] data_label_types: The option that determines the data label type. :param str label_color: Determines the color of the data labels. :param 'TemplateDataLabelContent' label_content: Determines the content of the data labels. :param 'TemplateFontConfiguration' label_font_configuration: Determines the font configuration of the data labels. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' measure_label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. + :param Any measure_label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. :param 'TemplateDataLabelOverlap' overlap: Determines whether overlap is enabled or disabled for the data labels. :param 'TemplateDataLabelPosition' position: Determines the position of the data labels. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' totals_visibility: Determines the visibility of the total. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: Determines the visibility of the data labels. + :param Any totals_visibility: Determines the visibility of the total. + :param Any visibility: Determines the visibility of the data labels. """ if category_label_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "category_label_visibility", category_label_visibility) @@ -82445,7 +82385,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="categoryLabelVisibility") - def category_label_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def category_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the category field labels. """ @@ -82485,7 +82425,7 @@ def label_font_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateFontConfiguratio @property @pulumi.getter(name="measureLabelVisibility") - def measure_label_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def measure_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the measure field labels. """ @@ -82509,7 +82449,7 @@ def position(self) -> Optional['TemplateDataLabelPosition']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="totalsVisibility") - def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the total. """ @@ -82517,7 +82457,7 @@ def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the data labels. """ @@ -82698,11 +82638,11 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, field_id: Optional[str] = None, field_value: Optional[str] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str field_id: The field ID of the field that the data label needs to be applied to. :param str field_value: The actual value of the field that is labeled. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the data label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the data label. """ if field_id is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "field_id", field_id) @@ -82729,7 +82669,7 @@ def field_value(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the data label. """ @@ -83070,16 +83010,16 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: return super().get(key, default) def __init__(__self__, *, - missing_date_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + missing_date_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' missing_date_visibility: Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. + :param Any missing_date_visibility: Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. """ if missing_date_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "missing_date_visibility", missing_date_visibility) @property @pulumi.getter(name="missingDateVisibility") - def missing_date_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def missing_date_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not missing dates are displayed. """ @@ -84915,16 +84855,16 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: return super().get(key, default) def __init__(__self__, *, - label_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + label_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . + :param Any label_visibility: Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . """ if label_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "label_visibility", label_visibility) @property @pulumi.getter(name="labelVisibility") - def label_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def label_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the label in a donut chart. In the Amazon QuickSight console, this option is called `'Show total'` . """ @@ -85456,11 +85396,11 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: return super().get(key, default) def __init__(__self__, *, - aggregation_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + aggregation_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, tooltip_fields: Optional[Sequence['outputs.TemplateTooltipItem']] = None, tooltip_title_type: Optional['TemplateTooltipTitleType'] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' aggregation_visibility: The visibility of `Show aggregations` . + :param Any aggregation_visibility: The visibility of `Show aggregations` . :param Sequence['TemplateTooltipItem'] tooltip_fields: The fields configuration in the tooltip. :param 'TemplateTooltipTitleType' tooltip_title_type: The type for the >tooltip title. Choose one of the following options: @@ -85476,7 +85416,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="aggregationVisibility") - def aggregation_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def aggregation_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of `Show aggregations` . """ @@ -85523,10 +85463,10 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, field_id: Optional[str] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str field_id: Indicates the field that is targeted by the field label. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the field label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the field label. """ if field_id is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "field_id", field_id) @@ -85543,7 +85483,7 @@ def field_id(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the field label. """ @@ -85737,12 +85677,12 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, field_id: str, label: Optional[str] = None, tooltip_target: Optional['TemplateTooltipTarget'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str field_id: The unique ID of the field that is targeted by the tooltip. :param str label: The label of the tooltip item. :param 'TemplateTooltipTarget' tooltip_target: Determines the target of the field tooltip item in a combo chart visual. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the tooltip item. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the tooltip item. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "field_id", field_id) if label is not None: @@ -85778,7 +85718,7 @@ def tooltip_target(self) -> Optional['TemplateTooltipTarget']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the tooltip item. """ @@ -88224,7 +88164,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, loading_animation: Optional['outputs.TemplateLoadingAnimation'] = None, rendering_rules: Optional[Sequence['outputs.TemplateSheetElementRenderingRule']] = None, selected_border_style: Optional['outputs.TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str element_id: A unique identifier for an element within a free-form layout. :param 'TemplateLayoutElementType' element_type: The type of element. @@ -88237,7 +88177,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param 'TemplateLoadingAnimation' loading_animation: The loading animation configuration of a free-form layout element. :param Sequence['TemplateSheetElementRenderingRule'] rendering_rules: The rendering rules that determine when an element should be displayed within a free-form layout. :param 'TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle' selected_border_style: The border style configuration of a free-form layout element. This border style is used when the element is selected. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "element_id", element_id) pulumi.set(__self__, "element_type", element_type) @@ -88348,7 +88288,7 @@ def selected_border_style(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateFreeFormLayoutEleme @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of an element within a free-form layout. """ @@ -88359,10 +88299,10 @@ def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBackgroundStyle(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, color: Optional[str] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str color: The background color of a free-form layout element. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The background visibility of a free-form layout element. + :param Any visibility: The background visibility of a free-form layout element. """ if color is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "color", color) @@ -88379,7 +88319,7 @@ def color(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The background visibility of a free-form layout element. """ @@ -88390,10 +88330,10 @@ def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: class TemplateFreeFormLayoutElementBorderStyle(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, color: Optional[str] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str color: The border color of a free-form layout element. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The border visibility of a free-form layout element. + :param Any visibility: The border visibility of a free-form layout element. """ if color is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "color", color) @@ -88410,7 +88350,7 @@ def color(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The border visibility of a free-form layout element. """ @@ -88647,23 +88587,23 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: return super().get(key, default) def __init__(__self__, *, - category_label_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + category_label_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, label_color: Optional[str] = None, label_font_configuration: Optional['outputs.TemplateFontConfiguration'] = None, measure_data_label_style: Optional['TemplateFunnelChartMeasureDataLabelStyle'] = None, - measure_label_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + measure_label_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, position: Optional['TemplateDataLabelPosition'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' category_label_visibility: The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. + :param Any category_label_visibility: The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. :param str label_color: The color of the data label text. :param 'TemplateFontConfiguration' label_font_configuration: The font configuration for the data labels. Only the `FontSize` attribute of the font configuration is used for data labels. :param 'TemplateFunnelChartMeasureDataLabelStyle' measure_data_label_style: Determines the style of the metric labels. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' measure_label_visibility: The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. + :param Any measure_label_visibility: The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. :param 'TemplateDataLabelPosition' position: Determines the positioning of the data label relative to a section of the funnel. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. + :param Any visibility: The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. """ if category_label_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "category_label_visibility", category_label_visibility) @@ -88682,7 +88622,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="categoryLabelVisibility") - def category_label_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def category_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the category labels within the data labels. """ @@ -88716,7 +88656,7 @@ def measure_data_label_style(self) -> Optional['TemplateFunnelChartMeasureDataLa @property @pulumi.getter(name="measureLabelVisibility") - def measure_label_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def measure_label_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the measure labels within the data labels. """ @@ -88732,7 +88672,7 @@ def position(self) -> Optional['TemplateDataLabelPosition']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility option that determines if data labels are displayed. """ @@ -92506,13 +92446,13 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, type: 'TemplateKpiSparklineType', color: Optional[str] = None, - tooltip_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + tooltip_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param 'TemplateKpiSparklineType' type: The type of the sparkline. :param str color: The color of the sparkline. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' tooltip_visibility: The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the sparkline. + :param Any tooltip_visibility: The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the sparkline. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "type", type) if color is not None: @@ -92540,7 +92480,7 @@ def color(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="tooltipVisibility") - def tooltip_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def tooltip_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The tooltip visibility of the sparkline. """ @@ -92548,7 +92488,7 @@ def tooltip_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the sparkline. """ @@ -92756,11 +92696,11 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, custom_label: Optional[str] = None, font_configuration: Optional['outputs.TemplateFontConfiguration'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str custom_label: The text for the label. :param 'TemplateFontConfiguration' font_configuration: The font configuration of the label. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: Determines whether or not the label is visible. + :param Any visibility: Determines whether or not the label is visible. """ if custom_label is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "custom_label", custom_label) @@ -92787,7 +92727,7 @@ def font_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateFontConfiguration']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the label is visible. """ @@ -92900,7 +92840,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, position: Optional['TemplateLegendPosition'] = None, title: Optional['outputs.TemplateLabelOptions'] = None, value_font_configuration: Optional['outputs.TemplateFontConfiguration'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None, width: Optional[str] = None): """ :param str height: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px @@ -92911,7 +92851,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `BOTTOM` - `LEFT` :param 'TemplateLabelOptions' title: The custom title for the legend. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: Determines whether or not the legend is visible. + :param Any visibility: Determines whether or not the legend is visible. :param str width: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px """ if height is not None: @@ -92963,7 +92903,7 @@ def value_font_configuration(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateFontConfiguratio @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the legend is visible. """ @@ -93468,7 +93408,7 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, line_interpolation: Optional['TemplateLineInterpolation'] = None, line_style: Optional['TemplateLineChartLineStyle'] = None, - line_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + line_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, line_width: Optional[str] = None): """ :param 'TemplateLineInterpolation' line_interpolation: Interpolation style for line series. @@ -93481,7 +93421,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `SOLID` : Show as a solid line. - `DOTTED` : Show as a dotted line. - `DASHED` : Show as a dashed line. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' line_visibility: Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. + :param Any line_visibility: Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. :param str line_width: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px """ if line_interpolation is not None: @@ -93519,7 +93459,7 @@ def line_style(self) -> Optional['TemplateLineChartLineStyle']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="lineVisibility") - def line_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def line_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Configuration option that determines whether to show the line for the series. """ @@ -93563,7 +93503,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, marker_color: Optional[str] = None, marker_shape: Optional['TemplateLineChartMarkerShape'] = None, marker_size: Optional[str] = None, - marker_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + marker_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str marker_color: Color of marker in the series. :param 'TemplateLineChartMarkerShape' marker_shape: Shape option for markers in the series. @@ -93574,7 +93514,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `DIAMOND` : Show marker as a diamond. - `ROUNDED_SQUARE` : Show marker as a rounded square. :param str marker_size: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px - :param 'TemplateVisibility' marker_visibility: Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. + :param Any marker_visibility: Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. """ if marker_color is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "marker_color", marker_color) @@ -93617,7 +93557,7 @@ def marker_size(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="markerVisibility") - def marker_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def marker_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Configuration option that determines whether to show the markers in the series. """ @@ -94006,16 +93946,16 @@ def title_options(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateLabelOptions']: @pulumi.output_type class TemplateListControlSearchOptions(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. + :param Any visibility: The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of the search options in a list control. """ @@ -94025,16 +93965,16 @@ def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: @pulumi.output_type class TemplateListControlSelectAllOptions(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. + :param Any visibility: The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of the `Select all` options in a list control. """ @@ -94044,16 +93984,16 @@ def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: @pulumi.output_type class TemplateLoadingAnimation(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . + :param Any visibility: The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of `LoadingAnimation` . """ @@ -94196,16 +94136,16 @@ def data_set_parameter_name(self) -> str: @pulumi.output_type class TemplateMaximumLabelType(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the maximum label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the maximum label. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the maximum label. """ @@ -94468,16 +94408,16 @@ def time(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateDimensionField']: @pulumi.output_type class TemplateMinimumLabelType(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the minimum label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the minimum label. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the minimum label. """ @@ -95670,23 +95610,23 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, background_color: Optional[str] = None, - background_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + background_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, border_color: Optional[str] = None, border_style: Optional['TemplatePanelBorderStyle'] = None, border_thickness: Optional[str] = None, - border_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + border_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, gutter_spacing: Optional[str] = None, - gutter_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + gutter_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, title: Optional['outputs.TemplatePanelTitleOptions'] = None): """ :param str background_color: Sets the background color for each panel. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' background_visibility: Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. + :param Any background_visibility: Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. :param str border_color: Sets the line color of panel borders. :param 'TemplatePanelBorderStyle' border_style: Sets the line style of panel borders. :param str border_thickness: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px - :param 'TemplateVisibility' border_visibility: Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. + :param Any border_visibility: Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. :param str gutter_spacing: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px - :param 'TemplateVisibility' gutter_visibility: Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. + :param Any gutter_visibility: Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. :param 'TemplatePanelTitleOptions' title: Configures the title display within each small multiples panel. """ if background_color is not None: @@ -95718,7 +95658,7 @@ def background_color(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="backgroundVisibility") - def background_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def background_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not a background for each small multiples panel is rendered. """ @@ -95750,7 +95690,7 @@ def border_thickness(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="borderVisibility") - def border_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def border_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not each panel displays a border. """ @@ -95766,7 +95706,7 @@ def gutter_spacing(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="gutterVisibility") - def gutter_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def gutter_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not negative space between sibling panels is rendered. """ @@ -95805,10 +95745,10 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, font_configuration: Optional['outputs.TemplateFontConfiguration'] = None, horizontal_text_alignment: Optional['TemplateHorizontalTextAlignment'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param 'TemplateHorizontalTextAlignment' horizontal_text_alignment: Sets the horizontal text alignment of the title within each panel. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. + :param Any visibility: Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. """ if font_configuration is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "font_configuration", font_configuration) @@ -95832,7 +95772,7 @@ def horizontal_text_alignment(self) -> Optional['TemplateHorizontalTextAlignment @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not panel titles are displayed. """ @@ -97952,11 +97892,11 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, field_id: str, custom_label: Optional[str] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str field_id: The field ID of the pivot table field. :param str custom_label: The custom label of the pivot table field. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the pivot table field. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the pivot table field. """ pulumi.set(__self__, "field_id", field_id) if custom_label is not None: @@ -97982,7 +97922,7 @@ def custom_label(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the pivot table field. """ @@ -98170,9 +98110,9 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, cell_style: Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle'] = None, - collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, column_header_style: Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle'] = None, - column_names_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + column_names_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, default_cell_width: Optional[str] = None, metric_placement: Optional['TemplatePivotTableMetricPlacement'] = None, row_alternate_color_options: Optional['outputs.TemplateRowAlternateColorOptions'] = None, @@ -98180,13 +98120,13 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, row_header_style: Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle'] = None, rows_label_options: Optional['outputs.TemplatePivotTableRowsLabelOptions'] = None, rows_layout: Optional['TemplatePivotTableRowsLayout'] = None, - single_metric_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, - toggle_buttons_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + single_metric_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + toggle_buttons_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param 'TemplateTableCellStyle' cell_style: The table cell style of cells. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility: The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . + :param Any collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility: The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . :param 'TemplateTableCellStyle' column_header_style: The table cell style of the column header. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' column_names_visibility: The visibility of the column names. + :param Any column_names_visibility: The visibility of the column names. :param str default_cell_width: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px :param 'TemplatePivotTableMetricPlacement' metric_placement: The metric placement (row, column) options. :param 'TemplateRowAlternateColorOptions' row_alternate_color_options: The row alternate color options (widget status, row alternate colors). @@ -98197,8 +98137,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `TABULAR` : (Default) Each row field is displayed in a separate column. - `HIERARCHY` : All row fields are displayed in a single column. Indentation is used to differentiate row headers of different fields. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' single_metric_visibility: The visibility of the single metric options. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' toggle_buttons_visibility: Determines the visibility of the pivot table. + :param Any single_metric_visibility: The visibility of the single metric options. + :param Any toggle_buttons_visibility: Determines the visibility of the pivot table. """ if cell_style is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "cell_style", cell_style) @@ -98237,7 +98177,7 @@ def cell_style(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="collapsedRowDimensionsVisibility") - def collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def collapsed_row_dimensions_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility setting of a pivot table's collapsed row dimension fields. If the value of this structure is `HIDDEN` , all collapsed columns in a pivot table are automatically hidden. The default value is `VISIBLE` . """ @@ -98253,7 +98193,7 @@ def column_header_style(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="columnNamesVisibility") - def column_names_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def column_names_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the column names. """ @@ -98320,7 +98260,7 @@ def rows_layout(self) -> Optional['TemplatePivotTableRowsLayout']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="singleMetricVisibility") - def single_metric_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def single_metric_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the single metric options. """ @@ -98328,7 +98268,7 @@ def single_metric_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="toggleButtonsVisibility") - def toggle_buttons_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def toggle_buttons_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the pivot table. """ @@ -98357,11 +98297,11 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: return super().get(key, default) def __init__(__self__, *, - overflow_column_header_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, - vertical_overflow_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + overflow_column_header_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + vertical_overflow_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' overflow_column_header_visibility: The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' vertical_overflow_visibility: The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. + :param Any overflow_column_header_visibility: The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. + :param Any vertical_overflow_visibility: The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. """ if overflow_column_header_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "overflow_column_header_visibility", overflow_column_header_visibility) @@ -98370,7 +98310,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="overflowColumnHeaderVisibility") - def overflow_column_header_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def overflow_column_header_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the repeating header rows on each page. """ @@ -98378,7 +98318,7 @@ def overflow_column_header_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="verticalOverflowVisibility") - def vertical_overflow_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def vertical_overflow_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the printing table overflow across pages. """ @@ -98406,10 +98346,10 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, custom_label: Optional[str] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str custom_label: The custom label string for the rows label. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the rows label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the rows label. """ if custom_label is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "custom_label", custom_label) @@ -98426,7 +98366,7 @@ def custom_label(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the rows label. """ @@ -98754,7 +98694,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, scroll_status: Optional['TemplateTableTotalsScrollStatus'] = None, total_aggregation_options: Optional[Sequence['outputs.TemplateTotalAggregationOption']] = None, total_cell_style: Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle'] = None, - totals_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + totals_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, value_cell_style: Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle'] = None): """ :param str custom_label: The custom label string for the total cells. @@ -98763,7 +98703,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param 'TemplateTableTotalsScrollStatus' scroll_status: The scroll status (pinned, scrolled) for the total cells. :param Sequence['TemplateTotalAggregationOption'] total_aggregation_options: The total aggregation options for each value field. :param 'TemplateTableCellStyle' total_cell_style: The cell styling options for the total cells. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the total cells. + :param Any totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the total cells. :param 'TemplateTableCellStyle' value_cell_style: The cell styling options for the totals of value cells. """ if custom_label is not None: @@ -98833,7 +98773,7 @@ def total_cell_style(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="totalsVisibility") - def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration for the total cells. """ @@ -99240,16 +99180,16 @@ def drill_down_filters(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.TemplateDrillDownFilt @pulumi.output_type class TemplateProgressBarOptions(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the progress bar. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the progress bar. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the progress bar. """ @@ -99338,16 +99278,16 @@ def values(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.TemplateMeasureField']]: @pulumi.output_type class TemplateRadarChartAreaStyleSettings(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility settings of a radar chart. + :param Any visibility: The visibility settings of a radar chart. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility settings of a radar chart. """ @@ -99398,7 +99338,7 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: return super().get(key, default) def __init__(__self__, *, - alternate_band_colors_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + alternate_band_colors_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, alternate_band_even_color: Optional[str] = None, alternate_band_odd_color: Optional[str] = None, axes_range_scale: Optional['TemplateRadarChartAxesRangeScale'] = None, @@ -99414,7 +99354,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, start_angle: Optional[float] = None, visual_palette: Optional['outputs.TemplateVisualPalette'] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' alternate_band_colors_visibility: Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. + :param Any alternate_band_colors_visibility: Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. :param str alternate_band_even_color: The color of the even-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. :param str alternate_band_odd_color: The color of the odd-numbered alternate bands of a radar chart. :param 'TemplateRadarChartAxesRangeScale' axes_range_scale: The axis behavior options of a radar chart. @@ -99463,7 +99403,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="alternateBandColorsVisibility") - def alternate_band_colors_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def alternate_band_colors_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the colors of alternatign bands in a radar chart. """ @@ -99844,16 +99784,16 @@ def visual_content_alt_text(self) -> Optional[str]: @pulumi.output_type class TemplateRangeEndsLabelType(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the range ends label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the range ends label. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the range ends label. """ @@ -101650,10 +101590,10 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: return super().get(key, default) def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None, visible_range: Optional['outputs.TemplateVisibleRangeOptions'] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. :param 'TemplateVisibleRangeOptions' visible_range: The visibility range for the data zoom scroll bar. """ if visibility is not None: @@ -101663,7 +101603,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the data zoom scroll bar. """ @@ -101681,16 +101621,16 @@ def visible_range(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateVisibleRangeOptions']: @pulumi.output_type class TemplateSecondaryValueOptions(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: Determines the visibility of the secondary value. + :param Any visibility: Determines the visibility of the secondary value. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the secondary value. """ @@ -102239,10 +102179,10 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, info_icon_text: Optional[str] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str info_icon_text: The text content of info icon. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility configuration of info icon label options. + :param Any visibility: The visibility configuration of info icon label options. """ if info_icon_text is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "info_icon_text", info_icon_text) @@ -102259,7 +102199,7 @@ def info_icon_text(self) -> Optional[str]: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of info icon label options. """ @@ -102514,9 +102454,9 @@ def visuals(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.TemplateVisual']]: @pulumi.output_type class TemplateSheetElementConfigurationOverrides(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: Determines whether or not the overrides are visible. Choose one of the following options: + :param Any visibility: Determines whether or not the overrides are visible. Choose one of the following options: - `VISIBLE` - `HIDDEN` @@ -102526,7 +102466,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the overrides are visible. Choose one of the following options: @@ -102770,7 +102710,7 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, tooltip_text: Optional['outputs.TemplateSheetImageTooltipText'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): if tooltip_text is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "tooltip_text", tooltip_text) if visibility is not None: @@ -102783,7 +102723,7 @@ def tooltip_text(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateSheetImageTooltipText']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: return pulumi.get(self, "visibility") @@ -103679,7 +103619,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, metric_header_cell_style: Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle'] = None, style_targets: Optional[Sequence['outputs.TemplateTableStyleTarget']] = None, total_cell_style: Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle'] = None, - totals_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + totals_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, value_cell_style: Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle'] = None): """ :param str custom_label: The custom label string for the subtotal cells. @@ -103688,7 +103628,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param 'TemplateTableCellStyle' metric_header_cell_style: The cell styling options for the subtotals of header cells. :param Sequence['TemplateTableStyleTarget'] style_targets: The style targets options for subtotals. :param 'TemplateTableCellStyle' total_cell_style: The cell styling options for the subtotal cells. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. + :param Any totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. :param 'TemplateTableCellStyle' value_cell_style: The cell styling options for the subtotals of value cells. """ if custom_label is not None: @@ -103758,7 +103698,7 @@ def total_cell_style(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="totalsVisibility") - def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration for the subtotal cells. """ @@ -103984,7 +103924,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, horizontal_text_alignment: Optional['TemplateHorizontalTextAlignment'] = None, text_wrap: Optional['TemplateTextWrap'] = None, vertical_text_alignment: Optional['TemplateVerticalTextAlignment'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str background_color: The background color for the table cells. :param 'TemplateGlobalTableBorderOptions' border: The borders for the table cells. @@ -103993,7 +103933,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param 'TemplateHorizontalTextAlignment' horizontal_text_alignment: The horizontal text alignment (left, center, right, auto) for the table cells. :param 'TemplateTextWrap' text_wrap: The text wrap (none, wrap) for the table cells. :param 'TemplateVerticalTextAlignment' vertical_text_alignment: The vertical text alignment (top, middle, bottom) for the table cells. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the table cells. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the table cells. """ if background_color is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "background_color", background_color) @@ -104070,7 +104010,7 @@ def vertical_text_alignment(self) -> Optional['TemplateVerticalTextAlignment']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the table cells. """ @@ -104472,13 +104412,13 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, field_id: str, custom_label: Optional[str] = None, url_styling: Optional['outputs.TemplateTableFieldUrlConfiguration'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, + visibility: Optional[Any] = None, width: Optional[str] = None): """ :param str field_id: The field ID for a table field. :param str custom_label: The custom label for a table field. :param 'TemplateTableFieldUrlConfiguration' url_styling: The URL configuration for a table field. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of a table field. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of a table field. :param str width: String based length that is composed of value and unit in px """ pulumi.set(__self__, "field_id", field_id) @@ -104517,7 +104457,7 @@ def url_styling(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateTableFieldUrlConfiguration']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of a table field. """ @@ -104828,11 +104768,11 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: return super().get(key, default) def __init__(__self__, *, - overflow_column_header_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None, - vertical_overflow_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + overflow_column_header_visibility: Optional[Any] = None, + vertical_overflow_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' overflow_column_header_visibility: The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' vertical_overflow_visibility: The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. + :param Any overflow_column_header_visibility: The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. + :param Any vertical_overflow_visibility: The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. """ if overflow_column_header_visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "overflow_column_header_visibility", overflow_column_header_visibility) @@ -104841,7 +104781,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="overflowColumnHeaderVisibility") - def overflow_column_header_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def overflow_column_header_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of repeating header rows on each page. """ @@ -104849,7 +104789,7 @@ def overflow_column_header_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="verticalOverflowVisibility") - def vertical_overflow_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def vertical_overflow_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of printing table overflow across pages. """ @@ -105382,16 +105322,16 @@ def text_color(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateConditionalFormattingColor']: @pulumi.output_type class TemplateTextControlPlaceholderOptions(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. + :param Any visibility: The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration of the placeholder options in a text control. """ @@ -105466,10 +105406,10 @@ def title_options(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateLabelOptions']: class TemplateThousandSeparatorOptions(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, symbol: Optional['TemplateNumericSeparatorSymbol'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param 'TemplateNumericSeparatorSymbol' symbol: Determines the thousands separator symbol. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. + :param Any visibility: Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. """ if symbol is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "symbol", symbol) @@ -105486,7 +105426,7 @@ def symbol(self) -> Optional['TemplateNumericSeparatorSymbol']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines the visibility of the thousands separator. """ @@ -106104,14 +106044,14 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, field_based_tooltip: Optional['outputs.TemplateFieldBasedTooltip'] = None, selected_tooltip_type: Optional['TemplateSelectedTooltipType'] = None, - tooltip_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + tooltip_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param 'TemplateFieldBasedTooltip' field_based_tooltip: The setup for the detailed tooltip. The tooltip setup is always saved. The display type is decided based on the tooltip type. :param 'TemplateSelectedTooltipType' selected_tooltip_type: The selected type for the tooltip. Choose one of the following options: - `BASIC` : A basic tooltip. - `DETAILED` : A detailed tooltip. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' tooltip_visibility: Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. + :param Any tooltip_visibility: Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. """ if field_based_tooltip is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "field_based_tooltip", field_based_tooltip) @@ -106141,7 +106081,7 @@ def selected_tooltip_type(self) -> Optional['TemplateSelectedTooltipType']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="tooltipVisibility") - def tooltip_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def tooltip_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ Determines whether or not the tooltip is visible. """ @@ -106667,14 +106607,14 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, scroll_status: Optional['TemplateTableTotalsScrollStatus'] = None, total_aggregation_options: Optional[Sequence['outputs.TemplateTotalAggregationOption']] = None, total_cell_style: Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle'] = None, - totals_visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + totals_visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param str custom_label: The custom label string for the total cells. :param 'TemplateTableTotalsPlacement' placement: The placement (start, end) for the total cells. :param 'TemplateTableTotalsScrollStatus' scroll_status: The scroll status (pinned, scrolled) for the total cells. :param Sequence['TemplateTotalAggregationOption'] total_aggregation_options: The total aggregation settings for each value field. :param 'TemplateTableCellStyle' total_cell_style: Cell styling options for the total cells. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the total cells. + :param Any totals_visibility: The visibility configuration for the total cells. """ if custom_label is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "custom_label", custom_label) @@ -106731,7 +106671,7 @@ def total_cell_style(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateTableCellStyle']: @property @pulumi.getter(name="totalsVisibility") - def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def totals_visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility configuration for the total cells. """ @@ -107123,16 +107063,16 @@ def visual_content_alt_text(self) -> Optional[str]: @pulumi.output_type class TemplateTrendArrowOptions(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the trend arrows. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the trend arrows. """ if visibility is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "visibility", visibility) @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the trend arrows. """ @@ -108316,10 +108256,10 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, format_text: Optional['outputs.TemplateLongFormatText'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param 'TemplateLongFormatText' format_text: The long text format of the subtitle label, such as plain text or rich text. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the subtitle label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the subtitle label. """ if format_text is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "format_text", format_text) @@ -108336,7 +108276,7 @@ def format_text(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateLongFormatText']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the subtitle label. """ @@ -108364,10 +108304,10 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, format_text: Optional['outputs.TemplateShortFormatText'] = None, - visibility: Optional['TemplateVisibility'] = None): + visibility: Optional[Any] = None): """ :param 'TemplateShortFormatText' format_text: The short text format of the title label, such as plain text or rich text. - :param 'TemplateVisibility' visibility: The visibility of the title label. + :param Any visibility: The visibility of the title label. """ if format_text is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "format_text", format_text) @@ -108384,7 +108324,7 @@ def format_text(self) -> Optional['outputs.TemplateShortFormatText']: @property @pulumi.getter - def visibility(self) -> Optional['TemplateVisibility']: + def visibility(self) -> Optional[Any]: """ The visibility of the title label. """ diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/_inputs.py index 2c716bff8c..3ee077940f 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/_inputs.py @@ -402,7 +402,13 @@ class DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): """ min_capacity: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[float]] """ - The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + """ + seconds_until_auto_pause: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[int]] + """ + Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. + + Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. """ elif False: DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -411,7 +417,8 @@ class DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgsDict(TypedDict): class DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfigurationArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, max_capacity: Optional[pulumi.Input[float]] = None, - min_capacity: Optional[pulumi.Input[float]] = None): + min_capacity: Optional[pulumi.Input[float]] = None, + seconds_until_auto_pause: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]] = None): """ The ``ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration`` property type specifies the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless V2 DB cluster. For more information, see [Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v2](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. If you have an Aurora cluster, you must set this attribute before you add a DB instance that uses the ``db.serverless`` DB instance class. For more information, see [Clusters that use Aurora Serverless v2 must have a capacity range specified](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.requirements.html#aurora-serverless-v2.requirements.capacity-range) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. @@ -420,12 +427,17 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[float] max_capacity: The maximum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 40, 40.5, 41, and so on. The largest value that you can use is 128. The maximum capacity must be higher than 0.5 ACUs. For more information, see [Choosing the maximum Aurora Serverless v2 capacity setting for a cluster](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.setting-capacity.html#aurora-serverless-v2.max_capacity_considerations) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. Aurora automatically sets certain parameters for Aurora Serverless V2 DB instances to values that depend on the maximum ACU value in the capacity range. When you update the maximum capacity value, the ``ParameterApplyStatus`` value for the DB instance changes to ``pending-reboot``. You can update the parameter values by rebooting the DB instance after changing the capacity range. - :param pulumi.Input[float] min_capacity: The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + :param pulumi.Input[float] min_capacity: The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + :param pulumi.Input[int] seconds_until_auto_pause: Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. + + Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. """ if max_capacity is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "max_capacity", max_capacity) if min_capacity is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "min_capacity", min_capacity) + if seconds_until_auto_pause is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "seconds_until_auto_pause", seconds_until_auto_pause) @property @pulumi.getter(name="maxCapacity") @@ -445,7 +457,7 @@ def max_capacity(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[float]]): @pulumi.getter(name="minCapacity") def min_capacity(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[float]]: """ - The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. """ return pulumi.get(self, "min_capacity") @@ -453,6 +465,20 @@ def min_capacity(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[float]]: def min_capacity(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[float]]): pulumi.set(self, "min_capacity", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="secondsUntilAutoPause") + def seconds_until_auto_pause(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]: + """ + Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. + + Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "seconds_until_auto_pause") + + @seconds_until_auto_pause.setter + def seconds_until_auto_pause(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): + pulumi.set(self, "seconds_until_auto_pause", value) + if not MYPY: class DbInstanceCertificateDetailsArgsDict(TypedDict): diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/db_cluster.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/db_cluster.py index 11d7585fc2..b6f019ada0 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/db_cluster.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/db_cluster.py @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['DbClusterDbClusterRoleArgs']]] associated_roles: Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other Amazon Web Services on your behalf. Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[bool] auto_minor_version_upgrade: Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] availability_zones: A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster can be created. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see [Choosing the Regions and Availability Zones](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only :param pulumi.Input[int] backtrack_window: The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to ``0``. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, + Must be a value from 1 to 35 Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters - :param pulumi.Input[str] cluster_scalability_type: Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. + :param pulumi.Input[str] cluster_scalability_type: Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. :param pulumi.Input[bool] copy_tags_to_snapshot: A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[str] database_name: The name of your database. If you don't provide a name, then Amazon RDS won't create a database in this DB cluster. For naming constraints, see [Naming Constraints](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_Limits.html#RDS_Limits.Constraints) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input[str] engine_lifecycle_support: The life cycle type for this DB cluster. By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -234,18 +234,19 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, If you specify the ``SourceDBClusterIdentifier``, ``SnapshotIdentifier``, or ``GlobalClusterIdentifier`` property, don't specify this property. The value is inherited from the source DB cluster, the snapshot, or the primary DB cluster for the global database cluster, respectively. Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input['DbClusterMasterUserSecretArgs'] master_user_secret: The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* :param pulumi.Input[str] master_username: The name of the master user for the DB cluster. If you specify the ``SourceDBClusterIdentifier``, ``SnapshotIdentifier``, or ``GlobalClusterIdentifier`` property, don't specify this property. The value is inherited from the source DB cluster, the snapshot, or the primary DB cluster for the global database cluster, respectively. Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[int] monitoring_interval: The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` Default: ``0`` :param pulumi.Input[str] monitoring_role_arn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[str] network_type: The network type of the DB cluster. Valid values: + ``IPV4`` @@ -256,13 +257,13 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only :param pulumi.Input[bool] performance_insights_enabled: Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[str] performance_insights_kms_key_id: The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[int] performance_insights_retention_period: The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters Valid Values: + ``7`` + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) @@ -540,7 +541,7 @@ def associated_roles(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['D def auto_minor_version_upgrade(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]: """ Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster """ return pulumi.get(self, "auto_minor_version_upgrade") @@ -598,7 +599,7 @@ def backup_retention_period(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]): @pulumi.getter(name="clusterScalabilityType") def cluster_scalability_type(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: """ - Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. + Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. """ return pulumi.get(self, "cluster_scalability_type") @@ -871,7 +872,7 @@ def engine_lifecycle_support(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: The life cycle type for this DB cluster. By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -1015,7 +1016,8 @@ def master_user_password(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): def master_user_secret(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DbClusterMasterUserSecretArgs']]: """ The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* """ return pulumi.get(self, "master_user_secret") @@ -1043,7 +1045,7 @@ def monitoring_interval(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]: """ The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` Default: ``0`` """ @@ -1059,7 +1061,7 @@ def monitoring_role_arn(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: """ The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters """ return pulumi.get(self, "monitoring_role_arn") @@ -1092,7 +1094,7 @@ def performance_insights_enabled(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]: """ Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters """ return pulumi.get(self, "performance_insights_enabled") @@ -1107,7 +1109,7 @@ def performance_insights_kms_key_id(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters """ return pulumi.get(self, "performance_insights_kms_key_id") @@ -1120,7 +1122,7 @@ def performance_insights_kms_key_id(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): def performance_insights_retention_period(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[int]]: """ The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters Valid Values: + ``7`` + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) @@ -1545,7 +1547,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['DbClusterDbClusterRoleArgs', 'DbClusterDbClusterRoleArgsDict']]]] associated_roles: Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other Amazon Web Services on your behalf. Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[bool] auto_minor_version_upgrade: Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]] availability_zones: A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster can be created. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see [Choosing the Regions and Availability Zones](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only :param pulumi.Input[int] backtrack_window: The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to ``0``. @@ -1559,7 +1561,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, + Must be a value from 1 to 35 Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters - :param pulumi.Input[str] cluster_scalability_type: Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. + :param pulumi.Input[str] cluster_scalability_type: Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. :param pulumi.Input[bool] copy_tags_to_snapshot: A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[str] database_name: The name of your database. If you don't provide a name, then Amazon RDS won't create a database in this DB cluster. For naming constraints, see [Naming Constraints](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_Limits.html#RDS_Limits.Constraints) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. @@ -1634,7 +1636,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, :param pulumi.Input[str] engine_lifecycle_support: The life cycle type for this DB cluster. By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -1690,18 +1692,19 @@ def __init__(__self__, If you specify the ``SourceDBClusterIdentifier``, ``SnapshotIdentifier``, or ``GlobalClusterIdentifier`` property, don't specify this property. The value is inherited from the source DB cluster, the snapshot, or the primary DB cluster for the global database cluster, respectively. Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[Union['DbClusterMasterUserSecretArgs', 'DbClusterMasterUserSecretArgsDict']] master_user_secret: The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* :param pulumi.Input[str] master_username: The name of the master user for the DB cluster. If you specify the ``SourceDBClusterIdentifier``, ``SnapshotIdentifier``, or ``GlobalClusterIdentifier`` property, don't specify this property. The value is inherited from the source DB cluster, the snapshot, or the primary DB cluster for the global database cluster, respectively. Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[int] monitoring_interval: The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` Default: ``0`` :param pulumi.Input[str] monitoring_role_arn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[str] network_type: The network type of the DB cluster. Valid values: + ``IPV4`` @@ -1712,13 +1715,13 @@ def __init__(__self__, Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only :param pulumi.Input[bool] performance_insights_enabled: Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[str] performance_insights_kms_key_id: The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters :param pulumi.Input[int] performance_insights_retention_period: The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters Valid Values: + ``7`` + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) @@ -2128,7 +2131,7 @@ def associated_roles(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[Sequence['outputs.DbCluster def auto_minor_version_upgrade(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[bool]]: """ Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster """ return pulumi.get(self, "auto_minor_version_upgrade") @@ -2170,7 +2173,7 @@ def backup_retention_period(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[int]]: @pulumi.getter(name="clusterScalabilityType") def cluster_scalability_type(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: """ - Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to `limitless` , the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to `standard` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. + Specifies the scalability mode of the Aurora DB cluster. When set to ``limitless``, the cluster operates as an Aurora Limitless Database, allowing you to create a DB shard group for horizontal scaling (sharding) capabilities. When set to ``standard`` (the default), the cluster uses normal DB instance creation. """ return pulumi.get(self, "cluster_scalability_type") @@ -2392,7 +2395,7 @@ def engine_lifecycle_support(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: The life cycle type for this DB cluster. By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -2504,7 +2507,8 @@ def master_user_password(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: def master_user_secret(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional['outputs.DbClusterMasterUserSecret']]: """ The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* """ return pulumi.get(self, "master_user_secret") @@ -2524,7 +2528,7 @@ def monitoring_interval(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[int]]: """ The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` Default: ``0`` """ @@ -2536,7 +2540,7 @@ def monitoring_role_arn(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: """ The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters """ return pulumi.get(self, "monitoring_role_arn") @@ -2561,7 +2565,7 @@ def performance_insights_enabled(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[bool]]: """ Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters """ return pulumi.get(self, "performance_insights_enabled") @@ -2572,7 +2576,7 @@ def performance_insights_kms_key_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters """ return pulumi.get(self, "performance_insights_kms_key_id") @@ -2581,7 +2585,7 @@ def performance_insights_kms_key_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: def performance_insights_retention_period(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[int]]: """ The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters Valid Values: + ``7`` + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/db_instance.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/db_instance.py index 2f550f6368..7d909cc4f2 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/db_instance.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/db_instance.py @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, db_security_groups: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None, db_snapshot_identifier: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, db_subnet_group_name: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + db_system_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, dedicated_log_volume: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, delete_automated_backups: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, deletion_protection: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, @@ -302,6 +303,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, If there's no DB subnet group, then the DB instance isn't a VPC DB instance. For more information about using Amazon RDS in a VPC, see [Amazon VPC and Amazon RDS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The DB subnet group is managed by the DB cluster. If specified, the setting must match the DB cluster setting. + :param pulumi.Input[str] db_system_id: The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. :param pulumi.Input[bool] dedicated_log_volume: Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled. :param pulumi.Input[bool] delete_automated_backups: A value that indicates whether to remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. The default is to remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted. *Amazon Aurora* @@ -674,6 +676,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, pulumi.set(__self__, "db_snapshot_identifier", db_snapshot_identifier) if db_subnet_group_name is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "db_subnet_group_name", db_subnet_group_name) + if db_system_id is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "db_system_id", db_system_id) if dedicated_log_volume is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "dedicated_log_volume", dedicated_log_volume) if delete_automated_backups is not None: @@ -1236,6 +1240,18 @@ def db_subnet_group_name(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: def db_subnet_group_name(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): pulumi.set(self, "db_subnet_group_name", value) + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="dbSystemId") + def db_system_id(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "db_system_id") + + @db_system_id.setter + def db_system_id(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): + pulumi.set(self, "db_system_id", value) + @property @pulumi.getter(name="dedicatedLogVolume") def dedicated_log_volume(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]]: @@ -2191,6 +2207,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, db_security_groups: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None, db_snapshot_identifier: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, db_subnet_group_name: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + db_system_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, dedicated_log_volume: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, delete_automated_backups: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, deletion_protection: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, @@ -2470,6 +2487,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, If there's no DB subnet group, then the DB instance isn't a VPC DB instance. For more information about using Amazon RDS in a VPC, see [Amazon VPC and Amazon RDS](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The DB subnet group is managed by the DB cluster. If specified, the setting must match the DB cluster setting. + :param pulumi.Input[str] db_system_id: The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. :param pulumi.Input[bool] dedicated_log_volume: Indicates whether the DB instance has a dedicated log volume (DLV) enabled. :param pulumi.Input[bool] delete_automated_backups: A value that indicates whether to remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. The default is to remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted. *Amazon Aurora* @@ -2863,6 +2881,7 @@ def _internal_init(__self__, db_security_groups: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[str]]]] = None, db_snapshot_identifier: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, db_subnet_group_name: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, + db_system_id: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, dedicated_log_volume: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, delete_automated_backups: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, deletion_protection: Optional[pulumi.Input[bool]] = None, @@ -2950,6 +2969,7 @@ def _internal_init(__self__, __props__.__dict__["db_security_groups"] = db_security_groups __props__.__dict__["db_snapshot_identifier"] = db_snapshot_identifier __props__.__dict__["db_subnet_group_name"] = db_subnet_group_name + __props__.__dict__["db_system_id"] = db_system_id __props__.__dict__["dedicated_log_volume"] = dedicated_log_volume __props__.__dict__["delete_automated_backups"] = delete_automated_backups __props__.__dict__["deletion_protection"] = deletion_protection @@ -3006,9 +3026,8 @@ def _internal_init(__self__, __props__.__dict__["use_latest_restorable_time"] = use_latest_restorable_time __props__.__dict__["vpc_security_groups"] = vpc_security_groups __props__.__dict__["db_instance_arn"] = None - __props__.__dict__["db_system_id"] = None __props__.__dict__["dbi_resource_id"] = None - replace_on_changes = pulumi.ResourceOptions(replace_on_changes=["characterSetName", "customIamInstanceProfile", "dbClusterIdentifier", "dbInstanceIdentifier", "dbName", "dbSubnetGroupName", "kmsKeyId", "masterUsername", "ncharCharacterSetName", "sourceRegion", "storageEncrypted", "timezone"]) + replace_on_changes = pulumi.ResourceOptions(replace_on_changes=["characterSetName", "customIamInstanceProfile", "dbClusterIdentifier", "dbInstanceIdentifier", "dbName", "dbSubnetGroupName", "dbSystemId", "kmsKeyId", "masterUsername", "ncharCharacterSetName", "sourceRegion", "storageEncrypted", "timezone"]) opts = pulumi.ResourceOptions.merge(opts, replace_on_changes) super(DbInstance, __self__).__init__( 'aws-native:rds:DbInstance', @@ -3484,7 +3503,7 @@ def db_subnet_group_name(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: @property @pulumi.getter(name="dbSystemId") - def db_system_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[str]: + def db_system_id(self) -> pulumi.Output[Optional[str]]: """ The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. """ diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/get_db_cluster.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/get_db_cluster.py index 6a11b25161..e0d6ac21d9 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/get_db_cluster.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/get_db_cluster.py @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ def associated_roles(self) -> Optional[Sequence['outputs.DbClusterDbClusterRole' def auto_minor_version_upgrade(self) -> Optional[bool]: """ Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB cluster """ return pulumi.get(self, "auto_minor_version_upgrade") @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ def engine_lifecycle_support(self) -> Optional[str]: The life cycle type for this DB cluster. By default, this value is set to ``open-source-rds-extended-support``, which enrolls your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. At the end of standard support, you can avoid charges for Extended Support by setting the value to ``open-source-rds-extended-support-disabled``. In this case, creating the DB cluster will fail if the DB major version is past its end of standard support date. You can use this setting to enroll your DB cluster into Amazon RDS Extended Support. With RDS Extended Support, you can run the selected major engine version on your DB cluster past the end of standard support for that engine version. For more information, see the following sections: - + Amazon Aurora (PostgreSQL only) - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + + Amazon Aurora - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide* + Amazon RDS - [Using Amazon RDS Extended Support](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/extended-support.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters @@ -451,7 +451,8 @@ def manage_master_user_password(self) -> Optional[bool]: def master_user_secret(self) -> Optional['outputs.DbClusterMasterUserSecret']: """ The secret managed by RDS in AWS Secrets Manager for the master user password. - For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* + When you restore a DB cluster from a snapshot, Amazon RDS generates a new secret instead of reusing the secret specified in the ``SecretArn`` property. This ensures that the restored DB cluster is securely managed with a dedicated secret. To maintain consistent integration with your application, you might need to update resource configurations to reference the newly created secret. + For more information, see [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide* and [Password management with Secrets Manager](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide.* """ return pulumi.get(self, "master_user_secret") @@ -471,7 +472,7 @@ def monitoring_interval(self) -> Optional[int]: """ The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify ``0``. If ``MonitoringRoleArn`` is specified, also set ``MonitoringInterval`` to a value other than ``0``. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters Valid Values: ``0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60`` Default: ``0`` """ @@ -483,7 +484,7 @@ def monitoring_role_arn(self) -> Optional[str]: """ The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is ``arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess``. For information on creating a monitoring role, see [Setting up and enabling Enhanced Monitoring](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. If ``MonitoringInterval`` is set to a value other than ``0``, supply a ``MonitoringRoleArn`` value. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters """ return pulumi.get(self, "monitoring_role_arn") @@ -508,7 +509,7 @@ def performance_insights_enabled(self) -> Optional[bool]: """ Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. For more information, see [Using Amazon Performance Insights](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the *Amazon RDS User Guide*. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters """ return pulumi.get(self, "performance_insights_enabled") @@ -519,7 +520,7 @@ def performance_insights_kms_key_id(self) -> Optional[str]: The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. If you don't specify a value for ``PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId``, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your AWS-account. Your AWS-account has a different default KMS key for each AWS-Region. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters """ return pulumi.get(self, "performance_insights_kms_key_id") @@ -528,7 +529,7 @@ def performance_insights_kms_key_id(self) -> Optional[str]: def performance_insights_retention_period(self) -> Optional[int]: """ The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters Valid Values: + ``7`` + *month* * 31, where *month* is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: ``93`` (3 months * 31), ``341`` (11 months * 31), ``589`` (19 months * 31) diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/get_db_instance.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/get_db_instance.py index 3f2048eebe..99106b4fd0 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/get_db_instance.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/get_db_instance.py @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ @pulumi.output_type class GetDbInstanceResult: - def __init__(__self__, allocated_storage=None, associated_roles=None, auto_minor_version_upgrade=None, automatic_backup_replication_region=None, availability_zone=None, backup_retention_period=None, ca_certificate_identifier=None, certificate_details=None, copy_tags_to_snapshot=None, db_cluster_snapshot_identifier=None, db_instance_arn=None, db_instance_class=None, db_parameter_group_name=None, db_security_groups=None, db_system_id=None, dbi_resource_id=None, dedicated_log_volume=None, deletion_protection=None, domain=None, domain_auth_secret_arn=None, domain_dns_ips=None, domain_fqdn=None, domain_iam_role_name=None, domain_ou=None, enable_cloudwatch_logs_exports=None, enable_iam_database_authentication=None, enable_performance_insights=None, endpoint=None, engine=None, engine_lifecycle_support=None, engine_version=None, iops=None, license_model=None, manage_master_user_password=None, master_user_secret=None, max_allocated_storage=None, monitoring_interval=None, monitoring_role_arn=None, multi_az=None, network_type=None, option_group_name=None, performance_insights_kms_key_id=None, performance_insights_retention_period=None, port=None, preferred_backup_window=None, preferred_maintenance_window=None, processor_features=None, promotion_tier=None, publicly_accessible=None, replica_mode=None, source_db_cluster_identifier=None, storage_throughput=None, storage_type=None, tags=None, tde_credential_arn=None, vpc_security_groups=None): + def __init__(__self__, allocated_storage=None, associated_roles=None, auto_minor_version_upgrade=None, automatic_backup_replication_region=None, availability_zone=None, backup_retention_period=None, ca_certificate_identifier=None, certificate_details=None, copy_tags_to_snapshot=None, db_cluster_snapshot_identifier=None, db_instance_arn=None, db_instance_class=None, db_parameter_group_name=None, db_security_groups=None, dbi_resource_id=None, dedicated_log_volume=None, deletion_protection=None, domain=None, domain_auth_secret_arn=None, domain_dns_ips=None, domain_fqdn=None, domain_iam_role_name=None, domain_ou=None, enable_cloudwatch_logs_exports=None, enable_iam_database_authentication=None, enable_performance_insights=None, endpoint=None, engine=None, engine_lifecycle_support=None, engine_version=None, iops=None, license_model=None, manage_master_user_password=None, master_user_secret=None, max_allocated_storage=None, monitoring_interval=None, monitoring_role_arn=None, multi_az=None, network_type=None, option_group_name=None, performance_insights_kms_key_id=None, performance_insights_retention_period=None, port=None, preferred_backup_window=None, preferred_maintenance_window=None, processor_features=None, promotion_tier=None, publicly_accessible=None, replica_mode=None, source_db_cluster_identifier=None, storage_throughput=None, storage_type=None, tags=None, tde_credential_arn=None, vpc_security_groups=None): if allocated_storage and not isinstance(allocated_storage, str): raise TypeError("Expected argument 'allocated_storage' to be a str") pulumi.set(__self__, "allocated_storage", allocated_storage) @@ -69,9 +69,6 @@ def __init__(__self__, allocated_storage=None, associated_roles=None, auto_minor if db_security_groups and not isinstance(db_security_groups, list): raise TypeError("Expected argument 'db_security_groups' to be a list") pulumi.set(__self__, "db_security_groups", db_security_groups) - if db_system_id and not isinstance(db_system_id, str): - raise TypeError("Expected argument 'db_system_id' to be a str") - pulumi.set(__self__, "db_system_id", db_system_id) if dbi_resource_id and not isinstance(dbi_resource_id, str): raise TypeError("Expected argument 'dbi_resource_id' to be a str") pulumi.set(__self__, "dbi_resource_id", dbi_resource_id) @@ -405,14 +402,6 @@ def db_security_groups(self) -> Optional[Sequence[str]]: """ return pulumi.get(self, "db_security_groups") - @property - @pulumi.getter(name="dbSystemId") - def db_system_id(self) -> Optional[str]: - """ - The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults to ``RDSCDB``. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. - """ - return pulumi.get(self, "db_system_id") - @property @pulumi.getter(name="dbiResourceId") def dbi_resource_id(self) -> Optional[str]: @@ -944,7 +933,6 @@ def __await__(self): db_instance_class=self.db_instance_class, db_parameter_group_name=self.db_parameter_group_name, db_security_groups=self.db_security_groups, - db_system_id=self.db_system_id, dbi_resource_id=self.dbi_resource_id, dedicated_log_volume=self.dedicated_log_volume, deletion_protection=self.deletion_protection, @@ -1038,7 +1026,6 @@ def get_db_instance(db_instance_identifier: Optional[str] = None, db_instance_class=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'db_instance_class'), db_parameter_group_name=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'db_parameter_group_name'), db_security_groups=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'db_security_groups'), - db_system_id=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'db_system_id'), dbi_resource_id=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'dbi_resource_id'), dedicated_log_volume=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'dedicated_log_volume'), deletion_protection=pulumi.get(__ret__, 'deletion_protection'), @@ -1129,7 +1116,6 @@ def get_db_instance_output(db_instance_identifier: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = db_instance_class=pulumi.get(__response__, 'db_instance_class'), db_parameter_group_name=pulumi.get(__response__, 'db_parameter_group_name'), db_security_groups=pulumi.get(__response__, 'db_security_groups'), - db_system_id=pulumi.get(__response__, 'db_system_id'), dbi_resource_id=pulumi.get(__response__, 'dbi_resource_id'), dedicated_log_volume=pulumi.get(__response__, 'dedicated_log_volume'), deletion_protection=pulumi.get(__response__, 'deletion_protection'), diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/outputs.py index a0cdd52cb6..6ec33a8460 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/rds/outputs.py @@ -365,6 +365,8 @@ def __key_warning(key: str): suggest = "max_capacity" elif key == "minCapacity": suggest = "min_capacity" + elif key == "secondsUntilAutoPause": + suggest = "seconds_until_auto_pause" if suggest: pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in DbClusterServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") @@ -379,7 +381,8 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, max_capacity: Optional[float] = None, - min_capacity: Optional[float] = None): + min_capacity: Optional[float] = None, + seconds_until_auto_pause: Optional[int] = None): """ The ``ServerlessV2ScalingConfiguration`` property type specifies the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless V2 DB cluster. For more information, see [Using Amazon Aurora Serverless v2](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.html) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. If you have an Aurora cluster, you must set this attribute before you add a DB instance that uses the ``db.serverless`` DB instance class. For more information, see [Clusters that use Aurora Serverless v2 must have a capacity range specified](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.requirements.html#aurora-serverless-v2.requirements.capacity-range) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. @@ -388,12 +391,17 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param float max_capacity: The maximum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 40, 40.5, 41, and so on. The largest value that you can use is 128. The maximum capacity must be higher than 0.5 ACUs. For more information, see [Choosing the maximum Aurora Serverless v2 capacity setting for a cluster](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.setting-capacity.html#aurora-serverless-v2.max_capacity_considerations) in the *Amazon Aurora User Guide*. Aurora automatically sets certain parameters for Aurora Serverless V2 DB instances to values that depend on the maximum ACU value in the capacity range. When you update the maximum capacity value, the ``ParameterApplyStatus`` value for the DB instance changes to ``pending-reboot``. You can update the parameter values by rebooting the DB instance after changing the capacity range. - :param float min_capacity: The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + :param float min_capacity: The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + :param int seconds_until_auto_pause: Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. + + Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. """ if max_capacity is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "max_capacity", max_capacity) if min_capacity is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "min_capacity", min_capacity) + if seconds_until_auto_pause is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "seconds_until_auto_pause", seconds_until_auto_pause) @property @pulumi.getter(name="maxCapacity") @@ -409,10 +417,20 @@ def max_capacity(self) -> Optional[float]: @pulumi.getter(name="minCapacity") def min_capacity(self) -> Optional[float]: """ - The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. The smallest value that you can use is 0.5. + The minimum number of Aurora capacity units (ACUs) for a DB instance in an Aurora Serverless v2 cluster. You can specify ACU values in half-step increments, such as 8, 8.5, 9, and so on. For Aurora versions that support the Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause feature, the smallest value that you can use is 0. For versions that don't support Aurora Serverless v2 auto-pause, the smallest value that you can use is 0.5. """ return pulumi.get(self, "min_capacity") + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="secondsUntilAutoPause") + def seconds_until_auto_pause(self) -> Optional[int]: + """ + Specifies the number of seconds an Aurora Serverless v2 DB instance must be idle before Aurora attempts to automatically pause it. + + Specify a value between 300 seconds (five minutes) and 86,400 seconds (one day). The default is 300 seconds. + """ + return pulumi.get(self, "seconds_until_auto_pause") + @pulumi.output_type class DbInstanceCertificateDetails(dict): diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/sagemaker/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/sagemaker/_inputs.py index 5363715b30..e200c71bdf 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/sagemaker/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/sagemaker/_inputs.py @@ -2852,6 +2852,9 @@ class DomainCustomFileSystemConfigArgsDict(TypedDict): The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. """ f_sx_lustre_file_system_config: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgsDict']] + """ + The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + """ elif False: DomainCustomFileSystemConfigArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -2862,6 +2865,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, f_sx_lustre_file_system_config: Optional[pulumi.Input['DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs']] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input['DomainEfsFileSystemConfigArgs'] efs_file_system_config: The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. + :param pulumi.Input['DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs'] f_sx_lustre_file_system_config: The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. """ if efs_file_system_config is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "efs_file_system_config", efs_file_system_config) @@ -2883,6 +2887,9 @@ def efs_file_system_config(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['DomainEfsFileSyst @property @pulumi.getter(name="fSxLustreFileSystemConfig") def f_sx_lustre_file_system_config(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs']]: + """ + The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "f_sx_lustre_file_system_config") @f_sx_lustre_file_system_config.setter @@ -3389,7 +3396,13 @@ def file_system_path(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): if not MYPY: class DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgsDict(TypedDict): file_system_id: pulumi.Input[str] + """ + The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + """ file_system_path: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + """ elif False: DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -3398,6 +3411,10 @@ class DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, file_system_id: pulumi.Input[str], file_system_path: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input[str] file_system_id: The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + :param pulumi.Input[str] file_system_path: The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + """ pulumi.set(__self__, "file_system_id", file_system_id) if file_system_path is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "file_system_path", file_system_path) @@ -3405,6 +3422,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="fileSystemId") def file_system_id(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "file_system_id") @file_system_id.setter @@ -3414,6 +3434,9 @@ def file_system_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="fileSystemPath") def file_system_path(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "file_system_path") @file_system_path.setter @@ -18012,6 +18035,8 @@ class SpaceSettingsArgsDict(TypedDict): app_type: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['SpaceAppType']] """ The type of app created within the space. + + If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. """ code_editor_app_settings: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['SpaceCodeEditorAppSettingsArgsDict']] """ @@ -18053,6 +18078,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, """ A collection of settings that apply to spaces of Amazon SageMaker Studio. These settings are specified when the CreateSpace API is called. :param pulumi.Input['SpaceAppType'] app_type: The type of app created within the space. + + If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. :param pulumi.Input['SpaceCodeEditorAppSettingsArgs'] code_editor_app_settings: The CodeEditor app settings. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input['SpaceCustomFileSystemArgs']]] custom_file_systems: A file system, created by you, that you assign to a space for an Amazon SageMaker AI Domain. Permitted users can access this file system in Amazon SageMaker AI Studio. :param pulumi.Input['SpaceJupyterLabAppSettingsArgs'] jupyter_lab_app_settings: The JupyterLab app settings. @@ -18080,6 +18107,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, def app_type(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['SpaceAppType']]: """ The type of app created within the space. + + If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. """ return pulumi.get(self, "app_type") @@ -18389,6 +18418,9 @@ class UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfigArgsDict(TypedDict): The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. """ f_sx_lustre_file_system_config: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgsDict']] + """ + The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + """ elif False: UserProfileCustomFileSystemConfigArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -18399,6 +18431,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, f_sx_lustre_file_system_config: Optional[pulumi.Input['UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs']] = None): """ :param pulumi.Input['UserProfileEfsFileSystemConfigArgs'] efs_file_system_config: The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. + :param pulumi.Input['UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs'] f_sx_lustre_file_system_config: The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. """ if efs_file_system_config is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "efs_file_system_config", efs_file_system_config) @@ -18420,6 +18453,9 @@ def efs_file_system_config(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['UserProfileEfsFil @property @pulumi.getter(name="fSxLustreFileSystemConfig") def f_sx_lustre_file_system_config(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs']]: + """ + The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "f_sx_lustre_file_system_config") @f_sx_lustre_file_system_config.setter @@ -18695,7 +18731,13 @@ def file_system_path(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]): if not MYPY: class UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgsDict(TypedDict): file_system_id: pulumi.Input[str] + """ + The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + """ file_system_path: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] + """ + The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + """ elif False: UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -18704,6 +18746,10 @@ class UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfigArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, file_system_id: pulumi.Input[str], file_system_path: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None): + """ + :param pulumi.Input[str] file_system_id: The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + :param pulumi.Input[str] file_system_path: The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + """ pulumi.set(__self__, "file_system_id", file_system_id) if file_system_path is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "file_system_path", file_system_path) @@ -18711,6 +18757,9 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="fileSystemId") def file_system_id(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + """ + The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "file_system_id") @file_system_id.setter @@ -18720,6 +18769,9 @@ def file_system_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): @property @pulumi.getter(name="fileSystemPath") def file_system_path(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: + """ + The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "file_system_path") @file_system_path.setter diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/sagemaker/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/sagemaker/outputs.py index 27e7049264..feadbd8a17 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/sagemaker/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/sagemaker/outputs.py @@ -2338,6 +2338,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, f_sx_lustre_file_system_config: Optional['outputs.DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig'] = None): """ :param 'DomainEfsFileSystemConfig' efs_file_system_config: The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. + :param 'DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig' f_sx_lustre_file_system_config: The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. """ if efs_file_system_config is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "efs_file_system_config", efs_file_system_config) @@ -2355,6 +2356,9 @@ def efs_file_system_config(self) -> Optional['outputs.DomainEfsFileSystemConfig' @property @pulumi.getter(name="fSxLustreFileSystemConfig") def f_sx_lustre_file_system_config(self) -> Optional['outputs.DomainFSxLustreFileSystemConfig']: + """ + The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "f_sx_lustre_file_system_config") @@ -2809,6 +2813,10 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, file_system_id: str, file_system_path: Optional[str] = None): + """ + :param str file_system_id: The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + :param str file_system_path: The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + """ pulumi.set(__self__, "file_system_id", file_system_id) if file_system_path is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "file_system_path", file_system_path) @@ -2816,11 +2824,17 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="fileSystemId") def file_system_id(self) -> str: + """ + The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "file_system_id") @property @pulumi.getter(name="fileSystemPath") def file_system_path(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "file_system_path") @@ -15451,6 +15465,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, """ A collection of settings that apply to spaces of Amazon SageMaker Studio. These settings are specified when the CreateSpace API is called. :param 'SpaceAppType' app_type: The type of app created within the space. + + If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. :param 'SpaceCodeEditorAppSettings' code_editor_app_settings: The CodeEditor app settings. :param Sequence['SpaceCustomFileSystem'] custom_file_systems: A file system, created by you, that you assign to a space for an Amazon SageMaker AI Domain. Permitted users can access this file system in Amazon SageMaker AI Studio. :param 'SpaceJupyterLabAppSettings' jupyter_lab_app_settings: The JupyterLab app settings. @@ -15478,6 +15494,8 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, def app_type(self) -> Optional['SpaceAppType']: """ The type of app created within the space. + + If using the [UpdateSpace](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateSpace.html) API, you can't change the app type of your space by specifying a different value for this field. """ return pulumi.get(self, "app_type") @@ -15780,6 +15798,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, f_sx_lustre_file_system_config: Optional['outputs.UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig'] = None): """ :param 'UserProfileEfsFileSystemConfig' efs_file_system_config: The settings for a custom Amazon EFS file system. + :param 'UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig' f_sx_lustre_file_system_config: The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. """ if efs_file_system_config is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "efs_file_system_config", efs_file_system_config) @@ -15797,6 +15816,9 @@ def efs_file_system_config(self) -> Optional['outputs.UserProfileEfsFileSystemCo @property @pulumi.getter(name="fSxLustreFileSystemConfig") def f_sx_lustre_file_system_config(self) -> Optional['outputs.UserProfileFSxLustreFileSystemConfig']: + """ + The settings for a custom Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "f_sx_lustre_file_system_config") @@ -16060,6 +16082,10 @@ def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: def __init__(__self__, *, file_system_id: str, file_system_path: Optional[str] = None): + """ + :param str file_system_id: The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + :param str file_system_path: The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + """ pulumi.set(__self__, "file_system_id", file_system_id) if file_system_path is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "file_system_path", file_system_path) @@ -16067,11 +16093,17 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter(name="fileSystemId") def file_system_id(self) -> str: + """ + The globally unique, 17-digit, ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon FSx for Lustre. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "file_system_id") @property @pulumi.getter(name="fileSystemPath") def file_system_path(self) -> Optional[str]: + """ + The path to the file system directory that is accessible in Amazon SageMaker Studio. Permitted users can access only this directory and below. + """ return pulumi.get(self, "file_system_path") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/securityhub/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/securityhub/_inputs.py index 0ccbad73c7..47c61d8e55 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/securityhub/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/securityhub/_inputs.py @@ -4627,29 +4627,13 @@ class InsightDateFilterArgsDict(TypedDict): """ A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. - This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - - If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . """ start: NotRequired[pulumi.Input[str]] """ A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. - This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - - If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . """ elif False: InsightDateFilterArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] @@ -4665,26 +4649,10 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param pulumi.Input['InsightDateRangeArgs'] date_range: A date range for the date filter. :param pulumi.Input[str] end: A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. - This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - - If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . :param pulumi.Input[str] start: A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. - This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - - If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . """ if date_range is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "date_range", date_range) @@ -4711,15 +4679,7 @@ def end(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: """ A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. - This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - - If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . """ return pulumi.get(self, "end") @@ -4733,15 +4693,7 @@ def start(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input[str]]: """ A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. - This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - - If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . """ return pulumi.get(self, "start") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/securityhub/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/securityhub/outputs.py index 446ad9a2f5..b3d98303db 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/securityhub/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/securityhub/outputs.py @@ -3331,26 +3331,10 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, :param 'InsightDateRange' date_range: A date range for the date filter. :param str end: A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. - This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - - If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . :param str start: A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. - This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - - If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . """ if date_range is not None: pulumi.set(__self__, "date_range", date_range) @@ -3373,15 +3357,7 @@ def end(self) -> Optional[str]: """ A timestamp that provides the end date for the date filter. - This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - - If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . """ return pulumi.get(self, "end") @@ -3391,15 +3367,7 @@ def start(self) -> Optional[str]: """ A timestamp that provides the start date for the date filter. - This field accepts only the specified formats. Timestamps can end with `Z` or `("+" / "-") time-hour [":" time-minute]` . The time-secfrac after seconds is limited to a maximum of 9 digits. The offset is bounded by +/-18:00. Here are valid timestamp formats that you can send to Security Hub: - - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmmZ` (for example, `2019-01-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10+17:59` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS-HHMM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10-1759` ) - - `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmmmmm+HH:MM` (for example, `2024-01-04T15:25:10.123456789+17:59` ) - - If a finding provider sends a finding to Security Hub that contains a timestamp in nanoseconds, we round it to milliseconds. For example, we round `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123456789Z` to `2024-10-31T23:00:00.123Z` . + For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in AWS Security Hub , see [Timestamps](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/securityhub/1.0/APIReference/Welcome.html#timestamps) . """ return pulumi.get(self, "start") diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ses/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ses/_inputs.py index b5aedeb885..d7dcc461c1 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ses/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ses/_inputs.py @@ -76,6 +76,8 @@ 'MailManagerRuleSetArchiveActionArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMailboxActionArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMailboxActionArgsDict', + 'MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs', + 'MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetDropActionArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetDropActionArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRelayActionArgs', @@ -98,6 +100,8 @@ 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgsDict', + 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs', + 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanExpressionArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanExpressionArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanToEvaluatePropertiesArgs', @@ -1517,6 +1521,65 @@ def action_failure_policy(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSet pulumi.set(self, "action_failure_policy", value) +if not MYPY: + class MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgsDict(TypedDict): + application_id: pulumi.Input[str] + index_id: pulumi.Input[str] + role_arn: pulumi.Input[str] + action_failure_policy: NotRequired[pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy']] +elif False: + MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + application_id: pulumi.Input[str], + index_id: pulumi.Input[str], + role_arn: pulumi.Input[str], + action_failure_policy: Optional[pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy']] = None): + pulumi.set(__self__, "application_id", application_id) + pulumi.set(__self__, "index_id", index_id) + pulumi.set(__self__, "role_arn", role_arn) + if action_failure_policy is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "action_failure_policy", action_failure_policy) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="applicationId") + def application_id(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + return pulumi.get(self, "application_id") + + @application_id.setter + def application_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): + pulumi.set(self, "application_id", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="indexId") + def index_id(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + return pulumi.get(self, "index_id") + + @index_id.setter + def index_id(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): + pulumi.set(self, "index_id", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="roleArn") + def role_arn(self) -> pulumi.Input[str]: + return pulumi.get(self, "role_arn") + + @role_arn.setter + def role_arn(self, value: pulumi.Input[str]): + pulumi.set(self, "role_arn", value) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="actionFailurePolicy") + def action_failure_policy(self) -> Optional[pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy']]: + return pulumi.get(self, "action_failure_policy") + + @action_failure_policy.setter + def action_failure_policy(self, value: Optional[pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy']]): + pulumi.set(self, "action_failure_policy", value) + + if not MYPY: class MailManagerRuleSetDropActionArgsDict(TypedDict): pass @@ -1776,6 +1839,28 @@ def deliver_to_mailbox(self, value: pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMai pulumi.set(self, "deliver_to_mailbox", value) +if not MYPY: + class MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgsDict(TypedDict): + deliver_to_q_business: pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgsDict'] +elif False: + MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgsDict: TypeAlias = Mapping[str, Any] + +@pulumi.input_type +class MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs: + def __init__(__self__, *, + deliver_to_q_business: pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs']): + pulumi.set(__self__, "deliver_to_q_business", deliver_to_q_business) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="deliverToQBusiness") + def deliver_to_q_business(self) -> pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs']: + return pulumi.get(self, "deliver_to_q_business") + + @deliver_to_q_business.setter + def deliver_to_q_business(self, value: pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessActionArgs']): + pulumi.set(self, "deliver_to_q_business", value) + + if not MYPY: class MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanExpressionArgsDict(TypedDict): evaluate: pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanToEvaluatePropertiesArgsDict'] @@ -2316,7 +2401,7 @@ def analysis(self, value: pulumi.Input['MailManagerRuleSetAnalysisArgs']): if not MYPY: class MailManagerRuleSetRuleArgsDict(TypedDict): - actions: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgsDict']]]] + actions: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgsDict', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgsDict']]]] """ The list of actions to execute when the conditions match the incoming email, and none of the "unless conditions" match. """ @@ -2338,12 +2423,12 @@ class MailManagerRuleSetRuleArgsDict(TypedDict): @pulumi.input_type class MailManagerRuleSetRuleArgs: def __init__(__self__, *, - actions: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgs']]]], + actions: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs']]]], conditions: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition5PropertiesArgs']]]]] = None, name: Optional[pulumi.Input[str]] = None, unless: Optional[pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition5PropertiesArgs']]]]] = None): """ - :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgs']]]] actions: The list of actions to execute when the conditions match the incoming email, and none of the "unless conditions" match. + :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs']]]] actions: The list of actions to execute when the conditions match the incoming email, and none of the "unless conditions" match. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition5PropertiesArgs']]]] conditions: The conditions of this rule. All conditions must match the email for the actions to be executed. An empty list of conditions means that all emails match, but are still subject to any "unless conditions" :param pulumi.Input[str] name: The user-friendly name of the rule. :param pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition5PropertiesArgs']]]] unless: The "unless conditions" of this rule. None of the conditions can match the email for the actions to be executed. If any of these conditions do match the email, then the actions are not executed. @@ -2358,14 +2443,14 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, @property @pulumi.getter - def actions(self) -> pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgs']]]]: + def actions(self) -> pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs']]]]: """ The list of actions to execute when the conditions match the incoming email, and none of the "unless conditions" match. """ return pulumi.get(self, "actions") @actions.setter - def actions(self, value: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgs']]]]): + def actions(self, value: pulumi.Input[Sequence[pulumi.Input[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7PropertiesArgs', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8PropertiesArgs']]]]): pulumi.set(self, "actions", value) @property diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ses/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ses/outputs.py index 4bbf923514..0986155869 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ses/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/ses/outputs.py @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ 'MailManagerRuleSetAnalysis', 'MailManagerRuleSetArchiveAction', 'MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMailboxAction', + 'MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction', 'MailManagerRuleSetDropAction', 'MailManagerRuleSetRelayAction', 'MailManagerRuleSetReplaceRecipientAction', @@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7Properties', + 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanExpression', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanToEvaluateProperties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition0Properties', @@ -1440,6 +1442,63 @@ def action_failure_policy(self) -> Optional['MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePoli return pulumi.get(self, "action_failure_policy") +@pulumi.output_type +class MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction(dict): + @staticmethod + def __key_warning(key: str): + suggest = None + if key == "applicationId": + suggest = "application_id" + elif key == "indexId": + suggest = "index_id" + elif key == "roleArn": + suggest = "role_arn" + elif key == "actionFailurePolicy": + suggest = "action_failure_policy" + + if suggest: + pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") + + def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: + MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction.__key_warning(key) + return super().__getitem__(key) + + def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: + MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction.__key_warning(key) + return super().get(key, default) + + def __init__(__self__, *, + application_id: str, + index_id: str, + role_arn: str, + action_failure_policy: Optional['MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy'] = None): + pulumi.set(__self__, "application_id", application_id) + pulumi.set(__self__, "index_id", index_id) + pulumi.set(__self__, "role_arn", role_arn) + if action_failure_policy is not None: + pulumi.set(__self__, "action_failure_policy", action_failure_policy) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="applicationId") + def application_id(self) -> str: + return pulumi.get(self, "application_id") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="indexId") + def index_id(self) -> str: + return pulumi.get(self, "index_id") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="roleArn") + def role_arn(self) -> str: + return pulumi.get(self, "role_arn") + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="actionFailurePolicy") + def action_failure_policy(self) -> Optional['MailManagerRuleSetActionFailurePolicy']: + return pulumi.get(self, "action_failure_policy") + + @pulumi.output_type class MailManagerRuleSetDropAction(dict): def __init__(__self__): @@ -1531,7 +1590,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, name: Optional[str] = None, unless: Optional[Sequence[Any]] = None): """ - :param Sequence[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7Properties']] actions: The list of actions to execute when the conditions match the incoming email, and none of the "unless conditions" match. + :param Sequence[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction0Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction1Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction2Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction3Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction4Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction5Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction6Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction7Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties']] actions: The list of actions to execute when the conditions match the incoming email, and none of the "unless conditions" match. :param Sequence[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition0Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition1Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition2Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition3Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition4Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition5Properties']] conditions: The conditions of this rule. All conditions must match the email for the actions to be executed. An empty list of conditions means that all emails match, but are still subject to any "unless conditions" :param str name: The user-friendly name of the rule. :param Sequence[Union['MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition0Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition1Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition2Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition3Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition4Properties', 'MailManagerRuleSetRuleCondition5Properties']] unless: The "unless conditions" of this rule. None of the conditions can match the email for the actions to be executed. If any of these conditions do match the email, then the actions are not executed. @@ -1741,6 +1800,35 @@ def deliver_to_mailbox(self) -> 'outputs.MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToMailboxActio return pulumi.get(self, "deliver_to_mailbox") +@pulumi.output_type +class MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties(dict): + @staticmethod + def __key_warning(key: str): + suggest = None + if key == "deliverToQBusiness": + suggest = "deliver_to_q_business" + + if suggest: + pulumi.log.warn(f"Key '{key}' not found in MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties. Access the value via the '{suggest}' property getter instead.") + + def __getitem__(self, key: str) -> Any: + MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties.__key_warning(key) + return super().__getitem__(key) + + def get(self, key: str, default = None) -> Any: + MailManagerRuleSetRuleAction8Properties.__key_warning(key) + return super().get(key, default) + + def __init__(__self__, *, + deliver_to_q_business: 'outputs.MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction'): + pulumi.set(__self__, "deliver_to_q_business", deliver_to_q_business) + + @property + @pulumi.getter(name="deliverToQBusiness") + def deliver_to_q_business(self) -> 'outputs.MailManagerRuleSetDeliverToQBusinessAction': + return pulumi.get(self, "deliver_to_q_business") + + @pulumi.output_type class MailManagerRuleSetRuleBooleanExpression(dict): def __init__(__self__, *, diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/wafv2/_inputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/wafv2/_inputs.py index 8e758cc4b5..d359abbaea 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/wafv2/_inputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/wafv2/_inputs.py @@ -3341,7 +3341,7 @@ class RuleGroupRateBasedStatementArgsDict(TypedDict): """ limit: pulumi.Input[int] """ - The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. Examples: @@ -3405,7 +3405,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `IP` - Aggregate the request counts on the IP address from the web request origin. To aggregate on a combination of the IP address with other aggregate keys, use `CUSTOM_KEYS` . - :param pulumi.Input[int] limit: The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + :param pulumi.Input[int] limit: The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. Examples: @@ -3470,7 +3470,7 @@ def aggregate_key_type(self, value: pulumi.Input['RuleGroupRateBasedStatementAgg @pulumi.getter def limit(self) -> pulumi.Input[int]: """ - The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. Examples: @@ -8733,7 +8733,7 @@ class WebAclRateBasedStatementArgsDict(TypedDict): """ limit: pulumi.Input[int] """ - The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. Examples: @@ -8797,7 +8797,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `IP` - Aggregate the request counts on the IP address from the web request origin. To aggregate on a combination of the IP address with other aggregate keys, use `CUSTOM_KEYS` . - :param pulumi.Input[int] limit: The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + :param pulumi.Input[int] limit: The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. Examples: @@ -8862,7 +8862,7 @@ def aggregate_key_type(self, value: pulumi.Input['WebAclRateBasedStatementAggreg @pulumi.getter def limit(self) -> pulumi.Input[int]: """ - The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. Examples: diff --git a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/wafv2/outputs.py b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/wafv2/outputs.py index 86e66bf325..069838c52d 100644 --- a/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/wafv2/outputs.py +++ b/sdk/python/pulumi_aws_native/wafv2/outputs.py @@ -2493,7 +2493,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `IP` - Aggregate the request counts on the IP address from the web request origin. To aggregate on a combination of the IP address with other aggregate keys, use `CUSTOM_KEYS` . - :param int limit: The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + :param int limit: The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. Examples: @@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ def aggregate_key_type(self) -> 'RuleGroupRateBasedStatementAggregateKeyType': @pulumi.getter def limit(self) -> int: """ - The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. Examples: @@ -6770,7 +6770,7 @@ def __init__(__self__, *, - `IP` - Aggregate the request counts on the IP address from the web request origin. To aggregate on a combination of the IP address with other aggregate keys, use `CUSTOM_KEYS` . - :param int limit: The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + :param int limit: The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. Examples: @@ -6831,7 +6831,7 @@ def aggregate_key_type(self) -> 'WebAclRateBasedStatementAggregateKeyType': @pulumi.getter def limit(self) -> int: """ - The limit on requests per 5-minute period for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. + The limit on requests during the specified evaluation window for a single aggregation instance for the rate-based rule. If the rate-based statement includes a `ScopeDownStatement` , this limit is applied only to the requests that match the statement. Examples: